94-18863. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos; Final Rule DEPARTMENT OF LABOR  

  • [Federal Register Volume 59, Number 153 (Wednesday, August 10, 1994)]
    [Unknown Section]
    [Page 0]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 94-18863]
    
    
    [[Page Unknown]]
    
    [Federal Register: August 10, 1994]
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part II
    
    
    
    
    
    Department of Labor
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    Occupational Safety and Health Administration
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    29 CFR Parts 1910, et al.
    
    
    
    
    Occupational Exposure to Asbestos; Final Rule
    DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
    
    Occupational Safety and Health Administration
    
    29 CFR Parts 1910, 1915, and 1926
    
    RIN: 1218-AB25
    
     
    Occupational Exposure to Asbestos
    
    AGENCY: Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of 
    Labor.
    
    ACTION: Final rule.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: These final standards amend the Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration's (OSHA's) standards issued June 17, 1986 (51 FR 22612, 
    29 CFR 1910.1001, June 20, 1986) for occupational exposure to asbestos 
    in general industry, and the construction industry, 29 CFR 1926.1101 
    (previously 1926.58). In addition, they include a separate standard 
    covering occupational exposure to asbestos in the shipyard industry, 
    (29 CFR 1915.1001). Major revisions in these standards include a 
    reduced time-weighted-average permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.1 
    fiber per cubic centimeter (f/cc) for all asbestos work in all 
    industries, a new classification scheme for asbestos construction and 
    shipyard industry work which ties mandatory work practices to work 
    classification, a presumptive asbestos identification requirement for 
    ``high hazard'' asbestos containing building materials, limited 
    notification requirements for employers who use unlisted compliance 
    methods in high risk asbestos abatement work, and mandatory methods of 
    control for brake and clutch repair.
        Most of the revisions in these amended standards are the final 
    response to an order of the Court of Appeals for the District of 
    Columbia Circuit, Building and Construction Trades Department v. Brock, 
    838 F. 2d 1258, (D.C. Cir 1988), which had upheld the 1986 standards in 
    major respects, but which had remanded certain issues for 
    reconsideration. OSHA had made earlier changes in response to the court 
    order on December 14, 1989 (54 FR 52024, December 20, 1989), and on 
    February 5, 1990 (55 FR 3724).
        OSHA believes that these final standards fully address all of the 
    concerns of the participants in this rulemaking and are responsive to 
    all issues remanded by the court for reconsideration.
    
    DATES: The effective date of these amendments is October 11, 1994. 
    Various start-up dates are specified in the standards.
    
    For Further Information Contact: Mr. James F. Foster, Director of 
    Information and Consumer Affairs, Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Room N3647, 200 Constitution 
    Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210, telephone (202) 219-8151.
    
    Supplementary Information:
    
    Table of Contents
    
    I. Regulatory History
    II. Pertinent Legal Authority
    III. Summary and Explanation of Revised Standards
        a. General Issues
        b. Regulatory Text Issues
    IV. Final Regulatory Impact and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
    V. Clearance of Information Collection Requirements
    VI. Authority and Signature
    VII. Amended Standards
    
    I. Regulatory History
    
        OSHA has regulated asbestos several times as more information has 
    become available. Asbestos rulemakings marked the early years of the 
    Agency. A 12 f/cc permissible exposure limit (PEL) for asbestos was 
    included in the initial promulgation on May 29, 1971 (36 FR 10466) of 
    OSHA standards pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Act. In response to a 
    petition by the Industrial Union Department of the AFL-CIO, OSHA issued 
    an Emergency Temporary Standard (ETS) on asbestos on December 7, 1971, 
    which established a PEL of 5 f/cc as an 8-hour time-weighted average 
    (TWA) and a peak exposure level of 10 f/cc.
        In June 1972, OSHA promulgated a new final standard that 
    established an 8-hour TWA PEL of 5 f/cc and a ceiling limit of 10 f/cc. 
    These limits were intended primarily to protect employees against 
    asbestosis, and it was hoped that they would provide some incidental 
    degree of protection against asbestos induced forms of cancer. 
    Effective July 1976, OSHA's 8-hour TWA limit was reduced to 2 f/cc and 
    this limit remained in effect up to the effective date of the revised 
    1986 standards.
        In October 1975, OSHA published a notice of proposed rulemaking (40 
    FR 47652) to revise the asbestos standard because the Agency believed 
    that ``sufficient medical and scientific evidence has been accumulated 
    to warrant the designation of asbestos as a human carcinogen'' and that 
    advances in monitoring and protective technology made re-examination of 
    the standard ``desirable.'' This proposal would have reduced the 8-hour 
    TWA to 0.5 f/cc and imposed a ceiling limit of 5 f/cc for 15 minutes. 
    The 1975 proposal would have applied to all industries except 
    construction.
        At that time no separate proposal applicable to the construction 
    industry was developed by the Agency.
        On May 24, 1983 OSHA consulted with the Advisory Committee for 
    Construction Safety and Health (``ACCSH'') concerning the applicability 
    of any new asbestos standard to the construction industry. ACCSH 
    endorsed OSHA's position that any new PEL adopted for general industry 
    should also apply to the construction industry (Ex. 84-424).
        On November 4, 1983 OSHA published an ETS for asbestos (48 FR 
    51096). The ETS marked a new regulatory initiative, related to, but not 
    part of the 1975 proceeding. The ETS was held invalid by the 
    U.S.Circuit Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit on March 7, 1984.
        Subsequently, OSHA published a notice of proposed rulemaking (49 FR 
    1416, April 10, 1984) for a standard covering occupational exposure to 
    asbestos in all work places subject to the Act. Pursuant to Section 
    6(c) of the Act, the ETS also served as a proposed rule. On June 17, 
    1986, OSHA issued two revised standards, one governing occupational 
    exposure to asbestos in general industry workplaces, the other 
    applicable to construction workplaces (51 FR 22612 et seq., June 20, 
    1986). Effective July 21, 1986, the revised standards amended OSHA's 
    previous asbestos standard issued in 1972. The 1986 standards 
    explicitly applied to occupational exposure to non-asbestiform 
    tremolite, anthophyllite and actinolite. After a subsequent and 
    separate rulemaking proceeding OSHA has deleted these minerals from the 
    scope of the asbestos standards. (57 FR 24310, June 8, 1992).
        The separate comprehensive asbestos standards for general industry 
    and construction which were issued in 1986 shared the same permissible 
    exposure limit (PEL) and most ancillary requirements. Both standards 
    reduced the 8-hour time weighted average (TWA) PEL tenfold to 0.2 f/cc 
    from the previous 2 f/cc limit. Specific provisions were added in the 
    construction standard to cover unique hazards relating to asbestos 
    abatement and demolition jobs.
        Several major participants in the rulemaking proceeding including 
    the AFL-CIO, the Building and Construction Trades Department (BCTD) of 
    the AFL-CIO, and the Asbestos Information Association (AIA), challenged 
    various provisions of the revised standards. On February 2, 1988, the 
    U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia issued its decision 
    upholding most major challenged provisions, but remanding certain 
    issues to OSHA for reconsideration (BCTD, AFL-CIO v. Brock, 838 F.2d 
    1258). The Court determined that OSHA had not adequately explained why 
    it was not adopting certain recommended provisions in light of evidence 
    suggesting that those provisions would be feasible to implement and 
    would provide more than a de minimis benefit for worker health. The 
    Court also ordered OSHA to clarify the regulatory text for two 
    provisions and found one provision, a ban of spraying asbestos-
    containing products, unsupported by the record. In addition, OSHA's 
    failure to adopt a short-term exposure limit (STEL) was ordered to be 
    reconsidered within 60 days of the Court's mandate. In partial 
    response, OSHA issued a STEL of 1 f/cc measured over a 30-minute 
    sampling period, on September 14, 1988 (53 FR 35610).
        In response to additional petitions by BCTD and the AFL-CIO, the 
    Court, in an October 30, 1989 order, divided the remand issues into 
    three categories as follows. With respect to three issues, the Court 
    ordered OSHA to take action by December 14, 1989. These issues were:
    
        Issue 1. formally delete the ban on the spraying of asbestos-
    containing materials;
        Issue 2. clarify that periodic monitoring in the construction 
    industry must be resumed after conditions change; and
        Issue 3. Clarify the exemption for ``small-scale, short duration 
    operations'' from the negative-pressure enclosure requirements of 
    the construction standard to limit the exemption to work operations 
    where it is impractical to construct an enclosure because of the 
    configuration of the work environment.
    
        OSHA issued its response on these issues on December 14, 1989 (54 
    FR 52024, December 20, 1989). In that document OSHA (1) removed the ban 
    on the spraying of asbestos-containing materials; (2) changed the 
    regulatory text to clarify that construction employers must resume 
    periodic monitoring whenever there has been a change in process, 
    control equipment, personnel or work practices that may result in new 
    or additional asbestos exposure; and (3) explained why OSHA was not 
    amending the regulatory text to clarify the limited exemption for 
    ``small-scale, short-duration operations'' in the construction industry 
    standard, but instead would institute rulemaking on this issue.
        With respect to the second group of issues, the Court ordered OSHA 
    to complete its response on the existing record by January 28, 1990. 
    These issues are:
    
        Issue 4. The possibility of further regulations governing 
    employee smoking controls;
        Issue 5. The effectiveness levels of various respirators and 
    OSHA's policy of requiring respirators to protect workers at only 
    PEL level; and
        Issue 6. The possibility of bi-lingual warnings and labels for 
    employers with a significant number of non-English-speaking 
    employees.
    
        The Court stated that if OSHA determines that these issues could 
    not be resolved on the existing record, OSHA may explain why and 
    commence new rulemaking instead.
        On January 28, 1990, OSHA issued its response on these issues (55 
    FR 3724, February 5, 1990). In that document, OSHA: (1) prohibited 
    workplace smoking in areas where occupational exposure to asbestos 
    takes place; expanded training requirements to include information 
    about available smoking cessation programs; required the distribution 
    of self-help smoking cessation material; and, required a written 
    opinion by the physician stating that the employee has been advised of 
    the combined dangers of smoking and working with asbestos; (2) 
    explained how and why the 1986 respiratory protection standards will 
    reduce employee risk below that remaining solely as a result of the 
    PEL, and that the effectiveness levels of respirators are under review; 
    and (3) required employers to ensure that employees working in or near 
    regulated areas understand warning signs, and required training 
    programs to specifically instruct employees as to the content and 
    presence of signs and labels.
        Finally, as to the third group of three remaining remand issues, 
    the Court ordered OSHA to resolve these issues after rulemaking. These 
    issues are:
    
        Issue 7. The establishment of operation-specific permissible 
    exposure limits;
        Issue 8. The extension of reporting and information transfer 
    requirements; and
        Issue 9. The expansion of the competent person requirement to 
    all employers engaged in any kind of construction work.
    
        In addition, the Court granted OSHA's unopposed request to publish 
    the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on this group of issues on April 13, 
    1990, to allow sufficient time to consult with the Advisory Committee 
    on Construction Safety and Health (ACCSH). Under the Construction 
    Safety Act (40 USC 333) and regulations in 29 CFR 1911.10 and 29 CFR 
    1912.3, OSHA was required to consult with that committee in the 
    formulation of regulatory proposals which would apply to employment in 
    construction. OSHA presented the proposed regulatory text and pertinent 
    explanatory materials to the ACCSH and consulted with them on March 14, 
    1990. The Committee submitted comments and suggestions which were 
    discussed in the proposal. The Court, on May 2, 1990 granted OSHA's 
    further motion and extended the time to issue the proposal until July 
    12, 1990, in order to allow coordination of the proposal with other 
    regulatory agencies, in particular EPA.
        The proposed revisions were published July 20, 1990 (55 FR 29712). 
    The date for close of the public comment period in the NPRM was 
    September 25, 1990 with the public hearing scheduled to commence 
    October 23, 1990. However, several interested parties requested 
    additional time for comment on the NPRM due to the breadth of issues it 
    presented. OSHA felt the objective of developing a complete rulemaking 
    record would be served and extended the period for submission of public 
    comments and for notices to appear at the informal hearing until 
    December 3, 1990. The Agency also rescheduled the informal hearing to 
    begin January 23, 1991. In the notice extending the time periods, OSHA 
    also explained more clearly that the ACCSH report referenced in the 
    NPRM was submitted by the labor representatives on that committee and 
    not by the committee as a whole (55 FR p. 38703, September 20, 1990).
        The informal hearing was held for 13 days from January 23 to 
    February 8, 1991. At the close of the hearing Administrative Law Judge 
    Sheldon Lipson set April 12, 1991 as the close of the post-hearing 
    comment period and June 12, 1991 as the close of the post-hearing 
    briefing period. Subsequently on request, Judge Lipson extended these 
    periods to April 26 and June 26 respectively. BCTD requested OSHA 
    extend the post-hearing briefing period 4 weeks to allow additional 
    time to fully address all issues of concern due to the extent and 
    complexity of the records. OSHA granted this request and notified 
    participants that the post-hearing briefing period was extended to July 
    24, 1991.
        On November 3, 1992, by Federal Register notice, OSHA re-opened the 
    comment period to allow supplementary public comment on options to 
    protect workers from inadvertent exposure to asbestos in buildings (57 
    FR 49697). This issue, not part of the Court's remand order, was 
    broached by the Agency in the preamble to the proposal, and had been 
    the subject of litigation brought by Service Employees International 
    Union (SEIU) against EPA. In 1988 the Service Employees International 
    Union, AFL-CIO petitioned the Environmental Protection Agency for 
    regulation of asbestos in public and commercial buildings and 
    subsequently sued the Agency. This resulted in the convening of a 
    series of ``Policy Dialogue'' meetings established by EPA in an attempt 
    to reach agreement on issues concerning asbestos in public and 
    commercial buildings. As discussed in the NPRM of July 20, 1990, OSHA 
    and a variety of other interested parties participated in the meetings 
    which took place between May 1989 and May 1990. These groups included 
    realty interests, lenders and insurance interests, unions, asbestos 
    manufacturers, public interest groups, asbestos consultants and 
    contractors and states. The group failed to agree on all issues, but 
    did generally agree that the presence of asbestos should be known to 
    building service workers. The major area of disagreement in the group 
    dealt with the characterization of risk to general building occupants 
    and office workers. The group also did not agree on the need for 
    specific federal asbestos inspection requirements.
        SEIU and other unions also participated in this rulemaking and 
    urged OSHA to issue a building inspection rule. After discussions with 
    EPA and review of the record concerning how best to protect employees 
    against unknowing exposure the Agency published a request for comment 
    on a regulatory approach to protect building service workers. The 
    approach would require certain high-risk materials in accessible 
    building/facility areas be designated presumptive asbestos containing 
    materials and thus be treated as if they contained asbestos, until or 
    unless the presumption was rebutted through sampling or specific 
    information in the owner's possession relation to construction 
    specifications. The notice also asked for comments on the Health 
    Effects Institute (HEI) report which had been submitted to the record 
    after the close of the post-hearing briefing periods. The notice 
    resulted in submission of an additional 60 sets of comments, and the 
    comment period closed on January 4, 1993.
        The record of this rulemaking consists of over 55,000 pages. OSHA 
    has worked closely with EPA so that the regulations of both agencies 
    are compatible to the extent OSHA's mandate allows.
    
    II. Pertinent Legal Authority
    
        Authority for issuance of this standard is found primarily in 
    sections 6(b), 8(c), and 8(g)(2) of the Occupational Safety and Health 
    Act of 1970 (the Act), 29 U.S.C. 655(b), 657(c), and 657(g)(2) and in 
    the Construction Safety Act, 40 U.S.C. 333. Section 6(b)(5) governs the 
    issuance of occupational safety and health standards dealing with toxic 
    materials or harmful physical agents. Section 3(8) of the Act defines 
    an occupational safety and health standard as:
    
        * * *A standard which requires conditions, or the adoption or 
    use of one or more practices, means, methods, operations, or 
    processes, reasonably necessary or appropriate to provide safe or 
    healthful employment and places of employment.
    
        The Supreme Court has said that section 3(8) applies to all 
    permanent standards promulgated under the Act and requires the 
    Secretary, before issuing any standard, to determine that it is 
    reasonably necessary and appropriate to remedy a significant risk of 
    material health impairment. Industrial Union Department v. American 
    Petroleum Institute, 448 U.S. 607 (1980).
        The ``significant risk'' determination constitutes a finding that, 
    absent the change in practices mandated by the standard, the workplaces 
    in question would be ``unsafe'' in the sense that workers would be 
    threatened with a significant risk of harm. Id. at 642. A significant 
    risk finding, however, does not require mathematical precision or 
    anything approaching scientific certainty if the ``best available 
    evidence'' does not warrant that degree of proof. Id. at 655-656; 29 
    U.S. 655 (b)(5). Rather, the Agency may base its finding largely on 
    policy considerations and has considerable leeway with the kinds of 
    assumptions it applies in interpreting the data supporting it, Id. 655-
    656; 29 U.S. 655(b)(5). The Court's opinion indicates that risk 
    assessments, which may involve mathematical estimates with some 
    inherent uncertainties, are a means of demonstrating the existence of 
    significant risk.
    
        The court further stated:
        It is the Agency's responsibility to determine in the first 
    instance what it considers to be a ``significant'' risk. Some risks 
    are plainly acceptable and others are plainly unacceptable. If, for 
    example, the odds are one in a billion that a person will die from 
    cancer by taking a drink of chlorinated water, the risk clearly 
    could not be considered significant. On the other hand, if the odds 
    are one in a thousand that regular inhalation of gasoline vapors 
    that are 2% benzene will be fatal a reasonable person might well 
    consider the risk significant and take the appropriate steps to 
    decrease or eliminate it. (I.U.D. v A.P.I., 448 U.S. et 655).
    
        OSHA has always considered that a working lifetime risk of death of 
    over 1 per 1000 from occupational causes is significant. This has been 
    consistently upheld by the courts. See the recent discussion in the 
    cadmium preamble 57 FR 42102, 42204 and the earlier asbestos preambles.
        OSHA believes that compliance with these final amendments to reduce 
    the PEL to 0.1 f/cc as a time-weighted average measured over 8 hours 
    will further reduce a significant health risk which existed after 
    imposing a 0.2 f/cc PEL. OSHA's risk assessment accompanying the 1986 
    standard, showed that lowering the TWA PEL from 2 f/cc to 0.2 f/cc 
    reduces the asbestos cancer mortality risk from lifetime exposure from 
    64 deaths per 1,000 workers to 7 deaths per 1,000 workers. OSHA 
    estimated that the incidence of asbestosis would be 5 cases per 1,000 
    workers exposed for a working lifetime under the TWA PEL of 0.2 f/cc. 
    Counterpart risk figures for 20 years of exposure are excess cancer 
    risks of 4.5 per 1,000 workers and an estimated asbestosis incidence of 
    2 cases per 1,000 workers.
        OSHA's risk assessment also showed that reducing exposures to 0.1 
    f/cc would reduce excess cancer risk to 3.4 per 1,000 workers and a 20 
    year exposure risk to 2.3 per 1,000 workers. OSHA concludes therefore 
    that reducing the exposure limit to 0.1 f/cc will further reduce 
    significant risk.
        OSHA's current estimates of employee exposure in the various 
    operations covered by these standards are referenced in the Regulatory 
    Impact Analysis found later in this document. Additional exposure 
    estimates, based on record evidence are referenced throughout this 
    document in the relevant preamble discussion concerning each operation.
        In the Court of Appeals litigation, AIA challenged OSHA's use of 
    the PEL to calculate the residual risk remaining after the standard is 
    implemented. AIA contended that workers would actually be exposed to 
    average levels significantly below the PEL because employers would be 
    required to engineer down to levels well below the PEL to assure that 
    random fluctuations would not result in an OSHA compliance officer 
    measuring an exposure level over the PEL during a routine inspection. 
    Therefore, AIA contended, in calculating residual risk, OSHA should 
    assume that employees will be exposed to average levels that are 
    between one-half and one-quarter of the PEL. The Court implied that 
    such an argument might have merit if factually supported and suggested 
    that OSHA should make its own calculations of the relation between 
    permissible exposure limit and the actual exposures such a limit would 
    produce. (838 F.2d at 1266)
        Having carefully considered the issue, OSHA concludes it would be 
    unrealistic to base its risk assessment on the assumption that 
    employers will engineer to levels significantly below the PEL. First, 
    as discussed below, the PEL of 0.1 f/cc is at the limit of feasibility 
    for those workplaces in which asbestos levels are most difficult to 
    control, and an assumption that average exposures will be substantially 
    below the PEL will clearly be unrealistic for such workplaces. Second, 
    OSHA found in issuing the 1986 standard that AIA's argument about 
    uncontrollable fluctuations was exaggerated because such fluctuations 
    could be minimized through proper inspection and maintenance of 
    engineering controls and through proper training and supervision of 
    employees whose work practices affected exposure levels. (51 FR at 
    22653). Third, OSHA's enforcement policy gives employers the 
    opportunity to show that a compliance officer's measurement over the 
    PEL is unrepresentatively high and does not justify a citation, thus 
    alleviating any concern employers might have that they will be cited on 
    the basis of a single measurement that results from uncontrollable 
    fluctuations. Fourth, even if some employers are sufficiently risk-
    averse to engineer down to well below the PEL to avoid a slight risk of 
    citation, OSHA cannot base a realistic risk assessment on the 
    assumption that most employers will do so.
        The 0.1 f/cc level leaves a remaining significant risk. However as 
    discussed below, and in earlier documents, OSHA believes this is the 
    practical lower limit of feasibility for measuring asbestos levels 
    reliably. However the work practices and engineering controls specified 
    below for specific operations and required respirator use will in 
    OSHA's view further reduce the risk. As discussed below, OSHA has 
    carefully reviewed all the public suggestions to further reduce 
    significant risk and has adopted those which have merit.
        After OSHA has determined that a significant risk exists and that 
    such risk can be reduced or eliminated by the proposed standard, it 
    must set the standard ``which most adequately assures, to the extent 
    feasible on the basis of the best available evidence, that no employee 
    will suffer material impairment of health* * *,'' Section 6(b)(5) of 
    the Act. The Supreme Court has interpreted this section to mean that 
    OSHA must enact the most protective standard necessary to eliminate a 
    significant risk of material health impairment, subject to the 
    constraints of technological and economic feasibility. American Textile 
    Manufacturers Institute, Inc. v. Donovan, 452 U.S. 490(1981). The Court 
    held that ``cost-benefit analysis is not required by the statute 
    because feasibility analysis is.'' Id. at 509.
        Authority to issue this standard is also found in section 8(c) of 
    the Act. In general, this section gives the Secretary authority to 
    require employers to make, keep, and preserve records regarding 
    activities related to the Act. In particular, section 8(c)(3) gives the 
    Secretary authority to require employers to ``maintain accurate records 
    of employee exposures to potentially toxic materials or harmful 
    physical agents which are required to be monitored or measured under 
    section 6.'' Provisions of OSHA standards which require the making and 
    maintenance of records of medical examinations, exposure monitoring, 
    and the like are issued pursuant to section 8(c) of the Act.
        Because the revisions to the asbestos standards are reasonably 
    related to these statutory goals, the Secretary finds that these 
    standards are necessary and appropriate to carry out is 
    responsibilities under the Act.
        Response to recommendations of public to further reduce risk: As 
    noted above, this rulemaking proceeding is a response to a remand order 
    of the Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit. The Court determined that 
    in the earlier 1986 rulemaking, OSHA had not sufficiently explained its 
    decisions not to adopt certain regulatory provisions recommended by 
    participants in that rulemaking. In particular, the Court of Appeals 
    held that it is OSHA's ``duty to keep adding measures so long as they 
    afford benefit and are feasible, up to the point where (it) no longer 
    finds significant risk,'' and that it is OSHA's duty to consider the 
    reasonableness of adopting them. 838 F.2d at 1269. The Court noted that 
    OSHA need not justify its failure to adopt all suggested provisions: 
    rather, the Agency must defend not adopting only those provisions 
    demonstrated by their advocates, ``to be feasible to implement and will 
    provide more than a de minimis benefit for worker health.'' The Court 
    further explained, ``(n)aturally the force of the evidence and argument 
    that OSHA must offer to defend its choice will vary with the force of 
    the proponent's evidence and argument.'' Id at 1271.
        In this final rule, based upon the record evidence, OSHA is 
    adopting certain regulatory recommendations made in the earlier 
    rulemaking, is rejecting other recommendations, and is issuing other 
    provisions which are based on, but are altered versions of yet other 
    recommendations in the earlier rulemaking. In addition, new, different 
    and expanded provisions also have been urged for adoption by 
    participants in this rulemaking. These participants represent labor, 
    public interest and industry interests. The Agency is adopting, 
    rejecting and changing these recommendations as well.
        A large portion of this preamble is devoted to the Agency's 
    explanations of these regulatory decisions. OSHA believes that its 
    reasons when it has adopted or has not adopted recommended provisions 
    are well supported by the evidence and that the reasons for its choices 
    are stronger than the contrary arguments. In general, OSHA believes 
    that the extent of its burden to refute claims of benefit for a 
    recommended provision depends on the extent of the supporting data. If 
    the data are valid and extensive, OSHA's burden is greater. If however, 
    the claim of benefit is based on opinion, refutation by OSHA need not 
    be grounded in data, but may be based on OSHA's well reasoned and 
    expert contrary opinion.
        In sum, OSHA's decision not to adopt recommended provisions to 
    reduce asbestos related risk reflects the Agency's expert judgment, 
    often where available data creates considerable uncertainty, that the 
    provisions would not offer more than de minimis benefit in reducing a 
    still significant risk. Many recommendations were unsupported by data 
    showing benefit. For example, it was recommended to prohibit high speed 
    burnishing of asbestos-containing floor tile. However, the data do not 
    show a measurable reduction of airborne asbestos fiber levels, based on 
    actual fiber counts using such practices. Other recommended provisions 
    simply do not reduce a still significant risk. For example, requiring 
    very low clearance samples (analyzed by transmission electron 
    microscopy) to deregulate all ``regulated areas'' to assure that EPA/
    AHERA level of 0.01 f/cc is met does not appear to be necessary to 
    reduce a significant risk to employees. There is an extremely low 
    (although speculative) risk of asbestos related disease estimated at 
    such clearance levels, and, there is evidence that immediate clearance 
    sampling does not predict later concentration levels.
        OSHA discusses the recommendations made by participants in the 
    preamble sections which cover the recommended provisions. The following 
    is a list of the major recommendations made by public which are 
    discussed later:
        1. Recommendations for a mandatory building inspection program: 
    Recommended by BCTD (Ex. 143, Att. A); Gobbell Hays Partners, Inc. (7-
    149), Service Employees International Union (SEIU) (Ex. 144); American 
    Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees, (AFSCME, Ex. 141); 
    ORC, or assume it is asbestos (Ex. 145), SBA, limited to employers 
    whose work duties involve contact with ACM shall assure that all ACM in 
    workplace is identified, need not inspect building areas constructed 
    since 1980.
        2. Mandatory notification to OSHA by employers of all removal, 
    renovation, and abatement work: Recommended by BCTD, (Ex. 143, Att. A 
    at 3), The Courdith-Roberts Group, (L7-185); Gobbell Hays Partners, 
    Inc. (7-149).
        3. Mandatory use of negative pressure enclosures in regulated 
    areas, except for small-scale, short-duration operations and other 
    limited circumstances: Recommended by BCTD, (Ex. 143 Att A at 5).
        4. Mandatory procedures for deregulating regulated areas including 
    mandatory clearance sampling. Recommended by BCTD, (Ex. 143, Att. A at 
    6); AFSCME (Ex. 141).
        5. OSHA accreditation of training and OSHA designated detailed 
    training curricula. Recommended by BCTD (Ex. 143 Att. A at 8)
        6. Reduction of PEL below 0.1 f/c. Recommended by Gobbell Hays 
    Partners, Inc. (Ex. 7-149).
        7. Require that required protective clothing be impervious. 
    Recommended by Melco, Inc. (L7-187), J.Loften, Asbestos Workers Local 
    Union #16 (Ex. 137).
        8. Specific training for maintenance and custodial workers in 
    buildings that contain asbestos-containing material. Recommended by 
    SEIU. (Ex. 144 at 14).
        9. Requirement that building owner respond to knowledge of asbestos 
    in building by establishing O&M plan. Recommended by SEIU (Ex. 144 at 
    17); AFSCME, (Ex. 141).
        10. Change in medical surveillance requirements for maintenance and 
    custodial workers in ACM buildings--they exceed the 30 day limit. 
    Recommended by AFSCME, (Ex. 141).
        11. Reduce action level to 0.05 f/cc. Recommended by BCTD. (Ex. 
    143).
        12. Reduce STEL to 0.5 f/cc over 30 minutes. Recommended by BCTD. 
    (Ex. 143), also by SESAC and NIOSH (Ex. 7-77, 125).
        13. Require most effective respirators feasible in all asbestos 
    work. Recommended by BCTD. (Ex. 143).
        14. Require more specific and protective brake repair procedures. 
    Recommended by Clayton Associates, Inc. (Ex. 148).
        15. Regulate activities involving ``friable'' asbestos-containing 
    material differently from those involving ``non-friable'' asbestos. 
    Recommended by Edison Electric Institute, (Ex. 7-145 , at e.g., 8 for 
    quantity cut-offs for SSSD activities.)
        16. A clearance fiber level of 0.04 f/cc was recommended by SESAC 
    who stated that such a requirement was needed to ``ensure that the 
    asbestos work area is safe to enter by unprotected personnel after the 
    asbestos work operation is completed.'' (Ex. 7-77).
    
    Relationship to Indoor Air Quality Proposed Rule
    
        On April 5, 1994 at 59 FR 15968, OSHA proposed a new standard for 
    indoor air quality. The proposed regulation included a clause making 
    brief reference to asbestos. See Paragraph (d)(8) at page 16036. That 
    reference was unintended as OSHA, intends to cover all asbestos issues 
    in the final asbestos rule where full consideration has been given to 
    them. OSHA will not create new requirements in a final Indoor Air 
    Quality Standard that are specifically designed to control asbestos 
    exposures, and will announce that it is withdrawing the asbestos clause 
    in paragraph (d)(8) at the commencement of the indoor air hearing. 
    Accordingly there is no need for parties to submit asbestos-related 
    materials into the Indoor Air record.
    
    III. Summary and Explanation of Revised Standards
    
        These final standards constitute OSHA's response to the remaining 
    issues raised for the Agency's reconsideration by the United States 
    Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit. The specific issues raised by 
    the Court are: the establishment of operation-specific permissible 
    exposure limits; the extension of reporting and information transfer 
    requirements; the expansion of the competent person requirement to all 
    employers engaged in any kind of construction work; and, the 
    clarification of the small scale, short duration operation exemption 
    from the requirement to establish a negative-pressure enclosure. For 
    convenience OSHA is summarizing here its response to each of these 
    issues. They are discussed in depth below. Also discussed below are the 
    other changes OSHA has made which are not in direct response to the 
    remand.
        Issue 7. Establishment of Operation Specific Exposure Limits: The 
    court remand causes OSHA to consider establishing operation-specific 
    permissible exposure limits to the extent feasible, as needed to 
    eliminate significant risk of illnesses caused by asbestos exposure. 
    OSHA proposed to decrease the PEL to a uniform 0.1 f/cc. OSHA believes 
    that this limit is feasible for most industry sectors to reach most of 
    the time (55 FR 29720). However, OSHA explained that PELs lower than 
    0.1 f/cc are difficult to reliably measure. However OSHA has followed a 
    more effective approach to lowering exposures for those sections and 
    operations where lower exposures can be achieved. This approach is 
    triggering protective provisions based on the kind of operation 
    undertaken, rather than measured exposure levels. This approach is 
    consistent with some other health standards (e.g., lead, coke ovens).
        A major reason for this approach for construction and shipyards is 
    that measured levels of exposure often fail to define risk and are 
    often not received before the work is completed. This was partly 
    explained in the proposal. There OSHA noted that for removal jobs, 
    highly variable amounts of asbestos are generated, ``reducing the 
    predictability of exposure levels from one monitoring event to the 
    next. Moreover, measured asbestos levels often cannot be used to 
    determine the need for (specific controls) . . . because of the time 
    required by the laboratory to complete the test and report the 
    results.'' (55 FR at 29715-16). Thus, it would be unproductive to leave 
    employees unprotected while initial monitoring results are being 
    analyzed; and in many cases, even prompt reporting of exposure levels 
    during the setting up of the controls would not predict exposures 
    during the actual removal.
        A significant risk remains at the PEL of 0.1 f/cc, and it is 
    feasible to attain lower levels for some workers exposed to asbestos. 
    OSHA has therefore considered whether to establish different PELs for 
    different operations based on the lowest exposure limits that can 
    feasibly be achieved in those operations and that are needed to 
    eliminate significant risk. OSHA has decided not to do so because the 
    operation-specific work practices mandated in the standard will be a 
    most cost-effective means of assuring that significant risk is 
    eliminated to the extent feasible.
        Asbestos has been the subject of extensive rulemaking by OSHA and 
    other agencies, and the operations that expose employees to asbestos 
    are well known and thoroughly studied. Moreover, given the shift away 
    from asbestos products wherever substitutes are available, it appears 
    unlikely that major new uses will be found for asbestos in the future. 
    OSHA has therefore been able to focus its rulemaking effort on 
    evaluating the work practices that will best reduce asbestos exposures 
    in the specific operations that expose workers to asbestos. The result 
    is a standard that relies heavily on mandated work practices that will, 
    in most situations, result in employee exposure well below the PEL. In 
    effect, the mandated work practices will assure that each asbestos 
    worker is exposed to the lowest feasible level for the operation in 
    which that worker is engaged. This approach was taken in the 1986 
    construction standard. There, OSHA ``tiered'' its construction standard 
    ``to apply increasingly stringent requirements to those work operations 
    associated with the highest exposures.'' (51 FR at 23706). Rather than 
    two classifications as in 1986 (small-scale and abatement work), OSHA 
    now divides construction work into four classes and has made additional 
    limited distinctions based on measurable variables such as amount of 
    material disturbed.
        Since OSHA's approach assures that each employee is exposed to the 
    lowest feasible level of asbestos, no additional protection would be 
    gained by establishing a series of different PELs for different 
    operations. Such an approach would add cost and complexity to 
    employers' compliance duties and to OSHA's enforcement duties without 
    benefiting worker health. PELs lower than 0.1 f/cc would be 
    particularly unsuitable as compliance criteria because it is difficult 
    to reliably measure lower levels. Because such measurements are 
    unreliable, if lower PELs were established, measurements taken by 
    employers and by OSHA would provide an uncertain basis for determining 
    whether employers have fulfilled their compliance duties. However, both 
    employers and OSHA can easily determine whether the work practices 
    prescribed in the standard are being followed. The mandated work 
    practices thus assure that employees are better protected than a series 
    of different PELs while reducing compliance burdens on employers and 
    easing the agency's enforcement burden. Therefore, rather than set 
    operation-specific permissible exposure limits, OSHA proposed to 
    further reduce risk by requiring certain additional work practices. The 
    operations for which mandatory work practices are required would 
    otherwise result in employee exposure that is significant. OSHA 
    believes that these controls are feasible, reasonable, and necessary.
        OSHA also proposed, in the general industry standard, to link the 
    dates when engineering controls would be required to reach the new 
    lower PEL with the EPA Ban and Phase-out Rule. This linkage is no 
    longer an option since the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals recently 
    vacated the ban and it is not yet clear which asbestos-containing 
    products will no longer remain in commerce, and staged phase-outs of 
    asbestos containing products are not required.
        Issue 3. Small Scale Short Duration Definition: The Court asked 
    that OSHA clarify the exemption for ``small scale, short duration 
    operations'' from the negative-pressure enclosure (NPE) requirements of 
    the construction standard. The negative pressure enclosure requirements 
    are a substantial set of requirements. They include creating a system 
    of regulated areas with a sealed work area under negative pressure, 
    decontamination facilities and procedures, clean room facilities and 
    procedures and shower facilities, and other practices to reduce worker 
    exposure and spread of contamination outside the work area. In that 
    standard, NPEs were required for all removal, demolition and renovation 
    work except for small scale short duration operations.
        The Court suggested, based on its view of the Agency's earlier 
    intent, that OSHA limit the exemption to work operations where it is 
    impractical to construct an enclosure because of the configuration of 
    the work environment. In an earlier response to the remand order, 
    published in the Federal Register (54 FR 52024, December 20, 1989), 
    OSHA declined to amend the regulatory text on the small-scale, short 
    duration issue, without conducting supplemental notice and comment 
    rulemaking. The Agency explained ``that explicitly limiting the 
    exemption to situations where negative pressure enclosures are 
    impractical might not reduce employee risk from asbestos exposure.'' 
    (54 FR at 52026). OSHA stated that in the supplemental rulemaking, it 
    intended ``to discuss the effectiveness and drawbacks of negative-
    pressure enclosure, glove bags, and alternative control systems; and to 
    specify more clearly under what circumstances various control systems 
    may be used.'' (54 FR at 5207). OSHA also noted that the small-scale, 
    short duration issue is related to the scope of the ``competent 
    person'' requirement, which the 1986 standard lifted for operations 
    which conformed to the exception, and thus combined consideration of 
    both issues would be appropriate.
        Accordingly, in July l990, OSHA proposed related changes in both 
    provisions ``small scale, short duration'' operations would be 
    redefined in terms of general criteria, as well as the 1986 approach of 
    listing specific examples. However, the underlying premise remained the 
    same as in the 1986 standard: i.e. exemptions to the negative-pressure 
    enclosure requirement for removal, renovation and demolition projects 
    and limited to jobs which conformed to specified criteria. 
    ``Competent'' persons, according to the 1990 proposal, were to be 
    required as supervisors on all asbestos-related construction worksites, 
    instead of as in the 1986 standard, that required competent persons 
    only for non ``small-scale, short term jobs.'' Required training for 
    competent persons, would vary, however, depending on the kind of 
    asbestos- related job needing supervision.
        The final provisions resolving these issues, are different from the 
    proposal. Four classes of increasingly hazardous types of construction 
    activity are matched with increasingly stringent control requirements. 
    Class I asbestos work means activities involving the removal of 
    asbestos containing material (ACM) and presumed asbestos containing 
    material (PACM) which is ``high risk.'' Class II asbestos work means 
    activities involving the removal of ACM and PACM which is not ``high 
    risk.'' Class III asbestos work means activities involving repair and 
    maintenance where ACM and PACM is disturbed. Class IV asbestos work 
    means maintenance and custodial activities during which employees 
    contact ACM and PACM and activities to clean up waste and debris 
    containing ACM and PACM. Each class includes work with similar exposure 
    levels and with similar exposure risks. Each has a prescribed set of 
    controls and work practices. Basically only Class I work, high-risk 
    activities, require negative-pressure enclosures. The standard allows 
    other designated proven control systems in limited circumstances and 
    provides for yet-to-be-developed systems if certain backstop provisions 
    are met. As indicated in its earlier responses to the Court, and its 
    public notices of proposed rulemaking, OSHA has evaluated available 
    control technologies and has concluded that the use of negative-
    pressure control enclosures should be regulated in terms of when they 
    are required rather than when they are not.
        In a major departure from the language of both the 1986 standard 
    and the proposal, OSHA is deleting the term ``small scale, short 
    duration'' from the regulatory text. Instead, the agency is 
    distinguishing high- from lower-risk operations through the use of the 
    classification system described above. Work that was exempted from the 
    negative pressure enclosure requirements in the existing standard 
    because it was of ``small-scale, short-duration'' are considered to be 
    Class II and Class III work in this amendment. The agency finds that 
    the term ``small-scale, short term'' is too limiting, is confusing, and 
    cannot be defined with sufficient precision to serve the purpose of 
    distinguishing high risk asbestos-disturbing activity from activity of 
    reduced risk.
        The term is limiting because it focuses on a fraction of the 
    circumstances and criteria which define lower risk work with asbestos-
    containing material. For example, removing asbestos-containing products 
    like transite panels, likely will not result in significant exposure, 
    even if conducted for more than one day, if there is use of a few 
    simple controls. As much as the scope and duration of the job, the 
    materials themselves, their condition and the work-practices used 
    define hazard potential. OSHA had tried to include these concepts under 
    the ``small-term, short-duration'' exception in the current standard, 
    by reference to examples. However, the breadth of the examples led the 
    court to observe that ``the exception as now worded seems to erase the 
    rule.'' (838 F. 2d at 1279).
        In the 1990 proposal OSHA tried to identify the conditions and 
    operations which separated higher risk work with ACM from lower risk 
    work in its small-scale, short-term definition. Still anchoring the 
    distinction however, was OSHA's belief that the time a job took, and 
    the amount of material involved, primarily determined risk. Based on 
    the record of this proceeding, OSHA now finds that these are relevant, 
    but not exclusive, factors.
        OSHA finds also that use of the term is confusing. In 1986, in its 
    list of activities considered ``small-scale, short-term,'' OSHA listed 
    some which are neither small-scale or short-term, but were regarded as 
    lower risk, such as roofing work. To cure this confusion, OSHA 
    proposed, in 1990 to limit the ``small-scale, short duration'' 
    exemption to a subset of renovation, removal and demolition operations 
    which took less time, and/or involved small areas. Even for these 
    activities a temporal or volume cutoff was difficult to define, and the 
    proposed definition contained numerical criteria, which varied 
    depending on which activity was defined. In addition, it proposed to 
    exempt other activities, such as roofing, regardless of the size of the 
    project, from the negative-pressure enclosure requirement. EPA uses the 
    term ``small-scale, short-duration'' to describe cut-offs which are 
    much higher than those proposed by OSHA for its reporting requirements 
    for asbestos renovation, demolition and removal work under NESHAPS. And 
    under EPA's worker protection rule which applied to state and local 
    government workers in OSHA non-state plan states, reporting 
    requirements for asbestos ``abatement'' projects, do not apply to 
    projects involving ``less than 3 linear feet or 3 square feet of 
    friable asbestos material.'' (40 CFR 763.124).
        Many objections to the proposed definition were received by the 
    Agency. After reviewing this record, and in light of the variety of 
    interpretations of the term ``small-scale, short-duration,'' OSHA 
    determined that it is inappropriate to use that term as the equivalent 
    of lower risk activities. Once OSHA decided to include other control 
    methods in the ``preferred category'' for high risk asbestos work, 
    neither a ``small-scale, short-duration'' definition nor an exemption 
    from negative- pressure enclosure requirement was central to OSHA's 
    regulatory scheme. As explained more fully below, although OSHA no 
    longer uses the term ``small--scale, short-term'' to exempt activities 
    from universal requirements, OSHA uses the related terms ``small-
    scale'' and ``reduced exposure potential'' as part of a larger 
    classification scheme.
        Issue 8. The extension of reporting and information and transfer 
    requirements:
    
    A. Notification to OSHA
    
        OSHA had proposed expanded notification and reporting provisions in 
    response to the Court's remand order concerning two issues. The first 
    is whether OSHA should require employers to give the Agency advance 
    notification of asbestos-related jobs. BCTD, in the 1984 rulemaking had 
    suggested that OSHA should require all construction industry employers 
    to file reports concerning any building demolition, renovation or 
    removal project involving asbestos prior to beginning such a project. 
    Two health enhancing benefits of a notice requirement were advanced by 
    BCTD. One, is the help such information would provide the Agency in 
    targeting inspections. The other is a claimed reduction in risk because 
    of the consciousness-raising and self-education provided by the notice 
    process.
        The Court noted that the BCTD proposal would ``arguably generate 
    better information for ``selecting targets for inspection and that it 
    was based on ``uncontradicted (and unanalyzed) evidence of non-de 
    minimis benefits.'' (relating to compliance enhancement). (838 F.2d at 
    1278). It remanded the issue to the Agency for further explanation or 
    rebuttal.
        OSHA responded in 1990, by proposing a new provision to require 
    employers to notify OSHA in writing prior to engaging in demolition, 
    renovation, and removal operations which are not small-scale, short-
    term operations. OSHA's proposed notice requirement shared many core 
    elements with EPA's then current and proposed notification requirements 
    under NESHAPS. OSHA noted that ``(t)he proposed notification is modeled 
    after the notification requirement concerning asbestos abatement 
    projects that occur in conjunction with building demolition and 
    renovation operations. OSHA noted further that ``(e)mployers can 
    satisfy the OSHA (proposed) notification requirement simply by 
    forwarding a copy of the EPA form to the OSHA area office when 
    complying with EPA's asbestos NESHAP.'' (55 FR at 29731). Both EPA's 
    and OSHA's proposed, notification requirements would exempt less 
    extensive operations. In OSHA's case, the exemption would have applied 
    to small-scale, short-duration operations as otherwise defined in the 
    standard. EPA's cutoffs are annual amounts: 260 linear feet on pipes 
    and 160 square feet on other facility components. OSHA noted that many 
    asbestos jobs would meet the notification requirements of both 
    agencies, however there would be an indeterminate, yet significant 
    number for which EPA notification would not be called for, but OSHA's 
    proposed requirement would apply.
        Most public comment opposed the requirement. The major objection 
    was the burden on the employer from completing and mailing the 
    notification form. Further, some commenters questioned the overall 
    usefulness of the notification requirement in promoting compliance (See 
    comments of Shipbuilder's Council of America Ex. 7-2.) BCTD continued 
    to argue for extensive reporting requirements for the reasons stated 
    above. A few other commenters supported its position. (Ex. 7-5, 7-6, 7-
    34, 7-64, 7-95, 7-118, 7-132, 7-149, 141, 144).
        OSHA has carefully reviewed all the comments. Based on the review 
    and subsequent developments, the final regulation scales down OSHA's 
    proposed notice requirements. OSHA is now requiring advance 
    notification of Class I (mainly large-scale removals) only when the 
    employer intends to utilize controls other than a negative pressure 
    enclosure which meets the requirements of paragraph (g) of this 
    standard, and in some circumstances, where modifications of glove bag 
    systems, glove box systems and other control systems described in 
    paragraph (g) are made.
        There are a number of reasons for OSHA's decisions. OSHA believes 
    that the potential benefits in direct risk reduction from a separate 
    OSHA reporting requirement are unlikely. There are already extensive 
    EPA and state reporting requirements which OSHA requirements would 
    partly duplicate. The EPA and state requirements already create any 
    incentive to comply that such reports could create. Similar OSHA 
    reports would not increase this benefit. Information which may be 
    useful to OSHA in targeting inspections can be retrieved by 
    information-sharing with the EPA while avoiding overlapping reports. 
    OSHA notes that the Paperwork Reduction Act requires that federal 
    agencies avoid clearly duplicative reporting requirements. Various 
    comments challenge the value of duplicative requirements (e.g., Ex. 7-
    17, 7-20, 7-22, 7-28, 7-39, 7-46, 7-47, 7-50, 7-54, 7-72, 7-74, 7-76, 
    7-77, 7-78, 7-79, 7-81, 7-86, 7-87, 7-88, 7-89, 7-102, 7-103, 7-108, 7-
    112, 7-125, 7-133, 142, 147). Thus, although OSHA's and EPA's reporting 
    requirements are only partially duplicative, these considerations have 
    influenced OSHA's decision not to require extensive pre-job reporting. 
    OSHA is concerned that in reviewing the volume of reports which may be 
    spawned by a separate OSHA requirement which exceeded the EPA 
    requirements would strain OSHA area offices enforcement resources and 
    drain such resources from other enforcement efforts. However, OSHA 
    finds that advance reporting is appropriate where information is 
    related to new or modified control methods for Class I work. In such 
    cases, heightened attention to the data supporting their use will 
    result from the requirement to send them to OSHA.
        BCTD's contrary view that compliance would be enhanced was based in 
    part on its contractor's report, submitted after the 1984 hearing. The 
    report estimated that an advance reporting requirement would reduce 
    ``the number of workers with TWA exposures over 0.1 f/cc'' up to 30% in 
    drywall removal and demolition, and lesser amounts in other 
    construction work. These estimates were based on the opinions of a 
    seven person ``focus group'' which included three representatives of 
    member unions of BCTD. No methodology was presented for deriving these 
    quantitative estimates, and no supporting data has been submitted in 
    either rulemaking (see brief Ex. 143 at 198). The Court referred to the 
    report in its decision as uncontradicted, but that was because it was 
    submitted late in the rulemaking procedures.
        The Agency believes based on its experience that these estimates of 
    specific quantifiable benefits are speculative. But more importantly, 
    the now-existing EPA and state reporting requirements and OSHA's use of 
    that data for targeting inspections will achieve those benefits without 
    duplicative reporting requirements. Further, OSHA made various changes 
    to the final standard which will also achieve some of these benefits. 
    These include the expanded provisions on hazard communication, which 
    will alert employees in all asbestos renovation, removal and 
    maintenance work that presumed asbestos containing material is present; 
    that require competent persons to evaluate the work site before work is 
    begun, by informing employers that OSHA is setting up information 
    sharing systems with EPA to access employer notices sent to that 
    Agency, and that require employers who use new and modified control 
    systems to notify OSHA.
        Help for OSHA in targeting inspections from the submission of 
    advance reports is the other claimed benefit from a reporting 
    requirement. Some participants claimed that because pre-job reporting 
    was helpful to EPA in targeting its inspections for compliance with 
    NESHAP requirements, an OSHA pre-job reporting would similarly benefit 
    this Agency. EPA did not testify at the hearing, but available 
    information shows that its reporting system provides useful information 
    to that Agency's enforcement program. NESHAPS reporting is made mostly 
    to 45 state agencies, delegated by EPA to implement the asbestos 
    NESHAP. Reporting in EPA Region II, is directly to the Regional Office. 
    These reports are the source of two data bases: the National Asbestos 
    Registry System (NARS), which develops a historical record of asbestos 
    contractors, updated quarterly: and the ACTS system, which is a local 
    data base on the compliance history of each contractor. OSHA is 
    informed that ACTS is a tool that delegated agencies may use for day-
    to-day tracking of asbestos activities. EPA's evaluation of the reports 
    submitted to it and other information used in its NESHAP enforcement 
    effort constitute a valuable resource for OSHA.
        In 1991 both agencies signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) to 
    share information which will aid their enforcement efforts. Pursuant to 
    that MOU, OSHA is developing with EPA an information sharing system 
    based on the reports submitted both to EPA and to various states upon 
    delegation from EPA to access that information to help OSHA target 
    asbestos removal jobs. OSHA also believes that at this time some EPA 
    delegated states, and OSHA state plan states have worked out ways to 
    share notifications. OSHA believes that utilizing the EPA data to 
    assist in targeting inspections will be more effective than duplicative 
    reporting requirements.
        The Agency believes, based on its own enforcement experience that a 
    limited notification requirement may enhance compliance in specified 
    circumstances. Employers who choose to use new or modified control 
    technology to reduce exposures in Class I asbestos work, must notify 
    OSHA in advance, using EPA's NESHAP reporting form. Such information 
    about new and/or modified asbestos control technology submitted to OSHA 
    by employers who wish to use it will provide accessible information for 
    the Agency to use to evaluate such technologies. OSHA believes that 
    requiring employers to routinely submit to the Agency their data in 
    support of claims of the effectiveness of new technology will help 
    OSHA, employers and employees and their representatives to evaluate its 
    effectiveness promptly.
    
    Shipyard Employment Standard
    
        One area of the proposed standard to which SESAC raised objection 
    was the requirement that OSHA be notified 10 days prior to initiating 
    work on large scale asbestos operations. In addition to reiterating 
    many of the objections to the provision raised by others, they pointed 
    out that often they must immediately work on ships which enter their 
    shipyards and turn them around quickly and that the delay caused by the 
    notification would be overly burdensome. As OSHA explained above, 
    notification of OSHA is required only when Class I operations are 
    undertaken and alternate methods of control, other than the negative-
    pressure enclosure methodology, is to be employed. This provision 
    applies both in the construction and shipyard employment standards.
    
    B. Notification of Other Employers and Subsequent Owners
    
        The Court remanded the issue of whether OSHA should, as recommended 
    by BCTD, require employers contracting asbestos-related work to 
    establish, maintain and transfer to building owners written records of 
    the presence and locations of asbestos or asbestos products, in order 
    to facilitate identification and prevention of asbestos hazards. As 
    noted in the 1990 remand proposal, the Court remanded this issue so 
    that the Agency may reach ``its own judgment on the issue'' of whether 
    it was legally empowered to adopt such a requirement (See BCTD v. 
    Brock, supra at 1278). OSHA concludes that BCTD has made a persuasive 
    case for the need to expand the notification provisions to other 
    employer and building owners and from them to subsequent employers with 
    exposed employees. This is a necessary way to informing subsequent 
    employers that their employees are at risk of asbestos exposure and of 
    the need to take appropriate precautions. Requiring building owners to 
    maintain and provide this information is by far the most effective way 
    of notifying employers of exposed employees who are doing work many 
    years after the asbestos was identified.
        OSHA has developed an information transfer scheme concerning the 
    presence of asbestos in buildings and structures which may present a 
    hazard to employees which is more comprehensive than the recommendation 
    of BCTD. The approach places the primary compliance burden on the 
    building and/or facility owner, even though the employees at risk may 
    not be the owner's direct employees. Thus, this final standard confirms 
    OSHA's tentative view in the proposal, that it has authority to require 
    building owners who are statutory employers to take necessary and 
    appropriate remedial action such as notifying other employers, to 
    protect employees other than their own (see 55 FR at 29729).
        The proposed hazard communication provision limited the building 
    owner's communication obligations to ``available'' information 
    concerning the presence and location of asbestos. Now, in the final 
    standard, the building owner must communicate his knowledge of the 
    presence and location of ACM, based on ``available'' information, and, 
    new to the final standard, of the presence and location of certain high 
    risk materials, which are presumed to contain asbestos (PACM), unless 
    the building was constructed or renovated after 1979 or is rebutted 
    using laboratory analysis. Further details of this provision are 
    spelled out later in this preamble.
        Issue 9. Competent Person. The Court remanded to OSHA to determine 
    whether employers engaged in any kind of asbestos related construction 
    work should be required to designate ``competent persons'' to oversee 
    safety measures, or whether, as in the 1986 standard, employers should 
    only be required to designate trained ``competent persons'' for 
    asbestos removal, demolition, and renovations operations that are not 
    small-scale, short duration. The court requested that OSHA either 
    expand the ``competent person'' requirement or provide a more 
    persuasive explanation of its refusal to do so.
        OSHA proposed in 1990 to expand the requirement. Under the 
    proposal, supervision of all asbestos construction worksites by a 
    ``competent person'' would be required; the training of a competent 
    person would be keyed to the kind of asbestos operation. However, the 
    proposal left undecided whether onsite, continuous supervision of all 
    asbestos-related work would be required for all asbestos work. The 
    final standard resolves these issues. A ``competent'' person, as 
    defined in the general construction standards, must supervise all work 
    under the asbestos construction standard. That person must be ``capable 
    of identifying existing asbestos * * * hazards in the workplace, and 
    has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them 
    * * *'' 29 CFR 1926.58[b].
        OSHA reiterates its statement in the proposal that ``all 
    construction site employees would benefit from the presence of a 
    competent person to oversee asbestos-related work'' (55 FR at 29726). 
    However, the need for on-site supervision varies with the hazard 
    potential of the work undertaken. All workers performing Class I 
    construction work must have continuous access to an on-site supervisor, 
    who meets the training requirements for designation as a ``competent 
    person'' under this standard. Supervision for Class II and III work 
    does not always require a continuous on-site ``competent person,'' 
    therefore the standard requires inspections at ``sufficient'' intervals 
    and at employee request. Supervision of installation of asbestos 
    containing construction materials and Class IV work must also be 
    accomplished by complying with the ``generic'' requirement for 
    ``frequent and regular'' inspection [Paragraph (0)(2)].
        Training for ``competent persons'' can be accomplished in a number 
    of ways and meet the standard's performance requirements. For Class I, 
    II and III work, the ``competent person'' must take a course such as a 
    course under the EPA Model Accreditation Plan for accredited 
    contractor/supervisor, project designer or management planner course, 
    or their equivalent in content, duration, and criteria for success. 
    Class IV work may be part of larger construction projects, in which 
    case the competent person trained to supervise the project should 
    supervise the on-site cleanup activities which constitute the Class IV 
    work.
    
    Explanation of Provisions of the Final Standards
    
        The following is a provision-by-provision discussion of the revised 
    asbestos standards. Thus all the provisions in all three standards: 
    general industry, construction and shipyard employment, relating to a 
    topic will be discussed under the heading for that topic. For example, 
    under the scope heading, the scope of the general industry standard 
    will be first discussed, then the scope of the construction standard, 
    and finally the scope of the shipyard employment standard. Similarly, 
    under the methods of compliance heading, the provisions in each 
    standard relating to that topic will be discussed. Where a discussion 
    applies to all three or to two of the separate standards it will be so 
    noted and will not be repeated for each standard. OSHA believes that 
    this format will help the public understand where and why the various 
    standards contain different provisions relating to the same subject 
    matter. Further, it will avoid repetition in explanations where a 
    common policy rationale applies to more than one asbestos standard.
    
    (1) Scope and Application
    
        Paragraph (a). General Industry Standard. 29 CFR 1910.1001. The 
    general industry standard covers all activities (except agriculture), 
    covered by the Act which are not otherwise covered by the construction 
    asbestos standard, 29 CFR 1926.1101, and the new shipyard employment 
    standard, 29 CFR 1915.1001. Consequently, marine terminals and 
    longshoring would be covered by the general industry standard if 
    asbestos were being loaded, unloaded or stored. The asbestos 
    construction standard, in existence since 1986, lists activities which 
    it covers. This includes construction activities though they may take 
    place at a factory or agricultural premises. The new shipyard 
    employment standard, likewise lists its covered activities.
        Formerly, the general industry standard had been considered the 
    generic asbestos standard. However, because of dramatic changes in the 
    market for asbestos containing products, the standard now covers only 
    four industry segments, three of which are distinct from each other, 
    and all are diminishing in volume and employee population. Brake and 
    clutch repair is the activity engaged in by the largest group of 
    asbestos exposed workers, although most of them are exposed 
    sporadically and at low levels. Next largest is custodial workers who 
    do not perform their duties as part of construction activities, but 
    clean surfaces, sweep, buff and vacuum floors and wash walls and 
    windows in manufacturing plants and a wide variety of public and 
    commercial buildings. Although in the preamble to the proposal and 
    throughout this proceeding OSHA and most commenters had treated these 
    workers as part of the construction work force, OSHA concludes that 
    pure custodial work is not a construction activity, and should be 
    regulated under the general industry standard. However, to avoid 
    misinterpretation or for purposes of clarity of duties to affected 
    parties, OSHA also is including provisions protecting custodial workers 
    who may unknowingly contact asbestos-containing material in the 
    construction and shipyard employment standards. In this way, there will 
    be no advantage to interpreting coverage under any one of the asbestos 
    standards, rather than another.
        The primary and secondary manufacture of asbestos containing 
    products, completes the roster of identifiable general industry 
    sectors. Once, along with installers of asbestos-containing products, 
    the core of the asbestos-exposed work force, asbestos-containing 
    product manufacturing employees are rapidly dwindling in number. OSHA 
    expands on this theme its on economic analysis later in this document. 
    At the time of the proposal, EPA had prohibited, at three stated 
    intervals from August 1990 to August 1996, the future manufacture, 
    importation, processing and distribution in commerce of asbestos in 
    almost all products (54 FR at 29460, July 12, 1989). Subsequently the 
    ban was overturned by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth 
    Circuit. EPA has interpreted the decision as invalidating only those 
    portions of the ban for products that were manufactured or imported at 
    the time of the decision. Despite the remaining legitimacy of 
    manufacture and use of asbestos-containing products, the industries 
    which make and maintain them and the employees who are employed in 
    those industries are declining rapidly and dramatically.
        Paragraph (a) Construction Standard. 29 CFR 1926.1101.
        The construction standard covers (but is not limited to) the 
    following activities involving asbestos: demolition, removal, 
    alteration, repair, maintenance, installation, clean-up, 
    transportation, disposal, and storage. It has been redesignated 29 CFR 
    1926.1101 to reflect the reorganization of health standards covering 
    construction made June 30, 1993 (58 FR 35076). The scope and 
    application remain generally unchanged from the proposal and earlier 
    standard. However, 3 issues arose. First, new language, proposed in 
    1990 is retained in the final. ``* * * coverage under this standard 
    shall be based on the nature of the work operation involving asbestos 
    exposure, not on the primary activity of the employer.'' This point was 
    made clearly in the preamble to the 1986 standards; however, it was not 
    specifically stated in the regulatory text and subsequently some 
    confusion arose among the regulated community. Therefore, it is 
    included as a clarification of the intended application of the 
    standards. Asbestos work which involves removal, repair, maintenance or 
    demolition is therefore explicitly regulated by the construction 
    standard even if such work is performed within a facility otherwise 
    regulated under the general industry standard.
        Certain commenters stated that maintenance and custodial work 
    should not be regulated by the construction standard, because they are 
    not construction operations. OSHA notes that it has made a distinction 
    between maintenance and custodial work, that maintenance work is 
    covered in the construction and shipyard employment standards, and that 
    custodial work is covered in all three standards, when it is incidental 
    to work otherwise covered by a standard.
        Naturally Occurring Asbestos in Soil: Prior to the publication of 
    the 1990 asbestos proposal, OSHA received submissions describing 
    asbestos deposits which occur as natural formations in the U.S. and 
    that when disturbed, for example during earthmoving projects or during 
    mining operations, drilling, blasting or sawing operations, the 
    asbestos in the deposit can become airborne and expose workers to 
    significant levels of asbestos fibers (Ex. 3-10, 3-11). The Agency 
    proposed to clarify that such activities were covered under its 
    asbestos construction standard and that methods of control were to be 
    employed to avoid worker exposure during disturbances of naturally 
    occurring asbestos deposits. OSHA sought additional information 
    regarding any additional provisions it would adopt to protect workers 
    engaged in these activities. In the proposal, the Agency also requested 
    any information on appropriate methods to use to determine the presence 
    of asbestos in soils, the effectiveness of wet and/or other methods to 
    control worker exposures and information on effective decontamination 
    methods for exposed workers.
        There were relatively few comments received on this issue. Some 
    felt that asbestos in soil resulted in negligible exposures and that 
    wetting to prevent fugitive emissions during earth moving would be 
    sufficient control (e.g., Ex. 7-6). Another participant said there was 
    a lack of control technology and called for further study to determine 
    the extent and location of problems (Ex. 7-63). The industrial 
    hygienists who had raised the issue of worker exposure to naturally 
    occurring asbestos, described the occurrence of asbestos in the soil of 
    Fairfax County, Virginia (Ex. 7-143). They reported that water misting 
    during disturbance of asbestos-containing soils was effective in 
    controlling exposures. They recommended the use of negative pressure 
    air purifying respirators, protective clothing and showers to control 
    exposures.
        OSHA finds that the record indicates that certain construction 
    sites in mostly well-defined areas contain deposits of naturally 
    occurring asbestos. In such areas, airborne asbestos during earthmoving 
    activities may result in significant exposures. In such cases, wetting 
    of the excavation site, often required by local authorities, should be 
    sufficient to suppress measurable airborne asbestos concentrations. 
    Information regarding the presence of asbestos in the vicinity of 
    construction sites may be available from state environmental agencies, 
    the United States Geological Survey, and the Bureau of Mines.
        In the absence of information which is readily available showing 
    asbestos contamination of soil in the immediate vicinity of a 
    construction site, the employer is not required to take any action 
    under this standard.
        Paragraph (a) Shipyard Employment Asbestos Standard. 29 CFR 
    1915.1001.:
        Workers engaged in shipyard industry activities, i.e. shipbuilding, 
    ship repair, and other work in shipyards, who are exposed to asbestos 
    have been protected by inclusion in 1986 general industry and 
    construction standards published in 1986. Like in other non-
    construction industries, OSHA intended employees working in shipyards 
    to be protected by the general industry standard, except for those 
    operations which were specifically listed as covered by the 
    construction standard, i.e. renovation, removal, demolition and repair.
        In 1988, OSHA convened the Shipyard Employment Standards Advisory 
    Committee (SESAC), comprised of members from labor, private industry, 
    state and federal government, and professional and trade associations. 
    The Committee's charter directed it ``to develop a single set of 
    comprehensive health and safety standards for Shipyards.''
        In the 1990 NPRM, OSHA sought information and comment on how best 
    to provide equivalent protection to workers engaged in shipyard 
    activities. The Agency noted that although it had considered these 
    operations to be regulated under the general industry standard in the 
    1986 rulemaking, subsequent considerations led OSHA to observe that 
    many shipyard industry activities are construction-like in nature.
        In response, SESAC drafted alternative regulatory text which it 
    submitted to this rulemaking docket with the recommendation that it be 
    adopted as a vertical asbestos standard for shipyards (29 CFR 1915, Ex. 
    7-77). The Committee stated: ``Maritime is neither general industry nor 
    construction--it is maritime. ``This committee was formed by the 
    Secretary of Labor with the objective in its charter to ``recommend * * 
    * one comprehensive set of standards* * *for the shipbuilding, ship 
    repair and shipbreaking industries* * *'' (Advisory Committee Charter).
        Additional comment and testimony on this issue was submitted during 
    the rulemaking. For example, Charles Sledge, Jr. of the Norfolk Naval 
    Shipyard in his testimony stated that he did not feel that shipyard 
    industry work meets the definition of construction work defined in 29 
    CFR 1910.12 (Ex. 28). Although he preferred keeping shipyard industry 
    operations under the general industry asbestos standard, he recommended 
    that OSHA apply the SESAC-recommended standard to shipyard activities 
    rather than the construction asbestos standard. He pointed out that 
    most asbestos work in shipyards takes place in fixed locations and does 
    not have the transient nature of true construction work. Mr. Sledge 
    also felt that shipyards have developed ways to stay below the PEL and 
    that any change would result in requiring expensive alterations of 
    facilities, and a need for additional training.
        Several commentors including F. Losey of the Shipbuilders Council 
    of America (Ex. 7-2), D. Knecht of Litton Ingalls Shipbuilding (Ex. 7-
    22), and C. Klein of Newport News Shipbuilding (Ex. 7-71) encouraged 
    OSHA to adopt the SESAC-recommended regulatory text for shipyards (Ex. 
    7-2).
        J. Collins of Naval Operations objected to OSHA's proposal to apply 
    the construction asbestos standard to shipyard industry because he 
    considered some of the provisions infeasible on vessels (Ex. 7-52). In 
    his opinion the construction standard requires showers be located at 
    the entrance to the regulated area and that this was not reasonable on 
    small ships like submarines. Other comments, (apparently by others) in 
    this submission expressed the view that shipyard industry activities 
    should be regulated under the construction standard since they are 
    often identical to construction work. To the same effect see Ex. 7-52.
        BCTD stated in its testimony that:
    
        * * * [It] agrees with OSHA that, because the manner in which 
    maritime employees work with and are exposed to asbestos is similar 
    to the experience of construction employees, the provisions of the 
    construction standard should apply in that industry. In particular, 
    whenever the likelihood exists that asbestos-containing materials 
    will be disturbed in ship repair and renovation, that activity 
    should be conducted under a negative air apparatus. [Ex. 34, p.2]
    
        The rulemaking process revealed that there was confusion in the 
    shipyard industry sector as to which of the standards applied to the 
    various activities within the shipyard. In his testimony, the Chairman 
    of the Shipyard Employment Standards Committee said: ``In the case of 
    asbestos, both 1910 and 1926 are both applied in various shipyard 
    operations. This is confusing to the shipyard work force who are 
    required to follow one set of rules one day and another set the next 
    day.'' (Tr. 337)
        In the current revision of the asbestos standards, OSHA has 
    determined that a separate vertical standard for shipyards is 
    appropriate. OSHA understands that many spokespeople for the shipyard 
    industry believe that compliance with OSHA's asbestos standards will be 
    facilitated in shipyards if only one standard applies to those 
    workplaces. Because OSHA wishes to promote compliance, and because the 
    Agency acknowledges that some shipyard conditions are unique, OSHA is 
    issuing a standard that will apply only to shipyard industries. It is 
    neither less nor more rigorous than the general industry and 
    construction standards. How it differs from the two other asbestos 
    standards will be discussed under the topic heading for each 
    substantive provision, in the preamble text which follows. The 
    recommendations will be discussed more fully, following a summary of 
    the relatively small number of comments received by the Agency.
        Most provisions in the final shipyard standard include some 
    relevant provisions similar to the revised construction standard. In 
    addition OSHA has incorporated some of the specific recommendations 
    made by the Shipyards Employment Standards Advisory Committee discussed 
    below.
        Relatedly, the Great Lakes Carriers Associates, representing fleets 
    on the Great Lakes, wanted assurance that asbestos exposures of seamen 
    aboard vessels will continue to be regulated by the Coast Guard under 
    an existing Memorandum of Understanding between the Coast Guard and 
    OSHA (Ex. 7-8). OSHA does not intend to alter the agreement it has with 
    the Coast Guard. Rather, the maritime standard under discussion 
    concerns shipbuilding, ship repair and ship-breaking activities (29 CFR 
    part 1915, Shipyards).
    
    (2) Definitions
    
        Paragraph (b) General Industry, Construction and Shipyard 
    Employment.
        OSHA has deleted some definitions which appear in the 1986 
    standards, and has added others. Alphabetically, the changes are as 
    follows:
        The 1986 standards contained an ``action level'' of 0.1 f/cc, one 
    half the PEL of 0.2 f/cc. The action level provides a ``trigger'' for 
    certain duties, such as monitoring, medical surveillance and training. 
    The Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit instructed 
    OSHA to consider reducing the action level to 0.05 f/cc should the PEL 
    be reduced to 0.1 f/cc. In most single-substance air contaminant 
    standards it has issued, OSHA has set an action level equal to half the 
    PEL. The action level triggers duties of monitoring, medical 
    surveillance, and training, and assures that workers who are not 
    exposed at or above the PEL but who may nevertheless be exposed to 
    levels that present a risk to their health receive a degree of 
    protection. The action level thus helps to reduce residual risk that 
    may remain at the PEL.
        In these standards, OSHA has taken a different approach to 
    protecting workers exposed to levels of asbestos below the PEL. Instead 
    of a numerical action level, employer duties involving training and 
    medical surveillance are triggered by exposure to ACM or PACM or by the 
    type of work being done. Additionally, work practices also are required 
    regardless of measured exposure levels. OSHA considers this approach to 
    better protect employees than an action level, which triggers training 
    and medical surveillance duties based on monitoring results. OSHA's 
    approach is particularly appropriate for asbestos because in many 
    cases, asbestos levels below the PEL cannot be reliably measured, and 
    duties tied to an action level might therefore be triggered by 
    measurements of dubious accuracy.
        In the 1990 proposal, OSHA did not propose an action level based on 
    its tentative conclusion that workplace asbestos concentrations below 
    the PEL could not be reliably and reproducibily measured (55 FR 29722). 
    The Agency asked for comment on the advisability of setting an action 
    level of 0.05 f/cc, and specifically asked whether the methodology for 
    measuring airborne asbestos levels had advanced sufficiently to allow 
    reliable and reproducible measurements at that level. Evidence 
    subsequently submitted to the rulemaking record indicated that levels 
    as low as 0.05 f/cc could not be consistently measured reliably. The 
    rulemaking reinforces OSHA's tentative conclusion that workplace 
    asbestos levels of 0.05 f/cc cannot be measured reliably (see NIOSH Tr. 
    215, SESAC Tr. 345). Because employers cannot obtain reliable and 
    reproducible measurements of airborne asbestos levels at concentrations 
    of 0.05 f/cc, it would be infeasible to base training and medical 
    surveillance requirements on worker exposure to asbestos at such a 
    level. OSHA therefore declines to establish an action level of 0.05 f/
    cc. OSHA recognizes in some circumstances the general advantages of an 
    action level, and if future monitoring technology is developed which 
    would allow reliable, consistent determinations at lower fiber levels, 
    OSHA will reconsider whether an action level would be appropriate for 
    the asbestos standard and whether action under section (6)(b)(7) of the 
    Occupational Safety and Health Act which directs OSHA to ``make 
    appropriate modification in the * * * requirements relating to * * * 
    monitoring or measuring * * * as may be warranted by experience, 
    information, or medical or technological developments acquired 
    subsequent to the promulgation of the relevant standard'' is 
    appropriate.
        The agency has, however, included provisions that require training 
    and medical surveillance of employees exposed below the PEL. Thus, like 
    standards that contain an action level, these standards use training 
    and medical surveillance to reduce the residual significant risk that 
    remains at the PEL. The general industry standard requires that all 
    employees who work in areas where ACM or PACM is present be given a 
    prescribed level of awareness training. The construction and shipyard 
    standards require training of all workers who install asbestos-
    containing products and all workers who perform Class I, Class II, 
    Class III, and Class IV work. These training requirements assure that 
    all employees who are potentially exposed to more than de minimis 
    concentrations of asbestos can recognize conditions and activities that 
    can lead to asbestos exposure, know of the hazards associated with 
    asbestos exposure, and are trained to utilize the means prescribed by 
    the standard to minimize their exposure.
        With respect to medical surveillance, the construction and shipyard 
    standards require medical surveillance of all workers who, for a 
    combined total of 30 days per year or more, engage in Class I, II, or 
    III work, or who are exposed above the PEL or excursion limit. 
    Additionally employees who wear negative pressure respirators are 
    provided with medical surveillance. The general industry standard 
    requires medical surveillance of all workers exposed above the PEL or 
    excursion level, with no 30-day per year limitation. In crafting these 
    provisions, OSHA has attempted to assure that those workers for whom 
    medical surveillance will provide relevant information and benefit are 
    entitled to it. In construction and shipyard work, employees who do not 
    engage in Class I, II, or III work are unlikely to be exposed above 
    0.05 f/cc (the potential ``action level'') because the work practices 
    mandated in the standard should result in negligible asbestos exposure 
    to workers who do not specifically engage in asbestos-related work. 
    Employees who engage in only Class IV work also should not be exposed 
    above 0.05 f/cc because of the lower asbestos exposures associated with 
    such work. OSHA therefore believes that the construction and shipyard 
    provisions target medical surveillance where it is needed.
        In general industry, the vast majority of workers who are exposed 
    below the PEL will also be exposed below 0.05 f/cc. The work practices 
    mandated for brake and clutch repair, by far the largest general 
    industry segment subject to the standard, should result in virtually 
    all such workers being exposed below 0.05 f/cc. Another large general 
    industry segment, custodial workers, will also be generally exposed 
    below 0.05 f/cc. While some small number of workers in both categories 
    as well as in the manufacturing of asbestos products may be exposed 
    between 0.05 f/cc and 0.10 f/cc on some days, the difficulty of 
    obtaining reliable and reproducible measurements at those levels makes 
    it difficult to identify those workers accurately. Therefore, if 
    medical surveillance were triggered by exposure above 0.05 f/cc, the 
    employees subject to such surveillance would likely be chosen on the 
    basis of the vagaries of the monitoring process rather than on any 
    realistic assessment of the risk that they face. OSHA therefore 
    concludes that it would be infeasible, and would not reduce significant 
    risk, to require medical surveillance for workers in general industry 
    exposed below the PEL or excursion limit.
        David Kirby of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory stated his belief 
    that:
    
        I'm not sure if the analytical methodology will be able to 
    support this due to the level of accuracy that's normally associated 
    with trying to take samples under the normal procedures at that 
    level.'' (Tr. 105)
    
    NIOSH too testified that ``[i]n NIOSH's judgment, the establishment of 
    a PEL or an action level below 0.1 fiber per cc for most industrial or 
    construction work sites would be difficult at this period of time'' 
    (Tr. 215). Additional doubt was voiced by the chairman of the Shipyard 
    Employment Standards Advisory Committee, ``* * * an action level, that 
    is 0.05 fibers per cc, is not appropriate or reasonable due to 
    inconsistencies and non-reproducibility with the sampling and 
    analytical methodology'' and noted concern that shipyard environments 
    were especially likely to have high levels of background dust which 
    could overload sampling devices, making determinations at that level 
    more difficult (Tr. 345). Other commenters supported the proposed 
    deletion of an action level (Ex. 7-2, 7-39, 7-99,7-104, 7-120, 7-146).
    
    Asbestos
    
        In 1992 OSHA amended the definition of ``asbestos'' from the 1986 
    standards. The non-asbestiform varieties of the minerals actinolite, 
    tremolite and anthophyllite are no longer included in the definition of 
    asbestos. In 1986 OSHA determined that although tremolite, actinolite 
    and anthophyllite exist in different forms, all forms of these minerals 
    would continue to be regulated. Following promulgation of the rule, 
    several parties requested an administrative stay of the standard 
    claiming that OSHA improperly included non-asbestiform minerals. A 
    temporary stay insofar as the standards apply to the non-asbestos forms 
    of tremolite, actinolite and anthophyllite was granted and the Agency 
    initiated rulemaking, proposing to remove these forms from the scope of 
    the asbestos standards. Following a public comment period and public 
    hearing, OSHA issued its final decision to delete non-asbestiform 
    tremolite, anthophyllite and actinolite from the scope of the asbestos 
    standards (57 FR 24310, June 8, 1992). The Agency, in evaluating the 
    record, found that ``evidence is lacking to conclude that non-
    asbestiform tremolite, anthophyllite and actinolite present the same 
    type or magnitude of health effect as asbestos,'' and that the failure 
    to regulate them as asbestos does not present a significant risk to 
    employees.
    
    Classification of Asbestos Work (Classes I-IV)
    
        In the Construction and Shipyard Employment Standards, OSHA is 
    adding definitions for four classes of activities which trigger 
    different provisions in the standard. Those activities presenting the 
    greatest risk are designated Class I work, with decreasing risk 
    potential attaching to each successive class. The Construction and 
    Shipyard Employment Standards regulate Class I, II and III work; all 
    three standards regulate Class IV work.
        ``Class I'' work is defined as activities involving the removal of 
    thermal system insulation and sprayed-on or troweled-on or otherwise 
    applied surfacing ACM (asbestos-containing material) and PACM (presumed 
    asbestos-containing material); ``Class II asbestos work'' is defined as 
    removal of ACM or PACM which is not TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM; 
    ``Class III asbestos work'' is defined as repair and maintenance 
    operations which are likely to disturb ACM, or PACM; Class IV 
    operations are custodial and housekeeping operations where minimal 
    contact with ACM and/or PACM may occur.
        Class I asbestos work involves removal of surfacing materials 
    sprayed or troweled or otherwise applied to surfaces, and removal of 
    thermal system insulation. Surfacing materials include, for example, 
    decorative plaster on ceilings or acoustical ACM on decking or 
    fireproofing on structural members. Thermal system insulation includes, 
    for example, ACM applied to pipes, boilers, tanks and ducts. Based on 
    the record, OSHA has determined that the prevalence of these materials 
    and their likelihood of significant fiber release when disturbed, 
    requires rigorous control methods which OSHA has set out in the 
    standards.
        Class II asbestos work involves removal of any other asbestos-
    containing material--which is not TSI or surfacing ACM. Examples of 
    Class II work are removal of floor or ceiling tiles, siding, roofing, 
    transite panels. EPA refers to these materials as ``miscellaneous ACM'' 
    in the ``Green Book.'' (Ex. 1-183) Work practices and other control 
    measures to be employed in removing these materials are discussed later 
    in this preamble under the methods of compliance section.
        Class III asbestos work are defined as repair and maintenance 
    activities involving intentional disturbance of ACM/PACM. Class III is 
    limited to incidental cutting away of small amounts (less than a single 
    standard waste bag) of ACM/PACM, for example, to access an electrical 
    box for repair.
        The first three classes of asbestos work are intended to cover the 
    kinds of asbestos work which under the 1986 construction standard were 
    designated ``asbestos removal, demolition, and renovation operations,'' 
    including ``small-scale, short-duration operations, such as pipe 
    repair, valve replacement, installing electrical conduits, installing 
    or removing drywall, roofing, and other general building maintenance or 
    renovation.''
        The classes are exclusive. For example, the stripping of 50 linear 
    feet of thermal system insulation, which has not been positively 
    identified as non-asbestos containing material is Class I, for it is 
    the removal of PACM. Repair of a valve covered by ACM is Class III, 
    since ``removal'' is not taking place. Removal of roofing material 
    containing ACM is Class II, since roofing material is not high-risk 
    ACM. OSHA believes dividing activities by ``Classes'' will be clearer 
    than the prior system in the 1986 standard which prescribed different 
    precautions for ``small scale, short duration work,'' which it then 
    defined by example. As noted in several places in this document this 
    was confusing to employers, to the Court and to OSHA itself. A more 
    extensive discussion of the ``Class'' system of designating work with 
    asbestos-containing materials is contained in the discussion on 
    ``Methods of Compliance'' provisions later in this preamble.
        Class IV work is defined as maintenance and custodial activities 
    during which employees contact ACM and PACM and activities to clean up 
    waste and debris containing ACM and PACM. This includes dusting 
    surfaces, vacuuming carpets, mopping floors, cleaning up ACM or PACM 
    materials from thermal system insulation or surfacing ACM/PACM. Workers 
    may contact ACM or PACM when performing a wide variety of routine jobs 
    that result in incidental disturbance, such as changing a battery in a 
    smoke detector attached to a ceiling containing ACM or PACM, polishing 
    floors containing asbestos, and changing a light bulb in a fixture 
    attached to an asbestos containing ceiling.
        For custodial work, the Class IV characterization applies to 
    situations where there is an indication that surfaces are contaminated 
    with ACM or PACM. One indication would be identification of the ACM or 
    PACM sources of the debris or dust; such as visibly damaged, or 
    degraded, ACM or PACM in the vicinity. Visibly damaged, degraded, or 
    friable ACM or PACM are indications that surface dust could contain 
    asbestos, and Class IV protection applies. OSHA requires in (g)(9) that 
    such dust or debris be assumed to be ACM or PACM. Another indication 
    could be an analytical test to determine whether the surface dust 
    itself contains asbestos. Since dust of carpets may not be visible, 
    visible dust on other surfaces along with the presence of ACM/PACM 
    nearby would indicate that cleaning the carpet is Class IV work.
        The general industry standard also includes requirements for 
    maintenance and custodial operations which mirror Class IV requirements 
    in the construction standard. These would apply to activities which are 
    not traditionally viewed as construction activities, and which, as 
    contended by certain participants in this proceeding, may not be 
    covered by the Construction Safety Act (40 U.S.C. 333). As further 
    discussed in the preamble discussion relating to paragraph (a), Scope 
    and Application, examples of these activities are clean-up in areas 
    where asbestos-containing dust or debris is present and removing light 
    fixtures located near ``high risk'' surfacing material.
        Some Class IV work was covered by the earlier standards, yet the 
    coverage was incomplete. The general industry standard regulated 
    housekeeping activities, and housekeeping activities were also included 
    in the construction standard to be covered if they were part of a 
    construction job. Precautionary maintenance guidelines to avoid 
    disturbing ACM were addressed in Appendix G of the construction 
    standard. OSHA believes that the switch from the regulated 
    ``housekeeping'' activities to the Class IV definition is clearer and 
    reduces loopholes. The custodial activities covered in either event can 
    clearly create asbestos dust and expose custodial employees to that 
    dust. Data in the record show that custodial activities can produce not 
    insignificant asbestos exposure levels. Therefore, the work practices 
    required to reduce that dust are clearly necessary to reduce 
    significant risk to custodial workers.
        By establishing a Class IV, OSHA is rejecting various 
    recommendations that some activities, potentially involving asbestos 
    disturbance, would result in de minimis risk, and as such should not be 
    regulated (See further discussion concerning Methods of Compliance). 
    The new definition of Class IV work, the removal of the non-mandatory 
    appendix, and coverage of these activities both under general industry 
    standard and the construction standard and shipyard employment 
    standards clarify the standards' application to such work.
        OSHA requested comments on setting a cut-off for asbestos-
    containing material with minimal asbestos content. There was 
    overwhelming support for a 1% cutoff for ACM which would be consistent 
    with EPA rules. The Hazard Communication Standard labeling and training 
    provisions require labelling of materials which contain more than 0.1% 
    asbestos. EPA defines asbestos containing material as: ``Any material 
    containing more than one percent asbestos.'' (NESHAP and Green Book p. 
    30). OSHA has no information to indicate what proportion of building 
    materials fall into the category of containing more than 0.1% and less 
    than 1.0% asbestos. EPA has listed building materials by their asbestos 
    content and among those included on the list, only surfacing ACM ranged 
    down to 1% (and up to 95%) (EPA ``Purple Book,'' Ex. 1-282). Some 
    participants, including NIOSH have expressed concern that even 1% may 
    be below the accuracy level for optical microscopic methods. (Ex. 7-
    145, 162-39). Among those who dealt with the issue, most supported the 
    1.0% cutoff, most citing its consistency with EPA (Ex. 7-5, 7-6, 7-21, 
    7-43, 7-51, 7-74, 7-76, 7-99, 7-106, 7-111, 7-120, 7-137, 151, 162-59, 
    162-29). OSHA agrees that a cutoff of 1.0% asbestos is appropriate for 
    asbestos containing building materials and has included this value in 
    its definitions of ACM.
    
    Closely Resemble
    
        Included in the construction and shipyard employment standards is a 
    definition for the term ``closely resemble,'' which is the term used in 
    the regulatory text to limit the use of historic exposure data to 
    predict exposures. It is defined as circumstances where ``the major 
    workplace conditions which have contributed to the levels of historic 
    asbestos exposure are no more protective than in the current 
    workplace.'' OSHA's intent is to allow data reflecting past exposures 
    to be used to predict current exposures only when the conditions of the 
    earlier job were not more protective, i.e., employees were not better 
    trained, work practices were not used more consistently, and no more 
    supervision was present.
    
    Competent Person
    
        OSHA has amended the definition of ``competent person'' in the 
    construction standard and included it in the Shipyard Employment 
    Standard as a ``qualified person.'' The definition is based on the 
    definition of ``competent person'' in the general construction 
    standard, 29 CFR 1926.32(f), i.e. ``one who is capable of identifying 
    existing asbestos hazards in the workplace and who has the authority to 
    take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them,'' but adds a 
    specific training qualification. The training provisions require a 
    competent person take a course which meets the requirements of EPA's 
    Model Accreditation Plan (40 CFR 763, Subpart E). OSHA believes that 
    specific training is needed so a ``competent person'' will have 
    adequate knowledge to perform the competent person's responsibilities 
    for Class I and II work. A Class II and Class IV ``competent person'' 
    must undergo ``Operations and Maintenance'' (O&M) training as developed 
    by EPA. Further discussion of these issues is found later in this 
    document.
        The revised definition deletes from the definition a list of duties 
    to be performed by the competent person. Duties are more appropriately 
    set out in other regulatory paragraphs which are prescriptive, rather 
    than in the ``definition'' section. In response to the court's remand, 
    OSHA has also expanded the scope of the competent persons's duties so 
    that a competent person must supervise all asbestos activities under 
    the construction standard. As noted, these requirements are set forth 
    in other regulatory paragraphs which govern conditions of work in 
    covered activities.
        The shipyard employment standard does not use the term ``competent 
    person,'' because that term has a unique definition under Part 1915. 
    OSHA has accepted SECSAC's recommendation that the term ``qualified 
    person'' should be used to designate a person with the same duties 
    under the shipyard employment standard.
    
    Critical Barriers
    
        OSHA is adding a definition for the term ``critical barriers'' 
    whose use is required in certain asbestos operations. These are defined 
    as plastic sheeting or equivalent material placed over openings to the 
    work area. These barriers are effective when they seal all openings 
    into a work area. Critical barriers can be other physical barriers 
    sufficient to prevent airborne asbestos in a work area from migrating 
    to an adjacent area.
    
    Disturbance
    
        OSHA has added a definition for ``disturbance'' to all three 
    standards to distinguish it from removal. In this definition 
    disturbance means any contact with ACM/PACM which releases fibers or 
    which alters its position or arrangement. It also includes operations 
    which disrupt the matrix or render it friable or which generate visible 
    debris from it. A quantitative cutoff of disturbance is given--the 
    amount of ACM/PACM so disturbed may not exceed the amount that can be 
    contained within one standard sized glove bag or waste bag. OSHA 
    believes that certain jobs, e.g., repairing leaking valves, often 
    require asbestos to be cut away to gain access to a component. If the 
    amount of asbestos so ``disturbed'' is contained in one bag, Class I 
    precautions are not necessary.
    
    Glove Bag
    
        The term ``glove bag'' is also defined in the standards as a 
    plastic bag-like enclosure affixed around ACM with glove-like 
    appendages through which material and tools may be handled.
    
    Homogeneous Area
    
        The presumption that a material contains asbestos may be rebutted 
    by sampling a ``homogeneous'' area of the presumed ACM to determine its 
    asbestos content. OSHA has defined ``homogeneous area'' in much the 
    same way it is defined by EPA as an area of surfacing material or 
    thermal system insulation that is uniform in color and texture.
    
    Industrial Hygienist
    
        A definition for ``Industrial Hygienist'' is included in the 
    standards as a professional person qualified by education, training, 
    and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop controls 
    for occupational health hazards.
    
    Initial Exposure Assessment
    
        ``Initial Exposure Assessment,'' including ``Negative Initial 
    Exposure Assessment'' are terms used in the construction and in the 
    shipyard standards. It means a required assessment by a ``competent 
    person'' concerning the exposure potential of a specific asbestos job, 
    or series of similar asbestos jobs. A ``Negative Initial Exposure 
    Assessment'' is such an assessment in which it is concluded that 
    employee exposures during the job are likely to be consistently below 
    the PELs. Assessments must be based on information and data which are 
    allowed pursuant to criteria in paragraph (f). The results of ``Initial 
    monitoring,'' no longer required for each job, should be considered, 
    but do not necessarily constitute an adequate ``assessment'' if they 
    would not represent all worst-case employee exposures during the entire 
    job.
    
    Modification
    
        Alternatives or modifications to listed control methods are allowed 
    when the employer demonstrates that such a ``modification'' still 
    provides equivalent worker protection. OSHA does not intend that 
    changes in a control method which decrease the safety margin of a 
    material or omitting a procedure be permitted by calling it a 
    ``modification.'' A ``modification'' means a changed or altered 
    procedure, material which replaces a procedure, material or component 
    of a required system. For example, a new test proven successful in 
    detecting leaks might be substituted for required ``smoke tests.'' 
    Omission of a procedure or component, or a reduction in the stringency 
    or strength of a material or component is not considered a 
    ``modification'' under this section.
    
    Presumed Asbestos-Containing Material (PACM)
    
        In all three standards, ``presumed asbestos containing material,'' 
    ``PACM'' means thermal system insulation and sprayed on and/or troweled 
    or otherwise applied surfacing material in buildings constructed no 
    later than 1980. OSHA has found that these materials are ``high risk'' 
    if asbestos-containing. OSHA bases this on the record, including the 
    HEI Report which states that ``thermal system insulation and surface 
    treatments (fireproofing, acoustical and decorative finishes) stand out 
    in importance for their potential for fiber release and subsequent 
    exposure to [building] occupants'' (Ex. 1-344, p. 4-5). Although these 
    materials may have been installed in small quantities after 1980, OSHA 
    finds that their installation is unlikely after that date.
    
    Project Designer
    
        OSHA has adopted a definition like that of EPA for a ``Project 
    Designer''-- a person who has successfully completed the training 
    requirements for an abatement project designer established by 40 USC 
    763.90(g).
    
    Removal
    
        ``Removal'' means all operations where ACM and/or PACM is removed 
    from a building component, regardless of the reason for the removal. It 
    includes those maintenance, repair, renovation and demolition 
    activities where ACM and/or PACM removal is incidental to the primary 
    reason for the project, as well as where removal of ACM and/or PACM is 
    the primary reason for the project. Removal should be distinguished 
    from ``disturbance'' which includes ``cutting away'' a small amount of 
    ACM or PACM.
    
    Regulated Area
    
        ``Regulated area'' is included in all three standards. All three, 
    like the 1986 standards, require the establishment of such an area 
    where the employer believes that the PEL will be exceeded. Now, the 
    construction and shipyard employment standards add that such area must 
    be established also where Class I, II and III activities will take 
    place, regardless of exposure levels. Also, the specific actions 
    required of the employer to demarcate a regulated area are deleted from 
    the definition, and are placed in the appropriate prescriptive 
    paragraph, in this case paragraph (e)(6).
    
    (3) Permissible Exposure Limits
    
        Paragraph (c) General Industry, Construction and Shipyard 
    Standards.
        In all three standards, the eight hour time-weighted average 
    permissible exposure limit is changed from an eight hour time weighted 
    average (TWA) of 0.2 f/cc to a TWA of 0.1 f/cc in the revised final 
    rules. As noted in the 1990 proposal and in the preamble discussion 
    above, OSHA's decision to reduce the PEL across the board responds to 
    the Court's directive to consider whether to establish operation-
    specific exposure limits, since the Court noted that on the record of 
    the 1986 standards, it appeared feasible to reduce the PEL to 0.1 f/cc 
    limit in many industry sectors. OSHA has rejected ``operation-
    specific'' PELs for the wide variety of operations that expose 
    employees to asbestos. OSHA proposed and these final standards adopt 
    required operation-specific work practices, in addition to an across-
    the-board PEL reduction to 0.1 f/cc. OSHA expects that the risk 
    reduction accomplished by this two-pronged approach will be at least as 
    great as would operation-specific PELs. First, the required controls 
    are found to be capable of achieving maximum exposure reduction on an 
    operation-by-operation basis. Second, since OSHA has found that 
    specific work practices are feasible, the Agency expects a higher 
    compliance rate and thus, greater risk reduction than if practices were 
    not specified. Third, in operations where particular controls are 
    specified, the PEL is a backstop; alerting employers where additional 
    controls are needed or closer surveillance is required; in all 
    operations the PEL is a measurable and comparable value, which cannot 
    be exceeded without further action by the employer to reduce exposures.
        At the time of the proposal in 1990, the question of whether the 
    proposed PEL reduction would reduce a still significant risk had 
    already been given a tentative answer by the Court. The D.C. Circuit 
    Court of Appeals, in remanding the issue of lowering the PEL to the 
    Agency, noted that based on the 1984 risk assessment, the excess risk 
    stemming from average exposures of 0.1 f/cc ``could well be found 
    significant.'' BCTD v. Brock, 838 F.2nd at 1266.'' (55 FR at 29714).
        In the proposal, OSHA stated that it believes ``that compliance 
    with proposed amendments to reduce the PEL to 0.1 f/cc as a time-
    weighted average measured over 8 hours would further reduce a 
    significant health risk which exists after imposing a 0.2 f/cc PEL'' 
    (55 FR 29714, July 20, 1990). OSHA's 1984 risk assessment showed that 
    lowering the TWA PEL from 2 f/cc to 0.2 f/cc reduced the asbestos 
    cancer mortality risk from lifetime exposure from 64 to 6.7 deaths per 
    1,000 workers. OSHA estimated that the incidence of asbestosis would be 
    5 cases per 1,000 workers exposed for a working lifetime under the TWA 
    PEL of 0.2 f/cc. Counterpart risk figures for 20 years of exposure are 
    excess cancer risks of 4.5 per 1,000 workers and an estimated 
    asbestosis incidence of 2 cases per 1,000 workers.
        OSHA's risk assessment also showed that reducing exposure to 0.1 f/
    cc would further reduce, but not eliminate, significant risk. The 
    excess cancer risk at that level would be reduced to a lifetime risk of 
    3.4 per 1,000 workers and a 20 year exposure risk of 2.3 per 1,000 
    workers. Consequently significant risk would be reduced substantially. 
    However, OSHA concluded therefore that continued exposure to asbestos 
    at the TWA permitted level and action level would still present 
    residual risks to employees which are significant.
        The Court did not ask and OSHA did not undertake to review its 
    earlier risk assessment in the proposal. At the hearing in January, 
    1991, Mr. Martonik, spokesperson for OSHA was asked by Mr. Hardy, 
    representing the Safe Building Alliance (SBA), if OSHA was planning to 
    update the earlier risk assessment as part of this proceeding. Mr. 
    Hardy stated that ``a number of parties have suggested to OSHA that its 
    risk assessment from 1984, as relied on in the 1986 final rule, is 
    outdated'' (Tr. 30). Mr. Martonik responded that ``we will have to 
    consider all information we receive and determine relevance in this 
    rulemaking after the record is closed. (Ibid).
        Other parties questioned OSHA's continuing reliance on the 1984 
    risk assessment. The Asbestos Information Association (AIANA) testified 
    that ``OSHA's 1984 risk assessment fails to take into account the 
    scientific community's consensus that chrysotile exposures hold lower 
    risk than the Agency estimates * * * we do not believe that the risk 
    assessment that is six years old relies on the best available 
    evidence.'' AIANA requested OSHA to convene experts, as part of this 
    hearing process ``to revise its asbestos risk assessment.'' (Tr. 530), 
    this was the major objection to OSHA's earlier risk assessment. Some 
    participants voiced similar objections. (Ex. 7-88, 7-110, 7-104, 7-120, 
    Ex. 145, 151), while others were of the opinion that chrysotile had the 
    same potency as other forms of asbestos (see Ex. 119 C, 1-136, 125, 
    Att. 6, 143 Att C, 143 Att. D.).
        Although as noted above, the issue of the continuing validity of 
    OSHA's earlier risk assessment was not remanded to the Agency for 
    reconsideration, implicit in OSHA's proposal to lower the PEL to 0.1 f/
    cc is OSHA's determination based on the 1984 risk assessment, that the 
    lower exposure limit is necessary to reduce a still significant 
    occupational risk.
        After a comprehensive review of the evidence submitted concerning 
    the validity of the 1984 risk assessment, OSHA has determined that it 
    will continue to rely on the earlier analysis. The Agency believes that 
    the studies used to derive risk estimates remain valid and reliable, 
    and that OSHA's decision to not separate fiber types for purposes of 
    risk analysis is neither scientifically nor regulatorily incorrect.
        There are at least three reasons for OSHA's decision not to 
    separate fiber types. First, OSHA believes that the evidence in the 
    record supports similar potency for chrysotile and amphiboles with 
    regard to lung cancer and asbestosis. The evidence submitted in support 
    of the claim that chrysotile asbestos is less toxic than other asbestos 
    fiber types is related primarily to mesothelioma. This evidence is 
    unpersuasive, and it provides an insufficient basis upon which to 
    regulate that fiber type less stringently.
        As OSHA explained in the preamble to the 1986 standards,
    
        * * * to summarize the data on risk differential by asbestos 
    fiber type, human epidemiological studies have suggested that 
    occupational exposure to amphiboles is associated with a greater 
    risk of mesothelioma than is exposure to chrysotile * * * No clear 
    risk differential for lung cancer or other asbestos-related disease 
    has been demonstrated by epidemiological studies. Animal 
    experiments, however, have indicated that chrysotile is a more 
    potent carcinogen than amphiboles when administered by inhalation or 
    intrapleural injection * * * (51 FR at 22628).
    
    OSHA agreed with the testimony of Dr. Davis, who stated that ``the 
    evidence cannot answer * * * with certainty * * * if ``one fiber * * * 
    of amphibole (is) more dangerous than one fiber * * * of chrysotile.'' 
    (Ibid).
        Second, as stated in the 1986 asbestos standard, even if OSHA were 
    to accept the premise (which it does not), that chrysotile may present 
    a lower cancer risk than other asbestos fiber types, occupational 
    exposure to chrysotile asbestos still presents a significant risk of 
    disease at the revised PEL (See 51 FR 22649, 22652). In particular, 
    asbestosis, the disabling and often fatal fibrosis of the deep portions 
    of the lung, is caused by exposure to all types of asbestos. The 
    evidence on this is strong and no new information has been presented to 
    contradict this. As stated above, OSHA estimated asbestosis risks at 
    0.2 f/cc exposures as an unacceptably high 5 cases per 1000 workers. 
    Thus, asbestosis risks alone justify the regulation for chrysotile.
        Lung cancer risks associated with chrysotile exposures are also 
    high--6.7 lung cancer deaths per 1000 workers exposed to 0.2 f/cc for a 
    full working lifetime. OSHA notes that SBA's witness, Dr. K. Crump 
    acknowledged that ``(t)here's not a clear difference, * * * even in 
    humans, for lung cancer * * * in terms of distinguishing the potency of 
    amphiboles vs. chrysotile.'' (Tr. 4220).
        Third, the record shows that employees are likely to be exposed to 
    mixed fiber types at most construction and shipyard industry worksites 
    most of the time. Assigning a higher PEL to chrysotile would present 
    the Agency and employers with analytical difficulties in separately 
    monitoring exposures to different fiber types. Thus, regulating 
    different fiber types at differing levels, would require more 
    monitoring all the time and would produce limited benefits (51 FR 
    22682).
        Consequently, OSHA believes that its conclusion to treat all 
    asbestos fibers as having a similar potency in the occupational setting 
    remains valid. Most of the evidence submitted to the remand rulemaking 
    duplicated evidence submitted to the 1986 standards' record, or was 
    cumulative to the earlier body of evidence. For example AIANA appended 
    its 1988 submission to the EPA, consisting of numerous studies and 
    reports. Some of these documents were considered by OSHA in the prior 
    rulemaking. There, OSHA had stated that the 1983 Berry and Newhouse 
    study of friction materials manufacturing workers which found 
    nonsignificant increases in lung cancer mortality, was inconsistent 
    with other studies showing that low level asbestos exposure resulted in 
    excess lung cancer mortality, because of the relatively short follow up 
    period used (51 FR 22618).
        Other studies involved lung burden analyses of mesothelioma 
    victims, apparently showing that the pulmonary content of chrysotile 
    was within the range of the general population, whereas amphibole 
    content was significantly elevated compared to the general population 
    (see e.g. Churg, Malignant Mesothelioma in British Columbia in 1982, 
    Cancer, 2/85, 672). OSHA noted in the preamble to the 1986 rule, that 
    there is a difference in tissue retention which would account for the 
    autopsy results and cited a study by Glyseth et al. (Doc. 33-C, Ex. 
    312) which supported that explanation. OSHA also noted that ``the 
    differential lung retention of various fiber types has been 
    demonstrated in animals,'' citing a study by Wagner which found that 
    animals exposed to chrysotile fibers developed lung cancer even though 
    a smaller amount of chrysotile was retained in the lung compared to 
    similar tests with amphiboles.
        Dr. Weill believed that ``these differences in tissue persistence 
    may wholly or partially explain the observations [that exposure to 
    amphiboles are associated with a higher prevalence of mesothelioma] in 
    human * * * population * * *. Non-confirmation of fiber type 
    differences in animal experiments may be related to the much shorter 
    life span * * * [of experimental animals, which would not allow] the 
    effects of varying tissue-persistence to be expressed'' (Doc. 33-C, Ex. 
    99, p.18; 51 FR 22628). Therefore OSHA had reviewed and evaluated in 
    the earlier rulemaking a portion of the evidence submitted by 
    proponents of differential regulation of fiber types, and had rejected 
    the claim that chrysotile should be regulated less stringently.
        Some new evidence on the issue of differential risks of asbestos 
    fiber types was submitted by both supporters and detractors of that 
    theory.
        In support of the position that chrysotile asbestos exposure is 
    equivalent in risk to amphibole asbestos exposure, BCTD submitted 
    studies which indicated excess mesothelioma cases in workers exposed 
    solely to chrysotile asbestos (see Ex. 119 C, 1-136, 125, Att.6, 143 
    Att C, 143 Att. D). In support of the opposing claim that chrysotile 
    has reduced carcinogenic potential, AIANA and SBA submitted additional 
    evidence. For example, AIANA submitted the World Health Organization's 
    1989 working report which recommended that the exposure limit for 
    chrysotile should be reduced to 1 f/cc or below (8 hour TWA), where it 
    was recommended that exposure to crocidolite and amosite asbestos be 
    prohibited (Ex. 21 A, p. 9). In particular, two papers by Mossman, et. 
    al, are cited as the basis for the claim that a scientific 
    ``consensus'' believes that chrysotile carries a reduced carcinogenic 
    risk (Ex. 1-153, 151). Thus AIANA states that ``since OSHA issued its 
    1984 asbestos risk assessment, the scientific consensus that chrysotile 
    asbestos poses lesser risks has solidified'' (Ex. 142 at 3).
        However, OSHA notes that various participants in this rulemaking, 
    including NIOSH and Dr. Nicholson, disputed the existence of such a 
    consensus. Dr. Nicholson and others including Dr. Landrigan, in a 
    letter to Science, (Ex. 1-155), dispute various interpretations of data 
    in Mossman et al.'s paper, and challenge the conclusion that chrysotile 
    asbestos carries little cancer risk. Nicholson et al, point out that 
    human studies show excess lung cancer risk that is proportionate to 
    exposure across all fiber types, and that animal tests confirm these 
    relationships. OSHA believes that the scientific community has not 
    achieved ``consensus'' on these issues.
        Among the studies submitted in support of the lowered risk of 
    chrysotile asbestos, are those of Churg, and others showing that the 
    lung burden of mesothelioma victims is predominantly amphibole, even 
    though high chrysotile exposure levels were reported. As noted above, 
    this line of argument was presented in the earlier asbestos rulemaking, 
    and OSHA had concluded that lung burden studies are inconclusive. 
    Additional response to this argument is provided by Dement who notes 
    that ``(t)he biological significance of post-mortem lung fiber burden 
    data has yet to be established. These data are not useful as a 
    predictor of disease for several reasons. Chrysotile is known to split 
    longitudinally and partially dissolve in the lung whereas amphiboles 
    remain in the lungs for years without significant dissolution * * *. 
    Measurements of tissue fiber burdens many years after first exposure 
    may bear no relationship to the carcinogenic events which likely have 
    taken place many years before clinical manifestation of cancer.'' (Ex. 
    1-273)
        BCTD pointed out in its post-hearing brief, that ``Dr. Landrigan 
    testified, while the observation that chrysotile does not last as long 
    in the lungs as other forms of asbestos is not new knowledge (Tr. 
    1074), there is recent evidence that chrysotile is ``the most effective 
    of the three major fiber types at migrating to the pleura, that it is 
    present in substantial amounts in pleural plaques and mesotheliomas, 
    even in circumstances where it is not present or minimally present in 
    the lungs themselves'' (Tr. 1074).
        The Agency also notes that the HEI report, in summing up its 
    discussion of its literature search of studies examining the issue of 
    the relative potency of chrysotile in inducing mesothelioma, stated: 
    ``(t)he evidence that chrysotile rarely causes pleural mesothelioma is 
    not conclusive ``* * * and concluded that the absence of mesothelioma 
    in one of the ``two cohorts of heavily exposed asbestos workers who 
    worked only with chrysotile * * * seems likely to be due at least in 
    part to chance'' (Ex. 1-344 p. 6-23).
        HEI concluded that ``the mesothelioma risk for chrysotile was an 
    issue of disagreement; some members of the Literature Review Panel held 
    the view that a lower estimate should be recommended, as it would be 
    more consistent with available data. The crucial issues, neither of 
    which can be resolved unequivocally, are (1) what proportion of the 
    mesotheliomas observed in groups such as the U.K. textile workers and 
    the U.S. insulation workers were caused by their exposure to 
    crocidolite or amosite; and (2) whether the best general estimate of 
    the ratio of mesothelioma to excess lung cancer caused by chrysotile is 
    provided by the Quebec miners and millers (about 1:4 or 1:5), or by the 
    South Carolina textile workers handling Quebec fiber (zero)'' (Ex. 1-
    344 p. 6-32).
        Thus, although there is some evidence linking chrysotile to a lower 
    mesothelioma rate than some amphibole fiber types, OSHA believes that 
    there is insufficient evidence to show that chrysotile does not present 
    a significant mesothelioma risk to exposed employees. Furthermore, the 
    major disease linked to asbestos exposure, lung cancer, occurs at the 
    same frequency among employees exposed to equivalent doses of 
    chrysotile or to amphibole asbestos fiber types. Indeed, evaluation of 
    all of the evidence indicates that chrysotile asbestos presents a 
    similar significant risk of lung cancer and asbestosis as other forms 
    of asbestos. Since these adverse health effects constitute the majority 
    of diseases related to asbestos exposure, OSHA is still of the opinion 
    that chrysotile exposure should be treated the same as other forms of 
    asbestos.
        In addition to contentions that OSHA's risk assessment had 
    overstated asbestos risks because it treated the risks from all 
    asbestos fiber types equally, other contentions were made that the 
    earlier risk assessment may have understated the risks from asbestos, 
    because it ignored evidence of the incidence of pleural plaques, and 
    other asbestos disease which occurred in workers exposed at low levels, 
    primarily as building custodians. The earlier risk assessment in 1984 
    focused on whether there was a significant risk of cancer and 
    asbestosis at various levels of cumulative exposure. During this 
    hearing, various labor groups stated their position that the presence 
    of pleural plaques in asbestos exposed employees is not only a marker 
    of asbestos exposure, but also an independent ``material impairment'' 
    because they are associated with a greater risk of lung function 
    impairment and pleuritic pain. Pleural plaques are focal areas of 
    fibrous thickening of the pleura, the membrane lining the lung. 
    Further, suggestions were made that OSHA should reduce its PELS to 
    correspond to these increased risks of ``material impairment'' which 
    occurred at lower exposure levels (see e.g., Ex. 143 at 35-37).
        Evidence submitted during the rulemaking consisted of testimony and 
    studies which in the view of some participants showed lung function 
    decrement and resulting excess disease among workers exposed at low 
    levels. For example BCTD witness Dr. Christine Oliver described various 
    studies and concluded:
    
        Pleural plaques * * * were a predictor for increased mortality 
    from lung cancer and malignant mesothelioma in subsequent years * * 
    * pleural plaques have also been shown to be associated with 
    decrement in lung function * * * At the very least, pleural plaques 
    are a marker for exposure, sufficient to increase risk for lung 
    cancer and for malignant mesothelioma, and they have also been 
    associated with loss of lung function (Tr. 1035-6).
    
    Dr. Oliver recommended medical surveillance of those exposed to 
    asbestos in their capacity as custodians in buildings.
        The studies considered by Dr. Oliver consisted of one involving 120 
    Boston public school custodians (Tr. 1026) which she conducted and 
    found pleural plaques in 33% (N=40) of the group. Further she noted 
    that in 21% (of the 40, or 12 individuals) there was no known exposure 
    to asbestos outside work as school custodian. In 18% of the group and 
    17 % of those with no outside exposure to asbestos, she observed a 
    restrictive pulmonary defect, significantly associated with duration of 
    employment as school custodian. Other studies described by Dr. Oliver, 
    in the docket include: a study of 666 New York school custodians, 
    reporting only x-ray data (Ex. 47). For all groups of workers, the lung 
    abnormality seen on x-ray was associated with duration of work as 
    custodian: a study of 1,117 insulation workers (likely to have had 
    extensive asbestos exposure) by Dr. Irving Selikoff, in which workers 
    were followed for up to 27 years prospectively, in which pleural 
    plaques were found and which were concluded to be predictive of lung 
    cancer mortality (Tr. 1036 and Ex. 124A): a study, by Balmes (Ex. 124 
    DD, Tr. 1036, Ex. 1-374) of approximately 900 school district employees 
    in California were determined as likely to have been exposed to 
    asbestos. The authors concluded, ``More than 11 percent of workers 
    known to have sustained exposure to ACM in school building, without 
    history of exposure to asbestos prior to school district employment, 
    and with at least 10 years of employment with the district had 
    radiographic evidence of parenchymal asbestosis and/or asbestos-related 
    pleural thickening'' (Ex. 1-374, p. 547). After adjusting for smoking 
    and age, the relative risk was 1.3 times greater for those with 10 
    years or more employment compared with those who had just begun working 
    for the school district.
        In addition to the occurrence of pleural plaques which are viewed 
    as presenting an independent material impairment of health due to low 
    level asbestos exposures, Dr. Oliver cited other studies which 
    correlated low level asbestos exposure with mesothelioma. Thus, a study 
    by Dr. H. Anderson (Tr. 1032 and Ex. 124 EE, Ex. 1-374 using 
    information on mesothelioma cases from a Wisconsin Cancer Registry, 
    analyzed 359 deaths from 1959 to 1989. Using death certificate 
    occupational information, the researchers hypothesized 41 as likely to 
    have been exposed to asbestos in buildings. For 10 (34%), no other 
    likely source of asbestos exposure was identified. The paper concluded 
    that ``individuals occupationally exposed to in-place ACBM are at risk 
    for the subsequent development of mesothelioma'' (Ex. 1-374, p. 570).
        SBA submitted a critique of these studies which they commissioned 
    by Drs. H. Weill and J. Hughes (Ex. 122). They suggested potential 
    biases in these studies, that Dr. Oliver's study subjects were 
    volunteers, the study had a low participation rate, they had used a 
    non-standard classification system, and did not adequately account for 
    age in relating restriction to lung function. These reviewers concluded 
    that spirometric functional measurements were not related to the 
    presence of plaques and that reduced lung volume could result from 
    other factors. Drs. Weill and Hughes also examined the other studies, 
    and argued that Dr. Selikoff's were ``fatally flawed'' due to the 
    potential for development of unmeasured changes during the 27 year 
    period of follow-up, and that both the Anderson and Balmes studies 
    failed to adequately adjust for age, smoking and other direct asbestos 
    exposures. Other reports cited by BCTD were dismissed because of 
    potential sources of bias.
        Dr. Oliver rebutted these arguments (Ex 143, Attachment F). She 
    argued that she had adequate controls, adequately accounted for age and 
    demonstrated that pleural plaques were significantly associated with 
    both latency and duration of work as custodian in the total group and 
    in the group with no known other exposure, that lung restriction was 
    significantly associated with duration of work as a custodian, and that 
    pleural plaques mark increased risk for lung cancer mortality.
        Dr. Levin also responded to the reviewer's criticism of his studies 
    with Dr. Selikoff (Ex. 143, Attachment G). He pointed out that all x-
    rays had been read by a single reader, Dr. Selikoff, and that there is 
    no evidence that smoking without asbestos exposure increases appearance 
    of the small irregular opacities in the lung seen on the x-rays in 
    their study. He further noted that in his study only actively working 
    custodians were included and were therefore a ``survivor'' group and 
    would therefore not be expected to report pulmonary dysfunction 
    frequently. He claimed that relatively unexposed subject groups would 
    not be expected to have more than an upper limit of 3% pleural plaques.
        Dr. Anderson also responded to the Weill/Hughes comments (Ex. 143, 
    Attachment H). He asserted that the review fails to explain how biases 
    would significantly increase odds ratios in the study, that 
    misclassification often is random and biases toward not detecting a 
    difference between the study and control groups. He also questioned 
    existence of evidence that smoking without asbestos exposure causes 
    pleural thickening or irregular opacities.
        The review of available literature, including the studies mentioned 
    above by the Health Effects Institute, resulted in its the estimation 
    that the prevalence of pleural plaques in the general population to be 
    about 5% (Ex. 1-344, p. A2-9). Although HEI advised caution in 
    interpreting the existing studies due to lack of specificity and 
    sensitivity of methods used and couched its conclusions in cautious 
    terms, they concluded: ``* * * there is now persuasive evidence 
    implicating asbestos-related pleural disease as an independent cause or 
    indicator of functional impairment and possibly even disability * * * 
    On the individual level, pleural disease may be the only indication of 
    asbestos exposure, may explain symptoms and function impairment, and 
    may predict future deterioration in lung function'' (Ex. 1-344 p. A2-
    12).
        OSHA agrees that health effects such as lung function impairment 
    and pleuritic pain would be considered ``material impairment,'' if 
    substantial evidence supports the link to pleural plaques. OSHA 
    concludes that the scientific data indicate that pleural plaques are 
    primarily associated with asbestos exposure, and that they have 
    occurred and still may at relatively low exposure levels.
        However, OSHA does not believe that the data are available to 
    permit OSHA to do a separate risk assessment for these effects which 
    would in a major way add to the present assessment. The risk assessment 
    on which OSHA has based its significant risk determinations for the 
    1986 and newly revised standards, calculated the incidence of 
    mesothelioma, lung and other cancers and asbestosis, diseases based on 
    a substantial amount of both mortality and exposure data. The data 
    concerning lung function decrement and pleural plaques lack exposure 
    information and would make quantitative risk estimates for these health 
    effects less precise than the data for other forms of asbestos-related 
    disease upon which OSHA is relying.
        A separate risk assessment is also unnecessary. OSHA believes that 
    the revised regulations are already regulating at the margin of what is 
    feasible, in terms of levels to be achieved, and controls which are 
    required. OSHA has imposed necessary, feasible and well supported work 
    practices for custodial work, which should reduce custodial exposures 
    well below the historic levels (indeterminate) which may have been 
    experienced by the workers studied in the above reports.
        More generally, there would be remaining significant risk at this 
    new 0.1 f/cc exposure limit if there were not other provisions to these 
    standards. However, the exposure limit is accompanied by mandated work 
    practice controls and requirements for hazard communication, training 
    and other provisions. Together these will very substantially reduce 
    that remaining significant risk, although the exact amount of that 
    reduction cannot be quantified. In addition, it would be difficult to 
    measure accurately in the industrial setting levels lower than those in 
    these standards. OSHA believes its approach of setting a PEL which is 
    reliably measurable, yet, imposing work practices and ancillary 
    provisions for operations regardless of measured fiber levels will 
    result in risk reduction well below that expected from just enforcing 
    the 0.1 f/cc PEL. Thus, a lower PEL would not produce significant 
    worker benefit.
    
    (4) Multi-Employer Worksites
    
        Paragraph (d) Construction and Shipyard Employment Standards. OSHA 
    is retitling paragraph (d) ``multi-employer worksites.'' The first 
    provision, the same regulatory text as in the 1986 construction 
    standard, requires that an employer whose work requires the 
    establishment of a regulated area must inform other on-site employers 
    of the asbestos work, and how other employees will be protected from 
    hazards stemming from that work. In addition, new provisions follow 
    which set out the compliance responsibilities of employers on multi-
    employer worksites.
        In 1990, OSHA had proposed more comprehensive provisions governing 
    communication of asbestos hazards among all employers, building and 
    facility owners and employees, in a revised paragraph (d). These final 
    standards expand communication provisions but repositions them in 
    paragraph (k), ``communication of hazards.'' A discussion of those 
    provisions is found below in this preamble under that heading.
        Paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) set out the compliance responsibilities 
    of employers on multi-employer worksites. They acknowledge that on 
    asbestos work sites, like other construction sites, employees exposed 
    to a hazard are not always the employees of the employer who created 
    the hazard.
        Paragraph (d)(2) incorporates the rules now applied in enforcement 
    actions governing multi-employer construction sites generally, to 
    assure that all employees on such a site receive the protection 
    intended by the standards.(See Gelco Builders, Inc. 6 BNA 1104). The 
    standard explicitly requires asbestos hazards to be abated ``by the 
    contractor who created or controls the source of asbestos 
    contamination.''
        In addition, paragraph (d)(3) sets forth the duties of the employer 
    of employees who are exposed to asbestos hazards, but who did not 
    create the source of contamination. One, such employer may request the 
    contractor with control of the hazard to take corrective action. For 
    example, if there is a breach of an enclosure within which asbestos 
    work is being performed, the employer of employees working outside that 
    enclosure should request the asbestos contractor who erected the 
    enclosure to repair the breach immediately, as required by paragraph 
    (d)(2). If the repair is not made, and if employees working outside the 
    enclosure are exposed to asbestos in more than de minimis amounts, the 
    employer of those employees should either remove them from the worksite 
    pending repairs, or consider his employees to be working within a 
    regulated area and comply with the provisions of paragraph (e) 
    governing exposure assessments and monitoring of employees who work 
    within such areas. If the employer of employees exposed to asbestos 
    because of the failure of controls installed by another contractor, is 
    the general contractor of the construction project, as such he has 
    supervisory control over the entire worksite including the regulated 
    area, and is responsible for violations which could be abated or 
    prevented by the exercise of such supervisory capacity.
        Paragraph (d)(3) of the construction standard states the 
    enforcement rule that regardless of who created a hazard, the employer 
    of exposed employees is required to comply with applicable protective 
    provisions to protect his employees. An example recited in the 
    regulatory text presents the situation of employees working immediately 
    adjacent to a Class I regulated area. If there is a breach of the 
    enclosure or the critical barriers surrounding the asbestos work, 
    employees working immediately adjacent to the work may be exposed to 
    asbestos. The employer responsible for erecting the enclosure is 
    required to insure its integrity. However, in the event that such 
    repair is delayed or not made, the employer of the exposed ``bystander 
    employees'' must designate a ``competent person'' to evaluate the 
    exposure potential, conduct initial monitoring or an ``exposure 
    assessment,'' and supervise other required protective actions. The 
    evaluation may include the amount of time and frequency adjacent 
    workers are exposed. For example, although passing through a 
    contaminated area on the way to perform non-asbestos related activities 
    is technically work which exposes employees to asbestos, the competent 
    person's evaluation properly may conclude that no appreciable exposure 
    is possible because of the brevity of the ``work'' in the area.
    
    (5) Regulated Areas
    
        Paragraph (e) General Industry, Construction and Shipyard 
    Employment Standards. Regulated areas are a traditional component of 
    OSHA health standards. They segregate both the work and the worker so 
    as to better regulate the work, and to protect uninvolved employees 
    from exposure. The 1986 standards required regulated areas for work 
    above the PELs and in construction, for demolition, renovation and 
    removal activities. The final standards require that regulated areas be 
    established where the PELS are likely to be exceeded, and under the 
    construction and shipyard employment standards, where Class I, II and 
    III asbestos work is performed. These requirements are substantively 
    similar to those proposed in 1990.
        The basic requirements of the regulated areas are the same for all 
    three standards, They are changed from the current standard to more 
    coherently reflect the rest of the standard's provisions. For example, 
    paragraph (e)(2) which requires the regulated area to be ``demarcated 
    to minimize the number of persons within the area, and to protect 
    persons outside the area from exposure to airborne concentrations of 
    asbestos'' has been changed in two ways. The phrase ``in any manner,'' 
    has been deleted. Since, paragraph (g) requires critical barriers for 
    Class I and II work, and paragraph (k) requires warning signs outside 
    regulated areas, demarcation must incorporate barriers and signs where 
    otherwise required.
        OSHA has also deleted the phrase ``in excess of the TWA and/or 
    excursion limit'' in the construction and shipyard employment standards 
    to describe the level of protection intended to be offered persons 
    outside the regulated area. Since OSHA has determined that a still 
    significant risk remains below the PELS, intended protection should not 
    be limited to protecting down to these levels. OSHA noted in its 1990 
    proposal that in the construction standard, ``the regulated area 
    controls are proposed to apply even when exposures may be less than the 
    newly proposed PEL of 0.1 f/cc'' (55 FR at 29716), however, no change 
    was proposed for the ``demarcation'' provision. Paragraph (e)(3) is 
    unchanged and continues to limit access to regulated areas to 
    ``authorized persons.''
        The final regulated area requirements for construction and shipyard 
    industry delete former and proposed (e)(6), which dictated when 
    negative pressure enclosures (NPEs) must be erected, and various duties 
    required of the ``competent persons'' to ensure integrity of the 
    regulated area and enclosure. Under OSHA's former approach, negative 
    pressure enclosures were, in many cases, how construction employers 
    should have demarcated their regulated areas. OSHA focussed on the role 
    of such enclosures in providing ``bystander protection.'' In these 
    final standards, OSHA is repositioning the NPE provisions to paragraph 
    (g), ``methods of compliance.'' There, these systems are required to 
    reduce exposures of the employees who are disturbing the asbestos who 
    are inside the enclosures, as well as employees outside the enclosure.
    
    (6) Exposure Assessment and Monitoring
    
        Paragraph (d) General Industry. There are no changes to the 
    exposure monitoring provisions of the General Industry Standard.
        Paragraph (f) Construction and Shipyard Employment Standard. To 
    conform with the newly revised approach to categorization of asbestos 
    work, and to reflect the difficulties of reliably estimating asbestos 
    exposures based on limited past or current exposure monitoring, the 
    requirements for exposure monitoring in the 1986 standard have been 
    changed. First, there is a general requirement that all employers who 
    have a workplace covered by this standard conduct an ``initial exposure 
    assessment'' at the beginning of each asbestos job [(paragraph (f)(2)]. 
    Exceptions to this requirement exist only for most Class IV work. The 
    ``assessment'' must be conducted by the ``competent person.'' The 
    purposes of these ``assessments'' are to predict whether exposure 
    levels during the planned asbestos work can be expected to exceed the 
    PELs, and thus whether additional monitoring, and other precautions are 
    required.
        ``Initial assessments'' are different from ``initial monitoring'' 
    required in the 1986 standards. ``Initial monitoring'' as used for 
    processes in general industry, was rationally relied on to estimate 
    future exposures for that purpose. Historic monitoring data were 
    considered second-best data. The new requirement for ``initial exposure 
    assessments'' acknowledges that initial exposure monitoring in many 
    cases cannot adequately predict all future exposures on construction 
    jobs. Even if monitoring results were instantaneously available, the 
    value of early exposure monitoring in predicting later exposures over a 
    multi-day asbestos job is limited. First-day exposures are likely to be 
    lower than later exposures, because they reflect early set-up rather 
    than removal activities, conducted in relatively clean areas before 
    disturbance may contaminate the regulated area.
        One purpose of the initial exposure assessment is to identify which 
    asbestos jobs are likely to exceed the PEL in time for employers to 
    install and implement the extra controls required to reduce such 
    exposures. Such additional controls may consist of ventilation which 
    redirects the air away from the over-exposed employees, and mandatory 
    protective clothing and hygiene facilities associated with donning and 
    removing such gear. Even employers who are planning to install full 
    negative pressure enclosures with air flushing technology must conduct 
    initial exposure assessments. This will insure that the ``competent 
    person'' has reviewed the success of controls in past projects, in 
    order to evaluate the planned controls for the current project. 
    Testimony and comment to the record emphasized that the evaluation of 
    industrial hygienists or other properly trained personnel was essential 
    to decision making on how best to protect workers. For example, David 
    Kirby of Oak Ridge National Laboratory, agreed with the statement that 
    before there is any operation involving asbestos containing material, 
    the industrial hygiene staff makes a determination as to whether that's 
    likely to be a high risk, relatively high risk or a low risk operation 
    (Tr. 197). Other participants endorsed requiring advance assessment of 
    asbestos-disturbing jobs (see e.g., ORC, Ex. 145, p. 6).
        The former ``initial monitoring'' provisions allowed use of 
    historic data. OSHA now requires the evaluation of data from earlier 
    asbestos jobs to estimate exposures on new jobs. However, the ``data'' 
    reviewed are more than air monitoring results. This record has 
    convinced the Agency that consideration of factors in successfully 
    controlling asbestos exposures needs to be a part of the assessment. In 
    addition to measurement results, the assessment must review relevant 
    controls and conditions, factors that influence the degree of exposure. 
    These include, but are not limited to, the degree and quality of 
    supervision and of employee training, techniques used for wetting the 
    ACM in the various circumstances encountered, placing and repositioning 
    the ventilation equipment, and impacts due to weather conditions. The 
    assessment therefore must be based on the competent person's review of 
    all aspects of the employer's performance doing similar jobs. Only if 
    similar controls are used and the work supervised by the same or 
    similarly trained personnel, may past data be relied on. In addition, 
    the results of initial monitoring required if feasible, must inform the 
    competent person's assessment. Judgment of the ``competent person'' is 
    required when reviewing records of past work. For example, even where 
    an employer's earlier glove bag removals produced some exposures above 
    the PEL, if more recent glove bag removals by the same crew show no 
    exceedances, the ``competent person'' may be warranted in predicting 
    that the current job performed by the same crew will be well controlled 
    and exposures will not exceed the PELs.
        The other basis allowed for an initial exposure assessment is 
    ``objective data'' to show that it is, in effect, impossible for a job 
    to result in excessive exposures. The 1986 standard, 1926.58, paragraph 
    (f)(2)(ii), allowed such data to demonstrate that the ``product or 
    material containing asbestos cannot release * * * (excessive) 
    concentrations * * *.'' Since the record of this proceeding shows that 
    almost all asbestos products may in time become hazardous, if for 
    example, their matrix becomes disturbed, the activity, as well as the 
    material, is the exposure-limiting factor. OSHA therefore now allows a 
    showing that a specific activity involving a product is incapable of 
    producing exceedances. The ``objective data'' must demonstrate that 
    under ``the work conditions having the greatest potential for releasing 
    asbestos,'' an activity coupled with a specific material, simply cannot 
    result in excessive concentrations.
        OSHA cannot predict all the combinations of activity and product 
    which will meet this test. OSHA believes instead that construction 
    employers should be given the responsibility for making these 
    determinations for their particular work. However, on the record of 
    this proceeding, they would appear to be limited to Class IV 
    activities, or certain Class III activities such as limited removal of 
    intact asbestos containing gaskets using wet methods and containment 
    methods. OSHA notes that under no conditions can a Class I removal 
    qualify for this exemption; based on the record of this rulemaking, 
    every removal activity involving TSI and surfacing ACM is capable of 
    releasing fibers above the PEL.
        There are separate provisions regarding a ``negative initial 
    exposure assessment'' which is a demonstration that the activity 
    involving the asbestos material is unlikely under all foreseeable 
    conditions to result in concentrations above the PELs.
        The competent person must exercise judgment in performing these 
    exposure assessments. For example, if initial monitoring is evaluated 
    the first day's measurements which reflect set-up activities may not 
    adequately predict later exposures on a removal job. The competent 
    person should examine both the first day's exposures and comparable 
    full job exposure data from other comparable jobs, before a conclusion 
    is reached that exposures on that job will not exceed the PELs.
        In large measure, the required bases for making a ``negative 
    exposure assessment'' in the revised construction standard are the same 
    criteria which would, under the 1986 standard, have allowed an employer 
    to claim an exemption from initial monitoring based on ``historic 
    data.'' The standard makes it more difficult to base an initial 
    exposure assessment on historic data than did the previous provision 
    for initial determination. Now, the assessment must consider, the 
    experience and training of the crews. Therefore, the standard now 
    requires that a negative exposure assessment must compare crews with 
    comparable experience and training, an employer cannot compare 
    untrained and inexperienced crews. And no ``negative exposure 
    assessment'' can be made if the crews which disturb asbestos in the 
    current job are untrained. OSHA believes that a major factor in the 
    effectiveness of all control systems for removing asbestos-containing 
    materials is the experience and training of the contractor and 
    employees. Evidence in the record shows dramatic reductions in exposure 
    levels as untrained employees learned proper glove bag techniques (see 
    e.g., the NIOSH study, Ex. 125).
        The lack of a ``negative exposure determination'' usually indicates 
    that workers are not experienced/trained or that a job is complex. In 
    such situations, additional protections, less dependent on experience 
    of the workers, or the complexity of the job, should be required. Thus, 
    critical barriers are required in all Class I and II work, and for 
    Class III work, plastic barriers are required, where negative exposure 
    assessments are not produced. If the employer cannot assure that levels 
    will be minimized, protection against migration of asbestos dust must 
    be provided. Similarly, if excessive levels are possible, employees in 
    all classes must be protected by respirator use and the standard so 
    requires.
        OSHA believes its approach balances the concern that asbestos 
    exposure levels vary from job to job and may be non-predictive of 
    future levels with the Agency's knowledge gained from long-term 
    enforcement of the asbestos standard, that different employers have 
    different ``track records.'' The negative initial exposure assessment 
    provisions require consideration of factors which have been identified 
    as influencing the variability of results. In fact, one commenter 
    stated that ``* * * it is invalid to predict that any particular 
    operation is always below the PEL,'' identified critical contributing 
    variables as ``the materials, work practices and experience of the 
    crew'' (Ex. 7-52). OSHA is requiring the ``negative exposure 
    assessment'' to be based on these, among other, factors. OSHA 
    emphasizes that a ``negative exposure assessment'' does not predict 
    exposure levels beyond a particular job. A new assessment must be 
    produced each time another job is undertaken. Employers may evaluate 
    repetitive operations with highly similar characteristics, as one job, 
    such as cable pulling in the same building, so long as the historic 
    data used also reflect repetitive operations of the same duration and 
    frequency.
        In sum, OSHA believes data specific to the building, contractor and 
    employees is helpful in predicting exposures when the same variables 
    apply. The lack of such data should require additional precautions. 
    Additionally, unless there is a ``negative exposure assessment,'' the 
    employer must continue to conduct periodic monitoring. Periodic 
    monitoring, in a change from the 1986 construction standard, now is 
    required within the regulated areas of Class I and Class II asbestos 
    jobs and for Class III asbestos work where the initial assessment 
    projects that the PEL is reasonably likely to be exceeded. In these 
    operations the employer is to perform daily monitoring representative 
    of the exposure of each workers performing these tasks. The provisions 
    allowing discontinuance of monitoring, additional monitoring, 
    observation of monitoring are unchanged.
        Although not a remanded issue, several participants discussed the 
    subject of a clearance fiber level to determine when a regulated area 
    could be reoccupied following asbestos operations. Some supported use 
    of a clearance level with aggressive sampling and analysis in 
    accredited laboratories (Ex. 141, 143). Most who supported a clearance 
    level stated support for the AHERA level of 0.01 f/cc or background 
    fiber level (40 CFR 736.90). A representative of the US Navy felt that 
    measurement of the quality of abatement--a clearance level--was needed, 
    but that it should not be considered to be a ``health standard'' (Ex. 
    7-52). In a similar vein, the Resilient Floor Covering Institute (Ex. 
    147, Tr. 279) and a representative of the American Paper Institute 
    pointed out that a permissible exposure limit and a clearance level are 
    not the same and should not be confused; the former is health-based and 
    the latter a measure of cleanliness (Ex. 7-74). Mr. Churchill an 
    asbestos consultant, supported a clearance requirement and felt that 
    the person performing this measurement should be an independent entity 
    (Ex. 7-95). As mentioned earlier, the Shipyard Employment Standards 
    Advisory Committee recommended adoption of a clearance level of 0.04 f/
    cc measured non-aggressively (Ex. 7-77). The submission of the Monsanto 
    Company expressed their desire that OSHA not adopt a clearance 
    requirement (Ex. 7-125).
        OSHA has not included a provision for a specific ``clearance 
    level'' in these revised standards. In reviewing the record, there is 
    no clear evidence of a linkage between such a requirement and 
    subsequent lessening of worker exposure. Clearly, regulated areas must 
    be cleaned following asbestos work. However, designation of a specific 
    fiber level which must be attained before an area can be reoccupied 
    does not appear to be necessary for worker health when all other 
    provisions of the standard are complied with. Meeting the requirements 
    of the standards will protect workers and bystander employees and will 
    prevent the migration of fibers from the work area. The docket contains 
    some data indicating that attainment of a clearance level (either 
    background or 0.01 f/cc) does not conclusively predict fiber levels 
    which will occur in formerly regulated areas (Ex. 1-23, 162-19). 
    Therefore, OSHA has not included a quantitative cutoff to determine 
    whether a work area has been adequately cleaned to allow re-entry, 
    rather the standards now require that the information regarding the 
    final monitoring of the prior work be provided to those reoccupying the 
    area. However, OSHA recognizes the need for adequate cleaning of the 
    worksite following disturbance/removal of asbestos.
    
    (7) Methods of Compliance
    
        Paragraph (f) General Industry.
        OSHA proposed several changes to the methods of compliance 
    provisions. One was to require specific work practice and engineering 
    controls for brake and clutch repair; another was to regulate the 
    maintenance of asbestos-containing flooring by prohibiting certain 
    kinds of work practices and requiring others; the third was to require 
    that engineering and work practice controls to achieve the newly 
    reduced PEL of 0.1 f/cc be phased-in to coincide with the imposition of 
    the EPA ban for various industrial sectors which manufacture asbestos 
    containing material (see 55 FR 29721-29726). The final general industry 
    standard retains the conceptual outline of these proposed changes; 
    however the details differ.
    
    Brake and Clutch Repair
    
        OSHA is adding a mandatory appendix to its asbestos standard for 
    general industry and to the shipyard employment standard. This appendix 
    specifies the engineering controls and work practices to be followed 
    during brake and clutch work. Two methods of control are ``preferred,'' 
    the enclosure/HEPA vacuum method and the low pressure/recycle method. 
    In operations in which such work is infrequent (i.e., establishments 
    performing fewer than 5 brake jobs per week), simple wet methods are 
    included among the ``preferred'' controls. Also, use of ``equivalent'' 
    methods of control is permitted.
        In the July 20, 1990 proposed revision of the general industry 
    asbestos standard, OSHA proposed that the employer comply with the 
    standard by implementing one of three specified methods of engineering 
    controls and work practices to control asbestos exposure during 
    automotive brake and clutch repair and assembly operations. These 
    methods were the enclosed cylinder/HEPA vacuum system, the spray can/
    solvent system, and the wet brush-recycle method. Detailed requirements 
    for these three methods were set out in proposed Appendix F. Once 
    having properly used one of these methods, the employer would have been 
    exempt from other requirements of the standard. OSHA preliminarily 
    found that the use of these methods would routinely result in exposure 
    levels below the PEL. The proposal also would have allowed the employer 
    to comply with the standard by using an ``equivalent'' method, which 
    follows written procedures, which the employer demonstrates can achieve 
    results equivalent to Method A, [the enclosed cylinder/HEPA vacuum 
    system, Proposed 1910.1001 (f)(x)]. This proposed revision differed 
    from the 1986 standard in two ways. The earlier standard set out two 
    methods of reducing exposure in a non-mandatory appendix. Secondly, the 
    controls themselves are somewhat different; one method, the wet brush-
    recycle method, was added; the enclosed cylinder/HEPA vacuum system was 
    revised, and the spray can/solvent system is retained. OSHA endorsed 
    these three methods based primarily on the results of a NIOSH study 
    completed after the 1986 standard which found that all three methods 
    effectively reduced exposure levels during brake drum servicing 
    operations to below the proposed PEL of 0.1 f/cc (Ex. 1-112).
        In the final standard OSHA lists two ``preferred methods,'' the 
    wet-brush recycle methods and the enclosure/HEPA vacuum system. OSHA is 
    deleting the solvent/spray method from the list of preferred methods. 
    OSHA still is listing the above two methods as ``preferred,'' but the 
    description of these methods is more generic than in the proposal, so 
    as not to preclude use of methods which differ from those described in 
    the proposal in minor ways which are unlikely to affect their 
    efficiency. In addition, specific training provisions are added to 
    ensure that work practices are effectively followed.
        Like the proposal, ``equivalent'' methods are allowed so long as 
    required training is held. The employer must show that the 
    ``equivalent'' method can reliably achieve exposures below the PEL in 
    the workplace conditions where the method is sought to be used. In 
    addition employers using such ``equivalent'' methods must demonstrate 
    by exposure data from their workplaces using the equivalent method, or 
    by reference to exposure data representing conditions similar to their 
    workplace that the anticipated exposure reduction in fact, has been 
    achieved. OSHA believes that these changes will allow employers to 
    choose among various proven approaches and encourage the development of 
    new devices and practices which effectively reduce exposures in brake 
    and clutch repair facilities.
        Considerable comment and testimony were submitted to the record by 
    the public concerning OSHA's proposed revisions on protection for 
    automotive repair workers. Information concerning additional methods to 
    achieve asbestos control during brake repair was submitted. These 
    additional methods include HEPA vacuum systems without an enclosed 
    cylinder (Ex. 7-104), using water spray instead of solvent spray (Ex. 
    7-104, 7-04), enclosures shaped other than cylindrically (Ex. 7-127), 
    and collecting the drips of sprays from the solvent spray method (Ex. 
    1-84).
        Some commenters claimed that OSHA should not require any specific 
    method of reducing airborne asbestos exposure to brake and clutch 
    repair workers, but merely require that the PEL be achieved (Ex. 7-31, 
    7-43, 7-79, 7-104, 7-146). Other commenters pointed out that most brake 
    service operations are performed by small businesses that lack 
    resources to evaluate control devices (Ex. 1-112). Evidence submitted 
    concerning the airborne asbestos fiber levels produced by the use of 
    most of the suggested methods showed exposures consistently below the 
    proposed PEL of 0.1 f/cc.
        Various comments concerned the ``wet brush-recycle method.'' A 
    developer of an enclosure method for brake/clutch repair asbestos 
    control, recommended that the term be broadened to allow ``more 
    latitude in design preference for the manufacturer'' (Ex. 162-41). He 
    suggested that the name be changed to ``low pressure/wet cleaning'' 
    method. He also asked that OSHA use a more general term to describe the 
    preferred enclosure method, objecting to specification of its shape as 
    cylindrical. OSHA agrees that the shape of the enclosure need not be 
    specified and that the term suggested, ``negative pressure enclosure/
    HEPA vacuum system,'' was appropriate.
        Similarly, R. Wagner of BP of America felt that it was not 
    necessary that the wet brush/recycle method actually include a brush 
    and presented monitoring results indicating effective fiber control 
    when spraying on the solution without brushing (Ex. 7-24). OSHA agrees 
    that, although a brush is useful in cleaning the components, the 
    preferred method will be designated low pressure/wet cleaning and will 
    not specify the use of a brush.
        A manufacturer of a low pressure/wet cleaning apparatus, objected 
    to OSHA requiring use of an aqueous solution in the machine (Ex. 162-
    1). OSHA understands that the organic solution in the apparatus is a 
    degreaser used as a parts cleaner. Mr. Swartz in testimony explained 
    that solvents are used as degreasers, but that most brake work does not 
    require degreasing--he estimated that only once per 200 to 300 brake 
    jobs would such a solvent be needed (Tr. 1843). OSHA has determined 
    that it will maintain the requirement that aqueous solutions be used in 
    this procedure to control asbestos fiber levels. OSHA further warns of 
    the potential danger of solvent use in these operations and that use of 
    solvents, which are often flammable and may be carcinogenic, must be 
    undertaken with great care. OSHA also stresses the need for low 
    pressure application of the solution to the surfaces during this 
    operation to avoid asbestos fiber release and the necessity that the 
    asbestos-contaminated solution not be allowed to dry on surfaces.
        A manufacturer of a wet brush-recycle type brake cleaner, Hilgren 
    of Kleer Flo, offered the following advice to users of this method 
    regarding disposal of waste: ``Our recommended method of disposal is to 
    simply add adsorbent material such as ``floor-dry'' to the waste bag. 
    Then direct the flow through brush into the bag containing the 
    absorbent material. Allow the machine to pump the solution from the 
    reservoir'' (Ex. 7-117).
        Most relevant comments supported the effectiveness of two of the 
    three proposed ``preferred'' methods: the enclosure/HEPA vacuum method 
    and the wet wash/recycle system. However, substantial opposition was 
    directed at OSHA's preference for the solvent spray system. For 
    example, George Swartz, Director of Safety for Midas International 
    Corporation testified that ``the utilization of an aerosol system is 
    ludicrous'' (Tr. 1840). One, some of the solvents used in commercial 
    preparations are suspect carcinogens. Two, use of a spray can does not 
    reliably control exposures due to asbestos dust in the brake assembly, 
    because of the difficulties of removing the drum, and that after 
    removal asbestos containing dust in the assembly cannot easily be 
    reached by a aerosolized spray. Three, certain solvent sprays, 
    according to Mr. Swartz, can damage friction material and the rubber 
    parts of the cups which force the brake shoe out to the drum (Tr.1840-
    46). Another witness, James E. Clayton, testified that ``you can't take 
    a can of compressed solution like this (Gunk brake cleaner) and just 
    spray it on dry dust without it getting into the air.'' (id at 1914-
    15).
        The National Automobile Dealers Association (NADA) agreed in its 
    post-hearing comment that the use of spray can with certain solvents is 
    potentially dangerous, and suggested that nonhazardous sprays or 
    aerosols be allowed (Ex. 150). Another participant described an 
    occasion in which the spray can was accidentally dropped, punctured, 
    and released solvent into the work area (Ex. 7-24). The safety director 
    at Fruehauf Trailer Operations, asked ``why is it necessary to use a 
    solvent as opposed to water? * * * why couldn't it be used in place of 
    a solvent in the performance of brake and clutch work?'' (Ex. 7-4). Mr. 
    Swartz agreed that ``simple water and detergent can be as effective'' 
    (Ex. 1-176) However, he insisted that it be a gentle mist of water and 
    that resulting drips be caught and proper disposal carried out (Tr. 
    1852).
        OSHA agrees with these comments and witnesses. The Agency notes 
    that some of the solvents contained in the spray cans used to spray 
    brake assemblies present significant health risks. As a matter of 
    public health policy, it is better not to list as preferred, a 
    compliance method which introduces another hazardous substance into the 
    breathing zone of the worker.
        Further, the effectiveness of the solvent/spray method is 
    compromised by the reported need to use additional force to remove 
    asbestos deposited in the brake assembly, which the spray cannot reach. 
    Additionally, comment and testimony indicate that the force of the 
    aerosol spray by itself can make airborne the asbestos-containing dust. 
    OSHA noted in the proposal, that the spray/solvent can method produced 
    the highest airborne concentrations of the methods tested by NIOSH (55 
    FR at 29724). OSHA notes that although it based its endorsement of the 
    solvent/spray method on the NIOSH study, as Mr. Swartz pointed out, 
    ``the issue of the residual dust left in a drum, I don't think, was 
    properly addressed in that study * * * (In) the real world, * * * the 
    mechanic will either dump it on the ground or he'll dump it in a 
    garbage can. At the end of the day he's going to sweep the floor, and 
    he's sweeping the dust up'' (Id at 1845).
        Thus, in this final standard the spray/solvent can method is no 
    longer a ``preferred method,'' the use of which will exempt employers 
    from other provisions of the standard. Although the standard does not 
    prohibit the use of solvent sprays in brake and clutch repair to 
    control asbestos exposure, employers will have to comply with other 
    provisions in the asbestos and other standards when using the method. 
    Initial monitoring must be undertaken to assure that exposures are 
    likely to remain under the PEL, provisions of the hazard communication 
    standard relating to communicating the hazard potential of the solvent 
    used, and training employees in avoiding exposure to such solvent must 
    be complied with. Employees must be specifically informed that the 
    solvent/spray method is not preferred, and OSHA's reasons for that 
    decision must be explained to them, as part of that training. Employers 
    must provide for the prompt cleanup of all asbestos containing liquid 
    or debris which is produced by any brake cleaning method, including a 
    solvent/spray. Thus, solvent-wetted asbestos containing material must 
    be HEPA vacuumed when it reaches the ground, because waiting will 
    result in dried and airborne dust.
        Among the methods tested by NIOSH was the use of a HEPA vacuum 
    alone, without enclosure. The National Automobile Dealers Association 
    representative, D. Greenhaus, encouraged OSHA to include this in its 
    list of preferred methods of asbestos control in brake work stating 
    that this was the method already in use in many places (Ex. 7-104). The 
    Sheehy (NIOSH) study noted that'' * * * the drums must be removed 
    before the vacuum cleaner can be used, thus there is a potential for 
    asbestos release during drum removal'' (Ex. 1-112), and P. Carpenter of 
    Nilfisk stated ``[t]he greatest potential for exposure occurs when the 
    brake drum is first removed'' (Ex. 7-140). OSHA agrees that the 
    potential for exposure during drum removal before the HEPA vacuum can 
    be used precludes listing including this as a preferred method. 
    Moreover, NIOSH found that HEPA systems alone do not clean the brake 
    components as effectively as the other methods (Ex. 1-112). Mr. 
    Greenhaus also recommended that OSHA prohibit three activities during 
    brake operations: dry brushing, air hose cleaning and use of non-HEPA 
    vacuums. NIOSH agreed that such prohibitions are necessary and OSHA 
    concurs.
        One related issue is whether to require respirator use for 
    employees when changing filters or bags from vacuums. OSHA proposed 
    that they not be required when changing HEPA filters, noting that 
    filter changes occurred infrequently, recorded fiber levels during 
    changes were not excessive, and other requirements triggered by 
    respirator use, such as medical examinations and fit testing 
    procedures, did not appear to confer any significant benefit to 
    employees. One participant, Mr. Clayton, who initially disagreed with 
    OSHA's proposal not to require respirators for filter changes, 
    clarified that the ancillary requirements for a respirator program, 
    ``would scare everybody away from wanting to do it * * * and would be a 
    rather heavy burden for most employers'' (Tr. 1931). Mr. Clayton 
    pointed out that exposure potential existed not only during filter 
    changes, but during vacuum bag changes as well. He further pointed out 
    that although HEPA filter changes were infrequent, bags ``could be 
    changed as often as every three to five weeks by a shop'' (Id at 1929). 
    Mr. Clayton described two systems of ensuring that bag changing does 
    not expose employees to asbestos containing dust. Under one system the 
    bag is collected under negative pressure; under the other the bag is 
    made from non-woven material and is ``virtually undestructible.'' OSHA 
    has concluded that so long as filters and vacuum bags are changed using 
    work practices to minimize rupture and spillage, exposure from that 
    activity will be de minimis, and respirator use is not required to 
    protect employees. Accordingly, additional work practices relating to 
    filter changes, when a vacuum is used, are included in the standard.
        OSHA is allowing another method to be used in shops in which brake 
    work comprises only a minor portion of the workload, and thus where 
    employee exposure is infrequent and minimal. For those shops in which 
    brake work is infrequent, OSHA has determined to allow the use of a wet 
    method of control as a ``preferred'' method. Therefore, in facilities 
    in which no more than 5 pairs of brakes or 5 clutches, or some 
    combination totaling 5, are repaired each week, the mechanic/technician 
    may control potential asbestos exposure through the use of a pump 
    sprayer (bottle) containing water or amended water to wet down the drum 
    or clutch housing before it is removed and to control fiber release 
    during subsequent activities. The mechanic may use other implements to 
    deliver the water such as a garden hose; however, the resulting waste 
    water generated must be caught and properly disposed of without 
    allowing it to dry on any surfaces. OSHA anticipates that the use of a 
    spray bottle will be adequate to control the dust without generating a 
    large volume of waste water, however any waste water generated must be 
    disposed of properly. OSHA applied a qualitative analysis using its 
    risk management expertise in making the decision that allows less 
    effective controls for facilities that do 5 or fewer brake and 5 or 
    fewer clutch repair jobs per week. Relevant factors were the magnitude 
    of the risk of asbestos caused disease estimated in the 1986 risk 
    assessment at levels of exposure in vehicle repair facilities, the 
    duration of exposure, and the practicality of using controls in the 
    industry.
        In describing the usual work practices of mechanics performing 
    brake jobs, Mr. Swartz of Midas Corporation reported that it was 
    occasionally necessary for the mechanic/technician to dislodge a 
    ``frozen'' brake drum; this was usually performed by striking it with a 
    hammer (Ex. 1-176). When performed within an enclosure under negative 
    pressure, this operation would be unlikely to expose the worker to 
    asbestos fibers; however, when using the other methods it is essential 
    that the exterior of the drum, especially around the seams, be 
    thoroughly wetted to minimize fiber release. OSHA concurs and thus will 
    require that before attempts are made to dislodge a ``frozen'' brake 
    drum, the drum must be thoroughly wetted.
        Other comments were received which dealt with minor alterations in 
    wording which would render the requirements clearer and more specific 
    and some of these have been incorporated into the language of Appendix 
    F (Appendix L in the shipyard employment standard). Several 
    participants noted that additional activities, such as inspection and 
    disassembly of brakes could also result in exposure and should be 
    included. Mr. Swartz explained that brakes are frequently checked to 
    determine whether they are defective and this involves removal of the 
    drums and results in potential exposure to asbestos-containing dust 
    (Tr. 1843). OSHA agrees that these activities should be covered by the 
    rule and has included them in the language of the final rule. Therefore 
    the following activities will be listed and will require implementation 
    of the provisions of the mandatory appendix F (appendix L in the 
    shipyard employment standard): clutch and brake inspection, 
    disassembly, repair and assembly.
        Mr. Swartz also testified that brake shoes are recycled and new 
    friction material is placed on re-used metal frames (Tr. 1871). A 
    letter forwarded to OSHA by EPA Brian Putnam, whose work experience 
    included 4 years of delivering auto parts to garages and service 
    stations, stated:
    
        * * * it is my observation that auto parts employees face 
    significant exposure to asbestos from brake shoe cores, brake drums, 
    and clutches. Not only do they store cores for exchange with the 
    manufacturers, most also turn brake drums which come in with a * * * 
    coating of dust on them (Ex. 1-133).
    
    The asbestos standard 1910.1001 (k)(1) states that ``all surfaces shall 
    be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of dusts and 
    waste containing asbestos,'' and subsequently in (k)(6) specifically 
    states that items consigned for disposal which are contaminated shall 
    be sealed in impermeable bags or other closed impermeable containers. 
    In order to include materials which are contaminated and scheduled for 
    recycling, not disposal, the phrase ``or recycling'' is added to this 
    provision (k)(6), which now is as follows: Waste, scrap, debris, bags, 
    containers, equipment and clothing contaminating with asbestos 
    consigned for disposal or recycling, shall be collected and disposed of 
    in sealed impermeable bags, or other closed, impermeable containers.
        Engineering controls and good work practices should be implemented 
    at all times during brake servicing. Because of the health hazards 
    associated with asbestos exposure, these actions must be considered 
    even when the worker believes that the brake shoes do not contain 
    asbestos.
        OSHA received several comments pointing out a need for training 
    requirements for brake and clutch mechanics. For example J. Clayton of 
    Clayton Associates, Inc supported a training requirement for brake and 
    clutch repair workers citing as examples that New Jersey required one 
    day training for mechanics and that Maryland requires training for 
    those covered under its asbestos program. He estimated the cost of 
    training at $150 and noted that certified instructors were required in 
    both these states (Ex. 7-127). OSHA agrees that workers exposed to 
    asbestos must be trained in appropriate ways to avoid exposure to 
    airborne asbestos fibers. Therefore, OSHA has provided a mandatory 
    appendix outlining the work practices to be used in performing these 
    operations, and has included a requirement that brake and clutch repair 
    workers receive training in the appropriate use of these work 
    practices.
    
    Floor Maintenance
    
        Paragraph (k)(7) General Industry Standard. The 1986 standard 
    contained no provisions specifically covering work practices on 
    asbestos containing flooring materials. In 1990, OSHA proposed in 
    paragraph (f)(xi) several limitations on buffing and sanding asbestos 
    containing flooring. In the housekeeping section of the final OSHA is 
    prohibiting or limiting three work practices relating to floor 
    maintenance for asbestos-containing flooring materials and those 
    assumed to contain asbestos. They are: (i) sanding of asbestos-
    containing floor material is prohibited; (ii) stripping of finishes 
    shall be conducted using low abrasion pads at speed lower than 300 rpm 
    and wet methods; and, (iii) burnishing or dry buffing may be performed 
    only on asbestos-containing flooring which has sufficient finish so 
    that the pad cannot contact the asbestos-containing material.
        OSHA had proposed to allow asbestos containing floor tile to be 
    buffed only with ``low abrasion pads at speeds of 190 rpm or less'' 
    (See 55 FR at 22752). However, after a review of the record OSHA 
    believes that restricting sanding of floor materials, limiting the 
    speed and abrasiveness of the pads and specifying use of wet methods 
    for stripping floors, and allowing buffing only on finished floors will 
    protect floor care workers from exposure to airborne asbestos fibers 
    while performing the maintenance and will minimize future exposures due 
    to deteriorating flooring caused by inadequate maintenance.
        Paragraph (g) Construction and Shipyard Employment Standards:
        The ``methods of compliance'' provisions are the core of the 
    revised standards. They set generic, operation-specific and exposure 
    triggered requirements for conducting asbestos work. In the 1986 
    construction standard, provisions dictating engineering controls and 
    work practices for most construction jobs were contained in paragraph 
    (e), governing the ``regulated area.'' OSHA believes that paragraph 
    (g), the methods of compliance section, is a more logical home for 
    these provisions.
        Most of the requirements in paragraph (g) are instructions to use 
    specified work practices. The work practice approach to controlling 
    asbestos exposure in construction activities is widely endorsed. It is 
    the model for NESHAP regulation under EPA (see 40 CFR 60.143), most 
    state regulations and voluntary consensus guidelines. OSHA has tried to 
    formulate work practice requirements as simple, flexible instructions, 
    embodying the basic control strategies for asbestos dust suppression. 
    These are to wet it down, contain the disturbance, and isolate the 
    operation. The work practice-engineering controls which are listed and 
    described in the regulation are the ones which the rulemaking record 
    confirms are used, understood, and effective.
        OSHA expects that modifications and innovations in asbestos control 
    technology will be developed. The standards provide for this by setting 
    up general criteria for alternative controls, and an easily met 
    procedure to allow the use of effective alternatives. Paragraph (g)(6) 
    governs alternatives for Class I control methods, and paragraph 
    (g)(7)(vi) for Class II methods. For both classes, detailed written 
    demonstrations of the effectiveness of the alternative/modification are 
    required and evaluations by designated persons are required. 
    Alternatives for Class I work require a more rigorous demonstration of 
    effectiveness, and advance notice to OSHA of their use. OSHA intends 
    these requirements to be capable of being met by well-designed and 
    tested alternative control methods. They are meant to exclude short-cut 
    methods which hope to evade the other provisions in the standard. By 
    their inclusion, OSHA is stating its policy view that industry has 
    demonstrated its responsible innovative capability in the past, and 
    will continue to do so.
        The first provision in the construction methods of compliance 
    paragraph, (g)(1)(i), requires that three basic and simple controls be 
    utilized in all operations covered by the construction standard, 
    regardless of exposure levels in those operations. These provisions 
    apply to, for example, employers who install asbestos-containing 
    material (no Class designation), clean up asbestos-containing debris at 
    a construction site (Class IV), repair a boiler covered with asbestos-
    containing TSI (Class I or III), and remove asbestos-containing 
    surfacing material (Class I).
        The controls required are: use of HEPA filtered vacuums to collect 
    debris and visible dust; use of wet methods to control asbestos fiber 
    dispersion; and prompt disposal of asbestos contaminated waste 
    materials.
        OSHA has imposed these controls to reduce airborne contamination by 
    asbestos fibers disturbed during construction activities. However 
    fibers are released, contamination can be reduced by suppressing 
    asbestos containing dusts, and/or collecting them before they dry and 
    are able to migrate.
        OSHA believes that most employers will be able to use wet methods, 
    in handling asbestos-containing materials to reduce the airborne 
    migration of fibers. The use of wet methods to control airborne 
    asbestos was not explicitly required in the 1986 construction standard. 
    It was mentioned among the control measures which could be used to keep 
    down fiber levels during ``maintenance and renovation projects in 
    environments that do not lend themselves to the construction of 
    negative-pressure enclosures'' (51 FR 22711). In the Method of 
    Compliance section, OSHA presented use of wet methods among a list of 
    engineering and work practice controls from which an employer could 
    choose when seeking to comply with the PEL. The 1972 asbestos standard 
    had required the use of wet methods to the extent practicable to reduce 
    the release of asbestos fibers unless the usefulness of the product 
    would be diminished by the use of such methods. On reconsideration, 
    OSHA now finds the use of wet methods to be an inexpensive, generally 
    feasible, and highly effective way to control release of asbestos 
    fibers and returns to the earlier requirement for its use in all 
    feasible situations.
        There is overwhelming record support for the use of wet methods 
    (e.g., Exs. 7-1, 7-34, 7-37, 7-51, 7-52, 7-74, 7-86, 7-89, 7-99, 7-132, 
    119P, 143, Tr. 223, 722 and 756). Representatives of most sectors, 
    expressed support for a requirement for wet methods.(e.g., transite 
    panel removal, Ex.7-74; removal of asbestos packing, Ex. 7-99; floor 
    tile maintenance, Ex 7-132; custodial or maintenance work, Ex. 162-4, 
    162-25; floor tile and sheet removal, Ex 7-132; sheet gasket removal, 
    Ex 119; cutting of transite pipe, Ex.117, Tab 6 at 5, Tab 7 at 1). B. 
    Kynock of the AIR Coalition endorsed the use of wet methods, stating: 
    ``wetting of material is still considered a state of the art 
    engineering control--using wet methods--because it is the one 
    definitive way we can keep fiber levels to a minimum'' (Tr. 3574). 
    Evidence submitted into the record concerning a variety of asbestos 
    jobs showed significant decreases in exposure levels when wet methods 
    were used, compared to when the work was done dry [see e.g., re: sheet 
    gasket removal (Ex.119-P)]. In the study by Paik et al, 1982 (Ex. 84-
    204) sprayed-on asbestos containing material was removed from eleven 
    buildings, in one dry methods were employed due to electrical 
    considerations while wet methods were employed in the other buildings. 
    The dry method resulted in a geometric mean fiber level of 16.4 f/cc, 
    while during the use of wet methods the geometric mean was 0.5 f/cc. 
    OSHA notes that the OSHA PEL at the time the samples were taken was 2.0 
    f/cc.
        Exxon (EUSA) submitted extensive sampling data indicating low fiber 
    counts during outdoor removals in which wet methods were used (Ex. 38). 
    Exxon also submitted sampling data from the outdoor removal of pipeline 
    wrap from underground lines in which wetting was the primary means of 
    control and in which 30 personal samples had an average fiber level 
    less than 0.03 f/cc (Ex. 127). It is noted that Exxon also submitted 
    specific additional work practices used in conjunction with wet methods 
    to control fiber levels.
        Requiring wet methods is consistent with EPA's regulatory scheme. 
    Wet methods are required by EPA for removal and demolition jobs falling 
    within the jurisdictional limits of NESHAP, and are recommended by that 
    Agency as part of a basic ``O & M'' program for building custodians and 
    maintenance workers. (EPA, Managing Asbestos In Place, Ex. 1-183, p. 
    18-19).
        EPA/NESHAP, which requires facility owners and/or operators to 
    control asbestos fiber emissions by wetting prior, to during, and after 
    demolition/removal, has provided guidance in a pamphlet entitled 
    ``Asbestos/NESHAP Adequately Wet Guidance'' (EPA 340/1-90-019, December 
    1990, Ex. 1-300). In this booklet two exceptions to wetting are 
    described: when temperature at the point of wetting if below freezing, 
    and, when use of water would unavoidably damage equipment or present a 
    safety hazard. In the latter case, local exhaust ventilation and 
    collection systems to capture fibers must be used.
        Others voiced reservation regarding a universal requirement for use 
    of wet methods. E. Downey of US West, Inc. felt that in the case of 
    telecommunications industry and computer systems, use of wet methods 
    would not be practical, particularly in roofing operations (Ex. 7-79). 
    J. Collins of the US Navy Office of Operations and others recommended 
    ground fault circuit use for avoiding the electrical hazards presented 
    by use of wet methods (Ex. 7-52).
        OSHA will allow employers to claim infeasibility if they cannot use 
    wet methods due to conditions such as electrical hazards, hot surfaces, 
    and the presence of technical equipment which cannot tolerate moisture.
        The use of wet methods for roofing was a major issue in this 
    proceeding. Steven Phillips, counsel to the National Roofing 
    Contractors Association testified:
    
        We have submitted for the record a report performed by SRI * * * 
    their recommendation was that there is no improvement on asbestos 
    emissions and there are safety hazards involved in putting workers 
    on roofs when wet methods are utilized * * * (Tr. 2456).
    
        The National Roofing Contractor's Association (NRCA) cited four 
    reasons not to require wetting on roofs: ``the introduction of water on 
    the roof creates safety hazards, such as slipping; water on the roof 
    can enter the building and cause damage and electrical hazards; the 
    introduction of water on the roof can damage the roof system (e.g., by 
    soaking insulation boards); the SRI International study reveals that 
    roofing work involving wetting does not appear to produce either higher 
    or lower concentrations than work performed dry. We believe this is 
    because of the nature of roof systems. They are applied and in place to 
    repel water. Thus, water (amended or unamended) does not penetrate the 
    material--it just rolls off of it'' (Ex. 7-112, p. 21).
        Some participants suggested that using wet methods on roofs should 
    be recommended, but not required, because of safety concerns. For 
    instance, the asbestos administrator for Florida, noted that using wet 
    methods on a sloped roof may be more of a hazard to the workers, than 
    the benefits gained (Ex. 7-6).
        In contrast, NIOSH recommended that before an operation (tear-off 
    of asbestos-containing roofing material), the roof should be wetted 
    with water or other wetting agent (Ex. 44). BCTD noted in its post-
    hearing brief that ``the majority of the jobs reported in the SRI 
    Study, submitted by NRCA, employed wet methods'' (Ex. 143, citing Ex. 
    9-31A). Various submissions noted that power cutting of built-up 
    roofing is the standard method used to remove roofing material. Use of 
    this method generates dust which may contain asbestos (Ex. 1-357, 7-95, 
    7-96, 7-115). The Paik study and other evidence demonstrate that 
    wetting does substantially reduce exposure. OSHA believes that 
    continuous misting of the cutting blade during the cutting operation, 
    whether performed by hand or by machine will help to control dust. 
    Field observations of such procedures have shown that little water is 
    pooled as a result of the misting process (Ex. 1-313), and that in most 
    circumstances, evaporation will quickly occur. Therefore, OSHA does not 
    believe that the requirement to mist the cutting blade will create a 
    slipping hazard on roofs under most circumstances. If, however, a 
    competent person determines that the specific conditions of a roofing 
    job (e.g. a steeply sloping roof, or below freezing temperatures) 
    combined with the water resulting from any misting, would create a 
    slipping hazard, misting may be omitted, if other precautions are 
    followed, such as equipping the power tool with a HEPA vacuum system, 
    or using hand methods.
        The National Roofing Contractors Association said that currently 
    there is no HEPA vacuum attached roofing cutter (Ex. 146). However, a 
    wide variety of power tools have been fitted with local exhaust systems 
    that work very well, including those used on tools for asbestos work. 
    The 1972 asbestos standard required the use of local exhaust 
    ventilation on all hand-operated or powered tools which may produce or 
    release asbestos fibers in excess of the permissible exposure limit (37 
    FR 11320). The 1986 standard affirmed the requirement for ventilation 
    for tools (51 FR 22715). We again reaffirm it here. To the extent 
    feasible, tools used for working with ACM must be equipped with local 
    exhaust ventilation. Some development work may be needed, but HEPA 
    vacuum systems have been designed for many similar uses.
    
    Other Basic Controls
    
        The other basic controls in (g)(1), required for all operations 
    under the standard are intended to reduce exposure caused by 
    resuspension of asbestos fibers which have settled. The first is the 
    requirement in (g)(1)(i) to use vacuum cleaners equipped with HEPA 
    filters or other methods to collect debris and visible dust containing 
    ACM or PACM before the material dries, which prevents the resuspension 
    of fibers. This requirement complements the prohibition in (g)(2)(iii), 
    which prohibits dry clean-up, including sweeping and shoveling, of dust 
    and debris containing ACM or PACM. Although ``wet'' sweeping is not 
    prohibited, it is not preferred, and may not be used to ``collect'' 
    visible dust and debris. Nor may dry ACM or PACM-containing dust or 
    debris be collected by means other than vacuuming with a HEPA filtered 
    vacuum.
        There was substantial record support for these requirements. As 
    noted above these procedures apply to all asbestos operations. In 
    removal operations, the requirement to use wet methods in the removal 
    [(g)(1)(ii)] will help assure that resulting debris and dust can be 
    collected before they dry out or are vacuumed up using vacuums equipped 
    with HEPA filters (g)(1)(i). Even if operations are conducted within 
    negative pressure enclosures, debris and dust should not remain 
    uncollected for the entire work shift, because the resuspension of 
    asbestos fibers from these sources creates additional new exposures for 
    employees. If the work is performed within glove bags, leaks in the 
    bags may create dust and debris. Fallen debris can be spread to parts 
    of the building and thereby create widespread contamination. If the 
    collection bags or devices required by other provisions fail or fall 
    short, prompt collection of the dust and debris will limit the exposure 
    to workers from such failure. If the negative pressure within the 
    enclosure lapses, prompt collection of dust and debris will protect 
    employees outside the enclosure from resuspended fibers. For these 
    reasons, OSHA believes that careful treatment of asbestos waste and 
    visible dust must be followed in all construction and shipyard industry 
    operations which expose employees to asbestos.
        OSHA notes that for demolition and renovation work which is covered 
    under NESHAP (40 CFR 61 Subpart M), all ACM must be kept wet until 
    sealed in a leak-tight container which includes an appropriate label. 
    OSHA is extending this requirement to all jobs under the standard, and 
    now requires that all asbestos-contaminated waste be promptly disposed 
    of in leak tight containers [(g)(1)(iii)].
    
    Requirements for Operations Which May Exceed the PELs
    
        Paragraph (g)(2) applies to situations where it is expected that 
    exposures may exceed the PEL, and thus additional controls are required 
    to keep exposures at or below the PEL. Paragraph (g)(2) requires that 
    local exhaust ventilation equipped with HEPA filter dust collection 
    systems be installed for fixed processes involving asbestos handling 
    and for power tools used in installing, or otherwise handling asbestos 
    containing materials. In addition, enclosure or isolation of the 
    asbestos releasing process must take place. These controls were listed 
    as optional in the 1986 standard. They are now required, because of 
    their proven ability to reduce dust levels in virtually all 
    occupational environments. These controls, in particular, apply to 
    construction activities involving the installation of new asbestos-
    containing construction materials, and in some cases the removal of 
    previously installed material.
        R.J. Pigg, President of the Asbestos Information Assn. of North 
    America, testified that ``the tools that we use, (for cutting asbestos-
    cement pipe as recommended work practices) are those that can be fitted 
    with vacuum attachments. We have studies that relate to those 
    recommended work practices that * * * support, when they're being 
    followed, that you're well below the PEL'' (Tr. 558-9).
        In addition, paragraph (g)(2) requires that where the exposures are 
    expected to be above the PEL, ventilation to move contaminated air away 
    from exposed employees in the regulated areas toward a HEPA filtration 
    or collection device is required. This requirement is adapted from the 
    current standard which lists ``general ventilation systems'' as one of 
    the control methods to be used to achieve the PEL. However, OSHA 
    believes that the term ``air sweeping away from exposed employees 
    toward a HEPA filtered exhaust device'' is more appropriate and 
    effective. Further, it removes the interpretative possibility that 
    using a general building ventilation system to vent asbestos-
    contaminated air, would be acceptable under the standard. A similar 
    requirement is also aimed at Class I jobs which cannot produce a 
    negative initial exposure assessment [see (g)(4)(F)].
    
    Prohibitions
    
        Paragraph (g)(3) sets out four prohibitions for all work under the 
    standard. One prohibition, relating to high-speed abrasive disc saws, 
    is made more specific; one, prohibiting dry sweeping and dry clean-up 
    of ACM and PACM is added; and, one prohibiting employee rotation is 
    expanded to apply to all attempts to reduce exposure, not, as in the 
    1986 standard, to reach the PEL. OSHA finds these changes will help 
    reduce employee exposures and are consistent with the revisions to the 
    standards.
    
    Controls for Asbestos Jobs According to Their Classification
    
        The next set of requirements in the ``Methods of Compliance'' 
    beginning at paragraph-(g)(4), are keyed to the four classes of 
    construction activities, Class I through IV, relating to previously 
    installed ACM and PACM, defined in paragraph (b). The scheme is risk-
    based with Class I as the most hazardous, and Class IV the least so.
        Class I asbestos work consists of the ``removal'' of asbestos-
    containing TSI and surfacing material and of PACM, including demolition 
    operations involving these materials. Class II work consists of the 
    ``removal'' of all other asbestos-containing materials, including 
    resilient flooring presumed to contain asbestos. Class III work 
    consists of the ``disturbance'' of all previously installed asbestos-
    containing building materials and PACM. Class IV work consists of 
    housekeeping and custodial work in contact with previously installed 
    ACM and PACM, and the clean-up of debris on construction sites.
        All asbestos work under the construction and shipbuilding standards 
    is not in the ``class system.'' The installation of new asbestos-
    containing products does not carry a class designation, and thus the 
    class-specific requirements do not apply to that activity. Work covered 
    by the general industry standard is not included in the ``class 
    system'' as well.
        OSHA also notes that the differences in controls required among 
    classes is not great. Further, the Agency believes that the risk 
    overlap between adjoining classes is neither frequent nor large, and 
    that the standard allows the employer flexibility in most such cases. 
    The regulation requires job-by-job evaluation of regulated projects, 
    and gives the competent person some leeway in easing some requirements 
    when it appears that the project can be done especially safely.
        The following examples illustrate how operations involving 
    potential asbestos disturbance are to be classified. If an insulated 
    pipe is leaking, and less than one standard glove bag's worth of TSI is 
    ``disturbed'' (see definition in paragraph B) in order to repair the 
    leak, it is a Category III job. If the TSI is stripped from a section 
    of piping to inspect all the piping in an area for leaks, it is a Class 
    I job. If the section of piping required to be stripped is less than 25 
    feet, it is still a Class I job, but critical barriers may not be 
    required if the initial exposure assessment is ``negative'' [see 
    (g)(4)(i)(B)]. If it is not clear which category the work belongs, the 
    employer should assume the higher, more restrictive, category applies, 
    and should comply with the listed work practices and controls for that 
    category. OSHA believes that most asbestos work will fit easily into 
    the categories which are defined.
        OSHA found that the term ``small-scale, short-duration,'' 
    insufficient to distinguish lower risk asbestos operations which allow 
    exemptions from generally required controls.
        A historical perspective is useful to clarify this issue. In 1986, 
    OSHA required that all removal, renovation, and demolition operations, 
    except for ``small-scale, short duration'' operations, be conducted 
    within negative pressure enclosures [29 CFR 1926.58(e)(6)(1986)]. The 
    scope of both the requirement and the exemption was unclear. The 
    requirement did not explicitly apply to ``maintenance or repair'' 
    operations, though most of the examples given were in that category. 
    The examples cited in the exemption included pipe repair, valve 
    replacement, installing electrical conduits, installing or removing 
    drywall, roofing, and other general building maintenance operations. In 
    addition, OSHA maintained that it was not possible to specify with 
    precision the exact size of a ``small-scale'' maintenance job or to 
    pinpoint the time involved in a ``short-duration'' task.
        The Court of Appeals stated that OSHA had not drawn the parameters 
    of the exemption with enough specificity and that ``the exception as 
    now worded seems to erase the rule.'' As noted above the Court remanded 
    the issue to OSHA to ``clarify the exemption for ``small scale, short 
    duration operations'' from the negative-pressure enclosure 
    requirements. Further the Court suggested that OSHA limit the exemption 
    to ``work operations where it is impractical to construct an enclosure 
    because of the configuration of the work environment,'' stated by OSHA 
    in the preamble to the 1986 rule, as the intended scope of the 
    exemption (51 FR at 22,711,2).
        However, the consequences of qualifying for the exemption were less 
    clear when the regulatory text was consulted. Section (e)(6) of the 
    1986 standard allowed ``small-scale, short-duration operations'' to be 
    exempt from the negative pressure enclosure requirement for removal, 
    demolition, and renovations operations. However, some contractors 
    successfully argued in enforcement actions, that a NPE was a 
    particularized kind of a ``regulated area'' which the overriding 
    general provision required only in ``work areas where airborne 
    concentrations of asbestos exceed or can reasonably be expected to 
    exceed the TWA and/or excursion limit'' (Section (e)(1)). To impart 
    certainty to the requirement OSHA issued a compliance directive which 
    triggered the requirement at the PEL, and attempted to clarify the kind 
    of operations which would qualify for the exemption, in a job where 
    exceedances of the PEL were expected.
        In its July 20, 1990 proposal, OSHA would have required NPEs based 
    on the type of work to be done; and sought to clarify the definition of 
    small-scale, short duration operations by proposing specific cutoffs 
    for ``small'' and ``short.'' In addition, general criteria were 
    proposed which were intended to amplify the exemptive criteria: 
    operations must be ``non-repetitive, affect small surfaces or volumes 
    of material containing asbestos * * * not expected to expose bystanders 
    to significant amounts of asbestos * * * completed within one work 
    day.'' Cutoffs for specific operations were: repair or removal of 
    asbestos on pipes: 21 linear feet; repair or removal of asbestos panel; 
    9 square feet: pipe valves containing asbestos gaskets or electrical 
    work that disturbs asbestos: one worker, four hours, removal of 
    drywall: one workday, endcapping of pipes and tile removal: four hours, 
    and installation of conduits: eight-hour work shift.
        Many participants agreed that using only the duration, and size of 
    a job did not adequately characterize risk. Some argued that all 
    asbestos jobs were risky, indeed there should be little regulatory 
    distinction made. For example, NIOSH spokesperson, Richard Lemen, 
    expressed the view that ``even with short duration, small-term jobs we 
    still feel that there is a risk to the worker, not only from the one 
    time exposures, but from the potential of that worker doing multiple 
    jobs over periods of time * * * which increase the exposure each time 
    and the lung burden of asbestos to each of those exposures * * * we 
    still feel that * * * [these jobs] should be treated as protectively as 
    the other type of jobs.'' (Tr. 244), [See to the same effect the 
    testimony of Mr. Cook, an abatement contractor who testified for the 
    BCTD and Lynn McDonald, representing the Sheet-Metal Workers Union, 
    (Tr. 829ff)].
        The proposed definition of small-scale, short duration operations 
    included specification of the number of square and linear feet of 
    asbestos-containing material. There were numerous objections raised to 
    the proposed values.
        Several participants suggested that the NESHAP cutoff of 260 square 
    or 160 linear feet, used by EPA for notification, be used as the cutoff 
    for small-scale work (Ex. 7-9, 7-21, 7-39, 7-52, 7-113, 103, 1-53, 1-
    55). Others such as Edward Palagyi, a Florida State Asbestos 
    Coordinator, felt that this cutoff was too high for OSHA to use in its 
    definition (Ex. 7-6).
        Several alternate amounts of material were suggested. Christopher 
    Corrado of the Long Island Lighting Company (Ex. 7-29), James Foley of 
    the New York Power Authority (Ex. 7-31) and Robert Brothers of Eastman 
    Kodak (Ex. 7-81) recommended that OSHA adopt the amounts used by New 
    York in its small-scale definition--25 linear and 10 square feet. 
    William Dundulis of the Rhode Island Department of Health felt that to 
    avoid confusion, OSHA should adopt the same cutoff that EPA used in its 
    Worker Protection Rule--3 linear and 3 square feet (7-124). Others 
    suggested that the amount of material be defined by the amount of 
    asbestos-containing waste generated by the activity. For example, 
    Preston Quirk of Gobbell Hays suggested cutoff maximum of 55 gallon 
    drum or 1 cubic yard of ACM waste material (Ex. 7-34), while OSHA 
    witness David Kirby suggested 3 glove bags worth of waste material or 
    10 linear feet as the cutoff of a small-scale job (Ex. 7-111). BCTD 
    suggested ``the lesser of (a) a yield of no more than 1-1/3 cubic feet 
    (10 gallons) of asbestos-containing waste material, or (b) a maximum 
    length of 2 feet or a maximum area of no more than 8 square feet of 
    material containing asbestos.'' Noting that the amount of material 
    covering a pipe varies with its diameter, (and the thickness of the 
    material) BCTD calculated that removal of 1 inch of insulation from 
    common pipe dimensions can vary from 1.37 to 5.04 cubic feet of waste. 
    (Ex 143 at 131).
        Although OSHA believes that the amount of waste material generated 
    by a job may be a valid index of its exposure potential, the Agency 
    agrees with participants who pointed out the difficulties of estimating 
    the amount of waste material in advance of the job. [e.g., testimony of 
    Chip D'Angelo, an asbestos consultant, (Tr. 3086), Paul Fiduccia, 
    representing a number of real estate and building owner interests, (Tr. 
    791); Paul Heffernan of Kaselaan and D'Angelo Associates, (Ex. 7-36)].
        Various other quantitative limits were suggested which were tied to 
    specific materials; (e.g. transite panels, 32 square feet (Ex. 7-94), 
    48 square feet (7-96). Mr. Churchill, representing the California 
    Association of Asbestos Professionals, suggested 9 square and 9 linear 
    feet as cutoffs for small-scale jobs (Ex. 7-95 and Tr. 3468).
        Charles Kelly of Edison Electric Institute asked whether complete 
    removal of a pipe which might exceed 21 feet in length, but which 
    involved removal of less than 2 feet of insulation at either end to 
    enable cutting the pipe length for removal would be considered a small-
    scale job (Ex. 156).
        Many additional commentators and hearing participants discussed 
    these issues during this rulemaking proceeding. Some commented that the 
    duration cutoffs were not realistic or protective. Other participants 
    asked for clarification on whether duration of the job included 
    preparation and cleanup. Also, Captain John Collins of the US Navy felt 
    that employers would abuse the exemption by assigning many employees to 
    a job in order to complete it in a short time period (Ex. 7-52), and 
    suggested that instead of specifying the number of persons and the 
    number of hours, OSHA should set the limit in terms of man-hours [see 
    also Churchill at Tr. 3468, ORC at Tr. 3181, Kynock of AIR Coalition 
    (Tr. 3539)].
        Daniel Bart of GTE Service Corporation expressed concern that by 
    having a time limitation for small-scale, short duration operations in 
    the definition, the installation of telephone cables in buildings might 
    no longer be considered short duration (Ex. 7-87). Dr. Michael Crane of 
    Consolidated Edison, New York objected to the requirement that an 
    operation be non-repetitive in order to qualify as small-scale, short 
    duration (Ex. 7-76). He said, ``(t)here are jobs * * * not part of an 
    overall asbestos removal but are performed many times in the course of 
    day during routine maintenance that must be done in generation stations 
    and other utility facilities'' [see also the suggestion of Paul 
    Heffernan of Kaselaan & D'Angelo to adopt the concept of ``functional 
    space'' as designated under AHERA, and defining a non-repetitive 
    operation as occurring once within such a functional space (Ex. 7-36)]. 
    Some also asked if OSHA intended preparation time and clean-up time be 
    included in the duration limits for SSSD (Ex. 7-108).
        Several participants noted that most asbestos work would not be 
    assigned to a single worker, and SSSD should include only jobs 
    completed by 2 employees in one work shift (Ex. 7-31): Preston Quirk of 
    Gobbell Hays Partners, Inc. suggested that a maximum of 3 workers be 
    allowed (Ex. 7-34). Organization Resources Counselors, Inc. (ORC) 
    maintained that the specification of the number of workers was not 
    necessary, as long as the employer had a comprehensive safety and 
    health plan. (Ex. 7-99).
        The views on these defining variables has influenced the Agency's 
    decision to broaden and realign its job classification system based on 
    relative risk. Based on this record and the agency's experience in 
    enforcing the 1986 standard's provisions on small-scale, short duration 
    work, OSHA is dropping the term ``small-scale, short term'' work from 
    the regulatory text. The agency finds that the term ``small-scale, 
    short term'' is too limiting, has been shown to be confusing, and 
    cannot be defined with sufficient precision to serve the purpose of 
    distinguishing high risk asbestos-disturbing activity from activity of 
    reduced risk.
        The term is limiting because it focuses on a fraction of the 
    circumstances and criteria which define lower risk work with asbestos-
    containing material. OSHA has found that thermal system insulation 
    (TSI) and surfacing material are the asbestos-containing building 
    materials likely to produce significant employee exposure. On the other 
    hand, removing asbestos-containing products like transite panels, 
    likely will not result in significant exposure, even if conducted for 
    more than one day, under minimum controls. As much as the scope and 
    duration of the job, the materials themselves, their condition and the 
    work-practices used define hazard potential.
        OSHA's organization of asbestos jobs into categories is based on 
    the more objective criteria, such as the type of material to be 
    disturbed and the type of activity. Factors which are more subjective, 
    such as condition, and crew experience are part of the required pre-job 
    assessment by a ``competent person.'' Not concentrating on the amount 
    of asbestos material or the time the job takes, avoids serious 
    objections raised by rulemaking participants to the time- or volume-
    based definition in the proposal. For example, a frequent complaint was 
    that the duration of the operation should not be specified in the 
    definition of small-scale activities because this might create 
    incentives to perform the work more hurriedly and in a more hazardous 
    manner when the worker must meet defined time schedules (Ex. 7-18, 7-
    35, 7-37, 7-43, 7-50, 7-52, 7-54, 7-63, 7-74, 7-76, 7-81, 7-87, 7-89, 
    7-95, 7-99, 7-106, 7-112, 7-124, 7-128, 7-135, 7-139, 7-146, 7-151, 
    143, Tr. 417). (In a few regulatory provisions, however, OSHA still 
    relies on the amount of material to be removed to indicate risk, and 
    thus, the protections required. These are the exemption from critical 
    barriers from low-exposure Class I jobs [see paragraph (g)(4) and in 
    defining ``disturbance'']).
        This classification system is OSHA's response to the Court's remand 
    issue of how to clarify the term ``small-scale, short duration.'' (see 
    also preceding discussion of classes of asbestos work under 
    ``Definitions.'')
    
    Class I Work
    
        Class I work, i.e., the ``removal'' of TSI or surfacing ACM or 
    PACM, must be performed using procedures in paragraph (g)(4) and using 
    a control method which is listed in paragraph (g)(5) of the standard. 
    If another control method is used, or if a listed control method is 
    ``modified,'' the standard in paragraph (g)(6) requires that a 
    certified industrial hygienist (CIH), or licensed professional engineer 
    who is a ``project designer,'' certify the control method using the 
    criteria set out in the regulatory text. The requirements of (g)(4) 
    are: for Class I jobs, preparation must be supervised by a competent 
    person, dropcloths must be used and HVAC systems must be isolated. The 
    area must be set up using ``critical barriers' either as part of a 
    negative pressure enclosure system, or as a supplemental barrier to 
    another listed system which isolates the asbestos disturbance in a 
    different way. Other barriers or isolation methods may be used to 
    prevent asbestos migration. The effectiveness of such methods must be 
    proven by visual inspection and clearance or perimeter monitoring (see 
    e.g., Ex. 9-34 cc). As noted below, OSHA believes that the size of the 
    removal job alone does not predict the risk to workers. However, if a 
    job is smaller, the chances are reduced that isolation barriers 
    provided by glove bags or boxes will fail.
        OSHA was reluctant to limit glove bag removals without critical 
    barriers only to maintenance projects, where as NIOSH noted, it is more 
    likely that crews will be untrained (Ex. 125). Rather, OSHA has 
    followed the lead of some states, which allow removals involving less 
    than 25 linear feet of TSI, and 10 square feet of other material to be 
    handled without critical barriers, unless the glove bags or enclosure 
    loses its integrity (see e.g., 12 NYCRR 56) or where a negative 
    exposure assessment has not been produced. Such projects are class I 
    removals, and workers required to perform them must be trained in an 
    EPA-accredited training course or equivalent; OSHA believes that the 
    work force performing these relatively minor removals is the same work 
    force performing major removals, thus the jobs will be well-conducted 
    and critical barriers will be unnecessary.
        In addition, where the employer cannot demonstrate that a Class I 
    job is likely not to overexpose employees, the employer must ventilate 
    the regulated area to move contaminated air away from employee 
    breathing zones.
        Paragraph (g)(5) sets out five listed control methods which OSHA 
    has evaluated during this rulemaking. The Agency finds that using these 
    methods pursuant to the limitations and specifications in the paragraph 
    is likely to effectively control employee exposures when performing 
    Class I work. The first control system listed for Class I work is the 
    Negative Pressure Enclosure System (or NPE). The extent to which OSHA 
    should require these systems for major asbestos work was a remanded 
    issue. As discussed in detail below, OSHA has found that NPEs, when 
    constructed and used according to the criteria in this standard, can be 
    effective in protecting employees within and outside the enclosure.
        Other listed systems also may be used for Class I work under stated 
    limitations. Paragraph (g)(5) sets out these limitations. These systems 
    are: glove bag systems, negative-pressure glove bag systems, negative 
    pressure glove box systems, the water spray process system, and a mini-
    enclosure system. OSHA emphasizes the use of the term ``system.'' Each 
    method consists of tangible materials and devices; and of procedures 
    and practices. All the listed elements must be complied with before 
    OSHA's finding of effectiveness are relevant. Other, unspecified 
    control methods, ``alternative control methods,'' may be used if 
    additional notification is given OSHA, and if a specially trained 
    ``project designer'' or a certified industrial hygienist certifies that 
    the controls will be protective.
        Participants in this rulemaking requested that OSHA's revisions 
    allow alternative systems. OSHA agrees that asbestos removal technology 
    is evolving. If another control method is used, or if a listed control 
    method is ``modified,'' the standard requires that a certified 
    industrial hygienist or licensed professional engineer who is also 
    qualified as a project designer certify the control method using the 
    criteria set out in the regulatory text. Additional discussion of these 
    issues is found later in this document.
    
    Specific Issues Relating to Methods of Compliance
    
        1. A major issue in this proceeding is when NPEs should be 
    required. In the 1990 proposal OSHA would have required the erection of 
    negative pressure enclosures for all asbestos removal jobs, except for 
    ``small scale short duration work.'' This proposal responded to the 
    Court's order for OSHA to clarify the conditions under which negative 
    pressure enclosures were required in the 1986 standard (see discussion 
    on Issue #3).
        The major rationale in the 1986 standard for requiring negative 
    pressure enclosures was to ensure that contamination from large-scale 
    asbestos projects did not spread beyond the work area. OSHA there 
    stated that ``general contamination of the workplace has resulted from 
    failure to confine asbestos using strict regulated area procedures, and 
    asbestos-related diseases have been found in workers of a different 
    trade exposed to asbestos contamination from the activities of asbestos 
    workers.'' (55 FR at 29716). The effectiveness of NPEs in protecting 
    employees working within the enclosure was not the explicit basis for 
    their adoption in the 1986 rule.
        In the 1990 proposal, OSHA primarily based the requirement for 
    universal NPEs for major asbestos work on limited data relating to 
    contamination of workspaces adjacent to asbestos work, and reports of 
    historic disease experienced by employers in trades other than asbestos 
    work who worked alongside asbestos workers. OSHA stated however, that 
    the Agency ``has not been able to estimate the risk to bystander 
    employees * * *'' and asked for comment and data on their exposure (55 
    FR 29716). OSHA also asked for information about alternatives to work 
    in full containment, such as glove bag and box systems and ``new 
    technologies'' (55 FR 29717). Although OSHA proposed more tightly drawn 
    exemptions to the required use of negative pressure enclosures, the 
    Agency also raised the possibility that data to be submitted about 
    alternative control systems might result in a limitation, rather than 
    an expansion of the walk-in enclosure requirements (55 FR 29720).
        Further the 1990 proposal specifically focused on whether work 
    within walk-in enclosures was the optimum method to protect asbestos 
    workers. It is widely accepted that employees who disturb asbestos, and 
    who contact deteriorated asbestos during their work are most at risk 
    (see e.g., Ex. 1-344, p. 1-12). In its earlier response to the Court's 
    remand, OSHA noted that the ``record of the 1986 standard contains no 
    data concerning whether employees working within the negative pressure 
    enclosures also benefit from reduced exposure, whether working inside 
    enclosures may introduce other potential work hazards such as heat 
    stress. Further rulemaking is necessary to develop this information.'' 
    (54 FR 52026, Dec. 20, 1989). In the proposal, OSHA reiterated this 
    statement and again raised this issue (55 FR 29715).
        The rulemaking record reflected this two-part inquiry. Data and 
    comment were submitted concerning the effectiveness of NPEs in 
    protecting employees within the enclosure, and their effectiveness in 
    protecting ``bystander'' employees and adjacent areas from asbestos 
    contamination. The record presents a mixed case on both issues. First, 
    very limited data were submitted showing that employees working within 
    the enclosures experienced reduced asbestos levels because of the 
    enclosures themselves, or the ventilation provided by negative air 
    machines, in spite of claims that the enclosures and ventilation 
    produce such results. In fact claims were made that in comparing work 
    within enclosures to work without enclosures, ``enclosures consistently 
    came out higher in terms of what the person inside the enclosure is 
    exposed to'' (Exxon, Tr. 2678). However, the record contains some data 
    which show that properly designed and installed NPEs may limit the 
    spread of asbestos contamination to adjacent areas and employees. 
    However, the record also demonstrates that other systems, properly 
    installed and performed by trained employees will also limit the spread 
    of asbestos contamination. These are discussed in depth below.
        Based on this record and on the Agency's experience and expertise, 
    OSHA has concluded that although negative pressure enclosure systems 
    are effective in many circumstances in protecting workers both within 
    and outside the enclosure, other systems are equally effective in 
    designated circumstances. Additionally, the demonstration in this 
    rulemaking that other systems can be effective, supports regulatory 
    provisions which do not stifle continued development and refinement of 
    control strategies for asbestos work.
    
    2. Effectiveness of NPEs in Protecting Employees Working Within the 
    Enclosure
    
        As noted above, little data were submitted showing that employees 
    working within the enclosure have reduced exposures because of the 
    enclosure itself, or other components of the NPE system. Although much 
    data was alluded to during the hearing, e.g., ``* * * 10 years of real, 
    real projects with rooms full of data, * * * we have some nice 
    summaries that I can give you * * *.''(Tr. 3133). However, none of 
    these data was submitted to the record. Also, NIOSH testified during 
    the rulemaking hearing, ``we are not aware of any studies evaluating 
    their (negative pressure enclosures) effectiveness or delineating 
    important parameters such as minimum pressure differential, minimum air 
    flow, or maximum volumes feasible for various barrier materials.'' (Tr. 
    228). BCTD noted a study in which ``two MIT researchers estimated 
    ``that total exposures using the HEPA negative pressure system might be 
    about four-fold less than they would be without the system'' (Ex. 143 
    at 90). OSHA notes that this estimate was derived from ``assumptions'' 
    of the study team, and was unsupported by exposure data. Further, the 
    baseline exposure model was based on a much earlier study of activities 
    cleaning up contamination in a building. During this rulemaking 
    hearing, the author of that study described it as ``extremely unique, * 
    * * not representative of buildings in the United States'' (Tr. 2157). 
    OSHA therefore regards the MIT exposure reduction estimate as 
    unsupported and too speculative to serve as a basis for regulatory 
    decision making.
        Exposure data submitted to this rulemaking record which reflected 
    personal samples within negative pressure enclosures do not support the 
    view that working within such enclosures by itself will ensure reduced 
    employee exposure. In fact, data were submitted which showed that 
    employees working within negative pressure enclosures under some 
    circumstances were exposed to excessive levels of asbestos (see below). 
    OSHA recognizes that a showing of elevated levels from any one project 
    or series of projects does not indict the control method as the cause 
    of such elevations. However, numerous submissions from various sources 
    which show elevated exposure levels with no indication of improper 
    system installation indicates that in operation, the use of negative 
    pressure enclosure systems does not assure effective exposure reduction 
    to the employees performing the work.
        Thus, Union Carbide submitted 1,000 exposure measurements 
    ``generally obtained from jobs where insulation was removed from piping 
    of 1'' -14'' diameter and from other miscellaneous jobs removing 
    asbestos from vessels'' (Ex. 7-108). More than one half of the samples 
    were over the proposed PEL of 0.1 f/cc, and most of those were over the 
    previous PEL of 0.2 f/cc. Additional data showing high exposures within 
    negative pressure enclosures compared to relatively low exposure levels 
    for glove bag use were submitted by Arco Products, Inc. (Ex. 7-139) and 
    Grayling (7-144). The Arco submission contained monitoring results from 
    9 personal samples taken within the enclosure. These ranged from 0.01 
    to 0.44 f/cc with a mean on 0.28 f/cc. Lower exposure levels for work 
    within NPEs was shown by data submitted by the Asbestos Abatement 
    Council, presenting data incorporating air monitoring results for over 
    200 projects, collected from four different contractors over an eight 
    year time period. These data showed area samples ranging from 0.12 to 
    0.15 f/cc, while personal samples ranged from 0.03 to 0.07 f/cc (Ex. 1-
    142).
        Various reasons were advanced for the presence of elevated exposure 
    levels within negative pressure enclosures. Thus Dr. Sawyer testified 
    ``I have seen configurations that not only don't work maintaining the 
    enclosure integrity, but they actually can increase fiber burdens in 
    the contamination area * * * (t)his involves * * * a HEPA filter by 
    itself without a drive mechanism, without a fan to force air through 
    it'' (Tr. 2176). ``I can anecdotally tell you what I've seen out there, 
    but a lot of the systems just don't work, and some of them can actually 
    increase the hazard to workers'' (Id at 2177-78).
        In view of the disparity in the submitted data, OSHA concludes that 
    negative pressure enclosure systems, like other control systems which 
    depend on proper installation, design and supervision for 
    effectiveness, can vary in protection they afford to employees working 
    within. Unlike engineering systems permanently installed which are 
    capitalized by the facility owner, negative pressure systems are 
    installed for the duration of the job, and economic pressures are 
    exerted to hold down the time and cost of the installation.
        Thus, the support for the use of NPEs to reduce employee exposure 
    is mixed. OSHA is also concerned that other health and safety hazards 
    may result from work in negative pressure enclosure systems. For 
    example, problems with toxic adhesives were noted in the record. Levels 
    of methylene chloride, used to seal poly sheeting to underlying 
    surfaces to contain work areas have been measured at over the PEL for 
    that substance (Ex. 1-24). Some of the polyethylene used for sheeting 
    may be combustible (Ex. 7-18). Certain industries reported particular 
    hazards of NPEs. For example, a representative of Arco Products Co. 
    commented that in the gasoline industry hazards included: build-up of 
    gases inside the enclosure, heat stress, fire hazards, lack of good 
    ventilation, difficulty in working with mobile equipment, difficulties 
    in communicating and exiting during emergencies (Ex. 7-139).
        Various solutions to these problem were suggested. Thus, it was 
    suggested that less toxic adhesives be substituted for methylene 
    chloride; that poly sheets can be attached without adhesives (BCTD, Ex. 
    143); that heat stress be eliminated by increasing the number of air 
    changes per hour within the enclosure; that a transparent window be 
    installed in each enclosure to facilitate communication (Ex. 7-6); and 
    other such adaptations. Certain of these suggestions were criticized as 
    ineffective. For example, Union Carbide stated in its post-hearing 
    submission, ``(w)e have observed that even when 8 to 12 air changes per 
    hour are provided to the enclosure, on certain days the inside of the 
    enclosure temperature has risen as high as 140 degrees F. The heat 
    stress situation is further exacerbated by the body coveralls worn by 
    the workers'' (Ex. 113 p. 6).
        OSHA believes that some of these potential problems attributable to 
    negative pressure enclosures may be averted. However, the record also 
    indicates that the use of this control technique shares with other 
    asbestos control methods, a primary reliance upon the skill and 
    training of designers and workers to assure its effectiveness. In 
    addition, under some circumstances even the proper use of negative 
    pressure enclosures can introduce additional hazards into the 
    workplace.
        One feature of some negative pressure enclosure systems, negative 
    air ventilation, was singled out by some participants as the primary 
    means of reducing exposures to employees working within them. OSHA 
    notes however, that the requirement for NPEs as adopted in the 1986 
    rule, did not contain any criteria for such ventilation, and that the 
    rationale for requiring NPEs did not rest on the capability of 
    ventilation to reduce employee exposure. Therefore, OSHA regards the 
    recommendation for requiring special ventilation as a new claim, to be 
    supported by evidence and testimony submitted to this record.
        One of the main characteristics of the negative pressure enclosure 
    system is that the air pressure inside the enclosure is less than 
    outside the enclosure. This pressure difference is created by a fan 
    exhausting air, through a filter, from inside the enclosure to outside 
    the enclosure. Under negative pressure, any leaks in the walls of the 
    enclosure will result in clean air coming into the enclosure, rather 
    than contaminated air leaking to the outside. The system is primarily 
    designed to keep asbestos from contaminating the building. As stated 
    earlier, this approach does not appear to improve working conditions 
    inside the enclosure. Negative air ventilation draws clean air from 
    outside the enclosure at sufficient quantities and at strategic 
    locations, so as to provide clean air in the worker's breathing zone. 
    Support for negative air ventilation was submitted by numerous 
    participants. For example, Mr. D'Angelo testified that ``negative air 
    ventilation is the single most effective engineering control reducing 
    worker exposure as well as reducing the risk to adjacent bystanders or 
    other operations.'' Further, he recommended a minimum of 8 and up to 20 
    air changes per hour to assure appropriate ventilation is maintained 
    (Tr. 3078, 3087). This process, ``which has expanded on the negative 
    pressure enclosure, (is) called air flush methodology'' (Tr. 3085).
        Other participants also supported the use of ``air flushing'' 
    techniques, or directed make-up air. Chip D'Angelo, an asbestos 
    abatement consultant described the principle as moving airborne fibers 
    out of the work area with air velocity, thereby ``flushing'' the area 
    by bringing in air from sources outside the enclosure additional to 
    that brought through the decontamination chamber. He further described 
    moving the air away from the worker and toward the negative air 
    filtration machines and directing the moving air to ``dead spots'' in 
    the enclosure by use of baffles and flexiducts (Tr. 3035) (see BCTD, 
    Ex. 143 p. 90, and citations therein). Mr. Cook, an asbestos abatement 
    contractor, appearing for the BCTD, testified that ``it's a fairly easy 
    technology to implement, depending on the situation.''(Tr. 805). Mr. 
    Medaglia, president of an engineering firm suggested adding to the 
    definition of a negative pressure enclosure, the phrase ``* * * all 
    areas within the enclosure are swept by the flowing air towards the 
    exhaust fans * * *'' (Tr. 3052). Other support was provided by New 
    Jersey White Lung Association (Tr. 601-2), NIOSH (Tr. 228 and 257), R. 
    Sawyer (Tr. 2161), D. Kirby (Tr. 170), Global Consumer Services (Tr. 
    2341) and J. Cook of QSI International (Tr. 804.)
        However, some engineers who testified did not utilize the 
    technique; Exxon noted in its testimony that ``you can't, quite 
    honestly, get enough volume of air velocity to convince yourself you 
    are going to get good equal mixing within an entire enclosure'' (Tr. 
    2680); and NIOSH noted in its submitted testimony, that ``we are not 
    aware of any studies evaluating their effectiveness (NPE's) or 
    delineating important parameters such as * * * minimum air flow'' (Ex. 
    9). NIOSH recommended that OSHA incorporate into the rule for negative-
    pressure enclosures, design requirements for air-flow patterns within 
    the enclosure to move airborne particles away from the worker'' (Ibid).
        Although ``air flushing'' is the ventilation approach most 
    recommended for use within negative pressure systems, actual data 
    showing its success is limited. In recognition of the support from 
    engineers who have utilized these systems, OSHA is requiring a 
    performance based version of ``air flushing'' as a component of the 
    negative pressure enclosure system. OSHA is also requiring ventilation 
    which ``directs the air away from exposed employees'' when other 
    controls are used for Class I work where no there is insufficient data 
    to support a ``negative exposure assessment.''
        Participants also argued that the use of negative pressure systems 
    under stated circumstances was unnecessary and would not contribute to 
    employee protection against asbestos exposure. Working outdoors was one 
    such circumstance. Amoco submitted data in which 95% amosite was 
    removed from an outdoor pipe run without negative pressure enclosure in 
    which most samples indicated very low fiber levels (Ex. 7-39). However, 
    the following work practices were also used: restricted access, 
    immediate and double bagging of debris or use of airtight chutes, 
    barricaded area, use of HEPA equipped vacuums, respirator, 
    decontamination procedures, and training and supervision of the 
    operation by a competent person.
        OSHA believes that outdoor Class I work may be safely done without 
    enclosures. Therefore, paragraph (g) allows all outdoor Class I work to 
    be conducted using other control methods, such as a glove bag system, 
    so long as the specifications and work practices for such systems are 
    followed. In addition, decontamination procedures for all Class I work, 
    outdoors as well as indoors, including decontamination facilities and 
    showers, must be made available for all Class I work, including that 
    performed outdoors.
        As discussed above, the negative pressure enclosure requirement in 
    the 1986 standard lacked specificity. BCTD recommended that OSHA 
    specify the number of air changes per hour required in the negative 
    pressure enclosure (Ex. 143, p. 94). They reasoned that this would 
    improve ventilation within the enclosure and reduce worker exposure. 
    Union Carbide testified that they use 8 to 12 changes per hour (Tr. 
    2255) and Chip D'Angelo recommended 10 changes per hour (Ex. 99). New 
    Jersey White Lung Association representative suggested 8 changes per 
    hour (Tr. 482). BCTD and others also proposed that the negative 
    pressure differential be increased from the recommended 0.02 column 
    inches water in Appendix F (Ex. 143, p. 95) ``because of fluctuations 
    inside the enclosure.''
        In several published articles, Spicer and D'Angelo expressed their 
    support for these recommendations and further suggested that pressure 
    measurements be made at several points within the enclosure (Ex. 9-34 
    NN, Tr. 3126). The use of a manometer to measure the pressure 
    differential between the enclosure and the area outside the enclosure 
    was also supported by BCTD and D'Angelo and Spicer primarily because 
    this device would provide immediate notice if there were a loss of 
    pressure and therefore increased potential for fiber escape (Ex. 143, 
    p. 96 and Ex. 9-34 NN). He estimated the cost of a manometer at $20.00 
    (Tr. 3078).
        BCTD submitted additional recommendations which it felt would 
    improve negative pressure enclosure use:
    
    --Use additional air filtration machines in areas of especially high 
    fiber concentrations, to serve as ``scrubbers''
    --Use at least one negative air filtration machine per room in 
    multi-room enclosures
    --Provide an independent power source and back-up HEPA unit for use 
    in case of failure
    --Smoke test the enclosure for leaks
    --Pre-filter inlet air (Ex. 143, p. 97)
    
        Most of these recommendations appear to be beneficial. Requiring 
    smoke testing to detect leaks is adopted by the Agency as part of 
    required set-up procedures when such enclosures are used. Others, such 
    as requiring ``additional air filtration machines * * * where exposures 
    are especially high'' appear to be sound engineering advice but would 
    present enforcement problems, if included in the regulatory text (Ex. 
    143). Instead, as part of the mandatory criteria for NPEs, when used to 
    control exposure in Class I jobs, the Agency is requiring ``competent 
    persons'' to oversee the installation of such systems, and employees to 
    be protected within such enclosures by ventilation systems which 
    minimize their asbestos exposure. OSHA believes that its provisions on 
    negative pressure systems will protect employees working within them.
        Based on the above extensive analysis of the many studies and 
    comments, OSHA has concluded that NPEs are not appropriate as a 
    universal requirement. They usually protect bystanders well, but not 
    always workers within the enclosures, and can sometimes create other 
    problems. Consequently, OSHA is permitting alternatives to NPEs in 
    appropriate circumstances and is upgrading requirements for NPEs when 
    they are used.
        Also, OSHA believes that various alternative requirements in this 
    final revised standard triggered by Class I, II, and III work, some of 
    which are components of negative pressure systems will protect adjacent 
    or ``bystander'' employees under most situations. Thus, mandatory 
    critical barriers for most Class I, some Class II and III work will bar 
    passage of fugitive asbestos fibers; and, clarifying the 
    responsibilities of the various employers on a multi-employer worksite, 
    paragraph (d) will protect all work site employees from fugitive 
    emissions.
    
    3. What Other Control Systems Can be Allowed for Asbestos Work Which 
    Involves High Risk Materials?
    
        OSHA is allowing other control systems for Category I asbestos 
    work, but only under stated conditions. Thus, the second asbestos 
    control system permitted for use for Category I asbestos work is a 
    glove bag system which meets the requirements of the standard, and is 
    used only in the limited situations listed in paragraph (g), i.e. 
    straight runs of piping and to remove intact TSI.
        Other technologies recommended by the accredited project designer 
    or competent person based on supporting data showing their 
    effectiveness may also be used. Whenever a technology is used which is 
    not referenced in the standards, the employer must notify OSHA before 
    the asbestos job, and include in the notification the basis for the 
    project designer's or certified industrial hygienist's decision that 
    the new technology will be equally effective as other technologies 
    referenced in the appendix. Daily personal and periphery area 
    monitoring must be conducted for all such jobs, as well as clearance 
    samples at the termination of the abatement job.
    
    Glove Bag Systems
    
        The decision to allow increased glove bag use is based on the 
    considerable comment and evidence submitted during this proceeding 
    concerning the safety and effectiveness of glove bag use. OSHA had 
    proposed to permit only small-scale, short duration removals to be 
    conducted using glove bags; however the Agency noted that it was 
    considering whether alternatives, including glove bags, to negative 
    pressure enclosures for renovation, removal and demolition operations 
    should be allowed (55 FR at 29716).
        In the 1986 standard, glove bag effectiveness was considered too 
    uncertain to allow as a preferred control. Therefore OSHA relegated 
    glove bag use to small-scale, short duration jobs, or jobs exempt from 
    the negative pressure enclosure requirement because of the 
    configuration of the work environment. However OSHA noted that glove 
    bag use could generally be expected to reduce exposures to below 0.1 f/
    cc (51 FR 22711).
        In the preamble to its proposed amendments the Agency noted that 
    available data indicated that glove bags in use may not always provide 
    adequate protection. In large part, the Agency based this preliminary 
    evaluation on the results of an evaluation performed by NIOSH in which 
    improperly used glove bags resulted in excessive fiber counts.
        As noted above, this final construction standard expands the 
    conditions in which glove bag use is allowed. Now, glove bag use for 
    removal of TSI and surfacing ACM is allowed without quantity limitation 
    for intact TSI for straight runs of piping.
        OSHA believes these decisions are well supported by this rulemaking 
    record. Many participants urged OSHA to expand the conditions for 
    permitting glove bag use. For example the Dow Chemical Company stated, 
    ``removal of asbestos containing material from pipes or pipelines can 
    best be accomplished with the use of glove bags in all instances, not 
    just when pipes are elevated. Needless to say, the employees carrying 
    out the operation must be trained and adequately supervised to the 
    glove bags properly.'' (Ex. 7-103). The American Paper Institute and 
    the National Forest Products Association stated that ``(w)e fully agree 
    with the field personnel that there should be no linear footage limit 
    for the removal of asbestos insulation on pipe when proper glove bag 
    techniques are used'' (Ex. 7-74 at 9). The National Insulation and 
    Abatement Contractors Association commented ``(a) skilled asbestos 
    abatement mechanic can certainly remove in excess of 21 linear feet in 
    properly used glove bags in as safe a manner as he or she can less than 
    21 feet. * * * (i)n addition, the implied restriction against glove bag 
    use outside of small-scale, short-duration work ignores the advances 
    made in glove bag practices and worker skills'' (Ex 7-72 at 2).
        Mr. Vest of the U.S. Air Force commented: ``(t)he regulation should 
    clearly allow for * * * operations that are not small-scale, short 
    duration but are also not within the purview of the full requirements 
    for a regulated area. We believe multiple glove bag operations would 
    fall into this category; this in-between category should require 
    training and additional procedures, but not necessarily ``negative 
    pressure enclosures.'' James Snyder, representing the American Paper 
    Institute, maintained that there should be no linear limit as long as 
    proper glove bag techniques were used (Ex. 7-74). Exhibits 7-9, 7-19, 
    7-21, 7-26, 7-32, 7-33, 7-50, 7-63, 7-72, 7-73, 7-74, 7-76, 7-95, 7-99, 
    7-102, 7-103, 7-106, 7-107, 7-120, 7-121, 7-125, 7-128, 7-130, 7-139, 
    7-144, and 7-146 also supported expanded glove bag use.
        In addition, to these generalized statements of support for 
    expanded use of glove bags, participants submitted data to show the 
    effectiveness of glove bags in protecting workers. For example, the 
    U.S. Air Force, introduced data (Ex. 3-9). The large majority of 
    measurement were below 0.1 f/cc. Only 54 of the 370 measurements sets 
    were over 0.1 f/cc, some of which were within the sampling and 
    analytical error margin of 25%.
        Dr. Vernon Rose of the University of Alabama at Birmingham 
    submitted a paper entitled: ``Analysis of PCM asbestos air monitoring 
    results for a major abatement project'' (Ex. 7-194), in which over 2000 
    sampling results were presented, taken over a five year period during 
    which thermal system insulation was removed from a single building. 
    This study provides very extensive data on closely observed work which 
    the authors described as ``* * * ideal conditions existed to support 
    the proper abatement of ACM'' (Ex. 7-194). However, they also noted 
    that the environment was generally quite dusty and that since the 
    results were PCM counts, they might overestimate the true exposure 
    level. The results are summarized Table I.
    
        Table I.--Asbestos Fiber Levels During Various Removal Operations   
                                   [Ex. 7-194]                              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         No.      Mean (f/     Confidence   
           Sample description          samples      cc3)        interval    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Full enclosure-entrance.........        303      0.026       0.021-0.033
    Full enclosure-background.......        333      0.022       0.019-0.025
    Mini-enclosure-entrance.........         35      0.022       0.016-0.036
    Mini-enclosure-background.......         38      0.023       0.013-0.058
    At glove bag....................        430      0.037       0.034-0.041
    Glove bag-background............        386      0.028       0.025-0.031
    Full enclosure-clearance........        161      0.002       0.002-0.003
    Mini-enclosure-clearance........         94      0.006       0.005-0.008
    Pre-work........................         39      0.013       0.010-0.018
    Full enclosure-personal.........        116      0.233       0.177-0.327
    Full enclosure-within...........        160      0.119       0.097-0.152
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Except for those taken within the negative pressure enclosure, all 
    sample means, including those taken at and away from glove bags are 
    well below the new PEL of 0.1 f/cc.
        In OSHA's view, the large amount of data contained in this study 
    demonstrating that exposure levels at the glove bag consistently were 
    well below the PEL of 0.1 f/cc supports the effectiveness of glove bags 
    in protecting the asbestos worker.
        Additional data were submitted by Grayling Industries and Control 
    Resource Systems, Inc., glove bag manufacturers (Ex. 7-144). Personal 
    breathing zone measurements representing varied removals are almost all 
    below OSHA's proposed PEL of 0.1 f/cc. After the hearing, Grayling 
    submitted letters from some of the contractors and organizations in 
    charge of the projects for which data was submitted, which detailed the 
    procedures followed by employees during the jobs where low exposure 
    levels were recorded. (Ex. 111). These conditions correspond to the 
    specifications and work practices which OSHA is requiring in this 
    standard for glove bag use.
        Virtually all of the participants who opposed expanded use of glove 
    bags for removal jobs, cited the NIOSH study referred to above. (See 
    e.g. Ex. 143 at 98-100). The study was conducted jointly by NIOSH and 
    EPA in 1985, and its results were made public, as a Health Hazard 
    Evaluation (Exs. 1-1, 1-2, 1-20). It has also formed the basis for 
    NIOSH's institutional position on glove bags published as ``An 
    Evaluation Glove Bag Containment in Asbestos Removal'' in October 1990. 
    (submitted post-hearing as Ex. 125). Based on the data and analysis in 
    that document, NIOSH's spokesperson, Richard Lemen testified at the 
    rulemaking hearing:
    
        NIOSH has found that airborne fibers are released in the work 
    place when glove bags are used to remove asbestos pipe. Although the 
    reasons for these releases were not determined, the study indicated 
    that glove bags did not control asbestos exposures as anticipated. 
    Thus, NIOSH strongly supports OSHA in requiring that negative-
    pressure enclosures be used in conjunction with glove bags. 
    Furthermore, NIOSH recommends that OSHA require the use of 
    respiratory protection when glove bags are used. At a minimum, NIOSH 
    recommends that workers should be required to wear the most 
    protective air-purifying respirators * * * (Tr. 229)
    
        The study evaluated the removal of asbestos containing pipe lagging 
    using glove bags from four public school buildings. The data were 
    obtained during week-long surveys in each of the buildings. According 
    to the abstract in the evaluation: ``the same work crew removed 
    asbestos-containing pipe lagging in all four schools. Personal 
    exposures to airborne fibers were determined using the NIOSH method'' 
    (Ex. 125). NIOSH summarized the results: ``* * * In three of the four 
    facilities studied, workers were exposed to airborne asbestos 
    concentrations above the OSHA PEL. Only in the last building where the 
    removal took place, were exposure levels reduced to below the new OSHA 
    PELs.''
        Interpretation of the results of this study varied. BCTD viewed the 
    study as supporting its view that glove bags should not be permitted 
    for other than small scale, short duration jobs because they do not 
    provide reliable protection for bystanders. (Ex. 143, p. 98). HEI 
    concluded, based on the NIOSH study, that ``* * * glove bags should 
    never be used as a stand alone abatement isolation procedure for long 
    pipe runs'' (HEI, Ex. 1-344, p. 5-48). Clearly these results call into 
    question any expansion of permitted glove bag use. However, after 
    paying close attention to the conditions, personnel and equipment 
    utilized in the NIOSH study, and to the rest of the record, OSHA 
    believes that glove bag systems, when properly deployed and 
    supplemented by barriers, are capable of protecting both the abatement 
    worker and bystander employee.
        Details of the improper usage in the NIOSH study were pointed out 
    by Grayling and CI and by the NIOSH investigators themselves; ``the 
    methods employed by workers * * * violated current state-of the art 
    glove bag procedures * * * (t)he glove bags contained over four times 
    the recommended material, they were opened up and slid down the pipe, * 
    * * (t)hey were used as a receptacle rather than as a glove bag, * * * 
    the envelope was slit to speed the removal process, * * * bags were 
    being sealed while removal was taking place * * *'' and other improper 
    procedures (Ex. 130, Ex. 125). In addition, although NIOSH noted 
    ``[w]orker training and experience are important components in a 
    reliable system of control measure, * * * (in this study) the work crew 
    was not trained in the proper use of glove bags'' (Ex. 125, p. 20).
        Representatives of the glove bag industry also noted that since the 
    study was undertaken in 1985-86, the equipment used by the workers, has 
    been replaced by better designed and more protective equipment and 
    materials. For example, one of the glove bags used in the study 
    employed a zippered connection system, which ``promote(s) the free flow 
    of contaminated air from the glove bag during removal * * *,'' and the 
    ``one-size fits all'' glove bag has been replaced by a ``greater number 
    of designs and configurations of glove bags * * * (for) T's, elbows, 
    valves, verticals and extended runs'' (Ex. 130, p. 3).
        The study showed that by the time the removal activity reached the 
    fourth (final) building, the work crew, having been ``trained'' by a 
    variety of on-the-job methods, such as ``trial and error,'' advice from 
    the survey team, and watching a videotape, exposure levels were 
    dramatically reduced. The pre-removal levels were not lower at the 
    final facility, approximately the same amount of asbestos was removed 
    as in the other operations and the authors stated that the lagging was 
    in generally good condition throughout the study--lending further 
    credence to the hypothesis that the use of improved work practices led 
    to generation of lower fiber levels. The report concluded with a list 
    of recommendations for work practices for glove bag use.
        OSHA believes that the NIOSH study should be viewed as a 
    demonstration of poor work practices by untrained employees. The Agency 
    notes that although the NIOSH study contains carefully presented and 
    analyzed exposure data, the study design was compromised by the 
    intervention of the investigators in instructing the workers. Further, 
    since the workers were untrained, and for the most part did not use the 
    glove bags correctly to attempt to isolate the disturbances, the study 
    is of limited utility in identifying problems of glove bag systems when 
    they are used correctly.
        NIOSH speculated that ignorance of proper glove bag procedures was 
    common for plant maintenance personnel, asbestos operations and 
    maintenance personnel, and many asbestos removal contractors who use 
    glove bags only occasionally'' (Ex. 125, p. 53). If indeed this is so, 
    it suggests that short of prohibiting glove-bag removals entirely, 
    restricting permitted usage to, for example, maintenance work (small-
    scale, short-duration work) may result in limiting permitted glove bag 
    work to where it is likely to be performed incorrectly. It also 
    suggests that, the frequency of glove bag work, rather than the size of 
    the removal project is more relevant to its effectiveness. Other 
    participants echoed this caution, for example, David Kirby of Oak Ridge 
    National Laboratory testified that glove bag usage should be 
    conditioned on showing quarterly frequency of glove bag usage (Tr. 116-
    17).
        OSHA concludes that when conscientiously used by well-trained, 
    well-supervised personnel, glove bags can effectively reduce asbestos 
    fiber release. The NIOSH study demonstrated clearly that the obverse is 
    also true; when glove bags are used improperly by untrained or 
    insufficiently trained workers, airborne fiber levels can become 
    significantly elevated. Consequently, based on this extensive evidence 
    and analysis, OSHA is permitting wider use of glove bag technology in 
    the final standard, but is including additional requirements to improve 
    the effectiveness of their use. The Agency notes that the new 
    regulatory text prescribing the specifications and work practices for 
    allowable glove bag removals would prohibit the kind of removal 
    activity observed in the NIOSH study.
        Based on its study, NIOSH recommended detailed work practices and 
    specifications for glove bag use. OSHA has incorporated the major 
    recommendations into the standard, either as part of the overall 
    requirements for asbestos removal, or as required components of 
    permitted glove bag systems. For example, NIOSH recommends that workers 
    ``spray frequently during the removal process so that newly exposed 
    surfaces are wetted.'' OSHA requires that all work be performed using 
    wet methods. ``Wet methods'' are defined as, applying sufficient water 
    to ACM and PACM during the work operation so that fibers, if released, 
    are prevented from becoming airborne. Other recommendations likewise 
    are covered by more generic requirements.
        For Class I work in which glove bags are used, OSHA is requiring 
    that 2 persons perform the glove bag removal. BCTD recommended that 2 
    persons perform glove bag work stating that ``* * * the operation can 
    be hard-pressed to adjust the HEPA vacuum flow rates or water pressure 
    in the sprayer while his/her hands are in the bag'' (Ex. 143, p. 125). 
    BCTD also felt that proper decontamination required a ``buddy system'' 
    involving a second worker.
        Exxon representative, Mr. Booher, testified that their practices is 
    to have 2 persons per glove bag (Tr. 2673). Mr. Sledge of Naval Sea 
    Systems Command testified that two personal normally perform glove bag 
    operations in their facilities, usually using glove bags under negative 
    pressure (Tr. 420). OSHA agrees and believes that proper use of glove 
    bags in removing high-risk ACM (TSI and surfacing ACM) requires at 
    least two persons. The Agency also notes that required training of 
    employees must cover detailed glove bag procedures. Many of the 
    detailed work practices recommended by NIOSH are advisory, i.e. use 
    ``sprayer of sufficient length,'' will be covered in training, and/or 
    are encompassed by more general requirements.
    
    Other Systems
    
        Although glove bag systems were the alternative system most 
    discussed during the rulemaking, participants submitted data on other 
    systems which were claimed to effectively isolate asbestos dust during 
    removal. The Agency has reviewed the data and comment on these 
    submissions and has listed four additional systems as permitted for 
    Class I work under stated circumstances in paragraph (g)(5). The Agency 
    emphasizes that the listing of any system is not an endorsement by 
    OSHA. The listing merely indicates that various combinations of 
    engineering controls and work practices represented by these systems, 
    when properly carried out, and when all other provisions of these 
    standards, e.g., training, competent person supervision, exposure 
    assessments and respirator use where required, are found by the Agency 
    on this record to constitute effective means of controlling employee 
    exposure to asbestos.
        Two of the systems are modifications of glove bag systems. One, a 
    negative pressure glove bag system, was presented as an alternative by 
    several participants. One witness stated that ``the nuclear ship repair 
    industry has used pipe containment glove bags for years * * * all of 
    this work has been required to be performed with constant negative 
    pressure being maintained inside the glove bag during removal 
    operations'' (Tr. 3028). A panel testifying on behalf of Union Carbide 
    described a negative-pressure glove bag technology which they have 
    developed (Tr. 2192 and Ex. 7-108). M. Patel, an industrial hygienist 
    at Union Carbide, described it in his written testimony:
    
        The glove bag system is used as follows: The glove bag is 
    connected to the glove/hose connector. All the tools needed to 
    remove asbestos are placed in the inner pouch of the glove bag. The 
    bag is installed on a pipe utilizing the zipper provided at the top. 
    The shoulder is fastened on both ends of the glove bag with 
    tourniquets. The rest of the system is connected. The insulation is 
    wetted with amended water using the portable garden sprayer. The 
    asbestos is cut and falls through the open sliding gate valve and 
    collects in the waste bag. Vacuum in the bag and in the rest of the 
    system is adjusted to prevent collapse of the bag. When the asbestos 
    waste collected in the bag is almost full, the sliding gate valve is 
    closed as the vacuum in the system is slowly controlled by adjusting 
    the splitter valve, and the bag is carefully sealed and removed. A 
    new bag is installed and the sliding gate valve opened. When all 
    asbestos inside the glove bag is removed, the pipe and the wall of 
    the glove bag above the middle zipper inside the bag are rinsed with 
    amended water. The middle zipper is closed to isolate the upper 
    compartment while vacuum is still being pulled.
        The tourniquet on either end of the glove bag is loosened and 
    the bag is moved to the next position. The middle portion of the bag 
    is unzipped and the work is continued Ex. 9-43).
    
    The panel members reported that the mean value of the exposure for the 
    modified negative-pressure glove bag was 0.02 f/cc.
        In a post-hearing submission, Union Carbide submitted a large 
    number of additional measurements from various operations supporting 
    the relative effectiveness of their negative-pressure glove bag method 
    of asbestos control. These data showed both glove bags and negative 
    pressure glove bag personal exposure levels were low, and well below 
    those for negative pressure enclosures as measured by the company.
    
           Table II.--Asbestos Fiber Levels During Removal Operations       
                                    [Ex. 113]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               No.                   %>0.1 F/
                   Operation                 samples   Sample type      CC  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Glove bag..............................    2,280  Area.........      2.3
    Negative-pressure enclosure............    1,220  Area.........     16.4
    Glove bag..............................    2,361  Personal.....     22.7
    Negative-pressure enclosure............    1,001  Personal.....     60.9
    Negative-pressure glove bag............       90  Area.........      1.1
    Negative-pressure glove bag............       80  Personal.....  10.0\1\
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\mean of those >0.1 f/cc=0.21 f/cc, the overall mean=0.046 f/cc.      
    
        Some of the exposure monitoring results showed personal samples 
    above the new PEL of 0.1 f/cc. Union Carbide suggested, that employees 
    performing Class I work using the modified negative pressure glove-bag, 
    wear respiratory protection. OSHA is requiring that all employees who 
    perform Class I work wear respirators.
        Additional data on negative pressure glove bags showing effective 
    exposure reductions was submitted by others, including NIOSH (Ex. 1-
    125, 1-126). ``Opinion evidence'' was that negative pressure glove 
    bags, when properly used, offered an additional margin of safety over 
    non-negative pressure glove bags (see e.g., testimony of David Kirby, 
    Tr. 188).
        Based on these data, OSHA is allowing negative pressure glove bags 
    for Class I work, subject to similar limitations as ``regular'' glove 
    bags.
        Another method allowed for Class I work is the negative pressure 
    glove box. This isolation device, is a rigid containment, unlike the 
    glove bag, which is made of flexible material. Because it can be 
    constructed of strong, impermeable material, common glove bag failures 
    due to holes, leaks and collapse, would theoretically be avoided.
        Mark Mazzara of SDS International Builders submitted several 
    documents describing a negative pressure glove box, which his firm was 
    marketing. The accompanying brochures described it as follows:
    
        * * *system allows for the removal of ACM on pipes by creating a 
    closed work area around the pipe section to be worked on. * * * 
    consists of work box, together with a pressure barrier generated by 
    the systems inherent Negative Pressure filtration system. The Work 
    Box is a maneuverable element of sturdy metal construction that is 
    positioned around the unit of pipe to be worked on * * * [it] is 
    fitted with standard gloved apertures allowing for access into the 
    closed system for the asbestos workers. At the base of the Work Box 
    is an aperture feeding into a bagging outlet into which the 
    liberated ACM is passed. This allows for easy bagging of the ACM and 
    its subsequent disposal. * * * [it] is attached to a * * * negative 
    pressure generator, that allows the creation of the pressure barrier 
    that allows the creation of the closed system, preventing the escape 
    of hazards materials into surrounding area (Ex. 7-98).
    
    The submissions contained numerous sampling results indicating that low 
    fiber levels were maintained during the use of this device. 
    Accompanying these was a letter from the State of New Jersey in which 
    the Division of Building and Construction (Frank J. Kuzniacki) stated 
    that he felt that the device ``provided a safe and cost effective 
    alternative to standard glove bag removal.''
        The last method specifically listed for Class I use is designated 
    the ``water spray'' process. In submissions to the docket and in 
    testimony at the public hearing, representatives of Hydrous Dust 
    Control Systems, Inc. described an alternate method of control for use 
    in work on asbestos covered pipes which they called the Portam Process. 
    This process relies on water spray to provide a barrier between the 
    worker and the ACM. In written materials it was described as follows:
    
        Engineered designed sprays are configured so as to create a 
    liquid barrier on every plane. The spray is so designed as to throw 
    a heavy droplet of liquid giving it both velocity and direction. On 
    at least one of these planes * * * the heavy water droplets are 
    forced into collision creating a very fine aerosol which is 
    contained within liquid barriers. A water containment device is 
    placed around the spray rails with an open access and double drain 
    facility. A vacuum hose is connected to the drain facility creating 
    a slight pressure differential (negative pressure), in the contained 
    area. When water covers the drain area the pressure differential is 
    maximized in the drain hose pulling the waste and water very rapidly 
    to the remote interceptor. This movement creates a shock pulse which 
    is quite visual and is reflected at the workhead. The sudden 
    movement of air within the work zone helps to stimulated the fine 
    aerosol droplets creating eddy current. These eddy currents promote 
    a 360 deg. precipitation around the pipe (Ex. 1-171).
    
        Data were presented showing that use of this system achieved 
    consistently low exposure levels. However, the complexity of the 
    system, and its uniqueness require, as the manufacturer recommends, 
    additional training for effective use. Therefore OSHA is allowing this 
    system to be used only by workers who are trained in a supplemental 40 
    hour training course in the specific use of this system, including at 
    least 8 hours of which must be hands-on training. Although BCTD stated 
    that this system possessed a high potential for exposure because it is 
    not a sealed system, (Ex. 143, at 103), OSHA believes that the 
    technology of the water spray system is sufficiently proven by the data 
    submitted.
        Other specific systems which do not easily fit the descriptions of 
    the above systems were discussed during the rulemaking. Some, such as 
    the ``Lyons Trough'' appear promising, however, the data submitted are 
    too limited for OSHA to determine effectiveness in the rulemaking. 
    Several TEM and PCM measurements were made during a ``controlled 
    demonstration'' which lasted 31 minutes and during ``field evaluation'' 
    of 29 minutes. The personal sample from the former was below the limit 
    of detection by PCM, and the personal sample from the latter measured 
    0.002 f/cc by PCM (Ex. 135).
        Other methods appeared too limited in application to be 
    ``generically'' approved by OSHA, and/or appeared highly dependent on 
    worker behavior to avoid failure. Such a system, devised by Tenneco, is 
    a modified glove bag/mini-enclosure to facilitate safe removal of small 
    amounts of asbestos fireproofing above ceiling tiles (Ex. 65 A-P). In 
    its post-hearing brief, the BCTD objected to the use of the Tenneco 
    device for two reasons. First, because it was held as close as possible 
    to the ceiling and did not fit against it, they felt there was 
    potential for fiber escape; and second, they questioned how effective 
    it would be if one of the workers holding it up got tired and dropped 
    it. (Ex. 143, p. 103). OSHA agrees; the device may be used therefore 
    only as an alternative control method pursuant to the requirements for 
    certification in paragraph (g)(6).
    Mini-Enclosures
        Mini-enclosures, the other control method allowed for Class I work 
    is supported by a submission by BCTD which described a portable 
    isolation enclosure developed by J. Streiter of Southern Insulation 
    Inc. (Ex. 119, #5). OSHA notes, however, that mini-enclosures are 
    manufactured by other companies and this rule does not limit use of the 
    device to any particular manufacturer. In an accompanying trade paper 
    article the portable enclosure is described as: ``a cubicle with an 
    extendable shroud that fits on top. A HEPA filtration system drew air 
    down from the ceiling. Inside the enclosure was a suited man; opposite 
    was a trapped door with a bag attached * * * the worker remove[d] the 
    tile, clean[ed] off the grid and deposit[ed] everything in the bag 
    after opening the trap door. Suction would pull the door shut. Within 
    the enclosure was a shower attachment * * *'' The submission also 
    contained air sampling data obtained during use of this apparatus while 
    removing ceiling tiles from a Virginia building. The results indicated 
    that fiber levels averaged less than 0.01 f/cc. However, as pointed out 
    by BCTD in its post-hearing brief there was failure to achieve 
    clearance (0.01 f/cc under AHERA) in this building following use of the 
    device which ``necessitated evacuation of the work areas on several 
    occasions.'' As explained elsewhere in this document, OSHA is not 
    requiring AHERA clearance levels to be achieved for Class I work. If 
    such requirements must be met, the employer should employ all 
    applicable controls which in some cases may exceed those in these 
    standards.
    
    Class II Work
    
        Class II asbestos work is defined as activities involving the 
    removal of ACM or PACM which is not TSI or surfacing ACM. According to 
    the definition, this includes, but is not limited to, the removal of 
    asbestos-containing wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, gaskets, joint 
    compounds, roofing felts, roofing and siding shingles, and construction 
    mastics.
        OSHA has found that the exposure potential from Class II work is 
    generally lower than for Class I work, when removal is conducted under 
    substantially similar conditions. Consequently, if the employer shows, 
    that in any particular job, that well-trained and experienced workers, 
    with an established ``track record'' of keeping exposures low will 
    perform that removal, the required controls are less stringent than 
    those required for Class I removals.
        Removal of materials which are not TSI or surfacing ACM may be 
    handled by complying with work practice and engineering control 
    requirements for Class II in paragraph (g)(7), and the generic 
    requirements for all asbestos work in (g)(1) of the standard. 
    Additionally, methods allowed for Class I removals may be used for 
    Class II work, unless the system cannot be adapted for Class II work, 
    such as in the case of the water spray process system. Glove bags/boxes 
    can be installed around some materials covered by the Class II 
    designation, such as gaskets and ceiling tiles. It is OSHA's intent to 
    allow Class I methods to be used for removing Class II materials when 
    no modification in the apparatus is required, without special notice to 
    OSHA.
        As Class II work, removal of asbestos-containing material such as 
    floor tiles and roofing will not be subject to quantity cut-offs for 
    using certain control methods. This is similar to the proposal, which 
    would have allowed these materials to be removed using mandated work 
    practices, and exempted compliant jobs from negative pressure enclosure 
    requirements. Under the final standard, other materials classified as 
    ``miscellaneous'' by EPA such as transite panel and valves/gaskets may 
    be removed without quantity limitation so long as Class II work 
    practices are followed. Additionally, the standard allows all other 
    materials (except TSI and surfacing ACM) to be removed using the 
    generic work practices in paragraph (g)(1) which require wet methods, 
    HEPA vacuuming and prompt waste disposal, and pursuant to additional 
    controls in (g)(2) if the PEL may be exceeded.
        Paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and (ii) establish ``setting-up'' requirements 
    which apply to all removals of all Class II materials. These include 
    the requirement that a competent person supervise the work and that 
    where a negative exposure assessment cannot be produced or changed 
    conditions during the job indicate elevated fiber levels, critical 
    barriers or other isolation methods must be used or where the ACM is 
    not removed in a substantially intact.
        OSHA is also listing specific work practices for some kinds of 
    Class II work which are common, such as removing flooring material or 
    roofing material, as proposed. The generic list of work practices for 
    all operations under this standard in paragraph (g)(1), covers most 
    specific practices set out for each kind of removal. However, since 
    both OSHA and participants believe that stating how each kind of 
    material must be removed in specific terms will enhance compliance, 
    paragraph (g)(7)(2) restates the relevant generic requirements in terms 
    specific to each activity. For example, using wet methods for all 
    asbestos work, unless the employer can show wet methods are infeasible, 
    is now required, in the generic requirements, for all asbestos work 
    [see (g)(1)]. However, wet methods encompass a range of work practices. 
    For example, when removing material which is bound in a matrix, misting 
    may be appropriate. Removing ACM or PACM which is not so bound, or 
    where deterioration of the ACM has occurred, would require more 
    aggressive wetting.
        Thus, in the paragraph applying to flooring removal, the employer 
    must mist the ``snip point'' used for cutting sheet flooring. For 
    roofing removal, the blades of all powered tools must be continually 
    misted during use. OSHA believes these more specific directions will 
    help insure that work is done protectively.
        OSHA proposed to require use of wet methods to remove sheet floor 
    covering. RFCI guidelines state that floor tile is to be removed by 
    prying up an edge but no mention of the use of water on the floor tile 
    is made. The revised standards require the use of wet methods wherever 
    feasible including operations involving the removal of all floor 
    covering materials known or presumed to contain asbestos. P. Quirk, an 
    asbestos consultant, recommended that ``Floor tile and sheet removal 
    must utilize wet methods for all work'' (Ex. 3-34). A representative of 
    the Resilient Floor and Decorative Covering Union expressed a similar 
    view that ``the floor should be kept adequately wet during the entire 
    operation'' (Ex. 7-37). Based on this support, OSHA has concluded that 
    most flooring removals must be performed using wet methods when 
    feasible and has included this requirement in the final with one 
    exception. The exception allows floor tiles to be removed intact using 
    heat.
    
    Specific Work Practices for Specific Class II Operations
    
        As discussed above, certain precautions are always required for all 
    work under these construction and shipyard standards in paragraph 
    (g)(1). These are HEPA equipped vacuums, wet methods, and prompt 
    disposal of waste and debris. Additional provisions apply to the 
    removal of all Class II material [Paragraph (g)(7)]. These are required 
    critical barriers in designated indoor activities and dropcloths in 
    all.
        OSHA also includes more detailed work practices for specific Class 
    II activities, such as the removal of roofing materials and resilient 
    flooring material. Most of these requirements are more specific 
    applications of general industrial principles for handling dust-
    generating materials, asbestos in particular. OSHA and many 
    participants believe that employers are helped by specific work 
    practice requirements so long as they do not restrict common sense 
    accommodations to unique workplace conditions. The following discussion 
    show the reasons for and support of OSHA's decisions for specific work 
    practices for removal or disturbing ACM or PACM.
    
    Flooring Operations
    
        Flooring operations are separately discussed because of the amount 
    of interest in these activities manifest during the rulemaking, and the 
    prevalence of asbestos-containing flooring materials in buildings. 
    Because of the prevalence of asbestos-containing flooring, the 
    frequency which it is maintained and removed, and the possibility of 
    exposure if improperly done, specific requirements for flooring are 
    needed to reduce significant risk to the extent feasible.
        Removal of asbestos containing flooring materials is a Class II 
    asbestos job. As such, it must be performed using the operation 
    specific controls set out in paragraph (g)(ii)(a), or when called for 
    by an ``exposure assessment using ``alternative'' controls. Additional 
    controls must be used if the employer does not produce a ``negative 
    exposure assessment'' prior to the beginning of the job, if during the 
    job, there is reasonable belief that a permissible exposure level will 
    be exceeded, or if methods are used which are expected to result in 
    flooring material breaking or otherwise removed in a non-intact state. 
    The required controls in large part mirror those of the proposal which 
    were based on work practice recommended by the Resilient Flooring 
    Covering Institute (RFCI). Additional ``non-aggressive'' practices are 
    allowed, in response to supporting data and to commenters such as 
    Michael Murphy of Monsanto who asked that OSHA ``* * * allow the use of 
    other practices which achieve comparable results'' (Ex. 7-125).
        OSHA believes that these provisions are necessary and appropriate 
    to reduce risk to workers who perform this type of activity. The 
    relative level of risk of removing asbestos-containing flooring was 
    considered in the rulemaking. OSHA has not classified asbestos 
    containing flooring as ``high risk.'' The degree of risk from removing 
    these materials depends on the kind of removal activity performed, and 
    on the condition of the material. Data relating to flooring removal 
    show overall lower levels than TSI and surfacing ACM (see e.g., Ex. 7-
    100; 7-132). Thus, EPA recently included resilient floor covering, in 
    its lowest risk category (Category I non-friable ACM). However EPA 
    concluded that ``if these materials are in poor condition and are 
    friable or they are subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting or 
    abrading, they are to be treated as friable asbestos materials (55 FR 
    at 48409). The OSHA record supports these findings.
        Opinions of some asbestos abatement experts familiar with a range 
    of asbestos removal projects agreed with the basis for EPA's and OSHA's 
    classification scheme. Marshall Marcus stated that flooring removals, 
    when well conducted are likely to involve lower exposures than removals 
    of other types of interior asbestos containing materials; whereas Mary 
    Finn emphasized that removing of flooring tile, because it cannot be 
    saturated easily, may, when aggressively removed, result in significant 
    exposures (see testimony of Marshall Marcus, Tr. 3794 and Mary Finn Tr. 
    3765).
        OSHA's approach of requiring those removal methods which are 
    unlikely to elevate exposures was challenged by participants who 
    contended that methods for removing flooring cannot be determined at 
    the beginning of the project. This might occur when employees discover 
    during the project that flooring is resistant to removal. This may be 
    difficult to predict in advance, as pointed out by BCTD (Ex. 143 at 
    155, citing testimony of asbestos contractor and consultant Marshall 
    Marcus, Tr. 3794 and others). OSHA acknowledges that such difficulties 
    may occur. However, as pointed out by Mary Finn, many of the variables 
    contributing to exposures are available for consideration at the 
    inception of the project; ``* * * the predictability of how aggressive 
    one must remove floor tile varies from job to job depending on the age 
    of the particular materials, depending on the wear that it's undergone 
    and depending on the techniques that the particular contractor and his 
    workers might use'' (Tr. 3744).
        Also, OSHA notes that much of the project data submitted show 
    consistency in practices over the entire project. In cases where more 
    aggressive methods are resorted to mid-job, OSHA requires a ``mid-
    course correction:'' a re-evaluation of the exposure potential by the 
    competent person, and the installation of additional controls if the 
    projection is that the exposures will exceed the PEL.
        Most ``aggressive'' techniques, such as ``shot-blasting'' may be 
    used only after an evaluation showed that less aggressive methods are 
    not feasible. Even if the evaluation of the ``aggressive'' method shows 
    exposures will be below the PEL, the employees must still install 
    critical barriers or otherwise isolate the removal operation [paragraph 
    (g)(4)(i)(B)(2)], and employees must wear respirators. This is required 
    regardless of when such ``aggressive'' methods were used, at the 
    inception, or mid-way into a removal job.
        Specific ``non-aggressive'' control methods are allowed and 
    preferred for removing flooring materials (tile, sheet, and mastics) 
    which contain asbestos and those materials for which the employer/
    building owner has not verified the absence of asbestos. The controls 
    are ``non-aggressive'' work practices, and include the practices which 
    under OSHA's proposal would have allowed an exemption from the 
    requirement to erect a negative pressure enclosure for flooring 
    material removal (see 55 FR at 29719).
        OSHA did not propose to require employers to assume that vinyl or 
    asphalt tile or resilient flooring was asbestos containing, although 
    the RFCI recommended that such an assumption be made. OSHA asked for 
    comments on this issue.
        Several industrial hygienists agreed that the recommendation should 
    be followed. For example, David Kirby, industrial hygienist, Oak Ridge 
    National Laboratory, testified that an ongoing survey of ORNL 
    facilities showed that ``90 percent of our floor tile either contained 
    asbestos or the mastic material that's used to attach them to the 
    floors contained asbestos.'' Mr. Kirby recommended that it's ``prudent 
    to * * * assume that all floor tile materials contain asbestos, unless 
    you can prove the contrary * * *'' (Tr. 124-125). According to Mr. 
    Kirby, negating the presence of asbestos content in flooring material 
    entails a complex and expensive process; ``taking those materials, 
    having them ashed, using high temperature ashing techniques, and then 
    the residue could be analyzed by transmission electron microscopy.'' 
    Other evidence in the record indicated the prevalence of asbestos 
    containing flooring material. An EPA 1988 survey, cited in the HEI 
    report, reported that 42% of public and commercial buildings within the 
    U.S. contain asbestos containing floor tile (Ex. 1-344).
        A review of the comments and evidence demonstrates that there is a 
    high degree of prevalence of asbestos-containing flooring and that 
    there are diagnostic difficulties in identifying asbestos fibers in 
    flooring material. Consequently, OSHA is changing its approach and the 
    final standard provides that the employers shall assume in removing 
    flooring that it contains asbestos and take the specific precautions 
    unless the employer demonstrates that the flooring materials are not 
    asbestos-containing. Such a showing must be based on analysis which is 
    likely to reveal the asbestos content of the flooring material, the 
    backing and the mastic. No one protocol for analysis is specified, but 
    the standard requires that a certified industrial hygienist (CIH) or 
    project designer certify the analytical results.
        OSHA believes that the final standard's provisions relating to 
    flooring removal are more comprehensive and protective than the 
    proposal's. There, an exemption for flooring removals from the NPE 
    requirement was conditioned merely on compliance with certain work 
    practices recommended by the Resilient Floor Covering Institute (RFCI). 
    These practices included a prohibition of sanding of floor or backing, 
    use of a HEPA vacuum cleaner before and after removal, prohibition of 
    dry sweeping, application of new material over old tiles without 
    removal if possible, wet removal of residual felt, and bagging and 
    disposal of waste in 6 mil plastic containers. The new final provisions 
    allow removal to be performed by these methods, but also allow various 
    heating methods to be used, or any other means of loosening floor 
    tiles, without breakage. Unlike the proposal, an employer cannot 
    proceed without negative air or critical barriers, merely using non-
    aggressive work practices and wet methods, unless his pre-job 
    evaluation shows that similar floor removals (in the same building or 
    of the same materials and mastics) were successfully completed by work 
    crews with adequate training and experience in working under these 
    conditions.
        OSHA noted in the proposal that data provided by RFCI showed that 
    where jobs followed their recommended practices, mean exposures to 
    workers were between 0.0045 and 0.03 f/cc for workers performing floor 
    tile removal, removal of resilient sheet flooring, or removal of 
    cutback adhesive. During the rulemaking, additional data were submitted 
    showing exposure levels during flooring removals. David Kirby, OSHA 
    witness from Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) said that he has used 
    the RFCI work practices successfully, maintaining personal sampling 
    fiber levels at an average of 0.0075 f/cc (range 0.001 to 0.029) (Tr. 
    99). When asked what additional precautions were taken at his 
    facilities during these operations, he replied that ``we do use 
    regulated areas in the sense that we don't allow anyone in the area as 
    we're doing the work, and we also require workers to wear respiratory 
    protection as they're doing this activity, but yet we don't feel like 
    there is * * * a need for negative pressure enclosures.'' (Tr. 124). 
    BCTD, in its post-hearing brief argued that the RFCI methods 
    specifically, and ``non-aggressive'' flooring removal methods 
    generally, do not always result in exposure levels which are acceptable 
    (Ex. 143). It cited various studies or project results submitted to the 
    record. Some of these results were given in terms of structures per 
    square centimeter, a convention of TEM. For example, Richard Kelly of 
    Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory objected to allowing the use of 
    RFCI methods to control asbestos exposure during removal of asbestos 
    containing mastic (Ex. 11, #22). He reported that during removals in 
    which only the mastic contained asbestos, he had measured (by TEM) 
    fiber levels of 33 s/cc during dry power chipping of VAT and 0.9 s/cc 
    during wet hand removal in what he called a ``real-world application of 
    the RFCI procedures.'' He noted that the floor was not pre-vacuumed nor 
    was a heat gun used as described in the recommended practices. Under 
    its AHERA rule, EPA defines ``structure'' as a microscopic bundle, 
    cluster, fiber or matrix which may contain asbestos. OSHA notes that 
    such structures may be smaller and/or thinner than the asbestos fibers 
    required to be counted under the OSHA reference method. A general 
    summary of the results of these studies shows that most of the exposure 
    levels were below the proposed PELs when measured using the OSHA 
    reference method (e. g., Gobbell, 1991, exposure range, 0.01 to 0.035: 
    AT &T, 1990, non-detected to 0.019).
        Some other studies of floor removals entered into the record showed 
    higher exposure levels of ``structures'' as detected by TEM, and 
    defined by EPA. As noted above, counts of structures are not comparable 
    to fiber counts, and OSHA believes that most ``structure'' counts 
    result in significantly higher fiber counts than would be counted by 
    PCM.
        A related issue is whether flooring material should be analyzed by 
    TEM, rather than by PCM. As pointed out by BCTD and other participants, 
    floor tile tends to generate smaller fibers which often cannot be 
    detected under PCM; and TEM detects these shorter asbestos fibers (and 
    the thinner asbestos fibers, which PCM cannot distinguish [Ex. 143, p. 
    147 citing Tr. 3468; Tr 3751, Tr. 3279, Tr. 473-474]. In the 1986 
    rulemaking OSHA considered the issue of the relative toxicity of short 
    asbestos fibers, which were not required to be counted under the OSHA 
    definition of ``fiber.'' Then, the Agency stated that ``* * * animal 
    studies * * * in particular the recent work by Dr. Davis, point to a 
    clear relationship between fiber dimension and disease potential. The 
    finding in these studies that thin fibers, (having an aspect ratio of 
    at least 3:1) greater than 5 m in length are associated with 
    elevated incidence of cancer and lung fibrosis is also consistent with 
    current knowledge regarding lung clearance mechanisms, i.e., that 
    shorter fibers are easily phagocytized and removed from lung tissue'' 
    (51 FR at 22613). Dosages used in OSHA's risk assessment extrapolated 
    from studies of human exposure, attempted to transform or reconstruct 
    fiber counts to correlate with fiber counts using current conventions 
    of counting fibers only longer than 5 m, using PCM. Similar to 
    the conclusions reached by OSHA in the preamble to its 1986 asbestos 
    rule, the HEI report of 1991 found that ``experimental results 
    described in this review indicate that short fiber preparations have a 
    lower toxicity than long fiber preparations, but do not exclude their 
    contribution to the lesions caused by the smaller number of long fibers 
    in the tail of the fiber length distribution * * * individual fibers 
    shorter than approximately 5 m appear to possess much less 
    toxicity than those longer than 5 m'' (Ex. 1-344, p. 6-76).
        The HEI Report also noted that the exposure-response relationship 
    reported in the literature which served as the basis for estimation of 
    risk had exposure expressed in terms of fibers greater than 5 
    m in length ( Ex. 1-344). These aspects of OSHA's risk 
    assessment, and counting protocols were not challenged in the 
    litigation following the 1986 rules, therefore were not remanded to 
    OSHA for reconsideration in the Court of Appeal's 1988 decision. The 
    only study submitted in its entirety, (see Freed et al, Ex. 143 at Att. 
    B), is of limited relevance; it is a case study, which was undertaken 
    to show that asbestos fiber may produce DIP (desquamative interstitial 
    pneumonia) as well as asbestosis. The authors note that ``although over 
    90% of the 820 million fibers of wet lung tissue were 3 m or 
    less in length, sufficient numbers of fibers greater than 5 m 
    in length were present, which could also account for the tissue 
    response'' (Ex. 143, Att B at 332). Resolution of whether short or long 
    fibers are counted is not necessary for the purposes of this revised 
    standard, because OSHA finds that work practices and controls are 
    needed when working on floors regardless of the measurement method 
    used. OSHA does not change its conclusion and retains the provisions 
    that airborne asbestos measurements taken during flooring operations 
    shall use the same methodology as in the 1986 standard.
        The Agency's analysis of data submitted showing exposure levels 
    during flooring removal, shows a general correlation between lower 
    levels and ``non-aggressive'' methods, and higher levels and 
    ``aggressive methods.'' For example, Mary Finn of Chart Services, an 
    asbestos consulting company, testified that ``if breakage is minimized, 
    obviously exposures are going to go down'' (Tr. 3765). Ms. Finn 
    submitted area sampling data from flooring removal operations which had 
    a mean of 0.056 f/cc as an 8-hour time-weighted average (Ex. 9-18). She 
    also presented data on area TEM counts taken during four operations 
    involving drilling through VAT--the mean for the four samples was 0.3 
    structures/cc (2 samples were below the limit of detection and one 
    value was 1.01 f/cc), while all four samples were below the limit of 
    detection when measured by PCM. BCTD cited various studies showing high 
    fiber levels during flooring removal (Ex. 143 at 151-153). One, the 
    Cook data, showed some high short term levels on one job, it was 
    unclear what work practices were used, other jobs done by the same firm 
    showed exposure values less than the PELs (see Ex. 35 and 119S). The 
    Rosby data showed short term data which were well within the PEL 
    excursion limit (Ex. 119 U). Other data pointed to by BCTD as 
    indicating the unreliability of exposure reductions using non-
    aggressive methods, merely shows that EPA clearance levels were not 
    achieved (Ex. 7-132), that exceedances were possible (Ex. 7-137 [it is 
    noted that an exposure of .11 f/cc is considered in compliance with 
    OSHA's PEL, and that TEM fiber counts were elevated (Ex. 119T)].
        In addition to the Environ data contracted for and submitted by 
    RFCI and Armstrong, which was interpreted differently by the submitter 
    and by BCTD, these and other interested parties submitted additional 
    data showing exposure levels during various kinds of asbestos-
    containing flooring removal. Low exposure levels were obtained in a New 
    York State Department of Health Study, for floor tile removal using 
    automated infrared heating, (followed by hand scraping)(see Ex. 7-100). 
    As noted above, OSHA is allowing removal to be performed using heat, so 
    long as tiles are not broken during the removal process. Under contract 
    with EPA, PEI Associates performed a study which was described in a 
    report entitled ``Evaluation of Tile and Mastic Removal at Fort Sill'' 
    (Ex. 1-330). TEM was used to measure fiber levels resulting from use of 
    several different methods to remove tile and/or mastic. They found that 
    ``airborne asbestos levels averaged 0.135 structures per cubic 
    centimeter (s/cc) during dry tile removal, 0.066 s/cc during wet tile 
    removal, 0.247 s/cc during removal of mastic using citric acid and 
    towels and 0.326 s/cc during sand machine mastic removals. No PCM 
    measurements were presented, and the proportion of the TEM-measured 
    fibers exceeding 5 m in length was not reported.
        The question of whether a negative pressure enclosure should be 
    required for floor tile removal, was considered during the rulemaking. 
    Some participants, including asbestos abatement consultant, Marshall 
    Marcus recommended negative pressure enclosures as a matter of course 
    for asbestos containing flooring removal (See e.g., Tr. 3796 and Ex. 7-
    37, 7-92). OSHA notes that its final rule now requires bystander 
    protection, when excessive exposure levels are measured or expected. 
    The questionable benefits to flooring removal employees of working 
    within a enclosure are discussed in the general discussion on NPEs in 
    this preamble. OSHA also notes that some exposure data submitted 
    concerning flooring removal exposure levels, contained relatively high 
    exposures for work within enclosures (see e.g., Ex. 7-134A) and that 
    removing flooring using dry ice in a negative pressure enclosure can 
    result in toxic buildups within the enclosure (see Tr. 202). Therefore 
    OSHA is not generally requiring flooring removal to be done within 
    NPEs. However, where flooring material is removed using ``aggressive 
    methods,'' higher fiber levels have been reported, at least as measured 
    by TEM (see Ex 11, #22 and 9-18). The Agency concludes that the use of 
    aggressive floor removal techniques in which the material is not 
    removed intact, such as mechanical chipping of floor tile and shot-
    blast removal of mastic, are likely to result in the release of larger 
    amounts of fibers and must be performed within negative-pressure 
    enclosures or the equivalent. EPA has concluded similarly:
    
        Removal of VAT (or other known or assumed ACM flooring or its 
    adhesive) which involves sanding, grinding, mechanical chipping, 
    drilling, cutting or abrading the material has a high probability of 
    rendering the material friable and capable of releasing asbestos 
    fibers. Therefore, removal projects which employ any of these 
    techniques (other than small-scale-short-duration) must be conducted 
    as response actions, including use of a project designer, accredited 
    persons, and air clearance (55 FR 48409).
    
    In response to concerns that the RFCI work practices will not be 
    followed, it should be pointed out that the alternate to their use is 
    full enclosure of the operation which is likely to be considered more 
    burdensome than the work practices.
    
    Transite Removal
    
        Removal of transite panels is considered a Class II activity in 
    this revised standard. As such, they are required to be removed using 
    certain practices and controls. These are: the intact removal of 
    transite panels; the use of wet methods followed by wrapping of the 
    panels in plastic; and the lowering of panels to the ground without 
    breakage. These provisions are in essence the same one proposed by OSHA 
    in 1990 when allowing an exemption from the NPE requirements. The 1990 
    proposal presented the comments of OSHA field personnel which suggested 
    that removal of transite panels, without regard to quantity, should be 
    exempt from the negative-pressure enclosure requirement as long as the 
    transite is removed without cutting or otherwise abrading the material 
    (Ex. 1-59). This suggestion was supported by numerous participants (Ex. 
    7-6, 7-9, 7-23, 7-42, 7-43, 7-47, 7-52, 7-62, 7-63, 7-74, 7-79, 7-86, 
    7-95, 7-99, 7-103, 7-106, 7-108, 7-111, 7-112, 7-125, 7-128, 7-134, 7-
    144, 7-146, 7-140).
        Additional work practices such as wrapping panels and lowering them 
    intact, were suggested in this proceeding and are incorporated in the 
    revised standards [see comments of Robert Welch of Columbia Gas System 
    who recommended wrapping intact transite panels in sheeting and 
    lowering them intact to the ground avoiding breakage (Ex. 7-23); and, 
    comments of Edward Karpetian of the Los Angeles Department of Power and 
    Water, who recommended that in addition, the material be HEPA vacuumed 
    and wrapped (Ex. 7-42)]. As noted in prior discussion of the general 
    provisions covering construction activities, negative pressure 
    enclosures are not required for Class II activities, unless they are 
    performed along with a Class I activity for which an NPE is required.
        The rulemaking record contains strong evidence showing low 
    exposures resulting from transite panel removal when appropriate work 
    practices are followed. The submission of the American Paper Institute 
    and the National Forest Products Association contained sampling data 
    taken during the removal of transite panels from paper machine hoods 
    (Ex. 7-74). Wet methods were used and the area was regulated. Personal 
    and area samples were well below 0.1 f/cc, with the 23 personal samples 
    having an average of 0.012 f/cc (not time-weighted). Rose Simpson of 
    Lubrizol stated that ``area monitoring samples taken during transite 
    removal operations at our facilities indicate exposure levels well 
    below the current 0.2 f/cc and the proposed 0.1 f/cc limits'' (Ex. 7-
    86). OSHA witness David Kirby of Oak Ridge National Laboratory stated 
    in his comments that personal air monitoring during transite panel 
    removal resulted in average fiber level of 0.008 f/cc (8 hr. TWA) (Ex. 
    7-111). And in a post-hearing submission (Ex. 105), he presented the 
    fiber levels (measured by PCM) generated during non-enclosed transite 
    removal performed wet at ORNL, which ranged from <0.031 to=""><0.082 f/cc="" (mean="0.058" f/cc)="" (see="" also="" ex.="" 140,="" where="" the="" dow="" chemical="" company="" claimed="" transite="" removal="" real="" time="" levels="" did="" not="" exceed="" 0.07="" f/c).="" as="" described="" above,="" most="" data="" show="" that="" if="" performed="" intact,="" transite="" removal="" will="" result="" in="" exposures="" well="" below="" the="" pels.="" some="" evidence,="" however,="" was="" presented="" showing="" exceedances.="" paul="" heffernan="" of="" kaselaan="" &="" d'angelo="" associates,="" inc.="" stated:="" *="" *="" *="" removal="" of="" transite="" panels="" which="" are="" not="" cut="" or="" broken="" should="" not="" be="" generically="" allowed.="" many="" transite="" panels="" used="" in="" interior="" wall="" construction="" consist="" of="" very="" rough="" inner="" surfaces="" from="" which="" asbestos="" fiber="" is="" readily="" released="" into="" the="" air.="" kaselaan="" &="" d'angelo="" associates="" has="" monitored="" the="" removal="" of="" 18''="" by="" 36''="" transite="" panels="" which="" were="" held="" in="" place="" with="" screws.="" the="" transite="" panels="" were="" removed="" intact="" by="" removing="" the="" screws="" and="" lifting="" the="" relatively="" small="" panels="" to="" the="" floor="" where="" they="" were="" placed="" in="" boxes.="" the="" exposed="" surface="" of="" each="" panel="" was="" first="" wet="" with="" amended="" water="" before="" removing="" the="" screws.="" the="" job="" was="" performed="" within="" negative="" pressure="" containment.="" airborne="" fiber="" levels="" exceeding="" 1.0="" f/cc="" were="" measured.="" transite="" panel="" removal="" has="" potential="" for="" fiber="" release="" even="" when="" the="" panels="" are="" not="" broken="" (ex.="" 7-36).="" as="" noted="" above="" in="" the="" flooring="" material="" discussion,="" osha="" is="" requiring="" job="" by="" job="" evaluation="" of="" each="" class="" ii="" job,="" including="" transite="" panel="" removal="" projects,="" by="" a="" competent="" person,="" as="" part="" of="" the="" requirements="" to="" perform="" an="" initial="" exposure="" assessment.="" as="" detailed="" above,="" the="" data="" submitted="" to="" the="" record="" show="" that="" transite="" panel="" removal="" without="" cutting="" usually="" results="" in="" very="" low="" exposure="" levels.="" building="" and="" facility="" records="" of="" past="" removals="" of="" similar="" material="" will="" alert="" on-site="" competent="" persons="" to="" the="" exposure="" potential="" of="" the="" panels="" in="" their="" facilities.="" for="" rare="" cases,="" when="" the="" evaluation="" of="" material,="" condition,="" crew="" and="" past="" exposure="" data="" do="" not="" support="" a="" ``negative="" exposure="" assessment,''="" (i.e.,="" that="" excessive="" exposures="" may="" be="" expected),="" additional="" precautions="" are="" required="" by="" the="" standard,="" including="" critical="" barriers,="" and="" respirator="" use.="" osha="" believes="" that="" these="" provisions="" will="" protect="" employees="" against="" significant="" exposures,="" are="" feasible,="" and="" are="" supported="" by="" the="" record.="" in="" particular="" osha="" finds="" that="" quantity="" limitations="" on="" transite="" panel="" removal="" would="" not="" tend="" to="" reduce="" risk,="" and="" in="" some="" cases="" may="" increase="" fiber="" levels.="" for="" example,="" richard="" olson="" of="" dow="" co.="" pointed="" out="" that="" if="" transite="" panel="" removal="" were="" to="" be="" exempted="" from="" the="" negative="" pressure="" enclosure="" requirement="" and="" the="" cutoff="" remained="" at="" 9="" square="" feet="" as="" proposed,="" it="" would="" be="" necessary="" to="" cut="" nearly="" every="" piece="" of="" material="" removed="" or="" always="" use="" a="" negative-pressure="" enclosure="" (ex.="" 7-103).="" cementitious="" asbestos-containing="" siding="" (cacs)="" the="" removal="" of="" cementitious="" asbestos-containing="" siding="" is="" a="" class="" ii="" activity.="" osha="" is="" requiring="" the="" same="" work="" practices="" for="" shingle="" removal="" as="" for="" transite="" panel="" removal.="" osha="" did="" not="" propose="" specific="" work="" practices="" for="" removal="" of="" cacs,="" either="" to="" exempt="" this="" activity="" from="" the="" negative="" pressure="" enclosure="" requirement="" or="" to="" qualify="" as="" a="" sssd="" activity.="" however,="" many="" participants="" representing="" a="" wide="" spectrum="" of="" interests,="" including="" states,="" federal="" agencies,="" and="" asbestos="" industry="" organizations,="" recommended="" that="" osha="" exempt="" cacs="" removal="" from="" the="" requirement="" to="" establish="" negative-pressure="" enclosures;="" (see="" e.g.="" asbestos="" coordinator="" for="" florida="" (ex.="" 7-6);="" navy="" office="" of="" chief="" of="" operations="" (ex.="" 7-52);="" asbestos="" information="" association/north="" america="" (ex.="" 7-120);="" new="" york="" city="" department="" of="" environmental="" protection="" (ex.="" 126);="" and,="" the="" army="" corps="" of="" engineers="" who="" also="" submitted="" the="" data="" from="" a="" study="" of="" fiber="" levels="" generated="" during="" cacs="" removals="" ex.="" 1-307).="" in="" the="" army="" corps="" of="" engineers'="" study="" cited="" above,="" three="" mechanical="" cacs="" asbestos="" removal="" methods="" and="" the="" manual="" method="" were="" evaluated="" by="" monitoring="" during="" removal="" of="" the="" siding.="" the="" three="" methods="" were:="" 1)="" super="" wet:="" the="" siding="" was="" thoroughly="" wetted="" with="" water="" on="" the="" outfacing="" and="" back="" side;="" 2)="" mist:="" a="" measured="" amount="" of="" water="" was="" applied="" to="" the="" outfacing="" side="" of="" the="" siding="" only;="" and,="" 3)="" encapsulation:="" an="" epa-="" approved="" commercially="" available="" encapsulant="" was="" applied="" at="" or="" above="" the="" recommended="" application="" rate.="" these="" removals="" took="" place="" inside="" enclosures="" and="" the="" hand="" method="" was="" also="" evaluated.="" samples="" were="" measured="" using="" tem="" and="" results="" of="" area="" samples="" indicated="" all="" were="" less="" than="" 0.005="" or="" below="" the="" limit="" of="" detection.="" two="" personal="" samples="" taken="" ``while="" removing="" cement-asbestos="" siding="" shingles="" from="" building="" 523''="" yielded="" 8="" hour="" time-weighted="" averages="" of="" 0.008="" and="" 0.012="" f/cc.="" other="" data="" show="" low="" exposures="" during="" cacs="" removal.="" one="" where="" approximately="" 110,000="" square="" feet,="" in="" total="" of="" cacs="" were="" moved="" from="" 43="" college="" campus="" dormitory="" buildings="" prior="" to="" demolition.="" the="" average="" bulk="" analysis="" of="" the="" cacs="" was="" 17%.="" no="" outdoor="" area="" samples="" were="" higher="" than="" 0.01="" f/cc="" by="" pcm="" for="" the="" duration="" of="" the="" project.="" the="" 80="" personal="" samples="" collected="" during="" the="" project="" had="" an="" arithmetic="" average="" of="" 0.049="" f/cc="" with="" a="" standard="" deviation="" of="" 0.041.="" the="" geometric="" mean="" was="" 0.04="" f/="" cc="" with="" not="" tem="" data="" available="" (ex.="" 7-132a).="" the="" study="" authors="" concluded="" that="" ``cacs="" removal,="" even="" though="" outside="" where="" dilution="" is="" assumed="" significant,="" should="" be="" done="" carefully,="" using="" as="" a="" minimum="" the="" abatement="" techniques="" described="" in="" this="" paper.''="" these="" included="" wetting,="" dropcloths,="" and="" a="" 20-foot="" wide="" regulated="" area.="" osha="" agrees="" and="" believes="" that="" the="" methods="" required="" by="" the="" standard="" will="" reduce="" risk="" significantly="" for="" exposed="" workers.="" results="" of="" this="" study="" and="" others="" show="" that="" cacs="" removal="" can="" be="" performed="" using="" work="" practices="" which="" minimize="" exposure="" to="" workers="" and="" that="" containment="" in="" npes="" is="" neither="" necessary="" or="" appropriate="" in="" most="" cases="" to="" protect="" the="" workers="" performing="" the="" removals="" or="" working="" nearby.="" however,="" it="" is="" clear="" that="" class="" ii="" work="" practices="" are="" necessary="" to="" keep="" exposures="" low.="" osha="" has="" coupled="" cacs="" removal="" with="" transite="" panel="" removal="" in="" the="" regulatory="" provisions="" establishing="" mandatory="" work="" practices="" for="" the="" removal="" of="" these="" materials.="" roofing="" operations="" the="" final="" construction="" standard="" classifies="" removal="" of="" roofing="" material="" which="" contains="" asbestos="" as="" a="" class="" ii="" operation.="" as="" such,="" specific="" exposure="" assessment="" and="" work="" practices="" must="" be="" performed.="" the="" record="" shows="" that="" these="" work="" practices="" can="" be="" feasibly="" implemented="" and="" are="" necessary="" to="" effectively="" reduce="" airborne="" asbestos="" levels="" from="" roofing="" removal="" projects.="" they="" consist="" of="" continual="" misting="" of="" cutting="" machines="" during="" use,="" keeping="" roofing="" materials="" intact="" during="" removal,="" using="" wet="" methods,="" immediately="" lowering="" unwrapped="" or="" unbagged="" roofing="" material="" to="" a="" covered="" receptacle="" using="" a="" dust-tight="" chute,="" or="" immediately="" wrapping="" roofing="" material="" in="" plastic="" sheeting,="" and="" lowering="" it="" to="" ground="" by="" the="" end="" of="" the="" work="" shift.="" in="" addition,="" unless="" the="" employer="" can="" demonstrate="" that="" it="" is="" not="" feasible,="" the="" roof="" level="" heating="" and="" ventilation="" air="" intake="" and="" discharge="" sources="" must="" be="" isolated,="" hepa="" filtered,="" or="" extended="" beyond="" the="" regulated="" area,="" or="" mechanical="" systems="" must="" be="" shut="" down="" and="" vents="" sealed="" with="" 6="" mil="" plastic.="" osha="" has="" taken="" into="" account="" concerns="" that="" isolating="" air="" intakes="" may="" cause="" heat="" build-up="" in="" the="" building="" (ex.="" 7-="" 7).="" as="" for="" all="" class="" ii="" work,="" respirators="" must="" be="" worn="" if="" material="" cannot="" be="" removed="" in="" an="" intact="" state,="" or="" if="" wet="" methods="" are="" not="" used.="" in="" addition,="" regulated="" areas="" must="" be="" established="" pursuant="" to="" the="" provisions="" of="" paragraph="" (e).="" these="" provisions="" are="" similar="" to="" the="" conditions="" proposed="" by="" osha="" which="" would="" have="" allowed="" an="" exemption="" from="" the="" proposed="" negative="" pressure="" enclosure="" requirement="" providing="" implementation="" of="" specific="" control="" methods="" which="" would="" have="" applied="" to="" all="" non-exempt="" removal="" jobs.="" in="" the="" proposal,="" the="" agency="" stated="" that="" it="" did="" not="" believe="" that="" requiring="" use="" of="" negative="" pressure="" enclosures="" on="" roofs="" would="" result="" in="" more="" than="" a="" de="" minimis="" benefit="" to="" workers="" removing="" roofing="" or="" to="" other="" employees="" in="" their="" vicinity.="" that="" the="" safety="" hazards="" which="" might="" be="" imposed="" by="" their="" use="" on="" roofs="" would="" outweigh="" the="" benefits="" (55="" fr="" at="" 29719).="" the="" agency="" proposed="" that="" employers="" engaged="" in="" roofing="" operations="" take="" additional="" steps="" to="" reduce="" employee="" exposure="" to="" asbestos.="" these="" steps="" included="" use="" of="" dust-tight="" chutes="" to="" lower="" debris="" from="" the="" roof="" to="" the="" ground,="" or="" immediate="" bagging="" and="" lowering="" of="" debris="" rather="" than="" dumping="" it="" from="" a="" height.="" wetting="" would="" also="" be="" required="" where="" feasible="" to="" reduce="" contamination.="" the="" agency="" felt="" that="" these="" measures="" had="" been="" shown="" to="" be="" effective="" in="" reducing="" employee="" and="" bystander="" exposures="" during="" roofing="" operations.="" there="" was="" general="" support="" for="" the="" exemption="" of="" roofing="" operations="" from="" the="" npe="" requirement="" (ex.="" 7-1,="" 7-12,="" 7927,="" 7-36,="" 7-39,="" 7-43,="" 7-52,="" 7-95).="" bctd="" acknowledged="" that="" negative-pressure="" enclosures="" are="" infeasible="" for="" most="" roofing="" operations.="" osha="" also="" believes="" that="" categorizing="" roofing="" removals="" as="" class="" ii="" work="" is="" well="" supported="" by="" the="" record.="" some="" data="" show="" exceedances="" of="" the="" new="" pel="" in="" roofing="" operations="" (see="" ex.="" 9-34="" qq,="" cited="" by="" bctd,="" ex.="" 143="" at="" 135).="" other="" data="" show="" roofing="" removals,="" where="" proper="" work="" practices="" are="" followed,="" generate="" low="" exposure="" levels,="" e.g.,="" data="" submitted="" by="" ncra,="" collected="" by="" sri="" shows="" many="" exposures="" were="" below="" the="" revised="" pel,="" most="" jobs="" used="" wet="" methods="" (ex.="" 9-31a).="" a="" health="" survey="" submitted="" by="" the="" bctd="" showed="" asbestos="" related="" diseases="" and="" deaths="" among="" roofers="" in="" the="" period="" from="" 1976-1989="" (ex.="" 119="" qq).="" that="" study="" is="" evidence="" that="" proper="" protective="" practices="" are="" necessary="" to="" protect="" workers.="" however,="" diseases="" resulted="" from="" past="" exposures="" both="" removing="" and="" installing="" asbestos-containing="" roofing="" without="" protective="" requirements="" and="" do="" not="" necessarily="" predict="" worker="" health="" from="" lower="" exposures="" resulting="" primarily="" from="" removal="" work="" performed="" more="" protectively.="" in="" addition="" participants="" supported="" required="" work="" practices="" (see="" ex.="" 7-120,="" 7-132,="" 7-36).="" bctd="" preferred="" adoption="" by="" osha="" of="" the="" recommendations="" made="" by="" the="" labor="" representatives="" of="" accsh="" which="" are="" more="" rigorous="" than="" the="" work="" practices="" proposed="" by="" osha.="" the="" additional="" practices="" would="" include:="" establishing="" the="" entire="" roof="" as="" a="" regulated="" area;="" cutting="" or="" removing="" acm="" using="" hand="" methods="" whenever="" possible;="" equipping="" all="" powered="" tools="" with="" a="" hepa="" vacuum="" system="" or="" a="" misting="" device;="" hepa="" vacuuming="" all="" loose="" dust="" left="" by="" the="" sawing="" operation;="" and,="" isolating="" all="" roof-level="" air="" intake="" and="" discharge="" sources,="" or="" shutting="" down="" all="" mechanical="" systems="" and="" sealing="" off="" all="" outside="" vents="" using="" two="" layers="" of="" 6="" mil="" polyethylene="" (ex.="" 34).="" as="" noted="" above,="" osha="" has="" adopted="" most="" of="" these="" additional="" work="" practices="" in="" the="" final="" regulations.="" osha="" is="" not="" requiring="" the="" entire="" roof="" to="" be="" designated="" as="" a="" regulated="" area:="" the="" portion="" to="" be="" removed="" may="" be="" a="" small="" part="" of="" the="" entire="" roof.="" the="" regulated="" area="" should="" encompass="" that="" portion="" of="" the="" roof="" where="" dust="" and="" debris="" from="" the="" removal="" is="" likely="" to="" accumulate.="" one="" issue="" concerning="" required="" controls="" is="" whether="" osha="" should="" prohibit="" power="" cutting="" on="" roofing="" materials="" containing="" asbestos.="" information="" in="" the="" record="" is="" inconclusive="" on="" whether="" power="" cutting="" usually="" results="" in="" higher="" exposure="" levels="" than="" hand="" cutting.="" a="" representative="" of="" the="" national="" roofing="" contractors="" association="" (nrca)="" testified="" that="" ``we're="" finding="" extremely="" low="" readings="" (on="" the="" power="" cutter);="" *="" *="" *="" it="" appears="" to="" us="" that="" the="" cutting="" of="" the="" material="" seals="" the="" edges="" because="" of="" the="" heat="" of="" the="" blade="" of="" the="" cutter,="" mixing="" with="" the="" asphalt''="" (tr.="" 2427).="" other="" data="" were="" submitted="" to="" show="" that="" power="" cutting="" elevates="" asbestos="" fiber="" levels="" compared="" to="" hand="" cutting;="" however="" osha="" believes="" that="" some="" of="" these="" conclusions="" may="" overstate="" the="" results="" of="" limited="" experimentation.="" for="" example,="" one="" study="" was="" presented="" as="" suggesting="" that="" power="" cutting="" elevated="" fiber="" levels="" over="" hand="" cutting="" (ex="" 1-357).="" osha="" regards="" this="" study="" as="" not="" definitive.="" the="" differences="" in="" fiber="" levels="" in="" the="" breathing="" zones="" of="" workers="" were="" only="" marginally="" statistically="" significant,="" and="" there="" was="" another="" variable="" in="" the="" study's="" protocol="" which="" may="" have="" effected="" the="" outcome.="" osha="" recognizes="" the="" bound="" nature="" of="" the="" asbestos="" in="" most="" roofing="" materials,="" however,="" it="" also="" understands="" the="" physical="" principles="" involved="" in="" cutting="" of="" these="" materials="" and="" that="" such="" actions="" release="" fibers.="" because="" of="" this="" mixed="" record,="" osha="" concludes="" that="" no="" prohibition="" of="" power="" cutting="" is="" called="" for="" as="" long="" as="" the="" other="" specified="" precautions="" including="" misting="" are="" carefully="" followed.="" the="" standard="" allows="" power="" cutting,="" but="" also="" requires="" that="" sections="" of="" roofing="" material="" shall="" be="" cut="" into="" the="" largest="" pieces="" which="" can="" be="" feasibly="" handled="" for="" disposal="" pursuant="" to="" the="" standard.="" requiring="" misting="" of="" power="" tools="" in="" all="" situations="" except="" where="" a="" competent="" person="" determines="" that="" misting="" may="" decrease="" safety="" is="" expected="" to="" help="" reduce="" exposure="" levels="" from="" power="" cutting.="" the="" general="" requirement="" that="" all="" asbestos="" work="" be="" performed="" wet,="" unless="" the="" employer="" can="" demonstrate="" lack="" of="" feasibility="" applies="" to="" roofing="" operations.="" a="" discussion="" of="" this="" provision="" is="" found="" above="" in="" the="" discussion="" on="" paragraph="" (g)(1)(i)(b).="" as="" noted="" there,="" ``flooding''="" is="" not="" required;="" ``misting''="" of="" cut="" areas="" is="" sufficient="" to="" control="" dust.="" osha="" believes="" that="" these="" precautions="" are="" necessary="" to="" protect="" employees="" who="" remove="" roofing="" materials="" against="" elevated="" exposures="" in="" normal="" circumstances.="" the="" record="" shows,="" however,="" that="" elevated="" exposures="" may="" occur="" where="" damaged="" or="" friable="" roofing="" material="" is="" removed.="" [see="" sri="" report,="" recommending="" the="" use="" of="" respirators="" where="" roofing="" material="" is="" ``uncharacterized="" and="" aged''="" (ex.="" 9-31a="" at="" 20)].="" under="" such="" circumstances,="" the="" competent="" person's="" determination="" must="" be="" that="" the="" normal="" precautions="" are="" not="" sufficient.="" steven="" phillips,="" counsel="" to="" the="" ncra="" agreed:="" ``(w)hen="" you're="" working="" with="" uncharacterized="" and="" aged="" roofing="" materials,="" that="" is="" *="" *="" *="" where="" you="" have="" no="" idea="" what="" the="" exposures="" may="" be="" because="" you="" have="" no="" historical="" data;="" you="" haven't="" worked="" with="" that="" particular="" material;="" *="" *="" *="" (there="" are)="" the="" normal="" osha="" requirements="" of="" doing="" initial="" job="" site="" monitoring="" and="" having="" respirators="" until="" you="" have="" good,="" reliable,="" job="" site="" monitoring''="" (tr.="" 2463).="" in="" such="" atypical="" circumstances,="" additional="" precautions,="" including="" respirator="" use="" and="" more="" extensive="" wetting,="" will="" be="" necessary.="" nrca's="" objection="" to="" the="" routine="" use="" of="" respirators="" on="" roofing="" jobs,="" as="" recommended="" by="" bctd,="" was="" based="" on="" its="" view="" that="" respirator="" use="" on="" roofs="" often="" compromises="" worker="" safety,="" because="" respirators="" reduce="" ``downward="" visibility''="" of="" the="" wearer="" (tr.="" 2463).="" osha="" agrees="" that="" in="" some="" roofing="" conditions,="" limitations="" from="" wearing="" respirators="" might="" occur.="" when="" respirator="" use="" is="" necessary="" because="" of="" the="" condition="" of="" the="" roofing="" material,="" but="" respirators="" cannot="" be="" safely="" worn="" because="" of="" great="" heat,="" cold,="" or="" high="" winds,="" etc.,="" such="" roofing="" jobs="" shall="" not="" be="" performed="" until="" they="" can="" be="" done="" safely.="" the="" agency="" has="" concluded="" that="" ``routine''="" respirator="" use="" is="" not="" required,="" because="" as="" discussed="" above="" the="" required="" work="" practices="" will="" keep="" exposures="" low="" in="" normal="" circumstances;="" but="" where="" historic="" data,="" experience="" of="" the="" crew,="" or="" the="" condition="" of="" the="" roof="" indicate="" the="" possibility="" of="" higher="" exposures,="" then="" respirator="" use="" is="" required.="" various="" studies="" which="" were="" submitted="" support="" osha's="" classification="" of="" roofing="" removal="" as="" a="" class="" ii="" activity.="" they="" show="" that="" most="" measured="" exposures="" are="" lower="" than="" many="" studies="" showing="" removal="" of="" class="" i="" materials;="" but="" still="" may="" be="" significant.="" in="" most="" cases="" levels="" below="" the="" new="" pels="" can="" be="" routinely="" expected="" with="" minimum="" controls.="" sri="" evaluated="" air="" monitoring="" reports="" from="" 79="" roofing="" removal="" operations,="" 560="" personal="" and="" 353="" area="" samples="" (ex.="" 9-31).="" all="" samples,="" except="" 24="" were="" well="" below="" the="" new="" pel="" of="" 0.1="" f/cc.="" fourteen="" samples="" were="" collected="" for="" 30="" minutes="" or="" less="" (and="" were="" below="" the="" excursion="" limit).="" when="" the="" remaining="" sample="" measurements="" were="" calculated="" as="" 8="" hour="" time-weighted="" averages,="" they="" also="" did="" not="" exceed="" the="" pel.="" the="" remaining="" samples="" did="" not="" exceed="" 0.1="" f/cc.="" the="" contractors="" concluded,="" ``there="" appears="" to="" be="" no="" pressing="" need="" for="" air="" monitoring="" at="" the="" start="" of="" each="" job,="" negative="" pressure="" enclosures,="" or="" wetting.="" however="" the="" use="" of="" half-mask="" respirators="" is="" recommended="" until="" the="" source="" of="" the="" fibers="" in="" the="" few="" samples="" where="" concentrations="" were="" above="" 0.1="" f/cc="" can="" be="" defined.''="" they="" added="" that="" ``exposure="" to="" asbestos="" should="" be="" minimized="" until="" more="" (or="" better)="" information="" is="" available;="" the="" use="" of="" respirators="" seems="" a="" prudent="" compromise="" when="" working="" with="" uncharacterized="" and="" aged="" roofing="" materials.''="" the="" submission="" of="" preston="" quirk="" of="" gobbell="" hays="" partners,="" inc.="" included="" a="" study="" entitled="" ``airborne="" levels="" during="" non-friable="" asbestos-containing="" material="" (acm)="" removal''="" which="" was="" presented="" at="" the="" 1990="" meeting="" of="" the="" national="" asbestos="" council="" (ex.="" 7-133a).="" one="" section="" of="" this="" study="" presented="" the="" sampling="" measurements="" taken="" during="" removal="" of="" asbestos-containing="" roofing="" felt="" and="" flashing="" using="" a="" wet="" prying="" and="" peeling="" technique="" with="" no="" enclosure.="" five="" area="" samples="" averaged="" 0.007="" f/cc="" by="" pcm="" and="" 0.008="" s/cm3="" by="" tem.="" five="" personal="" samples="" averaged="" 0.024="" f/cc="" by="" pcm="" and="" 0.304="" f/cc="" by="" tem.="" it="" was="" reported="" that="" the="" personal="" tem="" samples="" had="" 0.124="" s/cm3="" of="" structure="" greater="" than="" or="" equal="" to="" 5="">m.
        BCTD submitted a study by D. Hogue and K. Rhodes entitled 
    ``Evaluation of Asbestos Fiber Release from Built-up Roof Removal 
    Projects'' (Ex. 34, VV) in which roofing operations were monitored 
    using both PCM and TEM methods of measurement. The authors stressed the 
    ``non-scientific'' nature of the study and noted that they had measured 
    only a limited number of samples. They described a project involving 
    removal of a 15% asbestos roof from a hospital in which a several 
    control methods were used. Area samples were taken at ``high,'' 
    ``medium,'' and ``low'' locations and most were measured using the PCM 
    method. During mechanical removal, the arithmetic mean concentration 
    was 0.16 f/cc (not time-weighted); and during manual removal the 
    average was 0.1 f/cc (non-weighted). Personal samples were measured 
    only by TEM and the 3 taken during manual removal averaged 0.11 f/cc 
    (also not weighted). In another section of this report the authors 
    describe a ``Controlled removal of asbestos containing built-up roofing 
    materials without containment with engineering and work practice 
    controls and extensive sampling and analysis by transmission electron 
    microscopy,'' however, the specific engineering and work practice 
    controls employed are not described. Nonetheless, the resulting 
    measurements, both PCM and TEM, are well below the PEL except one 
    sample in which the TEM concentration was 0.1 s/cc.
        NIOSH described an evaluation of airborne asbestos fibers during 
    the tear-off of an old asbestos shingle roof from a residential 
    building (HETA 84-321-1590, Ex. 44). Seventeen personal breathing-zone 
    samples were collected for approximately two hours. For 5 tear-off 
    workers the fiber concentrations ranged from 0.04 to 0.16 f/cc, 
    arithmetic mean 0.09 f/cc; for two clean-up workers the fiber 
    concentrations ranged from 0.13 to 0.16 f/cc, arithmetic mean 0.14 f/
    cc; and, for the 5 workers applying new shingles the concentration 
    ranged from 0.03 to 0.08 f/cc with a mean of 0.05 f/cc. In this 
    evaluation, NIOSH concluded that there was a hazard from exposure to 
    airborne asbestos fibers during the tear-off of an asbestos shingle 
    roof and recommended several practices to reduce worker exposure.
        OSHA notes that in some cases, the author of the above studies 
    recommend more rigorous controls than the final standards require. 
    Largely, this was based on evaluations of roofing removal exposure 
    potential based on small numbers of TEM measurements. As stated 
    elsewhere in this document, OSHA has based its risk assessment, and 
    relative exposure profiles on the results of many studies which relied 
    on PCM values. OSHA considered TEM in the 1986 standard and concluded 
    that it was quite expensive and not fully validated. More importantly, 
    OSHA believes that the roofing studies submitted show the relatively 
    low levels of asbestos fibers emitted during removal work when proper 
    controls are used. The small number of exceedances which occurred 
    reflect poor work practices and ``uncharacterized and aged material.''
        The purpose of the regulated area in the asbestos standards is to 
    prevent asbestos contamination of other parts of the workplace and to 
    limit exposure to only those specially trained employees who need to 
    work in the area. While OSHA does not want to shut down the entire 
    building when asbestos work is done on the roof, asbestos entering the 
    ventilation system during roofing work is clearly unacceptable. OSHA 
    expects good judgment to be used by the competent person in striving to 
    achieve the intent of the standard. OSHA requires that roof level 
    heating and ventilation air intake sources must be isolated. The 
    employer would also have the option to shut down the ventilation system 
    and seal it with plastic. Only necessary work should be done on the 
    roof while asbestos materials are being removed, and the locations of 
    the work should be selected to minimize exposures, such as upwind of 
    the asbestos work. OSHA agrees that the 20 foot barrier approach 
    recommended by Mr. Collins (Ex. 7-52) has merit, but believes the exact 
    determination should be made on site, and could vary depending upon 
    working conditions.
        OSHA concludes that removal of roofing material containing asbestos 
    requires the use of controls to reduce significant risk. Simple 
    procedures will reduce exposure levels substantially and, for the most 
    part, will reduce levels below the PELs. OSHA believes that it is 
    appropriate to require specification work practices for removal of 
    asbestos-containing roofing material, regardless of measure exposure 
    levels. As discussed above, these controls were recommended by 
    rulemaking participants, although there was some disagreement regarding 
    the need for some of the controls.
        The final standard requires the use of wet methods and continuously 
    misting cutting machines during use and loose dust left by the sawing 
    operation is to be HEPA vacuumed immediately. Some commenters were 
    concerned that water could create safety hazards, so the standard 
    reflects that the competent person could determine that misting the 
    cutting machine, or other wet methods, should not be used. If wet 
    methods are not used the respiratory protection provision of this 
    standard, paragraph (h) requires that respirators be used regardless of 
    exposure level. This provision is based upon OSHA's finding that dry 
    disturbance or removal of asbestos containing material has large 
    potential to expose workers and is in accordance with that of EPA 
    NESHAP. Other controls include removing the roofing material in an 
    intact state to the extent feasible, immediately lower unbagged or 
    unwrapped roofing material to the ground via dust-tight chute, crane or 
    hoist, or wrapping the roofing material in plastic sheeting and 
    lowering it to the ground, transferring materials immediately to a 
    closed receptacle in a manner so as to preclude the dispersion of dust, 
    and sealing off air intakes to the building prior to doing any roofing 
    removal.
        OSHA concludes from the studies that exposures can go over the PEL 
    and create significant risk in circumstances when appropriate 
    precautions are not take. Consequently, they support OSHA requirement 
    for some specific work practices in all circumstances.
    
    Methods of Compliance for Class III Asbestos Work
    
        The newly revised construction and shipyard employment standards 
    continue to regulate exposure to employees engaged in repairing and 
    maintaining building components which contain previously installed 
    asbestos containing material. In the 1986 construction standard, most 
    of these jobs were called ``small-scale, short-duration operations,'' 
    but, as discussed above, OSHA was instructed by the Court of Appeals to 
    clarify the cut-offs for that designation. Now, OSHA has determined 
    that separate regulatory treatment of repair and maintenance operations 
    will not be limited by arbitrary duration and amount-of-material-
    disturbed criteria. Instead, they are called ``Class III operations,'' 
    and are defined as ``repair and maintenance operations which may 
    involve intentional disturbance of ACM, including PACM'' (see Green 
    Book, Ex. 1-183). The major difference between the newly revised repair 
    and maintenance definitions, is that the amount of material and/or the 
    time the operation takes are no longer the criteria for inclusion in 
    the class.
        The revised and expanded definitions of the various terms in the 
    Category III definition enhance its clarity. Since Category III 
    includes maintenance, repair, some renovation and other operations 
    which disturb ACM, and PACM, a definition of ``disturb'' is provided. 
    Although ``removal'' activities are designated Category I or II, the 
    incidental cutting away of small amounts of ACM or PACM to access 
    mechanical or structural components for repair or maintenance, is 
    considered Category III.
        Examples of work which are considered Category III are contained in 
    various studies submitted by participants to prove or disprove how 
    risky asbestos disturbing repair and maintenance work is. OSHA has 
    evaluated the data from a number of sources to estimate the degree of 
    exposure of workers to previously installed asbestos building material 
    during various types of activities. Most studies showed lower levels of 
    exposure than Category I and II work. For example, the Safe Building 
    Alliance submitted a study by its consultant Price (Ex. 151). He 
    compiled sampling data from numerous sources including OSHA compliance 
    data, and obtained questionnaire information from building owners. The 
    questionnaires solicited information on the frequency and duration of 
    specific activities. These activities included, maintenance/repair of 
    boilers, air handling units, heat exchangers, tanks; repair/replacement 
    of pipe insulation including removal of small amounts of ACM; and, 
    valve or gasket replacement, of activities above suspended ceilings 
    such as connections and/or extensions for telecommunication/computer 
    networks; adjustment/repair of HVAC systems; and, testing/cleaning/
    replacing smoker or heat detectors. The final activities which may 
    result in ACM contact such as repairing/replacing lighting fixtures and 
    replacing ceiling tiles. The data were used to calculate potential 
    exposure hours (PEH) which is the product of the annual frequency of an 
    activity and the duration of that activity in hours. For all activities 
    in all buildings in the data set, Price calculated a PEH of 91 hours 
    per year and a PEH per worker of 19 hours per year per worker. Eight-
    hour time weighted averages were also reported as presented in Table 
    III.
    
         Table III.--Asbestos Fiber Levels During Maintenance Activities    
                                    [Ex. 151]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               8-hour     Median      PEH/  
              Location of activity              TWA        PEH       worker 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Above ceilings.........................      0.029         13          5
    In utility spaces......................      0.031         13          2
    Other..................................      0.018          6         <1 osha="" data..............................="" 0.027="" --="" .........="" all="" activities.........................="" .........="" 74="" 19="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" price="" concluded="" that="" small-scale,="" short="" duration="" activities="" take="" up="" a="" relatively="" small="" proportion="" of="" a="" typical="" worker's="" time="" in="" that="" in="" 80%="" of="" the="" buildings="" he="" studied,="" less="" than="" 22%="" of="" total="" time="" is="" spent="" on="" these="" activities="" in="" a="" year,="" and="" that="" ``on="" a="" per="" worker="" basis,="" in="" 80="" percent="" of="" the="" buildings="" the="" number="" of="" potential="" exposure="" hours="" total="" slightly="" less="" than="" 4="" percent="" of="" a="" work="" year''="" (ex.="" 151,="" appendix="" a,="" p.="" 12).="" osha="" notes="" that="" bctd="" objected="" to="" various="" aspects="" of="" the="" price="" study="" in="" its="" post-hearing="" brief="" (ex.="" 143)="" and="" concluded="" that="" the="" study="" ``demonstrated="" that="" in="" some="" buildings="" exposure="" hours="" can="" be="" very="" high="" *="" *="" *''="" (ex.="" 143,="" p.="" 112).="" however,="" osha="" views="" the="" study="" as="" supporting="" its="" view="" that="" when="" properly="" controlled,="" most="" kinds="" of="" routine="" maintenance="" involving="" acm="" results="" in="" low="" exposure="" levels.="" a="" recent="" study="" by="" kaselaan="" and="" d'angelo="" associates="" for="" real="" estate's="" environmental="" action="" league="" in="" 1991="" was="" reviewed="" (ex.="" 123).="" the="" contractors="" looked="" at="" historical="" data="" from="" 5="" commercial="" buildings="" in="" which="" the="" activities="" sampled="" were="" reported="" as="" ``small-scale,="" short="" duration.''="" the="" operations="" were="" performed="" ``almost="" exclusively''="" within="" mini-enclosures="" and="" most="" were="" performed="" by="" ``trained="" and="" experienced="" asbestos="" abatement="" workers,="" who="" are="" more="" used="" to="" the="" larger="" full-scale="" asbestos="" abatement="" procedures''="" and="" not="" by="" building="" maintenance="" workers.="" the="" data="" are="" summarized="" in="" table="" iv.="" table="" iv.--asbestos="" fiber="" levels="" in="" 5="" buildings="" during="" ``small-scale''="" operations="" [ex.="" 123]="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" no.="" of="" average="" 8="" hr.="" building="" designation="" samples="" exposure="" twa="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" one-c....................="" 76="" 0.073="" 0.025="" 1500.......................................="" 25="" 0.055="" 0.01="" 645........................................="" 49="" 0.011="" 0.003="" 28.........................................="" 19="" 0.02="" 0.003="" 1114.......................................="" 7="" 0.023="" 0.007="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" (from="" ex.="" 123,="" p.="" 1)="" the="" authors="" also="" pointed="" out="" that="" because="" air="" monitoring="" and="" third="" party="" oversight="" during="" these="" activities,="" they="" probably="" represented="" situations="" in="" which="" proper="" precautions="" were="" taken.="" they="" concluded="" that="" ``the="" data="" presented="" indicates="" the="" necessity="" of="" controlling="" asbestos="" exposure="" during="" the="" type="" of="" [small-scale,="" short="" duration]="" activities="" represented="" in="" this="" study.="" however="" if="" appropriately="" performed="" *="" *="" *="" exposures="" well="" below="" the="" current="" osha="" exposure="" limits="" can="" be="" maintained''="" (ex.="" 123,="" p.="" 26).="" table="" v.--asbestos="" fiber="" levels="" during="" various="" maintenance="" activities="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" personal="" samples:="" -------------------------------------="" type="" of="" work="" no.="" of="" samples="" mean="" range="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" air="" handling="" unit="" preventive="" maintenance......................="" 87="" 0.0942="" 0.0087-0.6805="" miscellaneous="" repair..............="" 48="" 0.1272="" 0.0039-0.5496="" miscellaneous="" installation........="" 20="" 0.1742="" 0.0049-0.8395="" clean-up="" of="" acm="" debris............="" 8="" 0.2030="" 0.0414-0.6246="" cable="" pulling.....................="" 9="" 0.0544="" 0.0240-0.0985="" relamping.........................="" 9="" 0.0469="" 0.0205-0.0929="" generator="" testing.................="" 18="" 0.0843="" 0.0075-0.2261="" fire="" alarm="" testing................="" 4="" 0.1654="" 0.0836-0.2693="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" osha="" also="" notes="" that="" although="" exposures="" ranges="" above="" the="" pel="" for="" some="" activities,="" mean="" levels="" were,="" in="" most="" case,="" much="" lower.="" dr.="" morton="" corn="" of="" johns="" hopkins="" university="" submitted="" summaries="" of="" monitoring="" results="" from="" samples="" taken="" during="" a="" variety="" of="" operation="" and="" maintenance="" activities="" from="" 5="" buildings="" (ex.="" 162-52).="" the="" 8-hour="" time-="" weighted="" averages="" of="" the="" personal="" samples="" for="" each="" building="" are="" presented="" in="" the="" table="" vi.="" table="" vi.--asbestos="" fiber="" levels="" during="" o&m="" operations="" in="" 5="" buildings="" [ex="" 162-52]="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" operation/building="" #="" 1="" 2="" 3="" 4="" 5="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" ceiling="" removal/="" installation...........="" 0.015="" 0.003="" 0.008="" 0.03="" .......="" electrical/plumbing="" work="" 0.06="" 0.003="" 0.006="" 0.008="" 0.04="" hvac="" work...............="" 0.02="" .......="" 0.003="" 0.01="" 0.02="" miscellaneous="" work......="" 0.008="" 0.004="" 0.01="" 0.09="" .......="" remove/encapsulate......="" 0.06="" 0.003="" 0.002="" ........="" .......="" run="" cable...............="" 0.02="" 0.002="" 0.08="" 0.01="" 0.03="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 8="" hour="" time-weighted="" averages="" personal="" samples="" --indicates="" data="" not="" provided="" the="" report="" contained="" limited="" information="" as="" to="" specific="" controls="" in="" place="" during="" the="" sampling="" periods;="" however,="" dr.="" corn="" stated="" that="" ``*="" *="" *="" the="" controls="" for="" the="" 5="" buildings="" were="" minimal="" o&m="" controls''="" (ex.="" 162-52).="" the="" submission="" of="" mr.="" saul,="" assistant="" commissioner="" for="" occupational="" safety="" and="" health,="" state="" of="" maryland="" included="" a="" summary="" of="" the="" monitoring="" results="" conducted="" for="" maryland="" employees="" performing="" building="" maintenance="" activities="" (ex.="" 162-44).="" a="" total="" of="" 207="" samples="" analyzed="" by="" pcm="" during="" may="" 1988="" to="" june="" 1990="" were="" analyzed.="" the="" real-time="" values="" fell="" into="" the="" exposure="" categories="" presented="" in="" table="" vi.="" table="" vii.--asbestos="" fiber="" levels="" during="" maintenance="" activities="" [ex.="" 162-44]="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" percent="" fibers/cubic="" centimeter="" no.="" of="" samples="" samples="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------=""><0.01................................................. 125="" 60.4="" 0.01-0.04.............................................="" 30="" 14.5="" 0.05-0.09.............................................="" 24="" 11.6="" 0.10-0.20.............................................="" 24="" 11.6="">0.20.................................................        4      1.9
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    During these activities, workers were required to wear personal 
    protective equipment. In his discussion of the study results, Mr. Saul 
    explained that the four values in excess of 0.2 f/cc resulted from: a 
    removal in which wet methods could not be employed, wetting painted 
    surfaces, removing and wetting metal enclosed pipe lagging, and 
    improperly sealing of a mini-enclosure. He further concluded that these 
    data indicate that the work practices used by these workers are 
    generally effective during these maintenance-type asbestos activities.
        In addition to the above studies showing relatively low exposures, 
    almost all below the revised PELs, other submissions showed the 
    potential for Class III work to exceed the PEL.
        BCTD submitted studies including those by Keyes and Chesson which 
    reported results of a series of experiments designed to determine fiber 
    levels in asbestos-containing buildings during simulated activities 
    (Ex.9-34 OO, PP and 7-53). They demonstrated (using transmission 
    electron microscopic measurements) that use of dry methods in a room 
    containing damaged ACM and visible dust and debris elevated the fiber 
    level in air significantly, that physical activity (playing ball) 
    within such an area increased fiber levels and that cable pulling 
    activities also raised fiber counts.
        HEI submitted an analysis of a data set provided to them by 
    Hygienetics, Inc. which contained data on airborne asbestos fiber 
    concentrations during various maintenance activities performed under an 
    operations and maintenance (O&M) program in a large U.S. hospital (Ex. 
    162-6). During the period of study, all maintenance work in areas with 
    ACM in the hospital required a permit issued by the Hygienetics project 
    manager on site. The authors concluded ``* * * spatial and temporal 
    proximity to maintenance work was an important determinate of PCM fiber 
    levels'' (Ex. 1-344, p. 1.8). Jobs involving removal of ACM resulted in 
    higher fiber levels than non-removal jobs [personal samples: mean, 
    removal jobs=0.166 f/cc, non-removal=0.0897 f/cc (Ex. 1-344 p. 1.6)]. 
    HEI concluded that these activities resulted in increased fiber levels 
    (Ex. 1-344, p. 1.8).
        OSHA has reviewed and evaluated all available information 
    pertaining to maintenance, repair, and other asbestos-disturbing 
    activities within buildings classified as ``Class III'' and has 
    concluded that some of these activities can result in significant risk 
    from exposure of workers. The range of activities and exposure 
    potential encompassed by a Class III designation is wide.
        The studies generally show that when protective work practices are 
    used by trained workers, exposures are greatly reduced. Thus, OSHA is 
    requiring various work practices and protective measures to reduce 
    exposure to asbestos containing material (or material which is presumed 
    to contain asbestos) and that workers must receive training in courses 
    which include the appropriate techniques to use in handling and/or 
    avoiding such disturbances. OSHA concludes that these are effective, 
    feasible controls needed to reduce significant risk.
        Paragraph (g)(8) sets out these requirements. Again, wet methods 
    are required; local exhaust ventilation is required, if feasible; Where 
    the material OSHA has found to be of high-risk, TSI and surfacing 
    material, is drilled, cut, abraded, sanded, chipped, broken or sawed, 
    dropcloths and isolation methods such as mini-enclosures or glove bags 
    must be used; and respirators must be worn; and where a negative 
    exposure assessment has not been produced, dropcloths and plastic 
    barriers (tenting or equivalent) must be used. OSHA believes these 
    mandatory practices will protect employees who perform Class III work 
    from significant risk of asbestos-related effects.
    
    Class IV Work
    
        As defined in paragraph (b), Class IV work consists of 
    ``maintenance and custodial work'' where employees contact ACM and 
    PACM, including activities to clean up waste and debris containing ACM 
    and PACM. Examples of such work are sweeping, mopping, dusting, 
    cleaning, and vacuuming of asbestos containing materials such as 
    resilient flooring, or any surface where asbestos-containing dust has 
    accumulated; stripping and buffing of asbestos containing resilient 
    flooring, and clean-up after Class I, II, and III work, or other 
    asbestos construction work such as the installation of new asbestos-
    containing materials. Clean-up of waste and debris during a removal 
    job, or other Class job, is Class IV work. Because in these cases the 
    employee doing the clean-up is within the regulated area and subject to 
    the same exposure conditions as the employees actually doing the 
    removal, paragraph (9)(1) requires the custodial employee to be 
    provided with the same respiratory protection as the employees 
    performing the removal or other asbestos work.
        Generally, exposures for Class IV work are lower than for other 
    classes. Data in the record show this general exposure profile (see for 
    example, Kominsky study, Ex. 119 I, where carpet ``naturally 
    contaminated'' for year by friable, TSI and surfacing ACM was cleaned 
    using three cleaning methods; all personal samples were below 0.022 f/
    cc; using allowable methods resulted in the highest personal sample of 
    0.019 f/cc; see also, data in Ex. 162-52). Other data show even lower 
    exposures for custodial work (see for example, Wickman et al, Ex. L163, 
    where the authors conclude: ``This study determined that custodians who 
    performed routine activities in buildings which contained friable 
    asbestos materials were not exposed to levels of airborne asbestos 
    which approached the OSHA action level of 0.1 f/cc. The arithmetic mean 
    value for 38 personal samples, analyzed by TEM, was 0.0009 s/cc, 8 hour 
    TWA for structure lengths greater than 5 m'' ( Id at 20). The 
    much higher exposure data from the earlier Sawyer study, (Ex. 84-262A), 
    showed exposure levels ranging to 4.0 f/cc for dry dusting of 
    bookshelves under friable ACM. As noted above, at this rulemaking 
    hearing Sawyer noted that the conditions in the building he studied 
    were unrepresentative of other buildings in the U.S. (Tr. 2157).
        OSHA believes the Wickman report is the most complete study 
    available concerning custodial exposures. Because the study was 
    submitted into the record after the close of the post-hearing comment 
    periods, OSHA is not relying on it to prove the extent of exposures 
    anticipated in most custodial work. Rather, OSHA views the Wickman 
    study as confirming its view that Class IV activities result in reduced 
    exposure and thus, reduced risk compared to activities of other 
    classes. Because maintenance work involving active ``disturbances'' is 
    Class III work, the ``contact'' with ACM which constitutes Class IV 
    work will be either with intact materials, or in cleaning-up debris 
    from friable material or from material which has been disturbed. The 
    latter activities present the higher risk potential. OSHA acknowledges 
    that evidence of asbestos disease among school custodians and 
    maintenance workers has been submitted to this record (See e.g., 
    references cited in SEIU's post hearing brief, Ex. 144). The Agency 
    believes that significant exposures to custodians result from Class III 
    work or when they clean up accumulations of friable material. 
    Therefore, these revisions contain several requirements aimed at 
    reducing custodial exposures when cleaning up asbestos debris and waste 
    material.
        OSHA believes that the work practices and precautions prescribed in 
    these regulations will virtually eliminate significant health risks for 
    custodial workers, and will cure any confusion about which protections 
    and which standards will apply to custodial worker (see submission of 
    SEIU, Ex. 144).
        Custodial work is covered in all three standards. Housekeeping 
    provisions in the general industry standard, paragraph (k), cover 
    custodians in public and commercial buildings, in manufacturing and 
    other industrial facilities, where construction activity is not taking 
    place. To avoid confusion, and to cover clean-up, and other 
    housekeeping on construction sites, which properly is covered under the 
    construction standard, similar ``housekeeping'' provisions are included 
    in the construction and shipyard standards as well (Paragraph (1). 
    These housekeeping provisions are discussed separately. The specific 
    provisions in paragraph (g), relating to Class IV work in the 
    construction standard relate to construction work only, and are not 
    necessarily limited to housekeeping. Like all other construction work, 
    competent person supervision of Class IV work is required, exposure 
    assessments of clean-up of waste and debris, and use of HEPA filtered 
    vacuums, in paragraph (g)(1) apply.
        Particular requirements were adopted in response to concerns of 
    some participants. These are paragraph (g)(9) which requires specific 
    awareness training for Class IV workers. Under the 1986 standard, 
    training was not required unless employees were exposed above the 
    action level, then 0.1 f/cc. Two labor organizations representing 
    employees who perform Class IV work, SEIU and AFSCME, and other 
    participants, (see e.g., Ex. 141, 144), noted that custodial workers 
    needed training, separate from other building service workers, such as 
    maintenance workers (Ex. 141 at 49), generally referred to as 
    ``awareness training.'' The record shows the lack of awareness that 
    material contained asbestos contributed to asbestosis (Tr. 959 ff). 
    Paragraph (g)(9) of the construction and shipyard standards requires 
    that Class IV asbestos jobs be performed by employees trained according 
    to the awareness training set out in the training section, (k)(8). The 
    general industry standard, also requires that employees who work in 
    areas where ACM or PACM is present, also be so trained, in paragraph 
    (j).
        In addition, paragraph (g) requires employees cleaning up waste and 
    debris in a regulated area where respirators are required to be worn to 
    also wear respirators. This restatement of the provision in paragraph 
    (e)(4) relating to regulated areas emphasizes that clean-up workers in 
    large-scale jobs must wear respirators, even though the actual removal 
    is completed. Paragraph (g)(g)(iv) offers significant protection to 
    custodians. As pointed out by participants, custodians have swept up 
    ``insulation debris which had fallen to the floor because it was so 
    badly deteriorated * * * with no knowledge or concern about asbestos 
    hazards * * *'' (see testimony of Ervin Arp at Tr. 962-969). This new 
    provision requires that ``(e)mployees cleaning up waste and debris in 
    an area where friable TSI and surfacing ACM is accessible, shall assume 
    that such waste and debris contains high-risk ACM. Since paragraph (k) 
    requires that such ACM and PACM be visibly labelled, OSHA believes that 
    custodial workers will be spared the consequences of being required to 
    clean-up unidentified materials, which in fact contain asbestos.
        Various participants asked OSHA to require an employer to adopt and 
    operations and management (O&M) program to protect custodial and 
    maintenance workers. The Agency notes that the 1986 standard contained, 
    in non-mandatory Appendix G, such a program, which listed precautionary 
    actions which the Agency recommended.
        OSHA has not adopted an explicit O&M program requirement in these 
    standards. Rather, the Agency has adopted enforceable provisions which 
    cover the major elements of the previous non-mandatory program in the 
    appendix, and of various programs suggested by participants in this 
    rulemaking. For example, the new requirement that maintenance and 
    custodial work be the subject of exposure assessments, [see paragraph 
    (f)(2)], requires the competent person to evaluate operations which may 
    expose employees to asbestos, in order to minimize exposure. The 
    requirement is ``operation'' based; rather than, as in an O&M program, 
    status-based. However, any active disturbance constitutes an operation. 
    Although each ``operation'' must be covered by an exposure assessment, 
    operations can be grouped. Cleaning up debris in an area containing 
    deteriorating ACM on a daily basis, need not be evaluated each day. An 
    assessment of such activity can be made on a general basis, covering 
    procedures for wet sweeping and vacuuming, disposal, and instructions 
    to detect deterioration of material which contributes to the debris. 
    Additionally, labelling of ACM and PACM usually considered part of an 
    O&M program, is separately required, as is training of custodial 
    workers. Specific jobs may require specific instructions; the breadth 
    of some are indicated by O&M documents generated by the EPA ``Green 
    Book'' (Ex. 1-183, EPA 20T-2003, July 1990 and NIBS Ex. 1-371). OSHA 
    believes that competent person supervision of activities under this 
    standard will provide appropriate work practices to be followed for 
    relatively small, less hazardous exposure situations. The Agency is 
    requiring however, in the training provisions, that when Class III and 
    IV workers are trained, that the contents of the EPA or state approved 
    courses for such workers, as the relate to the work to be performed, be 
    part of the required training material [paragraph (k)(v)(D)].
        The issue of passive exposure, that is where active contact or 
    disturbance of ACM is not a contributing factor to asbestos fiber 
    release, is covered by the various notification and identification 
    provisions in the standard which will allow employees to identify 
    asbestos-containing material. These are discussed later in this 
    preamble.
        In OSHA's expert view, these provisions constitute major components 
    of operations and maintenance programs recommended; are aimed at the 
    more significant sources of exposure for custodial workers, and most 
    importantly, are enforceable. For all these reasons, OSHA believes an 
    explicit requirement for an O&M program, such as suggested by AFSCME 
    (Ex. 141 at 36), would add little benefit to employee health (see e.g., 
    Tr.3500).
        In each standard, OSHA is requiring specific work practices and a 
    choice of engineeromg cpmtrp; however, OSHA is aware that some asbestos 
    control systems may be patented. OSHA has not considered the existence 
    of patents or their validity in evaluating the need for those controls. 
    OSHA believes that all employers will have a variety of controls 
    available to them and that new types could be developed.
    
    (8) Respiratory Protection
    
    Paragraph (g) General Industry
        The 1986 general industry standard required respirator use where 
    engineering and work practice controls are being installed, in 
    emergencies, and to reduce exposures to or below the PELs where 
    feasible engineering controls and work practices could not achieve 
    these reductions. Additionally, certain operations i.e., cutting in 
    plants, were shown to have greater difficulties in achieving low 
    exposures without respirator use. OSHA therefore allowed routine 
    respirator use in those segments to reach the PELS, rather than, as in 
    other general industry segments, only where the employer shows that 
    feasible engineering and work practice controls cannot achieve 
    compliance with the PELs. OSHA now believes that engineering and work 
    practices in the few remaining production sectors can achieve lower 
    levels than predicted in 1986, in part because of the mandatory work 
    practices now included in the methods of compliance section. Therefore, 
    allowing respirator use at higher measured exposures for a few 
    operations should not result in less protection for those employees 
    since their ambient exposure levels are expected to be reduced.
        Paragraph (h) Construction Standard and Shipyard Employment 
    Standard.
        The respirator provisions in the construction and shipyard 
    employment standards are changed in several respects. First, in 
    addition to the conditions listed in the 1986 standards, where 
    exposures exceed the PELs, required respirator use now is triggered by 
    kinds of activities even where the PELs are not exceeded. These are: 
    Class I work, Class II work where the ACM is not removed substantially 
    intact; all Class II and III work where the employer cannot produce a 
    negative exposure assessment; and all Class IV work carried out in 
    areas where respirators are required to be worn. OSHA has based these 
    decisions on the demonstrated variability during asbestos work, and on 
    the need to protect workers who are disturbing asbestos-containing 
    material with the greatest potential for significant fiber release. In 
    addition, monitoring results for many jobs are not available in a 
    timely fashion. By requiring routine respirator use in jobs which OSHA 
    finds are likely to result in hazardous airborne asbestos levels, such 
    as floor tile removal, where most tiles are broken, OSHA is providing 
    reasonable supplemental protection to employees when certainty 
    concerning exposure levels is not possible.
        The kind of respirators required for these ``conditions of use'' 
    are set out in paragraphs (h)(iv) and (v). In one situation, as 
    explained below, Class I removals where excessive levels are predicted, 
    ``supplied air respirators operated in the positive pressure mode'' are 
    required, because these jobs have the highest exposure potential, due 
    to their size, duration and the kinds of material involved. Other jobs 
    where higher than usual exposures may occur include, where employees 
    are inexperienced, where TSI and surfacing ACM is disturbed, and where 
    other ACM is broken up during removal. Paragraph (h)(1) states the 
    requirement for supplemental respirator use for these activities as 
    well. These additional respirator requirements conform to OSHA's 
    findings on this record, of the specific conditions which contribute to 
    and are predictive of, higher exposures.
        As discussed more fully in the classification section, the data 
    submitted to the record show that in almost all cases of removals and 
    disturbances of non-high-risk ACM, exposure levels are well below the 
    protection factor limits for negative-pressure half-mask respirators, 
    the type required for certain kinds of Class II and III work.
        BCTD has recommended that OSHA require the use of ``the most 
    effective respirator that is feasible under the circumstances'' and 
    further that OSHA require ``supplied air respirators which are tight 
    fitting and in a pressure demand mode with either auxiliary SCBA or a 
    HEPA egress cartridge * * * except in limited circumstances which 
    include lack of feasibility because of the configuration of the work 
    environment or an uncorrectable safety hazard'' (Ex. 143 at 65-69). 
    BCTD does recognize safety hazards due to the tripping hazard of air 
    lines to which SARs are attached and define certain activities in which 
    PAPRs may be used instead. (Ex. 143 at 71). BCTD also contended that 
    the protection factors used by OSHA to assign respirator classes are 
    contrary to record evidence.
        The Court found that OSHA's judgment about supplied air respirators 
    was properly within its discretion. It expressed concern that OSHA's 
    respirator requirements did appear to require only that the combined 
    effect of engineering and work practice controls and respirators limit 
    exposure only as low as the PEL where significant risk remained (838 
    F.2d at 1274).
        OSHA responded to these issues in a Federal Register publication of 
    5 February 1990 (55 FR 3727), in which the Agency reaffirmed its 
    position concerning effectiveness levels of respirators, pointed out 
    flaws in studies BCTD used to conclude that protection factors are 
    inadequate, and noted that OSHA is revising and updating its general 
    respirator standard. OSHA also noted that implementation of the entire 
    respirator program would result in exposures below the PEL. That was 
    OSHA's final statement of position on these issues and it was not 
    judicially challenged.
        In evaluating the respiratory protection needs dictated by the new 
    system of ranking for asbestos operations by ``class,'' OSHA has 
    concluded that there are circumstances in which the highest level of 
    respiratory protection must be used. These are Class I jobs for which a 
    negative exposure assessment (i.e. exposures will be less than the PEL) 
    has not been made. Inexperienced workers removing large amounts of TSI 
    or surfacing ACM are at the high end of the risk spectrum and must have 
    additional protection afforded by the supplied air respirator. OSHA 
    notes that joint EPA-NIOSH recommendations would require a supplied air 
    respirator in even more extensive circumstances, i.e., all 
    ``abatement'' work and maintenance and some repair work (EPA/NIOSH 
    Guide, referenced at Ex. 143, p. 69). The Agency''s decision balances 
    the acknowledge potential safety hazards of supplied air respirators 
    with the need for more protection in the most risky asbestos jobs. The 
    Court of Appeals has agreed that such judgments are properly within the 
    discretion of the Agency (858 F2d at 1274). In situations where the 
    competent person makes a determination that exposures in Class I jobs 
    will be less than the PELs, the standard requires that a half-mask air 
    purifying, non-disposable respirator equipped with a high efficiency 
    filter must be used. There are two reasons for this requirement: 
    exposures less than the PEL have been determined to result in 
    significant risk, the record shows that Class I work may result in 
    substantial exposures even when good conditions exist, and the 
    variability usually results in some high exposures. However, although 
    all classes of asbestos work are potentially risky, OSHA has used 
    discretion, and has limited the supplied air respirator provision to 
    the highest risk situations, Class I work where it cannot be predicted 
    that exposures will not exceed the PEL. This approach does not leave 
    workers doing other classes of work unprotected. The respirator 
    selection Table D-4, applies to all situations other than Class I work. 
    As the worker(s) gain experience in the use of control methodology, and 
    data accrues documenting low fiber levels, use of less protective 
    respirators may be allowed.
        Furthermore, OSHA has based this conclusion on the demonstrated 
    variability of exposures in the construction industry (Ex. 143, p. 63, 
    CONSAD report p. 2.18, Tr. 2156, 2157, Tr. 4571, Ex. 7-57). The 
    contractor Consad reported ``while many of the construction jobs 
    monitored did not produce exposure levels above the proposed PEL of 0. 
    1 f/cc, these data also provide continued evidence that exposure levels 
    can be highly variable in construction work and can exceed the proposed 
    PEL * * * for many of the construction activities examined here'' (Ex. 
    8, 2.18-20).
    Shipyard Employment Standard
        Paragraph (h). SESAC has recommended the deletion of the 
    qualitative fit test from the shipyard employment asbestos standard. 
    Their rationale is as follows:
    
        The Committee has determined that advances in quantitative fit 
    testing instrumentation have made this procedure accessible to 
    shipyards conducting asbestos operations at a cost which is not 
    overly burdensome ($5,000-6,000 at the low end). Because 
    quantitative fit testing provides a better evaluation of fit among 
    respirators than qualitative methods, and does not rely on 
    subjective determination by the employees, qualitative fit testing 
    methods have been deleted as acceptable alternatives * * * (Ex. 7-
    77).
        They further recommended, based on the recent developments in 
    technology that the use of test chambers, and the requirement for use 
    of aerosols be deleted. They also offered an additional definition: 
    ``challenge agent'' means the air contaminant, or parameter, which is 
    measured for comparison inside and outside of the respirator 
    facepiece.'' These are reasonable suggestions, but as they have general 
    application outside shipyards, OSHA indicated this in its notice of 
    February 5, 1990 in its partial response to the Court. The Agency is 
    ``still planning to revise and update its general respiratory standard, 
    and believes that continuing to enforce the current asbestos respirator 
    requirements during this interim period will not expose employees to 
    unnecessary risk'' (55 FR 3728, February 5, 1990). Therefore, OSHA will 
    not delete the qualitative fit test from the asbestos standard(s), but 
    will consider the issue in the context of the general respiratory 
    standard.
        SESAC objected to the requirement that a powered, air-purifying 
    respirator be supplied in lieu of a negative-pressure respirator when 
    the employee chooses it and when it will provide adequate protection. 
    They felt that the employer should be allowed to provide an airline 
    respirator or powered air-purifying respirator. They reasoned that most 
    employers already will have airline respirators in stock and will not 
    need to purchase or maintain any other type of respirator. In 
    evaluating similar comments in the rulemaking for the 1986 revised 
    asbestos rule, OSHA stated:
    
        OSHA agrees that positive-pressure supplied-air respirators 
    provide a greater level of protection than do half-mask negative-
    pressure respirators. OSHA believes that employers should have the 
    flexibility to use any of the available respirators that provide 
    sufficient protection to reduce the exposures to levels below the 
    PEL. Furthermore, the safety problems associated with the use of 
    supplied-air respirators cannot be ignored. OSHA believes that 
    respirators should be selected that both provide adequate protection 
    from exposure to airborne asbestos fibers and minimize the risk of 
    accident and injury potentially caused by the use of cumbersome 
    supplied-air respirators (51 FR p. 22719, June 20, 1986, p. 22719).
    
        After that rulemaking, BCTD challenged OSHA's refusal to make air 
    supplied respirators mandatory. The Court accepted OSHA's explanation--
    that supplied-air respirators had hazards of its own, and stated ``this 
    sort of judgment * * * (is) within OSHA's discretion in the absence of 
    evidence supporting the view that the incremental asbestos safety gains 
    plainly exceed the incremental non-asbestos hazards'' (838 F.2d at 
    1274). OSHA reiterated these reasons in its January 28, 1990 response 
    to the Court's remand.
        As discussed above, OSHA has determined on this record that 
    supplied air respirators are required for Class I work where a negative 
    exposure assessment is not forthcoming, but not for other Class I work. 
    Therefore, shipyard employees doing the most hazardous work must wear 
    this most protective respirator as well.
    
    (9) Protective Clothing
    
        Paragraph (h) General Industry. OSHA is making no changes in the 
    protective clothing provisions for general industry. Paragraph (i) 
    Construction and Shipyard Standards.
        There are several protective clothing issues in this rulemaking. 
    The first issue involves the impact of the Class system on the personal 
    protective clothing provisions. The existing standard requires that 
    protective clothing be provided and worn when exposures exceed the PEL. 
    The revised standards maintain this requirement. In addition, the 
    revised standards require the use of personal protective clothing when 
    Class I work is performed and when Class III work involving TSI and 
    surfacing ACM is performed in the absence of a negative exposure 
    assessment. OSHA believes that this change brings the standard in line 
    with OSHA's 1986 intentions wherein the Agency believed that removal of 
    thermal insulation and surfacing materials would result in exposures 
    that exceed the PEL. This rulemaking record shows that some employers 
    have developed control strategies that can reduce exposures below the 
    PELs, for most of the time. However, as previously discussed, work with 
    high-risk materials has substantial potential for over-exposure. 
    Furthermore, studies have documented that in the past workers have 
    brought asbestos contaminated clothing home with them and thereby 
    caused exposure and asbestos-related disease among family members. OSHA 
    believes that this standard must prevent such conditions, and the 
    nature of Class I work and Class III work with high risk materials 
    merits special consideration. Nearly all rulemaking participants agree 
    on this point.
        OSHA notes however, that the judgment to require protective 
    clothing for asbestos work is a subjective one, to some extent, 
    requiring judgment on the part of the competent person. The hazard from 
    asbestos is associated with inhalation of fibers that are in the air, 
    not from asbestos that comes in contact with the skin, like some other 
    chemical that OSHA has regulated (such as methylenedianiline and 
    benzene), which are absorbed through the skin and are systemic toxins. 
    Asbestos fibers that are on clothing can become airborne, so OSHA 
    continues to believe that situations where airborne fiber levels are 
    high are also those which are likely to contaminate clothing. 
    Therefore, the regulation continues the requirement for protective 
    clothing and its proper disposal/cleaning. OSHA does not believe, 
    however, that protective clothing is required for every operation 
    involving asbestos.
        In the 1986 standards OSHA did not require that protective clothing 
    be impermeable; in fact, OSHA responded to concerns that disposable 
    clothing which was impermeable not be permitted because it was claimed 
    to contribute to heat stress (see discussion at 51 FR 22722). Although 
    the issue was not remanded to OSHA by the Court, several participants 
    in the current rulemaking focussed comment on the issue of whether OSHA 
    should require work clothing during asbestos work be impermeable to 
    asbestos fibers in each of its asbestos standards. Most of those who 
    addressed the issue expressed support for having such a requirement 
    (Exs. 7-10, 7-67, 7-69, 7-138, 7-192, 7-195, 1-242, Tr. 1122, 1142, 
    1950, 3003 and 3156). It should also be noted that several of these 
    commenters were manufacturers of such fabric or clothing. They also 
    encouraged OSHA to set a requirement that all garments meet the 
    requirements of the ANSI standard 101-1985.
        Charles Salzenberg of Dupont presented a study which was performed 
    at their behest by A.D. Little which indicated that neither shampooing 
    the hair nor showering following simulated asbestos exposure completely 
    removed fibers from hair or skin (Ex. 76) to support their request for 
    an impermeable clothing requirement. In response to questioning about 
    heat stress, he stated that:
    
        We've had projects for years on improving the breathability of 
    Tyvek and in fact we have some material that exhibits improved 
    breathability and the problem you always get when you get more 
    breathability, you get more asbestos. There doesn't seem * * * a way 
    to have a perfect filter that keeps out all fibrous material but 
    lets a lot of air through * * * (Tr. 3444).
    
        OSHA continues to believe that heat stress is also a concern in use 
    of protective clothing made of impervious fabric. It should again be 
    noted that the route of exposure of asbestos fibers which creates a 
    health hazard is inhalation, not skin absorption. The Agency reiterates 
    its belief that non-disposable work clothes provide sufficient 
    protection provided they are properly cleaned after work and laundered. 
    The Agency agrees that disposable fiber-impermeable clothing can be 
    safely worn if ``employers * * * use appropriate work-rest regimens and 
    provide heat stress monitoring * * *'' (51 FR 22722). However, OSHA 
    does not believe that totally impermeable clothing is a necessary 
    requirement for asbestos work.
    
    (10) Hygiene Facilities and Practices
    
        Paragraph (j) Construction and Shipyard Employment Standards.
        OSHA is changing the decontamination requirements in minor details 
    to correspond to its new system of categorizing asbestos work according 
    to its potential risk. The primary requirement that asbestos abatement 
    workers be decontaminated following their work using a 3-part system--
    an equipment room, a shower room, and a clean room, is retained. Thus, 
    most workers performing Class I work, removing TSI or surfacing ACM or 
    PACM, as before, must use a shower adjacent to and connected with the 
    work area.
        With the introduction of new provisions identifying 4 classes of 
    asbestos work, it is necessary that OSHA modify its requirement for 
    hygiene facilities and practices to reflect these changes. OSHA 
    continues in its belief that the requirements must be proportional to 
    the magnitude and likelihood of asbestos exposure. Therefore the most 
    hazardous asbestos operations--those involving removal of more than 
    threshold amounts of thermal system insulation or sprayed-on or 
    troweled-on surfacing materials must employ a decontamination room 
    adjacent to the regulated area (most often, a negative-pressure 
    enclosure) consisting of an equipment room, shower room, and clean room 
    in series through which workers must enter and exit the work area, as 
    required in the 1986 standard.
        For Class I asbestos work, OSHA has further determined, based on 
    its consideration of the rulemaking record, that there are 3 exceptions 
    to the requirement that the shower facility be located immediately 
    contiguous to the work area. These include, outdoor work (See Ex. 7-21, 
    7-99, 7-145), shipboard work (Ex. 7-77 and see discussion below), and 
    situations where the employer shows such an arrangement is infeasible. 
    OSHA will again allow in these limited circumstances the workers to 
    enter the equipment room, remove contamination from their worksuits 
    using a portable HEPA vacuum or change to a clean non-contaminated 
    workclothing, and then proceed to the non-contiguous shower area. 
    Outdoor work affected by this requirement will occur mainly in 
    industrial facilities such as refineries and electrical power plants 
    when specified work practices are employed and following outdoor 
    asbestos work.
        OSHA intends that HEPA-vacuuming procedures be performed carefully 
    and completely remove any visible ACM/PACM from the surface of the 
    worker's work suit, including foot and head coverings, skin, hair and 
    any material adhering to the respirator.
        Also for Class I work involving less than 10 square feet or 25 
    linear feet of TSI or surfacing ACM (the thresholds referenced above), 
    during which exposures are unlikely to exceed the PELs for which there 
    is a negative exposure assessment, OSHA is allowing less burdensome 
    decontamination procedures which it believes are compatible with the 
    scheme to classify asbestos work according to risk potential. In these 
    operation, an equipment room or area must be set up adjacent to the 
    work area for decontamination use. The floor of the area/room must be 
    covered with an impermeable (e.g., plastic) dropcloth and be large 
    enough to accommodate equipment cleaning and removal of PPE without 
    spread of fibers beyond the area. The worker must HEPA vacuum 
    workclothing, hair, head covering as described above and dispose of 
    clothing and waste properly. Thus, only if the employer shows that for 
    these smaller dimension jobs that the PEL is unlikely to be exceed may 
    the decontamination procedure be abbreviated.
        For asbestos operations which are Class II and III which are likely 
    to exceed the PELs and for which a negative exposure assessment is not 
    produced, showering is required, but may be performed in a facility 
    which is non-contiguous to the work area. Use of dropcloths, HEPA 
    vacuuming of workclothing and surfaces as above or the donning of clean 
    workclothing prior to moving to a non-contiguous shower is required.
        Following those Class II, III and IV jobs which the employer 
    demonstrates are unlikely to exceed the PELs and for which a negative 
    exposure assessment has been produced, the worker must HEPA vacuum his 
    clothing on an impermeable dropcloth and perform other clean-up on the 
    dropcloth avoiding the spread of any contamination. However, showering 
    is not required.
        OSHA is also concerned that workers performing clean-up (Class IV 
    work) following larger abatement work receive appropriate 
    decontamination. Therefore, employees who perform Class IV work in a 
    regulated area must comply with the hygiene practice which the higher 
    classification of work being performed in the regulated area requires.
    Shipyard Employment Standards; Paragraph (i)
        In other comments the Shipyards Employment Standards Advisory 
    Committee objected to the requirement in the 1986 standard that showers 
    be located contiguous to the work area. They said that this was not a 
    part of the general industry standard and that they wished to continue 
    to provide showers in fixed facilities on shore; that although 
    contiguous showers may not be technologically infeasible, it was 
    impractical. They further stated that change rooms required under the 
    general industry asbestos standard cannot be provided on ships and that 
    the worker must be allowed to remove contaminated clothing in an 
    equipment room as in the construction standard (Ex. 7-77).
        The Committee suggested several specific steps to the 
    decontamination process required of workers following work in a 
    shipboard asbestos activity. According to these recommendations, the 
    employer shall ensure that employees who work within regulated area 
    exit as follows:
    
        Remove asbestos from their protective clothing using a HEPA 
    vacuum as they move into the equipment room;
        Enter the equipment room and remove their decontaminated outer 
    layer of protective clothing and place them in the receptacles 
    provided for that purpose;
        Enter the decontamination room and perform personal HEPA 
    vacuuming;
        Remove respirator after exiting decontamination room;
        Wash their face and hands prior to eating or drinking;
        If they are not going to make another entry into the regulated 
    area that day, proceed to the shower area and change room; and,
        Don street clothing (Ex. 7-77).
    
        OSHA believes these are reasonable suggestions. The final standard 
    permits this approach based on the flexibility permitted by the 
    language. Those who shower at remote facilities are required to 
    decontaminate their protective clothing prior to proceeding to the 
    remote showers. The Committee also recommended that, for the sake of 
    modesty, the worker must be allowed to continue to wear the underwear 
    which he had worn under his protective clothing during the process of 
    decontaminating his clothing--removing them when entering the shower. 
    The 1986 standards are silent on this point and it seems reasonable 
    that persons would be allowed to continue to wear his/her underwear 
    during HEPA vacuuming and removal of protective clothing.
        The committee pointed out that the general industry standard 
    requires lunchrooms, while the construction standard requires lunch 
    areas, and that areas were sufficient. OSHA agrees that it is 
    unnecessary to build lunchrooms in shipyard facilities, so long as the 
    area provided for food consumption is not so close to the work area 
    that asbestos contamination is likely. In that case, areas are 
    insufficient and an enclosed room must be provided which is free of 
    contamination.
    
    (11) Communication of Hazards to Employees
    
        Paragraph (j) General Industry. Paragraph (k) Construction and 
    Shipyard Employment Standards.
        The ``communication of hazards'' provisions of the standards 
    contain many revisions. The Court in 1988 had remanded two information 
    transfer issues for OSHA's reconsideration. These were to extend the 
    reporting and information transfer requirements and to require 
    construction employers to notify OSHA of asbestos work. As discussed 
    earlier, OSHA has decided not to require general pre-job notification 
    to the Agency. However, the Agency has expanded required notifications 
    among owners, employers and employees. Basically, the general industry 
    standard has been upgraded to the more extensive notification 
    requirements of the construction standard and the shipyard employment 
    standards. Consequently this preamble section discusses the issues 
    together. In the shipyard standard the ``building owner'' may be a 
    vessel owner or a building owner. OSHA notes that in shipyards vessels 
    undergoing repair may be owned by foreign entities, as well as by 
    entities subject to the Act's jurisdiction. When a foreign-owned vessel 
    is repaired in an American shipyard, the employer (either the shipyard 
    or an outside contractor) must either treat materials defined as PACM 
    as asbestos-containing or sample the suspect material and analyze it to 
    determine whether or not it contains asbestos.
        An overview of these revisions follows. The construction and 
    shipyard standards now require that employers who discover the presence 
    of material which is ACM or is presumed ACM (PACM) on the worksite, 
    must notify the project or building owner. On worksites having multi-
    employers, the person who discovers the material also is to notify the 
    other employers. An employer on a multi-employer worksite who is 
    planning Class I or Class II asbestos work is to inform all the other 
    employers on the site of the presence of ACM to which employees of 
    those employers might reasonably be expected to be exposed. They are to 
    be informed of the location and quantity of these materials and the 
    measures to be taken to protect them from exposure.
        The 1986 construction standard required employers to notify other 
    employers on multi-employer worksites of the existence and location of 
    asbestos work, but was silent on the notification role of building 
    owners. OSHA was concerned that building owners were ``outside the 
    domain of the OSH Act.'' As noted above, this is a specific issue 
    remanded for reconsideration by the Court of Appeals. Now, upon 
    reconsideration, OSHA believes that it has authority to require 
    building owners [as defined in paragraph (b)] who are statutory 
    employers, to take necessary and appropriate action to protect 
    employees other than their own. In the 1990 proposal OSHA pointed to 
    other standards in which it has required building owners and other 
    employers who are not the direct employers of the employees exposed to 
    particular hazards, to warn of defects, take remedial action, or 
    provide information to the directly employing employer. It cited the 
    Hazard Communication Standard's requirement that manufacturers provide 
    information to downstream employers (29 CFR 1910.1200) and the Powered 
    Platform standard which requires the building owner to assure the 
    contract employer that the building and equipment conform to specified 
    design criteria as examples (29 CFR 1910.66(c).)
        OSHA believes that the building or project owner is the best and 
    often the only source of information concerning the location of 
    asbestos installed in structures; therefore, OSHA is requiring the 
    owner to receive, maintain, and communicate knowledge of the location 
    and amount of ACM or PACM to employers of employees who may be exposed. 
    OSHA acknowledges that in shipyards, foreign vessel owners are not 
    ``statutory employers'' and thus, are not covered by these standards. 
    In such cases, the employer performing the ``refit'' must either 
    presume that TSI and surfacing material are asbestos-containing, or 
    have the material tested. When turn-around time must be minimized, the 
    case in many overhauls, OSHA expects that the jobs will be performed in 
    conformity with this standard without testing.
        The final rule provides a comprehensive notification scheme for 
    affected parties--building owners, contract employers and employees, 
    which will assure that information concerning the presence, location, 
    and quantity of ACM or PACM in buildings is communicated in a timely 
    manner to protect employees who work with or in the vicinity of such 
    materials. Before Class I, II, or III work is initiated, building and/
    or project owners must notify their own employees and employers who are 
    bidding on such work, of the quantity and location of ACM and PACM 
    present in such areas. Owners also must notify their own employees who 
    work in or adjacent to such jobs.
        Employers, who are not owners, planning any such covered activity 
    must notify the owner of the location and quantity of ACM and PACM 
    known or later discovered. The building owner must keep records of all 
    information received through this notification scheme, or through other 
    means, which relates to the presence, location and quantity of ACM and 
    PACM in the owner's building/project or vessel and transfer all such 
    information to successive owners. OSHA reaffirms its finding of the 
    1986 standard that an employee's presence in the workplace places him 
    at increased risk from asbestos exposure regardless of whether he/she 
    is actually working with asbestos or is just in the vicinity of such 
    material.
        OSHA has defined ``building owner'' to include these lessees who 
    control the management and recordkeeping functions of a building /
    facility/vessel. It is not OSHA's intention to exempt the owner from 
    notification requirements by allowing a lessee to comply. Rather when 
    the owner has transferred the management of the building to a long-term 
    lessee, that lessee is the more appropriate party to receive, transmit, 
    and retain information about in-place asbestos. When a lease has 
    expired, any records in the lessee's possession must be transferred to 
    the owner or the subsequent lessee exercising similar managerial 
    authority. The expanded notification provisions also require that on 
    multi-employer worksites, any employer planning to perform work which 
    will be in a regulated area, before starting, must notify the building 
    owner of the location of the ACM and the protective measures taken; 
    upon discovering unexpected ACM, they must provide similar 
    notification; and, upon work completion they must provide to the owner 
    a written record of the remaining ACM at the site.
        OSHA has included a provision that within 10 days of the completion 
    of Class I or II asbestos work, the employer of the employees who 
    performed the work shall inform the owner and employers of employees 
    who will be working in the area of the current location and quantity of 
    PACM and/or ACM remaining in the former regulated area and shall also 
    inform him/her of the final monitoring results taken in that operation. 
    OSHA has determined that the employer of employees reoccupying the area 
    must have this information in order to provide the appropriate 
    protection to his/her workers.
        To provide effective notification in Class III asbestos operations, 
    OSHA is building upon its earlier requirement to post warning signs in 
    regulated areas. Now since all Class III work must be conducted in a 
    regulated area all maintenance-type operations will be posted with 
    signs, which state the fact that asbestos exposing activities are 
    present. OSHA considers site posting to be a particularly effective 
    means to alert employees of hazardous areas where relatively short-term 
    repair and maintenance activities are taking place. OSHA believes that 
    site posting will adequately notify potentially affected employees who 
    are not working on the operation, but are working within the area or 
    adjacent to it.
    
    Identification of Asbestos-containing Materials in Buildings and 
    Facilities
    
        In addition to the ``notification'' issues just discussed, OSHA 
    addresses a related widespread concern expressed by participants in 
    this rulemaking: how to ensure that workers in buildings and facilities 
    with previously installed asbestos containing products, are not exposed 
    to asbestos fibers merely because they have no knowledge of where such 
    products were installed. OSHA has found that such workers, primarily 
    maintenance workers and custodians, but also contract workers such as 
    plumbers, carpenters and sheet metal workers and workers in industrial 
    facilities have shown historic disease patterns which in large part 
    resulted from exposure to previously installed asbestos. (see 
    discussions elsewhere in this preamble of data submitted by BCTD, 
    AFSCME, SEIU and others). In its 1990 proposal OSHA raised the issue of 
    how to identify previously installed asbestos and asked for comments 
    and recommendations (55 FR 29730). OSHA opened the record for 
    supplemental comments in November 1992, in a notice which also set out 
    OSHA's preliminary views on how to effectively protect workers from 
    unknowing exposure to previously installed ACM (57 FR 49657). There, 
    OSHA proposed to require employers to presumptively identify certain 
    widely prevalent and more risky materials. These are thermal system 
    insulation, and sprayed-on and troweled-on surfacing materials, in 
    buildings built between 1920 and 1980. These materials were to be 
    termed ``presumed asbestos containing materials'' (PACM) and were to be 
    treated as asbestos containing for all purposes of the standard. OSHA 
    would have allowed building owners and employers to rebut these 
    presumptions using building records and/or bulk sampling.
        The final provisions which are included in all three standards, 
    like OSHA's 1992 approach, require building owners and employers to 
    presume that thermal system insulation (TSI) and sprayed-on and 
    troweled-on surfacing materials contain asbestos, unless rebutted 
    pursuant to the criteria in the standard. Additionally, OSHA is 
    requiring in its mandatory work practices for flooring material 
    containing asbestos, that employers assume that resilient flooring 
    material consisting of vinyl sheeting, and vinyl and asphalt containing 
    tile installed before 1980 also be presumed to contain asbestos (see 
    discussion in the ``Methods of Compliance'' section). Unlike the 
    proposal, buildings constructed before 1920 are not excluded from these 
    requirements. Also rebuttal criteria have been changed. Unlike the 
    approach OSHA suggested in the November, 1992 notice, building records 
    may not be relied upon to rebut the presumption of asbestos containing 
    material and more detailed instructions are supplied for the inspection 
    process.
        OSHA believes that these provisions will protect employees in 
    buildings and facilities from the consequences of unknowing significant 
    exposure to asbestos in the most cost-effective manner.
        Participants supported OSHA's ``presumptive'' approach to 
    identifying asbestos-containing material; in particular, designating 
    only TSI and surfacing ACM for presumptive treatment (see e.g., utility 
    companies such as Southern Cal. Edison, Ex. 162-4; Con Edison, Ex. 162-
    54; Duke Power, Ex. 162-57; property management companies and 
    associations, e.g., JMB Properties, Ex. 162-29; trade associations, 
    e.g., O.R.C., Ex. 162-12; International Council of Shopping Centers, 
    Ex. 162-58).
        As stated in the November 1992, OSHA continues to believe that the 
    major advantage of such a regulatory approach is that the materials and 
    buildings/facilities with the greatest risk potential would be 
    automatically targeted for mandatory communication and control 
    procedures, and possible testing. Focusing on high-risk building/
    facility situations avoids the dilution of resources and attention 
    which might result from requiring broader inspections. Other building/
    facility areas and material would not be exempt from the standard's 
    control requirements; however, they would not be presumptively 
    considered to contain asbestos. If a building owner or employer has 
    actual knowledge of the asbestos content of materials, they must comply 
    with the protective provisions in the standard. Similarly if there is 
    good cause to know that material is asbestos containing the employer 
    and/or building owner is deemed to know that fact. The current 
    enforcement rules governing ``employer knowledge'' would be applied in 
    a contested case to determine the application of the asbestos standard 
    to other materials or building/facility areas which the employer claims 
    he did not know contained asbestos.
        OSHA believes that this presumptive approach allows building/
    facility owners whose buildings/facilities contain PACM and other 
    employers of employees potentially exposed to PACM flexibility to 
    choose the most cost-effective way to protect employees. They may treat 
    the material as if it contains asbestos and provide appropriate 
    required training to the custodial staff; test the material and rebut 
    the presumptions; or combine strategies.
        OSHA considered a number of approaches to insure that workers do 
    not become exposed to asbestos unknowingly. As noted in the 1992 
    notice, one option was clarifying in the preamble to the final rule the 
    current enforcement policy that a prudent building/facility owner or 
    other employer exercising ``due diligence'' is expected to identify 
    certain asbestos-containing materials in his/her building/facility 
    before disturbing them. After reviewing the record, OSHA believes its 
    presumption approach is more protective. ``Due diligence,'' is, in 
    part, a legal defense, invoked by and in order to shelter employers 
    against OSHA citation. Thus in the past, employers who were wrongly 
    informed by building owners about the asbestos content of thermal 
    system insulation successfully argued in some cases that they had 
    exercised ``due diligence.'' OSHA believes that the protection of 
    employees must not depend on the good faith of their employers whose 
    information sources may be defective. By requiring that TSI and 
    troweled- and sprayed-on surfacing material be handled as if they 
    contain asbestos, employees will be protected from the consequences of 
    their employers relying on erroneous information about the most risky 
    asbestos materials. Of course, ``due diligence'' would also require 
    employers to investigate whether other building material about which 
    there was information suggesting asbestos content, was in fact 
    asbestos-containing. A building owner/employer, for other materials, 
    also may presume they are asbestos-containing, label and treat work 
    with them as asbestos work, without testing the material for asbestos 
    content.
        Another option OSHA considered was requiring a comprehensive AHERA-
    type (EPA's schools rule) building/facility inspection. AHERA (Asbestos 
    Hazard Emergency Response Act, 40 CFR 735) requires that all school 
    buildings be visually inspected for asbestos-containing building 
    materials (ACBM) by an EPA-accredited inspector and that inventory of 
    the locations of these materials be maintained. Under AHERA, school 
    maintenance and custodial staff who may encounter ACBM in the course of 
    their work receive at least 2 hours of awareness training, and for 
    staff who conduct activities which disturb ACBM, an additional 14.
        Requiring comprehensive building and facility inspections like EPA 
    does under AHERA was recommended by participants presenting labor 
    interests (e.g., AFSCME Ex. 162-11; SEIU, 162-28; AFL-CIO, Ex. 162-36; 
    BCTD, Ex. 162-42): by engineering, management and asbestos abatement 
    firms, (e.g., Abatement Systems, Inc. Ex. 162-8, California Association 
    of Asbestos Professionals, Ex. 162-27); and by representatives of state 
    health agencies (e.g., North Carolina Department of Health and Natural 
    Resources, Ex. 162-46; N.Y.C. Department of Environmental Protection, 
    Ex. 162-47).
        Although there was substantial support for a comprehensive 
    inspection requirement, OSHA believes that the regulatory approach in 
    these final standards will achieve equivalent or superior protection to 
    exposed workers at much reduced cost.
        The reasons are as follows. A comprehensive wall-to-wall inspection 
    requirement is found to be unnecessary to protect employees against 
    risks of exposure from asbestos-containing building material of which 
    they are unaware. Such an inspection requirement would be very costly, 
    may be overly broad, the results may not be correct or timely, would 
    not necessarily focus on potential sources of asbestos exposure which 
    present significant risks to employees, and its great expense may 
    divert resources from active protection of workers who actually disturb 
    asbestos. First, OSHA does not believe that protecting employees in 
    buildings from significant asbestos exposure requires that all suspect 
    materials in buildings first be identified. Although all asbestos-
    containing materials may release fibers when their matrices are 
    disturbed, certain materials are known to be more easily damaged or to 
    suffer more deterioration, and thus cause higher airborne fiber levels 
    than others. As discussed in the November 1992 notice, OSHA determined 
    that thermal system insulation (TSI) and sprayed on and troweled on 
    surfacing materials are such materials. They are potentially more 
    friable, are much more prevalent, are more accessible and are the 
    subject of more maintenance and repair activities than are other 
    asbestos containing materials. They are widely prevalent. A 1984 EPA 
    study limited to residential, commercial and public buildings 
    nationally, found about three quarters of such buildings had asbestos-
    containing TSI, and over one quarter of the buildings contained 
    sprayed-on or troweled-on asbestos containing surfacing material (see 
    also studies cited in the HEI Report, Ex. 1-344, p. 4-6 to 4-10). The 
    materials are usually accessible. Surfacing material was applied for 
    decorative and acoustical purposes early on, and was later applied as 
    insulation coating to protect structural steel during fires. The HEI 
    Report in summarizing studies conducted in New York, California, and 
    Philadelphia stated that ``(i)mportant findings from these studies 
    include the frequent use of friable surfacing in multi-storied 
    buildings and the high proportion of damage to thermal systems 
    insulation, most of which is accessible only to maintenance personnel 
    (HEI Report, Ex. 1-344, p. 4-8 to 10). The accessibility of thermal 
    system insulation is not limited to employees who directly disturb it 
    to repair or replace the piping and infrastructure it covers. As noted 
    by a participant: in industrial settings there are many sources of 
    fiber release including vibration (people often walk on pipes), 
    exposure to the elements, fans and processes, leaks, process leaks, and 
    releases through joints in metal cladding (Ex. 12-7, Respirable Fibers 
    Management Consultancy, Inc.).
        The data submitted to OSHA indicate that these two materials have 
    high exposure potential. For example, the potential of surfacing 
    material to become friable and result in sizable exposures was shown by 
    the Yale Architecture School data, which involved exposure to a ``fully 
    exposed acoustical material,'' a ``Spanish moss type material'' of low 
    density and high friability (Tr. 2168). Dr. Sawyer, whose study showed 
    very high exposures to custodial employees from exposure to dust and 
    debris from this material, noted that its use in the building was 
    unrepresentative, and that the material usually is ``used primarily as 
    a fireproofing material on structural steel that was concealed.'' (Id). 
    Work in ceiling spaces containing sprayed asbestos show elevated 
    exposure levels (see e.g., studies discussed in HEI, Ex. 1-344, p. 4-
    74). Data showing high exposure levels from TSI are ample and are 
    discussed in detail in the preamble discussion on methods of 
    compliance.
        The data in this record showing exposures to other kinds of 
    asbestos containing material such as gaskets, wallboard, roofing and 
    siding materials show that generally, exposures to these products under 
    comparable controls are lower than those released by the materials 
    designated by OSHA as ``high hazard'' and for which the presumption 
    applies. The ``high-hazard'' materials are much more prevalent in 
    buildings and facilities, disturbances of them are more common. 
    Therefore OSHA believes that a targeted approach to presuming the 
    presence of high hazard previously installed asbestos containing 
    materials in buildings which are likely to contain them will provide 
    equivalent protection to potentially exposed employees than a 
    requirement to inspect all buildings and facilities for all asbestos 
    containing materials. Some building owners will continue to conduct 
    comprehensive surveys, others, when cost is an issue, will rely on 
    presumptions to protect employees from potential exposure to high-risk 
    ACM, TSI and surfacing materials.
        In addition, even an up-front inspection rule must be targeted to 
    be productive. Since not all facilities contain asbestos materials, an 
    attempt should be made to designate those facilities and buildings 
    where it unlikely that ACM will be found, otherwise the information 
    yield from inspections will be unconnected to worker protection. OSHA 
    is using a temporal cut-off of 1980 for its presumption rule. As 
    discussed later, this date was supported by the record, since buildings 
    constructed afterwards are much less likely to contain even stockpiled 
    asbestos containing materials. In 1975, under the authority of the 
    Clean Air Act, EPA banned the use of spray-applied ACM as insulation 
    and the use of asbestos-containing pipe lagging and in 1978 extended 
    the ban to all uses of sprayed-on asbestos. In this regard OSHA notes 
    that the purpose of a cut-off is not to state a date after which it is 
    certain that no asbestos-containing material has been installed in 
    buildings. Rather, it is to designate when it becomes unlikely that 
    asbestos-containing materials have been used in construction. OSHA 
    believes that 1980 is a reasonable date for marking that probability. 
    As noted above, employers and building owners are still required to 
    investigate materials installed after 1980 when they suspect they may 
    be asbestos-containing.
        As discussed above, OSHA additionally refined its presumption by 
    recognizing two broad categories of building materials as ``high-risk'' 
    and thus that the consequences of a false negative identification 
    supported a such materials be treated as asbestos-containing unless 
    reliable information showed the absence of asbestos. These kinds of 
    materials are TSI and sprayed-on, troweled-on, or otherwise applied 
    surfacing materials. Although as noted the version of an inspection 
    rule urged by most proponents would require inspection for all 
    potential asbestos-containing materials, some participants suggested an 
    inspection requirement which would also concentrate on more potentially 
    hazardous materials first. One suggestion was to, first require 
    inspection of steel structures with sprayed on fireproofing constructed 
    before 1975, next of sprayed-on acoustic ceiling installed before 1980 
    (e.g., Ex. 162-27). In the Agency's view, phasing in inspection 
    requirements may provide less certainty and protection than its 
    presumption approach. Requiring a ``presumption'' is an immediate 
    source of protection. Any inspection program takes time and significant 
    resources. Additionally, if inspection of categories of potentially 
    high risk material are delayed under a phased-in-approach, protection 
    is denied pending the start-up date. If judicial challenge is made 
    employers may hold back on any inspections hoping for a court to 
    invalidate the requirement. Even more importantly, evidence in the 
    record also indicates that inspection data sometimes are not reliable. 
    In particular, the Westat Report which evaluated a large sample of 
    school inspections under AHERA, found that although on the whole 
    inspections identified most asbestos-containing materials, ``high-
    risk'' surfacing material was unidentified as asbestos containing in 
    36% of the inspections studied (Ex. 1-326 p. 326). Since surfacing 
    material has been found by OSHA, based on this record to be a high 
    hazard material, OSHA is reluctant to rely on inspections alone to 
    identify it. A presumptive approach requires that material which looks 
    like sprayed on or troweled on surfacing material, be handled with 
    care, without waiting for inspections or relying on the results of 
    inspections which may not correctly identify it.
        The Agency asked for comment on its intention to designate thermal 
    system insulation and sprayed-on or troweled-on surfacing material as 
    ``high-risk material.'' Several of those responding to the notice felt 
    the list was too limited and should include all suspect materials ( 
    Exs. 162-11, 162-16, 162-18, 162-24, 162-28, 162-33, 162-36, 162-39, 
    162-42, 162-44, 162-45, 162-46, 162-57). Some, suggested using the list 
    EPA included in its ``Green Book'' entitled Managing Asbestos in Place 
    (Ex. 162-35, 162-42, 162-44).
        G. Siebert of the Office of the Secretary of Defense offered an 
    alternate plan--a tiered approach in which thermal system insulation 
    and sprayed-on or troweled-on surfacing materials would be considered 
    high-risk PACM and would be labeled and notification carried out: other 
    material which may contain asbestos (Ex. 162-13). He suggested that 
    other material, should be handled as ACM unless sampling indicates that 
    it does not contain asbestos, but that it not be required to be 
    labeled.
        As suggested, OSHA considered extending its presumption requirement 
    to other kinds of building materials which may contain asbestos. A 
    limited extension has been made in two cases. Because of its 
    accessibility and prevalence, the frequent difficulty of identifying 
    its asbestos content and the frequency of maintenance activity which 
    may disturb it matrix. The Agency is requiring that resilient flooring 
    installed before 1980 be presumed to contain asbestos unless rebutted 
    pursuant to the standard. Debris which is present in rooms, enclosures 
    or areas where PACM or high risk ACM is present and not intact, is 
    assumed to be asbestos-containing. Other building materials which may 
    contain asbestos such as roofing material, ceiling tiles and 
    miscellaneous products listed in EPA's ``Green Book'' have not been 
    found to be both as widely prevalent and easily disturbed and damaged 
    as are TSI and surfacing material or as widely prevalent, accessible 
    and frequently disturbed as resilient flooring.
        Therefore, OSHA believes little additional benefit will result from 
    treating all such building materials which uncommonly contain asbestos 
    as if they do, rather than concentrating resources on protecting 
    employees from exposure to materials when there is actual knowledge or 
    reason to believe they contain asbestos. OSHA notes in this regard that 
    an employer or building owner's duty to investigate the possibility 
    that a material contains asbestos is stronger when the consequences of 
    failing to inquire is increased hazard to employees. For example, in 
    the case where a large section of damaged ceiling tiles installed 
    before 1980 is to be removed, an employer may not ignore the 
    possibility that the tiles are asbestos-containing. By not including 
    some building materials in the presumption OSHA is not reducing an 
    employer's duty to exercise ``due diligence'' when exposing employees 
    to such kinds of materials. The Agency has determined merely that the 
    record does not compel the adoption of a presumption for such 
    materials; in any such specific case, circumstances may require the 
    employer or building owner to sample and analyze building materials for 
    asbestos content, or to treat the material as if it is asbestos-
    containing under the standard.
        On a different issue, OSHA is not specifying in the regulatory text 
    the qualifications of the person who may designate materials as PACM. 
    Under AHERA, inspections are required to be conducted by certified 
    inspectors (40 CFR 763, also see recent revisions of Model 
    Accreditation under ASHARA, 59 FR 5236-5260, February 3, 1994). The 
    Agency has found that designation of the kinds of building materials as 
    PACM is not an inspection. This process does not require technical 
    training: thermal system insulation is easily recognized; sprayed on or 
    troweled on surfacing material likewise is identifiable. Neither EPA's 
    revised MAP nor OSHA requires specific training or accreditation of 
    persons who only visually inspect the condition of ACM/PACM.
        OSHA emphasizes that the presumption must apply even where it 
    appears to knowledgeable building personnel, that material is not 
    asbestos-containing and is composed of other materials, such as 
    fiberglass. Therefore, OSHA has not adopted the suggestion of some 
    participants to specify that certain materials such as fiberglass and 
    neoprene, because they are easily identifiable, should not be included 
    in the presumption (see Ex. 162-57). OSHA notes that HEI distinguished 
    a ``visual survey,'' i.e., the identification of suspect materials from 
    more complete surveys, and notes that ``this type of survey may 
    minimize the need for trained consultants.'' (HEI, Ex. 1-344, at 5.1)
        Some participants suggested that OSHA include the condition of the 
    material in its ``high-risk'' category to be subject to the 
    presumption. Although the condition of the material influences its risk 
    potential, OSHA continues its practice of not distinguishing materials 
    based on their friability. However, the condition of the material is 
    relevant to whether debris, in the presence of ACM, must be presumed to 
    be asbestos containing. The standard requires that debris in an 
    enclosed area where TSI or surfacing ACM is present, and not intact, be 
    presumed to be asbestos-containing.
        OSHA has not used friability to distinguish among asbestos 
    containing materials. First, OSHA mainly regulates active disturbances 
    of asbestos, and uses exposure levels as one element in assigning risk-
    based requirements. Since the friability of material will influence 
    exposure levels, friability is partly subsumed by this reference to 
    exposure levels. Second, the term's precise meaning is unclear, and 
    thus, confusing to the regulated community. The EPA experience in 
    distinguishing risk categories based on friability indicates the 
    complexity of using this concept. In 1973 the EPA-NESHAP had regulated 
    only friable ACM, but later issued a clarification which stated:
    
        * * *Even though the regulations address only material that is 
    presently friable, it does not limit itself to material that is 
    friable at the time of notification. Rather, if at any point during 
    the renovation of demolition additional friable asbestos material is 
    * * * created from non-friable forms, this additional friable 
    material becomes subject to the regulations from the time of 
    creation (Ex. 1-239, p. 48406).
    
        Third, OSHA's risk categories which are based on the type of 
    material include the potential for friability. For example, surfacing 
    material is loosely bound and therefore is potentially more friable 
    than are other materials and thus is considered to present high risk.
        The revised rule also allows the building/facility owner or 
    employer to demonstrate, pursuant to specific criteria, that the 
    material does not contain asbestos. The criteria, specified in 
    paragraph (k)(4)(ii) are similar to the inspection protocols for 
    schools in AHERA, such as sampling and analysis by a certified building 
    inspector.
        OSHA also considered allowing the use of specific information in 
    the building/facility owner's possession relating to construction 
    specifications to rebut the presumption. However, many who made 
    submissions during the supplementary comment period, pointed out to the 
    Agency that building records were rarely adequate to convincingly 
    establish the absence of ACM in buildings and recommended that they 
    should not be used for rebutting the presumption (Ex. 162-2, 162-4, 
    162-5, 162-7, 162-11, 162-12, 162-13, 162-19, 162-22, 162-24, 162-25, 
    162-27, 162-31, 162-32, 162-33, 162-36, 162-39, 162-42, 162-44, 162-45, 
    162-46, 162-54). Some felt that building records might be useful in 
    confirming, but not rebutting, the presumption, while others deemed the 
    only reliable records were comprised of an AHERA-like comprehensive 
    building survey with bulk sampling data (Ex. 162-1, 162-12, 162-13, 
    162-24, 162-27, 162-36, 162-50, 162-58). An owner of commercial 
    properties observed that he had often found it easier to sample the 
    PACM than to locate adequate documentation (Ex. 162-29). A group of 
    environmental lawyers recommended that since EPA in its NESHAP rule 
    declined to rely on building records, OSHA should also for consistency 
    (Ex. 162-22). Members of a consulting firm, noted that before 1980, 
    materials containing less than 5% asbestos by volume were said to be 
    asbestos-free (by EPA). Thus, such materials would be unlikely to 
    appear on building records if they had contained less than 5% asbestos 
    (Ex. 162-7).
        In considering the numerous comments on the subject, most of which 
    affirmed the general inadequacy of building records to rebut the 
    presumption, OSHA has not included this as a method to establish that a 
    building material does not contain asbestos.
        Paragraphs (k)(1)(ii) and (k)(2)(ii) set out the notification 
    provisions for owners and employers. They instruct them concerning who 
    must be notified of the presence of ACM/PACM and how. Briefly, owners 
    must notify employers who bid for work in or, as tenants, will occupy 
    space where ACM/PACM is present. The owner must also notify employees 
    who will perform work subject to this standard in such areas before 
    such work is begun. This work consists of Class I through IV asbestos 
    work, and the installation of new asbestos-containing material. Similar 
    provisions apply to employers who are not owners. [Paragraph 
    (k)(2)(ii)].
        The BCTD suggested that notice of ACM take place early in the 
    contracting process (Ex. 162-42) and a representative of the Interstate 
    Natural Gas Association agreed that pre-bid notification of contractors 
    was needed (Ex. 162-9). OSHA agrees. Requiring notification to 
    prospective contractors at bid time will improve employee protection. 
    Knowledge about asbestos presence gained after bidding may cause the 
    bidder to dilute protection in order to salvage the bid. Contractors 
    may lose time and money if they conscientiously stop a job when 
    asbestos is discovered. Other participants echoed these reasons (see, 
    e.g., NCRA, Tr. 2430-2432; Testimony of C. Gowan, Tr. 834-835.) 
    Notifying employers leasing space containing ACM was also recommended 
    (Ex 162-29).
        The standard provides that notification may be either in writing or 
    via a personal communication between the owner and persons owed 
    notification or their authorized representatives. OSHA expects that in 
    the case of contracts for work to be performed, notifications will be 
    included in the bid documents. In other cases it may be ``faxed,'' 
    telephoned or otherwise communicated. OSHA believes these 
    notifications, supplemented by clarified labeling requirements [see 
    (k)(7)(vii)], and regulated area posting, will provide ample 
    information to workers so they will not inadvertently be exposed.
        During the rulemaking, participants raised various issues 
    concerning notification. Several participants wanted accessibility to 
    be a consideration in the approach (Exs. 162-5, 162-11, 162-14, 162-23, 
    162-29, 162-30, 162-33, 162-42, 162-49, 162-55, 162-58, 162-59), and 
    BCTD suggested that ``accessible'' be defined as ``material subject to 
    disturbance by building or facility occupants or maintenance personnel 
    or workers performing renovation, repair or demolition inside and/or 
    outside buildings'' (Ex. 162-42).
        Most agreed that PACM and/or ACM within areas such as mechanical 
    rooms and boiler rooms should be labeled. For example, Mr. Olson of Dow 
    Chemical Company supported the posting of areas where those who may be 
    exposed will see it before working there (Ex. 162-17). A representative 
    from the Department of Defense felt that general posting in public 
    areas would alarm building occupants and over time, lead to reduced 
    credibility and effectiveness (Ex. 162-13). This was echoed in the 
    comments of J. Thornton of Newport News Shipbuilding who felt that 
    signs ``may breed complacency'' (Ex. 162-21). One participant worried 
    that perhaps a tenant considering renewing his lease who had been 
    notified of PACM within the building might choose to relocate even 
    though there really was no asbestos-containing materials actually 
    present in the building (Ex. 162-20). OSHA has decided that 
    ``accessibility'' is relevant to posting information concerning the 
    location of in-place asbestos. Paragraph (k)(7)(vii) requires labels to 
    be attached at ``accessible locations.'' OSHA agrees with BCTD's 
    definition as well.
        Some representatives of contractor interests recommended that OSHA 
    use as a model for notification the California regulation by which the 
    building owner provides written notification to all building employees, 
    tenants, and contractors (Exs. 162-27, 162-32).
        As noted below, paragraph (k)(7)(vii) requires previously installed 
    asbestos products to be labelled in most circumstances; either visibly 
    labeled in accordance with the standard, when feasible, or that 
    information required on the label be posted as close to the installed 
    product as feasible. Information concerning other previously-installed 
    asbestos-containing products must be posted in mechanical rooms or 
    other areas which are accessible where such material is present; or if 
    the products are installed in other areas, the building owner must 
    otherwise make such information available to employees who perform work 
    covered by this standard. The provision exempts from labeling and 
    posting those products which the manufacturer demonstrates cannot 
    release fibers in excess of the PELs. OSHA has found that this 
    exemption will never apply to PACM (TSI or surfacing ACM); rarely will 
    it apply to other asbestos containing materials, because on this 
    record, disturbance of ACM can exceed the PEL. As noted in the comments 
    summarized above, there will be cases where labeling of such materials 
    is not feasible. In such case, the standard requires that signs or 
    labels be displayed as close as feasible to such materials. 
    Additionally, housekeeping workers must be informed that all resilient 
    flooring material they clean, buff or otherwise maintain may contain 
    asbestos.
        OSHA believes that the strategy for the flow of information 
    regarding the presence and location of asbestos-containing or presume-
    asbestos-containing materials it has developed in this revision of its 
    standards will assure that workers who might be exposed to asbestos 
    within public and commercial buildings and/or facilities will be 
    informed of the potential for such exposure and through the training 
    provisions will be made aware of the practices they are to use to avoid 
    exposure.
        To further assure the responsible transfer of information, OSHA is 
    requiring that records of the work performed, the location and quantity 
    of ACM or PACM remaining at the completion of the work, and data 
    supporting any rebuttal of the presumption that a material contains 
    asbestos, are to be maintained by the building/facility owner and are 
    to be transferred to successive owners of the building/facility. 
    Further, in the event that ACM/PACM is inadvertently encountered, OSHA 
    has included a requirement for timely notification. If during the 
    course of asbestos work ACM or PACM is discovered at a worksite, within 
    24 hours of finding such material, information as to its location and 
    quantity are to be conveyed to the building owner and any other 
    employers at the site.
    
    Shipyard Standard
    
        In the reopening of the record for supplemental comments in 
    November 1992, OSHA asked for comment on the application of the 
    proposed scheme for shipyards. There were few specific responses. J. 
    Curran, State of North Carolina Department of Environmental Health and 
    Natural Resources (Ex. 162-46) and BCTD (Ex. 162-42) supported applying 
    the construction standard to shipyards. Mr. Siebert, a representative 
    of the office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense, agreed with others 
    in wanting a separate standard for shipyards to be developed by SESAC 
    (Ex. 162-13).
        OSHA has accepted these suggestions and has issued a separate, 
    final standard for shipyards. Its specific provisions are discussed in 
    appropriate places in the preamble. It is more similar to the new 
    construction standard than to the general industry standard.
    
    Training
    
        Paragraph (k)(8) covers training. It expands the training 
    provisions of the current standard considerably. One, training must be 
    given to virtually all employees who are actively exposed to asbestos, 
    i.e. whose exposure is the result of performing Class I through IV 
    work, or who install new asbestos products. Under the unrevised 
    standard, training was triggered by exposure above the action level, 
    i.e. 0.1 f/cc, the new PEL. As discussed above, OSHA has determined 
    that there is a still significant risk at this level. Further, the 
    Agency's experience in enforcing its health and safety standards, along 
    with testimony, comment, and data in this record clearly establish that 
    training of employees is a vital component of any successful program to 
    control exposures to asbestos and other toxic substances. Participants 
    agreed (see e.g., testimony of Dr. Sawyer at Tr. 2164 ``. . . (T)rain 
    the worker. I think is the most important factor.'') There was 
    substantial record support to expand training. Among those who 
    advocated additional OSHA training requirements were: P. Heffernan of 
    Kaselaan and D'Angelo (Ex. 7-36), K. Churchill of California 
    Association of Asbestos Professionals (Ex. 7-95), D. Kirby of Oak Ridge 
    National Lab (Ex. 77-111), E. Krause of the United Union of Roofers, 
    Waterproofers (Ex. 7-115), G. Lofton of Heat and Frost Insulators and 
    Asbestos Workers Union (Ex. 7-118), P. Curran of North Carolina State 
    Department of Environment, Health, and Natural Resources (Ex. 7-118), 
    W. Dundulis of the State of Rhode Island Department of Health (Ex. 7-
    124), BCTD (Ex. 119), American Federation of State, County and 
    Municipal Employees (Ex. 141), Service Employees International Unions, 
    AFL-CIO (Ex. 144), National Institute for Occupational Safety and 
    Health (Tr. 230).
        Participants supported training all employees who handle asbestos, 
    rather than waiting for significant exposures to trigger it [see e.g., 
    testimony of D. Kirby, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, ``You need to 
    have awareness training of . . . custodial and maintenance'' people, 
    (Tr 122); and, R. Lemen, NIOSH, who supported ``. . . approved training 
    courses for all workers who are routinely handling asbestos containing 
    material, (Tr. 231)].''
        The second major expansion of training requirements covers 
    curriculum method and length of training. Before, in the 1986 standard, 
    OSHA merely required that certain topics be covered in the training 
    program.
        Subsequently, as OSHA noted in its proposal, and participants noted 
    in their comments, EPA's training requirements under the Asbestos 
    Hazard Response Act (AHERA) become the standard for the asbestos 
    abatement industry. Under AHERA, at the time of the proposal:
    
        . . . Inspectors must take a 3-day training course; management 
    planners must take the inspection course plus an additional 2 days 
    devoted to management planning; and abatement project designers are 
    required to have at least 3 days of training. In addition, asbestos 
    abatement contractors and supervisors must take a 4-day training 
    course and asbestos abatement workers are required to take a 3-day 
    training course. For all disciplines, persons seeking accreditation 
    must also pass an examination and participate in annual re-training 
    courses. A complete description of accreditation requirements can be 
    found in the Model Accreditation Plan at 40 CFR part 763, subpart E, 
    appendix C.I.1.A. through E. (54 Fr, November 29, 1989 at 49190).
    
        More recently, EPA has published an interim rule updating its Model 
    Accreditation Plan (MAP) (59 FR 5236-5260, February 3, 1994) pursuant 
    to the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Reauthorization Act (ASHARA). 
    Under the revisions, the length of certain courses has increased, i.e. 
    asbestos abatement workers now must take a 4-day, rather than a 3-day 
    course. Additionally, the entire MAP now applies to work in ``public 
    and commercial buildings as well as in schools,'' and requires more 
    ``hands-on'' training. For example, for abatement workers 14 hours of 
    hands-on training must be included in the 4-day training course.
        The training provisions in the new standard correspond to the class 
    of work performed. For Class I and II work, employers must provide 
    employees with a training course which is the equivalent in curriculum, 
    training method and length to the EPA MAP worker training described 
    above. Keying OSHA required training to the AHERA program was supported 
    by many participants; in many sections of the country, most training is 
    now done using AHERA accreditation as the standard for quality, (see 
    e.g., testimony of Daniel Swartzman, School of Public Health, Univ. of 
    Ill, Tr. at 486. et seq.). and because AHERA training as noted above, 
    is the recognized standard for quality in asbestos work (see. must be 
    trained in the proposal, OSHA asked for comment on whether OSHA should 
    provide model curricula and certification for training, and on whether 
    and how OSHA training requirements should be reconciled with those of 
    EPA (55 FR 29726-28).
        Much debate on these issues occurred in this rulemaking. Some, most 
    prominently, BCTD, (Ex. 143 at 220 et seq, see also Tr. 483; Tr. 1142, 
    Tr. 3547) stated that OSHA should develop model curricula and certify 
    training courses for asbestos workers. Reasons for this were given as: 
    OSHA's earlier training requirements are inadequate; that ``Ahera has 
    proved successful, but needs improvement,'' and that AHERA should be 
    improved by more ``hands-on'' training and testing and longer training 
    (see Ex. 143 at 232).
        The Agency notes that participants agreeing and disagreeing with 
    the need for OSHA certification of trainers and courses agreed with 
    BCTD's reasons. For example, R. Chadwick the President of Local Union 
    22 of the International Association of Heat and Frost Insulators and 
    Asbestos Workers, in a letter to OSHA stated that since OSHA stipulated 
    no specific minimum period of training, ``Most abatement contractors 
    show a 2-hour film and classify the workers being trained'' (Ex. 1-
    175). OSHA agreed with the above comment that its 1986 training 
    requirements fairly can be considered ``bare-bones.''
        Although BCTD argued that the AHERA model needed improvement, BCTD 
    acknowledged its success in improving worksite conditions (see Ex. 143 
    at 240, citing Ex. 7-52). EPA itself has improved its training program. 
    As noted above, it recently issued improved model curricula, increasing 
    the training requirements. In particular, the new MAP contains specific 
    ``hands-on'' training requirements in each major course, including 
    those of workers and supervisors (59 FR 5236-60, February 3, 1994). EPA 
    also increased the number of training hours and now requires 4-day 
    training of workers, and 5-day training of supervisors. Other 
    disciplines of the AHERA program also have increased training 
    requirements.
        OSHA has reviewed recommendations carefully and has concluded that 
    requiring OSHA to certify training courses and trainers would consume a 
    disproportionate share of OSHA's resources. Further, establishing 
    another system for certifying asbestos trainers and workers when 
    another agency has a similar program in place would be duplicative of 
    effort as well. OSHA's concerns regarding duplication of effort is also 
    addressed in this preamble in the section on the notification of OSHA 
    vis-a-vis that of EPA under NESHAP.
        In addition, other entities have already developed more stringent 
    curricula than those under AHERA. The HEI Report noted that under AHERA 
    each state develops ``training and certification programs for 
    inspectors, management planner, asbestos abatement workers and 
    supervisors that were at least as stringent as the AHERA model'' (Ex. 
    1-344, p. 5-51). It further found that a ``number of states have 
    developed other requirements that exceeded the AHERA requirement'' and 
    that ``* * * in some states AHERA certification are required for any 
    asbestos-related work''--not just for schools.
        Paragraphs (k)(8)(i)-(v) cover curricula and length of course 
    requirement. They allow flexibility in the new training provisions. 
    Courses equivalent to those of AHERA (ASHARA) may be substituted, but 
    must be equivalent in curriculum, training method, and length to that 
    of the EPA plan. Thus, employers who in-house training program meets 
    these requirements does not need send all workers off-site for the 
    required training. Several commentaries objected to requiring that all 
    training take place in EPA or state approved training centers, most 
    also praised job-specific training as superior (e.g., Ex. 7-21, 7-39, 
    7-50, 7-99, 7-100, 7-102, 7-103, 7-108, 7-150).
    
    Training Requirements for Employees Performing Class III and IV Work:
    
        In these standards OSHA does not define the term ``custodian'' nor 
    do the requirements differ based on the job title. OSHA agrees that in 
    some facilities there is a clear distinction between custodial workers 
    who as a participant noted, ``may only * * * strip or buff floor tile 
    or replace light bulbs in fixtures located below ACM'' and maintenance 
    workers ``who * * * work on building materials or systems that contain 
    asbestos''. (ICSC, Ex. 162-58 at 10). Relying on job title, however, to 
    assign duties is inexact and potentially non-protective. Rather in 
    these standards, the nature of the operations performed by that worker 
    determine the level of training required, regardless of job title; 
    janitor, custodian, or maintenance worker. Those who perform only Class 
    IV work must receive at least 2 hours of awareness training, and those 
    who do Class III work must be given 16 hours of training equivalent in 
    content and length to the 16 hour operations and maintenance course 
    developed by EPA (see 40 CFR 763.92(a)(2).
        Workers performing these activities may be employees of the 
    building owners or other employers such as outside housekeeping 
    contractors, or trade contractors such as plumbing, electrical, or air 
    conditioning contractors. They must be trained to use appropriate 
    measures to avoid exposure to airborne asbestos.
        OSHA in the November 3, 1992 notice, stated that it was considering 
    a training requirement modelled after that of the awareness training 
    required by EPA in its AHERA rule. OSHA further noted that in its 
    training requirements under AHERA, EPA distinguishes between the duties 
    and training of custodial workers and the additional duties and 
    training needs of maintenance and service workers (40 CFR Parts 763). 
    OSHA, too, believes that building/facility workers, who frequently 
    disturb asbestos containing material need more extensive training.
        Many who commented during the supplemental comment period agreed 
    that OSHA should use AHERA as a general model for drafting training 
    requirements for building/facility workers (e.g., Ex. 162-13, 162-15, 
    162-16, 162-18, 162-24, 162-27, 162-30, 162-35, 162-42, 162-44, 162-
    45,162-46). Others, felt the existing OSHA training requirements were 
    adequate (e.g., Ex. 162-4, 162-22). Some objected to OSHA specifying a 
    time period in its training requirements (Ex. 162-4, 162-12, 162-17, 
    162-25, 162-50, 162-55, 162-57). BCTD argued that AHERA training was 
    inadequate for OSHA's purposes, and that any employee in a building 
    containing either ACM or PACM who does not intentionally handle the 
    material should receive at least 4 hours of awareness training and that 
    any worker who disturbs ACM during repair, renovation, demolition or 
    maintenance work needs the full 5-day training course (Ex. 162-42).
        Under the training provisions of AHERA, all members of the 
    maintenance and custodial staffs (of schools) who may work in a 
    building containing ACBM are required to receive at least 2 hours of 
    ``awareness'' training whether or not they are required to work with it 
    (40 CFR 763.92). Those who conduct an activity which will result in 
    disturbance of ACBM shall receive both the awareness training and 14 
    additional hours of training.
        EPA set as a minimum that the awareness training cover:
    
    --information of uses and forms of asbestos in buildings;
    --information on health effects of exposure to asbestos;
    --location of ACBM in building where employee works;
    --recognition of deteriorating or damaged ACBM; and,
    --the identity of person responsible for management of ACBM.
    
        While the more extensive training needed by those who might disturb 
    ACM include in addition:
    
    --description of proper methods to handle ACBM;
    --information on respirator protection
    --the provisions of the AHERA rule; and,
    --hands-on training on the use of protective equipment and work 
    practices
    
        Information in this rulemaking discussed above shows that workers 
    who have performed work now designated Class III and IV have developed 
    asbestos-related disease. Because as noted above, training is one of 
    the most powerful instruments to protect workers, OSHA believes that 
    its former training provisions must be improved by incorporating 
    additional curricula such as covered in the AHERA courses for such 
    workers. Imposing time criteria for courses will help insure that 
    sufficient time for instruction is provided. More time can always be 
    allotted, as needed.
    
    (12) Housekeeping
    
        Paragraph (k) General Industry Standard. Paragraph (l) Construction 
    and Shipyard Employment Standards:
        Housekeeping practices have been shown to be effective means of 
    reducing employee exposure to asbestos. OSHA is specifying that the now 
    required cleaning of floors and surfaces on which dust containing 
    asbestos can accumulate be performed at least once per shift in primary 
    and secondary manufacturing. In addition to the current requirement 
    that a vacuum containing a HEPA-filter must be used, where feasible, 
    wet methods must also be used for clean-up. Once asbestos dust is 
    entrained, it can accumulate on surfaces leading to potentially 
    substantial levels of exposure. Routine removal of dust can greatly 
    reduce these accumulations and the risks that they pose.
        There was little over-all objection to this provision from the 
    participants in the rulemaking process. However, the Asbestos 
    Information Association asked that OSHA not revise the current 
    housekeeping requirements which specify that all surfaces be maintained 
    as free as practicable of accumulation of dusts and wastes containing 
    asbestos (Ex. 142, p. 7). They argue that if OSHA requires once per 
    shift vacuuming, it would lead to less effective housekeeping efforts 
    since vacuuming might then occur at a later time in the areas most in 
    need of housekeeping than occurs with current cleanup whenever a fiber 
    accumulation occurs.'' OSHA is unconvinced by this argument. If the 
    employer believes that more frequent cleanup is needed, it should be 
    performed. The standard merely requires that vacuuming be done no less 
    often than once per shift. The employer can determine when during a 
    shift, vacuuming is most useful and perform it then.
    
    Flooring Maintenance Requirements
    
        There are now a new Secs. 1926.1101 (g)(2)(iv) and 
    1910.1001(f)(1)(xi), which prohibit the sanding of floor tiles 
    containing asbestos. Further, only low abrasion pads may be used at 
    speeds lower than 300 rpm in ``stripping'' operations, and stripping of 
    unwaxed or unfinished floor tile containing asbestos is prohibited. 
    OSHA believes that without such restrictions this type of mechanized 
    activity may result in the release of significant levels of asbestos 
    fibers into the air. In addition, the new provisions allow asbestos-
    containing floors to be mechanically buffed without limitation on the 
    speed of the buffing machine, so long as the floor has sufficient 
    finish to preclude contact between the pad and the asbestos-containing 
    material. In most cases, at least 3 layers of wax will provide that 
    margin. If the manufacturer's instructions specify a thicker wax layer, 
    those instructions must be followed. (See testimony of J. Harless of 
    Pioneer Eclipse, ISSA).
        These requirements are changed in some respects from the July, 1990 
    proposal, which would have further restricted stripping and burnishing 
    activities. The prohibition concerning ``sanding'' of asbestos-
    containing floors was supported by ISSA and others, and it unchanged 
    from the proposal. (See Ex. 136D). The changes from the proposal 
    reflect the comments and data submitted to the record. The data show 
    that now permitted activities are not expected to result in the release 
    of significant asbestos contamination. In addition, since OSHA's 
    proposal had used various terms relating to floor care imprecisely, the 
    final provisions conform the language to the common understandings of 
    the floor care industry. Thus, ``stripping'' is defined as a wet 
    process to remove the floor polish or finish using chemical strippers, 
    or abrasive pads. (See Ex. 136D, ISSA's comments). ``Burnishing'' is 
    dry buffing of floor polish by a high-speed rotary disc machine or 
    otherwise.
        The core requirements of OSHA's new provisions are that no 
    ``sanding'', i.e. the abrading of asbestos-containing material to even 
    out the surface, is allowed: that ``stripping'' of finishes of 
    asbestos-containing flooring must be conducted wet using the least 
    abrasive pad possible; and that burnishing may be performed only on 
    floors which have sufficient finish so that the pad does not contact 
    the unfinished asbestos-containing material. OSHA believes that these 
    three principles of asbestos-containing floor maintenance are 
    sufficiently clear and flexible to apply to all kinds of floor 
    maintenance activities, even if the activity is described using 
    different terminology.
        OSHA is basing these provisions primarily on the results of studies 
    submitted during the rulemaking. Thus, in the most thorough and 
    detailed study submitted to date on this topic, BCTD furnished a copy 
    of a study by T. Marxhausen and S. Shaffer entitled ``Vinyl Asbestos 
    Tile: A study of airborne asbestos concentrations during routine floor 
    maintenance activities.'' (Ex. 119X) In this study both TEM and PCM 
    measurements were made during several operations. The results are 
    briefly summarized in Table VIII.
    
      Table VIII. Asbestos Fiber Levels During Floor Maintenance Activities 
                                   [Ex. 119K]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Location                       TEM s/cc   PCM f/cc
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Room F1 during low speed with red pad..............     0.069     0.0215
    Room F2 during high speed scrub with white pad.....      .533      .016 
    Room F2 during stripping with black pad............     1.450      .0045
    Room F1 during stripping with black pad............     1.153      .007 
    Room F1 during high speed burnishing with white pad                     
     (after finish build-up)...........................      .069   \1\     
    Room F2 during high speed scrub with white pad.....      .533      .016 
    Room F2 during high speed scrub with white pad                          
     (after finish build-up)...........................      .111   \1\     
    Room F1 during high speed scrub with white pad                          
     (after finish build-up)...........................      .130      .034 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\Not available.                                                       
    
        The authors found that approximately 97% of the asbestos structures 
    observed during all analyses were less than 5 microns in length (and 
    would therefore not be seen by PCM). They concluded that 
    ``Concentrations were low during low speed scrubs and burnishing of 
    freshly built-up, new floor finishes. High speed scrub results were 
    highest on the worn floor but dropped to approximately one-fifth this 
    level on freshly built-up surfaces.'' The authors noted that although 
    high speed scrubs and burnishing operations used the same machine and 
    pad, the fiber levels observed in high speed scrub operations were 
    higher than during burnishing. They hypothesized that this had been due 
    to condition of the floor tested or that ``the limited amount of 
    cleaning solution causes the higher values observed during high speed 
    scrubbing operations.'' They expressed serious concern about the 
    elevated TEM measurements during some of these operations and called 
    for more extensive study.
        S. Wong, Director of Environmental Health and Safety Branch of the 
    Los Angeles Unified School District submitted a report of a study in 
    which fiber levels were measured by TEM during various floor 
    maintenance activities (Ex. 7-11). Using a pass-fail criterion of 5 
    samples less than or equal to 70 structures per square millimeter (the 
    AHERA clearance level), she found that 5 of 7 stripping pads failed. 
    She also found that use of a brush with a rotary powered scrubbing 
    machine passed and that various stripping solution used in conjunction 
    with the brush also passed. Repeated use of a pad which initially 
    passed, continued to do so. In a final test using one of the stripping 
    solutions and 7 other brushes, all failed. However, neither the OSHA 
    PEL nor action level was exceeded. The report concluded with several 
    recommendations: (1) all VAT floor maintenance using powered equipment 
    be performed using wet methods exclusively; (2) that use of aggressive 
    pads results in release of fibers from previously applied wax (They 
    found 5% fibers in the old wax scraped from baseboards.) and their use 
    should be discontinued; (3) schools continue to use only the off-white 
    or pink pad which passed for buffing; (4) recommends discontinuance of 
    use of power equipment to strip wax from floors unless they do not 
    contain asbestos; and, (5) alter maintenance program to perform 
    frequent damp mopping and less frequent stripping.
        Both studies cited above were conducted after the A.F. Meyer study 
    discussed in the proposal, which was conducted in October 1989, and 
    which showed slightly elevated asbestos levels after routine buffing 
    (with standard red buffing pad and standard buffing solution) and 
    stripping. No levels, however, exceeded OSHA's proposed PELs. Two 
    methods were used for stripping: (1) standard stripping mixture mopped 
    on and standard black stripping pad, and (2) mist spray of stripper 
    solution and standard black stripping pad. As noted in the proposal, 
    the stripping conducted using a mist spray of stripping solution and 
    the more abrasive pad resulted in significantly higher asbestos fiber 
    airborne concentrations than the first method.
        On January 25, 1990, in response to the A.F. Meyer study, EPA 
    published a ``Recommended Interim Guidance for Maintenance of Asbestos-
    Containing Floor Coverings,'' (Ex. 1-108) outlining its analysis of the 
    Meyer's findings. The Agency concluded that, although there was ``no 
    clear evidence'' that ``routine'' stripping significantly elevated 
    levels of asbestos fibers, it observed that higher levels did occur 
    after a stripping machine was used on a relatively dry, unwaxed floor.
        Work practices recommended by EPA in the same guidance memo 
    emphasize the same precautions contained in OSHA's final standards: 
    viz. that the least abrasive pad be used for stripping, and that low 
    speed equipment be used for stripping of floors.
        OSHA notes that ACCSH's recommendations for work practices in floor 
    maintenance also echo the themes of wet stripping, using the least 
    abrasive pad for stripping, limiting the speed of the machine and 
    prohibiting floor sanding, which are the core requirements in this 
    standard. (Ex. 1-126).
        In a change from the proposal, OSHA is permitting high speed 
    buffing of finished floors containing asbestos material. A number of 
    participants pointed out to OSHA that buffing, although performed at 
    high speed, is done on 3 to 5 layers of wax, unlike sanding, and that 
    the wax, not the tile, is polished in this process. (Ex. 7-19, 7-80, 7-
    84, 7-90, 7-100, 7-107, 7-123, 7-142, 7-188, 125D, 147 and Tr. at 
    3599). Michael B. Wheeler Chief Executive Officer of Essential 
    Industries Inc., stated that:
    
        Stripping is expensive, labor and material-intensive, and, in 
    the context of vinyl asbestos tile something we wish to keep to a 
    minimum. Ultra high speed maintenance techniques allow workers in 
    heavy trafficked stores to strip their finished floors every 10-18 
    months as compared to every 2-3 months using older low speed 
    techniques. (Ex. 7-188).
    
        He went on to explain that these high speed techniques also reduce 
    the labor requirements by at least half. He cited studies using low 
    speed spray buffing techniques on finished VAT which yielded fiber 
    levels ranging from 0.015 to 0.025 f/cc and quoted the WRC-TV report 
    that ``just buffing an already waxed floor does not throw up any 
    asbestos from the asbestos tile.'' In addition, ISSA described 
    additional floor maintenance procedures which increase the glossiness 
    of the floor--spray buffing (done at 175-300 rpm) and burnishing (done 
    at 300-2,000 rpm). ISSA stated that if there is finish on the floor 
    surface, these procedures do not generate unsafe levels of fibers 
    because they do not contact the floor itself. They oppose OSHA's 
    proposed changes prohibiting speeds of more than 190 rpm in floor 
    machines, particularly due to increased costs in time and money. (Ex. 
    136D).
        Based on this record, OSHA believes that employees who burnish and/
    or buff floors using high speed floor machines will be exposed to 
    minimal asbestos fiber concentrations if the floor machines are used to 
    polish finished or polished floors, and if the pad does not contact the 
    unpolished floor. Industry also claims that the use of high speed 
    buffing will increase the intervals where stripping is required, and 
    thus, may reduce risk to employees who perform floor maintenance, but 
    OSHA is not relying on this speculative benefit.
    
    (13) Medical Surveillance
    
        Paragraph (l) General Industry Standard. Paragraph (m) Construction 
    and Shipyard Employment Standards.
        No changes were made to this section. The medical surveillance 
    provisions in the 1986 construction standard are now also included in 
    the shipyard employment standard.
    
    (14) Recordkeeping
    
        Paragraph (m) General Industry Standard. Paragraph (n) Construction 
    and Shipyard Employment Standards. The recordkeeping provisions now 
    include provisions (n)(5) and (n)(6) which require maintenance of data 
    used to rebut the presumption that a contains asbestos, i.e., the 
    building owner/employer who relies on data to demonstrate that PACM is 
    not asbestos-containing must maintain the data upon which he relied for 
    as long as they are used to rebut the presumption. In addition, where 
    the building owner has received or provided information concerning the 
    location, amount and identify of ACM and PACM, he must maintain written 
    records of them and their content for the duration of ownership and 
    must transfer them to successive owners.
    
    (15) Competent Person
    
        Paragraph (o) Construction and Shipyard Employment Standards.
        OSHA is adopting as final provisions most of the proposed changes 
    to the 1986 construction standard's requirements concerning the 
    designation of a ``competent person'' on certain construction 
    worksites. The term ``competent person'' is derived from the generic 
    construction standard's provisions. Under these, employers must 
    designate a ``competent person'' on all construction worksites to 
    conduct ``frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, materials, 
    and equipment'' as part of required safety and health programs 
    (Sec. 1926.20). At the suggestion of SESAC, OSHA has designated that 
    the person who performs the shipyard duties analogous to the competent 
    person in the construction standard will be termed a ``qualified 
    person.'' For the purposes of the present discussion these terms are 
    equivalent and will be discussed as ``competent person.'' The 1986 
    asbestos construction standard appeared to limit this requirement. 
    ``Competent person'' supervision was required only at removal, 
    demolition, and renovation operations which were not ``small-scale, 
    short-duration,'' but under the asbestos standard, the competent person 
    was to be specially trained in asbestos hazards, and perform various 
    duties mainly involving the setting up and control of the NPE, and the 
    supervision of workers within the enclosure (formerly 
    1926.58(e)(6)(ii)).
        The Court of Appeals, agreeing with BCTD, instructed OSHA to either 
    expand the ``competent person'' requirement or explain more 
    persuasively why it refused to do so. OSHA agrees that for all 
    construction work involving asbestos exposure under this standard, a 
    ``competent person'' who is specially trained in asbestos related work 
    conditions, should either be available to employees or be present on 
    the work site. Like other provisions in this standard, the more risky 
    asbestos work deserves a more protective provision; so employees 
    performing Class I and II work will have the benefit of a ``competent 
    person'' on the worksite, to the extent necessary to perform his duties 
    as set out in paragraph (o). Employees performing Class III and IV 
    work, will be entitled to access to a ``competent person'' as needed.
        Two issues regarding the ``competent person'' were discussed during 
    the rulemaking. One was the training required; and two, whether or not 
    the competent person needs to be present throughout the operation.
        As to the second issue, the standard requires in paragraph (o) (2) 
    and (3), that the competent person must perform the ``frequent and 
    regular inspections of the job sites, material and equipment'' to 
    accomplish ``health and safety programs,'' which are otherwise required 
    by the general construction provision in Sec. 1926.20(b)(2). Although 
    no elaboration of this provision is provided, OSHA intends that in all 
    work covered by this standard, including Class IV work and work not 
    included in a ``Class,'' a competent person insures, by inspecting the 
    worksite, that workers exposed to asbestos are protected by the 
    relevant provisions of this standard, and that they are informed 
    pursuant to paragraph (k) of this standard about the presence and 
    location of ACM and PACM. Additionally, paragraph (o)(3) requires that 
    in Class I operations the ``competent person'' must make on-site 
    inspections at least once during the workshift and any time at employee 
    request. In addition, the list of specific duties of the ``competent 
    person'' in paragraph (o)(3)(i) for Class I and II work includes 
    specific language requiring the required supervision of various 
    controls and work practices to be made through ``on-site inspection.''
        The record supports the need for on-site supervision of setting up 
    of controls. Chip D'Angelo, when asked what were his major concern 
    about glove bags, testified that ``Just the act of attaching * * * 
    concerns us * * * a lot of times the material is so overly dry and very 
    loose * * * simply attaching the bag can create some problems * * * 
    Removing the bag, if not done properly and evacuated properly and 
    twisted properly, actually expels fibers out into the air'' (Tr. 3126). 
    For example, he/she must be present when a glove bag is attached and 
    determine that a smoke test is passed and again be present when the bag 
    is removed. It is not necessary that the competent person continually 
    watch the operation, rather that he oversees its proper completion. 
    OSHA has not specified the ratio of on-site supervisors to abatement 
    workers. Mr. Booher of Exxon Company, testified that ``if you have 
    three glove bag operations going on next to one another, in close 
    proximity to one another, that one competent person can handle up to 
    three jobs effectively'' (Tr. 2677). The Agency believes that various 
    operations need closer supervision than others; the exposure assessment 
    should clarify how close supervision needs to be. So long as the 
    specific activities in the standard requiring inspection are covered, 
    the extent of the required inspections are up to the judgment of the 
    ``competent person.''
        Training for the competent person is the same for those who 
    supervise Class I and II asbestos work under the standard. The training 
    must be obtained in a course which is the equivalent of the EPA 
    supervisor course. Unlike the training requirements for workers for 
    Class II jobs which may concentrate on a particular kind of material if 
    that is the only asbestos work which an employee does, the ``competent 
    person'' supervising Class II jobs must be trained comprehensively in 
    all aspects of asbestos related construction work. Thus, for example, a 
    flooring removal supervisor must be informed about all asbestos removal 
    control methods: this is the person who must evaluate a prospective job 
    to assure that the PELs will not be exceeded, who must choose among 
    available controls to reduce exposures, and must know how to supervise 
    extensive control systems if they are needed for high exposure Class II 
    work.
        The training requirements of persons supervising Class III work are 
    different. Most Class III work is maintaining or renovating building 
    components. Supervisors of such work need not be trained in methods of 
    abating asbestos material on a large scale. The EPA asbestos in schools 
    rules, now updated to encompass commercial and public buildings 
    requires that maintenance workers in asbestos-containing buildings be 
    trained in a 16-hour course which includes; proper asbestos-related 
    work practices, waste handling and disposal, respirator use, 
    decontamination procedures, and the content of applicable Federal, 
    state and local asbestos regulations. All Class III workers and their 
    supervisors must take such a course, which covers all control measures 
    required for Class III work. In this regard OSHA notes comments which 
    stated that training supervisors of plumbers, pipefitters, and sheet 
    metal workers, who are engaged in projects of incidental removal that 
    are small scale and short term, in full enclosure techniques is 
    wasteful (see e.g. Ex. 7-151, 152, 153).
        Although the formal training for supervisors and workers in Class 
    III work is the same, additional criteria for ``competency'' contained 
    in the general construction standard distinguish worker and supervisor 
    on all asbestos jobs, including Class III.
        Thus, the ``competent person'' must be ``capable of identifying 
    existing and predictable hazards * * * which are * * * hazardous to 
    employees, and (have) authorization to take prompt corrective measures 
    to eliminate them'' (29 CFR 1926.32(f)). Also, the ``competent person'' 
    must be designated by the employer (29 CFR 1926.20(b)(2)). OSHA notes 
    that the ``competency'' of the competent person is independent of the 
    training required. ``Competency'' as well as training is required. 
    Thus, a ``competent person'' is not merely someone with a specified 
    level of training but connotes a high level of knowledge of worksite 
    safety and health issues as well.
        The need for a high degree of expertise for Class III work was 
    acknowledged by labor representatives. (See ACCSH reference in the 
    proposal at 55 FR 29727, and R. Gobbell's testimony (Tr. 4318). 
    Employer representatives questioned the need for this uniform training 
    requirements for competent persons supervising all asbestos work, but 
    also acknowledged that supervisors of maintenance projects needed 
    training in the control methods required (See e.g.Ex. 7-151, 7-152, 
    153); others stated that in-house training was often superior to EPA's 
    (see e.g. Amoco Corporation, Ex. 7-37); and that trained competent 
    persons should be allowed to train other workers (Gulf Power Company, 
    Ex. 7-50). OSHA is allowing in-house training so long as it meets the 
    criteria for curriculum, length, and method of training contained in 
    the standard.
        Training for ``competent persons'' for Class IV work depends on 
    when that work is performed. When Class IV workers perform their duties 
    in facilities and buildings where no other asbestos work is taking 
    place, the ``competent person'' supervising them must be trained in an 
    EPA accredited course on operations and maintenance workers or its 
    equivalent, much as for Class III work. If clean-up work is done within 
    a regulated area, supervision of the clean-up must be conducted by the 
    ``competent person'' who is supervising the asbestos job for which the 
    area was established, which in most cases will be Class I and II work.
        A number of participants in the rulemaking, primarily representing 
    industry interests, objected to the proposed requirement for a 
    competent person specifically trained in an EPA-approved course to 
    oversee workers performing small-scale, short duration asbestos jobs. 
    These included: J. Bavan of Michigan Consumers Power (Ex 7-21), Mr. 
    Quanstrom of Amoco Corporation who felt in-house training was often 
    superior to EPA's (Ex. 7-37), and others contain virtually identical 
    comments in which the plumbing contractors state their support.
        Based on the record evidence, OSHA concludes that its expansion of 
    the competent person requirements and additional requirements for 
    training are appropriate.
    
    Shipyard Employment Standard
    
        SESAC agreed that asbestos operations should be overseen by 
    personnel who have the qualifications to ensure that asbestos 
    operations are performed safely; however, they noted in their 
    submission (Ex. 7-77) that in existing OSHA shipyard standards, the 
    term competent person(s) has been used to refer to a person who is 
    uniquely qualified to perform entry tests preparatory to entering 
    enclosed and confined spaces and felt that the use of this term as 
    employed in the asbestos standard would cause confusion. They suggested 
    that the competent person be called a ``qualified'' person in the 
    shipyard standard. OSHA does not object to this substitution of terms, 
    but notes that all requirements for competent/qualified person(s) are 
    to be equivalent.
        SESAC also pointed to a process which may be the general case in 
    large operations, in which the duties of the shipyard qualified person 
    are shared or divided between two or more persons. That is, in some of 
    the larger companies represented on the committee, a training 
    department (not a person) is responsible for ensuring that employees 
    are trained and another department is responsible for setting up the 
    regulated area, while an industrial hygiene department conducts all 
    monitoring. SESAC recommended that this be specifically allowed. OSHA 
    feels that the current regulatory language permits utilizing this 
    organization of responsibilities and agrees with the suggestion that it 
    is appropriate for shipyards.
    
    (p) Dates
    
        The amendments to the General Industry and Construction Standards 
    and the new Shipyard Employment Standard become effective 60 days after 
    date of publication in the Federal Register. All existing provisions 
    remain in effect (including coverage of Shipyards by the General 
    Industry Standard) until the new provision's start-up dates. Various 
    start-up dates are set forth in the standards. Where there is no start-
    up date for a provision, the start-up date is the effective date. If 
    any new or amended provision is stayed by OSHA or a court or vacated by 
    a court, the pre-existing provision becomes binding again.
    
    Appendices
    
        Appendices A, C, D, E, and F of the General Industry Standard are 
    binding. Appendices A, C, D, and E of the Construction Standard are 
    binding. Appendices A, C, D, E, J, and L are binding in the Shipyard 
    Employment Standard. Appendices B, H, I, and J of the General Industry 
    Standard are not binding. Appendices B, F, H, I, and K of the 
    Construction Standard are not binding. Appendices B, F, H, I, and K of 
    the Shipyard Employment Standard are not binding. They are intended 
    neither to add to or detract from binding requirements.
        Shipyard Employment Standard. With respect to the appendices to the 
    standard, SESAC recommended inclusion of the appendix dealing with work 
    practices and engineering controls for automotive brake and clutch 
    repair and assembly in the shipyard standard. OSHA agrees that this 
    appendix is appropriate to the shipyard employment standard, since 
    these activities occur within shipyards and has included this as 
    appendix L in the shipyard employment standard. OSHA further notes that 
    this appendix has been amended subsequent to consideration by SESAC, 
    and therefore differs from the alternate regulatory language suggested 
    by the committee. For example, the Agency no longer considers the 
    solvent spray can a preferred method for controlling asbestos 
    contamination and will not include it in either standard.
    
    Appendix A
    
        All changes indicated in this document are to be made to Appendix A 
    of the asbestos standards and all changes are the same for 1910.1001, 
    1915.1001, and 1926.1101.
        In the explanatory paragraph at the beginning of Appendix A phrase:
        ``(such as the NIOSH 7400 Method)''
    is replaced with:
        ``(such as Appendix B of this regulation, the most current version 
    of the OSHA method ID-160, or the most current version of the NIOSH 
    Method 7400).''
        This change is made to assure that the analytical methodologies 
    followed are the most current and reliable available. Appendix B of 
    this standard has been updated and is the most current version of OSHA 
    ID-160. This method was written to adhere to the language of Appendix A 
    so that there would be no confusion about the limits of the sampling 
    and analytical parameters such as flow rates. So long as parameters 
    consistent with Appendix A are used, there will be no analytical 
    differences between ID-160 and NIOSH 7400 methods.
        Sampling and Analytical Procedure paragraph 2:
        The following sentence is added to the end of the paragraph:
        ``Do not reuse or reload cassettes for asbestos sample 
    collection.''
    
    The practice of reusing cassettes can result in lower estimates of 
    employee exposure. Adequate cleaning of the cassettes cannot be 
    assured. Fibers from the cassette may become dislodged and be collected 
    on the filter during subsequent sampling. Employee exposure assessments 
    are often assessed based on a small number of fibers. This is because 
    it is not possible in every work place to use single cassettes for an 
    entire work shift due to excess dust in the air. This is significant 
    for occupational exposures, because the background fiber concentration 
    must be subtracted from the compliance sample. If fugitive fibers from 
    used cassettes were deposited on the blank filter, the background 
    estimate would be artificially high and the employee exposure will be 
    underestimated when the background concentration is subtracted as 
    required. Elimination of the practice of reusing cassettes will 
    eliminate this source of error, thereby better assessing employee 
    exposure. A requirement that cassette reuse not be allowed is added to 
    the end of paragraph 2 of Appendix A.
        Paragraph 11 is revised as follows:
    
        11. Each set of samples taken will include 10% field blanks or a 
    minimum of 2 field blanks. These blanks must come from the same lot 
    as the filters used for sample collection. The field blank results 
    shall be averaged and subtracted from the analytical results before 
    reporting. A set consists of any sample or group of samples for 
    which an evaluation for this standard must be made. Any samples 
    represented by a field blank having a fiber count in excess of the 
    detection limit of the method being used shall be rejected.
    
    The original wording of the standard was inadequate to apply 
    meaningfully to certain sampling practices, such as continuous 
    sampling. This change establishes that the blanks are to be field 
    blanks. This wording also establishes when blanks are to be taken. The 
    specific practice to be followed for blank correction is outlined in 
    Appendix B, the detailed analytical method. Each time an evaluation of 
    work place exposure is made for the purposes of this standard, the 
    samples used in that evaluation must be represented by valid blanks 
    taken in the work space where the compliance samples were taken.
        The following changes apply to the Quality Control Section.
        Paragraph 2 is renumbered 2(a). Since the standard was promulgated, 
    the lack of a specific requirement to participate the Program for 
    Analytical Testing (PAT) has led to confusion with the requirement that 
    laboratories participate in a round robin using samples taken from real 
    world samples.
        A second paragraph is added directly following 2(a) and is denoted 
    2(b).
    
        2(b) All laboratories should participate in a national sample 
    testing scheme such as the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program 
    (PAT), the Asbestos Registry sponsored by the American Industrial 
    Hygiene Association (AIHA).
    
    This is a requirement of OSHA method ID-160 and NIOSH 7400. This 
    requirement was originally left out of the standard because of the 
    uncertain status of the PAT program at the time of promulgation of the 
    standard. Inclusion at this time is to make it clear that the required 
    participation in a round robin indicated in paragraph 2(a) is not 
    satisfied by participation in the PAT program. Such participation is 
    however, highly desirable and may be required for private 
    accreditation.
        Since the original promulgation of the asbestos standards, there 
    have been several improvements and refinements to the analytical 
    procedure. Two major analytical methods reflect these changes and 
    continue to be updated as necessary. The changes are mostly procedural, 
    providing safer analysis and clearer descriptions of the procedures 
    that are to be carried out. As a result, Appendix A and Appendix B have 
    been updated to reflect the most recent refinements.
        Changes to the mandatory asbestos method Appendix A are intended to 
    clarify some of the requirements of the method. Wording has been 
    inserted to indicate what methods are acceptable. A definition of what 
    constitutes a ``set'' of asbestos samples was added to more clearly 
    define when blank samples are to be taken and to reinforce that they 
    are to be field samples.
        Paragraph 11 is amended to clarify what a set of samples is and 
    when it is necessary to take blank samples.
        An early draft version of NIOSH method 7400 was used for the model 
    of Appendix B. There were several problems with the method including 
    the potentially dangerous practice of boiling acetone. This appendix 
    has been replaced entirely with the most current version of OSHA method 
    ID-160 Asbestos in Air. The OSHA ID-160 give the same results as NIOSH 
    7400 when used within the sampling constraints imposed by Appendix A, 
    notably the flow rate limits of between 0.5 and 5 liters per minute for 
    the 25 mm cassette and 1 to 5 for the 37 mm cassette. The counting 
    rules are functionally the same for both methods. Use of Appendix B, 
    OSHA ID-160 or NIOSH method 7400 when used within the constraints of 
    Appendix A are all acceptable and equivalent. Appendix B is the same as 
    OSHA method ID-160 on the date of publication of these changes. It, 
    like NIOSH method 7400, is subject to change when such changes will 
    result in better methodology.
        As the PEL has been lowered to 0.1 fiber/cc, there is an increased 
    concern about sample overloading as voiced by several commentors such 
    as the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA). Such overloading 
    is the presence of non-asbestos dust on the surface of the filter 
    obscuring the filter surface. Such dust has been shown to decrease the 
    number of fibers counted even before the surface is fully obscured. 
    Some employers have taken samples in such a way that there are no 
    representative samples for the work being performed because all of the 
    filters have been obscured by excess dust. The intention of Appendix A 
    is to provide for the most precise measurement possible while allowing 
    for the fact that many work places have an exceeding amount of non-
    asbestos dust. Appendix A suggests that a sample be collected such that 
    there are a minimum of 100 fibers/mm\2\. In many work places this is 
    not possible. It is preferable to collect a sample that can be used to 
    estimate the asbestos concentration even if it is with a higher than 
    ideal error level than it is to collect a large volume and completely 
    obscure the filter rendering the sample useless.
        An acceptable weight of dust on the filter is highly dependent on 
    the average particle size of the dust. Very small particles such as 
    those from diesel exhaust will quickly obscure the filter with very 
    little weight (much less than 1 mg on the filter). On the other hand, 
    large particles may load the weight up beyond several milligrams with 
    little loss in fiber count. For 5 micrometer diameter particles with a 
    density of 3, 25% of the filter area will be obscured with a total 
    weight on the filter of 1mg. Increasing the average diameter of the 
    particles to 10 micrometers will double the allowable weight to 2mg. It 
    is very important for the person conducting sampling to be careful 
    about the dust levels in the air. It is acceptable to take a series of 
    samples to model the work place air when serial sampling will result in 
    samples that can be used. Serial sampling has the additional benefit 
    that higher asbestos concentrations can be measured by reducing the 
    volume of air drawn through each filter.
    
    Appendix G
    
        OSHA is removing appendix G from the construction standard. The 
    rulemaking proceeding and the Agency's experience enforcing the 
    unrevised standard showed that this ``non-mandatory'' appendix was 
    unclear and that portions of it belonged in the regulatory text. Former 
    appendix G covered controls for all four classes of asbestos work. 
    Therefore, OSHA has extracted the main provisions covering various 
    controls and practices required for each class and placed them as 
    discussed in the regulatory text applying to each operation covered.
        OSHA knows that some employers would like additional guidance on 
    specifications for required work practices and controls. The EPA 
    ``Greenbook,'' (Ex. 1-183), NIBS Guidance Manual (Ex. 1-371) and other 
    sources of specific work practices are available.
    
    Appendix J
    
        OSHA method ID-191 for bulk asbestos analysis has been included as 
    Appendix J, to provide a suggested uniform method for the 
    identification of asbestos. This method uses polarized light optics on 
    a phase contrast microscope. Using this methodology, fibers visible in 
    phase contrast illumination can be viewed to assess whether there might 
    be potential for asbestos exposure from a material which can be 
    measured by a phase contrast counting method. This method also contains 
    the criteria used by OSHA to differentiate between asbestiform and non-
    habit of minerals. The text of the method is informational and explains 
    its limitations and proper use.
    
    Environmental Assessment; Findings of No Significant Impact
    
        OSHA has reviewed the environmental impact in accordance with the 
    requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969 
    (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) 
    NEPA regulations (40 CFR Part 1500), and OSHA's NEPA compliance 
    procedures (29 CFR Part 11).
        As a result of this review, OSHA has determined that these 
    regulations will have no impact on air, water or soil quality, plant or 
    animal life, or the use of land or aspects of the external environment. 
    Therefore, OSHA concludes there will be no significant impact on the 
    general quality of the human environment outside the workplace, 
    particularly in terms of ambient air quality, water quality, or solid 
    waste disposal. No comments made at the public hearing or submitted to 
    the record contradict this conclusion.
    
    State Plan Requirements
    
        The 25 States and territories with their own OSHA-approved 
    occupational safety and health plans must revise their existing 
    standards within six months of the publication date of the final 
    standards or show OSHA why there is no need for action, e.g., because 
    existing state standards are already ``at least as effective'' as the 
    new Federal standards. These States are: California, Connecticut (State 
    and local government workers only), Hawaii, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, 
    Maryland, Michigan Minnesota, Nevada, New Mexico, New York (State and 
    local government workers only), North Carolina, Tennessee, Utah, 
    Vermont, Virginia, Virgin Islands, Washington and Wyoming. Until such 
    time as a State standard is promulgated, Federal OSHA will provide 
    interim enforcement assistance, as appropriate.
    
    Federalism
    
        The standard has been reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 
    12866 (52 FR 41685; October 30, 1987) regarding Federalism. This Order 
    requires that agencies, to the extent possible, refrain from limiting 
    State policy options, consult with States prior to taking any actions 
    that would restrict State policy options, and take such actions only 
    when there is clear constitutional authority and the presence of a 
    problem of national scope. The Order provides for preemption of State 
    law only if there is a clear constitutional authority and the presence 
    of a problem of national scope. Additionally, the Order provides for 
    preemption of State law only if there is a clear Congressional intent 
    for the agency to do so. Any such preemption is to be limited to the 
    extent possible.
        Section 18 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSH Act), 
    expresses Congress' clear intent to preempt State laws relating to 
    issues with respect to which Federal OSHA has promulgated occupational 
    safety or health standards. Under the OSH Act a State can avoid 
    preemption only if it submits, and obtains Federal approval of, a plan 
    for the development of such standards and their enforcement. 
    Occupational safety and health standards developed by such Plan-States 
    must, among other things, be at least as effective in providing safe 
    and healthful employment and places of employment as the Federal 
    standards.
        The Federally promulgated Asbestos standard is drafted so that 
    workers in every State would be protected by general, performance-
    oriented standards. To the extent that there are State or regional 
    peculiarities that could alter work practices, States with occupational 
    safety and health plans approved under section 18 of the OSH Act would 
    be able to develop their own State standards to deal with any special 
    problems. Moreover, the performance nature of this final standard, of 
    and by itself, allows for flexibility by States and contractors to 
    provide as much safety as possible using varying methods consonant with 
    conditions in each State.
        In short, there is a clear national problem related to occupational 
    safety and health of workers. While the individual States, if all 
    acted, might be able collectively to deal with the safety problems 
    involved; most have not elected to do so in the twenty-three years 
    since the enactment if the OSH Act. Those States which have elected to 
    participate under section 18 of the OSHA Act would not be preempted by 
    this final regulation and would be able to deal with special, local 
    conditions within the framework provided by this performance-oriented 
    standard while ensuring that their standards are at least as effective 
    as the Federal standard.
    
    IV. Final Regulatory Impact and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
    
    A. Introduction
    
        In this final revision to the asbestos standard for construction, 
    general industry and shipyards, OSHA is lowering the permissible 
    exposure limit in all affected industry sectors to 0.1 f/cc as an 8-
    hour time-weighted average. In addition, OSHA is revising ancillary 
    requirements in the current standard to respond to three issues 
    remanded to the Agency by the Court. These issues involved expanded 
    competent person training, clarification of the definition for small-
    scale, short-duration construction projects, and reporting and transfer 
    requirements in construction. Also, permissible controls in brake and 
    clutch operations are addressed in a revision to the standard for 
    general industry.
        Executive Order 12866 requires that a regulatory impact analysis be 
    prepared for any regulation that meets the criteria for a ``significant 
    regulatory action.'' Among these criteria, relevant to this rulemaking 
    is the requirement that the rule have an annual effect on the economy 
    of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the 
    economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the 
    environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal 
    governments or communities.
        Consistent with these requirements, OSHA has made a determination 
    that the final revised standard will constitute a significant 
    regulatory action. Accordingly, OSHA has prepared this Final Regulatory 
    Impact and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis to demonstrate the 
    technological and economic feasibility of the final revision.
    
    B. Industry Profile
    
    Characteristics and Properties of Asbestos
        Asbestos is the generic term applied to a group of naturally-
    occurring, fibrous silicates characterized by high tensile 
    strength,1 flexibility, and resistance to thermal, chemical, and 
    electrical conditions. According to the Bureau of Mines, a number of 
    silicates occur naturally in fibrous form, however, not all of these 
    mineral forms are labeled asbestos. Historically, only minerals with 
    (1) commercial importance (2) a crystalline structure with fiber growth 
    along two planes (i.e., lengthwise) and (3) sufficient fiber growth 
    such that the fibers can be identified, separated, and processed, are 
    given the name asbestos [Campbell, 1977].
    
        \1\Tensile strength is defined as the resistance of a material 
    to a force tending to tear it apart.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Asbestos silicates are divided into two mineral groups: serpentine 
    and amphiboles. Both groups are widely distributed in the earth's crust 
    in many igneous and metamorphic rocks. In rare instances, these mineral 
    deposits contain sufficient quantities of usable asbestiform minerals 
    rendering it profitable to mine for commercial asbestos. Some types of 
    commercial asbestos have the properties of softness, silkiness and 
    flexibility that, among other uses, permits them to be spun into thread 
    from which cloth can be woven. This variety, found in the serpentine 
    group and given the name chrysotile, is by far the most abundant of the 
    asbestos minerals, comprising over 90 percent of world production. Five 
    other commercial varieties--riebeckite (crocidolite), grunerite 
    (amosite), anthophyllite, tremolite, and actinolite--belong to the 
    amphibole group and, unlike the serpentines, are characterized by hard 
    and brittle fibers. Chrysotile, amosite, and crocidolite all have 
    extremely high tensile strengths and have been used extensively as 
    reinforcers in cements, resins, and plastics.
    Asbestos Production, Consumption, and Use
        In the production process, asbestos ore is mined and then milled to 
    achieve a homogeneous, graded input. Raw asbestos is shipped to primary 
    industries to be processed into intermediate or finished products. For 
    some goods, secondary manufacturing may be necessary to complete the 
    production process. The finished product is then sold to construction/
    consumer industries for application, installation or erection without 
    further modification.
        Domestically used asbestos fibers are technically classified into 
    seven quality categories, or grades, with the longer, higher-strength 
    fibers given lower-numbered grade levels.
        Table 1 presents the 1992 distribution of asbestos consumption in 
    the United States, by end use, type and grade. Historically, Grades 1, 
    2 and 3 were used for relatively refined uses such as textiles, 
    electrical insulation, and pharmaceutical and beverage filters. With 
    the introduction of ceramic fibers, fibrous glass, cellulose fibers and 
    other substitutes, use of asbestos in these and other products has 
    declined in recent years. As Table 1 shows, U.S. consumption of 
    chrysotile asbestos is concentrated in Grade 7, whose shorter, lower-
    strength fibers are used as reinforcers in coatings and compounds, 
    clutch facings and brake linings (friction products), packing and 
    gaskets, and roofing products.
    
                                                 Table 1.--U.S. Asbestos Consumption by End Use, Type and Grade                                             
                                                                     [Thousand metric tons]                                                                 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    Chrysotile                                                              
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------                           Total  
                          End use                                                                                 Total    Crocidolite  Other (c)   asbestos
                                                          Grade 3    Grade 4    Grade 5    Grade 6    Grade 7     (a)(b)                              (d)   
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1991 total.........................................       <0.1 2.7="" 1.8="" 2.1="" 27.0="" 33.8="" 0.3="" 0.5="" 34="" --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 1992:="" asbestos--cement="" pipe..........................="" .........="" 0.9="" 0.3="" .........="" .........="" 1.2="" 0.5="" .........="" 1.7="" asbestos--cement="" sheet.........................="" .........="" .........="" .........=""><0.1 .........=""><0.1 ...........="" .........=""><0.1 coatings="" and="" compounds.........................=""><0.1><0.1 .........="" .........="" 0.9="" 0.9="" ...........="" .........="" 0.9="" friction="" products..............................="" .........=""><0.1 0.7="" 0.4="" 8.8="" 9.9="" ...........="" .........="" 9.9="" packing="" and="" gaskets............................="" .........=""><0.1 0.6=""><0.1 2.6="" 3.3="" ...........="" .........="" 3.3="" paper..........................................="" .........="" .........="" .........=""><0.1><0.1><0.1 ...........="" .........=""><0.1 plastics.......................................=""><0.1 .........="" .........="" .........="" .........=""><0.1 ...........="" .........=""><0.1 roofing="" products...............................="" .........=""><0.1 .........=""><0.1 16.3="" 16.3="" ...........="" .........="" 16="" other..........................................=""><0.1 0.3=""><0.1 .........="" 0.2="" 0.6="" ...........="" .........="" 0.6="" --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" total="" (b)....................................=""><0.1 1.3="" 1.7="" 0.5="" 28.7="" 32.3="" 0.5="" .........="" 33="" --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" sources:="" u.s.="" bureau="" of="" mines,="" based="" on="" data="" provided="" by="" the="" asbestos="" institute,="" montreal,="" canada,="" the="" u.s.="" bureau="" of="" the="" census,="" and="" the="" u.s.="" bureau="" of="" mines="" asbestos="" producer="" survey.="" (a)includes="" one="" ton="" of="" grades="" 1="" and="" 2="" chrysotile="" for="" packing="" and="" gaskets.="" (b)data="" may="" not="" add="" to="" totals="" shown="" because="" of="" independent="" rounding.="" (c)source:="" bureau="" of="" the="" census.="" includes="" unspecified="" fiber="" type="" and="" end="" use.="" (d)does="" not="" include="" ``other.''="" total="" u.s.="" asbestos="" consumption="" declined="" 6="" percent="" in="" 1992="" from="" a="" level="" of="" roughly="" 35="" thousand="" metric="">2 a year earlier. Of the 
    32.8 thousand metric tons used in final products in 1992, 31.6 thousand 
    metric tons were imported, at a value of $7.2 million dollars (not 
    shown in table). World production in 1992 was an estimated 3.1 million 
    metric tons [Bureau of Mines, 1993, Table 1].
    
        \2\According to the Bureau of Mines, 1991 apparent consumption 
    of asbestos in the United States was 34,765 metric tons [Bureau of 
    Mines, 1993, Table 1]. Total consumption shown in Table 1, taken 
    from another Bureau of Mines table, differs from the first estimate 
    by roughly 800 metric tons. The difference may be partly accounted 
    for by the exclusion of the ``Other'' category from the 1991 total 
    in Table 1.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In July 1989, the Environmental Protection Agency issued a final 
    rule under section 6 of the Toxic Substances Control Act to prohibit 
    the future manufacture, importation, processing, and distribution of 
    asbestos in almost all products. The Asbestos Ban and Phaseout Rule (40 
    CFR 763.160) was scheduled to eliminate asbestos in most commercial 
    products in three stages over seven years beginning in 1990 and ending 
    in 1996. EPA's asbestos rule was challenged in U.S. court by the 
    asbestos industry. In October 1991, the U.S. Fifth Circuit Court of 
    Appeals vacated and remanded most of the ban and phaseout rule to EPA. 
    As a result of the Court decision, most asbestos products are no longer 
    subject to the ban and phaseout rule. The Court chose to let stand 
    EPA's authority to ban products that no longer are being produced in or 
    imported into the United States.
        Consumption of asbestos products in the United States has declined 
    in recent years due to technological, regulatory and economic factors. 
    U.S. manufacturers have modified product design to either (1) 
    accommodate the use of asbestos substitutes or (2) eliminate the need 
    for fibrous materials altogether. Examples of asbestos substitutes 
    include aramid fiber, carbon fiber, cellulose fiber, ceramic fiber, 
    fibrous glass, organic fiber, steel fibers, and wollastonite. The 
    following products have been successfully introduced as alternatives to 
    asbestos: aluminum, vinyl and wood siding; aluminum and fiberglass 
    sheet; asphalt coatings; ductile iron pipe; polyvinylchloride pipe; 
    prestressed and reinforced concrete pipe; and semimetallic brakes. 
    Although the introduction of asbestos substitutes and alternatives 
    enables manufacturers to avoid contact with asbestos, many of these 
    surrogates pose occupational health hazards of varying degrees.
        Despite the decline in U.S. consumption of asbestos, foreign 
    markets continue to demand U.S. asbestos products. The export and re-
    export of asbestos fibers and asbestos products from the United States 
    was valued at $140.8 million in 1992, an increase of 14 percent from 
    the 1991 level. Leading importers of American asbestos materials were 
    Canada, Japan, Mexico, the United Kingdom, and Germany. At the same 
    time, three members of the European Community--Germany, the 
    Netherlands, and Italy--are taking legislative steps to ban the use of 
    asbestos. Effective dates for the ban initiatives ranged from July 1993 
    to 1995. In addition, Finland and Poland are phasing out the 
    importation and use of asbestos [Canadian Mineral Yearbook, 1993, p. 
    10.4].
    Asbestos Exposure in General Industry
        OSHA has determined that the following general industry groups will 
    be affected by the revision to the asbestos standard: primary 
    manufacture of asbestos friction materials (SIC 3292); primary 
    manufacture of asbestos gaskets and packings (SIC 3053); primary 
    manufacture of asbestos adhesives, sealants, and coatings (SIC 2952); 
    primary manufacture of asbestos-reinforced plastics (SIC 3089); general 
    automotive repair (SICs 551, 554 and 753) and shipbuilding and repair 
    (SIC 3731).
        In addition, secondary gaskets and packings and secondary auto 
    remanufacturing fall under the scope of the revised standard. However, 
    few impacts, if any, are anticipated for these industry groups due to 
    their low current exposure levels (below the revised PEL of 0.1 f/cc).
        Primary Manufacturing. Primary manufacturers use asbestos fiber as 
    a raw material in the production of an intermediate product to be 
    further processed or fabricated into a finished product. As shown in 
    Table 2, two processes--fiber introduction and product finishing/dry 
    mechanical--are common to all primary manufacturing operations and, 
    according to risk profiles in earlier reports [RTI, 1985; ICF, 1988], 
    have a high potential for generating airborne asbestos fiber.
    
     Table 2.--Estimated Population at Risk From Occupational Exposure to Asbestos During Manufacturing, Automotive 
                                                 Repair, and Ship Repair                                            
                                                  [By industry/process]                                             
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          Number of 
                                                                               Number of     Number of    full-time-
                  Sector                           Process group               affected       workers     equivalent
                                                                            establishments    exposed      exposed  
                                                                                                          workers(a)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    
             General Industry                                                                                       
                                                                                                                    
    Primary manufacturing:                                                                                          
        Friction materials............  All...............................             25         1,415        1,415
                                        Introduction......................                          323          323
                                        Wet Mechanical....................                          390          390
                                        Dry Mechanical....................                          389          389
                                        Other.............................                          313          313
        Gaskets and packings..........  All...............................              9           168          168
                                        Introduction......................                           63           63
                                        Wet Mechanical....................                           23           23
                                        Dry Mechanical....................                           39           39
                                        Other.............................                           43           43
        Coatings and sealants.........  All...............................             75         1,181        1,181
                                        Introduction......................                          803          803
                                        Other.............................                          378          378
        Plastics......................  All...............................              1            18           18
                                        Introduction......................                            4            4
                                        Wet Mechanical....................                            1            1
                                        Dry Mechanical....................                            2            2
                                        Other.............................                           11           11
    Secondary manufacturing:                                                                                        
        Gaskets and packings..........  Dry Mechanical....................             71         2,142        2,142
        Auto remanufacturing..........  Dry Mechanical....................             62         1,761        1,761
    Services:                                                                                                       
        Automotive repair.............  Dry Mechanical....................        329,000       676,000      126,750
                                                                                                                    
                 Shipyards                                                                                          
                                                                                                                    
    Ship repair.......................  All...............................             18           985          241
                                        Wet Removal/Repair................                          788          193
                                        Dry Removal/Repair................                          197           48
                                                                           -----------------------------------------
          Total.......................    ................................        329,261       683,670      133,676
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: U.S. Dept. of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis, based on CONSAD, 1990, and OSHA, 1994.       
                                                                                                                    
    (a) Totals in this column show the number of full-time-equivalent workers exposed to abestos at any level.      
    
        Friction materials. Asbestos friction products include brake 
    linings (i.e. linings for drum brakes, disc pads for disc brakes, and 
    brake blocks), clutch facings, and industrial linings for equipment and 
    appliances. Based on EPA survey data [ICF, 1988] and discussion with 
    industry experts, OSHA and CONSAD estimate that 25 plants, employing a 
    total of 1,415 workers, currently manufacture primary friction 
    materials [CONSAD, 1990; OSHA, 1994].
        Gaskets and packings. Asbestos gaskets are used in static 
    situations to avoid leakage, whereas asbestos packings are used in 
    dynamic applications, such as pumps and valves, to control leakage 
    where motion takes place. According to OSHA and CONSAD's profile of the 
    industry, 130 production workers in 7 establishments are exposed to 
    asbestos.
        Coatings and sealants. Asbestos fiber is used as a filler and 
    reinforcer in asphalt and tar-based surface coatings. These products 
    are then used as roof sealants, waterproofing coatings, automobile 
    undercoatings, protective coatings for underground pipelines, anti-
    condensation coatings for low-temperature refrigeration services and 
    fireproofing for structural steel. OSHA estimates that 1,181 production 
    workers in 75 coatings and sealants plants are affected by the revised 
    standard.
        Primary manufacture of plastics. Asbestos-reinforced plastic 
    molding compounds are used in the electronic, automotive, and printing 
    industries. Primary manufacturers of asbestos-reinforced plastics 
    produce molding compounds in pellet or flake form. These plastics are 
    used in commutators and rotors in electrical and automotive 
    applications. Based on OSHA and CONSAD's industry profile [CONSAD, 
    1990; OSHA, 1994], OSHA projects that one plastics plant, employing 
    eighteen workers, will be affected by the revised standard.
        Automotive repair. The general automotive repair and service sector 
    includes establishments involved in brake and clutch repair work and 
    maintenance. The major source of asbestos exposure in this sector 
    occurs when compressed air is used for blowing the residual dust from 
    the brake lining assembly. In addition, minor exposures in brake repair 
    can occur during spray applications and when handling cloths and other 
    supplies contaminated with asbestos fibers. Replacement of clutch 
    assemblies can also lead to fiber release. CONSAD estimates that 
    approximately 329,000 automobile repair shops and garages, brake and 
    clutch repair establishments, and motor vehicle dealers, employing 
    676,000 workers, will be affected by the revision to the asbestos 
    standard. OSHA is mandating specific engineering controls and work 
    practices that will affect this sector.
        Shipbuilding and repairing--historical contact with asbestos in 
    shipyard work. The revision to the shipyard asbestos standard affects 
    the shipbuilding and repairing industry, SIC 3731. Shipbuilding and 
    repairing is a large-scale manufacturing activity that requires both 
    skilled and unskilled labor. Shipyard work can be categorized into 
    three main operations: (1) ship construction, (2) ship repair, and (3) 
    ship overhaul. Asbestos exposure occurs during those conversion, 
    repair, or overhaul operations where asbestos-containing components are 
    removed or repaired.
        Asbestos products were used extensively on American ships from the 
    early 1940s through the late 1970s in joiner bulkhead systems in living 
    space; for insulation of steam and hot water pipes, boilers, and tanks 
    in machinery space; in ceiling tile; and in fire-resistant sheets in 
    bulkheads [RTI, 1985]. However, after 1973, new specifications reduced 
    the use of asbestos on ships regulated by the Maritime Administration 
    (MARAD). Use of asbestos was only permitted in insulation cement in 
    lagging for machinery casings and in lagging cloth.
        Since 1978, specifications for government-subsidized ships have 
    required the elimination of all asbestos lagging and insulation 
    materials. Therefore, current ship building activities ordinarily do 
    not generate any worker exposure to asbestos. However, OSHA believes 
    that all ships delivered before 1975 contain extensive asbestos 
    insulation materials, and that ships delivered between 1975 and 1978 
    contain asbestos in the form of insulating cement on machinery casings. 
    Potential asbestos exposures occur when workers contact these materials 
    during maintenance and repair activities [OSHA, 1986].
        Occupational exposure to asbestos. The greatest potential for 
    occupational exposure to asbestos occurs during removal activities due 
    to sawing, tearing, cutting, and scraping operations. Additional 
    sources of asbestos exposure, involving a small number of shipyard 
    workers, occur during repair activities such as removal and 
    installation of gaskets [OSHA, 1986]. Whenever possible, asbestos is 
    thoroughly wetted during removal activities. However, wet removal in 
    nuclear reactor compartments is not permitted because of possible 
    radiation contamination.
        Shipyards are owned by both the private sector and the U.S. Navy. 
    Private sector shipyards can be classified into three categories: (1) 
    major shipyards engaged in construction and/or repair with drydocking 
    facilities; (2) smaller ``second-tier'' shipyards that service inland 
    waterways and coastal commerce and that build and repair smaller 
    vessels; and (3) ``topside'' repair facilities that work on ships while 
    they remain in the water.
        The number of reported firms in SIC 3731, Ship Building and 
    Repairing, has differed in recent years among traditional data sources. 
    Many ``firms'' classified within the industry are very small, perform 
    shipyard work only intermittently, or are marginal firms with short 
    tenure. The 1987 Census of Manufactures included 590 shipyards (287 
    with twenty or more employees) operated by 547 companies [Dept. of 
    Commerce, 1990a]. The Commerce Department's 1993 Industrial Outlook 
    estimates a total of 585 establishments [U.S. Industrial Outlook, 
    1993]. However, in 1987, the Commission on Merchant Marine and Defense 
    reported the existence of only 305 ``working'' shipyards [Merchant 
    Marine Commission, 1987]. In their 1991 Report on Survey of U.S. 
    Shipbuilding and Repair Facilities, the Maritime Administration 
    reported that ``over 200 privately-owned firms are involved in 
    repairing ships in the United States'' [Dept. of Transportation, 1991]. 
    In addition to the private-sector shipyards, there are currently eight 
    Navy-owned shipyards and two Navy-owned ship repair facilities [U.S. 
    Industrial Outlook, 1993].
        Employment in the shipbuilding and repair industry--as high as 
    184,000 in 1981--was 118,000 in October 1992 according to the Bureau of 
    Labor Statistics [BLS, 1993]. Employment has also declined in 
    government-owned shipyards. In 1990 the five largest firms employed 
    81,000 workers while the 12 largest firms (all with at least 1,000 
    workers) employed 98,000 workers [Dept. of Transportation, 1990].
        The largest percentage of asbestos work is performed in major 
    shipyards [OSHA, 1991 (Ocken, p. 395)]. OSHA and CONSAD identified a 
    range of 13 to 23 major shipyards as potentially affected by the 
    revision to the asbestos standard [OSHA, 1994]. These establishments 
    employ approximately 74,000 to 80,500 workers, of which an estimated 
    three percent, or 2,220 to 2,415 workers, perform maintenance and 
    repair activities [RTI, 1985; OSHA, 1994].
        As shown in Table 2, OSHA analyzed impacts in two areas of ship 
    repair: wet removal/repair and dry removal/repair. Dry removal and 
    repair occur in ship compartments, such as in nuclear powered vessels, 
    where wet methods are infeasible. Based on OSHA and CONSAD's profile of 
    the ship repair industry, OSHA estimates that 18 shipyards, employing 
    985 workers, are affected by the revised standard.
        Market conditions in the shipbuilding industry. During the 1980s, 
    the shipbuilding industry experienced a sharp decline in output due to 
    (1) competition from subsidized foreign shipbuilders; (2) decreased 
    demand for new ships caused by excess supply; (3) the elimination of 
    some subsidies for U.S. shipbuilders; and (4) a relaxation of the 
    requirements for foreign ships entering the U.S. commercial fleet. No 
    commercial ships were built in the United States between 1985 and 1990, 
    and only four have been built or under construction since 1990. 
    However, due to the requirements of the Jones Act, American shipyards 
    still build all vessels used in domestic commerce--smaller ships, 
    barges, and tugboats. Industry forecasts also predict that the demand 
    for commercial ships will ``increase significantly'' during the 1990s 
    due to the need for replacement of an aging world merchant fleet [U.S. 
    Industrial Outlook, 1993]. It remains to be seen what fraction of this 
    business may be won by U.S. shipbuilders.
        In contrast to the declining market for commercial ship 
    construction, the market for ship repair and conversion work is strong. 
    The U.S. Industrial Outlook reports that ``the demand for some ship 
    repair services * * * exceeds what is currently available in certain 
    areas.'' In addition, investments by U.S. shipyards to improve, expand, 
    and modernize repairing facilities are proceeding. Investment in fiscal 
    year 1992 was $215 million, contrasted with $176 million for purchases 
    of plant, machinery and equipment in 1991 [U.S. Industrial Outlook, 
    1993].
    Asbestos in Construction
        The construction industry is the principal market for asbestos 
    materials and products in the United States, accounting for 68 percent 
    of the asbestos consumed in 1992 [Bureau of Mines, 1993]. Asbestos 
    products used in construction include asbestos-cement pipe, asbestos-
    cement sheet, coatings, compounds, packings, and roofing products.
        With the decline in consumption of raw asbestos in U.S. 
    manufacturing coupled with the introduction of asbestos substitutes 
    into product design, the asbestos construction industry has shifted 
    away from activities associated with installing asbestos products. 
    Instead, in the last decade concern over the public risk presented by 
    damaged asbestos in place, as well as the practical need to maintain 
    aging interior sections in commercial and residential buildings, has 
    directed the asbestos construction industry to the areas of demolition, 
    removal, and renovation. In addition, custodial personnel occasionally 
    come into contact with asbestos during their housekeeping duties.
        The construction industry is comprised of a large number of firms: 
    approximately 536,300 establishments in 1987, employing just over 5 
    million workers [Dept. of Commerce, 1990b]. Of this industry total, 
    423,500 establishments, or 79 percent, employed fewer than 10 workers, 
    while only 9.3 percent had 20 or more employees. The prevalence of 
    small firms is partially related to the ease of entry into the 
    construction industry. To establish a construction firm generally 
    requires minimal capitalization; many firms, in fact, achieve success 
    by carrying little overhead and adapting their services to industry 
    trends. Furthermore, a sizable share of proprietorships in the industry 
    are composed of self-employed individuals who contract their own 
    services, and who shift back and forth from employee status to self-
    employment status as opportunities change.
        In construction, unlike manufacturing, the typical industry end-
    product is highly differentiated and is produced at a site selected by 
    the purchaser. Due to this degree of product specificity, each worksite 
    usually has its own pattern of material use, building methods, and 
    number and mix of workers. Thus, considerable variation may exist in 
    actual worker use of, or contact with, asbestos materials and products. 
    Although the occasional use of asbestos products appears to be the 
    norm--particularly given the changing material use patterns in new 
    construction--some workers (e.g. asbestos pipe installers and 
    abatement/removal specialists) continually come into contact with 
    asbestos materials and products.
        Worker mobility, resulting in considerable shifting among both job 
    sites and employers is another characteristic of the industry. Workers 
    tend to identify with their craft or occupation, not with their 
    employer [Lange and Mills, 1979]. Cyclical changes in the economy and 
    seasonal work patterns cause variability of job opportunities, with a 
    large portion of workers frequently entering and exiting the industry. 
    Collectively, these factors make it very difficult to estimate the 
    total number of workers exposed to asbestos and the duration of their 
    exposure.
        Based upon profiles of the asbestos construction industry by OSHA 
    and CONSAD [OSHA, 1994; CONSAD, 1990], OSHA in this final RIA has 
    estimated the number of construction workers potentially exposed in the 
    areas affected by the standard--that is, where asbestos products are 
    installed, replaced, removed, or managed in place. Affected 
    construction activities are found within the following general sectors: 
    new construction; abatement and demolition; building renovation and 
    remodeling; routine maintenance; and custodial work. Table 3 presents 
    OSHA's profile of the population at risk from occupational exposure to 
    asbestos in construction. Below are descriptions of the construction 
    activities categorized within the general sectors affected by OSHA's 
    revised asbestos standard.
    
      Table 3.--Estimated Population at Risk From Occupational Exposure to  
        Asbestos During New Constructuion, Abatement, Renovation, Routine   
                    Maintenance Work and Custodial Activities               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Annual       Annual                 
                                      number of    number of    Annual full-
                                       workers      workers        time-    
         Construction activity       potentially  potentially    equivalent 
                                       exposed      exposed    person--years
                                        (lower       (upper     of exposure 
                                        bound)       bound)         (a)     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    New Construction...............          494        4,260         2,377 
        A/C Pipe Installation......          224        2,100         1,162 
        A/C Sheet Installation.....          270        2,160         1,215 
    Asbestos Abatement and                                                  
     Demolition....................       55,101       79,361        21,295 
        Asbestos Removal...........       44,491       66,476        16,518 
        Encapsulation..............        4,610        6,885         1,615 
        Demolition.................        6,000        6,000         3,163 
    Renovation/Remodeling..........       60,735       95,914        60,735 
        Drywall Renovation.........       51,300       51,300        51,300 
        Built-Up Roofing Removal...        2,235       19,444         2,235 
        Removal of Flooring                                                 
         Products..................        7,200       25,170         7,200 
    Routine Maintenance in Public,                                          
     Commercial and Residential                                             
     Buildings.....................      128,867      740,237        25,771 
        Repair/Replace Ceiling                                              
         Tiles.....................       13,686       38,650           725 
        Repair/Adjust HVAC/Lighting       39,434       60,793         2,091 
        Other Work Above Drop                                               
         Ceilings..................        4,847        5,636           299 
        Repair Boiler..............        7,218      180,984         1,126 
        Repair Plumbing............        7,218      180,984         1,126 
        Repair Roofing.............       24,040      127,621         2,404 
        Repair Drywall.............        3,576       80,231         3,576 
        Repair Flooring............       28,848       65,338        14,424 
    Routine Maintenance in                                                  
     Industrial Facilities.........      243,454      631,046         2,711 
        Remove/Install Gaskets,                                             
         Small Scale...............       58,122       61,623           378 
        Remove/Install Gaskets,                                             
         Large Scale...............       11,083      109,662           211 
        Remove/Repair Boiler                                                
         Insulation, Small.........       22,204       26,172           169 
        Remove/Repair Boiler                                                
         Insulation, Large.........        4,156       48,827            79 
        Remove/Repair Pipe                                                  
         Insulation, Small.........       22,204       26,172           169 
        Remove/Repair Pipe                                                  
         Insulation, Large.........        4,156       48,827            79 
        Miscellaneous Maintenance,                                          
         Small.....................       44,593       49,957           312 
        Miscellaneous Maintenance,                                          
         Large.....................        8,312       89,974           158 
        Miscel. Telecommunications                                          
         Maintenance, Small........       32,544       48,240           354 
        Miscel. Telecommunications                                          
         Maintenance, Large........       36,080      121,592           802 
    Custodial Work in Public,                                               
     Commercial and Residential                                             
     Buildings:                                                             
        Sweeping, cleaning, dusting                                         
         activities................    1,126,000    3,665,000       223,160 
    Custodial Work in Industrial                                            
     Facilities:                                                            
        Sweeping, cleaning, dusting                                         
         activities................      143,355      535,768        31,442 
                                    ----------------------------------------
          Total....................    1,758,006    5,751,586       367,491 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: U.S. Dept. of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis, based
      on OSHA, 1986, and OSHA, 1994.                                        
                                                                            
    (a) Totals in this column show the number of full-time-equivalent       
      workers exposed to asbestos at any level.                             
    
        New construction. New construction activities account for the bulk 
    of asbestos materials and products consumed in a typical year. Major 
    products include asbestos-cement pipe, asbestos-cement sheet, coatings 
    and compounds, and roofing products. As depicted in Table 1, these 
    construction products comprised over half (19 thousand metric tons) of 
    the total U.S. asbestos consumption in 1992.3
    
        \3\Total consumption of asbestos-cement sheet was approximated 
    as 50 metric tons for the purpose of this calculation.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Asbestos-cement pipe. Asbestos-cement pipe (A/C pipe) is used 
    chiefly for transporting drinking water in a pressurized condition and 
    to provide drainage for storm water, sewage and other liquid waste. 
    Approximately 90 percent of A/C pipe purchases are of pressure water 
    pipe [AIA, Ex. 117, 1991]. A/C pipe is also used in industrial 
    applications, to carry gaseous products, and as an electrical conduit 
    for heating, cooling and gas venting [ICF, 1988].
        Use of A/C pipe in the United States is concentrated in the 
    Mountain, Pacific and Southwest regions. In 1991, the Asbestos 
    Information Association commented [Ex. 117] that ``pre-cut, pre-tapped 
    pipe has received tremendous marketplace acceptance and represents a 
    large majority of sales.'' This is significant because the use of pre-
    cut, pre-tapped pipe may reduce or eliminate some types of field 
    fabrication activities.
        A/C pipe is composed of 15-25 percent asbestos, 42-53 percent 
    Portland cement, and 34-40 percent ground silica sand. The use of raw 
    asbestos in the production of A/C pipe fluctuated somewhat but remained 
    fairly constant during the mid-1980s (26,100 metric tons in 1983, 
    37,000 metric tons in 1984, 32,691 metric tons in 1985) [ICF, 1988] but 
    has declined dramatically since: 7,900 metric tons in 1989, 1,700 
    metric tons in 1992 [Bureau of Mines, 1993]. The use of substitutes for 
    asbestos and the overall slump in new construction in the early 1990s 
    probably account for much of the decline in asbestos consumption in A/C 
    pipe. Based on OSHA and CONSAD's profile of the industry, OSHA 
    estimates that 224 to 2,100 workers, or an average of 1,162 workers, 
    are exposed to asbestos during installation of A/C pipe.
        Asbestos-cement sheet. Asbestos-cement sheet (A/C sheet) has a 
    variety of uses as a structural, technical and decorative material in 
    large residential buildings, electrical utilities, industrial plants, 
    schools, and hospitals. A/C sheet includes flat sheet, corrugated 
    sheet, and roofing and side shingles. Of these four main types of A/C 
    sheet, all, as of the date of ICF's market survey, were produced in the 
    United States with the exception of corrugated sheet [ICF, 1988]. 
    According to ICF, flat A/C sheet has the following principal 
    applications:
         Wall lining in factories and agricultural buildings
         Fire-resistant walls
         Curtain walls
         Industrial partitions
         Soffit material (covering the underside of structural 
    components
         Interior and exterior decorative paneling. Specialized 
    applications of flat A/C sheet include its use in cooling towers, as 
    laboratory table tops and fume hoods, and as a component of vaults, 
    ovens, safes, heaters, and boilers.
        Asbestos-cement shingles are used as siding and roofing for 
    residential and commercial buildings. According to results from ICF's 
    market survey, demand for roofing shingles represents 70 percent of 
    consumption in the A/C shingle market while demand for siding shingles 
    constitute the remainder of the market.
        A/C sheet may contain anywhere from 15 to 40 percent asbestos, in 
    combination with cement and, occasionally, silica [Cogley, et al., 
    1982]. In recent years, manufacturers have substituted other materials 
    for asbestos in the production of A/C sheet; meanwhile, due to unit 
    price differences, alternative construction components such as pre-cast 
    concrete and cement/wood board have replaced A/C sheet in the building 
    industry [OSHA, 1986]. Together, these factors have contributed to a 
    decline in asbestos consumption in the A/C sheet market from levels of 
    roughly 11,000 metric tons of raw asbestos in the early 1980s [OSHA, 
    1986] to a 1992 consumption of under 100 metric tons (see Table 1). 
    OSHA estimates that, the population at risk during A/C sheet 
    installation ranges from 270 to 2,160 workers, or an average of 1,215 
    employees.
        Asbestos abatement and demolition. Increased health concerns 
    regarding the potential release of asbestos fibers have prompted a 
    desire to remove or encapsulate such materials in existing buildings. 
    In response to this demand, a variety of specialty contractors and 
    construction trades have become active in asbestos abatement, 
    particularly in schools, where EPA regulations have indirectly 
    generated a large market for this type of service.
        The asbestos abatement industry experienced extraordinary growth in 
    the 1980s due to legal, regulatory, economic and health-related 
    factors. Rifkin-Wernick Associates [Rifkin-Wernick, 1990], specialists 
    in analyzing the asbestos industry, estimate that combined public and 
    private building ownership spent $4.2 billion in 1989 for services and 
    products related to asbestos abatement in their properties. This level 
    of abatement expenditures represented an increase of 24 percent over 
    levels in 1988. According to Rifkin-Wernick, asbestos construction 
    activities associated with demolition, renovation, and operations and 
    maintenance accounted for around 90 percent of abatement expenditures; 
    the remainder of abatement expenditures satisfied legal or economic 
    considerations while addressing lower-level safety concerns.
        Rifkin-Wernick reports that approximately 50 percent of asbestos 
    abatement business in 1989 occurred in eight states: California, New 
    York, Texas, Pennsylvania, Illinois, Ohio, Florida and Michigan. Of the 
    $4.2 billion in abatement expenditures in 1989, commercial buildings 
    (offices, retail establishments, hotels/motels and warehouses) 
    accounted for $1.4 billion in abatement services. Industrial buildings 
    accounted for nearly $1 billion in asbestos abatement expenditures, 
    while abatement in schools totalled $800 million, or roughly one-fifth 
    of the industry.
        In early 1990, 2,100 asbestos abatement contractors operated in the 
    United States under either state certification or some other license. 
    Rifkin-Wernick estimates that abatement contractors in 1989 employed 
    161,000 workers, of which 98,000 were full-time. Firm size in the 
    industry was generally small: 80 percent of contractors employ fewer 
    than 50 people and over half of asbestos contractors have no part-time 
    employees.
        Contractor revenues in 1989 totalled $3.6 billion. Rifkin-Wernick 
    classified contractors by revenue size and geographic radius of 
    operation. National contractors are defined as conducting business 
    beyond 1,000 miles of headquarters and with revenues above $20 million. 
    Regional contractors, in Rifkin-Wernick's classification system, tend 
    to operate 250 to 1,000 miles from the main office and earn revenues of 
    $5 million to $20 million. Finally, local contractors operate primarily 
    within a 250-mile radius of home and earn under $5 million. Table 4 
    presents Rifkin-Wernick's 1990 assessment of contractor market 
    concentration for two earlier years and market projection for 1994.
    
                         Table 4.--Market Concentration                     
                                   [1987-1994]                              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1994   
                                                 1987     1989   (projected)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Number of Contractors:                                                  
      National...............................        8       20          15 
      Regional...............................      100      200         150 
      Local..................................    1,200    1,872         500 
                                              ------------------------------
          Total..............................    1,308    2,092         665 
    Revenues ($ Million):                                                   
      National...............................     $155     $832      $1,050 
      Regional...............................      362    1,720       2,250 
      Local..................................      517    1,086         470 
                                              ------------------------------
          Total..............................    1,034    3,638       3,770 
    Market Share (%)                                                        
      National...............................      15%      23%         28% 
      Regional...............................      35%      47%         60% 
      Local..................................      50%      30%         12% 
                                              ------------------------------
          Total..............................     100%     100%        100% 
    Revenues Per Contractor ($ Million):                                    
      National...............................    $19.3    $41.6       $70.0 
      Regional...............................      3.6      8.6        15.0 
      Local..................................      0.4      0.6         0.9 
                                              ------------------------------
          Total..............................      0.8      1.7         5.7 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: Rifkin-Wernick, 1990.                                           
    
        In developing its profile of the abatement and demolition industry, 
    OSHA [OSHA, 1994], recognized the growth in market specialization 
    observed by Rifkin-Wernick and other experts. Therefore, OSHA applied 
    lower-bound worker population estimates to the cost and benefit 
    analysis. For all of abatement and demolition, OSHA estimates a full-
    time workforce of 21,295 persons.4
    
        \4\OSHA notes that its estimate for the number of full-time 
    abatement workers is lower than Rifkin-Wernick's 1989 estimate. OSHA 
    believes that this discrepancy may possibly be due to three factors: 
    1) the cyclical decline in the industry during the recession of 
    1990-1991 and subsequent slow recovery; 2) increased specialization 
    among abatement workers and the adoption of labor-saving 
    technologies and work practices; and 3) the inclusion of abatement 
    workers in other activity groups within OSHA's industry profile.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Renovation and remodeling. The principal general renovation 
    activities that entail occupational exposure to asbestos are: the 
    demolition of drywall (including removal of transite panels), the 
    removal of built-up roofing containing asbestos roofing felts, and the 
    removal of asbestos flooring products. OSHA and CONSAD [OSHA, 1994] 
    estimate that anywhere from 60,735 to 95,914 workers--all of whom are 
    full-time professionals--may be at risk from asbestos exposure during 
    renovation and remodeling. OSHA believes that specialization has 
    emerged in the industry to the extent that a lower-bound estimate of 
    the workforce is appropriate in this impact analysis. Consequently, 
    OSHA estimates that 60,735 full-time-equivalent workers in renovation 
    and remodeling of asbestos-containing buildings are affected by the 
    revised standard.
        Drywall demolition. The occupational exposure to asbestos 
    associated with the demolition and renovation of drywall results 
    primarily from the release of asbestos fibers from the spackling, tape, 
    and joint compounds used to produce a smooth surface across the entire 
    wall. Although the use of asbestos in drywall tape and spackling 
    compound is now prohibited, asbestos-containing finishing materials 
    were routinely used in drywall application through the early 1970s. 
    Thus, the demolition and renovation of drywall in any building 
    constructed prior to the mid-1970s is likely to expose workers to 
    friable asbestos.
        On occasion, drywall renovation involves contact with sprayed- and 
    troweled-on fireproofing and other asbestos surfacing material. 
    Information on the frequency of contact with high-risk asbestos-
    containing material during drywall renovation is limited but suggests 
    that a minor percentage of projects are affected [CONSAD, 1985]. OSHA 
    estimates that 20 percent of drywall renovations involve contact with 
    high-risk ACM. A breakdown of the worker population for drywall 
    renovation is given below under BENEFITS.
        Built-up roofing removal. Built up roofs constructed with asbestos 
    roofing felts generally have long useful lives of 20 or more years. 
    CONSAD [CONSAD, 1990] used Bureau of Mines data on production of 
    roofing felt in the 1960s to estimate that approximately 80,000 tons of 
    asbestos-containing roofing products will be removed annually.
        Removal of asbestos flooring products. Asbestos flooring products, 
    also termed ``resilient floor coverings,'' include vinyl/asbestos floor 
    tile, asphalt/asbestos floor tile, and sheet flooring backed with 
    asbestos felt. Asbestos flooring products are estimated to be in over 
    3.6 million buildings [EPA, 1984]. Although these floors have a useful 
    life of approximately 25-30 years, they are generally replaced more 
    often [RFCI, 1990].
        Routine maintenance in public, commercial and residential 
    buildings. Routine building maintenance activities can involve exposure 
    to asbestos because of the presence of products containing asbestos. 
    Worker exposure can be a result of direct contact with the asbestos 
    materials and products or can result from disturbance of settled dust 
    in the vicinity of asbestos-containing materials (for example, when 
    work above a drop ceiling is performed where asbestos-containing 
    insulation or fireproofing was used). Maintenance activities that can 
    involve asbestos exposure include: adjustment or repair of HVAC 
    ductwork or lighting (above a drop ceiling); replacement of drop 
    ceiling tiles; repair of leaking water or steam pipes; boiler 
    maintenance or repair activities; and repairs to roofing, drywall or 
    flooring. Workers at risk during these activities include in-house 
    building maintenance personnel, contract maintenance crews, and special 
    trades contractors. Based on an industry profile by CONSAD [CONSAD, 
    1990], OSHA estimates that anywhere from 128,867 workers to 740,237 
    workers are potentially exposed while performing routine maintenance 
    activities in public, commercial and residential buildings.
        For this economic impact analysis, OSHA assumed that owners of 
    affected buildings will minimize compliance costs by applying 
    maintenance personnel--whether in-house or contract--to asbestos 
    projects on a full-time basis, where possible. Under this assumption, 
    the absolute number of affected workers would equal the lower-bound 
    estimate for the population at risk (128,867 workers). In terms of 
    person-years of exposure (number of persons exposed over a year of 
    eight-hour days), the lower-bound population at risk equates to 25,771 
    full-time-equivalent persons, as shown in Column 3 in Table 3.
        Renovation, maintenance, and repair operations comprise a 
    significant portion of total construction activity. In 1987, receipts 
    from maintenance and repair operations alone were $50.4 billion, or 10 
    percent of total construction receipts [Dept. of Commerce, 1990b].
        Routine maintenance in industrial facilities. In general industry, 
    routine maintenance and repair can involve the disturbance of asbestos-
    containing materials and products (ACM), including such products as 
    gaskets, pipe and boiler insulation, electronic components and 
    structural building materials. Asbestos industrial materials and 
    products are most widely used in (1) the manufacture of malt beverages, 
    paper products, chemicals, petroleum products, glass and ceramics, iron 
    and steel, and fabricated metal products; (2) telephone communications; 
    (3) electric utilities; and (4) other public utilities (gas, water, 
    sanitary services). Occupational exposure to asbestos fibers can occur 
    among maintenance workers directly involved in disturbance of ACM as 
    well as among production workers near the maintenance work site.
        For this final analysis of the costs and benefits of the revised 
    asbestos standard, OSHA identified five general types of routine 
    maintenance in industrial facilities, listed below.
         Gasket removal and installation
         Boiler removal and installation
         Pipe removal and installation
         Miscellaneous maintenance
         Miscellaneous telecommunications maintenance
        Miscellaneous maintenance includes the variety of building 
    maintenance (ceiling work, roofing, drywall, etc.) described above 
    under Routine Maintenance in Public, Commercial, and Residential 
    Buildings. Miscellaneous telecommunications maintenance includes 1) 
    removal of electronic components, particularly line card resistors, 
    insulated with asbestos and 2) placement or removal of communications 
    wire and cable.
        Table 3 presents the range of workers in general industry 
    potentially exposed to asbestos during routine maintenance tasks. In 
    this impact analysis, OSHA assumes that, to minimize compliance costs, 
    affected establishments will concentrate asbestos maintenance duties 
    among a group of trained specialists. Shown in Column 3 in the table 
    are OSHA's estimates for full-time populations at risk for each 
    maintenance activity. For all of general industry, a total of 2,711 
    full-time-equivalent persons perform construction-related duties.
        Custodial work in public, commercial and residential buildings. 
    Asbestos exposure in public and commercial buildings can occur during a 
    variety of tasks involving disturbance of asbestos or asbestos-
    containing materials, in addition to routine maintenance activities 
    described above. Custodial work in buildings with ACM can include any 
    of the following types of activities: sweeping; cleaning; dusting; 
    mopping; vacuuming; stripping and buffing of vinyl-asbestos floor tile; 
    and clean-up after asbestos removal or other significant asbestos 
    construction work.
        A recent EPA-sponsored study of asbestos exposure among custodial 
    workers in Missouri reports frequency and duration of custodial 
    activities [Wickman, et al., 1992]. Modeling a custodial worker profile 
    on the Missouri study and on building survey data from EPA, OSHA and 
    CONSAD estimated the range of workers potentially at risk [OSHA, 1994]. 
    OSHA estimates that anywhere from 1.1 million to 3.7 million workers 
    are at risk from asbestos exposure during custodial work.
        OSHA believes that there is presently little specialization in 
    asbestos custodial work and that the actual number of workers at risk 
    approximates the average of the lower-bound and upper-bound number of 
    workers. In terms of person-years of exposure over work weeks 
    consisting of eight-hour days, OSHA estimates that 223,160 full-time-
    equivalent workers are at risk during custodial disturbance of asbestos 
    or asbestos-containing materials.
        Custodial work in industrial facilities. Custodial work in 
    industrial facilities largely resembles custodial work in public, 
    commercial, and residential buildings and was identically modeled by 
    CONSAD. The workforce at risk performing custodial activities in 
    industrial facilities ranges from 143,355 to 535,768 workers, as shown 
    in Table 3. Taking the average of this range and calculating the full-
    time-equivalent population, OSHA estimates that 31,442 person-years of 
    exposure occur in general industry annually during custodial work.
    
    C. Assessment of Regulatory and Non-Regulatory Alternatives 
    Introduction
    
        The declared purpose of the Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) 
    Act of 1970 is ``* * * to assure so far as possible every working man 
    and woman in the Nation safe and healthful working conditions and to 
    preserve our human resources * * *'' Thus, the Act requires the 
    Secretary of Labor, when promulgating occupational safety and health 
    standards for toxic materials or harmful physical agents, to set the 
    standard `` * * * that most adequately assures, to the extent feasible, 
    on the basis of the best available evidence, that no employee will 
    suffer material impairment of health or functional capacity * * *'' On 
    the basis of this congressional directive, OSHA has responded to the 
    Court of Appeals by issuing a final revision to the asbestos standard, 
    the intent of which is to further reduce the adverse health effects 
    associated with occupational exposure to asbestos. This chapter reviews 
    regulatory and non-regulatory alternatives that OSHA considered and 
    found to be inadequate for full remediation of the occupational hazards 
    of asbestos.
    Private Markets and Occupational Health
        Economic theory suggests that the need for government regulation is 
    greatly reduced where private markets work efficiently and effectively 
    to allocate health and safety resources. The theory typically assumes 
    perfectly competitive labor markets where workers, having perfect 
    knowledge of job risks and being perfectly mobile among jobs, command 
    wage premiums that fully compensate for any risk of future harm. Thus, 
    theoretically, the costs of occupational injury and illness are borne 
    initially by the firms responsible for the hazardous workplace 
    conditions and, ultimately, by the consumers who pay higher prices for 
    the final goods and services produced by these firms. With all costs 
    internalized, private employers have an incentive to reduce hazards 
    wherever the cost of hazard abatement is less than the cost of the 
    expected injury or illness. The resultant level of safety and health is 
    considered ``efficient'' in the sense that it minimizes the sum of the 
    costs of hazard prevention and of injury or illness. Perfectly 
    competitive labor markets, however, do not exist for many industrial 
    markets. OSHA, therefore, believes that it must take appropriate 
    actions to provide greater worker protection against exposures to toxic 
    substances.
        Evidence indicates that market forces have not been effective in 
    reducing excessive occupational exposure to asbestos, thereby 
    contributing to the development of diseases related to it. In spite of 
    the hazards associated with asbestos, the social costs of production 
    have not been internalized, in part because of market imperfections and 
    the existence of externalities. Consequently, the amount of protection 
    that the private market will offer to workers differs from the socially 
    desired level, for the following reasons.
        First, evidence on occupational health hazards in general suggests 
    that, in the absence of immediate or clear-cut danger, employees and 
    employers have little incentive to seek or provide information on the 
    potential long-term effects of exposure. When relevant information is 
    provided, however, employers and employees might still find informed 
    decision making a difficult task, especially where long latency periods 
    precede the development of disease. Moreover, if signs and symptoms are 
    nonspecific--that is, if an illness could be job-related or could have 
    other causes--employees and employers may not link disease with 
    exposure.
        Second, even if workers were fully informed of the health risks 
    associated with exposure to asbestos, many face limited employment 
    options. Non-transferability of occupational skills and high regional 
    unemployment rates sharply reduce a worker's expectation of obtaining 
    alternative employment quickly or easily. A worker employed in 
    resurfacing automobile brakes, for example, could find it difficult to 
    apply occupational skills to a new job in searching for a safer 
    workplace. In many regions of the country, the practical choice for 
    workers is not between a safe job and a better paying but more 
    hazardous position, but simply between employment and unemployment at 
    the prevailing rates of pay and risk. In addition to the fear of 
    substantial income loss from prolonged periods of unemployment, the 
    high costs of relocation, the reluctance to break family and community 
    ties, and the growth of institutional factors such as pension plans and 
    seniority rights serve to elevate the cost of job transfer.
        In addition to the market imperfections, externalities result in 
    employers and employees settling for an inefficiently low level of 
    protection from toxic substances. For the competitive market to 
    function efficiently, only workers and their employers should be 
    affected by the level of safety and health provided in market 
    transactions. In the case of occupational safety and health, however, 
    society shares part of the financial burden of occupationally induced 
    diseases, including the costs of premature death, excess sickness, and 
    disability. Individuals who suffer from occupationally related illness 
    are cared for and compensated by society through taxpayer support of 
    social programs, including welfare, Social Security, and Medicare. 
    These combined factors of labor market imperfections and the existence 
    of externalities prevent the market from delivering an optimal supply 
    of healthful working conditions in industries where asbestos hazards 
    exist.
    Tort Liability and Asbestos Litigation
        Greater reliance on the use of liability under tort law is one of 
    the examples of a non-regulatory alternative identified and set forth 
    by the Office of Management and Budget guidelines for implementing 
    Executive Orders 12866 and 12291. Prosser [Prosser, 1971] describes a 
    tort, in part, as a ``civil wrong, other than a breach of contract, for 
    which the court will provide a remedy in the form of an action for 
    damages,'' although he says that ``a really satisfactory definition has 
    yet to be found.''
        If the tort system effectively applied, it would allow a worker 
    whose health has been adversely affected by occupational exposure to 
    asbestos to sue and recover damages from the employer. Furthermore, the 
    tort system would shift the liability of direct costs of occupational 
    disease from the worker to the firm under certain specific 
    circumstances. The tort system has had limited success in shifting the 
    cost of occupational disease. The limitations of the system are 
    discussed in the following paragraphs.
        Asbestos product liability litigation as a means of reducing worker 
    exposure to asbestos has proven effective in some areas, but cumbersome 
    to resolve. The difficulties are inherent in the litigation process as 
    it relates to asbestos products and in the nature of the diseases 
    associated with asbestos.
        With very limited exceptions, however, the tort system is not a 
    viable alternative in dealings between employees and their employers. 
    All states have legislation providing that Workers' Compensation is 
    either the exclusive or principal remedy available to employees against 
    their employers. Thus, tort law can only be applied to third-party 
    suppliers of a hazardous substance. It is often difficult, however, to 
    demonstrate cause, which is a necessary prerequisite for the successful 
    application of tort liability against these suppliers.
        First, knowledge of the worker exposure must exist. The worker and/
    or the physician must be aware of both the magnitude and duration of 
    exposure to asbestos and the causal link between the disease and the 
    occupational exposure. Furthermore, it could be extremely difficult to 
    isolate the role of occupational exposures in causing the disease, 
    especially if workers are exposed to many toxic substances. Second, the 
    liable party must be identifiable, but workers may have several 
    employers over a working lifetime. Third, the scientific and medical 
    evidence available to support the contention that the disease was 
    caused by job-related exposure must withstand judicial standards for 
    proof of causality. This task is very difficult because of the long 
    latency periods associated with asbestos-related diseases.
        The costs associated with producing information and with litigation 
    itself may be quite substantial. First, information is a public good, 
    which means that once produced it can be transmitted inexpensively to 
    any number of individuals without diminishing the quality or quantity 
    of the information. It is, therefore, difficult to control distribution 
    once the information is produced. A producer of information may find 
    that information produced at great expense can be acquired freely by 
    potential customers, and that, consequently, the market for the 
    information has virtually disappeared. As a result, public goods are 
    typically underproduced relative to what is considered economically 
    efficient. This general undersupply of information adversely affects 
    the workers' awareness of the cause of their illness and thus reduces 
    the likelihood that they will pursue tort liability suits.
        Second, legal proceedings impose costs on both plaintiffs and 
    defendants. Victims of torts must incur legal fees associated with 
    bringing about court action. In deciding whether to sue, the victim 
    must be sure that the size of the claim will be large enough to cover 
    legal expenses. In effect, the plaintiff is likely to face substantial 
    transaction costs in the form of legal expenses. These are commonly set 
    at a 33 percent contingency for the plaintiff's lawyer, plus legal 
    expenses. The accused firm must also pay for its defense. A report 
    prepared by the Research Triangle Institute [RTI, 1982], contains some 
    data pertaining to legal costs and the size of awards. One 
    investigator, for example, found that an average ratio of legal costs 
    to proceeds was 37 percent for a sample of cases. The data, however, do 
    not separate legal fees paid by the defendants and plaintiffs.
        The majority of occupational disease tort activity has involved 
    workers exposed to asbestos. These employees could avoid the exclusive 
    remedy of Workers' Compensation by suing suppliers, whereas asbestos 
    exposures are best controlled by employers.
        In a consolidated class-action case in 1990, a Texas court awarded 
    more than $3.5 million in compensatory damages to 2,366 workers who had 
    been exposed to asbestos in refineries. Punitive damages were to be 
    awarded on the basis of gross negligence on the part of the suppliers 
    [Dallas Morning News, 1990].
        In 1993, a settlement was reached in a lawsuit involving future 
    personal injury claims against 20 asbestos product manufacturers 
    represented by the Center for Claims Resolution (Carlough v. Amchem 
    Products, Inc). It would provide $1 billion over the next ten years to 
    settle about 100,000 claims as people exposed to the manufacturers' 
    products contract asbestos-related conditions. Payments would depend on 
    the type of condition and attorneys' fees would be capped at 25 percent 
    of each payment [BNA, 1993]. The settlement was reached by parties 
    aware of the decades-long impasses in asbestos litigation that have 
    frustrated the tort liability process.
        It is unusual for insurance and liability costs to be borne in full 
    by the specific employer responsible for the risk involved. For firms 
    using insurance, the premium determination process is such that 
    premiums only partially reflect changes in risk associated with changes 
    in asbestos or other hazardous exposures. This results in the so-called 
    ``moral hazard problem,'' which is the risk that arises from the 
    possible dishonesty or imprudence of the insured. As the insured has 
    paid for an insurance company to assume some of his or her risks, he or 
    she has less reason to exercise the diligence necessary to avoid 
    losses. This transfer of risk is a fundamental source of imperfection 
    in markets.
        For firms that self-insure or carry liability insurance with a 
    large deductible, the costs of a single claim may be fully borne by the 
    firm. Very small firms, and large firms with a large number of claims, 
    however, may fail to meet the full costs by declaring bankruptcy, as 
    has happened with Johns Manville and other former asbestos producers. 
    The attempts at financial restructuring by defendants of asbestos 
    litigation further reduce the chances that workers who contract 
    asbestos-related diseases as employees of these companies or as 
    employees of companies that used their products will collect 
    compensation [Washington Post, 1990].
    Workers' Compensation
        The Workers' Compensation system came about as the result of 
    perceived inadequacies in liability or insurance systems to compel 
    employers to prevent occupational disease or compensate workers fully 
    for their losses. This system was designed to internalize some of the 
    social costs of production, but in reality it has fallen short of 
    compensating workers adequately for occupationally related disease. 
    Thus, society shares the burden of occupationally related adverse 
    health effects, premature mortality, excess morbidity, and disability 
    through taxpayer support of social programs such as welfare, Social 
    Security disability payments, and Medicare.
    Government Regulations and Rejected Alternative Standards
        In order to compensate for market imperfections (some of which are 
    detailed above), a number of federal and state regulations have been 
    promulgated in the attempt to improve the allocation of resources. 
    While some of these regulations may have a limiting effect on 
    occupational exposures to asbestos, OSHA does not believe that these 
    regulations obviate the need for an OSHA standard regulating 
    occupational exposure to asbestos.
        OSHA's current permissible exposure level (PEL) for asbestos of 0.2 
    fibers per cubic centimeter (f/cc) does not eliminate all significant 
    risk to workers. Given the recent health evidence of carcinogenic and 
    non-carcinogenic hazards, OSHA believes that to fully protect workers 
    it is necessary to lower the asbestos PEL and establish ancillary 
    provisions.
        For public, commercial, residential and industrial buildings, OSHA 
    rejected, on the basis of cost and feasibility considerations, 
    alternative approaches requiring owners to conduct up-front inspections 
    for asbestos-containing materials or to inspect before ACM is 
    disturbed. These approaches have also been examined by the 
    Environmental Protection Agency. An analysis by EPA's contractor [Abt, 
    1992] projected potential compliance costs of $13.2 billion to $16.2 
    billion for an up-front survey approach and potential costs of $3.2 
    billion to $14.5 billion for an identify-before-disturb option. OSHA's 
    approach, instead, specifies parameters for making reasonable 
    assumptions about the presence of asbestos-containing materials within 
    building components and notifying and protecting maintenance workers, 
    custodians and building occupants as prescribed elsewhere in the 
    revised standard.
    
    D. Benefits of the Revision to the Final Asbestos Standard Introduction
    
        The inhalation of asbestos fiber has been clearly associated with 
    three clinical conditions: asbestosis, mesothelioma (a cancer of the 
    lining of the chest or abdomen), and lung cancer. Studies have also 
    observed increased gastrointestinal cancer risk. Risk from cancer at 
    other sites, such as the larynx, pharynx, and kidneys, is also 
    suspected.
        Initial exposure limits for asbestos were based on efforts to 
    reduce asbestosis which was known to be associated with asbestos 
    exposure. The reduction in cases of asbestosis, however, resulted in 
    workers living long enough to develop cancers that are now recognized 
    as associated with asbestos exposure. The following discussion of the 
    benefits associated with a reduction in exposures, therefore, focuses 
    on the number of cancer cases avoided within the exposed work force. 
    The results are expressed in terms of deaths avoided because these 
    cancers almost always result in death.
    Methodology
        OSHA calculated expected benefits following promulgation of the 
    final revised asbestos standard for workers employed in the general 
    industry, shipyards, and construction sectors. In this benefits 
    analysis, the following types of preventable asbestos-related cancer 
    mortalities were evaluated: (1) Preventable lung cancers, (2) 
    preventable mesotheliomas, and (3) preventable gastrointestinal 
    cancers. The risk assessment used to derive OSHA's estimate of the 
    number of cancers prevented is discussed in Chapter 5 of the regulatory 
    impact analysis of the 1986 final asbestos standard [OSHA, 1986]. For 
    this analysis, OSHA updated the 1986 risk assessment to include 1991 
    data on the gender and age distribution within affected industry 
    sectors [BLS, 1991] and the 1991 mortality rates associated with 
    malignant neoplasms of respiratory and intrathoracic organs [NCHS, 
    1993].
        The benefits of a reduction in the PEL depend upon current exposure 
    levels, the number of workers exposed, and the risk associated with 
    each exposure level. OSHA's estimates for current exposures, the number 
    of full-time equivalent workers exposed, and the exposure levels after 
    compliance with the revision to the final rule are presented in Table 5 
    for general industry and shipyards and Table 6 for construction.
    
       Table 5.--Estimated Occupational Exposure to Asbestos and Reduction in Cancer Risk in General Industry and   
                               Shipyards as a Result of the Final Revision to the Standard                          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Representative                                       
                                                   Number of      exposure       Current      Level of              
                                                   full-time-   levels absent    exposure   exposure (f/  Reduction 
                       Sector                      equivalent    respiratory    level (f/    cc) after    in cancer 
                                                    exposed    protection (f/      cc)       final rule     deaths  
                                                    workers          cc)                                            
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    General Industry:                                                                                               
      Primary Manufacturing:                                                                                        
        Friction Materials......................        1,415         0.1419        0.0390      0.00651       0.0510
        Gaskets and Packings....................          168         0.0999        0.0430      0.00718       0.0067
        Coatings and Sealants...................        1,181         0.0970        0.0420      0.00701       0.0458
        Plastics................................           18         0.0638        0.0540      0.00902       0.0009
      Services:                                                                                                     
        Automotive Repair.......................      126,750          0.017        0.0170      0.00294       1.9768
    Shipyards:                                                                                                      
        Wet Removal/Repair......................          193           0.42        0.1162      0.00739       0.0244
        Dry Removal/Repair......................           48            3.7        0.1889      0.01202       0.0099
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total.................................      129,774  ..............  ...........  ...........         2.12
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis, based on CONSAD, 1990, Table 3.2, OSHA   
      1986, Table V-1, and the rulemaking record.                                                                   
    
    
      Table 6.--Estimated Occupational Exposure to Asbestos and Reduction in Cancer Risk in Construction as a Result of the Final Revision to the Standard  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Potential                                                        
                                                                          Number of Full-  mean fiber  Representative      Mean         Mean                
                                                      Construction             time-        exposure   fiber exposure    current      exposure    Reduction 
                      Sector                    classification under the    equivalent        with         absent        exposure   level after   in cancer 
                                                     final standard           exposed       minimal      respiratory    level (f/    final rule     deaths  
                                                                              workers     controls (f/ protection (f/      cc)         (f/cc)               
                                                                                              cc)            cc)                                            
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    New Construction:                                                                                                                                       
        Asbestos/Cement Pipe..................  ........................           1,162         0.38          0.035        0.0350      0.00253        0.044
        Asbestos/Cement Sheet.................  ........................           1,215          0.2           0.13        0.1000      0.00723        0.131
    Asbestos Abatement and Demolition:                                                                                                                      
        Removal of High-Risk Materials........  I                                 16,518         12.0           3.09        0.1801      0.01042        3.246
        Asbestos Encapsulation................  III                                1,615         0.22           0.22        0.0220      0.01890        0.006
        Demolition............................  I                                  3,163          9.9           0.61        0.0413      0.00069        0.149
    General Building Renovation:                                                                                                                            
        Drywall Renovation/Removal of High-     I                                 10,260          3.4         0.2061        0.1619      0.00936        1.813
         Risk ACM.                                                                                                                                          
        Drywall Renovation....................  II                                41,040         0.15          0.009        0.1130      0.00654        5.061
        Built-up Roofing Removal..............  II                                 2,235         0.12           0.03        0.0900      0.00625        0.217
        Floor Products Removal................  II                                 7,200        0.495           0.03        0.0399      0.00022        0.331
    Routine Maintenance in Public, Commercial                                                                                                               
     and Residential Buildings:                                                                                                                             
        Repair/Replace Ceiling Tiles..........  III, IV                              725         0.45          0.027        0.0714      0.00182        0.058
        Repair/Adjust Ventilation/Lighting....  III, IV                            2,091         0.31          0.019        0.0319      0.00081        0.075
        Other Work Above Drop Ceiling.........  III, IV                              299         0.31          0.019        0.0492      0.00125        0.017
        Repair Boiler.........................  I, III                             1,126         1.62           0.07        0.1624      0.00939        0.200
        Repair Plumbing.......................  I, III                             1,126         1.62           0.07        0.1624      0.00142        0.210
        Repair Roofing........................  II, III                            2,404         0.12           0.03        0.0900      0.00625        0.233
        Repair Drywall........................  II, III                            3,576         0.15          0.009        0.1130      0.00016        0.467
    Repair Flooring...........................  II, III                           14,424         0.25          0.018        0.0240      0.00032        0.396
    Routine Maintenance in Industrial                                                                                                                       
     Facilities:                                                                                                                                            
        Removal/Install Gaskets (Small).......  III                                  378         0.44           0.05        0.0386      0.00045        0.017
        Removal/Install Gaskets (Large).......  II, III                              211         0.44           0.05        0.0924      0.00012        0.023
        Remove/Repair Pipe Insulation (Small).  III                                  169         1.62           0.07        0.2730      0.00014        0.053
        Remove/Repair of Pipe Insulation        I, III                                79         1.62           0.07        0.2730      0.00005        0.025
         (Large).                                                                                                                                           
        Remove/Repair Boiler Insulation         III                                  169         1.23           0.05        0.0866      0.00501        0.016
         (Small).                                                                                                                                           
        Remove/Repair Boiler Insulation         I, III                                79         1.23           0.05        0.0866      0.00120        0.008
         (Large).                                                                                                                                           
        Miscellaneous Routine Maintenance       III, IV                              312        0.294           0.03        0.0618      0.00036        0.022
         Activities (Small).                                                                                                                                
        Miscellaneous Routine Maintenance       I, II, III, IV                       158        0.294           0.03        0.0618      0.00009        0.011
         Activities (Large).                                                                                                                                
        Miscel. Telecommunications Maint.       IV                                   354         0.31          0.019        0.0651      0.00249        0.026
         (Small).                                                                                                                                           
        Miscel. Telecommunications Maint.       II, IV                               802         0.31          0.019        0.0381      0.00059        0.035
         (Large).                                                                                                                                           
    Custodial Work in Public/Commercial/        IV                               223,160  ...........         0.0459       a0.0459      0.00035       11.764
     Residential Buildings.                                                                                                                                 
    Custodial Work in Industrial Facilities...  IV                                31,442  ...........         0.0459       a0.0459      0.00035        1.657
    Building Occupants........................  ........................      11,664,000  ...........  ..............      a0.0014      0.00035       14.172
                                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total...............................  ........................      12,031,491  ...........  ..............  ...........  ...........        40.48
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis, based on CONSAD, 1990, Table 2.10, OSHA, 1986, Table V--2, and the rulemaking    
      record.                                                                                                                                               
    aEstimated current exposures for this population exclude the application of respiratory protection.                                                     
    
        OSHA calculated annual preventable cancers associated with the 
    revised standard through a five-step procedure. First, OSHA estimated 
    baseline occupational exposure levels--in terms of 8-hour time-weighted 
    average fiber levels--for all affected sectors using data from the 
    record and from previous asbestos regulatory impact analyses. Then, 
    applying the OSHA/Nicholson risk assessment model to baseline exposures 
    and the associated populations at risk, OSHA calculated baseline 
    cancers among affected workers. In the third step, OSHA estimated 
    occupational exposure levels as a result of compliance with the final 
    standard, using assigned protection factors for designated controls. 
    OSHA then projected total residual cancers following promulgation of 
    the standard. Finally, OSHA calculated the number of compliance-related 
    preventable cancers by subtracting the number of residual cancers from 
    the number of baseline cancers.
    Occupational Exposure Profile
        For each sector affected by the revised asbestos standard, OSHA 
    assessed current occupational exposures using data from past regulatory 
    impact analyses and the rulemaking records for this final standard and 
    for previous OSHA asbestos standards. Principal sources of exposure 
    data for this final RIA were Economic and Technological Profile Related 
    to OSHA's Revised Permanent Asbestos Standard for the Construction 
    Industry and Asbestos Removal and Routine Maintenance Projects in 
    General Industry prepared by OSHA's contractor CONSAD Research 
    Corporation [CONSAD, 1985]; Economic Analysis of the Proposed Revisions 
    to the OSHA Asbestos Standards for Construction and General Industry, 
    also by CONSAD [CONSAD, 1990]; OSHA's 1986 final asbestos regulatory 
    impact analysis [OSHA, 1986]; and OSHA's regulatory analysis of the 
    excursion limit [OSHA, 1988].
        Average exposures and the range of exposures reported in CONSAD 
    [CONSAD, 1985, 1990] and OSHA [1986] were developed from a review of 
    the record for the rulemaking proceeding that led to promulgation of 
    the current OSHA asbestos standard. Baseline exposures described in the 
    literature and reported by CONSAD in 1985 generally reflected the use 
    of minimal engineering controls and the virtual absence of respiratory 
    protection. These baseline exposures were reported by OSHA in its 1986 
    RIA and served to establish baseline risk estimates for affected 
    workers prior to compliance with the final standard promulgated in 
    1986. In its 1986 RIA, OSHA assumed that the controls implied by 
    compliance with the 1986 standard would result in specified rates of 
    effectiveness and would lead to benefits in preventable cancers.
        In this final RIA for the revised asbestos standard, OSHA developed 
    an exposure profile for affected occupational groups using 
    representative data from the 1986 RIA, from CONSAD reports [1985, 1990] 
    and from the rulemaking record. For each affected sector, OSHA 
    estimated baseline exposures using the following assumptions: (1) Where 
    reasonable and appropriate, engineering controls and work practices 
    assigned in the 1986 RIA were assumed to be in current use; (2) where 
    engineering controls and work practices were not sufficient to reduce 
    maximum exposures to a PEL of 0.2 f/cc and an excursion level of 1.0 f/
    cc, OSHA assumed that the least-cost respiratory protection would be 
    applied. OSHA's baseline exposure profile for this revision to the 
    asbestos standard thus reflects industry application of controls, work 
    practices and respirators to achieve permissible limits established 
    under the OSHA 1986 and 1988 rulemakings.
        Table 5 presents average baseline exposure levels for general 
    industry and shipyards and Table 6 presents average baseline exposure 
    levels for construction. Tables 5 and 6, in addition, show average 
    baseline exposure levels in the absence of respiratory protection and 
    other primary controls and work practices (Column 2 in Table 5, Column 
    3 in Table 6), taken from representative data in the rulemaking record 
    (see [CONSAD, 1985] and [CONSAD, 1984]). Also shown in Table 6 are 
    representative exposure levels (Column 4) in the absence of respiratory 
    protection. Fiber levels prior to respirator use were estimated by 
    applying, to potential mean exposure levels (Column 3), protection 
    factors for wet methods, glove bags and other controls judged currently 
    in use, at hypothetical application levels of 100 percent.
        Mean exposures in nearly all sectors are estimated to be at or 
    below the current PEL and excursion limit, consistent with the 
    assumptions in the 1986 RIA and 1988 excursion limit analysis of 100 
    percent compliance with the final standards. For most of the sectors 
    presented in the tables, OSHA's estimated current exposure levels were 
    determined by applying, to baseline exposures in the absence of 
    controls, protection factors ranging from 10 to 1000, adjusted to 
    reflect current application of controls. In that real-world application 
    of engineering controls and work practices is under 100 percent in 
    nearly all asbestos construction sectors, mean current exposure levels 
    (Column 5) can exceed representative (hypothetical) fiber levels absent 
    respirators (Column 4).
        Also shown in Tables 5 and 6 are OSHA's estimated exposure levels 
    following the final revision to the standard. OSHA projected exposure 
    levels for each affected General Industry, Shipyards, and Construction 
    activity by applying protection factors to average baseline exposures. 
    OSHA calculated protection factors for each activity by assuming that 
    controls have a multiplicative effect in reducing exposures, that is, 
    the cumulative protection provided by a set of controls is the product 
    of individual protection factors. OSHA assigned protection factors to 
    all significant controls and calculated cumulative protection factors 
    for all affected sectors. Cumulative protection factors were then 
    applied to baseline exposures in order to determine exposures resulting 
    from compliance with the final revised standard. As shown in Column 3 
    in Table 5 and in Column 5 in Table 6, projected exposures are quite 
    low (some below the level of detection), commensurate with the high 
    degree of protection provided by the controls required by, or, in some 
    cases, implied by the revised standard.
    Estimates of Cancers Prevented, by Industry
        Benefits to workers in direct contact with asbestos. Tables 5 and 6 
    present OSHA's estimated annual benefits to employees affected by the 
    revised standard. Quantified benefits represent the total of avoided 
    cases of death from lung cancers, mesothelioma, and gastrointestinal 
    cancers. In general industry and shipyards, OSHA projects that wider 
    use of engineering controls, work practices and respiratory protection 
    will result in 2.1 avoided cancer deaths. In construction, expected 
    benefits total 40.5 avoided cancers. Of these total avoided deaths 
    resulting from compliance with the revised construction standard, 26.3 
    deaths will be avoided through protection of personnel directly exposed 
    to asbestos-containing material. However, OSHA's analysis does not 
    quantify benefits among those workers that may be secondarily exposed 
    while present at sites where asbestos work is being done. Among workers 
    secondarily exposed are construction tradespersons--for example, 
    plumbers, electricians, and ceiling tile installers--whose activities 
    can be complementary to, or immediately succeed, asbestos work. Since 
    OSHA's revised asbestos standard will reduce ambient asbestos levels at 
    these sites, any exposure among these workers would also be reduced.
        In custodial work in industrial buildings and in commercial and 
    residential buildings, where 13.5 avoided cancers are projected, 
    estimated baseline average exposures (0.046 f/cc) lie below the revised 
    PEL and are derived from data in the asbestos exposure literature 
    [Wickman, et al. 1992]. OSHA's estimate of current exposures to 
    custodians and other building service workers recognizes that these 
    workers may not be receiving the protection afforded other 
    ``construction'' workers who encounter asbestos on a more frequent 
    basis. Service workers may, in fact, at times be exposed to asbestos at 
    levels exceeding the current PEL and excursion limit. OSHA believes 
    that employees performing custodial duties such as cleaning, sweeping, 
    dusting, vacuuming and floor maintenance presently receive minimal 
    protection from asbestos exposure. This revised asbestos standard 
    explicitly addresses risks to employees performing custodial tasks; 
    consequently, in this final analysis OSHA examined the occupational 
    risks and estimated the expected benefits to service workers in 
    industrial, commercial and residential buildings.
        Long-term exposures to building occupants. Data from the asbestos 
    exposure literature reveal that ambient outdoor exposures to asbestos 
    are quite low, averaging roughly 0.00007 f/cc. Regarding indoor 
    exposures, the Health Effects Institute--Asbestos Research reports that 
    for 1,377 air samples from 198 different buildings with asbestos-
    containing materials (ACM), mean exposures were on the order of 0.00027 
    f/cc, with 90th and 95th percentiles of 0.0007 f/cc and 0.0014 f/cc 
    [HEI-AR, 1991].
        The HEI-AR report indicates that improper handling of asbestos 
    fibers can contribute significantly to higher exposure levels to 
    building occupants, even after completion of all asbestos removal jobs 
    at a building. Of 18 building projects where interior perimeter samples 
    were taken, asbestos levels increased in 12 buildings after abatement. 
    The higher exposures were attributed to leakages in glove bags and 
    improper work practices. While the effect of these removal efforts on 
    exposures varied widely, some exposures increased by a factor of 750 
    [HEI-AR, 1991, p. 5-30]. In at least one case, a building with 
    previously non-detectable asbestos levels later was found to have 
    detectable levels of airborne asbestos.
        OSHA believes that the controls mandated by the standard--such as 
    negative pressure enclosures, wet methods, critical barriers, and HEPA 
    vacuums, to name a few of the more protective controls--not only should 
    help lower exposures to employees working in and around them, but 
    should also be nearly 100 percent effective in preventing migration of 
    stray asbestos. Controls required by the revised standard are therefore 
    expected to enhance protection of service workers and building 
    occupants. While any building owner can choose to have ACM removed from 
    a property, owners of buildings with higher concentrations of asbestos, 
    and therefore greater exposure potential for building employees and 
    occupants, are relatively more likely to opt for removal.
        Low-level asbestos concentrations can become elevated and remain 
    elevated for long periods of time, as residual asbestos is disturbed. 
    Recent long-term data suggest that after a year's time, exposure levels 
    cease to fall and may actually rise [Wall Street Journal, 1993]. If new 
    asbestos fibers are continually introduced to the general building 
    environment, background asbestos levels could remain elevated and 
    potentially increase.
        Based on the Environmental Protection Agency's 1984 survey of 
    buildings [EPA, 1984], OSHA estimates that approximately 156 million 
    maintenance and custodial projects occur annually in 648,000 commercial 
    and residential buildings in which friable asbestos may be disturbed 
    [OSHA, 1994]. Buildings containing friable asbestos constitute less 
    than 20 percent of all buildings with asbestos-containing materials and 
    are believed to have the highest exposure levels. Applying data from 
    the Energy department and Census bureau, OSHA estimates that an average 
    of 18 employees per building are at risk annually from stray asbestos 
    exposures in commercial buildings with friable asbestos, yielding an 
    estimated total population of 11.7 million employees (648,000 buildings 
     x  18 employees per building) [Dept. of Energy, 1986; Dept. of 
    Commerce, 1993]. In this analysis OSHA assumed, based on data from HEI-
    AR on the distribution of asbestos exposures in public buildings, that 
    higher-risk buildings have a mean current baseline exposure of 0.0014 
    f/cc (95th percentile of HEI-AR data), in the absence of OSHA-mandated 
    controls. OSHA further assumed that the use of OSHA controls would 
    lower mean background asbestos exposures to levels (0.00035 f/cc) 
    projected by OSHA for custodial workers. Applying these exposure levels 
    to the asbestos risk model, OSHA estimated that 14.2 cancers would be 
    prevented annually among building occupants. It should be noted that 
    this estimate is based solely on exposures to employees working in 
    commercial and residential buildings and does not include exposures to 
    residents and other non-employees, such as students, who may also be 
    exposed while in these buildings.
    Other Health Benefits
        Asbestosis. Applying pre- and post-regulation exposures to the 
    asbestosis risk model detailed in the 1986 RIA, OSHA estimates that 
    compliance with the revised final rule will prevent approximately 14 
    cases of disabling asbestosis annually, among workers directly exposed 
    to asbestos in general industry, shipyards, and construction. In 
    addition, non-quantified benefits of avoided cases of asbestosis are 
    anticipated for building occupants and others secondarily exposed. As 
    these cases represent disabilities and not deaths, they are not 
    included in the total estimated benefits. Asbestosis cases often lead 
    to tremendous societal costs in terms of health care, worker 
    productivity, and in the quality of life to the affected individual. 
    Their prevention, therefore, would have a positive economic effect.
        Reduction of solvent exposures. Presently, approximately 25 percent 
    of auto service establishments rely upon solvent sprays to control 
    asbestos exposure. The most commonly used solvent has been 1-1-1 
    trichloroethane, a neurotoxin. OSHA attempted to establish a short-term 
    exposure limit for this substance in the 1989 Air Contaminants 
    rulemaking [54 FR 2333], but that rulemaking was stayed by the courts 
    for technical reasons. The revision to the final asbestos rule, by 
    discouraging the use of solvent spray as a control method, will prevent 
    peak trichloroethane exposures to over 150,000 workers. Moreover, 1-1-1 
    trichloroethane, a chlorofluorocarbon, has been linked with depletion 
    of the ozone layer, thereby possibly contributing to development of 
    skin cancers. Partly as a result of this, some automotive service 
    establishments have switched to a spray based on perchloroethylene, a 
    flammable carcinogen. OSHA believes that as these establishments select 
    control technologies that are feasible alternatives to solvent spray, 
    there will be reduced risks of cancer and fires (from rags contaminated 
    with solvent) as a consequence of the revision to the standard.
    Economic Benefits
        Building reoccupation. Significant economic benefits may be derived 
    from lowering asbestos exposures to long-term building occupants. The 
    more rapidly that building owners, whether private or public, can put 
    their asbestos-contaminated building areas back into use, the sooner 
    they can derive explicit or implicit ``rental'' value. For example, the 
    HEI-AR report discusses an asbestos abatement job at a college building 
    with pre-abatement exposure levels of 0.0002 f/cc [HEI-AR, 1991, p. 5-
    37]. Shortly after abatement, exposure levels of 0.065 f/cc were 
    measured. After 26 weeks, exposure levels were measured at 0.0008 f/cc. 
    Reoccupation occurred after 35 weeks, when exposures had decreased to 
    0.0004 f/cc. In this example, the building was not deemed usable for 
    eight months, until exposures began to approach pre-abatement levels.
        EPA's asbestos National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 
    Pollutants (NESHAP) require that asbestos be lowered to specified 
    levels (although not as low as pre-abatement levels) before certain 
    buildings can be reoccupied. These requirements have been built into 
    many asbestos abatement contracts for liability reasons. OSHA 
    calculated, as a hypothetical example, that if reoccupation of portions 
    of 5,000 office buildings, with an annual rental value of $100,000 
    each, were delayed for 6 months in order for asbestos levels to settle, 
    there would be a deadweight economic loss of $250 million to building 
    owners and society.
        Asbestos liability savings. As discussed in the section on 
    REGULATORY AND NON-REGULATORY ALTERNATIVES, asbestos liability has 
    become a major area of tort litigation. Roughly $8 billion has been 
    spent on asbestos litigation in the last decade [Wall Street Journal, 
    1992; OSHA, 1986]. The dollar amount of awards has exploded in the last 
    decade. Industry observers forecast that up to $80 billion will be 
    spent on asbestos abatement over the next 20 years, largely as a result 
    of a fear of lawsuits [Wall Street Journal, 1992].
        Building owners commission asbestos removal in an attempt to 
    eliminate, or at least reduce, the probability of future lawsuits. 
    Although the likelihood of future lawsuits is uncertain, building 
    owners presumably calculate that the ``expected'' cost of such lawsuits 
    would run over $4 billion a year, on average (using the 20-year 
    forecast given above). If an individual building owner spends $50,000 
    to remove the asbestos from a building to avert potential future 
    lawsuits, the owner may be implicitly calculating that such an 
    expenditure will effectively eliminate a 5 percent chance that the 
    owner will have to pay out over $1 million in a lawsuit.
        Unfortunately, the evidence suggests that such attempts to reduce 
    the probability of lawsuits, in the absence of proper protections, may 
    be in vain. As discussed elsewhere in this BENEFITS section, recent 
    evidence suggests that such removal attempts, in the absence of proper 
    protections, may actually increase building occupants' exposure to 
    asbestos. Ultimately, exposure to asbestos is the impetus for lawsuits. 
    While it might be arguable, from an exposure standpoint, that the 
    building owner's most economical choice would be to encapsulate 
    existing asbestos, the path of minimizing liability is driving many 
    building owners to actually remove the asbestos. It appears that 
    successful avoidance of liability is guaranteed only by taking all 
    feasible measures to minimize exposures to occupants during removal. 
    Thus, spending an additional $5,000 for worker health to complete a 
    $50,000 removal operation could ultimately prevent a $1 million 
    lawsuit.
        This analysis suggests, then, that the asbestos standard's 
    requirements for engineering controls and work practices, including the 
    use of negative pressure enclosures and other isolation efforts, if 
    successful in averting lawsuits, would have a market value of upwards 
    of $4 billion a year (the minimum value of averting lawsuits). Note 
    that there need not actually be over $4 billion a year in lawsuits; the 
    market behavior of owners willing to pay for asbestos abatement simply 
    reflects the market value to those owners of minimizing the likelihood 
    of lawsuits, in effect acting as a type of insurance policy. Moreover, 
    as discussed above, it is not necessary that such efforts be 100 
    percent successful in preventing lawsuits--the estimated effectiveness 
    in reducing the probability or value of potential lawsuits possesses 
    considerable value. Additionally, it is not necessary that such 
    controls dramatically reduce exposures to building occupants, although 
    OSHA's analysis indicates that they will, as long as it is established 
    that all feasible measures were taken to minimize asbestos exposures to 
    building occupants so that owner negligence cannot be the grounds of a 
    lawsuit. If instituting the asbestos controls mandated by the OSHA 
    standard were only marginally effective in reducing the probability of 
    lawsuits, say by 10 percent, the use of these preventative measures 
    would still possess a value of over $400 million.
        Finally, asbestos removal efforts reflect concern over liability 
    claims from building occupants, and perhaps custodians and maintenance 
    personnel. It does not include the value of prevented claims from 
    workers who must remove the asbestos. The revised asbestos standard 
    eliminates significant risk to the extent feasible, as defined by law, 
    and thereby minimizes secondary liability created by attempts to 
    minimize primary liability.
    
    E. Technological Feasibility and Compliance Costs
    
        This section examines the technological feasibility and estimated 
    costs of compliance for the final revised asbestos standard.
    Technological Feasibility
        General industry. OSHA's 1986 Regulatory Impact Analysis [OSHA, 
    1986] described in detail the controls that would be necessary in order 
    to achieve a PEL of 0.2 f/cc in each of the affected sectors in general 
    industry. OSHA determined that compliance with the 0.2 f/cc PEL was 
    feasible through the use of wet methods, engineering controls, and 
    housekeeping practices. In addition, for the following operations 
    compliance with the PEL of 0.2 f/cc was generally not achievable 
    without the use of respirators: the dry mechanical process in A/C pipe 
    manufacturing and the dry mechanical, wet mechanical, and nuclear 
    ripout processes in ship repair. Compliance with the 1.0 f/cc excursion 
    limit promulgated in the 1988 rulemaking was also expected to lead to 
    occasional respirator use in high-exposure activities throughout 
    primary and secondary manufacturing [OSHA, 1988].
        For the revised PEL of 0.1 f/cc, some manufacturing operations will 
    need to supplement engineering controls and work practices with 
    respiratory protection. In all, 2,345 workers (or less than 1 percent 
    of the 682,685 workers exposed in all affected industry sectors) in 
    general industry are expected to need respirators at least part of the 
    workday in order to maintain exposures below the revised PEL. Since all 
    affected employers in general industry will be able to comply with the 
    proposed PEL through the use of engineering controls or, where 
    necessary, respirators, OSHA concludes that the proposed PEL is 
    technologically feasible.
        In addition to respirators, ancillary controls will also be needed 
    in affected industry/process groups as a result of the lowering of the 
    PEL. These controls include:
         Regulated areas;
         Disposable protective clothing and gloves;
         Changerooms and lockers;
         Shower rooms;
         Lunch areas; and
         Annual update of the written compliance program.
        All ancillary controls required by the revised general industry 
    standard are currently in extensive use throughout industry and are 
    therefore technologically feasible.
        Paragraph (k)(7) Care of asbestos-containing flooring material, 
    prohibits for the first time, sanding and high-speed (greater than 300 
    RPM) stripping of floor material. This new housekeeping paragraph also 
    requires that burnishing and dry buffing of asbestos-containing 
    flooring be performed only when a finish on the flooring is sufficient 
    to prevent contact with ACM. Evidence from the record indicates that 
    many building maintenance personnel are currently meeting these 
    requirements (Tr. 2/7/91 at 4256-4270, Ex. 7-91). Therefore, new 
    Paragraph (k)(7) is technologically feasible.
        Lastly, the final revision to the current standard requires certain 
    engineering controls and work practices for brake and clutch repair and 
    services. These requirements include the mandatory use of a negative 
    pressure enclosure/HEPA vacuum method, a low pressure/wet cleaning 
    method, or an alternate method capable of reducing exposure levels to 
    or below levels achieved by the enclosure/HEPA vacuum method. Brake 
    shops performing fewer than six brake or clutch repair jobs per week 
    are permitted to use Method [D] Wet Methods in revised Appendix F of 
    1910.1001. According to the National Automobile Dealers Association, 
    both the enclosure/HEPA vacuum method and the low pressure/wet cleaning 
    method are currently in use throughout the automotive brake and clutch 
    repair industry (Ex. 7-104); therefore, the revised control 
    requirements for brake and clutch repair are judged by OSHA to be 
    technological feasible.
        Construction. The evaluation of technological feasibility in 
    construction focused on the various combinations of engineering 
    controls, work practices, and respiratory protection necessary to 
    reduce current exposures to achieve compliance with the final PEL of 
    0.1 f/cc. In addition, OSHA examined a number of engineering controls, 
    work practices, and ancillary requirements which will directly and 
    indirectly contribute to reducing employee exposures. Exposures to 
    asbestos in the construction industry were classified into six activity 
    categories:
    
         New construction--including the installation of 
    asbestos/cement (A/C) pipe and sheet. New construction falls under 
    Class III asbestos work as defined in the revised asbestos standard.
         Asbestos abatement--including both asbestos removal and 
    encapsulation with a polymeric coating, or enclosure. Asbestos 
    abatement falls under asbestos work Classes I and III as defined in 
    the revised standard.
         Demolition--involving asbestos removal prior to the 
    demolition of all or part of a building or industrial facility that 
    contains asbestos materials. Demolition falls under asbestos work 
    Class I as defined in the revised standard.
         General building renovation and remodeling--including 
    drywall demolition involving the removal of pipe and boiler 
    insulation, fireproofing, drywall tape and spackling, acoustical 
    plasters, transite panels, built-up roofing and flooring products. 
    Renovation and remodeling generally involve contact with generic 
    building materials and would therefore fall under asbestos work 
    Class II as defined in the revised standard.
         Routine facility maintenance in commercial/residential 
    buildings and in general industry--including maintenance and repair 
    activities involving disturbance of asbestos materials and products 
    (for example, repair of leaking steam pipes, ceiling tiles, roofing, 
    drywall, or flooring; or adjustment of HVAC equipment above 
    suspended ceilings). Routine maintenance falls under Class III 
    asbestos work as defined in the revised standard when asbestos-
    containing materials (ACM) are disturbed during the maintenance 
    activity; and under Class IV asbestos work as defined in the revised 
    standard when maintenance involves minor, incidental contact with 
    ACM.
         Custodial Work--including sweeping, dusting and other 
    housekeeping duties that occasionally expose building maintenance 
    and custodial personnel to asbestos. Custodial work falls under 
    Class IV asbestos work as defined in the revised standard.
    
    To support the regulatory impact analysis for the 1986 asbestos 
    standard, CONSAD derived baseline exposure levels for each construction 
    activity from a database that included personal and area air samples, 
    OSHA inspection reports, expert testimony, and various published 
    reports [CONSAD, 1990]. The technological feasibility assessments for 
    this final revised standard were influenced by expected exposure 
    reduction following the promulgation of the 1986 asbestos standard, and 
    by a review of the literature, including submittals to the OSHA docket 
    (H-033e).
        OSHA determined in 1986 that, for a variety of construction 
    activities, it was feasible to reach the current PEL of 0.2 f/cc 
    through the use of available engineering controls and work practices 
    (i.e., without the need for respiratory protection). These construction 
    activities included:
         Asbestos/cement (A/C) pipe installation;
         Asbestos/cement (A/C) sheet installation;
         Floor products installation;
         Plumbing repairs in commercial/residential buildings;
         Floor repairs in commercial/residential buildings;
         Gasket removal and installation in general industry; and
         Pipe insulation repairs in general industry.
        For the remaining activities, respiratory protection was necessary 
    in order to reach the current PEL of 0.2 f/cc. OSHA assumed that 
    employers would choose the most cost-effective approach and supply 
    their workers with half-mask supplied-air respirators (or full-
    facepiece supplied-air respirators for asbestos removal projects) in 
    order to eliminate the need for exposure monitoring [OSHA, 1986]. Thus, 
    in the 1986 RIA, OSHA assumed that workers in many higher-risk 
    construction activities would be provided supplied-air respirators.
        OSHA now believes that the prior analytical assumption of 
    widespread use of supplied-air respirators may not be consistent with 
    field experience. OSHA believes that supplied-air respirators are used 
    in many construction activities--particularly removal and demolition, 
    where exposures tend to be highest. For other construction activities 
    where peak exposures are generally lower and episodic, many abatement 
    and maintenance personnel appear to be complying with the current 
    standard using a combination of engineering controls, work practices 
    and lighter respirators.
        Construction employers also appear to meet the requirements for 
    daily monitoring (1926.58(f)(3) in the current standard) by compiling 
    historical exposure data documenting compliance with the current OSHA 
    PEL during representative projects. OSHA anticipates that some 
    construction employers will meet the requirements of revised Paragraph 
    (f) Exposure assessments and monitoring, through the use of selective 
    initial monitoring to establish an historical exposure data record, 
    which can form the basis for achieving all necessary requirements of 
    the standard. Where exposures may exceed levels documented by objective 
    data, additional respiratory protection may be necessary, and is judged 
    by OSHA to be technologically feasible based on field experience and 
    information in the rulemaking record [Corn, 1992; HEI-AR, 1992].
        As in the standard for general industry, OSHA is proposing the 
    prohibition of high-speed sanding and the use of highly abrasive pads 
    during asbestos floor tile work. In CONSAD's 1985 study [CONSAD 1985] 
    and in OSHA's 1986 RIA [OSHA, 1986], exposures during floor tile 
    installation, removal, and sanding were reported to be generally below 
    0.2 f/cc when the recommendations of the Resilient Floor Covering 
    Institute were followed. These recommended practices included wet 
    sweeping and handling, and the prohibition of power sanding and blowing 
    asbestos dust. OSHA estimated current exposures in floor repair at 
    0.024 f/cc under the assumption that the Institute's recommended 
    practices have been adopted by a majority of establishments. Therefore, 
    the prohibition of high-speed sanding in the current proposal is not 
    expected to significantly affect floor repair.
        With the final PEL of 0.1 f/cc, additional respiratory protection 
    may be necessary. Specifically, some projects involving A/C pipe 
    installation, A/C sheet installation, floor removal, floor repair, 
    large-scale gasket removal, pipe repair, and custodial work in 
    industrial, commercial and residential buildings would require the use 
    of half-mask respirators to meet the revised PEL. In addition, drywall 
    demolition projects may need to upgrade their respiratory protection to 
    full-facepiece negative-pressure respirators to meet the lower 
    permissible exposure limit.
        Assessing current respirator usage and predicted demand under the 
    revised standard, OSHA concludes that nearly all construction 
    activities will require respiratory protection during at least part of 
    the project-day in order to comply with the 0.1 f/cc PEL. Based on the 
    lower-bound exposure estimates provided in the literature and reported 
    in CONSAD [CONSAD, 1990, 1985], it appears that a variety of routine 
    maintenance activities and some abatement jobs may be able to achieve 
    the proposed PEL of 0.1 f/cc without respirators. From its analysis of 
    current exposures, OSHA anticipates that only in small-scale gasket 
    removal and installation will respiratory protection not be necessary 
    for most project-days.
        The other incremental controls necessary to comply with OSHA's 
    final asbestos standard, include (depending upon the construction 
    activity):
         HEPA vacuums or HEPA vacuum/ventilation systems;
         Wet methods;
         Glove bags;
         Regulated areas (air-tight or demarcated with caution 
    signs);
         Critical barriers;
         Protective disposable clothing;
         Impermeable drop cloths;
         Decontamination area (adjacent to regulated area or remote 
    showers and changerooms);
         Lunch areas;
         Competent person supervision;
         Training;
         Medical exams;
         Recordkeeping (exposure assessment, medical exams and 
    training);
         Notification of building owners and employees by 
    contractors;
         Notification of contractors and building occupants by 
    building owners;
        Based on information in the record and in OSHA's inspection files, 
    OSHA observes that many construction employers currently apply these 
    controls in varied combinations and at varied levels of utilization. 
    OSHA estimated that for construction employers, rates of current 
    compliance range from roughly 20 percent to 80 percent, depending on 
    the control requirement and construction activity. Therefore, OSHA 
    believes all controls are technologically feasible for the appropriate 
    construction activities. In conclusion, therefore, OSHA projects that 
    the final revisions to the asbestos construction standard will be 
    technologically feasible because all of the provisions, including the 
    lowered PEL, can be met using existing engineering controls, 
    respiratory protection and work practices.
        Shipyards. Historically, exposure to asbestos in shipyards took 
    place during shipbuilding and ship repair. At present, the majority of 
    asbestos activity aboard maritime vessels involves repair and 
    maintenance of machinery and plumbing with asbestos insulation. In this 
    final rulemaking, the revised asbestos standard for shipyards, 
    Sec. 1915.1001, applies most of the requirements given in the revised 
    asbestos construction standard.
        For the two main shipyard activities affected by the revised 
    asbestos standard--wet removal/repair and dry removal/repair--comment 
    in the record [Ex. 7-77, Ex. 7-85] suggests that employers are able to 
    achieve the revised PEL of 0.1 f/cc through the use of engineering 
    controls and, where necessary, respiratory protection. The OSHA 
    Shipyard Employment Standards Advisory Committee [Ex. 7-77] commented 
    that on many shipyard projects, exposure levels have been reduced to 
    levels considerably below the revised PEL. Moreover, to a large extent 
    employers appear to be currently applying the ancillary controls and 
    work practices required in the revised construction standard (and 
    applied to the revised shipyard standard) [Ex. 9-23]. Therefore, on the 
    basis of evidence in the record, OSHA believes the revised shipyard 
    standard is technologically feasible.
    Compliance Costs
        OSHA estimated the costs of complying with the final revisions to 
    the asbestos standard for general industry, construction and shipyards. 
    OSHA's cost assumptions and methodologies are based upon an OSHA/CONSAD 
    technical analysis of the final rule [OSHA, 1994]; OSHA's PRIA [OSHA, 
    1990]; CONSAD's final report supporting the PRIA [1990]; the rulemaking 
    record; and previous regulatory analyses performed by OSHA [OSHA, 
    1986], CONSAD [CONSAD, 1985] and Research Triangle Institute [RTI, 
    1985].
        Cost data for control mechanisms were obtained from published price 
    lists of equipment suppliers and from other information collected by 
    OSHA and CONSAD. Wage data were taken from the U.S. Department of 
    Labor's Bureau of Labor Statistics' Employment and Earnings (BLS, 
    1993a) and Employment Cost Indexes and Levels (BLS, 1993b). Unit costs 
    are expressed, as appropriate, on a per-establishment, -crew, -project, 
    -worker, project-day, and worker-day basis, using industry profile data 
    presented in the OSHA/CONSAD technical analysis [OSHA, 1994] and in 
    CONSAD's prior analyses [CONSAD, 1990, 1985].
        To derive estimates of the annual incremental compliance costs for 
    the revised asbestos standard, the estimated unit cost factors for the 
    controls were multiplied by the estimated number of required control 
    resources. In order to develop net annual compliance cost estimates, 
    these gross annual cost estimates were then adjusted using estimates of 
    current application of controls. Costs were estimated on an annual 
    basis, with total annual costs calculated as the sum of annualized 
    initial costs and annual recurring costs. Initial costs were annualized 
    over the service life of the equipment or administrative activity, at a 
    discount rate of 10 percent.
        The section below presents the estimated costs to general industry, 
    followed by the costs to construction and to shipyards.
        General industry. In developing the annual compliance cost 
    estimates for general industry, unit cost estimates were first 
    developed for each of the control practices and ancillary measures 
    required by the revised standard for each of the industry/process 
    groups affected by the proposed standard. The annual compliance costs 
    for each affected industry/process group were then computed by 
    combining the unit cost data with the number of units of each type of 
    control practice needed per year to achieve compliance with OSHA's 
    proposed standard. Compliance costs were also adjusted to reflect 
    current compliance with the required control practices.
        Manufacturing. The industry/process groups in manufacturing with 
    exposures above the revised PEL of 0.1 f/cc will require the 
    implementation of a set of uniform control practices, including written 
    compliance programs, regulated areas, respirators (including the 
    respirator unit, accessories, fit testing and cleaning), disposable 
    protective clothing and gloves, change rooms and lockers, shower rooms, 
    and lunch rooms. Other controls, while necessary for compliance with 
    the revised standard, are also required by the current asbestos 
    standard and, thus, will not create an incremental burden. Controls 
    assumed by OSHA to be currently in place include periodic monitoring; 
    prescribed methods of compliance; employee information and training; 
    medical surveillance; and recordkeeping.
        The revised asbestos standard for general industry imposes new 
    communication requirements for building and facility owners. In 
    particular, under Paragraph (j)(2)(ii), owners are required to maintain 
    records of information concerning the presence, location and quantity 
    of asbestos-containing material (ACM) and presumed asbestos-containing 
    material (PACM). Under Paragraph (j)(2)(iii), owners of buildings and 
    facilities are required to inform employers of employees who perform 
    housekeeping activities in the presence of ACM or PACM of the presence 
    and location of the ACM or PACM in the area. In this regulatory 
    analysis OSHA treats housekeeping and custodial activities in general 
    industry as construction activities. OSHA's estimated compliance costs 
    for information requirements pertaining to housekeeping/custodial 
    activities are discussed below in the section on compliance costs for 
    the revised construction standard.
        Brake and clutch repair. As in the existing OSHA asbestos standard 
    for general industry, automotive repair work is regulated in revised 
    Sec. 1910.1001. In Paragraph (f)(3) employers performing six or more 
    brake or clutch jobs per week are required to use a negative pressure 
    enclosure/HEPA vacuum method, a low pressure/wet cleaning method, or an 
    alternate method proven to achieve results equivalent to those for the 
    enclosure/HEPA vacuum method. OSHA assessed the extent to which control 
    practices are being applied during brake and clutch repair in the 
    automotive services industry and identified the additional resources 
    needed to reach full compliance with the revised standard.
        Based on OSHA's and CONSAD's assessment of current industry 
    practice, OSHA believes that only a small fraction of auto repair shops 
    perform fewer than six brake or clutch inspections per week [OSHA, 
    1994]. Thus, OSHA anticipates that few shops will qualify for the 
    exemption from engineering controls mandated in revised Appendix F. 
    OSHA and CONSAD [OSHA, 1994] estimate that 65 percent of brake shops 
    currently use wet methods and solvent spray systems during brake and 
    clutch work. Under the revised standard, these shops would have to 
    switch to one of the fiber control methods permitted in Appendix F.
        For this cost analysis, OSHA assumed most of the shops currently 
    not in compliance with the revised rule, will adopt the low pressure/
    wet cleaning method as the least expensive option permitted in the 
    revised standard. OSHA estimates that incremental expenditures for 
    equipment, supplies and labor time will total $11.2 million per year.
        Comment in the record [Ex. L162-61] points to the potential for 
    substantial cost offsets from use of the low pressure/wet cleaning 
    method. These cost offsets include the reduced need for solvent; 
    reductions in costs associated with housekeeping and with laundering 
    and disposal of contaminated rags and other articles; and improved 
    operating efficiencies. Because of potential cost savings, use of the 
    low pressure/wet cleaning method has grown in recent years. Moreover, 
    concern over the effect of 1-1-1 trichloroethane on the ozone layer has 
    led to a phase-out of the solvent, forcing brake shops to discontinue 
    use of the solvent spray method. Of concern to occupational health 
    specialists is the regular use of solvents among a workforce with 
    minimal protection from exposures. In sum, OSHA believes that cost 
    offsets and environmental and health concerns combine to mitigate the 
    direct costs facing brake shops who must switch to alternative asbestos 
    control systems.
        Current work practices. In addition to work practices in automotive 
    services that meet the revised standard, certain work practices that 
    were required by OSHA's previous standard with a PEL of 2.0 f/cc, and 
    are required by the current standard, as well as by the proposed 
    revisions to the current standard (e.g. wet handling and the 
    collection, disposal, and labeling of wastes in sealed, impermeable 
    bags), are also not identified as additional costs. OSHA believes that 
    wet methods (to the extent that they are feasible), and the use of HEPA 
    vacuums for housekeeping in primary and secondary manufacturing, are 
    already widely in use.
        Total costs for general industry. To derive estimates of the annual 
    incremental compliance costs for the industry/process groups affected 
    by the revised general industry standard, the estimated unit cost 
    factors were first multiplied by estimates of the resources necessary 
    to achieve compliance for that industry/process group. These gross 
    annual cost estimates were then adjusted to account for current 
    compliance rates which were first projected in the 1986 RIA [OSHA, 
    1986] and were modified as a result of compliance with the excursion 
    limit rule in 1988 [OSHA, 1988] and evidence from the rulemaking 
    record.
        For each of the manufacturing processes in the affected industries, 
    CONSAD estimated the number of plants with exposures above the revised 
    PEL of 0.1 f/cc (the number of plants needing controls), the number of 
    processes to be controlled, the number of work stations to be 
    controlled, the number of workers directly exposed, worker-days of 
    exposure per year, and the direct worker-hours of exposure per year. 
    These estimates are based on: the number of establishments in each 
    industry sector, determined by CONSAD from information presented in 
    EPA's ban and phase-out rule [ICF, 1988], and from contacts with 
    industry experts; the percentage of processes within plants with 
    exposures above the proposed PEL of 0.1 f/cc and requiring controls; 
    and finally, characteristics concerning the number of processes per 
    plant, work stations per process, workers per work station, and the 
    frequency and duration of each process in these affected industries. 
    The resource estimates used to develop annual compliance costs are 
    developed in detail in [CONSAD, 1990, Table 3.11].
        Based on OSHA and CONSAD's analysis [OSHA, 1994; CONSAD, 1990], 
    OSHA estimates that annual costs of compliance in general industry will 
    total $14.8 million. Table 7 presents compliance costs by control 
    practice, for each industry process, for the industry sector as a 
    whole, and for all of general industry. Examining compliance costs by 
    sector, it can be seen that the largest compliance expenditures will be 
    in auto repair ($11.2 million), followed by friction materials ($2.2 
    million) and coatings and sealants ($1.2 million).
    
                                           Table 7.--Estimated Annual Costs of Compliance for General Industry Sectors                                      
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Annual                Half mask                                                  Total   
                                                                  update of   Install    cartridge  Disposable    Change                            annual  
                Industry/Process groups             Engineering    written   regulated  respirator  protective    rooms/     Shower     Lunch    incremental
                                                      controls   compliance    areas     with HEPA   clothing/   lockers     rooms      areas      control  
                                                                   program                filter      gloves                                        costs   
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Friction Materials:                                                                                                                                     
        All.......................................            0      $1,298       $712    $826,124    $676,611    339,772    252,090    111,397   $2,207,954
        Introduction..............................            0         325        178     188,578     154,449     77,548     57,544     25,428      504,050
        West Mechanical...........................            0         325        178     227,695     186,486     93,634     69,481     30,703      608,501
        Dry Mechanical............................            0         325        178     227,111     186,008     93,394     69,303     30,624      606,942
        Other.....................................            0         325        178     182,740     149,667     75,147     55,763     24,641      488,460
    Gasets and Packings:                                                                                                                                    
        All.......................................            0         350        184      72,979      59,771     30,011     22,269     11,086      196,651
        Introduction..............................            0         117         61      36,782      30,125     15,125     11,224      5,588       99,021
        West Mechanical...........................            0         117         61      13,428      10,998      5,522      4,098      2,040       36,264
        Dry Mechanical............................            0         117         61      22,770      18,649      9,363      6,948      3,459       61,367
        Other.....................................            0           0          0           0           0          0          0          0            0
    Coatings and Sealants:                                                                                                                                  
        All.......................................            0         974        565     468,818     383,971    192,789    143,059     24,006    1,214,182
        Introduction..............................            0         974        565     468,818     383,971    192,789    143,059     24,006    1,214,182
        Other.....................................            0           0          0           0           0          0          0          0            0
    Plastics:                                                                                                                                               
        All.......................................            0          13          5       1,168         956        480        356        149        3,128
        Introduction..............................            0           0          0           0           0          0          0          0            0
        West Mechanical...........................            0           0          0           0           0          0          0          0            0
        Dry Mechanical............................            0          13          5       1,168         956        480        356        149        3,128
        Other.....................................            0           0          0           0           0          0          0          0            0
    Auto Repair:                                                                                                                                            
        Dry Mechanical............................   11,165,431           0          0           0           0          0          0          0   11,165,431
          Total...................................   11,165,431       2,635      1,465   1,369,090   1,121,309    563,002    417,775    146,639   24,787,345
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis, based on OSHA, 1994                                                              
    
        Comparing costs per provision along the bottom row of the table, 
    incremental costs for engineering controls in auto repair represent the 
    leading expenditure. Other controls bearing significant costs are half-
    mask respirators ($1.4 million), disposable protective clothing and 
    gloves ($1.1 million), change rooms and lockers ($563 thousand), and 
    shower rooms ($418 thousand).
        For secondary manufacture of gaskets and packings and secondary 
    auto remanufacturing, where exposures currently are below the revised 
    PEL, OSHA anticipates little or no incremental costs. Therefore, 
    impacts on establishments in these industry groups will be 
    insignificant.
        Construction. Within the construction industry, 24 unique 
    activities will come under the scope of the proposed revision. These 
    construction activities are found in new construction, asbestos 
    abatement and building demolition, general building renovation and 
    remodeling, and routine facility maintenance and custodial work in 
    public, commercial, and residential buildings and in general industry. 
    Although the construction activities under consideration in this study 
    will require the implementation of different control practices and/or 
    combinations of these practices, the basic characteristics of available 
    control practices are relatively uniform, and the options for combining 
    control practices in the construction industry and during routine 
    maintenance and repair activities in general industry are limited in 
    number.
        The control mechanisms considered in this analysis include:
         Shrouded tools with HEPA vacuums;
         HEPA vacuum/ventilation systems;
         HEPA vacuums;
         Glove bags;
         Critical barriers (including the materials and labor for 
    setting up and taking down;
         Regulated areas;
         Respirators (including the respirator unit, accessories, 
    fit testing, cleaning, and training);
         Disposable protective clothing and gloves;
         Impermeable drop cloths;
         Wet methods (including the sprayer, wetting agent, and 
    labor);
         Decontamination areas (or clean changerooms);
         Lunch areas;
         Training;
         Use of competent person supervision;
         Exposure assessments and monitoring;
         Medical exams;
         Recordkeeping;
         Labeling of installed asbestos products;
         Notification of building owners and employees by 
    contractors; and
         Notification of contractors and building occupants by 
    building owners.
        Certain work practices that have been required since OSHA's earlier 
    asbestos standards (e.g., wet handling and the collection and disposal 
    of waste in sealed, impermeable bags) are not included as cost 
    elements.
        For each major provision of the revised construction standard, 
    below, OSHA presents cost estimates by type of engineering or 
    administrative control, work practice or personal protective equipment, 
    where appropriate.
        (c) Permissible exposure limits. The revised asbestos construction 
    standard lowers the permissible exposure limit from 0.2 fiber per cubic 
    centimeter to 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air as an eight-hour 
    time-weighted average. The revised standard retains the current 
    excursion limit of 1.0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air as averaged 
    over a sampling period of thirty minutes.
        After reviewing both (1) the literature on risk to asbestos in the 
    construction industry and (2) the earlier OSHA rulemaking record 
    (Docket H-033c), CONSAD [CONSAD, 1990, Table 2.8] reported 
    representative exposure levels by construction activity that formed the 
    basis of OSHA's risk estimates in the PRIA. CONSAD presented the range 
    of exposure levels in the absence of respiratory protection for each 
    construction activity. From the raw exposure data, OSHA [1986, 1990] 
    developed arithmetic mean estimates, against which the proposed PELs 
    were compared. OSHA then assigned engineering and respiratory controls 
    as required and implied by the earlier rules.
        For this final regulatory impact analysis, OSHA adjusted CONSAD's 
    baseline (pre-1986) exposure levels to reflect likely controls applied 
    since OSHA promulgated final asbestos rules in 1986 and 1988. In 
    adjusting exposures from baseline levels, OSHA attempted to represent 
    realistic reductions in fiber levels under a regulatory regime 
    consisting of a 0.2 f/cc eight-hour PEL, a 0.1 f/cc eight-hour action 
    level, a 1.0 f/cc thirty-minute excursion level, and ancillary controls 
    and procedures. OSHA's adjusted baseline exposures were presented in 
    Section D.
        OSHA's revised PEL is expected to lead to wider use of respirators 
    in construction. In particular, OSHA anticipates increased usage of 
    half-mask and full-face cartridge respirators as a result of the 
    revised PEL. For some activities where average exposures are projected 
    to be below the PEL due to the use of engineering controls and work 
    practices, respirators may be necessary where peak exposures occur. 
    OSHA conservatively applied half-mask cartridge respirators, with a 
    protection factor of 10, where peak exposures can exceed ten times the 
    revised PEL; OSHA applied full-facepiece cartridge respirators for 
    activities where peak exposures can exceed 50 times the revised PEL. In 
    all, annual respirator costs will total $24.9 million. Included in this 
    total cost are expenditures for the respirator unit, accessories, 
    filters, training (costs assigned under Paragraph (k) Communication of 
    hazards), cleaning and fit testing.
        (d) Multi-employer worksites. Revised Paragraph (d) expands upon 
    the current requirement that an employer performing asbestos work in a 
    regulated area inform other employers on the site of the nature of the 
    employer's work with asbestos and the existence of, and rules 
    pertaining to, regulated areas. In addition, Paragraph (d) requires
         Abatement of asbestos hazards by the contractor 
    controlling the source of the contamination--(d)(2)
         Protection of employees adjacent to asbestos worksite--
    (d)(3)
         Daily assessment by adjacent employers of integrity of 
    enclosures or effectiveness of other control methods relied on by the 
    primary asbestos contractor--(d)(4)
         Supervisory authority by general contractors over the work 
    of the asbestos contractor on the asbestos worksite--(d)(5).
        OSHA anticipates significant compliance costs for three of the four 
    additional requirements in the revised paragraph on multi-employer 
    worksites. For provisions (d)(2) and (d)(3), OSHA believes that 
    compliance with the requirements for PELs [Paragraph (c)] and initial 
    exposure assessment [Paragraph (j)] will ensure compliance with these 
    areas. Regarding daily assessment of work areas, required by (d)(4), 
    OSHA considers these duties to fall under the supervision of competent 
    persons. Compliance costs for competent persons are discussed below 
    under Paragraph (o).
        For Paragraph (d)(5), OSHA assumes that after promulgation of the 
    revised standard, asbestos contractors will achieve full compliance 
    and, therefore, that general contractors will rarely need to exercise 
    authority over employee protection.
        (e) Regulated areas. Paragraph (e) specifies the controls required 
    for construction activities designated as regulated areas. OSHA 
    anticipates incremental costs for all construction work defined in the 
    revised standard as Class I, II or III. Incremental costs for regulated 
    areas will stem from the need for caution and warning signs and caution 
    tape at the perimeter of work areas, as required by (e)(2) Demarcation 
    and (k)(6) Signs. OSHA anticipates total costs of $15.8 million for 
    caution and warning signs.
        (f) Exposure assessments and monitoring. Revised Paragraph (f) 
    alters current requirements for initial exposure monitoring, periodic 
    monitoring, termination of monitoring, additional monitoring, employee 
    notification of sampling results, and observation of monitoring. OSHA 
    anticipates that following promulgation of this revised standard, many 
    employers will initially monitor higher-risk sites--under conditions of 
    full application of controls--in order to establish compliance with the 
    revised PEL of 0.1 f/cc. Results from initial monitoring can be used as 
    historical, objective data for compliance purposes, consistent with 
    revised (f)(1)(iii) Negative initial exposure assessment.
        To estimate monitoring costs in construction, OSHA assumed--for 
    activities where objective data has not been established--that 
    employers conducting Class I, II or III work, will purchase monitoring 
    equipment, train a supervisor to conduct monitoring, and have three 
    representative exposure samples analyzed by a laboratory. OSHA assumed 
    that employers conducting Class IV activities will hire an outside 
    industrial hygiene technician to monitor workers and collect three 
    exposure samples. Basing cost analysis on these assumptions, OSHA 
    projects total incremental compliance costs of $40.1 million for 
    exposure monitoring.
        (g) Methods of Compliance. In revised Paragraph (g) Methods of 
    compliance, OSHA has significantly expanded the structure and content 
    of the regulatory text in the current standard. Revised Paragraph (g) 
    prescribes specific engineering controls and work practices for each of 
    the four asbestos construction classes defined in the standard. To 
    satisfy the requirements for ancillary controls, employers are expected 
    to purchase or otherwise adopt the following types of controls and 
    practices: HEPA vacuum/ventilation systems; HEPA vacuums; wet methods; 
    airtight (negative-pressure) regulated areas; drop cloths; mini 
    enclosures; critical barriers; and glove bag systems (with HEPA 
    vacuums). Included in the cost of each control are expenditures for 
    basic equipment, accessories, construction supplies (for barriers and 
    enclosures), smoke testers (for negative-pressure enclosures), and 
    incremental labor resources needed to implement the control, to smoke 
    test (where necessary) and to disassemble the control.
        Incremental compliance costs associated with engineering controls 
    and work practices are anticipated for all construction activities 
    affected by the revised standard. The combination of controls vary by 
    activity, depending on current exposure levels, the extent of current 
    compliance assumed by OSHA, and the construction class (as defined in 
    the revised standard) for the work activity. OSHA projects the 
    following annual compliance costs for methods of compliance:
         HEPA vacuum/ventilation systems--$15.3 million
         HEPA vacuums--$32.5 million
         Wet methods--$55.2 million
         Airtight regulated areas--$2.2 million
         Drop cloths--$13.8 million
         Mini enclosures--$41.6 million
         Critical barriers--$22.2 million
         Glovebag systems--$4.5 million.
        (h) Respiratory protection. Revised Paragraph (h) mandates the use 
    of respirators under particular circumstances during asbestos 
    construction work. As prescribed in the standard, respirators must be 
    worn (1) during all Class I work; (2) during all Class III work when 
    TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM is being disturbed; (3) during all Class 
    II and III asbestos jobs where wet methods are not used or where 
    insufficient or inadequate data prevents development of a negative 
    exposure assessment; or (4) in emergencies. For this final regulatory 
    impact analysis, OSHA identified an additional need for respirators in 
    new construction, during removal and repair of flooring products, 
    during routine maintenance in general industry, and during custodial 
    work in industrial, commercial and residential buildings. Respirators 
    were assigned to construction activities where baseline exposure ranges 
    suggested workers would occasionally exceed the revised PEL. 
    Incremental compliance costs for respirators were presented above under 
    (c) Permissible exposure limits.
        (i) Protective clothing. Paragraph (i) in this final rulemaking has 
    been revised such that protective clothing will be required for all 
    Class I activities and in Class III activities where thermal system 
    insulation or surfacing ACM/PACM is being disturbed in which a negative 
    exposure assessment has not been produced, in addition to the 
    requirement that clothing be worn when the PEL or excursion limit (EL) 
    is exceeded. OSHA anticipates an additional need for protective 
    clothing in the following construction activities where workers may 
    occasionally exceed the PEL:
         A/C pipe installation
         A/C sheet installation
         Remove flooring products
         Repair flooring
         Custodial work in industrial buildings
         Custodial work in public, commercial and residential 
    buildings.
        OSHA assumes that to provide protective clothing to employees as 
    required by the standard, employers will minimize costs by providing to 
    each employee one set of disposable clothing and gloves for each 
    worker-day. For disposal, clothing can be combined with other 
    contaminated waste and sealed in impermeable bags. Summing incremental 
    costs for protective disposable clothing, OSHA estimates total costs of 
    $17.9 million associated with revised Paragraph (i).
        (j) Hygiene facilities and practices for employees. Revised 
    Paragraph (j) provides for decontamination areas, equipment rooms, 
    showers, change rooms, and lunch areas for Class I activities. Class II 
    and Class III activities may conduct decontamination in adjacent areas 
    on impermeable drop cloths, with clothing and equipment cleaned with 
    HEPA vacuums. Decontamination following Class IV activities must be at 
    least as stringent as required for the class of activity within which 
    the Class IV work is being performed.
        OSHA anticipates that Class I hygiene requirements will apply for 
    the first time to boiler repair, pipe repair and miscellaneous 
    maintenance in general industry. Annual compliance costs will total 
    $5.5 million for equipment and labor involved with the hygiene 
    facilities in Class I work.
        Employers can decontaminate Class II and Class III work using drop 
    cloths and HEPA vacuums, controls required under (g) Methods of 
    compliance. OSHA's estimated costs for drop cloths and HEPA vacuums 
    were presented above in the discussion of revised Paragraph (g).
        OSHA assumes that decontamination following Class IV work conducted 
    in regulated areas will be provided by the primary contractor at the 
    job site. Costs for decontamination of Class IV employees, then would 
    be captured by the total decontamination costs for the activity in the 
    regulated area. In addition, OSHA assumed that drop cloths and HEPA 
    vacuums will be needed by custodians following higher-risk activities 
    outside regulated areas. Costs for drop cloths and HEPA vacuums were 
    presented under (g) Methods of compliance, above.
        (k) Communication of hazards. Revised Paragraph (k) supplements the 
    existing hazard-communication requirements in the asbestos standard by 
    introducing provisions for notification of building and facility 
    owners, contractors, employees and building occupants of the presence, 
    location and quantity of asbestos-containing material (ACM) or presumed 
    asbestos-containing material (PACM). The final revisions to (k) also 
    include training requirements that mirror the training required under 
    the EPA ASHARA legislation, for employees working around ACM or PACM. 
    Training required under revised Paragraph (k) appears to strengthen the 
    content of training required under existing (k) by explicitly 
    referencing the EPA Model Accreditation Plan (MAP) and Operations and 
    Maintenance (O&M) worker protection training.5
    
        \5\Revised Paragraph (k) allows employers to substitute--for 
    Class II activities working with generic building materials--
    training suitable to the removal or disturbance of that category of 
    building material.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        For this final regulatory impact analysis, OSHA identified 
    incremental compliance costs for employee training and notifications 
    involving building/facility owners, construction employers, 
    construction employees, and building occupants. For the purpose of cost 
    estimation, OSHA categorized employee training into three groups: (1) 
    Classes I and II, (2) Class III, and (3) Class IV.6 For each of 
    the three categories of training required by the revised standard, OSHA 
    estimated compliance costs as follows:
    
        \6\Class I training was assumed to require a total of 32 hours, 
    whereas Class II training was assumed to require a total of 24 
    hours. Total costs for Class I and Class II training are combined in 
    this discussion.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
         Class I/II--$51.8 million
         Class III--$35.9 million
         Class IV--$22.6 million.
        In that OSHA's training requirements parallel the requirements 
    mandated in EPA's MAP regulation, OSHA attributes to the EPA 
    regulation, training costs in this final revision to the OSHA asbestos 
    construction standard.
        To estimate compliance costs of the new notification requirements 
    in revised Paragraph (k), OSHA identified seven unique types of 
    notifications. OSHA assumed that notification among affected parties 
    could involve memos, phone calls, notices or other lower-cost means of 
    communication, ranging in labor time from three to five minutes per 
    project. The types of notifications are given below, along with OSHA's 
    estimated total annual compliance cost.
         Notification by contractor to building owner prior to 
    start of project--high-risk ACM--$305 thousand
         Notification by contractor to building owner prior to 
    start of project--low-risk ACM--$5.0 million
         Notification by contractors to employees--$394 thousand
         Notification by contractor to building owner regarding 
    asbestos remaining in building--$397 thousand
         Notification by building owner to building occupants--
    high-risk ACM--$612 thousand
         Notification by building owner to building occupants--low-
    risk ACM--$22.3 million
         Notification by building owner to all contractors in 
    building--$6.1 million.
        In addition to requirements for notification, Paragraph (k)(2)(iii) 
    requires owners to maintain records of all information indicating the 
    presence, location and quantity of ACM and PACM in the building. OSHA 
    estimated recordkeeping costs of $9.7 million to comply with revised 
    (k).
        (l) Housekeeping. Paragraph (l) is expanded in this final revision 
    to the asbestos construction standard to include a section on care of 
    asbestos-containing flooring material. Included in the new section are 
    a prohibition on sanding of asbestos-containing material; work 
    practices specifying wet methods for floor stripping and adequate floor 
    finish for burnishing and dry buffing; and a requirement that dusting 
    and dry sweeping be performed with HEPA vacuums. OSHA anticipates 
    incremental compliance costs associated with using wet methods and HEPA 
    vacuums during housekeeping duties. Costs for the use of wet methods 
    during custodial work is included in the total costs for wet methods 
    given under (g), above, and are expected to be $55.2 million. Costs for 
    the use of HEPA vacuums during custodial work is included in the total 
    costs for HEPA vacuums given under (g), above, and are expected to be 
    $32.5 million.
        (m) Medical surveillance. Revised Paragraph (m) provides that 
    medical exams be given for all employees whose exposures exceed the PEL 
    or excursion limit for 30 or more days per year, or who are required by 
    the standard to wear negative pressure respirators. For this final RIA, 
    OSHA recognized the extent to which medical exams are currently 
    provided to employees. Therefore, incremental costs were estimated only 
    for employees in those construction activities which previously did not 
    qualify for medical exams but which now appear to meet the 
    qualifications. Activities qualifying for medical exams under the 
    revised standard include the following (along with estimated annual 
    compliance costs):
         A/C pipe installation--$59 thousand
         A/C sheet installation--$61 thousand
         Floor removal--$828 thousand
         Floor repair--$6.5 million
         Large-scale gasket removal in general industry--$702 
    thousand
         Pipe repair in general industry--$1.9 million.
        Estimated compliance costs for Paragraph (m) include costs for 
    medical exams and for recordkeeping. In all, $10.1 million in annual 
    costs for medical surveillance are expected for affected construction 
    activities.
        (n) Recordkeeping. Revised Paragraph (n) requires that employers 
    establish and maintain records of objective data (in compliance with 
    (f)), exposure measurements, medical surveillance, and training. 
    Revised Paragraph (n) also provides for availability and transfer of 
    records. Incremental recordkeeping costs for each of these areas were 
    presented above.
        (o) Competent person. Paragraph (o) is a new section of the 
    construction standard and provides for competent person training and 
    supervision for Class I, II, and III activities. Consistent with the 
    distinctions among activity classes in (o), OSHA identified two levels 
    of competent person training: Class I/II and Class III. OSHA estimates 
    that costs for annual Class I/II competent person supervision will be 
    $13.5 million; OSHA estimates annual costs of $6.0 million for Class 
    III competent person supervision. OSHA's estimates of competent person 
    training costs are based on an analysis by EPA's contractor Abt 
    Associates [Abt, 1993], of the costs and benefits of the EPA Model 
    Accreditation Plan regulation.
        In addition to competent person supervision, the revised standard 
    requires that the person evaluating compliance methods that are 
    alternatives to those in (g) Methods of compliance, be qualified as a 
    project designer [(g)(6)(ii)]. OSHA estimated the costs for training 
    project designers for Class I activities. At an annual cost of $171 
    thousand, the training burden implied by this requirement is attributed 
    to the EPA MAP regulation, which provides for training of project 
    designers and other competent persons.
        Total construction costs. Based on OSHA's preliminary regulatory 
    impact analysis [OSHA, 1990], preliminary analysis by CONSAD [CONSAD, 
    1990], and cost analysis of the revised standard by OSHA and CONSAD 
    [OSHA, 1994], OSHA estimated total costs of compliance with the revised 
    PEL of 0.1 f/cc and the ancillary requirements pertaining to regulated 
    areas, methods of compliance, respiratory protection, hygiene 
    facilities, communication of hazards and competent person training. The 
    estimated compliance costs, by control requirement, are shown in Table 
    8 for each major construction sector. OSHA's estimate of total cost, 
    $476.4 million, is the average cost for a range of construction workers 
    potentially at risk in each of the activities affected by the standard 
    (see [CONSAD, 1990, Appendix A] and [OSHA, 1994]). This estimate of 
    incremental costs, however, includes the training costs--for workers, 
    supervisors, project designers and competent persons--that would 
    otherwise be incurred through compliance with the EPA Model 
    Accreditation Plan regulation. Excluding EPA-related training costs, 
    OSHA estimates that $346.5 million in incremental costs are attributed 
    to the OSHA construction standard. Table 9 presents total annual 
    compliance costs by construction activity, for requirements unique to 
    the revised OSHA construction standard.
    
     Table 8.--Annual Incremental Compliance Costs for OSHA's Revised Asbestos Standard for the Construction Industry, by Construction Category and Control 
                                                                           Requirement                                                                      
                                                                         [1993 Dollars]                                                                     
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  Routine     Routine maintenance in        Custodial work                  
                                                                                maintenance    industrial facilities  --------------------------            
                                                        Asbestos    Renovation   in public, --------------------------                                      
           Control requirements              New       abatement       and       commercial                                                         Total   
                                        construction      and       remodeling      and                                 Industrial   Commercial             
                                                       demolition               residential     Small        Large                                          
                                                                                 buildings                                                                  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Shrouded Tools with HEPA Vacuums..             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    HEPA Vacuum/Ventilation System....             0            0            0    6,101,389    1,745,131    7,486,046            0            0   15,332,566
    HEPA Vacuums......................        66,299            0            0            0            0            0            0   32,390,934   32,457,232
    Wet Methods.......................             0      231,880    2,915,085   10,345,233    1,108,748       90,855    4,918,735   35,612,096   55,222,631
    Regulated Areas (airtight, caution                                                                                                                      
     signs)...........................             0            0            0            0            0    2,202,151            0            0    2,202,151
    Regulated Areas (caution signs)...        15,186            0      590,382   14,799,401      356,074       70,977            0            0   15,832,020
    Drop Cloths.......................         5,827      104,631      672,569   12,328,518      485,648      185,059            0            0   13,782,253
    Mini Enclosure....................             0            0            0   18,697,300   22,594,232      330,484            0            0   41,622,016
    Critical Barriers.................             0      217,689    2,334,830   18,579,270      981,128       90,433            0            0   22,203,349
    Glove Bag Systems (with HEPA                                                                                                                            
     Vacuums).........................             0      659,397            0    1,595,562    1,089,599    1,162,580            0            0    4,507,137
    Glove Boxes (negative pressure)...             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Water Spray Procedure.............             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Half-Mask Cartridge Respirator                                                                                                                          
     with HEPA Filter.................       216,632            0    5,142,466    4,325,224      109,150       47,250      657,345   12,590,269   23,088,335
    Full-Facepiece Respirator with                                                                                                                          
     HEPA Filter......................             0            0            0    1,813,700            0            0            0            0    1,813,700
    Half-Mask Supplied-Air Respirator.             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Powered Air Purifying Respirator..             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Full-Facepiece Supplied-Air                                                                                                                             
     Respirator.......................             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Disposable Protective Clothing and                                                                                                                      
     Gloves...........................       306,734            0    1,542,240    3,089,621            0            0    1,052,339   11,950,203   17,941,137
    Decontamination Area..............             0            0            0            0            0    5,492,864            0            0    5,492,864
    Decontamination Area (remote)                                                                                                                           
     (daily trailer rental)...........             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Decontamination Area--O&M.........             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Lunch Areas.......................             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Training, Classes I and II........             0    8,156,068   39,015,163            0            0    4,632,551            0            0   51,803,782
    Training, Class III...............       730,015    1,765,151            0   20,803,053   11,970,925      604,582            0            0   35,873,727
    Training, Class IV................             0            0            0    1,909,387      634,756      200,519    3,218,249   16,652,584   22,615,494
    Competent Person--Classes I and II             0      336,078    7,676,841            0    4,526,017      922,183            0            0   13,461,119
    Competent Person--Project Designer             0      171,383            0            0            0            0            0            0      171,383
    Competent Person--Class III.......        79,518            0            0    5,888,344            0            0            0            0    5,967,862
    Exposure Monitoring (initial):                                                                                                                          
        Classes I, II and III.........        60,953      124,351    2,534,806    3,834,764   14,682,484    5,665,859      651,090            0   27,554,307
        Class IV......................             0            0            0      659,296            0            0            0   11,794,913   12,454,209
    Exposure Monitoring (additional)..             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Exposure Monitoring (daily).......             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Medical Exams.....................       120,243            0      827,712    6,542,885    1,657,783      965,266            0            0   10,113,889
    Labelling of installed asbestos                                                                                                                         
     products.........................             0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Notification by Contractor to                                                                                                                           
     Building Owner--High-Risk ACM....             0      255,474            0            0            0       49,774            0            0      305,247
    Notification by Contractor to                                                                                                                           
     Building Owner--Low-Risk ACM.....         2,297            0      128,549    4,748,303      148,207       12,895            0            0    5,040,250
    Notification by Contractor to                                                                                                                           
     Employees........................             0       39,777      321,371            0            0       33,313            0            0      394,462
    Notification by Contractor to                                                                                                                           
     Building Owner...................             0       39,777      321,371            0            0       35,618            0            0      396,766
    Notification by Building Owners to                                                                                                                      
     Building Occupants--High-Risk ACM             0      500,611            0            0            0      111,407            0            0      612,018
    Notification by Building Owners to                                                                                                                      
     Building Occupants--Low-Risk ACM.        10,320       35,263      577,646   21,337,003      285,450       65,051            0            0   22,310,735
    Notification by Building Owners to                                                                                                                      
     All Contractors..................         2,812       20,853      157,393    5,813,761       77,778       24,152            0            0    6,096,749
    Recordkeeping by Building Owners..         4,489       33,288      251,245    9,280,442      141,188       31,143            0            0    9,741,794
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Totals......................     1,621,325   12,691,671   65,009,669  172,492,455   62,594,296   30,513,011   10,497,757  120,990,999  476,411,184
                                       =====================================================================================================================
          Totals Net of EPA-Related                                                                                                                         
           Training...................       811,792    2,262,991   18,317,665  143,891,671   45,462,598   24,153,177    7,279,509  104,338,415  346,517,816
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: U.S. Dept. of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis, based on OSHA, 1994; CONSAD, 1990; and the rulemaking record.                         
    
    
     Table 9.--Net Compliance Costs for OSHA's Revised Asbestos Construction
                                    Standard                                
                    [By Construction Activity, 1993 Dollars]                
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Construction activity                     Annual cost 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    New Construction:                                                       
      A/C Pipe Installation.................................        $578,189
      A/C Sheet Installation................................         233,602
    Abatement and Demolition:                                               
      Removal...............................................       1,089,688
      Encapsulation.........................................          77,611
      Demolition............................................       1,095,692
    Remodeling and Renovation:                                              
      Drywall Renovation....................................       4,697,904
      Remove Roofing Felts & Coatings.......................         436,077
      Remove Flooring Products..............................      13,183,683
    Routine Maintenance in Public, Commercial, and                          
     Residential Buildings:                                                 
      Repair ceiling tiles..................................       9,136,115
      Repair HV AC/lighting.................................      15,612,401
      Other Work/Drop Ceiling...............................       3,937,675
      Repair Boiler.........................................      16,711,380
      Repair Plumbing.......................................      21,730,412
      Repair Roofing........................................       8,392,722
      Repair Drywall........................................      23,276,376
      Repair Flooring.......................................      45,094,590
    Routine Maintenance in Industrial Facilities:                           
      Remove Gaskets (Small-Scale)..........................      10,490,046
      Remove Gaskets (Large-Scale)..........................       2,113,420
      Repair Boilers (Small-Scale)..........................       1,307,159
      Repair Boilers (Large-Scale)..........................      14,134,324
      Repair Pipe (Small-Scale).............................       3,229,996
      Repair Pipe (Large-Scale).............................       2,574,361
      Miscellaneous Maintenance (Small-Scale)...............      22,462,603
      Miscellaneous Maintenance (Large-Scale)...............       4,602,548
      Telecommunications Maintenance (Small-Scale)..........       7,972,794
      Telecommunications Maintenance (Large-Scale)..........         728,523
    Custodial Work in Public, Commercial and Residential                    
     Buildings..............................................     104,338,415
    Custodial Work in Industrial Facilities.................       7,279,509
                                                             ---------------
          All Activities....................................     346,517,816
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis,  
      based on OSHA, 1994; CONSAD, 1990; and the rulemaking record.         
    
        Shipyards. The revised standard for shipyards largely resembles the 
    revised construction standard. OSHA and CONSAD [OSHA, 1994] identified 
    two shipyard activities--wet removal/repair/installation and dry 
    removal/repair/installation aboard vessels--where significant contact 
    with asbestos can take place. CONSAD's cost analysis assumes asbestos 
    removal will be performed by abatement specialists currently complying 
    with requirements in the existing asbestos general industry standard 
    (under which asbestos contact during shipbuilding and repairing is 
    presently regulated). Specifically, abatement specialists in shipyards 
    are believed to be currently using the following controls at near-100 
    percent level:
         HEPA vacuums
         Wet methods (where feasible)
         Regulated areas with caution signs
         Respirators (full-facepiece cartridge respirators and 
    full-facepiece supplied-air respirators)
         Disposable protective clothing and gloves
         Decontamination units
         Lunch areas
         Training (General Industry standard)
         Exposure monitoring (daily)
         Medical Exams
         Written compliance plan.
        For affected shipyards, OSHA's cost analysis assigned engineering 
    controls and work practices required or implied by the revised asbestos 
    standard. OSHA anticipates incremental costs associated with airtight 
    regulated areas; drop cloths; critical barriers; glove bag systems; 
    worker training and competent person training (Class I); initial 
    exposure monitoring and development of objective data; and notification 
    requirements. In all, OSHA projects annual incremental compliance costs 
    of approximately $229 thousand for the shipbuilding and repairing 
    sector. Of these costs, $137 thousand are associated with training 
    required by the EPA Model Accreditation Plan regulation mandated by the 
    ASHARA legislation. Therefore, net OSHA-related annual costs for ship 
    repair under the revised asbestos standard are expected to total 
    approximately $93 thousand (after rounding). Compliance costs for ship 
    repair are presented in Table 10 by control requirements for affected 
    shipboard activities.
    
     Table 10.--Estimated Incremental Compliance Costs for Affected Sectors 
                          in Shipbuilding and Repairing                     
               [By Activity and Control Requirement, 1993 Dollars]          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Wet removal   Dry removal           
                                        with repair   with repair           
                                            and           and        Totals 
                                       installation  installation           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    HEPA Vacuum/Ventilation System...        7,236             0       7,236
    HEPA Vacuums.....................            0             0           0
    Wet Methods......................            0             0           0
    Regulated Areas (airtight,                                              
     caution signs)..................        4,294         1,073       5,367
    Regulated Areas (caution signs)..            0             0           0
    Drop Cloths......................          179            45         224
    Critical Barriers................          385            96         481
    Glove Bag Systems (with HEPA                                            
     Vacuums)........................       56,132        13,750      69,882
    Respirators......................            0             0           0
    Disposable Protective Clothing                                          
     and Gloves......................            0             0           0
    Decontamination Areas............            0             0           0
    Lunch Areas......................            0             0           0
    Training--Class I................      105,280        26,270     131,550
    Competent Person Training........        3,294             0       3,294
    Competent Person--Project                                               
     Designer........................        1,680             0       1,680
    Exposure Monitoring (initial)....        8,983             0       8,983
    Exposure Monitoring (semi-annual)            0             0           0
    Medical exams--Initial and                                              
     Recurring.......................            0             0           0
    Notification by Contractor to                                           
     Facility Owner--High Risk ACM...           89            22         112
    Notification by Contractor to                                           
     Facility Owner--Low-Risk ACM....            0             0           0
    Notification by Contractor to                                           
     Employees.......................           15             4          19
    Notification by Contractor to                                           
     Facility Owner..................           15             4          19
    Notification by Facility Owner to                                       
     Facility Occupants--High-Risk                                          
     ACM.............................          187            47         234
    Notification by Facility Owner to                                       
     Facility Occupants--Low-Risk ACM            0             0           0
    Notification by Facility Owner to                                       
     Contractors.....................            7             2           9
    Recordkeeping by Facility Owner..           12             3          15
                                      --------------------------------------
          Totals.....................      187,790        41,316     229,105
                                      ======================================
          Totals Net of EPA--Related                                        
           Training..................       77,535        15,046      92,581
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: U.S. Dept. of Labor, OSHA, Office or Regulatory Analysis, based 
      on OSHA, 1994; OSHA, 1986; and RTI, 1985.                             
    
        Aggregate incremental compliance costs. As described above, OSHA 
    estimated compliance costs associated with the revised asbestos 
    standard for General Industry, Construction and Shipyards. Total annual 
    costs for each of the three main parts of the asbestos standard are as 
    follows (excluding EPA-related training costs):
         General Industry--$14.8 million
         Construction--$346.5 million
         Shipyards--$93 thousand.
        Summing compliance costs across affected sectors, OSHA estimates 
    that annual incremental compliance costs of $361.4 million will result 
    following promulgation of the rule.
        The next section applies these estimates of incremental compliance 
    costs for an analysis of the economic impacts of the revised asbestos 
    standard.
    
    F. Economic Impact and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Introduction
    
        OSHA examined the impacts of compliance costs on payroll, sales and 
    profits for firms in general industry, shipyards and construction 
    affected by the revision to the asbestos standard. OSHA's economic 
    impact analysis is presented below.
    Data Sources and Methodology
        OSHA used a variety of financial indicators and sources of 
    statistical data to assess the impacts on the affected industries. 
    Payroll data for primary manufacturing industries and real estate 
    industries were taken from County Business Patterns, 1990 [Dept. of 
    Commerce, 1993]. Payroll data for construction industries were taken 
    from the 1987 Census of Construction, [Dept. of Commerce, 1990b]. Data 
    on sales were obtained from Dun and Bradstreet's Marketing Information 
    computer database [Dun and Bradstreet, 1992a] for the following 
    industry groups:
         Primary asbestos manufacturing;
         Automotive repair;
         Shipyards;
         Selected groups in general industry where the disturbance 
    of asbestos during routine maintenance falls under the construction 
    standard;
        Selected real estate industries.
        Data on net value of construction work (a statistic approximating 
    the sales volume of construction firms) for the construction sector 
    were taken from the 1987 Census of Construction [Dept. of Commerce, 
    1990b]. OSHA derived pre-tax profit rates using Dun and Bradstreet 
    post-tax return-on-sales data from Dun's Insight computer database [Dun 
    and Bradstreet, 1992b] and the 1987 tax code. Pre-tax profits were 
    calculated using a formula that contains the marginal corporate tax 
    rates for 1993.
    Impacts in General Industry and Shipyards
        Primary manufacturing. OSHA has determined that the following four 
    industries in primary manufacturing would be affected by the revision 
    to the asbestos standard: SIC 3292, Friction Materials; SIC 3053, 
    Gaskets and Packings; SIC 2952, Coatings and Sealants; and SIC 3089, 
    Plastics. OSHA has concluded that there will be no incremental costs 
    for the secondary manufacturing industries identified in the 
    preliminary regulatory impact analysis because these manufacturers are 
    believed to have already achieved exposure reductions that bring them 
    into compliance with OSHA's new PEL of 0.1 f/cc.
        OSHA compared the incremental compliance costs anticipated for the 
    four affected primary manufacturing industries with three financial 
    indicators: (1) Annual payroll per firm, (2) dollar value of sales per 
    firm and (3) pre-tax profits per firm. The comparison with annual 
    payroll conveys the magnitude of compliance costs relative to labor 
    costs. The comparison with sales provides a measure of the extent to 
    which prices would rise to maintain profit levels if a firm is able to 
    pass 100 percent of incremental costs forward to buyers. If firms, for 
    competitive reasons, are unable to pass costs forward and must instead 
    absorb the full impact internally, pre-tax profits would be expected to 
    fall. The comparison with pre-tax profits thus illustrates the maximum 
    financial impact if the firm absorbs 100 percent of the incremental 
    compliance costs.
        Table 11 presents the estimated impact of compliance costs in 
    relation to annual payroll, sales, and pre-tax profits per plant in 
    primary manufacturing. Compliance costs as a percentage of sales are 
    modest, averaging 0.6 percent for affected establishments in primary 
    manufacturing (Column 7). However, as shown in Column 8 in the table, 
    profit impacts are relatively high for two sectors: friction materials 
    (26.2 percent) and gaskets and packings (7.3 percent). For reasons 
    given below, OSHA believes that profit impacts will be minimized by the 
    ability of firms to pass forward costs to consumers. The small 
    increases in product prices (less than 2 percent) necessary to cover 
    the increased costs of production would be unlikely to affect the 
    demand for these products.
    
                 Table 11.--Estimated Economic Impacts in General Industry as a Result of the Revision to the General Industry Asbestos Standard            
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   Pre-tax                Compliance  Compliance  Compliance
                                                     Incremental                                    profit   Annual pre-  costs as a  costs as a  costs as a
                      SIC industry                     cost per   Annual payroll   Annual sales    rate per  tax profits  percent of  percent of  percent of
                                                        plant        per plant       per plant      plant     per plant     payroll    sales per  profit per
                                                                                                  (percent)                per plant     plant       plant  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Average Impacts on all Establishments:                                                                                                                  
      Primary Manufacturing:                                                                                                                                
        3292  Friction Materials...................     $88,318       $2,057,964      $5,607,900      a6.0      $337,040        4.3         1.6        26.2 
        3053  Gaskets and Packings.................      21,800        1,676,355       4,994,641       6.0       297,329        1.3         0.4         7.3 
        2952  Coatings and Sealants................      16,189        1,591,747       6,950,262       5.4       372,085        1.0         0.2         4.4 
        3089  Plastics.............................       3,128        1,103,931       4,915,434       6.3       308,295        0.3         0.1         1.0 
                                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Averages.................................      33,128        1,154,988       4,990,845       6.2       309,953        1.8         0.6         9.6 
    Impacts on Small Establishments:                                                                                                                        
      Primary Manufacturing:                                                                                                                                
        3053  Gaskets and Packings.................      11,722          285,158       1,035,835       4.7        48,339        4.1         1.1        24.2 
        2952  Coatings and Sealants................      10,275          112,239       1,674,208       4.3        72,207        9.2         0.6        14.2 
                                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Averages.................................      10,389          226,695       1,266,665       4.5        56,969        8.8         0.7        15.0 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: U.S. Dept. of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis; Dun and Bradstreet, 1992a, 1992b; U.S. Department of Commerce, 1993.                 
    aThe profit rate for SIC 3292 was not available in Dun's Insight. Shown in the table is the profit rate for SIC 32, Stone, Clay, Glass, and Concrete    
      Products.                                                                                                                                             
    
        As evidenced by the disappearance of domestic production of various 
    asbestos-based product lines (e.g., A/C pipe and A/C sheet) over the 
    last several years and the dramatic reduction in the production of 
    other products (e.g., asbestos-containing plastics), many former 
    producers and consumers of asbestos are increasingly substituting other 
    materials for asbestos. The market forces behind increased substitution 
    appear to be related to legal issues, such as liability, and regulatory 
    concerns, such as the attempted Environmental Protection Agency 
    asbestos ban, rather than strictly the effect of product substitution. 
    Even when asbestos-based products are much cheaper than non-asbestos-
    based products, demand and supply are shifting away from asbestos-based 
    products.
        Primary manufacturers appear to have the latitude to raise prices 
    on their products in the short run, but may substitute away from 
    asbestos entirely in the long run. In the friction materials industry, 
    substitute products can be difficult to develop, suggesting a limited 
    cross-elasticity of demand that permits costs to be fairly easily 
    passed along to consumers. For other industries, since the substitution 
    of inputs generally occurs at the site of formerly asbestos-based 
    production, any incremental economic impacts from this rule should be 
    minimal.
        In accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, OSHA also 
    examined the impacts on small establishments in primary manufacturing 
    to determine if they would be adversely affected by the final standard. 
    Using data for firms with 19 or fewer employees, OSHA compared 
    compliance costs with annual payroll, sales, and pre-tax profits for 
    affected industries identified as containing small establishments. The 
    affected industries include small firms producing asbestos gaskets and 
    packings in SIC 3053, Gaskets, Packing, and Sealing Devices and 
    producing asbestos coatings and sealants in SIC 2952, Asphalt Felts and 
    Coatings. OSHA has determined that there are currently no small 
    producers of asbestos friction materials and asbestos plastics.
        Small-firm impacts for primary manufacturing are shown in Table 11. 
    Under a full cost-pass-through scenario, OSHA projects that compliance 
    costs would be 1.1 percent of sales for gaskets and packings and that 
    compliance costs would be 0.6 percent of sales for coatings and 
    sealants. Costs as a percentage of pre-tax profits, shown in the last 
    column of Table 11, are significantly higher, suggesting that severe 
    profit reductions could be felt by any small firms unable to pass 
    forward incremental compliance costs. However, as discussed above, OSHA 
    believes these firms will be able to pass along most of the costs of 
    compliance by raising prices and will therefore suffer minimal economic 
    impact.
        Automotive repair. Economic impacts in establishments performing 
    automotive brake and clutch repair, presented in Table 12, are expected 
    to be minor as a result of compliance with the revised standard for 
    general industry. As a percentage of sales, compliance costs average 
    0.01 percent for industry overall and for affected small 
    establishments. As for the worst-case financial impact, compliance 
    costs as a percentage of profits would average 0.21 percent for all of 
    industry and would average 0.26 percent for small establishments. On 
    the basis of these impact estimates, OSHA has therefore concluded that 
    overall impacts in automotive repair will be modest and that there will 
    be no significant differential effect on small businesses as a result 
    of the final standard.
    
     Table 12.--Economic Impacts Resulting From the Revision to the Asbestos Standard, for Establishments Performing
                                                 Brake and Clutch Repair                                            
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    Pre-tax   Compliance  Compliance
                                          Compliance                    Pre-tax      profit   costs as a  costs as a
                SIC industry               cost per   Sales per firm     profit       rate    percent of  percent of
                                             firm                                  (percent)     sales      profits 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Average Impacts on all                                                                                          
     Establishments:                                                                                                
      Brake and Clutch Repair:                                                                                      
        551  New and Used Car Dealers...        $34       $9,577,612     $129,551       1.4       a0.00        0.03 
        554  Gasoline Service Stations..         34          939,870       23,220       2.5       a0.00        0.15 
        753  Automotive Repair Shops....         34          223,065       12,810       5.7        0.02        0.26 
          Averages......................         34        1,347,958       27,269       4.4        0.01        0.21 
    Impacts on Small Establishments:                                                                                
      Brake and Clutch Repair:                                                                                      
        551  New and Used Car Dealers...         34        2,589,089       30,460       1.2       a0.00        0.11 
        554  Gasoline Service Stations..         34          669,395       16,538       2.5        0.01        0.21 
        753  Automotive Repair Shops....         34          197,139       11,321       5.7        0.02        0.30 
          Averages......................         34          467,607       13,916       4.5        0.01        0.26 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: U.S. Dept. of Labor, OSHA, Office or Regulatory Analysis; Dun and Bradstreet 1992a, 1992b; U.S.        
      Department of Commerce, 1993.                                                                                 
    aImpacts presented as 0.00% are projected to be below 0.01%.                                                    
    
        Ship repair. The impacts of the revision to the asbestos standard 
    on establishments involved in ship repair are expected to be minimal. 
    Table 13 shows that average price impacts would be 0.07 percent for all 
    establishments and would be 0.1 percent for small establishments if 
    firms were able to charge increased operating costs to their customers, 
    i.e., ship owners. At the opposite extreme in terms of potential 
    financial impact, compliance costs as a percentage of profits would 
    average 0.8 percent for firms of all sizes in ship repair and would 
    average 1.2 percent for small firms in ship repair. Thus, OSHA has 
    concluded that there will be no significant differential effect on 
    small businesses involved in ship repair as a result of the final 
    standard.
    
    Table 13.--Economic Impacts on Establishments Performing Ship Repair as a Result of the Revision to the Asbestos
                                                        Standard                                                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    Pre-tax   Compliance  Compliance
                                       Compliance                                    profit   costs as a  costs as a
              SIC industry              cost per   Sales per firm  Pre-tax profit     rate    percent of  percent of
                                          firm                                     (percent)     sales      profits 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Average Impacts on All                                                                                          
     Establishments:                                                                                                
      Ship Repair:                                                                                                  
        3731  Shipbuilding and                                                                                      
         Repair.....................      $12,728     $19,439,148      $1,570,840       8.1        0.07        0.81 
    Impacts on Small Establishments:                                                                                
      Ship Repair:                                                                                                  
        3731  Shipbuilding and                                                                                      
         Repair.....................       12,728      12,751,431       1,030,419       8.1        0.10        1.24 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: U.S. Dept. of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis; Dun and Bradstreet 1992a, 1992b; U.S.        
      Department of Commerce, 1993.                                                                                 
    
    Impacts Associated With the Revised Construction Standard
        Impacts in the Construction Industry. OSHA estimated economic 
    impacts in construction using three economic impact measures, 
    calculated for each affected industry group. The first measure is the 
    ratio of the average annual compliance cost per affected establishment 
    (or per exposed construction worker) to an estimate of the average 
    payroll per establishment (or per construction worker). As explained 
    above, this measure compares the projected compliance costs to labor 
    costs normally incurred by the establishment.
        The second impact measure is the ratio of the average annual 
    compliance cost per affected establishment (or per exposed construction 
    worker) to an estimate of the net dollar value of construction work or 
    sales for an average establishment (or per construction worker). This 
    ratio indicates the relationship of the compliance costs to an 
    establishment or worker's output and indicates the maximum impact on 
    prices assuming 100 percent pass-through of the compliance costs to the 
    consumer.
        The third economic impact statistic calculated by OSHA for 
    construction measures the effect of compliance costs on profits. Profit 
    impacts were calculated at the industry level by dividing into 
    compliance costs per establishment, the estimated pre-tax profit per 
    establishment. This index reveals the maximum potential impact on 
    profits under the assumption that compliance costs are fully absorbed 
    by the affected firm. Profit impacts are particularly meaningful when 
    establishments face highly-competitive conditions which prevent the 
    pass-through of compliance costs to customers.
        Annual incremental compliance costs per construction firm were 
    estimated using the costs presented above for new construction; 
    asbestos abatement and demolition; general building renovation; routine 
    maintenance in public, commercial, and residential buildings; and 
    custodial work in public, commercial, residential, and industrial 
    buildings (routine maintenance in industrial facilities is analyzed 
    separately below). Table 14 presents average per-worker and per-firm 
    costs and impacts for all affected construction sectors. Table 15 shows 
    estimated costs and impacts for small establishments in affected 
    construction sectors.
    
                                  Table 14.--Average Economic Impacts of the Revision to the Asbestos Standard for Construction                             
                                                                [All Establishments, by Industry]                                                           
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Compliance cost per worker                   Compliance cost per establishment as a  
                                                                           as a percentage of:                                  percentage of:              
                                                                      ----------------------------               -------------------------------------------
                                                           Compliance                Net value of    Compliance                  Net value of               
                         SIC industry                       cost per   Construction  construction     cost per     Construction  construction      Pretax   
                                                             worker     payroll per     work or    establishment      worker        work or     profits per 
                                                                          worker       sales per                   payroll per     sales per   establishment
                                                                                        worker                    establishment     estab.                  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1623  Heavy Construction, except Highways............        $484        2.34          0.53         $1,898          0.55           0.13          2.39   
    1711  Plumbing, Heating, Air Conditioning............         860        3.93          0.91          1,357          0.92           0.21          4.36   
    1731  Electrical Work................................         699        2.95          0.82          1,397          0.72           0.20          3.58   
    1742  Plastering, Drywall, and Insulation............         356        1.78          0.51            716          0.29           0.08          1.87   
    1752  Floor Laying and Floor Work, N.E.C.............       1,005        5.40          1.03          2,283          2.89           0.55          9.47   
    1761  Roofing, Siding, and Sheet Metal Work..........         135        0.81          0.18            324          0.27           0.06          1.21   
    1795  Wrecking and Demolition Work...................          25        0.15          0.03            683          0.43           0.10          1.75   
    1799  Special Trade Contractors, N.E.C...............          25        0.16          0.04            683          0.70           0.16          2.67   
    6512  Operators of Nonresidential Buildings..........          51        0.30          0.05            190          0.21           0.03          0.29   
    6513  Operators of Apartment Buildings...............          59        0.35          0.10            220          0.24           0.06          1.15   
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Averages.......................................         422        1.96          0.48            782          0.55           0.13          2.37   
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: U.S. Dept. of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis, based on OSHA, 1994; Dun and Bradstreet, 1992a, 1992b; U.S. Department of Commerce,  
      1993.                                                                                                                                                 
    
    
                                      Table 15.--Economic Impacts of the Revision to the Asbestos Standard for Construction                                 
                                                               [Small Establishments, by Industry]                                                          
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Compliance cost per worker                   Compliance cost per establishment as a  
                                                                           as a percentage of:                                  percentage of:              
                                                                      ----------------------------               -------------------------------------------
                                                           Compliance                Net value of    Compliance                  Net value of               
                         SIC industry                       cost per   Construction  construction     cost per     Construction  construction     Pre-tax   
                                                             worker     payroll per     work or    establishment      worker        work or     profits per 
                                                                          worker       sales per                   payroll per     sales per   establishment
                                                                                        worker                    establishment     estab.                  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1623  Heavy Construction, except Highways............        $484         2.56          0.52          $667           0.43           0.09          1.75  
    1711  Plumbing, Heating, Air Conditioning............         860         4.81          1.00           723           1.12           0.23          4.78  
    1731  Electrical Work................................         699         3.80          0.94           656           0.93           0.23          4.12  
    1742  Plastering, Drywall, and Insulation............         356         2.20          0.53           271           0.36           0.09          1.93  
    1752  Floor Laying and Floor Work, N.E.C.............       1,005         2.94          0.52           699           1.57           0.28          4.78  
    1761  Roofing, Siding, and Sheet Metal Work..........         135         1.00          0.20           181           0.33           0.07          1.34  
    1795  Wrecking and Demolition Work...................          25         0.16          0.03           316           0.46           0.10          1.74  
    1799  Special Trade Contractors, N.E.C...............          25         0.18          0.04           427           0.79           0.17          2.74  
    6512  Operators of Nonresidential Buildings..........          61         0.37          0.05           128           0.25           0.03          0.33  
    6513  Operators of Apartment Buildings...............          68         0.41          0.11           163           0.32           0.07          1.19  
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Averages.......................................         388         2.17          0.48           386           0.62           0.13          2.41  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: U.S. Dept. of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis, based on OSHA, 1994; Dun and Bradstreet, 1992a, 1992b; U.S. Department of Commerce,  
      1993.                                                                                                                                                 
    
        Based on OSHA and CONSAD's estimates of the number of affected 
    firms, crews, and workers performing each construction activity and the 
    number of projects conducted by each firm in a year [OSHA, 1994], 
    annual costs for establishments of average size are expected to range 
    from $190 per building for SIC 6512, Operators of Nonresidential 
    Buildings to $2,283 per firm in SIC 1752, Floor Laying and Other Floor 
    Work, Not Elsewhere Classified.7 As shown in Table 14, costs as a 
    percentage of payroll, sales, and profits are generally low on both a 
    per-worker and per-establishment basis when averaged across a range of 
    firms in affected industries. Costs as a percentage of sales per 
    establishment average 0.13 percent and do not exceed 0.6 percent in any 
    industry. For the impact scenario where cost pass-through is not 
    possible, OSHA projects that profit reductions would average 2.4 
    percent and would be below 5 percent for all but one industry, floor 
    laying and floor work. For flooring contractors in SIC 1752, profit 
    impacts could exceed 9 percent if employers were forced to fully absorb 
    compliance costs out of retained revenues and were not able to pass 
    costs forward. OSHA believes, however, that profit impacts will not be 
    as severe as depicted in this worst-case scenario, for two reasons.
    
        \7\Compliance costs for firms in SICs 6512 and 6513 were 
    estimated on a per-building basis, rather than a per-firm basis, due 
    to insufficient data on numbers of buildings owned per firm in these 
    industry groups.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        First, it appears that there are few services that compete with 
    floor maintenance directly, and therefore demand for services provided 
    by the industry is relatively inelastic. Secondly, all floor-laying 
    establishments are treated uniformly by the revised standard. Because 
    no individual firm faces unfair regulatory treatment by the revised 
    standard, cost impacts are expected across the majority of industry. 
    Consequently, most affected firms should be able to pass forward costs 
    to customers without significant redistribution of market share. As 
    indicated in Table 14, cost impacts on prices (sales) would be minimal 
    under a full cost-pass-through scenario.
        Annual costs for small establishments are expected to range from 
    $128 per building for SIC 6512, Operators of Nonresidential Buildings 
    to $723 per firm in SIC 1711, Plumbing, Heating and Air-Conditioning, 
    as shown in Table 15, Column 4. Small-firm compliance costs as a 
    percentage of payroll, sales, and profits are fairly modest on both a 
    per-worker and per-establishment basis. Costs as a percentage of sales 
    per establishment average 0.13 percent and do not exceed 0.3 percent in 
    any industry, whereas, for the case of zero cost pass-through, costs as 
    a percentage of profits average 2.4 percent. OSHA has concluded that no 
    differential adverse impact will be experienced by small firms in any 
    construction sector when compared to larger firms because the costs of 
    compliance are expected to be roughly equivalent on a per-worker basis.
        Routine maintenance in industrial facilities. In profiling asbestos 
    maintenance activities within general industry, OSHA and CONSAD have 
    assumed that the majority of the work would be performed by plant and 
    maintenance personnel within the establishment. Under this assumption, 
    incremental costs attributed to requirements in the revised 
    construction standard that pertain to these maintenance tasks would 
    financially impact general industry. Therefore, economic impacts 
    associated with routine maintenance in general industry are included in 
    this section on impacts under the construction standard. Impacts in 
    affected general industry sectors are shown in Tables 16 and 17.
    
       Table 16.--Average Economic Impacts on the Revision to the Asbestos  
      Standard for Construction on Establishments in General Industry Where 
                    Routine Asbestos Maintenance is Performed               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Compliance cost per     
                                               establishment as a percentage
                                Compliance                  of:             
          SIC Industry           cost per    -------------------------------
                               establishment                      Pre-tax   
                                                 Sales per      profits per 
                                               establishment   establishment
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    2082  Malt Beverages....            $229           a0.00           a0.00
    26  Paper Products......           3,742            0.02            0.31
    28  Chemicals...........             697           a0.00            0.04
    29  Petroleum Refining..             584           a0.00            0.01
    321  Flat Glass.........             651           a0.00            0.07
    322  Glass and Glassware             651            0.01            0.07
    323  Products of                                                        
     Purchased Glass........             651            0.02            0.31
    331  Steel Works, Blast                                                 
     Furnaces, and Mills....           1,036           a0.00            0.08
    332  Iron and Steel                                                     
     Foundries..............           1,036            0.01            0.23
    34  Fabricated Metal                                                    
     Products...............             326            0.01            0.12
    4813  Telephone                                                         
     Communications.........             525           a0.00           a0.00
    4911  Electric Services.           1,122           a0.00            0.02
    493  Comb. Electric,                                                    
     Gas, and Other                                                         
     Utilities..............           1,300            0.01            0.12
    492  Gas Production and                                                 
     Distribution...........             363           a0.00            0.01
    4941  Water Supply......             264            0.01            0.08
    495  Sanitary Services..             327            0.01            0.15
                             -----------------------------------------------
          Averages..........             897            0.01            0.21
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis; OSHA, 1994; Dun and       
      Bradstreet, 1992a, 1992b; U.S. Department of Commerce, 1993.          
    aImpacts presented as 0.00% are projected to be below 0.01%.            
    
    
    Table 17.--Economic Impacts of the Revision to the Asbestos Standard for
     Construction on Small Establishments in General Industry Where Routine 
                        Asbestos Maintenance is Performed                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Compliance cost per     
                                               establishment as a percentage
                                Compliance                  of              
          SIC Industry           cost per    -------------------------------
                               establishment                      Pre-tax   
                                                 Sales per      profits per 
                                               establishment   establishment
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    2082  Malt Beverages....            $229            0.01            0.28
    26  Paper Products......             229            0.01            0.11
    28  Chemicals...........             229            0.01            0.10
    29  Petroleum Refining..             229           a0.00            0.02
    321  Flat Glass.........             229            0.01            0.12
    322  Glass and Glassware             229            0.01            0.16
    323  Products of                                                        
     Purchased Glass........             229            0.04            0.68
    331  Steel Works, Blast                                                 
     Furnaces, and Mills....             229           a0.00            0.06
    332  Iron and Steel                                                     
     Foundries..............             229            0.01            0.11
    34  Fabricated Metal                                                    
     Products...............             229            0.02            0.32
    4813  Telephone                                                         
     Communications.........             496            0.01            0.04
    4911  Electric Services.             221           a0.00            0.03
    493  Comb. Electric,                                                    
     Gas, and Other                                                         
     Utilities..............             221            0.01            0.13
    492  Gas Production and                                                 
     Distribution...........             243           a0.00            0.03
    4941  Water Supply......             243            0.03            0.27
    495  Sanitary Service...             243            0.04            0.41
                             -----------------------------------------------
          Averages..........             280            0.01            0.21
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis; 
      OSHA, 1994; Dun and Bradstreet, 1992a, 1992b; U.S. Department of      
      Commerce, 1993.                                                       
    aImpacts presented as 0.00% are projected to be below 0.01%.            
    
        Economic impacts from costs of compliance in industrial facilities 
    were computed in terms of price impacts and profit impacts. As shown in 
    Table 16, average economic impacts across all affected establishments 
    are expected to be minimal. Price impacts--costs as a percentage of 
    sales--would average 0.01 percent if firms were able to pass forward 
    all compliance costs to consumers. If full cost pass-through is not 
    achievable and affected firms must finance compliance expenditures from 
    retained earnings, OSHA anticipates that profit impacts would be no 
    greater than 0.21 percent.
        Table 17 presents economic impacts on small firms in general 
    industry where routine asbestos maintenance takes place. The results 
    suggest that no serious economic consequences are expected from 
    compliance with the revision to the final rule. Impacts on sales 
    average 0.01 percent, whereas impacts on profits average 0.21 percent 
    and are no higher than 0.7 percent for any industry group. Therefore, 
    OSHA concludes that there will be no significant differential effect on 
    small businesses in general industry performing routine maintenance 
    involving contact with asbestos-containing materials.
    Conclusion
        In this section OSHA presented economic impact projections for 
    affected industry groups in general industry, shipyards and 
    construction. Economic impact measures calculated by OSHA expressed 
    percentage effects of compliance costs on payroll, sales, and profits. 
    On the basis of OSHA's analysis of the economic effects of the revised 
    asbestos standard, OSHA has determined that impacts will be modest for 
    most affected industry groups. Therefore, OSHA judges the revised 
    asbestos standard to be economically feasible.
    
    References
    
    Abt Associates. [Abt, 1993]. Interim Rule to Revise the Asbestos 
    Model Accreditation Plan: Regulatory Impact Analysis. Final Draft. 
    Prepared for Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Office of 
    Prevention, Pesticides, and Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental 
    Protection Agency. May 1993.
    Abt Associates. [Abt, 1992]. EPA Asbestos in Public Buildings 
    Regulations: Right-to-Know Rule Options; Estimated Costs. Final 
    Draft. Prepared for: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of 
    Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances. February 1992.
    The American Heritage Dictionary. [American Heritage Dictionary, 
    1982]. Second College Edition. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin 
    Company. 1982.
    Arrow, K.J. [Arrow, 1971]. Essays in the Theory of Risk-Bearing. 
    Chicago: Markham Publishing Company, 1971.
    Asbestos Information Association. [AIA, 1991]. Post-hearing 
    submission. Docket H-033E, Ex. 117. April 24, 1991.
    Bureau of National Affairs. [BNA, 1993]. ``AFL-CIO Given Role in 
    Settling Personal Injury Claims Against 20 Firms.'' Occupational 
    Safety and Health Reporter. October 6, 1993, p. 488.
    Campbell, W.J., R.L. Blake, L.L. Brown, E.E. Cather, and J.J. 
    Sjoberg. [Campbell, 1977] Selected Silicate Minerals and Their 
    Asbestiform Varieties. Mineralogical Definitions and Identification-
    Characterization. Information Circular 8751, U.S. Department of the 
    Interior, Bureau of Mines. College Park, Md. 1977.
    Canadian Mineral Yearbook. [Canadian Mineral Yearbook, 1993]. 
    ``Asbestos.'' Mineral Policy Sector, EMR Canada. 1993.
    Chelius, J.R. [Chelius, 1977]. Workplace Safety and Health: The Role 
    of Workers' Compensation. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise 
    Institute for Public Policy Research, 1977.
    Cogley, D., N. Krussel, R. McInnes, P. Anderson, and R. Bell. 
    [Cogley, et al., 1982]. Life Cycle of Asbestos in Commercial and 
    Industrial Use Including Estimates of Releases to Air, Water, and 
    Land. Prepared by GCA Corporation, for the U.S. Environmental 
    Protection Agency, Office of Toxic Substances, under Contract No. 
    68-02-3268. Washington, D.C., February 1982. OSHA Docket H-033c. 
    Exhibit 84-161.
    Commission on Merchant Marine and Defense. [Merchant Marine 
    Commission, 1987]. First Report of the Commission on Merchant Marine 
    and Defense, Appendices. Washington, D.C., September 30, 1987.
    CONSAD and General Research Corp. [CONSAD and GRC, 1982]. Employer 
    Compensation and Control Systems, Final Report, 1982. Prepared for 
    the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration. Pittsburgh: Consad Research Corporation; and McLean, 
    Virginia: General Research Corporation, 1982.
    CONSAD Research Corporation. [CONSAD, 1990]. Economic Analysis of 
    the Proposed Revisions to the OSHA Asbestos Standards for 
    Construction and General Industry. Final Report. Contract Number J-
    9-F-8-0033, Task Order 4, Option Year 1. July 27, 1990. Docket H-
    033e, Ex. 8.
    CONSAD Research Corporation. [CONSAD, 1985]. Economic and 
    Technological Profile Related to OSHA's Revised Permanent Asbestos 
    Standard for the Construction Industry and Asbestos Removal and 
    Routine Maintenance Projects in General Industry. Final Report. 
    Contract Number J-9-F-4-0024, December 31, 1985. Docket H-033e, Ex. 
    1-229.
    CONSAD Research Corporation and Clayton Environmental Consultants, 
    Inc. [CONSAD, 1984]. Asbestos Task Order for Construction 
    Alternatives. Final Report. Contract Number J-9-F-4-0024, May 25, 
    1984; Addendum to Final Report, June 14, 1984. Supplement, July 31, 
    1984. Docket H-033e, Ex. 1-227.
    Corn, Mort, Ph.D. [Corn, 1992]. Letter to John Martonik with 
    attached data. School of Hygiene and Public Health, Johns Hopkins 
    University. December 28, 1992. Docket H-033e, Ex. 162-52.
    Dallas Morning News. [Dallas Morning News, 1990]. ``Asbestos firms 
    lose class-action lawsuit.'' March 31, 1990.
    Discher, David P.; Kleinmann, G.G.; and Foster, F.J. [Discher, et 
    al., 1975]. National Occupational Hazard Survey-Pilot Study for 
    Development of an Occupational Disease Surveillance Method. Report 
    No. NIOSH-75-162. Sponsored by the National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health, Department of Environmental Health. 
    Seattle: University of Washington, May 1975.
    Dun and Bradstreet. [Dun and Bradstreet, 1992a]. Dun's Marketing 
    Information computer database. Dun's Marketing Service. 1992.
    Dun and Bradstreet. [Dun and Bradstreet, 1992b]. Dun's Insight--
    Industry Statistics and Financial Analysis System. Dun's Analytical 
    Services. Dun and Bradstreet Credit Services. 1992.
    Health Effects Institute--Asbestos Research. [HEI-AR, 1992]. 
    Asbestos in Public and Commercial Buildings: Supplementary Analyses 
    of Selected Data Previously Considered by the Literature Review 
    Panel. Cambridge, Ma. Docket H-033e, Ex. 162-6a.
    Health Effects Institute--Asbestos Research. [HEI, 1991] Asbestos in 
    Public and Commercial Buildings: A Literature Review and Synthesis 
    of Current Knowledge. Cambridge, Ma. Docket H-033e, Ex. 1-344. 1991.
    ICF Incorporated. [ICF, 1988]. Asbestos Exposure Assessment. Revised 
    Report. Prepared for Chemical Engineering Branch, Office of 
    Pesticides and Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection 
    Agency. March 21, 1988.
    Lange, J.E. and D.Q. Mills, ed. The Construction Industry. 
    Lexington, Ma.: Lexington Books, 1979.
    Morris, G.E. [RTI, 1982]. Tort Liability and Worker Health: An 
    Examination of the Economic, Legal and Scientific Issues Surrounding 
    the Occupational Disease Protection Afforded by Tort Law, Final 
    Report. Prepared for the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational 
    Safety and Health Administration, Office of Regulatory Analysis. 
    Research Triangle Park, North Carolina: Research Triangle Institute, 
    1982.
    National Center for Health Statistics. [NCHS, 1993]. Unpublished 
    1991 Mortality Rate Data for Malignant Neoplasms of Respiratory and 
    Intrathoracic Organs by Five-Year Age Groups and Gender. Facsimile 
    Transmission. December 22, 1993.
    National Roofing Contractors Association. [NRCA, 1990]. Comments of 
    the National Roofing Contractors Association to the Occupational 
    Safety and Health Administration regarding the July 20, 1990 Notice 
    of Proposed Rulemaking. November 29, 1990. Docket H-033e, Ex. 7-112.
    Prosser, William Lloyd. [Prosser, 1971]. Handbook of the Law of 
    Torts. 4th ed. St. Paul: West Publishing Company, 1971.
    Rea, S.A. Jr. [Rea, 1981]. ``Workmen's Compensation and Occupational 
    Safety under Imperfect Information''. Am Econ Rev 71:80-93, March 
    1981.
    Research Triangle Institute. [RTI, 1985]. Regulatory Impact Analysis 
    of the Proposed OSHA Asbestos Standard. Prepared for the U.S. 
    Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 
    Contract Number J-9-F-4-0027. Research Triangle Park, N.C. September 
    1985. Docket H-033e, Ex. 1-228.
    Rifkin-Wernick Associates. [Rifkin-Wernick, 1990]. Market 
    Opportunities in Asbestos Abatement: A New Look at an Industry in 
    Transition. A Strategic Intelligence Report. Jenkintown, Pa. 1990.
    Spence, M., and Zeckhauser, R. [Spence and Zeckhauser, 1971]. 
    ``Insurance, Information and Individual Action''. Am Econ Rev 
    61:380-387, 1971.
    U.S. Bureau of Mines. [Bureau of Mines, 1993] ``Asbestos in 1992.'' 
    Mineral Industry Surveys. Branch of Industrial Minerals and Branch 
    of Data Collection and Coordination, Department of the Interior. 
    Washington D.C. April 1993.
    U.S. Chamber of Commerce. [Chamber of Commerce, 1987]. 1987 Analysis 
    of Workers' Compensation Laws. Washington, D.C., 1987.
    U.S. Department of Commerce. [Dept. of Commerce, 1993]. County 
    Business Patterns, 1990. Bureau of the Census. 1993.
    U.S. Department of Commerce. International Trade Administration. 
    1993 U.S. Industrial Outlook. 34th Annual Edition.
    U.S. Department of Commerce. [Dept. of Commerce, 1990a] Bureau of 
    the Census. Industry Series MC87-I-37-C. Census of Manufactures: 
    Shipbuilding and Repairing (Industry 3731). Washington, D.C.: 
    Government Printing Office, 1990.
    U.S. Department of Commerce. [Dept. of Commerce, 1990b]. 1987 Census 
    of Construction Industries. Bureau of the Census, Washington, D.C., 
    March 1990.
    U.S. Department of Energy. [Dept. of Energy, 1986]. Nonresidential 
    Buildings Energy Consumption Survey: Characteristics of Commercial 
    Buildings. U.S. Energy Information Administration. 1986.
    U.S. Department of Labor. [BLS, 1993a]. Employment and Earnings. 
    Bureau of Labor Statistics. Vol. 40, No.1. January 1993.
    U.S. Department of Labor. [BLS, 1993b]. Employment Cost Indexes and 
    Levels, 1975-93. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Bulletin 2434. 
    September 1993.
    U.S. Department of Labor. [BLS, 1991]. Occupational Mobility. Bureau 
    of Labor Statistics. January 1991.
    U.S. Department of Labor. [OSHA, 1994]. OSHA/CONSAD Technical 
    Analysis of Final Revisions to the OSHA Standard Covering 
    Occupational Exposure to Asbestos. Prepared by U.S. Department of 
    Labor, OSHA, Office of Regulatory Analysis and CONSAD Research 
    Corporation under Contract Number J-9-F-1-0011, Option Year 2, Task 
    Order 1. March 1994.
    U.S. Department of Labor. [OSHA, 1991]. ``Informal Public Hearing on 
    Proposed Rule on Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, 
    Anthophyllite and Actinolite,'' before the Honorable Sheldon Lipson, 
    Administrative Law Judge, Washington, D.C., January 25, 1991.
    U.S. Department of Labor. [OSHA, 1990]. ``29 CFR 1910 and 1926; 
    Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite and 
    Actinolite; Proposed Rule.'' Federal Register, Vol. 55, No. 140. 
    July 20, 1990.
    U.S. Department of Labor. [OSHA, 1988]. ``Occupational Exposure to 
    Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite; Final Rules; 
    Amendment.'' Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Federal 
    Register, Vol. 53, No. 178. September 14, 1988.
    U.S. Department of Labor. [OSHA, 1986]. Final Regulatory Impact and 
    Regulatory Flexibility Analysis of the Revised Asbestos Standard. 
    Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Office of Regulatory 
    Analysis. June 11, 1986. Docket H-033c, Ex. 346.
    U.S. Department of Transportation. [Dept. of Transportation, 1991]. 
    Maritime Administration. Report on Survey of U.S. Shipbuilding and 
    Repair Facilities, 1991, prepared by Office of Ship Construction, 
    Division of Production, Washington, D.C. 1991.
    U.S. Department of Transportation. [Dept. of Transportation, 1990]. 
    Maritime Administration. Report on Survey of U.S. Shipbuilding and 
    Repair Facilities, 1990, prepared by Office of Ship Construction, 
    Division of Production, Washington, D.C. 1990.
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. [EPA, 1985]. Guidance for 
    Controlling Asbestos-Containing Materials in Buildings. EPA-560/5-
    85-024. Washington, D.C. 1985.
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. [EPA, 1984]. Asbestos in 
    Buildings: A National Survey of Asbestos-Containing Friable 
    Materials. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Toxic 
    Substances. EPA 560/5-84-006. October 1984.
    Wall Street Journal. [Wall Street Journal, 1993]. ``Though Risk 
    Falls, Removing Asbestos Doesn't Guarantee Substance Is Gone.'' 
    March 22, 1993.
    Wall Street Journal. [Wall Street Journal, 1992]. ``Litigation Abuse 
    Is Destroying My Company.'' July 15, 1992.
    Washington Post. [Washington Post, 1990]. ``Overhaul of Manville 
    Fund Set.'' November 20, 1990. pp. D1, D7.
    Wickman, Arthur R., et al. [Wickman, et al., 1992]. ``Exposure of 
    Custodial Employees to Airborne Asbestos.'' Bureau of Environmental 
    Epidemiology, Missouri Department of Health. Technical Report for 
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Pesticides and Toxic 
    Substances. 1992.
    Young, L.R. [Young, 1983]. ``Job-Related Disease Case Refused''. 
    Journal of Commerce: April 19, 1983.
    
    V. Clearance of Information Collection Requirements
    
        5 CFR 1320 sets forth procedures for agencies to follow in 
    obtaining OMB clearance for information collection requirements under 
    the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. The final Asbestos 
    standard requires the employer to allow OSHA access to records and 
    under certain circumstances, requires employers to submit notifications 
    to the Agency. OMB has reviewed and approved the collection of 
    information requirements for occupational exposure to Asbestos for 
    Construction (29 CFR 1926.1101) and Shipyards (29 CFR 1915.1001) under 
    OMB clearance numbers 1218-0134 and 1218-0195 respectively. The OMB 
    clearances expire in July 1997. There were no new information 
    collection requirements for General industry 29 CFR 1910.1001, 
    currently approved under 1218-0133. The Asbestos General industry 
    clearance expires in March 1996.
    
    VI. Authority and Signature
    
        This document was prepared under the direction of Joseph A. Dear, 
    Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. 
    Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 
    20210.
        Accordingly, pursuant to sections 4, 6(b), 8(c), and 8(g) of the 
    Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); 
    Sec. 107, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (Construction 
    Safety Act, 40 U.S.C. 333); Sec. 41, Longshore and Harbor Workers' 
    Compensation Act (33 U.S.C. 941); and 29 CFR Part 1911; 29 CFR Part 
    1910, 1915 and 1926 are amended as set forth below.
    
    List of Subjects in 29 CFR Part 1910, 1915 and 1926
    
        Asbestos, Cancer, Carcinogen, Construction industry, Health, 
    Hazardous materials, Labeling, Occupational Safety and Health, 
    Protective Equipment, Respiratory Protection, Signs and symbols.
    
        Signed at Washington, DC this 20th day of July, 1994.
    Joseph A. Dear,
    Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health.
    
    VII. Amended Standards: Regulatory Text
    
        OSHA hereby amends 29 CFR Parts 1910, 1915 and 1926 as follows:
    
    PART 1910--OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS
    
        1. The authority citation of Subpart B of Part 1910 continues to 
    read:
    
        Authority: Secs. 4, 6 and 8 of the Occupational Safety and 
    Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657; Walsh-Healey Act, 41 U.S.C. 35 
    et seq; Service Contract Act of 1965, 41 U.S.C. 351 et seq; sec. 
    107, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (Construction 
    Safety Act), 40 U.S.C. 333; sec. 41, Longshore and Harbor Workers' 
    Compensation Act, 33 U.S.C. 941; National Foundation of Arts and 
    Humanities Act, 20 U.S.C. 951 et seq.; Secretary of Labor's Order 
    Nos. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR 1911), 9-83 (48 FR 35736), or 
    1-90 (55 FR 9033) as applicable.
    
        1a. Paragraph (a) of Sec. 1910.19 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 1910.19.  Special provisions for air contaminants.
    
        (a) Asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, and actinolite dust. 
    Section 1910.1001 shall apply to the exposure of every employee to 
    asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, and actinolite dust in every 
    employment and place of employment covered by Sec. 1910.16, in lieu of 
    any different standard on exposure to asbestos, tremolite, 
    anthophyllite, and actinolite dust which would otherwise be applicable 
    by virtue of any of those sections.
    * * * * *
        2. The authority citation of subpart Z of 29 CFR part 1910 
    continues to read as follows:
    
        Authority: Secs 6, 8 Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 
    U.S.C. 655, 657: Secretary of Labor's Order 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 9-76 
    (41 FR 25059), 9-83 [48 FR 35736] or 1-90 (55 FR 9033), as 
    applicable; and 29 CFR part 1911.
        All of subpart Z issued under section 6(b) of the Occupational 
    Safety and Health Act, except those substances which have exposure 
    limits listed in Tables Z-1, Z-2 and Z-3 of 29 CFR 1910.1000. The 
    latter were issued under section 6(a) [29 U.S.C. 655(a)].
        Section 1910.1000, Tables Z-1, Z-2 and Z-3 also issued under 5 
    U.S.C. 553. Section 1910.1000, Tables Z-1, Z-1 and Z-3 not issued 
    under 29 CFR part 1911 except for the arsenic (organic compounds), 
    benzene, and cotton dust listings.
        Section 1910.1001 also issued under section 107 of Contract Work 
    Hours and Safety Standards Act, 40 U.S.C. 333.
        Section 1910.1002 not issued under 29 U.S.C. or 29 CFR part 
    1911; also issued under 5 U.S.C. 653.
        Section 1910.1003 through 1910.1018 also issued under 29 CFR 
    653.
        Section 1910.1025 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653 and 5 U.S.C. 
    553.
        Section 1910.1028 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.
        Section 1910.1030 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.
        Section 1910.1043 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 551 et seq.
        Section 1910.1045 and 1910.1047 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.
        Section 1910.1048 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.
        Sections 1910.1200, 1910,1499 and 1910.1500 also issued under 5 
    U.S.C. 553.
        Section 1910.1450 is also issued under sec. 6(b), 8(c) and 
    8(g)(2), Pub. L. 91-596, 84 Stat. 1593, 1599, 1600; 29 U.S.C. 655, 
    657.
    
        3. Section 1910.1001 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) through 
    (p) (all the text preceding the appendices) to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 1910.1001  Asbestos.
    
        (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all 
    occupational exposures to asbestos in all industries covered by the 
    Occupational Safety and Health Act, except as provided in paragraph 
    (a)(2) and (3) of this section.
        (2) This section does not apply to construction work as defined in 
    29 CFR 1910.12(b). (Exposure to asbestos in construction work is 
    covered by 29 CFR 1926.58.)
        (3) This section does not apply to ship repairing, shipbuilding and 
    shipbreaking employments and related employments as defined in 29 CFR 
    1915.4. (Exposure to asbestos in these employments is covered by 29 CFR 
    1915.191).
        (b) Definitions.
        Asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite 
    asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these 
    minerals that have been chemically treated and/or altered.
        Asbestos-containing material (ACM) means any material containing 
    more than 1% asbestos.
        Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
    Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
        Authorized person means any person authorized by the employer and 
    required by work duties to be present in regulated areas.
        Building/facility owner is the legal entity, including a lessee, 
    which exercises control over management and record keeping functions 
    relating to a building and/or facility in which activities covered by 
    this standard take place.
        Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human 
    Services, or designee.
        Employee exposure means that exposure to airborne asbestos that 
    would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective 
    equipment.
        Fiber means a particulate form of asbestos 5 micrometers or 
    longer,with a length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1.
        High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter 
    capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent of 0.3 
    micrometer diameter mono-disperse particles.
        Industrial hygienist means a professional qualified by education, 
    training, and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop 
    controls for occupational health hazards.
        PACM means thermal system insulation, sprayed on or troweled on 
    surfacing material and debris in work areas where such material is 
    present.
        Regulated area means an area established by the employer to 
    demarcate areas where airborne concentrations of asbestos exceed, or 
    there is a reasonable possibility they may exceed, the permissible 
    exposure limits.
        (c) Permissible exposure limit (PELS)--(1) Time-weighted average 
    limit (TWA). The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to 
    an airborne concentration of asbestos excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic 
    centimeter of air as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average (TWA) as 
    determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A of this section, or 
    by an equivalent method.
        (2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure that no employee is 
    exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 1.0 fiber 
    per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a sampling period 
    of thirty (30) minutes.
        (d) Exposure monitoring.--(1) General. (i) Determinations of 
    employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that 
    are representative of the 8-hour TWA and 30-minute short-term exposures 
    of each employee.
        (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposures shall be 
    determined on the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift 
    exposures for each shift for each employee in each job classification 
    in each work area. Representative 30-minute short-term employee 
    exposures shall be determined on the basis of one or more samples 
    representing 30 minute exposures associated with operations that are 
    most likely to produce exposures above the excursion limit for each 
    shift for each job classification in each work area.
        (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or 
    work operation covered by this standard, except as provided for in 
    paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(2)(iii) of this section, shall perform 
    initial monitoring of employees who are, or may reasonably be expected 
    to be exposed to airborne concentrations at or above the TWA 
    permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit.
        (ii) Where the employer has monitored after March 31, 1992, for the 
    TWA permissible exposure limit and/or the excursion limit, and the 
    monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the 
    employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the 
    requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.
        (iii) Where the employer has relied upon objective data that 
    demonstrate that asbestos is not capable of being released in airborne 
    concentrations at or above the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or 
    excursion limit under the expected conditions of processing, use, or 
    handling, then no initial monitoring is required.
        (3) Monitoring frequency (periodic monitoring) and patterns. After 
    the initial determinations required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this 
    section, samples shall be of such frequency and pattern as to represent 
    with reasonable accuracy the levels of exposure of the employees. In no 
    case shall sampling be at intervals greater than six months for 
    employees whose exposures may reasonably be foreseen to exceed the TWA 
    permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit.
        (4) Changes in monitoring frequency. If either the initial or the 
    periodic monitoring required by paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this 
    section statistically indicates that employee exposures are below the 
    TWA permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit, the employer may 
    discontinue the monitoring for those employees whose exposures are 
    represented by such monitoring.
        (5) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the provisions of 
    paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(4) of this section, the employer shall 
    institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i) 
    and (d)(3) of this section whenever there has been a change in the 
    production, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices 
    that may result in new or additional exposures above the TWA 
    permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit or when the employer 
    has any reason to suspect that a change may result in new or additional 
    exposures above the action level and/or excursion limit.
        (6) Method of monitoring. (i) All samples taken to satisfy the 
    monitoring requirements of paragraph (d) of this section shall be 
    personal samples collected following the procedures specified in 
    Appendix A.
        (ii) All samples taken to satisfy the monitoring requirements of 
    paragraph (d) of this section shall be evaluated using the OSHA 
    Reference Method (ORM) specified in Appendix A of this section, or an 
    equivalent counting method.
        (iii) If an equivalent method to the ORM is used, the employer 
    shall ensure that the method meets the following criteria:
        (A) Replicate exposure data used to establish equivalency are 
    collected in side-by-side field and laboratory comparisons; and
        (B) The comparison indicates that 90% of the samples collected in 
    the range 0.5 to 2.0 times the permissible limit have an accuracy range 
    of plus or minus 25 percent of the ORM results at a 95% confidence 
    level as demonstrated by a statistically valid protocol; and
        (C) The equivalent method is documented and the results of the 
    comparison testing are maintained.
        (iv) To satisfy the monitoring requirements of paragraph (d) of 
    this section, employers must use the results of monitoring analysis 
    performed by laboratories which have instituted quality assurance 
    programs that include the elements as prescribed in Appendix A of this 
    section.
        (7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer 
    shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any 
    monitoring performed under the standard, notify the affected employees 
    of these results in writing either individually or by posting of 
    results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected 
    employees.
        (ii) The written notification required by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of 
    this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the 
    employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or 
    excursion limit, wherever monitoring results indicated that the TWA 
    and/or excursion limit had been exceeded.
        (e) Regulated Areas.--(1) Establishment. The employer shall 
    establish regulated areas wherever airborne concentrations of asbestos 
    and/or PACM are in excess of the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed 
    in paragraph (c) of this section.
        (2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest 
    of the workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who 
    will be exposed to asbestos.
        (3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to 
    authorized persons or to persons authorized by the Act or regulations 
    issued pursuant thereto.
        (4) Provision of respirators. Each person entering a regulated area 
    shall be supplied with and required to use a respirator, selected in 
    accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
        (5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that employees 
    do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in 
    the regulated areas.
        (f) Methods of compliance.--(1) Engineering controls and work 
    practices. (i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and 
    work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the 
    TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, 
    except to the extent that such controls are not feasible.
        (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices 
    that can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure 
    to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) 
    of this section, the employer shall use them to reduce employee 
    exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall 
    supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with 
    the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.
        (iii) For the following operations, wherever feasible engineering 
    controls and work practices that can be instituted are not sufficient 
    to reduce the employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion 
    limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall 
    use them to reduce employee exposure to or below 0.5 fiber per cubic 
    centimeter of air (as an eight-hour time-weighted average) or 2.5 
    fibers/cc for 30 minutes (short-term exposure) and shall supplement 
    them by the use of any combination of respiratory protection that 
    complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section, work 
    practices and feasible engineering controls that will reduce employee 
    exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit 
    permissible prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section: Coupling 
    cutoff in primary asbestos cement pipe manufacturing; sanding in 
    primary and secondary asbestos cement sheet manufacturing; grinding in 
    primary and secondary friction product manufacturing; carding and 
    spinning in dry textile processes; and grinding and sanding in primary 
    plastics manufacturing.
        (iv) Local exhaust ventilation. Local exhaust ventilation and dust 
    collection systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, and 
    maintained in accordance with good practices such as those found in the 
    American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and 
    Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, ANSI Z9.2-1979.
        (v) Particular tools. All hand-operated and power-operated tools 
    which would produce or release fibers of asbestos, such as, but not 
    limited to, saws, scorers, abrasive wheels, and drills, shall be 
    provided with local exhaust ventilation systems which comply with 
    paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section.
        (vi) Wet methods. Insofar as practicable, asbestos shall be 
    handled, mixed, applied, removed, cut, scored, or otherwise worked in a 
    wet state sufficient to prevent the emission of airborne fibers so as 
    to expose employees to levels in excess of the TWA and/or excursion 
    limit, prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, unless the 
    usefulness of the product would be diminished thereby.
        (vii) [Reserved]
        (viii) Particular products and operations. No asbestos cement, 
    mortar, coating, grout, plaster, or similar material containing 
    asbestos, shall be removed from bags, cartons, or other containers in 
    which they are shipped, without being either wetted, or enclosed, or 
    ventilated so as to prevent effectively the release of airborne fibers 
    of.
        (ix) Compressed air. Compressed air shall not be used to remove 
    asbestos or materials containing asbestos unless the compressed air is 
    used in conjunction with a ventilation system which effectively 
    captures the dust cloud created by the compressed air.
        (x) Flooring. Sanding of asbestos-containing flooring material is 
    prohibited.
        (2) Compliance program. (i) Where the TWA and/or excursion limit is 
    exceeded, the employer shall establish and implement a written program 
    to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the 
    excursion limit by means of engineering and work practice controls as 
    required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and by the use of 
    respiratory protection where required or permitted under this section.
        (ii) Such programs shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to 
    reflect significant changes in the status of the employer's compliance 
    program.
        (iii) Written programs shall be submitted upon request for 
    examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, 
    affected employees and designated employee representatives.
        (iv) The employer shall not use employee rotation as a means of 
    compliance with the TWA and/or excursion limit.
        (3) Specific compliance methods for brake and clutch repair:
        (i) Engineering controls and work practices for brake and clutch 
    repair and service. During automotive brake and clutch inspection, 
    disassembly, repair and assembly operations, the employer shall 
    institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce employee 
    exposure to materials containing asbestos using a negative pressure 
    enclosure/HEPA vacuum system method or low pressure/wet cleaning 
    method, which meets the detailed requirements set out in Appendix F to 
    this section. The employer may also comply using an equivalent method 
    which follows written procedures which the employer demonstrates can 
    achieve results equivalent to Method A in Appendix F to this section. 
    For facilities in which no more than 5 pair of brakes or 5 clutches are 
    inspected, disassembled, repaired, or assembled per week, the method 
    set forth in paragraph [D] of Appendix F of this section may be used.
        (ii) The employer may also comply by using an equivalent method 
    which follows written procedures, which the employer demonstrates can 
    achieve equivalent exposure reductions as do the two ``preferred 
    methods.'' Such demonstration must include monitoring data conducted 
    under workplace conditions closely resembling the process, type of 
    asbestos containing materials, control method, work practices and 
    environmental conditions which the equivalent method will be used, or 
    objective data, which document that under all reasonably foreseeable 
    conditions of brake and clutch repair applications, the method results 
    in exposures which are equivalent to the methods set out in Appendix F 
    to this section.
        (g) Respiratory protection--(1) General. The employer shall provide 
    respirators, and ensure that they are used, where required by this 
    section. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:
        (i) During the interval necessary to install or implement feasible 
    engineering and work practice controls;
        (ii) In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities, 
    or other activities for which engineering and work practice controls 
    are not feasible;
        (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work 
    practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below 
    the TWA and/or excursion limit; and
        (iv) In emergencies.
        (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required under 
    this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the 
    employee, the appropriate respirator as specified in Table 1. The 
    employer shall select respirators from among those jointly approved as 
    being acceptable for protection by the Mine Safety and Health 
    Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.
        (ii) The employer shall provide a powered, air-purifying respirator 
    in lieu of any negative pressure respirator specified in Table 1 
    whenever:
        (A) An employee chooses to use this type of respirator; and
        (B) This respirator will provide adequate protection to the 
    employee.
    
              Table 1.--Respiratory Protection for Asbestos Fibers          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Airborne concentration of                                               
    asbestos or conditions of               Required respirator             
               use                                                          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Not in excess of 1 f/cc    Half-mask air purifying respirator other than
     (10) X PEL), or            a disposable respirator, equipped with high 
     otherwise as required      efficiency filters.                         
     independent of exposure                                                
     pursuant to (h)(2)(iv).                                                
    Not in excess of 5 f/cc    Full facepiece air-purifying respirator      
     (50 X PEL).                equipped with high efficiency filters.      
    Not in excess of 10 f/cc   Any powered air-purifying respirator equipped
     (100 X PEL).               with high efficiency filters or any supplied
                                air respirator operated in continuous flow  
                                mode.                                       
    Not in excess of 100 f/cc  Full facepiece supplied air respirator       
     (1,000 X PEL).             operated in pressure demand mode.           
    Greater than 100 f/cc      Full facepiece supplied air respirator       
     (1,000 X PEL) or unknown   operated in pressure demand mode, equipped  
     concentration.             with an auxiliary positive pressure self-   
                                contained breathing apparatus.              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Note: a. Respirators assigned for high environmental concentrations may 
      be used at lower concentrations, or when required respirator use is   
      independent of concentration.                                         
    b. A high efficiency filter means a filter that is at least 99.97       
      percent efficient against mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers 
      in diameter or larger.                                                
    
        (3) Respirator program. (i) Where respiratory protection is 
    required, the employer shall institute a respirator program in 
    accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134(b), (d), (e), and (f).
        (ii) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter 
    respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase in 
    breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply 
    of filter elements for this purpose.
        (iii) Employees who wear respirators shall, be permitted to leave 
    the regulated area to wash their faces and respirator facepieces 
    whenever necessary to prevent skin irritation associated with 
    respirator use.
        (iv) No employee shall be assigned to tasks requiring the use of 
    respirators if, based upon his or her most recent examination, an 
    examining physician determines that the employee will be unable to 
    function normally wearing a respirator, or that the safety or health of 
    the employee or other employees will be impaired by the use of a 
    respirator. Such employee shall be assigned to another job or given the 
    opportunity to transfer to a different position whose duties he or she 
    is able to perform with the same employer, in the same geographical 
    area and with the same seniority, status, and rate of pay the employee 
    had just prior to such transfer, if such a different position is 
    available.
        (4) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall ensure that the 
    respirator issued to the employee exhibits the least possible facepiece 
    leakage and that the respirator is fitted properly.
        (ii) For each employee wearing negative pressure respirators, 
    employers shall perform either quantitative or qualitative face fit 
    tests at the time of initial fitting and at least every six months 
    thereafter. The qualitative fit tests may be used only for testing the 
    fit of half-mask respirators where they are permitted to be worn, and 
    shall be conducted in accordance with Appendix C of this section. The 
    tests shall be used to select facepieces that provide the required 
    protection as prescribed in Table 1, in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this 
    section.
        (h) Protective work clothing and equipment--(1) Provision and use. 
    If an employee is exposed to asbestos above the TWA and/or excursion 
    limit, or where the possibility of eye irritation exists, the employer 
    shall provide at no cost to the employee and ensure that the employee 
    uses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment such as, but 
    not limited to:
        (i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;
        (ii) Gloves, head coverings, and foot coverings; and
        (iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective 
    equipment which complies with 1910.133 of this Part.
        (2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall ensure that 
    employees remove work clothing contaminated with asbestos only in 
    change rooms provided in accordance with paragraph (i)(1) of this 
    section.
        (ii) The employer shall ensure that no employee takes contaminated 
    work clothing out of the change room, except those employees authorized 
    to do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, or disposal.
        (iii) Contaminated work clothing shall be placed and stored in 
    closed containers which prevent dispersion of the asbestos outside the 
    container.
        (iv) Containers of contaminated protective devices or work clothing 
    which are to be taken out of change rooms or the workplace for 
    cleaning, maintenance or disposal, shall bear labels in accordance with 
    paragraph(j)(2) of this section.
        (3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall clean, 
    launder, repair, or replace protective clothing and equipment required 
    by this paragraph to maintain their effectiveness. The employer shall 
    provide clean protective clothing and equipment at least weekly to each 
    affected employee.
        (ii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of asbestos from 
    protective clothing and equipment by blowing or shaking. (iii) 
    Laundering of contaminated clothing shall be done so as to prevent the 
    release of airborne fibers of asbestos in excess of the permissible 
    exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
        (iv) Any employer who gives contaminated clothing to another person 
    for laundering shall inform such person of the requirement in paragraph 
    (h)(3)(iii) of this section to effectively prevent the release of 
    airborne fibers of asbestos in excess of the permissible exposure 
    limits.
        (v) The employer shall inform any person who launders or cleans 
    protective clothing or equipment contaminated with asbestos of the 
    potentially harmful effects of exposure to asbestos.
        (vi) Contaminated clothing shall be transported in sealed 
    impermeable bags, or other closed, impermeable containers, and labeled 
    in accordance with paragraph (j) of this section.
        (i) Hygiene facilities and practices--(1) Change rooms. (i) The 
    employer shall provide clean change rooms for employees who work in 
    areas where their airborne exposure to asbestos is above the TWA and/or 
    excursion limit.
        (ii) The employer shall ensure that change rooms are in accordance 
    with 1910.141(e) of this part, and are equipped with two separate 
    lockers or storage facilities, so separated as to prevent contamination 
    of the employee's street clothes from his protective work clothing and 
    equipment.
        (2) Showers. (i) The employer shall ensure that employees who work 
    in areas where their airborne exposure is above the TWA and/or 
    excursion limit shower at the end of the work shift.
        (ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities which comply with 
    1910.141(d)(3) of this part.
        (iii) The employer shall ensure that employees who are required to 
    shower pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section do not leave the 
    workplace wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work shift.
        (3) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities 
    for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure is above 
    the TWA and/or excursion limit.
        (ii) The employer shall ensure that lunchroom facilities have a 
    positive pressure, filtered air supply, and are readily accessible to 
    employees.
        (iii) The employer shall ensure that employees who work in areas 
    where their airborne exposure is above the PEL and/or excursion limit 
    wash their hands and faces prior to eating, drinking or smoking.
        (iv) The employer shall ensure that employees do not enter 
    lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing or equipment unless 
    surface asbestos fibers have been removed from the clothing or 
    equipment by vacuuming or other method that removes dust without 
    causing the asbestos to become airborne.
        (4) Smoking in work areas. The employer shall ensure that employees 
    do not smoke in work areas where they are occupationally exposed to 
    asbestos because of activities in that work area.
        (j) Communication of hazards to employees--Introduction. This 
    section applies to the communication of information concerning asbestos 
    hazards in general industry to facilitate compliance with this 
    standard. Asbestos exposure in general industry occurs in a wide 
    variety of industrial and commercial settings. Employees who 
    manufacture asbestos-containing products may be exposed to asbestos 
    fibers. Employees who repair and replace automotive brakes and clutches 
    may be exposed to asbestos fibers. In addition, employees engaged in 
    housekeeping activities in industrial facilities with asbestos product 
    manufacturing operations, and in public and commercial buildings with 
    installed asbestos containing materials may be exposed to asbestos 
    fibers. Most of these workers are covered by this general industry 
    standard, with the exception of state or local governmental employees 
    in non-state plan states. It should be noted that employees who perform 
    housekeeping activities during and after construction activities are 
    covered by the asbestos construction standard, 29 CFR 1926.1101, 
    formerly 1926.58). However, housekeeping employees, regardless of 
    industry designation, should know whether building components they 
    maintain may expose them to asbestos. The same hazard communication 
    provisions will protect employees who perform housekeeping operations 
    in all three asbestos standards; general industry, construction, and 
    shipyard employment. As noted in the construction standard, building 
    owners are often the only and/or best source of information concerning 
    the presence of previously installed asbestos containing building 
    materials. Therefore they, along with employers of potentially exposed 
    employees, are assigned specific information conveying and retention 
    duties under this section.
        (1) Installed Asbestos Containing Material. Employers and building 
    owners are required to treat installed TSI and sprayed on and troweled-
    on surfacing materials as ACM for purposes of this standard. These 
    materials are designated ``presumed ACM or PACM'', and are defined in 
    paragraph (B) of this standard. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material 
    installed no later than 1980 also must be treated as asbestos-
    containing. The employer or building owner may demonstrate that PACM 
    and flooring material do not contain asbestos by complying with 
    paragraph (j)(6) of this section.
        (2) Duties of employers and building and facility owners. (i) 
    Employers and building and facility owners shall exercise due diligence 
    in complying with these requirements to inform employers and employees 
    about the presence and location of ACM and PACM.
        (ii) Building and facility owners shall maintain records of all 
    information required to be provided pursuant to this section and/or 
    otherwise known to the building owner concerning the presence, location 
    and quantity of ACM and PACM in the building/facility. Such records 
    shall be kept for the duration of ownership and shall be transferred to 
    successive owners.
        (iii) Building and facility owners shall inform employers of 
    employees, and employers shall inform employees who will perform 
    housekeeping activities in areas which contain ACM and/or PACM of the 
    presence and location of ACM and PACM in such areas. Identification of 
    ACM and PACM shall be made by an industrial hygienists or by persons 
    whose skill and experience with respect to identification of asbestos 
    hazards, is the equivalent to that of industrial hygienists and so can 
    be demonstrated by the owner.
        (3) Warning signs. (i) Posting. Warning signs shall be provided and 
    displayed at each regulated area. In addition, warning signs shall be 
    posted at all approaches to regulated areas so that an employee may 
    read the signs and take necessary protective steps before entering the 
    area.
        (ii) Sign specifications. The warning signs required by paragraph 
    (j)(1)(i) of this section shall bear the following information:
    
    DANGER
    
    ASBESTOS
    
    CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
    
    AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
    
    RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
    
    ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA
    
        (iii) [Reserved]
        (iv) The employer shall ensure that employees working in and 
    contiguous to regulated areas comprehend the warning signs required to 
    be posted by paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section. Means to ensure 
    employee comprehension may include the use of foreign languages, 
    pictographs and graphics.
        (4) Warning labels. (i) Labeling. Warning labels shall be affixed 
    to all raw materials, mixtures, scrap, waste, debris, and other 
    products containing asbestos fibers, or to their containers.
        (ii) Label specifications. The labels shall comply with the 
    requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA's Hazard Communication 
    standard, and shall include the following information:
    
    DANGER
    
    CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS
    
    AVOID CREATING DUST
    
    CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
    
        (5) Material safety data sheets. Employers who are manufacturers or 
    importers of asbestos or asbestos products shall comply with the 
    requirements regarding development of material safety data sheets as 
    specified in 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) of OSHA's Hazard Communication 
    standard, except as provided by paragraph (j)(4) of this section.
        (6) The provisions for labels required by paragraph (j)(2) of this 
    section or for material safety data sheets required by paragraph (j)(5) 
    of this section do not apply where:
        (i) Asbestos fibers have been modified by a bonding agent, coating, 
    binder, or other material provided that the manufacturer can 
    demonstrate that during any reasonably foreseeable use, handling, 
    storage, disposal, processing, or transportation, no airborne 
    concentrations of fibers of asbestos in excess of the TWA permissible 
    exposure level and/or excursion limit will be released or
        (ii) Asbestos is present in a product in concentrations less than 
    1.0%.
        (7) Employee information and training. (i) The employer shall 
    institute a training program for all employees who are exposed to 
    airborne concentrations of asbestos at or above the PEL and/or 
    excursion limit and ensure their participation in the program.
        (ii) Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of initial 
    assignment and at least annually thereafter.
        (iii) The training program shall be conducted in a manner which the 
    employee is able to understand. The employer shall ensure that each 
    employee is informed of the following:
        (A) The health effects associated with asbestos exposure;
        (B) The relationship between smoking and exposure to asbestos 
    producing lung cancer:
        (C) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, and storage of 
    asbestos, and the specific nature of operations which could result in 
    exposure to asbestos;
        (D) The engineering controls and work practices associated with the 
    employee's job assignment;
        (E) The specific procedures implemented to protect employees from 
    exposure to asbestos, such as appropriate work practices, emergency and 
    clean-up procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used;
        (F) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators and 
    protective clothing, if appropriate;
        (G) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance 
    program required by paragraph (l) of this section;
        (H) The content of this standard, including appendices.
        (I) The names, addresses and phone numbers of public health 
    organizations which provide information, materials, and/or conduct 
    programs concerning smoking cessation. The employer may distribute the 
    list of such organizations contained in Appendix I to this section, to 
    comply with this requirement.
        (J) The requirements for posting signs and affixing labels and the 
    meaning of the required legends for such signs and labels.
        (iv) The employer shall also provide, at no cost to employees who 
    perform housekeeping operations in a facility which contains ACM or 
    PACM, an asbestos awareness training course, which shall at a minimum 
    contain the following elements: health effects of asbestos, locations 
    of ACM and PACM in the building/facility, recognition of ACM and PACM 
    damage and deterioration, requirements in this standard relating to 
    housekeeping, and proper response to fiber release episodes, to all 
    employees who are or will work in areas where ACM and/or PACM is 
    present. Each such employee shall be so trained at least once a year.
        (v) Access to information and training materials.
        (A) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its 
    appendices readily available without cost to all affected employees.
        (B) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials 
    relating to the employee information and training program to the 
    Assistant Secretary and the training program to the Assistant Secretary 
    and the Director.
        (C) The employer shall inform all employees concerning the 
    availability of self-help smoking cessation program material. Upon 
    employee request, the employer shall distribute such material, 
    consisting of NIH Publication No. 89-1647, or equivalent self-help 
    material, which is approved or published by a public health 
    organization listed in Appendix I to this section.
        (8) Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as 
    PACM. (i) At any time, an employer and/or building owner may 
    demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain 
    asbestos. Building owners and/or employers are not required to 
    communicate information about the presence of building material for 
    which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph 
    (j)(8)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, 
    the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that 
    PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph 
    (n) of this section.
        (ii) An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not 
    contain asbestos by the following:
        (A) Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the 
    requirements of AHERA (40 CFR 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that 
    no asbestos is present in the material;
        (B) Performing tests of the material containing PACM which 
    demonstrate that no asbestos is present in the material. Such tests 
    shall include analysis of 3 bulk samples of each homogeneous area of 
    PACM collected in a randomly distributed manner. The tests, evaluation 
    and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or 
    by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or 
    laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful 
    participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the 
    National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) of the 
    National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) of the Round 
    Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene 
    Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally-recognized round robin 
    testing program.
        (iii) The employer and/or building owner may demonstrate that 
    flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not 
    contain asbestos, by a determination of an industrial hygienist based 
    upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is 
    asbestos free.
        (k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces shall be maintained as free as 
    practicable of accumulations of dusts and waste containing asbestos.
        (2) All spills and sudden releases of material containing asbestos 
    shall be cleaned up as soon as possible.
        (3) Surfaces contaminated with asbestos may not be cleaned by the 
    use of compressed air.
        (4) Vacuuming. HEPA-filtered vacuuming equipment shall be used for 
    vacuuming. The equipment shall be used and emptied in a manner which 
    minimizes the reentry of asbestos into the workplace.
        (5) Shoveling, dry sweeping and dry clean-up of asbestos may be 
    used only where vacuuming and/or wet cleaning are not feasible.
        (6) Waste disposal. Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, 
    equipment, and clothing contaminated with asbestos consigned for 
    disposal, shall be collected, recycled and disposed of in sealed 
    impermeable bags, or other closed, impermeable containers.
        (7) Care of asbestos-containing flooring material.
        (i) Sanding of asbestos-containing floor material is prohibited.
        (ii) Stripping of finishes shall be conducted using low abrasion 
    pads at speed lower than 300 rpm and wet methods.
        (iii) Burnishing or dry buffing may be performed only on asbestos-
    containing flooring which has sufficient finish so that the pad cannot 
    contact the asbestos-containing material.
        (iv) Dust and debris in an area containing TSI or surfacing ACM/
    PACM or visibly deteriorated ACM, shall not be dusted or swept dry, or 
    vacuumed without using a HEPA filter.
        (1) Medical surveillance--(1) General--(i) Employees covered. The 
    employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all 
    employees who are or will be exposed to airborne concentrations of 
    fibers of asbestos at or above the TWA and/or excursion limit.
        (ii) Examination by a physician. (A) The employer shall ensure that 
    all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the 
    supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost 
    to the employee and at a reasonable time and place.
        (B) Persons other than licensed physicians, who administer the 
    pulmonary function testing required by this section, shall complete a 
    training course in spirometry sponsored by an appropriate academic or 
    professional institution.
        (2) Pre-placement examinations. (i) Before an employee is assigned 
    to an occupation exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers 
    at or above the TWA and/or excursion limit, a pre-placement medical 
    examination shall be provided or made available by the employer.
        (ii) Such examination shall include, as a minimum, a medical and 
    work history; a complete physical examination of all systems with 
    emphasis on the respiratory system, the cardiovascular system and 
    digestive tract; completion of the respiratory disease standardized 
    questionnaire in Appendix D, Part 1; a chest roentgenogram (posterior-
    anterior 14 x 17 inches); pulmonary function tests to include forced 
    vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at 1 second 
    (FEV(1.0)); and any additional tests deemed appropriate by the 
    examining physician. Interpretation and classification of chest 
    roentgenogram shall be conducted in accordance with Appendix E to this 
    section.
        (3) Periodic examinations. (i) Periodic medical examinations shall 
    be made available annually.
        (ii) The scope of the medical examination shall be in conformance 
    with the protocol established in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this section, 
    except that the frequency of chest roentgenogram shall be conducted in 
    accordance with Table 2, and the abbreviated standardized questionnaire 
    contained in, Part 2 of Appendix D to this section shall be 
    administered to the employee.
    
                                       Table 2.--Frequency of Chest Roentgenogram                                   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Age of employee                            
          Years since first exposure       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    15 to 35                  35+ to 40                  45+        
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    0 to 10...............................  Every 5 years...........  Every 5 years...........  Every 5 years.      
    10+...................................  Every 5 years...........  Every 2 years...........  Every 1 year.       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (4) Termination of employment examinations. (i) The employer shall 
    provide, or make available, a termination of employment medical 
    examination for any employee who has been exposed to airborne 
    concentrations of fibers of asbestos at or above the TWA and/or 
    excursion limit.
        (ii) The medical examination shall be in accordance with the 
    requirements of the periodic examinations stipulated in paragraph 
    (l)(3) of this section, and shall be given within 30 calendar days 
    before or after the date of termination of employment.
        (5) Recent examinations. No medical examination is required of any 
    employee, if adequate records show that the employee has been examined 
    in accordance with any of paragraphs ((l)(2) through (l)(4)) of this 
    section within the past 1 year period. A pre- employment medical 
    examination which was required as a condition of employment by the 
    employer, may not be used by that employer to meet the requirements of 
    this paragraph, unless the cost of such examination is borne by the 
    employer.
        (6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
    provide the following information to the examining physician:
        (i) A copy of this standard and Appendices D and E.
        (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
    to the employee's exposure.
        (iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated 
    exposure level.
        (iv) A description of any personal protective and respiratory 
    equipment used or to be used.
        (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
    employee that is not otherwise available to the examining physician.
        (7) Physician's written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain a 
    written signed opinion from the examining physician. This written 
    opinion shall contain the results of the medical examination and shall 
    include:
        (A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
    detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an 
    increased risk of material health impairment from exposure to asbestos;
        (B) Any recommended limitations on the employee or upon the use of 
    personal protective equipment such as clothing or respirators; and
        (C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the 
    physician of the results of the medical examination and of any medical 
    conditions resulting from asbestos exposure that require further 
    explanation or treatment.
        (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the 
    physician of the increased risk of lung cancer attributable to the 
    combined effect of smoking and asbestos exposure.
        (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the 
    written opinion given to the employer specific findings or diagnoses 
    unrelated to occupational exposure to asbestos.
        (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written 
    opinion to the affected employee within 30 days from its receipt.
        (m) Recordkeeping.--(1) Exposure measurements. NOTE: The employer 
    may utilize the services of competent organizations such as industry 
    trade associations and employee associations to maintain the records 
    required by this section. (i) The employer shall keep an accurate 
    record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to 
    asbestos as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.
        (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
        (A) The date of measurement;
        (B) The operation involving exposure to asbestos which is being 
    monitored;
        (C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their 
    accuracy;
        (D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;
        (E) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and
        (F) Name, social security number and exposure of the employees 
    whose exposure are represented.
        (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty 
    (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
        (2) Objective data for exempted operations. (i) Where the 
    processing, use, or handling of products made from or containing 
    asbestos is exempted from other requirements of this section under 
    paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section, the employer shall establish and 
    maintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in 
    support of the exemption.
        (ii) The record shall include at least the following:
        (A) The product qualifying for exemption;
        (B) The source of the objective data;
        (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of 
    the material for the release of asbestos;
        (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data 
    support the exemption; and
        (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, 
    or employee exposures covered by the exemption.
        (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
    the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
        (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
    maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
    surveillance by paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, in accordance with 
    29 CFR 1910.20.
        (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
        (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
        (B) Physician's written opinions;
        (C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to 
    asbestos; and
        (D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
    by paragraph (l)(6) of this section.
        (iii) The employer shall ensure that this record is maintained for 
    the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 
    29 CFR 1910.20.
        (4) Training. The employer shall maintain all employee training 
    records for one (1) year beyond the last date of employment of that 
    employee.
        (5) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall 
    make all records required to be maintained by this section available to 
    the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
        (ii) The employer, upon request shall make any exposure records 
    required by paragraph (m)(1) of this section available for examination 
    and copying to affected employees, former employees, designated 
    representatives and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 
    1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).
        (iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical 
    records required by paragraph (m)(2) of this section available for 
    examination and copying to the subject employee, to anyone having the 
    specific written consent of the subject employee, and the Assistant 
    Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
        (6) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the 
    requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 
    1910.20(h).
        (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no 
    successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed 
    period, the employer shall notify the Director at least 90 days prior 
    to disposal of records and, upon request, transmit them to the 
    Director.
        (n) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
    employer shall provide affected employees or their designated 
    representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee 
    exposure to asbestos conducted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this 
    section.
        (2) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of 
    employee exposure to asbestos requires entry into an area where the use 
    of protective clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be 
    provided with and be required to use such clothing and equipment and 
    shall comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.
        (o) Dates--(1) Effective date. This standard shall become effective 
    October 11, 1994.
        (2) The provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1001 remain in effect until the 
    start-up dates of the equivalent provisions of this standard.
        (3) Start-up dates. All obligations of this standard commence on 
    the effective date except as follows:
        (i) Exposure monitoring. Initial monitoring required by paragraph 
    (d)(2) of this section shall be completed as soon as possible but no 
    later than January 9, 1995.
        (ii) Regulated areas. Regulated areas required to be established by 
    paragraph (e) of this section as a result of initial monitoring shall 
    be set up as soon as possible after the results of that monitoring are 
    known and not later than February 8, 1995.
        (iii) Respiratory protection. Respiratory protection required by 
    paragraph (g) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible but 
    no later than January 9, 1995.
        (iv) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities. Construction plans for 
    change rooms, showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be 
    completed as soon as possible but no later than July 10, 1995.
        (v) Employee information and training. Employee information and 
    training shall be provided as soon as possible but not later than April 
    10, 1995.
        (vi) Medical surveillance. Medical surveillance not previously 
    required by paragraph (l) of this section shall be provided as soon as 
    possible but no later than January 9, 1995.
        (vii) Compliance program. Written compliance programs required by 
    paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be completed and available for 
    inspection and copying as soon as possible but no later than February 
    8, 1995.
        (viii) Methods of compliance. The engineering and work practice 
    controls as required by paragraph (f)(1) shall be implemented as soon 
    as possible but no later than April 10, 1995.
        (p) Appendices. (1) Appendices A, C, D, E, and F to this section 
    are incorporated as part of this section and the contents of these 
    Appendices are mandatory.
        (2) Appendices B, F, G, H, I, and J to this section are 
    informational and are not intended to create any additional obligations 
    not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligations.
    
        (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control 
    number 1218-0133)
    
    Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1001 [Amended]
    
        4. Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1001 is amended by the revising the 
    second sentence of the introductory paragraph to read as follows:
    
        * * * The sampling and analytical methods described below 
    represent the elements of the available monitoring methods (such as 
    Appendix B of their regulation, the most current version of the OSHA 
    method ID-160, or the most current version of the NIOSH Method 
    7400). * * *
    * * * * *
        5. Paragraph 2. of the section of Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1001 
    entitled Sampling and Analytical Procedure is amended by adding the 
    following sentence to the end:
    * * * * *
        2. * * * Do not reuse or reload cassettes for asbestos sample 
    collection.
    * * * * *
        6. Paragraph 11 of the section of Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1001 
    entitled Sampling and Analytical Procedure is revised to read as 
    follows:
    * * * * *
        11. Each set of samples taken will include 10% field blanks or a 
    minimum of 2 field blanks. These blanks must come from the same lot 
    as the filters used for sample collection. The field blank results 
    shall be averaged and subtracted from the analytical results before 
    reporting. A set consists of any sample or group of samples for 
    which an evaluation for this standard must be made. Any samples 
    represented by a field blank having a fiber count in excess of the 
    detection limit of the method being used shall be rejected.
    * * * * *
        7. Paragraph 2 of the section of Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1001 
    entitled Quality Control Procedures is amended by redesignating it as 
    paragraph 2a and by adding paragraph 2b to read as follows:
    * * * * *
        2.b. All laboratories should also participate in a national 
    sample testing scheme such as the Proficiency Analytical Testing 
    Program (PAT), or the Asbestos Registry sponsored by the American 
    Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA).
    * * * * *
        8. Appendix B of 1910.1001 is revised to read as follows:
    
    Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1001--Detailed Procedures for Asbestos 
    Sampling and Analysis--Non-mandatory
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Air        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Matrix:                                                                 
      OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits:                                     
        Time Weighted Average.........................  0.1 fiber/cc        
        Excursion Level (30 minutes)..................  1.0 fiber/cc        
    Collection Procedure:                                                   
        A known volume of air is drawn through a 25-mm diameter cassette    
    containing a mixed-cellulose ester filter. The cassette must be equipped
     with an electrically conductive 50-mm extension cowl. The sampling time
       and rate are chosen to give a fiber density of between 100 to 1,300  
                            fibers/mm2 on the filter.                       
    Recommended Sampling Rate.........................  0.5 to 5.0 liters/  
                                                         minute (L/min)     
    Recommended Air Volumes:                                                
        Minimum.......................................  25 L                
        Maximum.......................................  2,400 L             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Analytical Procedure: A portion of the sample filter is cleared 
    and prepared for asbestos fiber counting by Phase Contrast 
    Microscopy (PCM) at 400X.
        Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method 
    are for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by 
    USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from other sources can be substituted.
    
    1. Introduction
    
        This method describes the collection of airborne asbestos fibers 
    using calibrated sampling pumps with mixed-cellulose ester (MCE) 
    filters and analysis by phase contrast microscopy (PCM). Some terms 
    used are unique to this method and are defined below:
        Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. 
    Asbestos includes chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite (cummingtonite-
    grunerite asbestos), tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, 
    anthophyllite asbestos, and any of these minerals that have been 
    chemically treated and/or altered. The precise chemical formulation 
    of each species will vary with the location from which it was mined. 
    Nominal compositions are listed:
    
    Chrysotile.........................  Mg3(Si2O5)(OH)4                      
    Crocidolite........................  Na2 Fe32+Fe23+ Si8O22(OH)2         
    Amosite............................  (Mg,Fe)7 Si8O22 (OH)2              
    Tremolite-actinolite...............   Ca2(Mg,Fe)5 Si8O22 (OH)2          
    Anthophyllite......................  (Mg,Fe)7 Si8O22 (OH)2              
                                                                            
    
        Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos which meets the criteria 
    specified below for a fiber.
        Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a fiber to it's 
    diameter (e.g. 3:1, 5:1 aspect ratios).
        Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles formed by comminution of 
    minerals, especially those characterized by parallel sides and a 
    moderate aspect ratio (usually less than 20:1).
        Detection Limit: The number of fibers necessary to be 95% 
    certain that the result is greater than zero.
        Differential Counting: The term applied to the practice of 
    excluding certain kinds of fibers from the fiber count because they 
    do not appear to be asbestos.
        Fiber: A particle that is 5 m or longer, with a length-
    to-width ratio of 3 to 1 or longer.
        Field: The area within the graticule circle that is superimposed 
    on the microscope image.
        Set: The samples which are taken, submitted to the laboratory, 
    analyzed, and for which, interim or final result reports are 
    generated.
        Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite: The non-asbestos form 
    of these minerals which meet the definition of a fiber. It includes 
    any of these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or 
    altered.
        Walton-Beckett Graticule: An eyepiece graticule specifically 
    designed for asbestos fiber counting. It consists of a circle with a 
    projected diameter of 100 # 2 m (area of about 0.00785 
    mm2) with a crosshair having tic-marks at 3-m 
    intervals in one direction and 5-m in the orthogonal 
    direction. There are marks around the periphery of the circle to 
    demonstrate the proper sizes and shapes of fibers. This design is 
    reproduced in Figure 2. The disk is placed in one of the microscope 
    eyepieces so that the design is superimposed on the field of view.
    
    1.1. History
    
        Early surveys to determine asbestos exposures were conducted 
    using impinger counts of total dust with the counts expressed as 
    million particles per cubic foot. The British Asbestos Research 
    Council recommended filter membrane counting in 1969. In July 1969, 
    the Bureau of Occupational Safety and Health published a filter 
    membrane method for counting asbestos fibers in the United States. 
    This method was refined by NIOSH and published as P & CAM 239. On 
    May 29, 1971, OSHA specified filter membrane sampling with phase 
    contrast counting for evaluation of asbestos exposures at work sites 
    in the United States. The use of this technique was again required 
    by OSHA in 1986. Phase contrast microscopy has continued to be the 
    method of choice for the measurement of occupational exposure to 
    asbestos.
    
    1.2. Principle
    
        Air is drawn through a MCE filter to capture airborne asbestos 
    fibers. A wedge shaped portion of the filter is removed, placed on a 
    glass microscope slide and made transparent. A measured area (field) 
    is viewed by PCM. All the fibers meeting a defined criteria for 
    asbestos are counted and considered a measure of the airborne 
    asbestos concentration.
    
    1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages
    
        There are four main advantages of PCM over other methods:
        (1) The technique is specific for fibers. Phase contrast is a 
    fiber counting technique which excludes non-fibrous particles from 
    the analysis.
        (2) The technique is inexpensive and does not require 
    specialized knowledge to carry out the analysis for total fiber 
    counts.
        (3) The analysis is quick and can be performed on-site for rapid 
    determination of air concentrations of asbestos fibers.
        (4) The technique has continuity with historical epidemiological 
    studies so that estimates of expected disease can be inferred from 
    long-term determinations of asbestos exposures.
        The main disadvantage of PCM is that it does not positively 
    identify asbestos fibers. Other fibers which are not asbestos may be 
    included in the count unless differential counting is performed. 
    This requires a great deal of experience to adequately differentiate 
    asbestos from non-asbestos fibers. Positive identification of 
    asbestos must be performed by polarized light or electron microscopy 
    techniques. A further disadvantage of PCM is that the smallest 
    visible fibers are about 0.2 m in diameter while the finest 
    asbestos fibers may be as small as 0.02 m in diameter. For 
    some exposures, substantially more fibers may be present than are 
    actually counted.
    
    1.4. Workplace Exposure
    
        Asbestos is used by the construction industry in such products 
    as shingles, floor tiles, asbestos cement, roofing felts, insulation 
    and acoustical products. Non-construction uses include brakes, 
    clutch facings, paper, paints, plastics, and fabrics. One of the 
    most significant exposures in the workplace is the removal and 
    encapsulation of asbestos in schools, public buildings, and homes. 
    Many workers have the potential to be exposed to asbestos during 
    these operations.
        About 95% of the asbestos in commercial use in the United States 
    is chrysotile. Crocidolite and amosite make up most of the 
    remainder. Anthophyllite and tremolite or actinolite are likely to 
    be encountered as contaminants in various industrial products.
    
    1.5. Physical Properties
    
        Asbestos fiber possesses a high tensile strength along its axis, 
    is chemically inert, non-combustible, and heat resistant. It has a 
    high electrical resistance and good sound absorbing properties. It 
    can be weaved into cables, fabrics or other textiles, and also 
    matted into asbestos papers, felts, or mats.
    
    2. Range and Detection Limit
    
        2.1. The ideal counting range on the filter is 100 to 1,300 
    fibers/mm\2\. With a Walton-Beckett graticule this range is 
    equivalent to 0.8 to 10 fibers/field. Using NIOSH counting 
    statistics, a count of 0.8 fibers/field would give an approximate 
    coefficient of variation (CV) of 0.13.
        2.2. The detection limit for this method is 4.0 fibers per 100 
    fields or 5.5 fibers/mm\2\. This was determined using an equation to 
    estimate the maximum CV possible at a specific concentration (95% 
    confidence) and a Lower Control Limit of zero. The CV value was then 
    used to determine a corresponding concentration from historical CV 
    vs fiber relationships. As an example:
    
    Lower Control Limit (95% Confidence) = AC - 1.645(CV)(AC)
    Where:
    
    AC = Estimate of the airborne fiber concentration (fibers/cc) 
    Setting the Lower Control Limit = 0 and solving for CV:
    0 = AC - 1.645(CV)(AC)
    CV = 0.61
    
        This value was compared with CV vs. count curves. The count at 
    which CV = 0.61 for Leidel-Busch counting statistics or for an OSHA 
    Salt Lake Technical Center (OSHA-SLTC) CV curve (see Appendix A for 
    further information) was 4.4 fibers or 3.9 fibers per 100 fields, 
    respectively. Although a lower detection limit of 4 fibers per 100 
    fields is supported by the OSHA-SLTC data, both data sets support 
    the 4.5 fibers per 100 fields value.
    
    3. Method Performance--Precision and Accuracy
    
        Precision is dependent upon the total number of fibers counted 
    and the uniformity of the fiber distribution on the filter. A 
    general rule is to count at least 20 and not more than 100 fields. 
    The count is discontinued when 100 fibers are counted, provided that 
    20 fields have already been counted. Counting more than 100 fibers 
    results in only a small gain in precision. As the total count drops 
    below 10 fibers, an accelerated loss of precision is noted.
        At this time, there is no known method to determine the absolute 
    accuracy of the asbestos analysis. Results of samples prepared 
    through the Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program and 
    analyzed by the OSHA-SLTC showed no significant bias when compared 
    to PAT reference values. The PAT samples were analyzed from 1987 to 
    1989 (N=36) and the concentration range was from 120 to 1,300 
    fibers/mm\2\.
    
    4. Interferences
    
        Fibrous substances, if present, may interfere with asbestos 
    analysis.
        Some common fibers are:
    
    Fiber glass anhydrite plant fibers.  Perlite veins.                     
    Gypsum.............................  Some synthetic fibers.             
    Membrane structures................  Sponge spicules and diatoms.       
    Microorganisms.....................  Wollastonite.                      
                                                                            
    
        The use of electron microscopy or optical tests such as 
    polarized light, and dispersion staining may be used to 
    differentiate these materials from asbestos when necessary.
    
    5. Sampling
    
    5.1. Equipment
    
        5.1.1. Sample assembly (The assembly is shown in Figure 3). 
    Conductive filter holder consisting of a 25-mm diameter, 3-piece 
    cassette having a 50-mm long electrically conductive extension cowl. 
    Backup pad, 25-mm, cellulose. Membrane filter, mixed-cellulose ester 
    (MCE), 25-mm, plain, white, 0.8- to 1.2-m pore size.
        Notes: (a) Do not re-use cassettes.
        (b) Fully conductive cassettes are required to reduce fiber loss 
    to the sides of the cassette due to electrostatic attraction.
        (c) Purchase filters which have been selected by the 
    manufacturer for asbestos counting or analyze representative filters 
    for fiber background before use. Discard the filter lot if more than 
    4 fibers/100 fields are found.
        (d) To decrease the possibility of contamination, the sampling 
    system (filter-backup pad-cassette) for asbestos is usually 
    preassembled by the manufacturer.
        5.1.2. Gel bands for sealing cassettes.
        5.1.3. Sampling pump.
        Each pump must be a battery operated, self-contained unit small 
    enough to be placed on the monitored employee and not interfere with 
    the work being performed. The pump must be capable of sampling at 
    2.5 liters per minute (L/min) for the required sampling time.
        5.1.4. Flexible tubing, 6-mm bore.
        5.1.5. Pump calibration.
        Stopwatch and bubble tube/burette or electronic meter.
        5.2. Sampling Procedure
        5.2.1. Seal the point where the base and cowl of each cassette 
    meet (see Figure 3) with a gel band or tape.
        5.2.2. Charge the pumps completely before beginning.
        5.2.3. Connect each pump to a calibration cassette with an 
    appropriate length of 6-mm bore plastic tubing. Do not use luer 
    connectors--the type of cassette specified above has built-in 
    adapters.
        5.2.4. Select an appropriate flow rate for the situation being 
    monitored. The sampling flow rate must be between 0.5 and 5.0 L/min 
    for personal sampling and is commonly set between 1 and 2 L/min. 
    Always choose a flow rate that will not produce overloaded filters.
        5.2.5. Calibrate each sampling pump before and after sampling 
    with a calibration cassette in-line (Note: This calibration cassette 
    should be from the same lot of cassettes used for sampling). Use a 
    primary standard (e.g. bubble burette) to calibrate each pump. If 
    possible, calibrate at the sampling site.
    
        Note: If sampling site calibration is not possible, 
    environmental influences may affect the flow rate. The extent is 
    dependent on the type of pump used. Consult with the pump 
    manufacturer to determine dependence on environmental influences. If 
    the pump is affected by temperature and pressure changes, use the 
    formula in Appendix B to calculate the actual flow rate.
    
        5.2.6. Connect each pump to the base of each sampling cassette 
    with flexible tubing. Remove the end cap of each cassette and take 
    each air sample open face. Assure that each sample cassette is held 
    open side down in the employee's breathing zone during sampling. The 
    distance from the nose/mouth of the employee to the cassette should 
    be about 10 cm. Secure the cassette on the collar or lapel of the 
    employee using spring clips or other similar devices.
        5.2.7. A suggested minimum air volume when sampling to determine 
    TWA compliance is 25 L. For Excursion Limit (30 min sampling time) 
    evaluations, a minimum air volume of 48 L is recommended.
        5.2.8. The most significant problem when sampling for asbestos 
    is overloading the filter with non-asbestos dust. Suggested maximum 
    air sample volumes for specific environments are:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Air vol. 
                             Environment                              (L)   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Asbestos removal operations (visible dust)..................  100       
    Asbestos removal operations (little dust)...................  240       
    Office environments.........................................  400       
                                                                  to        
                                                                  2,400     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Caution: Do not overload the filter with dust. High levels of 
    non-fibrous dust particles may obscure fibers on the filter and 
    lower the count or make counting impossible. If more than about 25 
    to 30% of the field area is obscured with dust, the result may be 
    biased low. Smaller air volumes may be necessary when there is 
    excessive non-asbestos dust in the air.
        While sampling, observe the filter with a small flashlight. If 
    there is a visible layer of dust on the filter, stop sampling, 
    remove and seal the cassette, and replace with a new sampling 
    assembly. The total dust loading should not exceed 1 mg.
        5.2.9. Blank samples are used to determine if any contamination 
    has occurred during sample handling. Prepare two blanks for the 
    first 1 to 20 samples. For sets containing greater than 20 samples, 
    prepare blanks as 10% of the samples. Handle blank samples in the 
    same manner as air samples with one exception: Do not draw any air 
    through the blank samples. Open the blank cassette in the place 
    where the sample cassettes are mounted on the employee. Hold it open 
    for about 30 seconds. Close and seal the cassette appropriately. 
    Store blanks for shipment with the sample cassettes.
        5.2.10. Immediately after sampling, close and seal each cassette 
    with the base and plastic plugs. Do not touch or puncture the filter 
    membrane as this will invalidate the analysis.
        5.2.11. Attach a seal (OSHA-21 or equivalent) around each 
    cassette in such a way as to secure the end cap plug and base plug. 
    Tape the ends of the seal together since the seal is not long enough 
    to be wrapped end-to-end. Also wrap tape around the cassette at each 
    joint to keep the seal secure.
    
    5.3. Sample Shipment
    
        5.3.1. Send the samples to the laboratory with paperwork 
    requesting asbestos analysis. List any known fibrous interferences 
    present during sampling on the paperwork. Also, note the workplace 
    operation(s) sampled.
        5.3.2. Secure and handle the samples in such that they will not 
    rattle during shipment nor be exposed to static electricity. Do not 
    ship samples in expanded polystyrene peanuts, vermiculite, paper 
    shreds, or excelsior. Tape sample cassettes to sheet bubbles and 
    place in a container that will cushion the samples without rattling.
        5.3.3. To avoid the possibility of sample contamination, always 
    ship bulk samples in separate mailing containers.
    
    6. Analysis
    
    6.1. Safety Precautions
    
        6.1.1. Acetone is extremely flammable and precautions must be 
    taken not to ignite it. Avoid using large containers or quantities 
    of acetone. Transfer the solvent in a ventilated laboratory hood. Do 
    not use acetone near any open flame. For generation of acetone 
    vapor, use a spark free heat source.
        6.1.2. Any asbestos spills should be cleaned up immediately to 
    prevent dispersal of fibers. Prudence should be exercised to avoid 
    contamination of laboratory facilities or exposure of personnel to 
    asbestos. Asbestos spills should be cleaned up with wet methods and/
    or a High Efficiency Particulate-Air (HEPA) filtered vacuum.
        Caution: Do not use a vacuum without a HEPA filter--It will 
    disperse fine asbestos fibers in the air.
    
    6.2. Equipment
    
        6.2.1. Phase contrast microscope with binocular or trinocular 
    head.
        6.2.2. Widefield or Huygenian 10X eyepieces (Note: The eyepiece 
    containing the graticule must be a focusing eyepiece. Use a 40X 
    phase objective with a numerical aperture of 0.65 to 0.75).
        6.2.3. Kohler illumination (if possible) with green or blue 
    filter.
        6.2.4. Walton-Beckett Graticule, type G-22 with 100  
    2 m projected diameter.
        6.2.5. Mechanical stage.
        A rotating mechanical stage is convenient for use with polarized 
    light.
        6.2.6. Phase telescope.
        6.2.7. Stage micrometer with 0.01-mm subdivisions.
        6.2.8. Phase-shift test slide, mark II (Available from PTR 
    optics Ltd., and also McCrone).
        6.2.9. Precleaned glass slides, 25 mm X 75 mm. One end can be 
    frosted for convenience in writing sample numbers, etc., or paste-on 
    labels can be used.
        6.2.10. Cover glass #1 \1/2\.
        6.2.11. Scalpel (#10, curved blade).
        6.2.12. Fine tipped forceps.
        6.2.13. Aluminum block for clearing filter (see Appendix D and 
    Figure 4).
        6.2.14. Automatic adjustable pipette, 100- to 500-L.
        6.2.15. Micropipette, 5 L.
    
    6.3. Reagents
    
        6.3.1. Acetone (HPLC grade).
        6.3.2. Triacetin (glycerol triacetate).
        6.3.3. Lacquer or nail polish.
    
    6.4. Standard Preparation
    
        A way to prepare standard asbestos samples of known 
    concentration has not been developed. It is possible to prepare 
    replicate samples of nearly equal concentration. This has been 
    performed through the PAT program. These asbestos samples are 
    distributed by the AIHA to participating laboratories.
        Since only about one-fourth of a 25-mm sample membrane is 
    required for an asbestos count, any PAT sample can serve as a 
    ``standard'' for replicate counting.
    
    6.5. Sample Mounting
    
        Note: See Safety Precautions in Section 6.1. before proceeding. 
    The objective is to produce samples with a smooth (non-grainy) 
    background in a medium with a refractive index of approximately 
    1.46. The technique below collapses the filter for easier focusing 
    and produces permanent mounts which are useful for quality control 
    and interlaboratory comparison.
    
        An aluminum block or similar device is required for sample 
    preparation. A drawing is shown in Figure 4.
        6.5.1. Heat the aluminum block to about 70 deg. C. The hot block 
    should not be used on any surface that can be damaged by either the 
    heat or from exposure to acetone.
        6.5.2. Ensure that the glass slides and cover glasses are free 
    of dust and fibers.
        6.5.3. Remove the top plug to prevent a vacuum when the cassette 
    is opened. Clean the outside of the cassette if necessary. Cut the 
    seal and/or tape on the cassette with a razor blade. Very carefully 
    separate the base from the extension cowl, leaving the filter and 
    backup pad in the base.
        6.5.4. With a rocking motion cut a triangular wedge from the 
    filter using the scalpel. This wedge should be one-sixth to one-
    fourth of the filter. Grasp the filter wedge with the forceps on the 
    perimeter of the filter which was clamped between the cassette 
    pieces. DO NOT TOUCH the filter with your finger. Place the filter 
    on the glass slide sample side up. Static electricity will usually 
    keep the filter on the slide until it is cleared.
        6.5.5. Place the tip of the micropipette containing about 200 
    L acetone into the aluminum block. Insert the glass slide 
    into the receiving slot in the aluminum block. Inject the acetone 
    into the block with slow, steady pressure on the plunger while 
    holding the pipette firmly in place. Wait 3 to 5 seconds for the 
    filter to clear, then remove the pipette and slide from the aluminum 
    block.
        6.5.6. Immediately (less than 30 seconds) place 2.5 to 3.5 
    L of triacetin on the filter (Note: Waiting longer than 30 
    seconds will result in increased index of refraction and decreased 
    contrast between the fibers and the preparation. This may also lead 
    to separation of the cover slip from the slide).
        6.5.7. Lower a cover slip gently onto the filter at a slight 
    angle to reduce the possibility of forming air bubbles. If more than 
    30 seconds have elapsed between acetone exposure and triacetin 
    application, glue the edges of the cover slip to the slide with 
    lacquer or nail polish.
        6.5.8. If clearing is slow, warm the slide for 15 min on a hot 
    plate having a surface temperature of about 50  deg.C to hasten 
    clearing. The top of the hot block can be used if the slide is not 
    heated too long.
        6.5.9. Counting may proceed immediately after clearing and 
    mounting are completed.
    
    6.6. Sample Analysis
    
        Completely align the microscope according to the manufacturer's 
    instructions. Then, align the microscope using the following general 
    alignment routine at the beginning of every counting session and 
    more often if necessary.
    
    6.6.1. Alignment
    
        (1) Clean all optical surfaces. Even a small amount of dirt can 
    significantly degrade the image.
        (2) Rough focus the objective on a sample.
        (3) Close down the field iris so that it is visible in the field 
    of view. Focus the image of the iris with the condenser focus. 
    Center the image of the iris in the field of view.
        (4) Install the phase telescope and focus on the phase rings. 
    Critically center the rings. Misalignment of the rings results in 
    astigmatism which will degrade the image.
        (5) Place the phase-shift test slide on the microscope stage and 
    focus on the lines. The analyst must see line set 3 and should see 
    at least parts of 4 and 5 but, not see line set 6 or 6. A 
    microscope/microscopist combination which does not pass this test 
    may not be used.
    
    6.6.2. Counting Fibers
    
        (1) Place the prepared sample slide on the mechanical stage of 
    the microscope. Position the center of the wedge under the objective 
    lens and focus upon the sample.
        (2) Start counting from one end of the wedge and progress along 
    a radial line to the other end (count in either direction from 
    perimeter to wedge tip). Select fields randomly, without looking 
    into the eyepieces, by slightly advancing the slide in one direction 
    with the mechanical stage control.
        (3) Continually scan over a range of focal planes (generally the 
    upper 10 to 15 m of the filter surface) with the fine focus 
    control during each field count. Spend at least 5 to 15 seconds per 
    field.
        (4) Most samples will contain asbestos fibers with fiber 
    diameters less than 1 m. Look carefully for faint fiber 
    images. The small diameter fibers will be very hard to see. However, 
    they are an important contribution to the total count.
        (5) Count only fibers equal to or longer than 5 m. 
    Measure the length of curved fibers along the curve.
        (6) Count fibers which have a length to width ratio of 3:1 or 
    greater.
        (7) Count all the fibers in at least 20 fields. Continue 
    counting until either 100 fibers are counted or 100 fields have been 
    viewed; whichever occurs first. Count all the fibers in the final 
    field.
        (8) Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-
    Beckett graticule field shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing 
    the boundary once, having one end within the circle shall receive a 
    count of \1/2\. Do not count any fiber that crosses the graticule 
    boundary more than once. Reject and do not count any other fibers 
    even though they may be visible outside the graticule area. If a 
    fiber touches the circle, it is considered to cross the line.
        (9) Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual 
    fibers can be clearly identified and each individual fiber is 
    clearly not connected to another counted fiber. See Figure 2 for 
    counting conventions.
        (10) Record the number of fibers in each field in a consistent 
    way such that filter non-uniformity can be assessed.
        (11) Regularly check phase ring alignment.
        (12) When an agglomerate (mass of material) covers more than 25% 
    of the field of view, reject the field and select another. Do not 
    include it in the number of fields counted.
        (13) Perform a ``blind recount'' of 1 in every 10 filter wedges 
    (slides). Re-label the slides using a person other than the original 
    counter.
    
    6.7. Fiber Identification
    
        As previously mentioned in Section 1.3., PCM does not provide 
    positive confirmation of asbestos fibers. Alternate differential 
    counting techniques should be used if discrimination is desirable. 
    Differential counting may include primary discrimination based on 
    morphology, polarized light analysis of fibers, or modification of 
    PCM data by Scanning Electron or Transmission Electron Microscopy.
        A great deal of experience is required to routinely and 
    correctly perform differential counting. It is discouraged unless it 
    is legally necessary. Then, only if a fiber is obviously not 
    asbestos should it be excluded from the count. Further discussion of 
    this technique can be found in reference 8.10.
        If there is a question whether a fiber is asbestos or not, 
    follow the rule:
        ``WHEN IN DOUBT, COUNT.''
        6.8. Analytical Recommendations--Quality Control System
        6.8.1. All individuals performing asbestos analysis must have 
    taken the NIOSH course for sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos 
    or an equivalent course.
        6.8.2. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos counting shall set up 
    a slide trading arrangement with at least two other laboratories in 
    order to compare performance and eliminate inbreeding of error. The 
    slide exchange occurs at least semiannually. The round robin results 
    shall be posted where all analysts can view individual analyst's 
    results.
        6.8.3. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos counting shall 
    participate in the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program, the 
    Asbestos Analyst Registry or equivalent.
        6.8.4. Each analyst shall select and count prepared slides from 
    a ``slide bank''. These are quality assurance counts. The slide bank 
    shall be prepared using uniformly distributed samples taken from the 
    workload. Fiber densities should cover the entire range routinely 
    analyzed by the laboratory. These slides are counted blind by all 
    counters to establish an original standard deviation. This 
    historical distribution is compared with the quality assurance 
    counts. A counter must have 95% of all quality control samples 
    counted within three standard deviations of the historical mean. 
    This count is then integrated into a new historical mean and 
    standard deviation for the slide.
        The analyses done by the counters to establish the slide bank 
    may be used for an interim quality control program if the data are 
    treated in a proper statistical fashion.
    
    7. CALCULATIONS
    
        7.1. Calculate the estimated airborne asbestos fiber 
    concentration on the filter sample using the following formula:
    where:
    
    AC=Airborne fiber concentration
    TR10AU94.000
    
    
    FB=Total number of fibers greater than 5 m counted
    FL=Total number of fields counted on the filter
    BFB=Total number of fibers greater than 5 m counted in the 
    blank
    BFL=Total number of fields counted on the blank
    ECA=Effective collecting area of filter (385 mm\2\ nominal for a 25-
    mm filter.)
    FR=Pump flow rate (L/min)
    MFA=Microscope count field area (mm\2\). This is 0.00785 mm\2\ for a 
    Walton-Beckett Graticule.
    T=Sample collection time (min)
    1,000=Conversion of L to cc
        Note: The collection area of a filter is seldom equal to 385 
    mm\2\. It is appropriate for laboratories to routinely monitor the 
    exact diameter using an inside micrometer. The collection area is 
    calculated according to the formula:
    
    Area=(d/2)\2\
    
    7.2. Short-cut Calculation
    
        Since a given analyst always has the same interpupillary 
    distance, the number of fields per filter for a particular analyst 
    will remain constant for a given size filter. The field size for 
    that analyst is constant (i.e. the analyst is using an assigned 
    microscope and is not changing the reticle).
        For example, if the exposed area of the filter is always 385 
    mm\2\ and the size of the field is always 0.00785 mm\2\, the number 
    of fields per filter will always be 49,000. In addition it is 
    necessary to convert liters of air to cc. These three constants can 
    then be combined such that ECA/(1,000 X MFA)=49. The previous 
    equation simplifies to:
    TR10AU94.001
    
    
    
    7.3. Recount Calculations
    
        As mentioned in step 13 of Section 6.6.2., a ``blind recount'' 
    of 10% of the slides is performed. In all cases, differences will be 
    observed between the first and second counts of the same filter 
    wedge. Most of these differences will be due to chance alone, that 
    is, due to the random variability (precision) of the count method. 
    Statistical recount criteria enables one to decide whether observed 
    differences can be explained due to chance alone or are probably due 
    to systematic differences between analysts, microscopes, or other 
    biasing factors.
        The following recount criterion is for a pair of counts that 
    estimate AC in fibers/cc. The criterion is given at the type-I error 
    level. That is, there is 5% maximum risk that we will reject a pair 
    of counts for the reason that one might be biased, when the large 
    observed difference is really due to chance.
        Reject a pair of counts if:
    TR10AU94.002
    
    
        Where:
        AC1=lower estimated airborne fiber concentration
        AC2=higher estimated airborne fiber concentration
        ACavg=average of the two concentration estimates
        CVFB=CV for the average of the two concentration estimates
        If a pair of counts are rejected by this criterion then, recount 
    the rest of the filters in the submitted set. Apply the test and 
    reject any other pairs failing the test. Rejection shall include a 
    memo to the industrial hygienist stating that the sample failed a 
    statistical test for homogeneity and the true air concentration may 
    be significantly different than the reported value.
    
    7.4. Reporting Results
    
        Report results to the industrial hygienist as fibers/cc. Use two 
    significant figures. If multiple analyses are performed on a sample, 
    an average of the results is to be reported unless any of the 
    results can be rejected for cause.
    
    8. References
    
        8.1. Dreesen, W.C., et al, U.S. Public Health Service: A Study 
    of Asbestosis in the Asbestos Textile Industry, (Public Health 
    Bulletin No. 241), US Treasury Dept., Washington, DC, 1938.
        8.2. Asbestos Research Council: The Measurement of Airborne 
    Asbestos Dust by the Membrane Filter Method (Technical Note), 
    Asbestos Research Council, Rockdale, Lancashire, Great Britain, 
    1969.
        8.3. Bayer, S.G., Zumwalde, R.D., Brown, T.A., Equipment and 
    Procedure for Mounting Millipore Filters and Counting Asbestos 
    Fibers by Phase Contrast Microscopy, Bureau of Occupational Health, 
    U.S. Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare, Cincinnati, OH, 1969.
        8.4. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods, 2nd ed., Vol. 1 (DHEW/
    NIOSH Pub. No. 77-157-A). National Institute for Occupational Safety 
    and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1977. pp. 239-1-239-21.
        8.5. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR 1910.1001. 
    1971.
        8.6. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, 
    Anthophyllite, and Actinolite. Final Rule, Federal Register 51:119 
    (20 June 1986). pp.22612-22790.
        8.7. Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite, Code of 
    Federal Regulations 1910.1001. 1988. pp 711-752.
        8.8. Criteria for a Recommended Standard--Occupational Exposure 
    to Asbestos (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. HSM 72-10267), National Institute 
    for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH, Cincinnati,OH, 1972. pp. 
    III-1-III-24.
        8.9. Leidel, N.A., Bayer,S.G., Zumwalde, R.D.,Busch, K.A., 
    USPHS/NIOSH Membrane Filter Method for Evaluating Airborne Asbestos 
    Fibers (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 79-127). National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1979.
        8.10. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in 
    Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz, Analytical Techniques in 
    Occupational Health Chemistry, edited by D.D. Dollberg and A.W. 
    Verstuyft. Wash. D.C.: American Chemical Society, (ACS Symposium 
    Series 120) 1980. pp. 13-41.
    
    Quality Control
    
        The OSHA asbestos regulations require each laboratory to 
    establish a quality control program. The following is presented as 
    an example of how the OSHA-SLTC constructed its internal CV curve as 
    part of meeting this requirement. Data for the CV curve shown below 
    is from 395 samples collected during OSHA compliance inspections and 
    analyzed from October 1980 through April 1986.
        Each sample was counted by 2 to 5 different counters 
    independently of one another. The standard deviation and the CV 
    statistic was calculated for each sample. This data was then plotted 
    on a graph of CV vs. fibers/mm2. A least squares regression was 
    performed using the following equation:
    
    CV=antilog110[A(log10(x))2+B(log10(x))+C]
    
    where:
        x=the number of fibers/mm2
    Application of least squares gave:
        A=0.182205
        B=-0.973343
        C=0.327499
    Using these values, the equation becomes:
        CV=antilog10 [0.182205(log10 
    (x))2-0.973343(log10 (x))+0.327499]
    
    Sampling Pump Flow Rate Corrections
    
        This correction is used if a difference greater than 5% in 
    ambient temperature and/or pressure is noted between calibration and 
    sampling sites and the pump does not compensate for the differences.
    TR10AU94.003
    
    
    Where:
    Qact=actual flow rate
    Qcal=calibrated flow rate (if a rotameter was used, the 
    rotameter value)
    Pcal=uncorrected air pressure at calibration
    Pact=uncorrected air pressure at sampling site
    Tact=temperature at sampling site (K)
    Tcal=temperature at calibration (K)
    
    Walton-Beckett Graticule
    
        When ordering the Graticule for asbestos counting, specify the 
    exact disc diameter needed to fit the ocular of the microscope and 
    the diameter (mm) of the circular counting area. Instructions for 
    measuring the dimensions necessary are listed:
        (1) Insert any available graticule into the focusing eyepiece 
    and focus so that the graticule lines are sharp and clear.
        (2) Align the microscope.
        (3) Place a stage micrometer on the microscope object stage and 
    focus the microscope on the graduated lines.
        (4) Measure the magnified grid length, PL (m), using 
    the stage micrometer.
        (5) Remove the graticule from the microscope and measure its 
    actual grid length, AL (mm). This can be accomplished by using a 
    mechanical stage fitted with verniers, or a jeweler's loupe with a 
    direct reading scale.
        (6) Let D=100 m. Calculate the circle diameter, dc 
    (mm), for the Walton-Beckett graticule and specify the diameter when 
    making a purchase:
    TR10AU94.004
    
    
    Example: If PL=108 m, AL=2.93 mm and D=100 m, 
    then,
    TR10AU94.005
    
    
        (7) Each eyepiece-objective-reticle combination on the 
    microscope must be calibrated. Should any of the three be changed 
    (by zoom adjustment, disassembly, replacement, etc.), the 
    combination must be recalibrated. Calibration may change if 
    interpupillary distance is changed. Measure the field diameter, D 
    (acceptable range: 1002 m) with a stage 
    micrometer upon receipt of the graticule from the manufacturer. 
    Determine the field area (mm2).
    
    Field Area=(D/2)2
    If D=100 m=0.1 mm, then
    Field Area=(0.1 mm/2)2=0.00785 mm2
    
        The Graticule is available from: Graticules Ltd., Morley Road, 
    Tonbridge TN9 IRN, Kent, England (Telephone 011-44-732-359061). Also 
    available from PTR Optics Ltd., 145 Newton Street, Waltham, MA 02154 
    [telephone (617) 891-6000] or McCrone Accessories and Components, 
    2506 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, IL 60616 [phone (312)-842-7100]. The 
    graticule is custom made for each microscope.
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
                       Counts for the Fibers in the Figure                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Structure                                                             
         No.        Count                      Explanation                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 to 6.....         1  Single fibers all contained within the circle.  
     7..........     \1/2\  Fiber crosses circle once.                      
     8..........         0  Fiber too short.                                
     9..........         2  Two crossing fibers.                            
    10..........         0  Fiber outside graticule.                        
    11..........         0  Fiber crosses graticule twice.                  
    12..........     \1/2\  Although split, fiber only crosses once.        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    TR10AU94.006
    
    
        9. Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1001 is amended by revising the first 
    sentence to read as follows:
    
    Appendix D to 1910.1001--Medical Questionnaires; Mandatory
    
        This mandatory appendix contains the medical questionnaires that 
    must be administered to all employees who are exposed to asbestos 
    above the permissible exposure limit, and who will therefore be 
    included in their employer's medical surveillance program. * * *
    * * * * *
        10. Appendix F to Sec. 1910.1001 is revised to read as follows:
    
    Appendix F to Sec. 1910.1001--Work Practices and Engineering 
    Controls for Automotive Brake and Clutch Inspection, Disassembly, 
    Repair and Assembly--Mandatory
    
        This mandatory appendix specifies engineering controls and work 
    practices that must be implemented by the employer during automotive 
    brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly 
    operations. Proper use of these engineering controls and work 
    practices will reduce employees' asbestos exposure below the 
    permissible exposure level during clutch and brake inspection, 
    disassembly, repair, and assembly operations. The employer shall 
    institute engineering controls and work practices using either the 
    method set forth in paragraph [A] or paragraph [B] of this appendix, 
    or any other method which the employer can demonstrate to be 
    equivalent in terms of reducing employee exposure to asbestos as 
    defined and which meets the requirements described in paragraph [C] 
    of this appendix, for those facilities in which no more than 5 pairs 
    of brakes or 5 clutches are inspected, disassembled, reassembled 
    and/or repaired per week, the method set forth in paragraph [D] of 
    this appendix may be used:
    
    [A] Negative Pressure Enclosure/HEPA Vacuum System Method
    
        (1) The brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair, and 
    assembly operations shall be enclosed to cover and contain the 
    clutch or brake assembly and to prevent the release of asbestos 
    fibers into the worker's breathing zone.
        (2) The enclosure shall be sealed tightly and thoroughly 
    inspected for leaks before work begins on brake and clutch 
    inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly.
        (3) The enclosure shall be such that the worker can clearly see 
    the operation and shall provide impermeable sleeves through which 
    the worker can handle the brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, 
    repair and assembly. The integrity of the sleeves and ports shall be 
    examined before work begins.
        (4) A HEPA-filtered vacuum shall be employed to maintain the 
    enclosure under negative pressure throughout the operation. 
    Compressed-air may be used to remove asbestos fibers or particles 
    from the enclosure.
        (5) The HEPA vacuum shall be used first to loosen the asbestos 
    containing residue from the brake and clutch parts and then to 
    evacuate the loosened asbestos containing material from the 
    enclosure and capture the material in the vacuum filter.
        (6) The vacuum's filter, when full, shall be first wetted with a 
    fine mist of water, then removed and placed immediately in an 
    impermeable container, labeled according to paragraph (j)(2)(ii) of 
    this section and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this 
    section.
        (7) Any spills or releases of asbestos containing waste material 
    from inside of the enclosure or vacuum hose or vacuum filter shall 
    be immediately cleaned up and disposed of according to paragraph (k) 
    of the section.
    
    [B] Low Pressure/Wet Cleaning Method
    
        (1) A catch basin shall be placed under the brake assembly, 
    positioned to avoid splashes and spills.
        (2) The reservoir shall contain water containing an organic 
    solvent or wetting agent. The flow of liquid shall be controlled 
    such that the brake assembly is gently flooded to prevent the 
    asbestos-containing brake dust from becoming airborne.
        (3) The aqueous solution shall be allowed to flow between the 
    brake drum and brake support before the drum is removed.
        (4) After removing the brake drum, the wheel hub and back of the 
    brake assembly shall be thoroughly wetted to suppress dust.
        (5) The brake support plate, brake shoes and brake components 
    used to attach the brake shoes shall be thoroughly washed before 
    removing the old shoes.
        (6) In systems using filters, the filters, when full, shall be 
    first wetted with a fine mist of water, then removed and placed 
    immediately in an impermeable container, labeled according to 
    paragraph (j)(2)(ii) of this section and disposed of according to 
    paragraph (k) of this section.
        (7) Any spills of asbestos-containing aqueous solution or any 
    asbestos-containing waste material shall be cleaned up immediately 
    and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.
        (8) The use of dry brushing during low pressure/wet cleaning 
    operations is prohibited.
    
    [C] Equivalent Methods
    
        An equivalent method is one which has sufficient written detail 
    so that it can be reproduced and has been demonstrated that the 
    exposures resulting from the equivalent method are equal to or less 
    than the exposures which would result from the use of the method 
    described in paragraph [A] of this appendix. For purposes of making 
    this comparison, the employer shall assume that exposures resulting 
    from the use of the method described in paragraph [A] of this 
    appendix shall not exceed 0.004 f/cc, as measured by the OSHA 
    reference method and as averaged over at least 18 personal samples.
    
    [D] Wet Method.
    
        (1) A spray bottle, hose nozzle, or other implement capable of 
    delivering a fine mist of water or amended water or other delivery 
    system capable of delivering water at low pressure, shall be used to 
    first thoroughly wet the brake and clutch parts. Brake and clutch 
    components shall then be wiped clean with a cloth.
        (2) The cloth shall be placed in an impermeable container, 
    labelled according to paragraph (j)(2)(ii) of the standard and then 
    disposed of according to paragraph (k) of the standard, or the cloth 
    shall be laundered in a way to prevent the release of asbestos 
    fibers in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air.
        (3) Any spills of solvent or any asbestos containing waste 
    material shall be cleaned up immediately according to paragraph
        (k) of the standard.
        (4) The use of dry brushing during the wet method operations is 
    prohibited.
    
    Appendix G to Sec. 1910.1001 [Amended]
    
        11. Appendix G of Sec. 1910.1001 is amended by replacing the phrase 
    ``0.2 f/cc'' with the phrase ``0.1 f/cc'' in paragraph I. D. entitled 
    ``Permissible exposure:''..
        12. Appendix G of Sec. 1910.1001 is amended by replacing the phrase 
    ``0.2 f/cc'' with the phrase ``0.1 f/cc'' in paragraph III.A. entitled 
    ``Respirators:''.
        13. Appendix G of Sec. 1910.1001 is amended by revising paragraph 
    III. B. to read as follows:
        III. * * *
        B. Protective clothing: You are required to wear protective 
    clothing in work areas where asbestos fiber concentrations exceed to 
    permissible exposure limit.
    * * * * *
    
    Appendix H to Sec. 1910.1001 [Amended]
    
        14. Appendix H of Sec. 1910.1001 is amended by revising the first 
    sentence of the second paragraph of section IV. entitled Surveillance 
    and Preventive Considerations to read as follows:
    * * * * *
        The employer is required to institute a medical surveillance 
    program for all employees who are or will be exposed to asbestos at 
    or above the permissible exposure limit (0.1 fiber per cubic 
    centimeter of air). * * *
    * * * * *
        15. Appendix J to Sec. 1910.1001 is added to read as follows:
    
    Appendix J to Sec. 1910.1001--Polarized Light Microscopy of 
    Asbestos--Non-Mandatory)
    
    Method number: ID-191
    Matrix: Bulk
    
    Collection Procedure
    
        Collect approximately 1 to 2 grams of each type of material and 
    place into separate 20 mL scintillation vials.
    
    Analytical Procedure
    
        A portion of each separate phase is analyzed by gross 
    examination, phase-polar examination, and central stop dispersion 
    microscopy.
        Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method 
    are for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by 
    USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from other sources may be substituted.
    
    1. Introduction
    
        This method describes the collection and analysis of asbestos 
    bulk materials by light microscopy techniques including phase- polar 
    illumination and central-stop dispersion microscopy. Some terms 
    unique to asbestos analysis are defined below:
        Amphibole: A family of minerals whose crystals are formed by 
    long, thin units which have two thin ribbons of double chain 
    silicate with a brucite ribbon in between. The shape of each unit is 
    similar to an ``I beam''. Minerals important in asbestos analysis 
    include cummingtonite-grunerite, crocidolite, tremolite-actinolite 
    and anthophyllite.
        Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. 
    Asbestos includes chrysotile, cummingtonite-grunerite asbestos 
    (amosite), anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, crocidolite, 
    actinolite asbestos and any of these minerals which have been 
    chemically treated or altered. The precise chemical formulation of 
    each species varies with the location from which it was mined. 
    Nominal compositions are listed:
    
    Chrysotile
    Mg3Si2O5(OH)4
    Crocidolite (Riebeckite asbestos)
    Na2Fe2+3Fe3+2Si8O22(OH)2
    Cummingtonite-Grunerite asbestos (Amosite)
    (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2
    Tremolite-Actinolite asbestos
    Ca2(Mg,Fe)5Si8O22(OH)2
    Anthophyllite asbestos
    (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2
    
        Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos meeting the criteria for a 
    fiber. (See section 3.5.)
        Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a fiber to its diameter 
    usually defined as ``length : width'', e.g. 3:1.
        Brucite: A sheet mineral with the composition Mg(OH)2.
        Central Stop Dispersion Staining (microscope): This is a dark 
    field microscope technique that images particles using only light 
    refracted by the particle, excluding light that travels through the 
    particle unrefracted. This is usually accomplished with a McCrone 
    objective or other arrangement which places a circular stop with 
    apparent aperture equal to the objective aperture in the back focal 
    plane of the microscope.
        Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles formed by the comminution 
    of minerals, especially those characterized by relatively parallel 
    sides and moderate aspect ratio.
        Differential Counting: The term applied to the practice of 
    excluding certain kinds of fibers from a phase contrast asbestos 
    count because they are not asbestos.
        Fiber: A particle longer than or equal to 5 m with a 
    length to width ratio greater than or equal to 3:1. This may include 
    cleavage fragments. (see section 3.5 of this appendix).
        Phase Contrast: Contrast obtained in the microscope by causing 
    light scattered by small particles to destructively interfere with 
    unscattered light, thereby enhancing the visibility of very small 
    particles and particles with very low intrinsic contrast.
        Phase Contrast Microscope: A microscope configured with a phase 
    mask pair to create phase contrast. The technique which uses this is 
    called Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM).
        Phase-Polar Analysis: This is the use of polarized light in a 
    phase contrast microscope. It is used to see the same size fibers 
    that are visible in air filter analysis. Although fibers finer than 
    1 m are visible, analysis of these is inferred from 
    analysis of larger bundles that are usually present.
        Phase-Polar Microscope: The phase-polar microscope is a phase 
    contrast microscope which has an analyzer, a polarizer, a first 
    order red plate and a rotating phase condenser all in place so that 
    the polarized light image is enhanced by phase contrast.
        Sealing Encapsulant: This is a product which can be applied, 
    preferably by spraying, onto an asbestos surface which will seal the 
    surface so that fibers cannot be released.
        Serpentine: A mineral family consisting of minerals with the 
    general composition Mg3(Si2O5(OH)4 having the 
    magnesium in brucite layer over a silicate layer. Minerals important 
    in asbestos analysis included in this family are chrysotile, 
    lizardite, antigorite.
    
    1.1. History
    
        Light microscopy has been used for well over 100 years for the 
    determination of mineral species. This analysis is carried out using 
    specialized polarizing microscopes as well as bright field 
    microscopes. The identification of minerals is an on-going process 
    with many new minerals described each year. The first recorded use 
    of asbestos was in Finland about 2500 B.C. where the material was 
    used in the mud wattle for the wooden huts the people lived in as 
    well as strengthening for pottery. Adverse health aspects of the 
    mineral were noted nearly 2000 years ago when Pliny the Younger 
    wrote about the poor health of slaves in the asbestos mines. 
    Although known to be injurious for centuries, the first modern 
    references to its toxicity were by the British Labor Inspectorate 
    when it banned asbestos dust from the workplace in 1898. Asbestosis 
    cases were described in the literature after the turn of the 
    century. Cancer was first suspected in the mid 1930's and a causal 
    link to mesothelioma was made in 1965. Because of the public concern 
    for worker and public safety with the use of this material, several 
    different types of analysis were applied to the determination of 
    asbestos content. Light microscopy requires a great deal of 
    experience and craft. Attempts were made to apply less subjective 
    methods to the analysis. X-ray diffraction was partially successful 
    in determining the mineral types but was unable to separate out the 
    fibrous portions from the non-fibrous portions. Also, the minimum 
    detection limit for asbestos analysis by X-ray diffraction (XRD) is 
    about 1%. Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA) was no more 
    successful. These provide useful corroborating information when the 
    presence of asbestos has been shown by microscopy; however, neither 
    can determine the difference between fibrous and non-fibrous 
    minerals when both habits are present. The same is true of Infrared 
    Absorption (IR).
        When electron microscopy was applied to asbestos analysis, 
    hundreds of fibers were discovered present too small to be visible 
    in any light microscope. There are two different types of electron 
    microscope used for asbestos analysis: Scanning Electron Microscope 
    (SEM) and Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM). Scanning Electron 
    Microscopy is useful in identifying minerals. The SEM can provide 
    two of the three pieces of information required to identify fibers 
    by electron microscopy: morphology and chemistry. The third is 
    structure as determined by Selected Area Electron Diffraction--SAED 
    which is performed in the TEM. Although the resolution of the SEM is 
    sufficient for very fine fibers to be seen, accuracy of chemical 
    analysis that can be performed on the fibers varies with fiber 
    diameter in fibers of less than 0.2 m diameter. The TEM is 
    a powerful tool to identify fibers too small to be resolved by light 
    microscopy and should be used in conjunction with this method when 
    necessary. The TEM can provide all three pieces of information 
    required for fiber identification. Most fibers thicker than 1 
    m can adequately be defined in the light microscope. The 
    light microscope remains as the best instrument for the 
    determination of mineral type. This is because the minerals under 
    investigation were first described analytically with the light 
    microscope. It is inexpensive and gives positive identification for 
    most samples analyzed. Further, when optical techniques are 
    inadequate, there is ample indication that alternative techniques 
    should be used for complete identification of the sample.
    
    1.2. Principle
    
        Minerals consist of atoms that may be arranged in random order 
    or in a regular arrangement. Amorphous materials have atoms in 
    random order while crystalline materials have long range order. Many 
    materials are transparent to light, at least for small particles or 
    for thin sections. The properties of these materials can be 
    investigated by the effect that the material has on light passing 
    through it. The six asbestos minerals are all crystalline with 
    particular properties that have been identified and cataloged. These 
    six minerals are anisotropic. They have a regular array of atoms, 
    but the arrangement is not the same in all directions. Each major 
    direction of the crystal presents a different regularity. Light 
    photons travelling in each of these main directions will encounter 
    different electrical neighborhoods, affecting the path and time of 
    travel. The techniques outlined in this method use the fact that 
    light traveling through fibers or crystals in different directions 
    will behave differently, but predictably. The behavior of the light 
    as it travels through a crystal can be measured and compared with 
    known or determined values to identify the mineral species. Usually, 
    Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) is performed with strain-free 
    objectives on a bright-field microscope platform. This would limit 
    the resolution of the microscope to about 0.4 m. Because 
    OSHA requires the counting and identification of fibers visible in 
    phase contrast, the phase contrast platform is used to visualize the 
    fibers with the polarizing elements added into the light path. 
    Polarized light methods cannot identify fibers finer than about 1 
    m in diameter even though they are visible. The finest 
    fibers are usually identified by inference from the presence of 
    larger, identifiable fiber bundles. When fibers are present, but not 
    identifiable by light microscopy, use either SEM or TEM to determine 
    the fiber identity.
    
    1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages
    
        The advantages of light microcopy are:
        (a) Basic identification of the materials was first performed by 
    light microscopy and gross analysis. This provides a large base of 
    published information against which to check analysis and analytical 
    technique.
        (b) The analysis is specific to fibers. The minerals present can 
    exist in asbestiform, fibrous, prismatic, or massive varieties all 
    at the same time. Therefore, bulk methods of analysis such as X-ray 
    diffraction, IR analysis, DTA, etc. are inappropriate where the 
    material is not known to be fibrous.
        (c) The analysis is quick, requires little preparation time, and 
    can be performed on-site if a suitably equipped microscope is 
    available.
        The disadvantages are:
        (a) Even using phase-polar illumination, not all the fibers 
    present may be seen. This is a problem for very low asbestos 
    concentrations where agglomerations or large bundles of fibers may 
    not be present to allow identification by inference.
        (b) The method requires a great degree of sophistication on the 
    part of the microscopist. An analyst is only as useful as his mental 
    catalog of images. Therefore, a microscopist's accuracy is enhanced 
    by experience. The mineralogical training of the analyst is very 
    important. It is the basis on which subjective decisions are made.
        (c) The method uses only a tiny amount of material for analysis. 
    This may lead to sampling bias and false results (high or low). This 
    is especially true if the sample is severely inhomogeneous.
        (d) Fibers may be bound in a matrix and not distinguishable as 
    fibers so identification cannot be made.
    
    1.4. Method Performance
    
        1.4.1. This method can be used for determination of asbestos 
    content from 0 to 100% asbestos. The detection limit has not been 
    adequately determined, although for selected samples, the limit is 
    very low, depending on the number of particles examined. For mostly 
    homogeneous, finely divided samples, with no difficult fibrous 
    interferences, the detection limit is below 1%. For inhomogeneous 
    samples (most samples), the detection limit remains undefined. NIST 
    has conducted proficiency testing of laboratories on a national 
    scale. Although each round is reported statistically with an 
    average, control limits, etc., the results indicate a difficulty in 
    establishing precision especially in the low concentration range. It 
    is suspected that there is significant bias in the low range 
    especially near 1%. EPA tried to remedy this by requiring a 
    mandatory point counting scheme for samples less than 10%. The point 
    counting procedure is tedious, and may introduce significant biases 
    of its own. It has not been incorporated into this method.
        1.4.2. The precision and accuracy of the quantitation tests 
    performed in this method are unknown. Concentrations are easier to 
    determine in commercial products where asbestos was deliberately 
    added because the amount is usually more than a few percent. An 
    analyst's results can be ``calibrated'' against the known amounts 
    added by the manufacturer. For geological samples, the degree of 
    homogeneity affects the precision.
        1.4.3. The performance of the method is analyst dependent. The 
    analyst must choose carefully and not necessarily randomly the 
    portions for analysis to assure that detection of asbestos occurs 
    when it is present. For this reason, the analyst must have adequate 
    training in sample preparation, and experience in the location and 
    identification of asbestos in samples. This is usually accomplished 
    through substantial on-the-job training as well as formal education 
    in mineralogy and microscopy.
    
    1.5. Interferences
    
        Any material which is long, thin, and small enough to be viewed 
    under the microscope can be considered an interference for asbestos. 
    There are literally hundreds of interferences in workplaces. The 
    techniques described in this method are normally sufficient to 
    eliminate the interferences. An analyst's success in eliminating the 
    interferences depends on proper training.
        Asbestos minerals belong to two mineral families: the 
    serpentines and the amphiboles. In the serpentine family, the only 
    common fibrous mineral is chrysotile. Occasionally, the mineral 
    antigorite occurs in a fibril habit with morphology similar to the 
    amphiboles. The amphibole minerals consist of a score of different 
    minerals of which only five are regulated by federal standard: 
    amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos and 
    actinolite asbestos. These are the only amphibole minerals that have 
    been commercially exploited for their fibrous properties; however, 
    the rest can and do occur occasionally in asbestiform habit.
        In addition to the related mineral interferences, other minerals 
    common in building material may present a problem for some 
    microscopists: gypsum, anhydrite, brucite, quartz fibers, talc 
    fibers or ribbons, wollastonite, perlite, attapulgite, etc. Other 
    fibrous materials commonly present in workplaces are: fiberglass, 
    mineral wool, ceramic wool, refractory ceramic fibers, kevlar, 
    nomex, synthetic fibers, graphite or carbon fibers, cellulose (paper 
    or wood) fibers, metal fibers, etc.
        Matrix embedding material can sometimes be a negative 
    interference. The analyst may not be able to easily extract the 
    fibers from the matrix in order to use the method. Where possible, 
    remove the matrix before the analysis, taking careful note of the 
    loss of weight. Some common matrix materials are: vinyl, rubber, 
    tar, paint, plant fiber, cement, and epoxy. A further negative 
    interference is that the asbestos fibers themselves may be either 
    too small to be seen in Phase contrast Microscopy (PCM) or of a very 
    low fibrous quality, having the appearance of plant fibers. The 
    analyst's ability to deal with these materials increases with 
    experience.
    
    1.6. Uses and Occupational Exposure
    
        Asbestos is ubiquitous in the environment. More than 40% of the 
    land area of the United States is composed of minerals which may 
    contain asbestos. Fortunately, the actual formation of great amounts 
    of asbestos is relatively rare. Nonetheless, there are locations in 
    which environmental exposure can be severe such as in the Serpentine 
    Hills of California.
        There are thousands of uses for asbestos in industry and the 
    home. Asbestos abatement workers are the most current segment of the 
    population to have occupational exposure to great amounts of 
    asbestos. If the material is undisturbed, there is no exposure. 
    Exposure occurs when the asbestos-containing material is abraded or 
    otherwise disturbed during maintenance operations or some other 
    activity. Approximately 95% of the asbestos in place in the United 
    States is chrysotile.
        Amosite and crocidolite make up nearly all the difference. 
    Tremolite and anthophyllite make up a very small percentage. 
    Tremolite is found in extremely small amounts in certain chrysotile 
    deposits. Actinolite exposure is probably greatest from 
    environmental sources, but has been identified in vermiculite 
    containing, sprayed-on insulating materials which may have been 
    certified as asbestos-free.
    
    1.7. Physical and Chemical Properties
    
        The nominal chemical compositions for the asbestos minerals were 
    given in Section 1. Compared to cleavage fragments of the same 
    minerals, asbestiform fibers possess a high tensile strength along 
    the fiber axis. They are chemically inert, non- combustible, and 
    heat resistant. Except for chrysotile, they are insoluble in 
    Hydrochloric acid (HCl). Chrysotile is slightly soluble in HCl. 
    Asbestos has high electrical resistance and good sound absorbing 
    characteristics. It can be woven into cables, fabrics or other 
    textiles, or matted into papers, felts, and mats.
    
    1.8. Toxicology (This Section is for Information Only and Should Not Be 
    Taken as OSHA Policy)
    
        Possible physiologic results of respiratory exposure to asbestos 
    are mesothelioma of the pleura or peritoneum, interstitial fibrosis, 
    asbestosis, pneumoconiosis, or respiratory cancer. The possible 
    consequences of asbestos exposure are detailed in the NIOSH Criteria 
    Document or in the OSHA Asbestos Standards 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR 
    1926.1101.
    
    2. Sampling Procedure
    
    2.1. Equipment for Sampling
    
        (a) Tube or cork borer sampling device
        (b) Knife
        (c) 20 mL scintillation vial or similar vial
        (d) Sealing encapsulant
    
    2.2. Safety Precautions
    
        Asbestos is a known carcinogen. Take care when sampling. While 
    in an asbestos-containing atmosphere, a properly selected and fit-
    tested respirator should be worn. Take samples in a manner to cause 
    the least amount of dust. Follow these general guidelines:
        (a) Do not make unnecessary dust.
        (b) Take only a small amount (1 to 2 g).
        (c) Tightly close the sample container.
        (d) Use encapsulant to seal the spot where the sample was taken, 
    if necessary.
    
    2.3. Sampling Procedure
    
        Samples of any suspect material should be taken from an 
    inconspicuous place. Where the material is to remain, seal the 
    sampling wound with an encapsulant to eliminate the potential for 
    exposure from the sample site. Microscopy requires only a few 
    milligrams of material. The amount that will fill a 20 mL 
    scintillation vial is more than adequate. Be sure to collect samples 
    from all layers and phases of material. If possible, make separate 
    samples of each different phase of the material. This will aid in 
    determining the actual hazard. DO NOT USE ENVELOPES, PLASTIC OR 
    PAPER BAGS OF ANY KIND TO COLLECT SAMPLES. The use of plastic bags 
    presents a contamination hazard to laboratory personnel and to other 
    samples. When these containers are opened, a bellows effect blows 
    fibers out of the container onto everything, including the person 
    opening the container.
        If a cork-borer type sampler is available, push the tube through 
    the material all the way, so that all layers of material are 
    sampled. Some samplers are intended to be disposable. These should 
    be capped and sent to the laboratory. If a non-disposable cork borer 
    is used, empty the contents into a scintillation vial and send to 
    the laboratory. Vigorously and completely clean the cork borer 
    between samples.
    
    2.4 Shipment
    
        Samples packed in glass vials must not touch or they might break 
    in shipment.
        (a) Seal the samples with a sample seal (such as the OSHA 21) 
    over the end to guard against tampering and to identify the sample.
        (b) Package the bulk samples in separate packages from the air 
    samples. They may cross-contaminate each other and will invalidate 
    the results of the air samples.
        (c) Include identifying paperwork with the samples, but not in 
    contact with the suspected asbestos.
        (d) To maintain sample accountability, ship the samples by 
    certified mail, overnight express, or hand carry them to the 
    laboratory.
    
    3. Analysis
    
        The analysis of asbestos samples can be divided into two major 
    parts: sample preparation and microscopy. Because of the different 
    asbestos uses that may be encountered by the analyst, each sample 
    may need different preparation steps. The choices are outlined 
    below. There are several different tests that are performed to 
    identify the asbestos species and determine the percentage. They 
    will be explained below.
    
    3.1. Safety
    
        (a) Do not create unnecessary dust. Handle the samples in HEPA-
    filter equipped hoods. If samples are received in bags, envelopes or 
    other inappropriate container, open them only in a hood having a 
    face velocity at or greater than 100 fpm. Transfer a small amount to 
    a scintillation vial and only handle the smaller amount.
        (b) Open samples in a hood, never in the open lab area.
        (c) Index of refraction oils can be toxic. Take care not to get 
    this material on the skin. Wash immediately with soap and water if 
    this happens.
        (d) Samples that have been heated in the muffle furnace or the 
    drying oven may be hot. Handle them with tongs until they are cool 
    enough to handle.
        (e) Some of the solvents used, such as THF (tetrahydrofuran), 
    are toxic and should only be handled in an appropriate fume hood and 
    according to instructions given in the Material Safety Data Sheet 
    (MSDS).
    
    3.2. Equipment
    
        (a) Phase contrast microscope with 10x, 16x and 40x objectives, 
    10x wide-field eyepieces, G-22 Walton-Beckett graticule, Whipple 
    disk, polarizer, analyzer and first order red or gypsum plate, 100 
    Watt illuminator, rotating position condenser with oversize phase 
    rings, central stop dispersion objective, Kohler illumination and a 
    rotating mechanical stage.
        (b) Stereo microscope with reflected light illumination, 
    transmitted light illumination, polarizer, analyzer and first order 
    red or gypsum plate, and rotating stage.
        (c) Negative pressure hood for the stereo microscope
        (d) Muffle furnace capable of 600  deg.C
        (e) Drying oven capable of 50--150  deg.C
        (f) Aluminum specimen pans
        (g) Tongs for handling samples in the furnace
        (h) High dispersion index of refraction oils (Special for 
    dispersion staining.)
    
        n = 1.550
        n = 1.585
        n = 1.590
        n = 1.605
        n = 1.620
        n = 1.670
        n = 1.680
        n = 1.690
    
        (i) A set of index of refraction oils from about n=1.350 to 
    n=2.000 in n=0.005 increments. (Standard for Becke line analysis.)
        (j) Glass slides with painted or frosted ends 1 x 3 inches 1mm 
    thick, precleaned.
        (k) Cover Slips 22 x 22 mm, #1\1/2\
        (l) Paper clips or dissection needles
        (m) Hand grinder
        (n) Scalpel with both #10 and #11 blades
        (o) 0.1 molar HCl
        (p) Decalcifying solution (Baxter Scientific Products) 
    Ethylenediaminetetraacetic Acid,
    
    Tetrasodium
    0.7 g/l
    Sodium Potassium Tartrate
    8.0 mg/liter
    Hydrochloric Acid
    99.2 g/liter
    Sodium Tartrate
    0.14 g/liter
    
        (q) Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
        (r) Hotplate capable of 60  deg.C
        (s) Balance
        (t) Hacksaw blade
        (u) Ruby mortar and pestle
    
    3.3. Sample Pre-Preparation
    
        Sample preparation begins with pre-preparation which may include 
    chemical reduction of the matrix, heating the sample to dryness or 
    heating in the muffle furnace. The end result is a sample which has 
    been reduced to a powder that is sufficiently fine to fit under the 
    cover slip. Analyze different phases of samples separately, e.g., 
    tile and the tile mastic should be analyzed separately as the mastic 
    may contain asbestos while the tile may not.
    
    (a) Wet samples 
    
        Samples with a high water content will not give the proper 
    dispersion colors and must be dried prior to sample mounting. Remove 
    the lid of the scintillation vial, place the bottle in the drying 
    oven and heat at 100  deg.C to dryness (usually about 2 h). Samples 
    which are not submitted to the lab in glass must be removed and 
    placed in glass vials or aluminum weighing pans before placing them 
    in the drying oven.
    
    (b) Samples With Organic Interference--Muffle Furnace 
    
        These may include samples with tar as a matrix, vinyl asbestos 
    tile, or any other organic that can be reduced by heating. Remove the 
    sample from the vial and weigh in a balance to determine the weight of 
    the submitted portion. Place the sample in a muffle furnace at 500 
    deg.C for 1 to 2 h or until all obvious organic material has been 
    removed. Retrieve, cool and weigh again to determine the weight loss on 
    ignition. This is necessary to determine the asbestos content of the 
    submitted sample, because the analyst will be looking at a reduced 
    sample.
    
        Note: Heating above 600  deg.C will cause the sample to undergo 
    a structural change which, given sufficient time, will convert the 
    chrysotile to forsterite. Heating even at lower temperatures for 1 
    to 2 h may have a measurable effect on the optical properties of the 
    minerals. If the analyst is unsure of what to expect, a sample of 
    standard asbestos should be heated to the same temperature for the 
    same length of time so that it can be examined for the proper 
    interpretation.
    
    (c) Samples With Organic Interference--THF 
    
        Vinyl asbestos tile is the most common material treated with 
    this solvent, although, substances containing tar will sometimes 
    yield to this treatment. Select a portion of the material and then 
    grind it up if possible. Weigh the sample and place it in a test 
    tube. Add sufficient THF to dissolve the organic matrix. This is 
    usually about 4 to 5 mL. Remember, THF is highly flammable. Filter 
    the remaining material through a tared silver membrane, dry and 
    weigh to determine how much is left after the solvent extraction. 
    Further process the sample to remove carbonate or mount directly.
    
    (d) Samples With Carbonate Interference 
    
        Carbonate material is often found on fibers and sometimes must 
    be removed in order to perform dispersion microscopy. Weigh out a 
    portion of the material and place it in a test tube. Add a 
    sufficient amount of 0.1 M HCl or decalcifying solution in the tube 
    to react all the carbonate as evidenced by gas formation; i.e., when 
    the gas bubbles stop, add a little more solution. If no more gas 
    forms, the reaction is complete. Filter the material out through a 
    tared silver membrane, dry and weigh to determine the weight lost.
    
    3.4. Sample Preparation
    
        Samples must be prepared so that accurate determination can be 
    made of the asbestos type and amount present. The following steps 
    are carried out in the low-flow hood (a low-flow hood has less than 
    50 fpm flow):
        (1) If the sample has large lumps, is hard, or cannot be made to 
    lie under a cover slip, the grain size must be reduced. Place a 
    small amount between two slides and grind the material between them 
    or grind a small amount in a clean mortar and pestle. The choice of 
    whether to use an alumina, ruby, or diamond mortar depends on the 
    hardness of the material. Impact damage can alter the asbestos 
    mineral if too much mechanical shock occurs. (Freezer mills can 
    completely destroy the observable crystallinity of asbestos and 
    should not be used). For some samples, a portion of material can be 
    shaved off with a scalpel, ground off with a hand grinder or hack 
    saw blade.
        The preparation tools should either be disposable or cleaned 
    thoroughly. Use vigorous scrubbing to loosen the fibers during the 
    washing. Rinse the implements with copious amounts of water and air-
    dry in a dust-free environment.
        (2) If the sample is powder or has been reduced as in (1) above, 
    it is ready to mount. Place a glass slide on a piece of optical 
    tissue and write the identification on the painted or frosted end. 
    Place two drops of index of refraction medium n=1.550 on the slide. 
    (The medium n=1.550 is chosen because it is the matching index for 
    chrysotile. Dip the end of a clean paper-clip or dissecting needle 
    into the droplet of refraction medium on the slide to moisten it. 
    Then dip the probe into the powder sample. Transfer what sticks on 
    the probe to the slide. The material on the end of the probe should 
    have a diameter of about 3 mm for a good mount. If the material is 
    very fine, less sample may be appropriate. For non-powder samples 
    such as fiber mats, forceps should be used to transfer a small 
    amount of material to the slide. Stir the material in the medium on 
    the slide, spreading it out and making the preparation as uniform as 
    possible. Place a cover-slip on the preparation by gently lowering 
    onto the slide and allowing it to fall ``trapdoor'' fashion on the 
    preparation to push out any bubbles. Press gently on the cover slip 
    to even out the distribution of particulate on the slide. If there 
    is insufficient mounting oil on the slide, one or two drops may be 
    placed near the edge of the coverslip on the slide. Capillary action 
    will draw the necessary amount of liquid into the preparation. 
    Remove excess oil with the point of a laboratory wiper.
        Treat at least two different areas of each phase in this 
    fashion. Choose representative areas of the sample. It may be useful 
    to select particular areas or fibers for analysis. This is useful to 
    identify asbestos in severely inhomogeneous samples.
        When it is determined that amphiboles may be present, repeat the 
    above process using the appropriate high-dispersion oils until an 
    identification is made or all six asbestos minerals have been ruled 
    out. Note that percent determination must be done in the index 
    medium 1.550 because amphiboles tend to disappear in their matching 
    mediums.
    
    3.5. Analytical Procedure
    
        Note: This method presumes some knowledge of mineralogy and 
    optical petrography.
    
        The analysis consists of three parts: The determination of 
    whether there is asbestos present, what type is present and the 
    determination of how much is present. The general flow of the 
    analysis is:
        (1) Gross examination.
        (2) Examination under polarized light on the stereo microscope.
        (3) Examination by phase-polar illumination on the compound 
    phase microscope.
        (4) Determination of species by dispersion stain. Examination by 
    Becke line analysis may also be used; however, this is usually more 
    cumbersome for asbestos determination.
        (5) Difficult samples may need to be analyzed by SEM or TEM, or 
    the results from those techniques combined with light microscopy for 
    a definitive identification. Identification of a particle as 
    asbestos requires that it be asbestiform. Description of particles 
    should follow the suggestion of Campbell. (Figure 1)
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    TR10AU94.007
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
        For the purpose of regulation, the mineral must be one of the 
    six minerals covered and must be in the asbestos growth habit. Large 
    specimen samples of asbestos generally have the gross appearance of 
    wood. Fibers are easily parted from it. Asbestos fibers are very 
    long compared with their widths. The fibers have a very high tensile 
    strength as demonstrated by bending without breaking. Asbestos 
    fibers exist in bundles that are easily parted, show longitudinal 
    fine structure and may be tufted at the ends showing ``bundle of 
    sticks'' morphology. In the microscope some of these properties may 
    not be observable. Amphiboles do not always show striations along 
    their length even when they are asbestos. Neither will they always 
    show tufting. They generally do not show a curved nature except for 
    very long fibers. Asbestos and asbestiform minerals are usually 
    characterized in groups by extremely high aspect ratios (greater 
    than 100:1). While aspect ratio analysis is useful for 
    characterizing populations of fibers, it cannot be used to identify 
    individual fibers of intermediate to short aspect ratio. Observation 
    of many fibers is often necessary to determine whether a sample 
    consists of ``cleavage fragments'' or of asbestos fibers.
        Most cleavage fragments of the asbestos minerals are easily 
    distinguishable from true asbestos fibers. This is because true 
    cleavage fragments usually have larger diameters than 1 m. 
    Internal structure of particles larger than this usually shows them 
    to have no internal fibrillar structure. In addition, cleavage 
    fragments of the monoclinic amphiboles show inclined extinction 
    under crossed polars with no compensator. Asbestos fibers usually 
    show extinction at zero degrees or ambiguous extinction if any at 
    all. Morphologically, the larger cleavage fragments are obvious by 
    their blunt or stepped ends showing prismatic habit. Also, they tend 
    to be acicular rather than filiform.
        Where the particles are less than 1 m in diameter and 
    have an aspect ratio greater than or equal to 3:1, it is recommended 
    that the sample be analyzed by SEM or TEM if there is any question 
    whether the fibers are cleavage fragments or asbestiform particles.
        Care must be taken when analyzing by electron microscopy because 
    the interferences are different from those in light microscopy and 
    may structurally be very similar to asbestos. The classic 
    interference is between anthophyllite and biopyribole or 
    intermediate fiber. Use the same morphological clues for electron 
    microscopy as are used for light microscopy, e.g. fibril splitting, 
    internal longitudinal striation, fraying, curvature, etc.
        (1) Gross examination:
        Examine the sample, preferably in the glass vial. Determine the 
    presence of any obvious fibrous component. Estimate a percentage 
    based on previous experience and current observation. Determine 
    whether any pre- preparation is necessary. Determine the number of 
    phases present. This step may be carried out or augmented by 
    observation at 6 to 40 x  under a stereo microscope.
        (2) After performing any necessary pre-preparation, prepare 
    slides of each phase as described above. Two preparations of the 
    same phase in the same index medium can be made side-by-side on the 
    same glass for convenience. Examine with the polarizing stereo 
    microscope. Estimate the percentage of asbestos based on the amount 
    of birefringent fiber present.
        (3) Examine the slides on the phase-polar microscopes at 
    magnifications of 160 and 400 x . Note the morphology of the fibers. 
    Long, thin, very straight fibers with little curvature are 
    indicative of fibers from the amphibole family. Curved, wavy fibers 
    are usually indicative of chrysotile. Estimate the percentage of 
    asbestos on the phase-polar microscope under conditions of crossed 
    polars and a gypsum plate. Fibers smaller than 1.0 m in 
    thickness must be identified by inference to the presence of larger, 
    identifiable fibers and morphology. If no larger fibers are visible, 
    electron microscopy should be performed. At this point, only a 
    tentative identification can be made. Full identification must be 
    made with dispersion microscopy. Details of the tests are included 
    in the appendices.
        (4) Once fibers have been determined to be present, they must be 
    identified. Adjust the microscope for dispersion mode and observe 
    the fibers. The microscope has a rotating stage, one polarizing 
    element, and a system for generating dark-field dispersion 
    microscopy (see Section 4.6. of this appendix). Align a fiber with 
    its length parallel to the polarizer and note the color of the Becke 
    lines. Rotate the stage to bring the fiber length perpendicular to 
    the polarizer and note the color. Repeat this process for every 
    fiber or fiber bundle examined. The colors must be consistent with 
    the colors generated by standard asbestos reference materials for a 
    positive identification. In n=1.550, amphiboles will generally show 
    a yellow to straw-yellow color indicating that the fiber indices of 
    refraction are higher than the liquid. If long, thin fibers are 
    noted and the colors are yellow, prepare further slides as above in 
    the suggested matching liquids listed below:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Type of asbestos                    Index of refraction   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chrysotile..................................  n=1.550.                  
    Amosite.....................................  n=1.670 r 1.680.          
    Crocidolite.................................  n=1.690.                  
    Anthophyllite...............................  n=1.605 nd 1.620.         
    Tremolite...................................  n=1.605 and 1.620.        
    Actinolite..................................  n=1.620.                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Where more than one liquid is suggested, the first is preferred; 
    however, in some cases this liquid will not give good dispersion 
    color. Take care to avoid interferences in the other liquid; e.g., 
    wollastonite in n=1.620 will give the same colors as tremolite. In 
    n=1.605 wollastonite will appear yellow in all directions. 
    Wollastonite may be determined under crossed polars as it will 
    change from blue to yellow as it is rotated along its fiber axis by 
    tapping on the cover slip. Asbestos minerals will not change in this 
    way.
        Determination of the angle of extinction may, when present, aid 
    in the determination of anthophyllite from tremolite. True asbestos 
    fibers usually have 0 deg. extinction or ambiguous extinction, while 
    cleavage fragments have more definite extinction.
        Continue analysis until both preparations have been examined and 
    all present species of asbestos are identified. If there are no 
    fibers present, or there is less than 0.1% present, end the analysis 
    with the minimum number of slides (2).
        (5) Some fibers have a coating on them which makes dispersion 
    microscopy very difficult or impossible. Becke line analysis or 
    electron microscopy may be performed in those cases. Determine the 
    percentage by light microscopy. TEM analysis tends to overestimate 
    the actual percentage present.
        (6) Percentage determination is an estimate of occluded area, 
    tempered by gross observation. Gross observation information is used 
    to make sure that the high magnification microscopy does not greatly 
    over- or under- estimate the amount of fiber present. This part of 
    the analysis requires a great deal of experience. Satisfactory 
    models for asbestos content analysis have not yet been developed, 
    although some models based on metallurgical grain-size determination 
    have found some utility. Estimation is more easily handled in 
    situations where the grain sizes visible at about 160 x  are about 
    the same and the sample is relatively homogeneous.
        View all of the area under the cover slip to make the percentage 
    determination. View the fields while moving the stage, paying 
    attention to the clumps of material. These are not usually the best 
    areas to perform dispersion microscopy because of the interference 
    from other materials. But, they are the areas most likely to 
    represent the accurate percentage in the sample. Small amounts of 
    asbestos require slower scanning and more frequent analysis of 
    individual fields.
        Report the area occluded by asbestos as the concentration. This 
    estimate does not generally take into consideration the difference 
    in density of the different species present in the sample. For most 
    samples this is adequate. Simulation studies with similar materials 
    must be carried out to apply microvisual estimation for that purpose 
    and is beyond the scope of this procedure.
        (7) Where successive concentrations have been made by chemical 
    or physical means, the amount reported is the percentage of the 
    material in the ``as submitted'' or original state. The percentage 
    determined by microscopy is multiplied by the fractions remaining 
    after pre-preparation steps to give the percentage in the original 
    sample. For example:
    
        Step 1. 60% remains after heating at 550  deg.C for 1 h. Step 2. 
    30% of the residue of step 1 remains after dissolution of carbonate 
    in 0.1 m HCl.
        Step 3. Microvisual estimation determines that 5% of the sample 
    is chrysotile asbestos.
    
        The reported result is:
    
        R=(Microvisual result in percent) x (Fraction remaining after 
    step 2) x (Fraction remaining of original sample after step 1)
        R=(5) x (.30) x (.60)=0.9%
    
        (8) Report the percent and type of asbestos present. For samples 
    where asbestos was identified, but is less than 1.0%, report 
    ``Asbestos present, less than 1.0%.'' There must have been at least 
    two observed fibers or fiber bundles in the two preparations to be 
    reported as present. For samples where asbestos was not seen, report 
    as ``None Detected.''
    
    Auxiliary Information
    
        Because of the subjective nature of asbestos analysis, certain 
    concepts and procedures need to be discussed in more depth. This 
    information will help the analyst understand why some of the 
    procedures are carried out the way they are.
    
    4.1. Light
    
        Light is electromagnetic energy. It travels from its source in 
    packets called quanta. It is instructive to consider light as a 
    plane wave. The light has a direction of travel. Perpendicular to 
    this and mutually perpendicular to each other, are two vector 
    components. One is the magnetic vector and the other is the electric 
    vector. We shall only be concerned with the electric vector. In this 
    description, the interaction of the vector and the mineral will 
    describe all the observable phenomena. From a light source such a 
    microscope illuminator, light travels in all different direction 
    from the filament.
        In any given direction away from the filament, the electric 
    vector is perpendicular to the direction of travel of a light ray. 
    While perpendicular, its orientation is random about the travel 
    axis. If the electric vectors from all the light rays were lined up 
    by passing the light through a filter that would only let light rays 
    with electric vectors oriented in one direction pass, the light 
    would then be POLARIZED.
        Polarized light interacts with matter in the direction of the 
    electric vector. This is the polarization direction. Using this 
    property it is possible to use polarized light to probe different 
    materials and identify them by how they interact with light.
        The speed of light in a vacuum is a constant at about 
    2.99 x 10\8\ m/s. When light travels in different materials such as 
    air, water, minerals or oil, it does not travel at this speed. It 
    travels slower. This slowing is a function of both the material 
    through which the light is traveling and the wavelength or frequency 
    of the light. In general, the more dense the material, the slower 
    the light travels. Also, generally, the higher the frequency, the 
    slower the light will travel. The ratio of the speed of light in a 
    vacuum to that in a material is called the index of refraction (n). 
    It is usually measured at 589 nm (the sodium D line). If white light 
    (light containing all the visible wavelengths) travels through a 
    material, rays of longer wavelengths will travel faster than those 
    of shorter wavelengths, this separation is called dispersion. 
    Dispersion is used as an identifier of materials as described in 
    Section 4.6.
    
    4.2. Material Properties
    
        Materials are either amorphous or crystalline. The difference 
    between these two descriptions depends on the positions of the atoms 
    in them. The atoms in amorphous materials are randomly arranged with 
    no long range order. An example of an amorphous material is glass. 
    The atoms in crystalline materials, on the other hand, are in 
    regular arrays and have long range order. Most of the atoms can be 
    found in highly predictable locations. Examples of crystalline 
    material are salt, gold, and the asbestos minerals.
        It is beyond the scope of this method to describe the different 
    types of crystalline materials that can be found, or the full 
    description of the classes into which they can fall. However, some 
    general crystallography is provided below to give a foundation to 
    the procedures described.
        With the exception of anthophyllite, all the asbestos minerals 
    belong to the monoclinic crystal type. The unit cell is the basic 
    repeating unit of the crystal and for monoclinic crystals can be 
    described as having three unequal sides, two 90 deg. angles and one 
    angle not equal to 90 deg.. The orthorhombic group, of which 
    anthophyllite is a member has three unequal sides and three 90 deg. 
    angles. The unequal sides are a consequence of the complexity of 
    fitting the different atoms into the unit cell. Although the atoms 
    are in a regular array, that array is not symmetrical in all 
    directions. There is long range order in the three major directions 
    of the crystal. However, the order is different in each of the three 
    directions. This has the effect that the index of refraction is 
    different in each of the three directions. Using polarized light, we 
    can investigate the index of refraction in each of the directions 
    and identify the mineral or material under investigation. The 
    indices , , and  are used to identify the 
    lowest, middle, and highest index of refraction respectively. The x 
    direction, associated with  is called the fast axis. 
    Conversely, the z direction is associated with  and is the 
    slow direction. Crocidolite has  along the fiber length 
    making it ``length-fast''. The remainder of the asbestos minerals 
    have the  axis along the fiber length. They are called 
    ``length-slow''. This orientation to fiber length is used to aid in 
    the identification of asbestos.
    
    4.3. Polarized Light Technique
    
        Polarized light microscopy as described in this section uses the 
    phase-polar microscope described in Section 3.2. A phase contrast 
    microscope is fitted with two polarizing elements, one below and one 
    above the sample. The polarizers have their polarization directions 
    at right angles to each other. Depending on the tests performed, 
    there may be a compensator between these two polarizing elements. A 
    compensator is a piece of mineral with known properties that 
    ``compensates'' for some deficiency in the optical train. Light 
    emerging from a polarizing element has its electric vector pointing 
    in the polarization direction of the element. The light will not be 
    subsequently transmitted through a second element set at a right 
    angle to the first element. Unless the light is altered as it passes 
    from one element to the other, there is no transmission of light.
    
    4.4. Angle of Extinction
    
        Crystals which have different crystal regularity in two or three 
    main directions are said to be anisotropic. They have a different 
    index of refraction in each of the main directions. When such a 
    crystal is inserted between the crossed polars, the field of view is 
    no longer dark but shows the crystal in color. The color depends on 
    the properties of the crystal. The light acts as if it travels 
    through the crystal along the optical axes. If a crystal optical 
    axis were lined up along one of the polarizing directions (either 
    the polarizer or the analyzer) the light would appear to travel only 
    in that direction, and it would blink out or go dark. The difference 
    in degrees between the fiber direction and the angle at which it 
    blinks out is called the angle of extinction. When this angle can be 
    measured, it is useful in identifying the mineral. The procedure for 
    measuring the angle of extinction is to first identify the 
    polarization direction in the microscope. A commercial alignment 
    slide can be used to establish the polarization directions or use 
    anthophyllite or another suitable mineral. This mineral has a zero 
    degree angle of extinction and will go dark to extinction as it 
    aligns with the polarization directions. When a fiber of 
    anthophyllite has gone to extinction, align the eyepiece reticle or 
    graticule with the fiber so that there is a visual cue as to the 
    direction of polarization in the field of view. Tape or otherwise 
    secure the eyepiece in this position so it will not shift.
        After the polarization direction has been identified in the 
    field of view, move the particle of interest to the center of the 
    field of view and align it with the polarization direction. For 
    fibers, align the fiber along this direction. Note the angular 
    reading of the rotating stage. Looking at the particle, rotate the 
    stage until the fiber goes dark or ``blinks out''. Again note the 
    reading of the stage. The difference in the first reading and the 
    second is an angle of extinction.
        The angle measured may vary as the orientation of the fiber 
    changes about its long axis. Tables of mineralogical data usually 
    report the maximum angle of extinction. Asbestos forming minerals, 
    when they exhibit an angle of extinction, usually do show an angle 
    of extinction close to the reported maximum, or as appropriate 
    depending on the substitution chemistry.
    
    4.5. Crossed Polars with Compensator
    
        When the optical axes of a crystal are not lined up along one of 
    the polarizing directions (either the polarizer or the analyzer) 
    part of the light travels along one axis and part travels along the 
    other visible axis. This is characteristic of birefringent 
    materials.
        The color depends on the difference of the two visible indices 
    of refraction and the thickness of the crystal. The maximum 
    difference available is the difference between the  and the 
     axes. This maximum difference is usually tabulated as the 
    birefringence of the crystal.
        For this test, align the fiber at 45 deg. to the polarization 
    directions in order to maximize the contribution to each of the 
    optical axes. The colors seen are called retardation colors. They 
    arise from the recombination of light which has traveled through the 
    two separate directions of the crystal. One of the rays is retarded 
    behind the other since the light in that direction travels slower. 
    On recombination, some of the colors which make up white light are 
    enhanced by constructive interference and some are suppressed by 
    destructive interference. The result is a color dependent on the 
    difference between the indices and the thickness of the crystal. The 
    proper colors, thicknesses, and retardations are shown on a Michel-
    Levy chart. The three items, retardation, thickness and 
    birefringence are related by the following relationship:
    
    R=t(n--n)
    R=retardation, t=crystal thickness in m, and
    n,=indices of refraction.
    
        Examination of the equation for asbestos minerals reveals that 
    the visible colors for almost all common asbestos minerals and fiber 
    sizes are shades of gray and black. The eye is relatively poor at 
    discriminating different shades of gray. It is very good at 
    discriminating different colors. In order to compensate for the low 
    retardation, a compensator is added to the light train between the 
    polarization elements. The compensator used for this test is a 
    gypsum plate of known thickness and birefringence. Such a 
    compensator when oriented at 45 deg. to the polarizer direction, 
    provides a retardation of 530 nm of the 530 nm wavelength color. 
    This enhances the red color and gives the background a 
    characteristic red to red-magenta color. If this ``full-wave'' 
    compensator is in place when the asbestos preparation is inserted 
    into the light train, the colors seen on the fibers are quite 
    different. Gypsum, like asbestos has a fast axis and a slow axis. 
    When a fiber is aligned with its fast axis in the same direction as 
    the fast axis of the gypsum plate, the ray vibrating in the slow 
    direction is retarded by both the asbestos and the gypsum. This 
    results in a higher retardation than would be present for either of 
    the two minerals. The color seen is a second order blue. When the 
    fiber is rotated 90 deg. using the rotating stage, the slow 
    direction of the fiber is now aligned with the fast direction of the 
    gypsum and the fast direction of the fiber is aligned with the slow 
    direction of the gypsum. Thus, one ray vibrates faster in the fast 
    direction of the gypsum, and slower in the slow direction of the 
    fiber; the other ray will vibrate slower in the slow direction of 
    the gypsum and faster in the fast direction of the fiber. In this 
    case, the effect is subtractive and the color seen is a first order 
    yellow. As long as the fiber thickness does not add appreciably to 
    the color, the same basic colors will be seen for all asbestos types 
    except crocidolite. In crocidolite the colors will be weaker, may be 
    in the opposite directions, and will be altered by the blue 
    absorption color natural to crocidolite. Hundreds of other materials 
    will give the same colors as asbestos, and therefore, this test is 
    not definitive for asbestos. The test is useful in discriminating 
    against fiberglass or other amorphous fibers such as some synthetic 
    fibers. Certain synthetic fibers will show retardation colors 
    different than asbestos; however, there are some forms of 
    polyethylene and aramid which will show morphology and retardation 
    colors similar to asbestos minerals. This test must be supplemented 
    with a positive identification test when birefringent fibers are 
    present which can not be excluded by morphology. This test is 
    relatively ineffective for use on fibers less than 1 m in 
    diameter. For positive confirmation TEM or SEM should be used if no 
    larger bundles or fibers are visible.
    
    4.6. Dispersion Staining
    
        Dispersion microscopy or dispersion staining is the method of 
    choice for the identification of asbestos in bulk materials. Becke 
    line analysis is used by some laboratories and yields the same 
    results as does dispersion staining for asbestos and can be used in 
    lieu of dispersion staining. Dispersion staining is performed on the 
    same platform as the phase-polar analysis with the analyzer and 
    compensator removed. One polarizing element remains to define the 
    direction of the light so that the different indices of refraction 
    of the fibers may be separately determined. Dispersion microscopy is 
    a dark-field technique when used for asbestos. Particles are imaged 
    with scattered light. Light which is unscattered is blocked from 
    reaching the eye either by the back field image mask in a McCrone 
    objective or a back field image mask in the phase condenser. The 
    most convenient method is to use the rotating phase condenser to 
    move an oversized phase ring into place. The ideal size for this 
    ring is for the central disk to be just larger than the objective 
    entry aperture as viewed in the back focal plane. The larger the 
    disk, the less scattered light reaches the eye. This will have the 
    effect of diminishing the intensity of dispersion color and will 
    shift the actual color seen. The colors seen vary even on 
    microscopes from the same manufacturer. This is due to the different 
    bands of wavelength exclusion by different mask sizes. The mask may 
    either reside in the condenser or in the objective back focal plane. 
    It is imperative that the analyst determine by experimentation with 
    asbestos standards what the appropriate colors should be for each 
    asbestos type. The colors depend also on the temperature of the 
    preparation and the exact chemistry of the asbestos. Therefore, some 
    slight differences from the standards should be allowed. This is not 
    a serious problem for commercial asbestos uses. This technique is 
    used for identification of the indices of refraction for fibers by 
    recognition of color. There is no direct numerical readout of the 
    index of refraction. Correlation of color to actual index of 
    refraction is possible by referral to published conversion tables. 
    This is not necessary for the analysis of asbestos. Recognition of 
    appropriate colors along with the proper morphology are deemed 
    sufficient to identify the commercial asbestos minerals. Other 
    techniques including SEM, TEM, and XRD may be required to provide 
    additional information in order to identify other types of asbestos.
        Make a preparation in the suspected matching high dispersion 
    oil, e.g., n=1.550 for chrysotile. Perform the preliminary tests to 
    determine whether the fibers are birefringent or not. Take note of 
    the morphological character. Wavy fibers are indicative of 
    chrysotile while long, straight, thin, frayed fibers are indicative 
    of amphibole asbestos. This can aid in the selection of the 
    appropriate matching oil. The microscope is set up and the 
    polarization direction is noted as in Section 4.4. Align a fiber 
    with the polarization direction. Note the color. This is the color 
    parallel to the polarizer. Then rotate the fiber rotating the stage 
    90 deg. so that the polarization direction is across the fiber. This 
    is the perpendicular position. Again note the color. Both colors 
    must be consistent with standard asbestos minerals in the correct 
    direction for a positive identification of asbestos. If only one of 
    the colors is correct while the other is not, the identification is 
    not positive. If the colors in both directions are bluish-white, the 
    analyst has chosen a matching index oil which is higher than the 
    correct matching oil, e.g. the analyst has used n=1.620 where 
    chrysotile is present. The next lower oil (Section 3.5.) should be 
    used to prepare another specimen. If the color in both directions is 
    yellow-white to straw-yellow-white, this indicates that the index of 
    the oil is lower than the index of the fiber, e.g. the preparation 
    is in n=1.550 while anthophyllite is present. Select the next higher 
    oil (Section 3.5.) and prepare another slide. Continue in this 
    fashion until a positive identification of all asbestos species 
    present has been made or all possible asbestos species have been 
    ruled out by negative results in this test. Certain plant fibers can 
    have similar dispersion colors as asbestos. Take care to note and 
    evaluate the morphology of the fibers or remove the plant fibers in 
    pre- preparation. Coating material on the fibers such as carbonate 
    or vinyl may destroy the dispersion color. Usually, there will be 
    some outcropping of fiber which will show the colors sufficient for 
    identification. When this is not the case, treat the sample as 
    described in Section 3.3. and then perform dispersion staining. Some 
    samples will yield to Becke line analysis if they are coated or 
    electron microscopy can be used for identification.
    
    5. References
    
        5.1. Crane, D.T., Asbestos in Air, OSHA method ID160, Revised 
    November 1992.
        5.2. Ford, W.E., Dana's Textbook of Mineralogy; Fourth Ed.; John 
    Wiley and Son, New York, 1950, p. vii.
        5.3. Selikoff,.I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic 
    Press, New York, 1978, pp. 3,20.
        5.4. Women Inspectors of Factories. Annual Report for 1898, H.M. 
    Statistical Office, London, p. 170 (1898).
        5.5. Selikoff, I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic 
    Press, New York, 1978, pp. 26,30.
        5.6. Campbell, W.J., et al, Selected Silicate Minerals and Their 
    Asbestiform Varieties, United States Department of the Interior, 
    Bureau of Mines, Information Circular 8751, 1977.
        5.7. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 
    29 CFR 1926.58.
        5.8. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants; 
    Asbestos NESHAP Revision, Federal Register, Vol. 55, No. 224, 20 
    November 1990, p. 48410.
        5.9. Ross, M. The Asbestos Minerals: Definitions, Description, 
    Modes of Formation, Physical and Chemical Properties and Health Risk 
    to the Mining Community, Nation Bureau of Standards Special 
    Publication, Washington, D.C., 1977.
        5.10. Lilis, R., Fibrous Zeolites and Endemic Mesothelioma in 
    Cappadocia, Turkey, J. Occ Medicine, 1981, 23,(8),548-550.
        5.11. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos--1972, U.S. Department 
    of Health, Education and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for 
    Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and 
    Health, HSM-72-10267.
        5.12. Campbell, W.J., et al, Relationship of Mineral Habit to 
    Size Characteristics for Tremolite Fragments and Fibers, United 
    States Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, Information 
    Circular 8367, 1979.
        5.13. Mefford, D., DCM Laboratory, Denver, private 
    communication, July 1987.
        5.14. Deer, W.A., Howie, R.A., Zussman, J., Rock Forming 
    Minerals, Longman, Thetford, UK, 1974.
        5.15. Kerr, P.F., Optical Mineralogy; Third Ed. McGraw-Hill, New 
    York, 1959.
        5.16. Veblen, D.R. (Ed.), Amphiboles and Other Hydrous 
    Pyriboles--Mineralogy, Reviews in Mineralogy, Vol 9A, Michigan, 
    1982, pp 1-102.
        5.17. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in the 
    Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz, ACS Symposium Series, No. 120, 
    Analytical Techniques in Occupational Health Chemistry, 1979.
        5.18. Polarized Light Microscopy, McCrone Research Institute, 
    Chicago, 1976.
        5.19. Asbestos Identification, McCrone Research Institute, G & G 
    printers, Chicago, 1987.
        5.20. McCrone, W.C., Calculation of Refractive Indices from 
    Dispersion Staining Data, The Microscope, No 37, Chicago, 1989.
        5.21. Levadie, B. (Ed.), Asbestos and Other Health Related 
    Silicates, ASTM Technical Publication 834, ASTM, Philadelphia 1982.
        5.22. Steel, E. and Wylie, A., Riordan, P.H. (Ed.), 
    Mineralogical Characteristics of Asbestos, Geology of Asbestos 
    Deposits, pp. 93-101, SME-AIME, 1981.
        5.23. Zussman, J., The Mineralogy of Asbestos, Asbestos: 
    Properties, Applications and Hazards, pp. 45-67 Wiley, 1979.
    Shipyards
    
    PART 1915--[AMENDED]
    
        1. The authority citation of 29 CFR part 1915 continues to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: Sec. 41, Longshore and Harbor Workers Compensation 
    Act (33 U.S.C. 941); secs. 4, 6, 8, Occupational Safety and Health 
    Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); sec. 4 of the Administrative 
    Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553); Secretary of Labor's Order No. 12-71 
    (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR 35736) or 1-90 (55 FR 9033), as 
    applicable; 29 CFR part 1911.
    
        2. Section 1915.1001 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 1915.1001  Asbestos.
    
        (a) Scope and application. This section regulates asbestos exposure 
    in all shipyard employment work as defined in 29 CFR 1915, including 
    but not limited to the following:
        (1) Demolition or salvage of structures, vessels, and vessel 
    sections where asbestos is present;
        (2) Removal or encapsulation of materials containing asbestos;
        (3) Construction, alteration, repair, maintenance, or renovation of 
    vessels, vessel sections, structures, substrates, or portions thereof, 
    that contain asbestos;
        (4) Installation of products containing asbestos;
        (5) Asbestos spill/emergency cleanup; and
        (6) Transportation, disposal, storage, containment of and 
    housekeeping activities involving asbestos or products containing 
    asbestos, on the site or location at which construction activities are 
    performed.
        (7) Coverage under this standard shall be based on the nature of 
    the work operation involving asbestos exposure.
        (b) Definitions.
        Aggressive method means removal or disturbance of building/vessel 
    materials by sanding, abrading, grinding, or other method that breaks, 
    crumbles, or otherwise disintegrates intact ACM.
        Amended water means water to which surfactant (wetting agent) has 
    been added to increase the ability of the liquid to penetrate ACM.
        Asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite 
    asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these 
    minerals that has been chemically treated and/or altered. For purposes 
    of this standard, ``asbestos'' includes PACM, as defined below.
        Asbestos-containing material, (ACM) means any material containing 
    more than one percent asbestos.
        Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
    Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
        Authorized person means any person authorized by the employer and 
    required by work duties to be present in regulated areas.
        Building/facility owner is the legal entity, including a lessee, 
    which exercises control over management and record keeping functions 
    relating to a building and/or facility in which activities covered by 
    this standard take place.
        Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) means one certified in the 
    comprehensive practice of industrial hygiene by the American Board of 
    Industrial Hygiene.
        Class I asbestos work means activities involving the removal of 
    thermal system insulation or surfacing ACM/PACM.
        Class II asbestos work means activities involving the removal of 
    ACM which is neither TSI or surfacing ACM. This includes, but is not 
    limited to, the removal of asbestos-containing wallboard, floor tile 
    and sheeting, roofing and siding shingles, and construction mastics.
        Class III asbestos work means repair and maintenance operations, 
    where ``ACM'', including TSI and surfacing ACM and PACM, may be 
    disturbed.
        Class IV asbestos work means maintenance and custodial activities 
    during which employees contact ACM and PACM and activities to clean up 
    waste and debris containing ACM and PACM.
        Clean room means an uncontaminated room having facilities for the 
    storage of employees' street clothing and uncontaminated materials and 
    equipment.
        Closely resemble means that the major workplace conditions which 
    have contributed to the levels of historic asbestos exposure, are no 
    more protective than conditions of the current workplace.
        Competent person see ``Qualified person''
        Critical barrier means one or more layers of plastic sealed over 
    all openings into a work area or any other physical barrier sufficient 
    to prevent airborne asbestos in a work area from migrating to an 
    adjacent area.
        Decontamination area means an enclosed area adjacent and connected 
    to the regulated area and consisting of an equipment room, shower area, 
    and clean room, which is used for the decontamination of workers, 
    materials, and equipment that are contaminated with asbestos.
        Demolition means the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting 
    structural member and any related razing, removing, or stripping of 
    asbestos products.
        Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or 
    designee.
        Disturbance means contact which releases fibers from ACM or PACM or 
    debris containing ACM or PACM. This term includes activities that 
    disrupt the matrix of ACM or PACM, render ACM or PACM friable, or 
    generate visible debris. Disturbance includes cutting away small 
    amounts of ACM and PACM, no greater than the amount which can be 
    contained in one standard sized glove bag or waste bag, in order to 
    access a building or vessel component. In no event shall the amount of 
    ACM or PACM so disturbed exceed that which can be contained in one 
    glove bag or waste bag which shall not exceed 60 inches in length and 
    width.
        Employee exposure means that exposure to airborne asbestos that 
    would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective 
    equipment.
        Equipment room (change room) means a contaminated room located 
    within the decontamination area that is supplied with impermeable bags 
    or containers for the disposal of contaminated protective clothing and 
    equipment.
        Fiber means a particulate form of asbestos, 5 micrometers or 
    longer, with a length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1.
        Glovebag means an impervious plastic bag-like enclosure affixed 
    around an asbestos-containing material, with glove-like appendages 
    through which material and tools may be handled.
        High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter 
    capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent of all mono-
    dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter.
        Homogeneous area means an area of surfacing material or thermal 
    system insulation that is uniform in color and texture.
        Industrial hygienist means a professional qualified by education, 
    training, and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop 
    controls for occupational health hazards.
        Intact means that the ACM has not crumbled, been pulverized, or 
    otherwise deteriorated so that it is no longer likely to be bound with 
    its matrix.
        Modification for purposes of paragraph (g)(6)(2), means a changed 
    or altered procedure, material or component of a control system, which 
    replaces a procedure, material or component of a required system. 
    Omitting a procedure or component, or reducing or diminishing the 
    stringency or strength of a material or component of the control system 
    is not a ``modification'' for purposes of paragraph (g)(6)(ii) of this 
    section.
        Negative Initial Exposure Assessment means a demonstration by the 
    employer, which complies with the criteria in paragraph (f)(iii) of 
    this section, that employee exposure during an operation is expected to 
    be consistently below the PELs.
        PACM means ``presumed asbestos containing material''.
        Presumed Asbestos Containing Material means thermal system 
    insulation and surfacing material found in buildings, vessels, and 
    vessel sections constructed no later than 1980. The designation of a 
    material as ``PACM'' may be rebutted pursuant to paragraph (k)(4) of 
    this section.
        Project Designer means a person who has successfully completed the 
    training requirements for an abatement project designer established by 
    40 U.S.C. Sec. 763.90(g).
        Qualified person means, in addition to the definition in 29 CFR 
    1926.32(f), one who is capable of identifying existing asbestos hazards 
    in the workplace and selecting the appropriate control strategy for 
    asbestos exposure, who has the authority to take prompt corrective 
    measures to eliminate them, as specified in 29 CFR 1926.32(f); in 
    addition, for Class I, II, III, and IV work, who is specially trained 
    in a training course which meet the criteria of EPA's Model 
    Accreditation Plan (40 CFR Part 763) for project designer or 
    supervisor, or its equivalent.
        Regulated area means an area established by the employer to 
    demarcate areas where Class I, II, and III asbestos work is conducted, 
    and any adjoining area where debris and waste from such asbestos work 
    accumulate; and a work area within which airborne concentrations of 
    asbestos, exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed the 
    permissible exposure limit. Requirements for regulated areas are set 
    out in paragraph (e)(6) of this section.
        Removal means all operations where ACM and/or PACM is taken out or 
    stripped from structures or substrates, and includes demolition 
    operations.
        Renovation means the modifying of any existing vessel, vessel 
    section, structure, or portion thereof.
        Repair means overhauling, rebuilding, reconstructing, or 
    reconditioning of vessels, vessel sections, structures or substrates, 
    including encapsulation or other repair of ACM or PACM attached to 
    structures or substrates.
        Surfacing material means material that is sprayed, troweled-on or 
    otherwise applied to surfaces (such as acoustical plaster on ceilings 
    and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on 
    surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes).
        Surfacing ACM means surfacing material which contains more than 1% 
    asbestos.
        Thermal system insulation (TSI) means ACM applied to pipes, 
    fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts or other structural 
    components to prevent heat loss or gain.
        Thermal system insulation ACM is thermal system insulation which 
    contains more than 1% asbestos.
        (c) Permissible exposure limits (PELS)--(1) Time-weighted average 
    limit (TWA). The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to 
    an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic 
    centimeter of air as an eight (8) hour time-weighted average (TWA), as 
    determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A of this section, or 
    by an equivalent method.
        (2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure that no employee is 
    exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 1.0 fiber 
    per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a sampling period 
    of thirty (30) minutes, as determined by the method prescribed in 
    Appendix A of this section, or by an equivalent method.
        (d) Multi-employer worksites. (1) On multi-employer worksites, an 
    employer performing work requiring the establishment of a regulated 
    area shall inform other employers on the site of the nature of the 
    employer's work with asbestos and/or PACM, of the existence of and 
    requirements pertaining to regulated areas, and the measures taken to 
    ensure that employees of such other employers are not exposed to 
    asbestos.
        (2) Asbestos hazards at a multi-employer work site shall be abated 
    by the contractor who created or controls the source of asbestos 
    contamination. For example, if there is a significant breach of an 
    enclosure containing Class I work, the employer responsible for 
    erecting the enclosure shall repair the breach immediately.
        (3) In addition, all employers of employees exposed to asbestos 
    hazards shall comply with applicable protective provisions to protect 
    their employees. For example, if employees working immediately adjacent 
    to a Class I asbestos job are exposed to asbestos due to the inadequate 
    containment of such job, their employer shall either remove the 
    employees from the area until the enclosure breach is repaired; or 
    perform an initial exposure assessment pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of 
    this section.
        (4) All employers of employees working adjacent to regulated areas 
    established by another employer on a multi-employer work- site, shall 
    take steps on a daily basis to ascertain the integrity of the enclosure 
    and/or the effectiveness of the control method relied on by the primary 
    asbestos contractor to assure that asbestos fibers do not migrate to 
    such adjacent areas.
        (5) All general contractors on a shipyard project which includes 
    work covered by this standard shall be deemed to exercise general 
    supervisory authority over the work covered by this standard, even 
    though the general contractor is not qualified to serve as the asbestos 
    ``qualified person'' as defined by paragraph (b) of this section. As 
    supervisor of the entire project, the general contractor shall 
    ascertain whether the asbestos contractor is in compliance with this 
    standard, and shall require such contractor to come into compliance 
    with this standard when necessary.
        (e) Regulated areas (1) All Class I, II and III asbestos work shall 
    be conducted within regulated areas. All other operations covered by 
    this standard shall be conducted within a regulated area where airborne 
    concentrations of asbestos exceed, or there is a reasonable possibility 
    they may exceed a PEL. Regulated areas shall comply with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (e) (2), (3), (4) and (5) of this section.
        (2) Demarcation. The regulated area shall be demarcated in any 
    manner that minimizes the number of persons within the area and 
    protects persons outside the area from exposure to airborne 
    concentrations of asbestos. Where critical barriers or negative 
    pressure enclosures are used, they may demarcate the regulated area. 
    Signs shall be provided and displayed pursuant to the requirements of 
    paragraph (k)(6) of this section.
        (3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to 
    authorized persons and to persons authorized by the Act or regulations 
    issued pursuant thereto.
        (4) Respirators. All persons entering a regulated area where 
    employees are required pursuant to paragraph (h)(2) of this section to 
    wear respirators shall be supplied with a respirator selected in 
    accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
        (5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that employees 
    do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in 
    the regulated area.
        (6) Qualified Persons. The employer shall ensure that all asbestos 
    work performed within regulated areas is supervised by a qualified 
    person, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section. The duties of the 
    qualified person are set out in paragraph (o) of this section.
        (f) Exposure assessments and monitoring--(1) General monitoring 
    criteria. (i) Each employer who has a workplace of work operation where 
    exposure monitoring is required under this section shall perform 
    monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of 
    asbestos to which employees may be exposed.
        (ii) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from 
    breathing zone air samples that are representative of the 8-hour TWA 
    and 30-minute short-term exposures of each employee.
        (iii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be 
    determined on the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift 
    exposure for employees in each work area. Representative 30-minute 
    short-term employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one 
    or more samples representing 30 minute exposures associated with 
    operations that are most likely to produce exposures above the 
    excursion limit for employees in each work area.
        (2) Initial Exposure Assessment. (i) Each employer who has a 
    workplace or work operation covered by this standard shall ensure that 
    a ``qualified person'' conducts an exposure assessment immediately 
    before or at the initiation of the operation to ascertain expected 
    exposures during that operation or workplace. The assessment must be 
    completed in time to comply with requirements which are triggered by 
    exposure data or the lack of a ``negative exposure assessment,'' and to 
    provide information necessary to assure that all control systems 
    planned are appropriate for that operation and will work properly.
        (ii) Basis of Initial Exposure Assessment: The initial exposure 
    assessment shall be based on data derived from the following sources:
        (A) If feasible, the employer shall monitor employees and base the 
    exposure assessment on the results of exposure monitoring which is 
    conducted pursuant to the criteria in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this 
    section.
        (B) In addition, the assessment shall include consideration of all 
    observations, information or calculations which indicate employee 
    exposure to asbestos, including any previous monitoring conducted in 
    the workplace, or of the operations of the employer which indicate the 
    levels of airborne asbestos likely to be encountered on the job. 
    However, the assessment may conclude that exposures are likely to be 
    consistently below the PELs only as a conclusion of a ``negative 
    exposure assessment'' conducted pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of 
    this section.
        (C) For Class I asbestos work, until the employer conducts exposure 
    monitoring and documents that employees on that job will not be exposed 
    in excess of the PELs, or otherwise makes a negative exposure 
    assessment pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, the 
    employer shall presume that employees are exposed in excess of the TWA 
    and excursion limit.
        (iii) Negative Initial Exposure Assessment: For any one specific 
    asbestos job which will be performed by employees who have been trained 
    in compliance with the standard, the employer may demonstrate that 
    employee exposures will be below the PELs by data which conform to the 
    following criteria;
        (A) Objective data demonstrating that the product or material 
    containing asbestos minerals or the activity involving such product or 
    material cannot release airborne fibers in concentrations exceeding the 
    TWA and excursion limit under those work conditions having the greatest 
    potential for releasing asbestos; or
        (B) Where the employer has monitored prior asbestos jobs for the 
    PEL and the excursion limit within 12 months of the current or 
    projected job, the monitoring and analysis were performed in compliance 
    with the asbestos standard in effect; and the data were obtained during 
    work operations conducted under workplace conditions ``closely 
    resembling'' the processes, type of material, control methods, work 
    practices, and environmental conditions used and prevailing in the 
    employer's current operations, the operations were conducted by 
    employees whose training and experience are no more extensive than that 
    of employees performing the current job, and these data show that under 
    the conditions prevailing and which will prevail in the current 
    workplace there is a high degree of certainty that employee exposures 
    will not exceed the TWA and excursion limit; or
        (C) The results of initial exposure monitoring of the current job 
    made from breathing zone air samples that are representative of the 8-
    hour TWA and 30-minute short-term exposures of each employee covering 
    operations which are most likely during the performance of the entire 
    asbestos job to result in exposures over the PELs.
        (3) Periodic monitoring. (i) Class I and II operations. The 
    employer shall conduct daily monitoring that is representative of the 
    exposure of each employee who is assigned to work within a regulated 
    area who is performing Class I or II work, unless the employer pursuant 
    to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, has made a negative exposure 
    assessment for the entire operation.
        (ii) All operations under the standard other than Class I and II 
    operations. The employer shall conduct periodic monitoring of all work 
    where exposures are expected to exceed a PEL, at intervals sufficient 
    to document the validity of the exposure prediction.
        (iii) Exception: When all employees required to be monitored daily 
    are equipped with supplied-air respirators operated in the positive-
    pressure mode, the employer may dispense with the daily monitoring 
    required by this paragraph. However, employees performing Class I work 
    using a control method which is not listed in paragraph (g)(4) (i), 
    (ii), or (iii) of this section or using a modification of a listed 
    control method, shall continue to be monitored daily even if they are 
    equipped with supplied-air respirators.
        (4)(i) Termination of monitoring. If the periodic monitoring 
    required by paragraph (f)(3) of this section reveals that employee 
    exposures, as indicated by statistically reliable measurement, are 
    below the permissible exposure limit and excursion limit the employer 
    may discontinue monitoring for those employees whose exposures are 
    represented by such monitoring.
        (ii) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the provisions of 
    paragraph (f) (2) and (3), and (f)(4) of this section, the employer 
    shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraph (f)(3) 
    of this section whenever there has been a change in process, control 
    equipment, personnel or work practices that may result in new or 
    additional exposures above the permissible exposure limit and/or 
    excursion limit or when the employer has any reason to suspect that a 
    change may result in new or additional exposures above the permissible 
    exposure limit and/or excursion limit. Such additional monitoring is 
    required regardless of whether a ``negative exposure assessment'' was 
    previously produced for a specific job.
        (5) Observation of monitoring. (i) The employer shall provide 
    affected employees and their designated representatives an opportunity 
    to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to asbestos conducted in 
    accordance with this section.
        (ii) When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to 
    asbestos requires entry into an area where the use of protective 
    clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be provided with 
    and be required to use such clothing and equipment and shall comply 
    with all other applicable safety and health procedures.
        (g) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering controls and work 
    practices for all operations covered by this section. The employer 
    shall use the following engineering controls and work practices in all 
    operations covered by this section, regardless of the levels of 
    exposure:
        (i) Vacuum cleaners equipped with HEPA filters to collect all 
    debris and dust containing ACM or PACM; and,
        (ii) Wet methods, or wetting agents, to control employee exposures 
    during asbestos handling, mixing, removal, cutting, application, and 
    cleanup, except where employers demonstrate that the use of wet methods 
    is infeasible due to for example, the creation of electrical hazards, 
    equipment malfunction, and, in roofing, slipping hazards; and
        (iii) Prompt clean-up and disposal of wastes and debris 
    contaminated with asbestos in leak-tight containers.
        (2) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this 
    section above, the employer shall use the following control methods to 
    achieve compliance with the TWA permissible exposure limit and 
    excursion limit prescribed by paragraph (c) of this section;
        (i) Local exhaust ventilation equipped with HEPA filter dust 
    collection systems;
        (ii) Enclosure or isolation of processes producing asbestos dust;
        (iii) Ventilation of the regulated area to move contaminated air 
    away from the breathing zone of employees and toward a filtration or 
    collection device equipped with a HEPA filter;
        (iv) Use of other work practices and engineering controls that the 
    Assistant Secretary can show to be feasible.
        (v) Wherever the feasible engineering and work practice controls 
    described above are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or 
    below the permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit prescribed 
    in paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall use them to reduce 
    employee exposure to the lowest levels attainable by these controls and 
    shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that 
    complies with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
        (3) Prohibitions. The following work practices and engineering 
    controls shall not be used for work related to asbestos or for work 
    which disturbs ACM or PACM, regardless of measured levels of asbestos 
    exposure or the results of initial exposure assessments:
        (i) High-speed abrasive disc saws that are not equipped with point 
    of cut ventilator or enclosures with HEPA filtered exhaust air.
        (ii) Compressed air used to remove asbestos, or materials 
    containing asbestos, unless the compressed air is used in conjunction 
    with an enclosed ventilation system designed to capture the dust cloud 
    created by the compressed air.
        (iii) Dry sweeping, shoveling or other dry clean-up of dust and 
    debris containing ACM and PACM.
        (iv) Employee rotation as a means of reducing employee exposure to 
    asbestos.
        (4) Class I Requirements. In addition to the provisions of 
    paragraphs (g) (1) and (2) of this section, the following engineering 
    controls and work practices and procedures shall be used.
        (i) All Class I work, including the installation and operation of 
    the control system shall be supervised by a qualified person as defined 
    in paragraph (b) of this section;
        (ii) For all Class I jobs involving the removal of more than 25 
    linear or 10 square feet of TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM; for all other 
    Class I jobs, where the employer cannot produce a negative exposure 
    assessment pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, or where 
    employees are working in areas adjacent to the regulated area, while 
    the Class I work is being performed, the employer shall use one of the 
    following methods to ensure that airborne asbestos does not migrate 
    from the regulated area:
        (A) Critical barriers shall be placed over all openings to the 
    regulated area: or
        (B) The employer shall use another barrier or isolation method 
    which prevents the migration of airborne asbestos from the regulated 
    area, as verified by perimeter area surveillance during each work shift 
    at each boundary of the regulated area, showing no visible asbestos 
    dust; and perimeter area monitoring showing that clearance levels 
    contained in 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E of the EPA Asbestos in Schools 
    Rule are met, or that perimeter area levels, measured by (PCM) are no 
    more than background levels representing the same area before the 
    asbestos work began. The results of such monitoring shall be made known 
    to the employer no later than 24 hours from the end of the work shift 
    represented by such monitoring.
        (iii) For all Class I jobs, HVAC systems shall be isolated in the 
    regulated area by sealing with a double layer of 6 mil plastic or the 
    equivalent;
        (iv) For all Class I jobs, impermeable dropcloths shall be placed 
    on surfaces beneath all removal activity;
        (v) For all Class I jobs, all objects within the regulated area 
    shall be covered with impermeable dropcloths or plastic sheeting which 
    is secured by duct tape or an equivalent.
        (vi) For all Class I jobs where the employer cannot produce a 
    negative exposure assessment or where exposure monitoring shows the 
    PELs are exceeded, the employer shall ventilate the regulated area to 
    move contaminated air away from the breathing zone of employees toward 
    a HEPA filtration or collection device.
        (5) Specific Control Systems for Class I Work. In addition, Class I 
    asbestos work shall be performed using one or more of the following 
    control methods pursuant to the limitations stated below:
        (i) Negative Pressure Enclosure (NPE) systems: NPE systems shall be 
    used where the configuration of the work area does not make the 
    erection of the enclosure infeasible, with the following specifications 
    and work practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) The negative pressure enclosure (NPE) may be of any 
    configuration,
        (2) At least 4 air changes per hour shall be maintained in the NPE,
        (3) A minimum of -0.02 column inches of water pressure 
    differential, relative to outside pressure, shall be maintained within 
    the NPE as evidenced by manometric measurements,
        (4) The NPE shall be kept under negative pressure throughout the 
    period of its use, and
        (5) Air movement shall be directed away from employees performing 
    asbestos work within the enclosure, and toward a HEPA filtration or a 
    collection device.
        (B) Work Practices:
        (1) Before beginning work within the enclosure and at the beginning 
    of each shift, the NPE shall inspected for breaches and smoke-tested 
    for leaks, and any leaks sealed.
        (2) Electrical circuits in the enclosure shall be deactivated, 
    unless equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters.
        (ii) Glove bag systems, shall be used to remove PACM and/or ACM 
    from straight runs of piping with the following specifications and work 
    practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) Glovebags shall be made of 6 mil thick plastic and shall be 
    seamless at the bottom.
        (2) [Reserved]
        (B) Work Practices:
        (1) Each glovebag shall be installed so that it completely covers 
    the circumference of pipe or other structure where the work is to be 
    done.
        (2) Glovebags shall be smoke-tested for leaks and any leaks sealed 
    prior to use.
        (3) Glovebags may be used only once and may not be moved.
        (4) Glovebags shall not be used on surfaces whose temperature 
    exceeds 150 deg..
        (5) Prior to disposal, glovebags shall be collapsed by removing air 
    within them using a HEPA vacuum.
        (6) Before beginning the operation, loose and friable material 
    adjacent to the glovebag/box operation shall be wrapped and sealed in 
    two layers of six mil plastic or otherwise rendered intact.
        (7) Where system uses attached waste bag, such bag shall be 
    connected to collection bag using hose or other material which shall 
    withstand pressure of ACM waste and water without losing its integrity:
        (8) Sliding valve or other device shall separate waste bag from 
    hose to ensure no exposure when waste bag is disconnected:
        (9) At least two persons shall perform Class I glovebag removals.
        (iii) Negative Pressure Glove Bag Systems. Negative pressure glove 
    bag systems shall be used to remove ACM or PACM from piping.
        (A) Specifications: In addition to specifications for glove bags 
    systems above, negative pressure glove bag systems shall attach HEPA 
    vacuum system or other device to bag to prevent collapse during 
    removal.
        (B) Work Practices:
        (1) The employer shall comply with the work practices for glove bag 
    systems in paragraph (g)(5)(ii)(B)(2) of this section,
        (2) The HEPA vacuum cleaner or other device used to prevent 
    collapse of bag during removal shall run continually during the 
    operation.
        (3) Where a separate waste bag is used along with a collection bag 
    and discarded after one use, the collection bag may be reused if rinsed 
    clean with amended water before reuse.
        (iv) Negative Pressure Glove Box systems: Negative pressure glove 
    boxes shall be used to remove ACM or PACM from pipe runs with the 
    following specifications and work practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) Glove boxes shall be constructed with rigid sides and made from 
    metal or other material which can withstand the weight of the ACM and 
    PACM and water used during removal:
        (2) A negative pressure generator shall be used to create negative 
    pressure in system:
        (3) An air filtration unit shall be attached to the box:
        (4) The box shall be fitted with gloved apertures:
        (5) An aperture at the base of the box shall serve as a bagging 
    outlet for waste ACM and water:
        (6) A back-up generator shall be present on site:
        (7) Waste bags shall consist of 6 mil thick plastic double-bagged 
    before they are filled or plastic thicker than 6 mil.
        (B) Work practices:
        (1) At least two persons shall perform the removal:
        (2) The box shall be smoke tested prior to each use:
        (3) Loose or damaged ACM adjacent to the box shall be wrapped and 
    sealed in two layers of 6 mil plastic prior to the job, or otherwise 
    made intact prior to the job.
        (4) A HEPA filtration system shall be used to maintain pressure 
    barrier in box.
        (v) Water Spray Process System: A water spray process system may be 
    used for removal of ACM and PACM from cold line piping if, employees 
    carrying out such process have completed a 40-hour separate training 
    course in its use, in addition to training required for employees 
    performing Class I work. The system shall meet the following 
    specifications and shall be performed by employees using the following 
    work practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) Piping from which insulation will be removed shall be 
    surrounded on 3 sides by rigid framing,
        (2) A 360 degree water spray, delivered through nozzles supplied by 
    a high pressure separate water line, shall be formed around the piping.
        (3) The spray shall collide to form a fine aerosol which provides a 
    liquid barrier between workers and the ACM and PACM.
        (B) Work Practices:
        (1) The system shall be run for at least 10 minutes before removal 
    begins.
        (2) All removal shall take place within the barrier.
        (3) The system shall be operated by at least three persons, one of 
    whom shall not perform removal but shall check equipment, and ensure 
    proper operation of the system.
        (4) After removal, the ACM and PACM shall be bagged while still 
    inside the water barrier.
        (vi) A small walk-in enclosure which accommodates no more than two 
    persons (mini-enclosure) may be used if the disturbance or removal can 
    be completely contained by the enclosure, with the following 
    specifications and work practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) The fabricated or job-made enclosure shall be constructed of 6 
    mil plastic or equivalent:
        (2) The enclosure shall be placed under negative pressure by means 
    of a HEPA filtered vacuum or similar ventilation unit:
        (C) Work practices:
        (1) Before use, the minienclosure shall be inspected for leaks and 
    smoke tested to detect breaches, and breaches sealed.
        (2) Before reuse, the interior shall be completely washed with 
    amended water and HEPA-vacuumed.
        (3) During use air movement shall be directed away from the 
    employee's breathing zone within the minienclosure.
        (6) Alternative control methods for Class I work. Class I work may 
    be performed using a control method which is not referenced in 
    paragraph (g)(5) of this section, or which modifies a control method 
    referenced in paragraph (g)(5) of this section, if the following 
    provisions are complied with:
        (i) The control method shall enclose, contain or isolate the 
    processes or source of airborne asbestos dust, or otherwise capture or 
    redirect such dust before it enters the breathing zone of employees.
        (ii) A certified industrial hygienist or licensed professional 
    engineer who is also qualified as a project designer as defined in 
    paragraph (b) of this section, shall evaluate the work area, the 
    projected work practices and the engineering controls and shall certify 
    in writing that: the planned control method is adequate to reduce 
    direct and indirect employee exposure to below the PELs under worst-
    case conditions of use, and that the planned control method will 
    prevent asbestos contamination outside the regulated area, as measured 
    by clearance sampling which meets the requirements of EPA's Asbestos in 
    Schools Rule issued under AHERA, or perimeter monitoring which meets 
    the criteria in paragraph (g)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section.
        (A) Where the TSI or surfacing material to be removed is 25 linear 
    or 10 square feet or less , the evaluation required in paragraph (g)(6) 
    of this section may be performed by a ``qualified person'', and may 
    omit consideration of perimeter or clearance monitoring otherwise 
    required.
        (B) The evaluation of employee exposure required in paragraph 
    (g)(6) of this section, shall include and be based on sampling and 
    analytical data representing employee exposure during the use of such 
    method under worst-case conditions and by employees whose training and 
    experience are equivalent to employees who are to perform the current 
    job.
        (iii) Before work which involves the removal of more than 25 linear 
    or 10 square feet of TSI or surfacing ACM/PACM is begun using an 
    alternative method which has been the subject of a paragraph (g)(6) 
    required evaluation and certification, the employer shall send a copy 
    of such evaluation and certification to the national office of OSHA, 
    Office of Technical Supportm, Room N3653, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW, 
    Washington, DC 20210.
        (7) Work Practices and Engineering Controls for Class II work.
        (i) All Class II work, shall be supervised by a qualified person as 
    defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
        (ii) For all indoor Class II jobs, where the employer has not 
    produced a negative exposure assessment pursuant to paragraph 
    (f)(4)(iii) of this section, or where during the job changed conditions 
    indicate there may be exposure above the PEL or where the employer does 
    not remove the ACM in a substantially intact state, the employer shall 
    use one of the following methods to ensure that airborne asbestos does 
    not migrate from the regulated area;
        (A) Critical barriers shall be placed over all openings to the 
    regulated area; or,
        (B) The employer shall use another barrier or isolation method 
    which prevents the migration of airborne asbestos from the regulated 
    area, as verified by perimeter area monitoring or clearance monitoring 
    which meets the criteria set out in paragraph (g)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this 
    section.
        (iii) Impermeable dropcloths shall be placed on surfaces beneath 
    all removal activity;
        (iv) All Class II asbestos work shall be performed using the work 
    practices and requirements set out above in paragraph (g)(3) (i) 
    through (v) of this section.
        (8) Additional Controls for Class II work. Class II asbestos work 
    shall also be performed by complying with the work practices and 
    controls designated for each type of asbestos work to be performed, set 
    out in this paragraph. Where more than one control method may be used 
    for a type of asbestos work, the employer may choose one or a 
    combination of designated control methods. Class II work also may be 
    performed using a method allowed for Class I work, except that glove 
    bags and glove boxes are allowed if they fully enclose the Class II 
    material to be removed.
        (i) For removing vinyl and asphalt flooring/deck materials which 
    contain ACM or for which in buildings constructed not later than 1980, 
    the employer has not verified the absence of ACM pursuant to paragraph 
    (g)(8)(i)(I): the employer shall ensure that employees comply with the 
    following work practices and that employees are trained in these 
    practices pursuant to paragraph (k)(8) of this section:
        (A) Flooring/deck materials or its backing shall not be sanded.
        (B) Vacuums equipped with HEPA filter, disposable dust bag, and 
    metal floor tool (no brush) shall be used to clean floors.
        (C) Resilient sheeting shall be removed by cutting with wetting of 
    the snip point and wetting during delamination. Rip-up of resilient 
    sheet floor material is prohibited.
        (D) All scraping of residual adhesive and/or backing shall be 
    performed using wet methods.
        (E) Dry sweeping is prohibited.
        (F) Mechanical chipping is prohibited unless performed in a 
    negative pressure enclosure which meets the requirements of paragraph 
    (g)(5)(iv) of this section.
        (G) Tiles shall be removed intact, unless the employer demonstrates 
    that intact removal is not possible.
        (H) When tiles are heated and can be removed intact, wetting may be 
    omitted.
        (I) Resilient flooring/deck material in buildings/vessels 
    constructed no later than 1980, including associated mastic and backing 
    shall be assumed to be asbestos-containing unless an industrial 
    hygienist determines that it is asbestos-free using recognized 
    analytical techniques.
        (ii) For removing roofing material which contains ACM the employer 
    shall ensure that the following work practices are followed:
        (A) Roofing material shall be removed in an intact state to the 
    extent feasible.
        (B) Wet methods shall be used where feasible.
        (C) Cutting machines shall be continuously misted during use, 
    unless a competent person determines that misting substantially 
    decreases worker safety.
        (D) All loose dust left by the sawing operation must be HEPA 
    vacuumed immediately.
        (E) Unwrapped or unbagged roofing material shall be immediately 
    lowered to the ground via covered, dust-tight chute, crane or hoist, or 
    placed in an impermeable waste bag or wrapped in plastic sheeting and 
    lowered to ground no later than the end of the work shift.
        (F) Upon being lowered, unwrapped material shall be transferred to 
    a closed receptacle in such manner so as to preclude the dispersion of 
    dust.
        (G) Roof level heating and ventilation air intake sources shall be 
    isolated or the ventilation system shall be shut down.
        (iii) When removing cementitious asbestos-containing siding, 
    shingles (CACS), or transite panels containing ACM, the employer shall 
    ensure that the following work practices are followed:
        (A) Cutting, abrading or breaking siding, shingles, or transite 
    panels shall be prohibited unless the employer can demonstrate that 
    methods less likely to result in asbestos fiber release cannot be used.
        (B) Each panel or shingle shall be sprayed with amended water prior 
    to removal.
        (C) Unwrapped or unbagged panels or shingles shall be immediately 
    lowered to the ground via covered dust-tight chute, crane or hoist, or 
    placed in an impervious waste bag or wrapped in plastic sheeting and 
    lowered to the ground no later than the end of the work shift.
        (D) Nails shall be cut with flat, sharp instruments.
        (iv) When removing gaskets containing ACM, the employer shall 
    ensure that the following work practices are followed:
        (A) If a gasket is visibly deteriorated and unlikely to be removed 
    intact, removal shall be undertaken within a glovebag as described in 
    paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this section.
        (B) The gasket shall be thoroughly wetted with amended water prior 
    to its removal.
        (C) The wet gasket shall be immediately placed in a disposal 
    container.
        (D) Any scraping to remove residue must be performed wet.
        (v) When performing any other Class II removal of asbestos 
    containing material for which specific controls have not been listed in 
    paragraph (g)(8)(iv) (A) through (D) of this section, the employer 
    shall ensure that the following work practices are complied with.
        (A) The material shall be thoroughly wetted with amended water 
    prior and during its removal.
        (B) The material shall be removed in an intact state unless the 
    employer demonstrates that intact removal is not possible.
        (C) Cutting, abrading or breaking the material shall be prohibited 
    unless the employer can demonstrate that methods less likely to result 
    in asbestos fiber release are not feasible.
        (D) Asbestos-containing material removed, shall be immediately 
    bagged or wrapped, or kept wetted until transferred to a closed 
    receptacle, no later than the end of the work shift.
        (vi) Alternative Work Practices and Controls. Instead of the work 
    practices and controls listed in paragraphs (g)(8) (i) through (v) of 
    this section, the employer may use different or modified engineering 
    and work practice controls if the following provisions are complied 
    with.
        (A) The employer shall demonstrate by data representing employee 
    exposure during the use of such method under conditions which closely 
    resemble the conditions under which the method is to be used, that 
    employee exposure will not exceed the PELs under any anticipated 
    circumstances.
        (B) A qualified person shall evaluate the work area, the projected 
    work practices and the engineering controls, and shall certify in 
    writing, that the different or modified controls are adequate to reduce 
    direct and indirect employee exposure to below the PELs under all 
    expected conditions of use and that the method meets the requirements 
    of this standard. The evaluation shall include and be based on data 
    representing employee exposure during the use of such method under 
    conditions which closely resemble the conditions under which the method 
    is to be used for the current job, and by employees whose training and 
    experience are equivalent to employees who are to perform the current 
    job.
        (9) Work Practices and Engineering Controls for Class III asbestos 
    work. Class III asbestos work shall be conducted using engineering and 
    work practice controls which minimize the exposure to employees 
    performing the asbestos work and to bystander employees.
        (i) The work shall be performed using wet methods.
        (ii) To the extent feasible, the work shall be performed using 
    local exhaust ventilation.
        (iii) Where the disturbance involves drilling, cutting, abrading, 
    sanding, chipping, breaking, or sawing of thermal system insulation or 
    surfacing material, the employer shall use impermeable dropcloths and 
    shall isolate the operation using mini-enclosures or glove bag systems 
    pursuant to paragraph (g)(5) of this section.
        (iv) Where the employer does not demonstrate by a negative exposure 
    assessment performed in compliance with paragraph (f)(4)(iii) of this 
    section that the PELs will not be exceeded, or where monitoring results 
    show exceedances of a PEL, the employer shall contain the area using 
    impermeable dropcloths and plastic barriers or their equivalent, or 
    shall isolate the operation using mini-enclosure or glove bag systems 
    pursuant to paragraph (g)(5) of this section.
        (v) Employees performing Class III jobs which involve the 
    disturbance of TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM or where the employer does 
    not demonstrate by a ``negative exposure assessment'' in compliance 
    with paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section that the PELs will not be 
    exceeded or where monitoring results show exceedances of the PEL, shall 
    wear respirators which are selected, used and fitted pursuant to 
    provisions of paragraph (h) of this section.
        (10) Class IV asbestos work. Class IV asbestos jobs shall be 
    conducted by employees trained pursuant to the asbestos awareness 
    training program set out in paragraph (k)(8) of this section. In 
    addition, all Class IV jobs shall be conducted in conformity with the 
    requirements set out in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, mandating wet 
    methods, HEPA vacuums, and prompt clean up of debris containing ACM or 
    PACM.
        (i) Employees cleaning up debris and waste in a regulated area 
    where respirators are required shall wear respirators which are 
    selected, used and fitted pursuant to provisions of paragraph (h) of 
    this section.
        (ii) Employers of employees cleaning up waste and debris in an area 
    where friable TSI or surfacing ACM/PACM is accessible, shall assume 
    that such waste and debris contain asbestos.
        (11) Specific compliance methods for brake and clutch repair: (i) 
    Engineering controls and work practices for brake and clutch repair and 
    service. During automotive brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, 
    repair and assembly operations, the employer shall institute 
    engineering controls and work practices to reduce employee exposure to 
    materials containing asbestos using a negative pressure enclosure/HEPA 
    vacuum system method or low pressure/wet cleaning method, which meets 
    the detailed requirements set out in Appendix L to this section. The 
    employer may also comply using an equivalent method which follows 
    written procedures which the employer demonstrates can achieve results 
    equivalent to Method A. For facilities in which no more than 5 pair of 
    brakes or 5 clutches are inspected, disassembled, repaired, or 
    assembled per week, the method set for in paragraph [D] of Appendix L 
    to this section may be used.
        (ii) The employer may also comply by using an equivalent method 
    which follows written procedures, which the employer demonstrates can 
    achieve equivalent exposure reductions as do the two ``preferred 
    methods.'' Such demonstration must include monitoring data conducted 
    under workplace conditions closely resembling the process, type of 
    asbestos containing materials, control method, work practices and 
    environmental conditions which the equivalent method will be used, or 
    objective data, which document that under all reasonably foreseeable 
    conditions of brake and clutch repair applications, the method results 
    in exposures which are equivalent to the methods set out in Appendix L.
        (h) Respiratory protection (1) General. The employer shall provide 
    respirators, and ensure that they are used, where required by this 
    section. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:
        (i) During all Class I asbestos jobs.
        (ii) During all Class II work where the ACM is not removed in a 
    substantially intact state.
        (iii) During all Class II and III work which is not performed using 
    wet methods.
        (iv) During all Class II and III asbestos jobs where the employer 
    does not produce a ``negative exposure assessment''.
        (v) During all Class III jobs where TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM is 
    being disturbed.
        (vi) During all Class IV work performed within regulated areas 
    where employees performing other work are required to wear respirators.
        (vii) During all work covered by this section where employees are 
    exposed above the TWA or excursion limit.
        (viii) In emergencies.
        (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are used, the 
    employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the employee, the 
    appropriate respirator as specified in Table 1, and shall ensure that 
    the employee uses the respirator provided.
        (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those jointly 
    approved as being acceptable for protection by the Mine Safety and 
    Health Administration (MSHA) and the National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR 
    Part 11.
        (iii) The employer shall provide a tight fitting powered, air-
    purifying respirator in lieu of any negative-pressure respirator 
    specified in Table 1 whenever:
        (A) An employee performing Class I, II or III work chooses to use 
    this type of respirator; and
        (B) This respirator will provide adequate protection to the 
    employee.
    
              Table 1.--Respiratory Protection for Asbestos Fibers          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Airborne concentration of                                               
    asbestos or conditions of               Required respirator             
               use                                                          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Not in excess of 1 f/cc    Half-mask air purifying respirator other than
     (10) X PEL), or            a disposable respirator, equipped with high 
     otherwise as required      efficiency filters.                         
     independent of exposure                                                
     pursuant to (h)(2)(iv).                                                
    Not in excess of 5 f/cc    Full facepiece air-purifying respirator      
     (50 X PEL).                equipped with high efficiency filters.      
    Not in excess of 10 f/cc   Any powered air-purifying respirator equipped
     (100 X PEL).               with high efficiency filters or any supplied
                                air respirator operated in continuous flow  
                                mode.                                       
    Not in excess of 100 f/cc  Full facepiece supplied air respirator       
     (1,000 X PEL).             operated in pressure demand mode.           
    Greater than 100 f/cc      Full facepiece supplied air respirator       
     (1,000 X PEL) or unknown   operated in pressure demand mode, equipped  
     concentration.             with an auxiliary positive pressure self-   
                                contained breathing apparatus.              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Note: a. Respirators assigned for high environmental concentrations may 
      be used at lower concentrations, or when required respirator use is   
      independent of concentration.                                         
    b. A high efficiency filter means a filter that is at least 99.97       
      percent efficient against mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers 
      in diameter or larger.                                                
    
        (iv) In addition to the above selection criterion, the employer 
    shall provide a half-mask air purifying respirator, other than a 
    disposable respirator, equipped with high efficiency filters whenever 
    the employee performs the following activities: Class II and III 
    asbestos jobs where the employer does not produce a negative exposure 
    assessment; and Class III jobs where TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM is 
    being disturbed.
        (v) In addition to the above selection criteria, the employer shall 
    provide a full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in the 
    pressure demand mode equipped with an auxiliar76y positive pressure 
    self-contained breathing apparatus for all employees within the 
    regulated area where Class I work is being performed for which a 
    negative exposure assessment has not been produced.
        (3) Respirator program. (i) Where respiratory protection is used, 
    the employer shall institute a respirator program in accordance with 29 
    CFR 1910.134(b), (d), (e), and (f).
        (ii) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter 
    respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase in 
    breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply 
    of filter elements for this purpose.
        (iii) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave 
    work areas to wash their faces and respirator facepieces whenever 
    necessary to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use.
        (iv) No employee shall be assigned to tasks requiring the use of 
    respirators if, based on his or her most recent examination, an 
    examining physician determines that the employee will be unable to 
    function normally wearing a respirator, or that the safety or health of 
    the employee or of other employees will be impaired by the use of a 
    respirator. Such employee shall be assigned to another job or given the 
    opportunity to transfer to a different position the duties of which he 
    or she is able to perform with the same employer, in the same 
    geographical area, and with the same seniority, status, and rate of pay 
    and other job benefits he or she had just prior to such transfer, if 
    such a different position is available.
        (4) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall ensure that the 
    respirator issued to the employee exhibits the least possible facepiece 
    leakage and that the respirator is fitted properly.
        (ii) Employers shall perform either quantitative or qualitative 
    face fit tests at the time of initial fitting and at least every 6 
    months thereafter for each employee wearing a negative-pressure 
    respirator. The qualitative fit tests may be used only for testing the 
    fit of half-mask respirators where they are permitted to be worn, or of 
    full-facepiece air purifying respirators where they are worn at levels 
    at which half-facepiece air purifying respirators are permitted. 
    Qualitative and quantitative fit tests shall be conducted in accordance 
    with Appendix C of this section. The tests shall be used to select 
    facepieces that provide the required protection as prescribed in Table 
    1, in paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section.
        (i) Protective clothing (1) General. The employer shall provide and 
    require the use of protective clothing, such as coveralls or similar 
    whole-body clothing, head coverings, gloves, and foot coverings for any 
    employee exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos that exceed the 
    TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, 
    or for which a required negative exposure assessment is not produced, 
    and for any employee performing Class I operations which involve the 
    removal of over 25 linear or 10 square feet of TSI or surfacing ACM or 
    PACM.
        (2) Laundering. (i) The employer shall ensure that laundering of 
    contaminated clothing is done so as to prevent the release of airborne 
    asbestos in excess of the TWA or excursion limit prescribed in 
    paragraph (c) of this section.
        (ii) Any employer who gives contaminated clothing to another person 
    for laundering shall inform such person of the requirement in paragraph 
    (i)(2)(i) of this section to effectively prevent the release of 
    airborne asbestos in excess of the TWA excursion limit prescribed in 
    paragraph (c) of this section.
        (3) Contaminated clothing. Contaminated clothing shall be 
    transported in sealed impermeable bags, or other closed, impermeable 
    containers, and be labeled in accordance with paragraph (k) of this 
    section.
        (4) Inspection of protective clothing. (i) The qualified person 
    shall examine worksuits worn by employees at least once per workshift 
    for rips or tears that may occur during performance of work.
        (ii) When rips or tears are detected while an employee is working, 
    rips and tears shall be immediately mended, or the worksuit shall be 
    immediately replaced.
        (j) Hygiene facilities and practices for employees. (1) 
    Requirements for employees performing Class I asbestos jobs.
        (i) Decontamination areas: For all Class I jobs involving over 25 
    linear or 10 square feet of TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM, the employer 
    shall establish a decontamination area that is adjacent and connected 
    to the regulated area for the decontamination of such employees. The 
    decontamination area shall consist of an equipment room, shower area, 
    and clean room in series. The employer shall ensure that employees 
    enter and exit the regulated area through the decontamination area.
        (A) Equipment room. The equipment room shall be supplied with 
    impermeable, labeled bags and containers for the containment and 
    disposal of contaminated protective equipment.
        (B) Shower area. Shower facilities shall be provided which comply 
    with 29 CFR 1910.141(d)(3), unless the employer can demonstrate that 
    they are not feasible. The showers shall be adjacent both to the 
    equipment room and the clean room, unless the employer can demonstrate 
    that this location is not feasible. Where the employer can demonstrate 
    that it is not feasible to locate the shower between the equipment room 
    and the clean room, or where the work is performed outdoors, or when 
    the work involving asbestos exposure takes place on board a ship, the 
    employers shall ensure that employees:
        (1) Remove asbestos contamination from their worksuits in the 
    equipment room using a HEPA vacuum before proceeding to a shower that 
    is not adjacent to the work area; or
        (2) Remove their contaminated worksuits in the equipment room, then 
    don clean worksuits, and proceed to a shower that is not adjacent to 
    the work area.
        (C) Clean change room. The clean room shall be equipped with a 
    locker or appropriate storage container for each employee's use. When 
    the employer can demonstrate that it is not feasible to provide a clean 
    change area adjacent to the work area, or where the work is performed 
    outdoors, or when the work takes place aboard a ship, the employer may 
    permit employees engaged in Class I asbestos jobs to clean their 
    protective clothing with a portable HEPA-equipped vacuum before such 
    employees leave the regulated area. Such employees however must then 
    change into street clothing in clean change areas provided by the 
    employer which otherwise meet the requirements of this section.
        (ii) Decontamination area entry procedures. The employer shall 
    ensure that employees:
        (A) Enter the decontamination area through the clean room;
        (B) Remove and deposit street clothing within a locker provided for 
    their use; and
        (C) Put on protective clothing and respiratory protection before 
    leaving the clean room.
        (D) Before entering the regulated area, the employer shall ensure 
    that employees pass through the equipment room.
        (iii) Decontamination area exit procedures. The employer shall 
    ensure that:
        (A) Before leaving the regulated area, employees shall remove all 
    gross contamination and debris from their protective clothing.
        (B) Employees shall remove their protective clothing in the 
    equipment room and deposit the clothing in labeled impermeable bags or 
    containers.
        (C) Employees shall not remove their respirators in the equipment 
    room.
        (D) Employees shall shower prior to entering the clean room.
        (E) After showering, employees shall enter the clean room before 
    changing into street clothes.
        (iv) Lunch Areas. Whenever food or beverages are consumed at the 
    worksite where employees are performing Class I asbestos work, the 
    employer shall provide lunch areas in which the airborne concentrations 
    of asbestos are below the permissible exposure limit and/or excursion 
    limit.
        (2) Requirements for Class I work involving less than 25 linear or 
    10 square feet of TSI or surfacing and PACM, and for Class II and Class 
    III asbestos work operations where exposures exceed a PEL or where 
    there is no negative exposure assessment produced before the operation.
        (i) The employer shall establish an equipment room or area that is 
    adjacent to the regulated area for the decontamination of employees and 
    their equipment which is contaminated with asbestos which shall consist 
    of an area covered by a impermeable drop cloth on the floor/deck or 
    horizontal working surface.
        (ii) The area must be of sufficient size as to accommodate cleaning 
    of equipment and removing personal protective equipment without 
    spreading contamination beyond the area (as determined by visible 
    accumulations).
        (iii) Workclothing must be cleaned with a HEPA vacuum before it is 
    removed.
        (iv) All equipment and surfaces of containers filled with ACM must 
    be cleaned prior to removing them from the equipment room or area.
        (v) The employer shall ensure that employees enter and exit the 
    regulated area through the equipment room or area.
        (3) Requirements for Class IV work. Employers shall ensure that 
    employees performing Class IV work within a regulated area comply with 
    the hygiene practice required of employees performing work which has a 
    higher classification within that regulated area. Otherwise employers 
    of employees cleaning up debris and material which is TSI or surfacing 
    ACM or identified as PACM shall provide decontamination facilities for 
    such employees which are required by paragraph (j)(2) of this section.
        (4) Smoking in work areas. The employer shall ensure that employees 
    do not smoke in work areas where they are occupationally exposed to 
    asbestos because of activities in that work area.
        (k) Communication of hazards.
    
        Note: This section applies to the communication of information 
    concerning asbestos hazards in shipyard employment activities to 
    facilitate compliance with this standard. Most asbestos-related 
    shipyard activities involve previously installed building materials. 
    Building/vessel owners often are the only and/or best sources of 
    information concerning them. Therefore, they, along with employers 
    of potentially exposed employees, are assigned specific information 
    conveying and retention duties under this section. Installed 
    Asbestos Containing Building/Vessel Material: Employers and 
    building/vessel owners are required to treat TSI and sprayed or 
    troweled on surfacing materials as asbestos-containing unless the 
    employer, by complying with paragraph (k)(4) of this section 
    determines that the material is not asbestos-containing. Asphalt or 
    vinyl flooring/decking material installed in buildings or vessels no 
    later than 1980 must also be considered as asbestos containing 
    unless the employer/owner, pursuant to paragraph (g), of this 
    section determines it is not asbestos containing. If the employer or 
    building/vessel owner has actual knowledge or should have known, 
    through the exercise of due diligence, that materials other than TSI 
    and sprayed-on or troweled-on surfacing materials are asbestos-
    containing, they must be treated as such. When communicating 
    information to employees pursuant to this standard, owners and 
    employers shall identify ``PACM'' as ACM. Additional requirements 
    relating to communication of asbestos work on multi- employer 
    worksites are set out in paragraph (d) of this standard.
    
        (1) Duties of building/vessel and facility owners. (i) Before work 
    subject to this standard is begun, building/vessel and facility owners 
    shall identify the presence, location and quantity of ACM, and/or PACM 
    at the work site. All thermal system insulation and sprayed on or 
    troweled on surfacing materials in buildings/vessels or substrates 
    constructed no later than 1980 shall be identified as PACM. In 
    addition, resilient flooring/decking material installed no later than 
    1980 shall also be identified as asbestos-containing.
        (ii) Building/vessel and/or facility owners shall notify the 
    following persons of the presence, location and quantity of ACM or 
    PACM, at work sites in their buildings/facilities/vessels. Notification 
    either shall be in writing or shall consist of a personal communication 
    between the owner and the person to whom notification must be given or 
    their authorized representatives:
        (A) Prospective employers applying or bidding for work whose 
    employees reasonably can be expected to work in or adjacent to areas 
    containing such material;
        (B) Employees of the owner who will work in or adjacent to areas 
    containing such material:
        (C) On multi-employer worksites, all employers of employees who 
    will be performing work within or adjacent to areas containing such 
    materials;
        (D) Tenants who will occupy areas containing such materials.
        (2) Duties of employers whose employees perform work subject to 
    this standard in or adjacent to areas containing ACM and PACM. 
    Building/vessel and facility owners whose employees perform such work 
    shall comply with these provisions to the extent applicable.
        (i) Before work in areas containing ACM and PACM is begun, 
    employers shall identify the presence, location, and quantity of ACM, 
    and/or PACM therein.
        (ii) Before work under this standard is performed employers of 
    employees who will perform such work shall inform the following persons 
    of the location and quantity of ACM and/or PACM present at the work 
    site and the precautions to be taken to insure that airborne asbestos 
    is confined to the area.
        (A) Owners of the building/vessel or facility;
        (B) Employees who will perform such work and employers of employees 
    who work and/or will be working in adjacent areas;
        (iii) Within 10 days of the completion of such work, the employer 
    whose employees have performed work subject to this standard, shall 
    inform the building/vessel or facility owner and employers of employees 
    who will be working in the area of the current location and quantity of 
    PACM and/or ACM remaining in the former regulated area and final 
    monitoring results, if any.
        (3) In addition to the above requirements, all employers who 
    discover ACM and/or PACM on a work site shall convey information 
    concerning the presence, location and quantity of such newly discovered 
    ACM and/or PACM to the owner and to other employers of employees 
    working at the work site, within 24 hours of the discovery.
        (4) Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as 
    PACM. (i) At any time, an employer and/or building/vessel owner may 
    demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain 
    asbestos. Building/vessel owners and/or employers are not required to 
    communicate information about the presence of building material for 
    which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph 
    (k)(4)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, 
    the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that 
    PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph 
    (n) of this section.
        (ii) An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not 
    contain asbestos by the following:
        (A) Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the 
    requirements of AHERA (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates 
    that the material is not ACM;
        (B) Performing tests of the material containing PACM which 
    demonstrate that no asbestos is present in the material. Such tests 
    shall include analysis of 3 bulk samples of each homogeneous area of 
    PACM collected in a randomly distributed manner. The tests, evaluation 
    and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or 
    by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or 
    laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful 
    participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the 
    National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) of the 
    National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) of the Round 
    Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene 
    Association (AIHA), or an equivalent nationally-recognized round robin 
    testing program..
        (5) At the entrance to mechanical rooms/areas in which employees 
    reasonably can be expected to enter and which contain TSI or surfacing 
    ACM and PACM, the building/vessel owner shall post signs which identify 
    the material which is present, its location, and appropriate work 
    practices which, if followed, will ensure that ACM and/or PACM will not 
    be disturbed.
        (6) Signs. (i) Warning signs that demarcate the regulated area 
    shall be provided and displayed at each location where a regulated area 
    is required to be established by paragraph (e) of this section. Signs 
    shall be posted at such a distance from such a location that an 
    employee may read the signs and take necessary protective steps before 
    entering the area marked by the signs.
        (ii) The warning signs required by (k)(6) of this section shall 
    bear the following information.
    
    DANGER
    
    ASBESTOS
    
    CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
    
    AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
    
    RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTION CLOTHING ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA
    
        (7) Labels. (i) Labels shall be affixed to all products containing 
    asbestos and to all containers containing such products, including 
    waste containers. Where feasible, installed asbestos products shall 
    contain a visible label.
        (ii) Labels shall be printed in large, bold letters on a 
    contrasting background.
        (iii) Labels shall be used in accordance with the requirements of 
    29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA's Hazard Communication standard, and shall 
    contain the following information:
    
    DANGER
    
    CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS
    
    AVOID CREATING DUST
    
    CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
    
        (iv) [Reserved]
        (v) Labels shall contain a warning statement against breathing 
    asbestos fibers.
        (vi) The provisions for labels required by paragraphs (k)(2) (i) 
    through (k)(2) (iii) of this section do not apply where:
        (A) Asbestos fibers have been modified by a bonding agent, coating, 
    binder, or other material, provided that the manufacturer can 
    demonstrate that, during any reasonably foreseeable use, handling, 
    storage, disposal, processing, or transportation, no airborne 
    concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of the permissible exposure 
    limit and/or excursion limit will be released, or
        (B) Asbestos is present in a product in concentrations less than 
    1.0 percent by weight.
        (vii) When a building/vessel owner/or employer identifies 
    previously installed PACM and/or ACM, labels or signs shall be affixed 
    or posted so that employees will be notified of what materials contain 
    PACM and/or ACM. The employer shall attach such labels in areas where 
    they will clearly be noticed by employees who are likely to be exposed, 
    such as at the entrance to mechanical rooms/areas. Signs required by 
    paragraph (k)(5) of this section may be posted in lieu of labels so 
    long as they contain information required for labelling.
        (8) Employee information and training. (i) The employer shall, at 
    no cost to the employee,institute a training program for all employees 
    who install asbestos containing products and for all employees who 
    perform Class I through IV asbestos operations, and shall ensure their 
    participation in the program.
        (ii) Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of initial 
    assignment and at least annually thereafter.
        (iii) Training for Class I and II operations shall be the 
    equivalent in curriculum, training method and length to the EPA Model 
    Accreditation Plan (MAP) asbestos abatement worker training (40 CFR Pt. 
    763, Subpt. E, App. C). For employers whose Class II work with 
    asbestos-containing material involves only the removal and/or 
    disturbance of one generic category of building/vessel material, such 
    as roofing materials, flooring/deck materials, siding materials or 
    transite panels, instead, such employer is required to train employees 
    who perform such work by providing a training course which includes as 
    a minimum all the elements included in paragraph (k)(8)(v) of this 
    section and in addition, the specific work practices and engineering 
    controls set forth in paragraph (g) of this section which specifically 
    relate to that material category. Such course shall include ``hands-
    on'' training and shall take at least 8 hours.
        (iv) Training for Class III employees shall be the equivalent in 
    curriculum and training method to the 16-hour Operations and 
    Maintenance course developed by EPA for maintenance and custodial 
    workers who conduct activities that will result in the disturbance of 
    ACM. [See 40 CFR 763.92(a)(2)]. Such course shall include ``hands-on'' 
    training in the use of respiratory protection and work practices and 
    shall take at least 16 hours.
        (v) Training for employees performing Class IV operations shall be 
    the equivalent in curriculum and training method to the awareness 
    training course developed by EPA for maintenance and custodial workers 
    who work in buildings containing asbestos- containing material. (See 40 
    CFR 763.92 (a)(1)). Such course shall include available information 
    concerning the locations of PACM and ACM, and asbestos-containing 
    flooring material, or flooring material where the absence of asbestos 
    has not been certified; and instruction in recognition of damage, 
    deterioration, and delamination of asbestos containing building 
    materials. Such course shall take at least 2 hours.
        (vi) The training program shall be conducted in a manner that the 
    employee is able to understand. In addition to the content required by 
    provisions in paragraph (k)(8)(iii) of this section, the employer shall 
    ensure that each such employee is informed of the following:
        (A) Methods of recognizing asbestos, including the requirement in 
    paragraph (k)(1) of this section to presume that certain building 
    materials contain asbestos.;
        (B) The health effects associated with asbestos exposure;
        (C) The relationship between smoking and asbestos in producing lung 
    cancer;
        (D) The nature of operations that could result in exposure to 
    asbestos, the importance of necessary protective controls to minimize 
    exposure including, as applicable, engineering controls, work 
    practices, respirators, housekeeping procedures, hygiene facilities, 
    protective clothing, decontamination procedures, emergency procedures, 
    and waste disposal procedures, and any necessary instruction in the use 
    of these controls and procedures; where Class II and IV work will be or 
    is performed, the contents of EPA 20T-2003, ``Managing Asbestos In-
    Place'' July 1990 or its equivalent in content;
        (E) The purpose, proper use, fitting instructions, and limitations 
    of respirators as required by 29 CFR 1910.134;
        (F) The appropriate work practices for performing the asbestos job;
        (G) Medical surveillance program requirements; and
        (H) The content of this standard, including appendices.
        (I) The names, addresses and phone numbers of public health 
    organizations which provide information, materials and/or conduct 
    programs concerning smoking cessation. The employer may distribute the 
    list of such organizations contained in Appendix J, to comply with this 
    requirement.
        (J) The requirements for posting signs and affixing labels and the 
    meaning of the required legends for such signs and labels.
        (9) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make 
    readily available to affected employees without cost written materials 
    relating to the employee training program, including a copy of this 
    regulation.
        (ii) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary and the 
    Director, upon request, all information and training materials relating 
    to the employee information and training program.
        (iii) The employer shall inform all employees concerning the 
    availability of self-help smoking cessation program material. Upon 
    employee request, the employer shall distribute such material, 
    consisting of NIH Publication No, 89-1647, or equivalent self-help 
    material, which is approved or published by a public health 
    organization listed in Appendix J.
        (1) Housekeeping--(1) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming methods are 
    selected, HEPA filtered vacuuming equipment must be used. The equipment 
    shall be used and emptied in a manner that minimizes the reentry of 
    asbestos into the workplace.
        (2) Waste disposal. Asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags, 
    containers, equipment, and contaminated clothing consigned for disposal 
    shall be collected and disposed of in sealed, labeled, impermeable bags 
    or other closed, labeled, impermeable containers.
        (3) Care of asbestos-containing flooring/deck material. (i) All 
    vinyl and asphalt flooring/deck material shall be maintained in 
    accordance with this paragraph unless the building/facility owner 
    demonstrates, pursuant to paragraph (g) that the flooring/deck does not 
    contain asbestos.
        (i) Sanding of flooring/deck material is prohibited.
        (ii) Stripping of finishes shall be conducted using low abrasion 
    pads at speed lower than 300 rpm and wet methods.
        (iii) Burnishing or dry buffing may be performed only on flooring/
    deck which has sufficient finish so that the pad cannot contact the 
    flooring/deck material.
        (4) Dust and debris in an area containing accessible thermal system 
    insulation or surfacing material or visibly deteriorated ACM. (i) shall 
    not be dusted or swept dry, or vacuumed without using a HEPA filter;
        (ii) shall be promptly cleaned up and disposed in leak tight 
    containers.
        (m) Medical surveillance--(1) General--(i) Employees covered. The 
    employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all 
    employees who for a combined total of 30 or more days per year are 
    engaged in Class I, II, and III work or are exposed at or above the 
    permissible exposure limit or excursion limit, and for employees who 
    wear negative pressure respirators pursuant to the requirements of this 
    section.
        (ii) Examination by a physician. (A) The employer shall ensure that 
    all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the 
    supervision of a licensed physician, and are provided at no cost to the 
    employee and at a reasonable time and place.
        (B) Persons other than such licensed physicians who administer the 
    pulmonary function testing required by this section shall complete a 
    training course in spirometry sponsored by an appropriate academic or 
    professional institution.
        (2) Medical examinations and consultations--(i) Frequency. The 
    employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to 
    each employee covered under paragraph (m)(1)(i) of this section on the 
    following schedules:
        (A) Prior to assignment of the employee to an area where negative-
    pressure respirators are worn;
        (B) When the employee is assigned to an area where exposure to 
    asbestos may be at or above the permissible exposure for 30 or more 
    days per year, a medical examination must be given within 10 working 
    days following the thirtieth day of exposure;
        (C) And at least annually thereafter.
        (D) If the examining physician determines that any of the 
    examinations should be provided more frequently than specified, the 
    employer shall provide such examinations to affected employees at the 
    frequencies specified by the physician.
        (E) Exception: No medical examination is required of any employee 
    if adequate records show that the employee has been examined in 
    accordance with this paragraph within the past 1-year period.
        (ii) Content. Medical examinations made available pursuant to 
    paragraphs (m)(2)(i) (A) through (m)(2)(i) (C) of this section shall 
    include:
        (A) A medical and work history with special emphasis directed to 
    the pulmonary, cardiovascular, and gastrointestinal systems.
        (B) On initial examination, the standardized questionnaire 
    contained in Part 1 of Appendix D to this section and, on annual 
    examination, the abbreviated standardized questionnaire contained in 
    Part 2 of Appendix D to this section.
        (C) A physical examination directed to the pulmonary and 
    gastrointestinal systems, including a chest ,x-ray to be administered 
    at the discretion of the physician, and pulmonary function tests of 
    forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at one second 
    (FEV(1)). Interpretation and classification of chest roentgenogram 
    shall be conducted in accordance with Appendix E to this section.
        (D) Any other examinations or tests deemed necessary by the 
    examining physician.
        (3) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
    provide the following information to the examining physician:
        (i) A copy of this standard and Appendices D, E, G, and I to this 
    section;
        (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
    to the employee's exposure;
        (iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated 
    exposure level;
        (iv) A description of any personal protective and respiratory 
    equipment used or to be used; and
        (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
    employee that is not otherwise available to the examining physician.
        (4) Physician's written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain a 
    written opinion from the examining physician. This written opinion 
    shall contain the results of the medical examination and shall include:
        (A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
    detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an 
    increased risk of material health impairment from exposure to asbestos;
        (B) Any recommended limitations on the employee or on the use of 
    personal protective equipment such as respirators; and
        (C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the 
    physician of the results of the medical examination and of any medical 
    conditions that may result from asbestos exposure.
        (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the 
    physician of the increased risk of lung cancer attributable to the 
    combined effect of smoking and asbestos exposure.
        (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the 
    written opinion given to the employer specific findings or diagnoses 
    unrelated to occupational exposure to asbestos.
        (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written 
    opinion to the affected employee within 30 days from its receipt.
        (n) Recordkeeping--(1) Objective data relied on pursuant to 
    paragraph (f) of this section. (i) Where the employer has relied on 
    objective data that demonstrate that products made from or containing 
    asbestos are not capable of releasing fibers of asbestos in 
    concentrations at or above the permissible exposure limit and/or 
    excursion limit under the expected conditions of processing, use, or 
    handling to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section, 
    the employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of 
    objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.
        (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
        (A) The product qualifying for exemption;
        (B) The source of the objective data;
        (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of 
    the material for the release of asbestos;
        (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data 
    support the exemption; and
        (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, 
    or employee exposures covered by the exemption.
        (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
    the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
        (2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall keep an accurate 
    record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to 
    asbestos as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section. Note: The 
    employer may utilize the services of qualified organizations such as 
    industry trade associations and employee associations to maintain the 
    records required by this section.
        (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
        (A) The date of measurement;
        (B) The operation involving exposure to asbestos that is being 
    monitored;
        (C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their 
    accuracy;
        (D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;
        (E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and
        (F) Name, social security number, and exposure of the employees 
    whose exposures are represented.
        (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty 
    (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
        (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
    maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
    surveillance by paragraph (m) of this section, in accordance with 29 
    CFR 1910.20.
        (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
        (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
        (B) A copy of the employee's medical examination results, including 
    the medical history, questionnaire responses, results of any tests, and 
    physician's recommendations.
        (C) Physician's written opinions;
        (D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to 
    asbestos; and
        (E) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
    by paragraph (m) of this section.
        (iii) The employer shall ensure that this record is maintained for 
    the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 
    29 CFR 1910.20.
        (4) Training records. The employer shall maintain all employee 
    training records for one 1 year beyond the last date of employment by 
    that employer.
        (5) Data to Rebut PACM:
        (i) Where the building owner and employer have relied on data to 
    demonstrate that PACM is not asbestos-containing, such data shall be 
    maintained for as long as they are relied upon to rebut the 
    presumption.
        (ii) [Reserved]
        (6) Records of Required Notification.
        (i) Where the building/vessel owner has communicated and received 
    information concerning the identity, location and quantity of ACM and 
    PACM, written records of such notifications and their content shall be 
    maintained by the owner for the duration of ownership and shall be 
    transferred to successive owners of such buildings/facilities/vessels.
        (ii) [Reserved]
        (7) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall 
    make all records required to be maintained by this section available to 
    the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
        (ii) The employer, upon request, shall make any exposure records 
    required by paragraphs (f) and (n) of this section available for 
    examination and copying to affected employees, former employees, 
    designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance 
    with 29 CFR 1910.20(a) through (e) and (g) through (i).
        (iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical 
    records required by paragraphs (m) and (n) of this section available 
    for examination and copying to the subject employee, anyone having the 
    specific written consent of the subject employee, and the Assistant 
    Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
        (8) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the 
    requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20 
    (h).
        (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no 
    successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed 
    period, the employer shall notify the Director at least 90 days prior 
    to disposal and, upon request, transmit them to the Director.
        (o) Qualified person. (1) General. On all shipyard worksites 
    covered by this standard, the employer shall designate a qualified 
    person, having the qualifications and authorities for ensuring worker 
    safety and health required by Subpart C, General Safety and Health 
    Provisions for Construction (29 CFR 1926.20 through 1926.32).
        (2) Required Inspections by the Qualified Person. 
    Sec. 1926.20(b)(2) which requires health and safety prevention programs 
    to provide for frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, 
    materials, and equipment to be made by qualified persons, is 
    incorporated.
        (3) Additional Inspections. In addition, the qualified person shall 
    make frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, in order to 
    perform the duties set out in paragraph (p)(3)(i) and (ii) of this 
    section. For Class I jobs, on-site inspections shall be made at least 
    once during each work shift, and at any time at employee request. For 
    Class II and III jobs, on-site inspections shall be made at intervals 
    sufficient to assess whether conditions have changed, and at any 
    reasonable time at employee request.
        (i) On all worksites where employees are engaged in Class I or II 
    asbestos work, the qualified person designated in accordance with 
    paragraph (g)(1) of this section shall perform or supervise the 
    following duties, as applicable:
        (A) Set up the regulated area, enclosure, or other containment;
        (B) Ensure (by on-site inspection) the integrity of the enclosure 
    or containment;
        (C) Set up procedures to control entry to and exit from the 
    enclosure and/or area;
        (D) Supervise all employee exposure monitoring required by this 
    section and ensure that it is conducted as required by paragraph (f) of 
    this section;
        (E) Ensure that employees working within the enclosure and/or using 
    glove bags wear protective clothing and respirators as required by 
    paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section;
        (F) Ensure through on-site supervision, that employees set up and 
    remove engineering controls, use work practices and personal protective 
    equipment in compliance with all requirements;
        (G) Ensure that employees use the hygiene facilities and observe 
    the decontamination procedures specified in paragraph (j) of this 
    section;
        (H) Ensure that though on-site inspection engineering controls are 
    functioning properly and employees are using proper work practices; and
        (I) Ensure that notification requirements in paragraph (f)(6) of 
    this section are met.
        (4) Training for the competent person;
        (i) For Class I and II asbestos work the qualified person shall be 
    trained in all aspects of asbestos removal and handling, including: 
    abatement, installation, removal and handling; the contents of this 
    standard; the identification of asbestos; removal procedures, where 
    appropriate; and other practices for reducing the hazard. Such training 
    shall be obtained in a comprehensive course for supervisors, such as a 
    course conducted by an EPA or state-approved training provider, 
    certified by the EPA or a state, or an course equivalent in stringency, 
    content, and length.
        (ii) For Class III asbestos work operations, the qualified person 
    shall be trained in aspects of asbestos handling appropriate for the 
    nature of the work, to include procedures for setting up glove bags and 
    mini-enclosures, practices for reducing asbestos exposures, use of wet 
    methods, the contents of this standard, and the identification of 
    asbestos. Such training shall be obtained in a comprehensive course for 
    supervisors, such as a course conducted by an EPA or state-approved 
    training provider, certified by the EPA or a state, or an equivalent in 
    stringency, content, and length.
        (p) Appendices. (1) Appendices A, C, D, and E to this section are 
    incorporated as part of this section and the contents of these 
    appendices are mandatory.
        (2) Appendices B, F, H, I, J, and K to this section are 
    informational and are not intended to create any additional obligations 
    not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligations.
        (q) Dates.
        (1) This standard shall become effective October 11, 1994.
        (2) The provisions of 29 CFR 1926.58 and 29 CFR 1910,1001 remain in 
    effect until the start-up dates of the equivalent provisions of this 
    standard.
        (3) Start-up dates: All obligations of this standard commence on 
    the effective date except as follows:
        (i) Methods of compliance. The engineering and work practice 
    controls required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be implemented 
    as soon as possible but no later than April 10, 1995.
        (ii) Respiratory protection. Respiratory protection required by 
    paragraph (h) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible but 
    no later than February 8, 1995.
        (iii) Hygiene facilities and practices for employees. Hygiene 
    facilities and practices required by paragraph (j) of this section 
    shall be provided as soon as possible but no later than February 8, 
    1995.
        (iv) Communication of hazards. Identification, notification, 
    labeling and sign posting, and training required by paragraph (k) of 
    this section shall be provided as soon as possible, but no later than 
    April 10, 1995.
        (v) Housekeeping. Housekeeping practices and controls required by 
    paragraph (l) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible, 
    but no later than January 9, 1995.
        (vi) Medical surveillance required by paragraph (m) of this section 
    shall be provided as soon as possible, but no later than January 9, 
    1995.
        (vii) The designation and training of competent persons required by 
    paragraph (o) of this section shall completed as soon as possible but 
    no later than April 10, 1995.
    
    (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control 
    number 1218-0195)
    
    Appendix A to Sec. 1915.1001. OSHA Reference Method.--Mandatory
    
        This mandatory appendix specifies the procedure for analyzing 
    air samples for asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, and actinolite 
    and specifies quality control procedures that must be implemented by 
    laboratories performing the analysis. The sampling and analytical 
    methods described below represent the elements of the available 
    monitoring methods (such as appendix B to this section, the most 
    current version of the OSHA method ID-60, or the most current 
    version of the NIOSH 7400 method) which OSHA considers to be 
    essential to achieve adequate employee exposure monitoring while 
    allowing employers to use methods that are already established 
    within their organizations. All employers who are required to 
    conduct air monitoring under paragraph (f) of this section are 
    required to utilize analytical laboratories that use this procedure, 
    or an equivalent method, for collecting and analyzing samples.
    
    Sampling and Analytical Procedure
    
        1. The sampling medium for air samples shall be mixed cellulose 
    ester filter membranes. These shall be designated by the 
    manufacturer as suitable for asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, and 
    actinolite counting. See below for rejection of blanks.
        2. The preferred collection device shall be the 25-mm diameter 
    cassette with an open-faced 50-mm extension cowl. The 37-mm cassette 
    may be used if necessary but only if written justification for the 
    need to use the 37-mm filter cassette accompanies the sample results 
    in the employee's exposure monitoring record. Do not reuse or reload 
    cassettes for asbestos sample collection.
        3. An air flow rate between 0.5 liter/min and 2.5 liters/min 
    shall be selected for the 25-mm cassette. If the 37-mm cassette is 
    used, an air flow rate between 1 liter/min and 2.5 liters/min shall 
    be selected.
        4. Where possible, a sufficient air volume for each air sample 
    shall be collected to yield between 100 and 1,300 fibers per square 
    millimeter on the membrane filter. If a filter darkens in appearance 
    or if loose dust is seen on the filter, a second sample shall be 
    started.
        5. Ship the samples in a rigid container with sufficient packing 
    material to prevent dislodging the collected fibers. Packing 
    material that has a high electrostatic charge on its surface (e.g., 
    expanded polystyrene) cannot be used because such material can cause 
    loss of fibers to the sides of the cassette.
        6. Calibrate each personal sampling pump before and after use 
    with a representative filter cassette installed between the pump and 
    the calibration devices.
        7. Personal samples shall be taken in the ``breathing zone'' of 
    the employee (i.e., attached to or near the collar or lapel near the 
    worker's face).
        8. Fiber counts shall be made by positive phase contrast using a 
    microscope with an 8 to 10 X eyepiece and a 40 to 45 X objective for 
    a total magnification of approximately 400 X and a numerical 
    aperture of 0.65 to 0.75. The microscope shall also be fitted with a 
    green or blue filter.
        9. The microscope shall be fitted with a Walton-Beckett eyepiece 
    graticule calibrated for a field diameter of 100 micrometers (+/- 2 
    micrometers).
        10. The phase-shift detection limit of the microscope shall be 
    about 3 degrees measured using the HSE phase shift test slide as 
    outlined below.
        a. Place the test slide on the microscope stage and center it 
    under the phase objective.
        b. Bring the blocks of grooved lines into focus.
    
        Note: The slide consists of seven sets of grooved lines (ca. 20 
    grooves to each block) in descending order of visibility from sets 1 
    to 7, seven being the least visible. The requirements for asbestos, 
    tremolite, anthophyllite, and actinolite counting are that the 
    microscope optics must resolve the grooved lines in set 3 
    completely, although they may appear somewhat faint, and that the 
    grooved lines in sets 6 and 7 must be invisible. Sets 4 and 5 must 
    be at least partially visible but may vary slightly in visibility 
    between microscopes. A microscope that fails to meet these 
    requirements has either too low or too high a resolution to be used 
    for asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, and actinolite counting.
        c. If the image deteriorates, clean and adjust the microscope 
    optics. If the problem persists, consult the microscope 
    manufacturer.
        11. Each set of samples taken will include 10 percent blanks or 
    a minimum of 2 blanks. These blanks must come from the same lot as 
    the filters used for sample collection. The field blank results 
    shall be averaged and subtracted from the analytical results before 
    reporting. Any samples represented by a blank having a fiber count 
    in excess of the detection limit of the method being used shall be 
    rejected.
        12. The samples shall be mounted by the acetone/triacetin method 
    or a method with an equivalent index of refraction and similar 
    clarity.
        13. Observe the following counting rules.
        a. Count only fibers equal to or longer than 5 micrometers. 
    Measure the length of curved fibers along the curve.
        b. Count all particles as asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, 
    and actinolite that have a length-to-width ratio (aspect ratio) of 
    3:1 or greater.
        c. Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-
    Beckett graticule field shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing 
    the boundary once, having one end within the circle, shall receive 
    the count of one half (\1/2\). Do not count any fiber that crosses 
    the graticule boundary more than once. Reject and do not count any 
    other fibers even though they may be visible outside the graticule 
    area.
        d. Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual fibers 
    can be identified by observing both ends of an individual fiber.
        e. Count enough graticule fields to yield 100 fibers. Count a 
    minimum of 20 fields; stop counting at 100 fields regardless of 
    fiber count.
        14. Blind recounts shall be conducted at the rate of 10 percent.
    
    Quality Control Procedures
    
        1. Intra-laboratory program. Each laboratory and/or each company 
    with more than one microscopist counting slides shall establish a 
    statistically designed quality assurance program involving blind 
    recounts and comparisons between microscopists to monitor the 
    variability of counting by each microscopist and between 
    microscopists. In a company with more than one laboratory, the 
    program shall include all laboratories and shall also evaluate the 
    laboratory-to-laboratory variability.
        2. a. Interlaboratory program. Each laboratory analyzing 
    asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, and actinolite samples for 
    compliance determination shall implement an interlaboratory quality 
    assurance program that as a minimum includes participation of at 
    least two other independent laboratories. Each laboratory shall 
    participate in round robin testing at least once every 6 months with 
    at least all the other laboratories in its interlaboratory quality 
    assurance group. Each laboratory shall submit slides typical of its 
    own work load for use in this program. The round robin shall be 
    designed and results analyzed using appropriate statistical 
    methodology.
        b. All laboratories should participate in a national sample 
    testing scheme such as the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program 
    (PAT), the Asbestos Registry sponsored by the American Industrial 
    Hygiene Association (AIHA).
        3. All individuals performing asbestos, tremolite, 
    anthophyllite, and actinolite analysis must have taken the NIOSH 
    course for sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos, tremolite, 
    anthophyllite, and actinolite dust or an equivalent course.
        4. When the use of different microscopes contributes to 
    differences between counters and laboratories, the effect of the 
    different microscope shall be evaluated and the microscope shall be 
    replaced, as necessary.
        5. Current results of these quality assurance programs shall be 
    posted in each laboratory to keep the microscopists informed.
    
    Appendix B to Sec. 1915.1001--Detailed Procedures for Asbestos 
    Sampling and Analysis (Non-mandatory)
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Air        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Matrix:                                                                 
      OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits:                                     
        Time Weighted Average.........................  0.1 fiber/cc        
        Excursion Level (30 minutes)..................  1.0 fiber/cc        
    Collection Procedure:                                                   
        A known volume of air is drawn through a 25-mm diameter cassette    
    containing a mixed-cellulose ester filter. The cassette must be equipped
     with an electrically conductive 50-mm extension cowl. The sampling time
       and rate are chosen to give a fiber density of between 100 to 1,300  
                            fibers/mm2 on the filter.                       
    Recommended Sampling Rate.........................  0.5 to 5.0 liters/  
                                                         minute (L/min)     
    Recommended Air Volumes:                                                
        Minimum.......................................  25 L                
        Maximum.......................................  2,400 L             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Analytical Procedure: A portion of the sample filter is cleared 
    and prepared for asbestos fiber counting by Phase Contrast 
    Microscopy (PCM) at 400X.
        Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method 
    are for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by 
    USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from other sources can be substituted.
    
    1. Introduction
    
        This method describes the collection of airborne asbestos fibers 
    using calibrated sampling pumps with mixed-cellulose ester (MCE) 
    filters and analysis by phase contrast microscopy (PCM). Some terms 
    used are unique to this method and are defined below: Asbestos: A 
    term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. Asbestos includes 
    chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite (cummingtonite-grunerite asbestos), 
    tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, and 
    any of these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or 
    altered. The precise chemical formulation of each species will vary 
    with the location from which it was mined. Nominal compositions are 
    listed:
    
    Chrysotile.........................  Mg3Si2O5(OH)4                      
    Crocidolite........................  Na2Fe32+Fe23+Si8O22(OH)2           
    Amosite............................  (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2                
    Tremolite-actinolite...............  Ca2(Mg,Fe)5Si8O22(OH)2             
    Anthophyllite......................  (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2                
                                                                            
    
        Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos which meets the criteria 
    specified below for a fiber.
        Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a fiber to it's 
    diameter (e.g. 3:1, 5:1 aspect ratios).
        Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles formed by comminution of 
    minerals, especially those characterized by parallel sides and a 
    moderate aspect ratio (usually less than 20:1).
        Detection Limit: The number of fibers necessary to be 95% 
    certain that the result is greater than zero.
        Differential Counting: The term applied to the practice of 
    excluding certain kinds of fibers from the fiber count because they 
    do not appear to be asbestos.
        Fiber: A particle that is 5 m or longer, with a length-
    to-width ratio of 3 to 1 or longer.
        Field: The area within the graticule circle that is superimposed 
    on the microscope image.
        Set: The samples which are taken, submitted to the laboratory, 
    analyzed, and for which, interim or final result reports are 
    generated.
        Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite: The non-asbestos form 
    of these minerals which meet the definition of a fiber. It includes 
    any of these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or 
    altered.
        Walton-Beckett Graticule: An eyepiece graticule specifically 
    designed for asbestos fiber counting. It consists of a circle with a 
    projected diameter of 100  2 m (area of about 
    0.00785 mm2) with a crosshair having tic-marks at 3-m 
    intervals in one direction and 5-m in the orthogonal 
    direction. There are marks around the periphery of the circle to 
    demonstrate the proper sizes and shapes of fibers. This design is 
    reproduced in Figure 2. The disk is placed in one of the microscope 
    eyepieces so that the design is superimposed on the field of view.
    
    1.1. History
    
        Early surveys to determine asbestos exposures were conducted 
    using impinger counts of total dust with the counts expressed as 
    million particles per cubic foot. The British Asbestos Research 
    Council recommended filter membrane counting in 1969. In July 1969, 
    the Bureau of Occupational Safety and Health published a filter 
    membrane method for counting asbestos fibers in the United States. 
    This method was refined by NIOSH and published as P & CAM 239. On 
    May 29, 1971, OSHA specified filter membrane sampling with phase 
    contrast counting for evaluation of asbestos exposures at work sites 
    in the United States. The use of this technique was again required 
    by OSHA in 1986. Phase contrast microscopy has continued to be the 
    method of choice for the measurement of occupational exposure to 
    asbestos.
    
    1.2. Principle
    
        Air is drawn through a MCE filter to capture airborne asbestos 
    fibers. A wedge shaped portion of the filter is removed, placed on a 
    glass microscope slide and made transparent. A measured area (field) 
    is viewed by PCM. All the fibers meeting a defined criteria for 
    asbestos are counted and considered a measure of the airborne 
    asbestos concentration.
    
    1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages
    
        There are four main advantages of PCM over other methods:
        (1) The technique is specific for fibers. Phase contrast is a 
    fiber counting technique which excludes non-fibrous particles from 
    the analysis.
        (2) The technique is inexpensive and does not require 
    specialized knowledge to carry out the analysis for total fiber 
    counts.
        (3) The analysis is quick and can be performed on-site for rapid 
    determination of air concentrations of asbestos fibers.
        (4) The technique has continuity with historical epidemiological 
    studies so that estimates of expected disease can be inferred from 
    long-term determinations of asbestos exposures.
        The main disadvantage of PCM is that it does not positively 
    identify asbestos fibers. Other fibers which are not asbestos may be 
    included in the count unless differential counting is performed. 
    This requires a great deal of experience to adequately differentiate 
    asbestos from non-asbestos fibers. Positive identification of 
    asbestos must be performed by polarized light or electron microscopy 
    techniques. A further disadvantage of PCM is that the smallest 
    visible fibers are about 0.2 m in diameter while the finest 
    asbestos fibers may be as small as 0.02 m in diameter. For 
    some exposures, substantially more fibers may be present than are 
    actually counted.
    
    1.4. Workplace Exposure
    
        Asbestos is used by the construction industry in such products 
    as shingles, floor tiles, asbestos cement, roofing felts, insulation 
    and acoustical products. Non-construction uses include brakes, 
    clutch facings, paper, paints, plastics, and fabrics. One of the 
    most significant exposures in the workplace is the removal and 
    encapsulation of asbestos in schools, public buildings, and homes. 
    Many workers have the potential to be exposed to asbestos during 
    these operations.
        About 95% of the asbestos in commercial use in the United States 
    is chrysotile. Crocidolite and amosite make up most of the 
    remainder. Anthophyllite and tremolite or actinolite are likely to 
    be encountered as contaminants in various industrial products.
    
    1.5. Physical Properties
    
        Asbestos fiber possesses a high tensile strength along its axis, 
    is chemically inert, non-combustible, and heat resistant. It has a 
    high electrical resistance and good sound absorbing properties. It 
    can be weaved into cables, fabrics or other textiles, and also 
    matted into asbestos papers, felts, or mats.
    
    2. Range and Detection Limit
    
        2.1. The ideal counting range on the filter is 100 to 1,300 
    fibers/mm2. With a Walton-Beckett graticule this range is 
    equivalent to 0.8 to 10 fibers/field. Using NIOSH counting 
    statistics, a count of 0.8 fibers/field would give an approximate 
    coefficient of variation (CV) of 0.13.
        2.2. The detection limit for this method is 4.0 fibers per 100 
    fields or 5.5 fibers/mm2. This was determined using an equation 
    to estimate the maximum CV possible at a specific concentration (95% 
    confidence) and a Lower Control Limit of zero. The CV value was then 
    used to determine a corresponding concentration from historical CV 
    vs fiber relationships. As an example:
    
    Lower Control Limit (95% Confidence) = AC--1.645(CV)(AC)
    Where:
    
    AC = Estimate of the airborne fiber concentration (fibers/cc) 
    Setting the Lower Control Limit = 0 and solving for CV:
    0 = AC--1.645(CV)(AC)
    CV = 0.61
    
        This value was compared with CV vs. count curves. The count at 
    which CV = 0.61 for Leidel-Busch counting statistics (8.9.) or for 
    an OSHA Salt Lake Technical Center (OSHA-SLTC) CV curve (see 
    Appendix A for further information) was 4.4 fibers or 3.9 fibers per 
    100 fields, respectively. Although a lower detection limit of 4 
    fibers per 100 fields is supported by the OSHA-SLTC data, both data 
    sets support the 4.5 fibers per 100 fields value.
    
    3. Method Performance--Precision and Accuracy
    
        Precision is dependent upon the total number of fibers counted 
    and the uniformity of the fiber distribution on the filter. A 
    general rule is to count at least 20 and not more than 100 fields. 
    The count is discontinued when 100 fibers are counted, provided that 
    20 fields have already been counted. Counting more than 100 fibers 
    results in only a small gain in precision. As the total count drops 
    below 10 fibers, an accelerated loss of precision is noted.
        At this time, there is no known method to determine the absolute 
    accuracy of the asbestos analysis. Results of samples prepared 
    through the Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program and 
    analyzed by the OSHA-SLTC showed no significant bias when compared 
    to PAT reference values. The PAT samples were analyzed from 1987 to 
    1989 (N=36) and the concentration range was from 120 to 1,300 
    fibers/mm2.
    
    4. Interferences
    
        Fibrous substances, if present, may interfere with asbestos 
    analysis.
        Some common fibers are:
    
    Fiber glass........................  Perlite veins.                     
    Anhydrite plant fibers gypsum......  Some synthetic fibers.             
    Membrane structures................  Sponge spicules and diatoms.       
    Microorganisms.....................  Wollastonite.                      
                                                                            
    
        The use of electron microscopy or optical tests such as 
    polarized light, and dispersion staining may be used to 
    differentiate these materials from asbestos when necessary.
    
    5. Sampling
    
    5.1. Equipment
    
        5.1.1. Sample assembly (The assembly is shown in Figure 3). 
    Conductive filter holder consisting of a 25-mm diameter, 3-piece 
    cassette having a 50-mm long electrically conductive extension cowl. 
    Backup pad, 25-mm, cellulose. Membrane filter, mixed-cellulose ester 
    (MCE), 25-mm, plain, white, 0.8- to 1.2-m pore size.
    
        Notes: (a) DO NOT RE-USE CASSETTES.
        (b) Fully conductive cassettes are required to reduce fiber loss 
    to the sides of the cassette due to electrostatic attraction.
        (c) Purchase filters which have been selected by the 
    manufacturer for asbestos counting or analyze representative filters 
    for fiber background before use. Discard the filter lot if more than 
    4 fibers/100 fields are found.
        (d) To decrease the possibility of contamination, the sampling 
    system (filter-backup pad-cassette) for asbestos is usually 
    preassembled by the manufacturer.
    
        5.1.2. Gel bands for sealing cassettes.
        5.1.3. Sampling pump.
        Each pump must be a battery operated, self-contained unit small 
    enough to be placed on the monitored employee and not interfere with 
    the work being performed. The pump must be capable of sampling at 
    2.5 liters per minute (L/min) for the required sampling time.
        5.1.4. Flexible tubing, 6-mm bore.
        5.1.5. Pump calibration.
        Stopwatch and bubble tube/burette or electronic meter.
    
    5.2. Sampling Procedure
    
        5.2.1. Seal the point where the base and cowl of each cassette 
    meet (see Figure 3) with a gel band or tape.
        5.2.2. Charge the pumps completely before beginning.
        5.2.3. Connect each pump to a calibration cassette with an 
    appropriate length of 6-mm bore plastic tubing. Do not use luer 
    connectors--the type of cassette specified above has built-in 
    adapters.
        5.2.4. Select an appropriate flow rate for the situation being 
    monitored. The sampling flow rate must be between 0.5 and 5.0 L/min 
    for personal sampling and is commonly set between 1 and 2 L/min. 
    Always choose a flow rate that will not produce overloaded filters.
        5.2.5. Calibrate each sampling pump before and after sampling 
    with a calibration cassette in-line (Note: This calibration cassette 
    should be from the same lot of cassettes used for sampling). Use a 
    primary standard (e.g. bubble burette) to calibrate each pump. If 
    possible, calibrate at the sampling site.
    
        Note: If sampling site calibration is not possible, 
    environmental influences may affect the flow rate. The extent is 
    dependent on the type of pump used. Consult with the pump 
    manufacturer to determine dependence on environmental influences. If 
    the pump is affected by temperature and pressure changes, use the 
    formula in Appendix B to this section to calculate the actual flow 
    rate.
    
        5.2.6. Connect each pump to the base of each sampling cassette 
    with flexible tubing. Remove the end cap of each cassette and take 
    each air sample open face. Assure that each sample cassette is held 
    open side down in the employee's breathing zone during sampling. The 
    distance from the nose/mouth of the employee to the cassette should 
    be about 10 cm. Secure the cassette on the collar or lapel of the 
    employee using spring clips or other similar devices.
        5.2.7. A suggested minimum air volume when sampling to determine 
    TWA compliance is 25 L. For Excursion Limit (30 min sampling time) 
    evaluations, a minimum air volume of 48 L is recommended.
        5.2.8. The most significant problem when sampling for asbestos 
    is overloading the filter with non-asbestos dust. Suggested maximum 
    air sample volumes for specific environments are:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Air vol. 
                             Environment                              (L)   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Asbestos removal operations (visible dust)..................  100       
    Asbestos removal operations (little dust)...................  240       
    Office environments.........................................  400 to    
                                                                   2,400    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Caution: Do not overload the filter with dust. High levels of 
    non-fibrous dust particles may obscure fibers on the filter and 
    lower the count or make counting impossible. If more than about 25 
    to 30% of the field area is obscured with dust, the result may be 
    biased low. Smaller air volumes may be necessary when there is 
    excessive non-asbestos dust in the air.
        While sampling, observe the filter with a small flashlight. If 
    there is a visible layer of dust on the filter, stop sampling, 
    remove and seal the cassette, and replace with a new sampling 
    assembly. The total dust loading should not exceed 1 mg.
        5.2.9. Blank samples are used to determine if any contamination 
    has occurred during sample handling. Prepare two blanks for the 
    first 1 to 20 samples. For sets containing greater than 20 samples, 
    prepare blanks as 10% of the samples. Handle blank samples in the 
    same manner as air samples with one exception: Do not draw any air 
    through the blank samples. Open the blank cassette in the place 
    where the sample cassettes are mounted on the employee. Hold it open 
    for about 30 seconds. Close and seal the cassette appropriately. 
    Store blanks for shipment with the sample cassettes.
        5.2.10. Immediately after sampling, close and seal each cassette 
    with the base and plastic plugs. Do not touch or puncture the filter 
    membrane as this will invalidate the analysis.
        5.2.11. Attach a seal (OSHA-21 or equivalent) around each 
    cassette in such a way as to secure the end cap plug and base plug. 
    Tape the ends of the seal together since the seal is not long enough 
    to be wrapped end-to-end. Also wrap tape around the cassette at each 
    joint to keep the seal secure.
    
    5.3. Sample Shipment
    
        5.3.1. Send the samples to the laboratory with paperwork 
    requesting asbestos analysis. List any known fibrous interferences 
    present during sampling on the paperwork. Also, note the workplace 
    operation(s) sampled.
        5.3.2. Secure and handle the samples in such that they will not 
    rattle during shipment nor be exposed to static electricity. Do not 
    ship samples in expanded polystyrene peanuts, vermiculite, paper 
    shreds, or excelsior. Tape sample cassettes to sheet bubbles and 
    place in a container that will cushion the samples without rattling.
        5.3.3. To avoid the possibility of sample contamination, always 
    ship bulk samples in separate mailing containers.
    
    6. Analysis
    
    6.1. Safety Precautions
    
        6.1.1. Acetone is extremely flammable and precautions must be 
    taken not to ignite it. Avoid using large containers or quantities 
    of acetone. Transfer the solvent in a ventilated laboratory hood. Do 
    not use acetone near any open flame. For generation of acetone 
    vapor, use a spark free heat source.
        6.1.2. Any asbestos spills should be cleaned up immediately to 
    prevent dispersal of fibers. Prudence should be exercised to avoid 
    contamination of laboratory facilities or exposure of personnel to 
    asbestos. Asbestos spills should be cleaned up with wet methods and/
    or a High Efficiency Particulate-Air (HEPA) filtered vacuum.
        Caution: Do not use a vacuum without a HEPA filter--It will 
    disperse fine asbestos fibers in the air.
    
    6.2. Equipment
    
        6.2.1. Phase contrast microscope with binocular or trinocular 
    head.
        6.2.2. Widefield or Huygenian 10X eyepieces (NOTE: The eyepiece 
    containing the graticule must be a focusing eyepiece. Use a 40X 
    phase objective with a numerical aperture of 0.65 to 0.75).
        6.2.3. Kohler illumination (if possible) with green or blue 
    filter.
        6.2.4. Walton-Beckett Graticule, type G-22 with 100  
    2 m projected diameter.
        6.2.5. Mechanical stage. A rotating mechanical stage is 
    convenient for use with polarized light.
        6.2.6. Phase telescope.
        6.2.7. Stage micrometer with 0.01-mm subdivisions.
        6.2.8. Phase-shift test slide, mark II (Available from PTR 
    optics Ltd., and also McCrone).
        6.2.9. Precleaned glass slides, 25 mm X 75 mm. One end can be 
    frosted for convenience in writing sample numbers, etc., or paste-on 
    labels can be used.
        6.2.10. Cover glass #1\1/2\.
        6.2.11. Scalpel (#10, curved blade).
        6.2.12. Fine tipped forceps.
        6.2.13. Aluminum block for clearing filter (see Appendix D and 
    Figure 4).
        6.2.14. Automatic adjustable pipette, 100- to 500-L.
        6.2.15. Micropipette, 5 L.
    
    6.3. Reagents
    
        6.3.1. Acetone (HPLC grade).
        6.3.2. Triacetin (glycerol triacetate).
        6.3.3. Lacquer or nail polish.
    
    6.4. Standard Preparation
    
        A way to prepare standard asbestos samples of known 
    concentration has not been developed. It is possible to prepare 
    replicate samples of nearly equal concentration. This has been 
    performed through the PAT program. These asbestos samples are 
    distributed by the AIHA to participating laboratories.
        Since only about one-fourth of a 25-mm sample membrane is 
    required for an asbestos count, any PAT sample can serve as a 
    ``standard'' for replicate counting.
    
    6.5. Sample Mounting
    
        Note: See Safety Precautions in Section 6.1. before proceeding. 
    The objective is to produce samples with a smooth (non-grainy) 
    background in a medium with a refractive index of approximately 
    1.46. The technique below collapses the filter for easier focusing 
    and produces permanent mounts which are useful for quality control 
    and interlaboratory comparison.
        An aluminum block or similar device is required for sample 
    preparation.
        6.5.1. Heat the aluminum block to about 70 deg. C. The hot block 
    should not be used on any surface that can be damaged by either the 
    heat or from exposure to acetone.
        6.5.2. Ensure that the glass slides and cover glasses are free 
    of dust and fibers.
        6.5.3. Remove the top plug to prevent a vacuum when the cassette 
    is opened. Clean the outside of the cassette if necessary. Cut the 
    seal and/or tape on the cassette with a razor blade. Very carefully 
    separate the base from the extension cowl, leaving the filter and 
    backup pad in the base.
        6.5.4. With a rocking motion cut a triangular wedge from the 
    filter using the scalpel. This wedge should be one-sixth to one-
    fourth of the filter. Grasp the filter wedge with the forceps on the 
    perimeter of the filter which was clamped between the cassette 
    pieces. DO NOT TOUCH the filter with your finger. Place the filter 
    on the glass slide sample side up. Static electricity will usually 
    keep the filter on the slide until it is cleared.
        6.5.5. Place the tip of the micropipette containing about 200 
    L acetone into the aluminum block. Insert the glass slide 
    into the receiving slot in the aluminum block. Inject the acetone 
    into the block with slow, steady pressure on the plunger while 
    holding the pipette firmly in place. Wait 3 to 5 seconds for the 
    filter to clear, then remove the pipette and slide from the aluminum 
    block.
        6.5.6. Immediately (less than 30 seconds) place 2.5 to 3.5 
    L of triacetin on the filter (Note: Waiting longer than 30 
    seconds will result in increased index of refraction and decreased 
    contrast between the fibers and the preparation. This may also lead 
    to separation of the cover slip from the slide).
        6.5.7. Lower a cover slip gently onto the filter at a slight 
    angle to reduce the possibility of forming air bubbles. If more than 
    30 seconds have elapsed between acetone exposure and triacetin 
    application, glue the edges of the cover slip to the slide with 
    lacquer or nail polish.
        6.5.8. If clearing is slow, warm the slide for 15 min on a hot 
    plate having a surface temperature of about 50 deg. C to hasten 
    clearing. The top of the hot block can be used if the slide is not 
    heated too long.
        6.5.9. Counting may proceed immediately after clearing and 
    mounting are completed.
    
    6.6. Sample Analysis
    
        Completely align the microscope according to the manufacturer's 
    instructions. Then, align the microscope using the following general 
    alignment routine at the beginning of every counting session and 
    more often if necessary.
    
    6.6.1. Alignment
    
        (1) Clean all optical surfaces. Even a small amount of dirt can 
    significantly degrade the image.
        (2) Rough focus the objective on a sample.
        (3) Close down the field iris so that it is visible in the field 
    of view. Focus the image of the iris with the condenser focus. 
    Center the image of the iris in the field of view.
        (4) Install the phase telescope and focus on the phase rings. 
    Critically center the rings. Misalignment of the rings results in 
    astigmatism which will degrade the image.
        (5) Place the phase-shift test slide on the microscope stage and 
    focus on the lines. The analyst must see line set 3 and should see 
    at least parts of 4 and 5 but, not see line set 6 or 6. A 
    microscope/microscopist combination which does not pass this test 
    may not be used.
    
    6.6.2. Counting Fibers
    
        (1) Place the prepared sample slide on the mechanical stage of 
    the microscope. Position the center of the wedge under the objective 
    lens and focus upon the sample.
        (2) Start counting from one end of the wedge and progress along 
    a radial line to the other end (count in either direction from 
    perimeter to wedge tip). Select fields randomly, without looking 
    into the eyepieces, by slightly advancing the slide in one direction 
    with the mechanical stage control.
        (3) Continually scan over a range of focal planes (generally the 
    upper 10 to 15 m of the filter surface) with the fine focus 
    control during each field count. Spend at least 5 to 15 seconds per 
    field.
        (4) Most samples will contain asbestos fibers with fiber 
    diameters less than 1 m. Look carefully for faint fiber 
    images. The small diameter fibers will be very hard to see. However, 
    they are an important contribution to the total count.
        (5) Count only fibers equal to or longer than 5 m. 
    Measure the length of curved fibers along the curve.
        (6) Count fibers which have a length to width ratio of 3:1 or 
    greater.
        (7) Count all the fibers in at least 20 fields. Continue 
    counting until either 100 fibers are counted or 100 fields have been 
    viewed; whichever occurs first. Count all the fibers in the final 
    field.
        (8) Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-
    Beckett graticule field shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing 
    the boundary once, having one end within the circle shall receive a 
    count of \1/2\. Do not count any fiber that crosses the graticule 
    boundary more than once. Reject and do not count any other fibers 
    even though they may be visible outside the graticule area. If a 
    fiber touches the circle, it is considered to cross the line.
        (9) Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual 
    fibers can be clearly identified and each individual fiber is 
    clearly not connected to another counted fiber. See Figure 2 for 
    counting conventions.
        (10) Record the number of fibers in each field in a consistent 
    way such that filter non-uniformity can be assessed.
        (11) Regularly check phase ring alignment.
        (12) When an agglomerate (mass of material) covers more than 25% 
    of the field of view, reject the field and select another. Do not 
    include it in the number of fields counted.
        (13) Perform a ``blind recount'' of 1 in every 10 filter wedges 
    (slides). Re-label the slides using a person other than the original 
    counter.
    
    6.7. Fiber Identification
    
        As previously mentioned in Section 1.3., PCM does not provide 
    positive confirmation of asbestos fibers. Alternate differential 
    counting techniques should be used if discrimination is desirable. 
    Differential counting may include primary discrimination based on 
    morphology, polarized light analysis of fibers, or modification of 
    PCM data by Scanning Electron or Transmission Electron Microscopy.
        A great deal of experience is required to routinely and 
    correctly perform differential counting. It is discouraged unless it 
    is legally necessary. Then, only if a fiber is obviously not 
    asbestos should it be excluded from the count. Further discussion of 
    this technique can be found in reference 8.10.
        If there is a question whether a fiber is asbestos or not, 
    follow the rule:
        ``WHEN IN DOUBT, COUNT.''
    
    6.8. Analytical Recommendations--Quality Control System
    
        6.8.1. All individuals performing asbestos analysis must have 
    taken the NIOSH course for sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos 
    or an equivalent course.
        6.8.2. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos counting shall set up 
    a slide trading arrangement with at least two other laboratories in 
    order to compare performance and eliminate inbreeding of error. The 
    slide exchange occurs at least semiannually. The round robin results 
    shall be posted where all analysts can view individual analyst's 
    results.
        6.8.3. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos counting shall 
    participate in the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program, the 
    Asbestos Analyst Registry or equivalent.
        6.8.4. Each analyst shall select and count prepared slides from 
    a ``slide bank''. These are quality assurance counts. The slide bank 
    shall be prepared using uniformly distributed samples taken from the 
    workload. Fiber densities should cover the entire range routinely 
    analyzed by the laboratory. These slides are counted blind by all 
    counters to establish an original standard deviation. This 
    historical distribution is compared with the quality assurance 
    counts. A counter must have 95% of all quality control samples 
    counted within three standard deviations of the historical mean. 
    This count is then integrated into a new historical mean and 
    standard deviation for the slide.
        The analyses done by the counters to establish the slide bank 
    may be used for an interim quality control program if the data are 
    treated in a proper statistical fashion.
    
    7. Calculations
    
        7.1. Calculate the estimated airborne asbestos fiber 
    concentration on the filter sample using the following formula:
    
    TR10AU94.027
    
    
    Where:
    
    AC = Airborne fiber concentration
    FB = Total number of fibers greater than 5 m counted
    FL = Total number of fields counted on the filter
    BFB = Total number of fibers greater than 5 m counted in 
    the blank
    BFL = Total number of fields counted on the blank
    ECA = Effective collecting area of filter (385 mm\2\ nominal for a 
    25-mm filter.)
    FR = Pump flow rate (L/min)
    MFA = Microscope count field area (mm\2\). This is 0.00785 mm\2\ for 
    a Walton-Beckett Graticule.
    T = Sample collection time (min)
    1,000 = Conversion of L to cc
    
        Note: The collection area of a filter is seldom equal to 385 
    mm\2\. It is appropriate for laboratories to routinely monitor the 
    exact diameter using an inside micrometer. The collection area is 
    calculated according to the formula:
    Area = (d/2)\2\
    
    7.2. Short-cut Calculation
    
        Since a given analyst always has the same interpupillary 
    distance, the number of fields per filter for a particular analyst 
    will remain constant for a given size filter. The field size for 
    that analyst is constant (i.e. the analyst is using an assigned 
    microscope and is not changing the reticle).
        For example, if the exposed area of the filter is always 385 
    mm\2\ and the size of the field is always 0.00785 mm\2\, the number 
    of fields per filter will always be 49,000. In addition it is 
    necessary to convert liters of air to cc. These three constants can 
    then be combined such that ECA/(1,000 X MFA) = 49. The previous 
    equation simplifies to:
    TR10AU94.028
    
    
    
    7.3. Recount Calculations
    
        As mentioned in step 13 of Section 6.6.2., a ``blind recount'' 
    of 10% of the slides is performed. In all cases, differences will be 
    observed between the first and second counts of the same filter 
    wedge. Most of these differences will be due to chance alone, that 
    is, due to the random variability (precision) of the count method. 
    Statistical recount criteria enables one to decide whether observed 
    differences can be explained due to chance alone or are probably due 
    to systematic differences between analysts, microscopes, or other 
    biasing factors.
        The following recount criterion is for a pair of counts that 
    estimate AC in fibers/cc. The criterion is given at the type-I error 
    level. That is, there is 5% maximum risk that we will reject a pair 
    of counts for the reason that one might be biased, when the large 
    observed difference is really due to chance.
        Reject a pair of counts if:
    TR10AU94.029
    
    
    Where:
    
    AC1=lower estimated airborne fiber concentration
    AC2=higher estimated airborne fiber concentration
    ACavg=average of the two concentration estimates
    CVFB=CV for the average of the two concentration estimates
    
        If a pair of counts are rejected by this criterion then, recount 
    the rest of the filters in the submitted set. Apply the test and 
    reject any other pairs failing the test. Rejection shall include a 
    memo to the industrial hygienist stating that the sample failed a 
    statistical test for homogeneity and the true air concentration may 
    be significantly different than the reported value.
    
    7.4. Reporting Results
    
        Report results to the industrial hygienist as fibers/cc. Use two 
    significant figures. If multiple analyses are performed on a sample, 
    an average of the results is to be reported unless any of the 
    results can be rejected for cause.
    
    8. References
    
        8.1. Dreesen, W.C., et al, U.S. Public Health Service: A Study 
    of Asbestosis in the Asbestos Textile Industry, (Public Health 
    Bulletin No. 241), US Treasury Dept., Washington, DC, 1938.
        8.2. Asbestos Research Council: The Measurement of Airborne 
    Asbestos Dust by the Membrane Filter Method (Technical Note), 
    Asbestos Research Council, Rockdale, Lancashire, Great Britain, 
    1969.
        8.3. Bayer, S.G., Zumwalde, R.D., Brown, T.A., Equipment and 
    Procedure for Mounting Millipore Filters and Counting Asbestos 
    Fibers by Phase Contrast Microscopy, Bureau of Occupational Health, 
    U.S. Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare, Cincinnati,OH,1969.
        8.4. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods, 2nd ed., Vol. 1 (DHEW/
    NIOSH Pub. No. 77-157-A). National Institute for Occupational Safety 
    and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1977.pp.239-1-239-21.
        8.5. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR 1910.1001. 
    1971.
        8.6. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, 
    Anthophyllite, and Actinolite. Final Rule, Federal Register 51: 119 
    (20 June 1986). pp.22612-22790.
        8.7. Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite, Code of 
    Federal Regulations 1910.1001. 1988. pp 711-752.
        8.8. Criteria for a Recommended Standard--Occupational Exposure 
    to Asbestos (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. HSM 72-10267), National Institute 
    for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH, Cincinnati, OH, 1972. pp. 
    III-1-III-24.
        8.9. Leidel, N.A., Bayer, S.G., Zumwalde, R.D., Busch, K.A., 
    USPHS/NIOSH Membrane Filter Method for Evaluating Airborne Asbestos 
    Fibers (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 79-127). National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1979.
        8.10. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in 
    Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz, Analytical Techniques in 
    Occupational Health Chemistry, edited by D.D. Dollberg and A.W. 
    Verstuyft. Wash. D.C.: American Chemical Society, (ACS Symposium 
    Series 120) 1980. pp. 13-41.
    
    Quality Control
    
        The OSHA asbestos regulations require each laboratory to 
    establish a quality control program. The following is presented as 
    an example of how the OSHA-SLTC constructed its internal CV curve as 
    part of meeting this requirement. Data for the CV curve shown below 
    is from 395 samples collected during OSHA compliance inspections and 
    analyzed from October 1980 through April 1986.
        Each sample was counted by 2 to 5 different counters 
    independently of one another. The standard deviation and the CV 
    statistic was calculated for each sample. This data was then plotted 
    on a graph of CV vs. fibers/mm\2\. A least squares regression was 
    performed using the following equation:
    
    CV=antilog10[A(log10(x))\2\+B(log10(x))+C]
    Where:
    
    x=the number of fibers/mm\2\
    
        Application of least squares gave:
    
    A=0.182205
    B=-0.973343
    C=0.327499
    
        Using these values, the equation becomes:
    
    CV = antilog10[0.182205(log10 (x))\2\-0.973343(log 
    10(x))+0.327499]
    
    Sampling Pump Flow Rate Corrections
    
        This correction is used if a difference greater than 5% in 
    ambient temperature and/or pressure is noted between calibration and 
    sampling sites and the pump does not compensate for the differences.
    TR10AU94.030
    
    
    Where:
    
    Qact=actual flow rate
    Qcal=calibrated flow rate (if a rotameter was used, the 
    rotameter value)
    Pcal=uncorrected air pressure at calibration
    Pact=uncorrected air pressure at sampling site
    Tact=temperature at sampling site (K)
    Tcal=temperature at calibration (K)
    
    Walton-Beckett Graticule
    
        When ordering the Graticule for asbestos counting, specify the 
    exact disc diameter needed to fit the ocular of the microscope and 
    the diameter (mm) of the circular counting area. Instructions for 
    measuring the dimensions necessary are listed:
        (1) Insert any available graticule into the focusing eyepiece 
    and focus so that the graticule lines are sharp and clear.
        (2) Align the microscope.
        (3) Place a stage micrometer on the microscope object stage and 
    focus the microscope on the graduated lines.
        (4) Measure the magnified grid length, PL (m), using 
    the stage micrometer.
        (5) Remove the graticule from the microscope and measure its 
    actual grid length, AL (mm). This can be accomplished by using a 
    mechanical stage fitted with verniers, or a jeweler's loupe with a 
    direct reading scale.
        (6) Let D=100 m. Calculate the circle diameter, dc 
    (mm), for the Walton-Beckett graticule and specify the diameter when 
    making a purchase:
    TR10AU94.031
    
    
        Example: If PL=108 m, AL=2.93 mm and D=100 m, 
    then,
    TR10AU94.032
    
    
        (7) Each eyepiece-objective-reticle combination on the 
    microscope must be calibrated. Should any of the three be changed 
    (by zoom adjustment, disassembly, replacement, etc.), the 
    combination must be recalibrated. Calibration may change if 
    interpupillary distance is changed.
         Measure the field diameter, D (acceptable range: 100 
    2 m) with a stage micrometer upon receipt of 
    the graticule from the manufacturer. Determine the field area 
    (mm\2\).
    
    Field Area=(D/2)\2\
    If D=100 m=0.1 mm, then
    Field Area=(0.1 mm/2)\2\=0.00785 mm\2\
    
        The Graticule is available from: Graticules Ltd., Morley Road, 
    Tonbridge TN9 IRN, Kent, England (Telephone 011-44-732-359061). Also 
    available from PTR Optics Ltd., 145 Newton Street, Waltham, MA 02154 
    [telephone (617) 891-6000] or McCrone Accessories and Components, 
    2506 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, IL 60616 [phone (312) 842-7100]. The 
    graticule is custom made for each microscope.
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    TR10AU94.008
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
                       Counts for the Fibers in the Figure                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Structure No.        Count                 Explanation             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 to 6................          1  Single fibers all contained within   
                                        the circle.                         
    7.....................      \1/2\  Fiber crosses circle once.           
    8.....................          0  Fiber too short.                     
    9.....................          2  Two crossing fibers.                 
    10....................          0  Fiber outside graticule.             
    11....................          0  Fiber crosses graticule twice.       
    12....................      \1/2\  Although split, fiber only crosses   
                                        once.                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Appendix C to Sec. 1915.1001--Qualitative and Quantitative Fit 
    Testing Procedures. Mandatory
    
    Qualitative Fit Test Protocols
    
    I. Isoamyl Acetate Protocol
    
        A. Odor threshold screening. 1. Three 1-liter glass jars with 
    metal lids (e.g. Mason or Bell jars) are required.
        2. Odor-free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at 
    approximately 25  deg.C shall be used for the solutions.
        3. The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known as isopentyl acetate) 
    stock solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of 
    odor free water in a 1-liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. This 
    solution shall be prepared new at least weekly.
        4. The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from 
    the room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well 
    ventilated but shall not be connected to the same recirculating 
    ventilation system.
        5. The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 
    0.4 cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a 
    clean dropper or pipette. Shake for 30 seconds and allow to stand 
    for two to three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the 
    liquid may reach equilibrium. This solution may be used for only one 
    day.
        6. A test blank is prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of 
    odor free water.
        7. The odor test and test blank jars shall be labelled 1 and 2 
    for jar identification. If the labels are put on the lids they can 
    be periodically peeled, dried off and switched to maintain the 
    integrity of the test.
        8. The following instructions shall be typed on a card and 
    placed on the table in front of the two test jars (i.e. 1 and 2): 
    ``The purpose of this test is to determine if you can smell banana 
    oil at a low concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain 
    water. One of these bottles also contains a small amount of banana 
    oil. Be sure the covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two 
    seconds. Unscrew the lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at 
    the mouth of the bottle. Indicate to the test conductor which bottle 
    contains banana oil.''
        9. The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be 
    prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in 
    order to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject.
        10. If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar 
    containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test may 
    not be used.
        11. If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing 
    the odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator 
    selection and fit testing.
        B. Respirator Selection. 1. The test subject shall be allowed to 
    pick the most comfortable respirator from a selection including 
    respirators of various sizes from different manufacturers. The 
    selection shall include at least five sizes of elastomeric half 
    facepieces, from at least two manufacturers.
        2. The selection process shall be conducted in a room separate 
    from the fit-test chamber to prevent odor fatigue. Prior to the 
    selection process, the test subject shall be shown how to put on a 
    respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how to set 
    strap tension and how to determine a ``comfortable'' respirator. A 
    mirror shall be available to assist the subject in evaluating the 
    fit and positioning of the respirator. This instruction may not 
    constitute the subject's formal training on respirator use, as it is 
    only a review.
        3. The test subject should understand that the employee is being 
    asked to select the respirator which provides the most comfortable 
    fit. Each respirator represents a different size and shape and, if 
    fit properly and used properly will provide adequate protection.
        4. The test subject holds each facepiece up to the face and 
    eliminates those which obviously do not give a comfortable fit. 
    Normally, selection will begin with a half-mask and if a good fit 
    cannot be found, the subject will be asked to test the full 
    facepiece respirators. (A small percentage of users will not be able 
    to wear any half-mask.)
        5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most 
    comfortable mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess 
    comfort. All donning and adjustments of the facepiece shall be 
    performed by the test subject without assistance from the test 
    conductor or other person. Assistance in assessing comfort can be 
    given by discussing the points in #6 below. If the test subject is 
    not familiar with using a particular respirator, the test subject 
    shall be directed to don the mask several times and to adjust the 
    straps each time to become adept at setting proper tension on the 
    straps.
        6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following 
    points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate 
    time to determine the comfort of the respirator:
         Positioning of mask on nose.
         Room for eye protection.
         Room to talk.
         Positioning mask on face and cheeks.
        7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the 
    adequacy of the respirator fit:
         Chin properly placed.
         Strap tension.
         Fit across nose bridge.
         Distance from nose to chin.
         Tendency to slip.
         Self-observation in mirror.
        8. The test subject shall conduct the conventional negative and 
    positive-pressure fit checks (e.g. see ANSI Z88.2-1980). Before 
    conducting the negative- or positive-pressure test the subject shall 
    be told to ``seat'' the mask by rapidly moving the head from side-
    to-side and up and down, while taking a few deep breaths.
        9. The test subject is now ready for fit testing.
        10. After passing the fit test, the test subject shall be 
    questioned again regarding the comfort of the respirator. If it has 
    become uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried.
        11. The employee shall be given the opportunity to select a 
    different facepiece and be retested if the chosen facepiece becomes 
    increasingly uncomfortable at any time.
        C. Fit test. 1. The fit test chamber shall be similar to a clear 
    55 gal drum liner suspended inverted over a 2 foot diameter frame, 
    so that the top of the chamber is about 6 inches above the test 
    subject's head. The inside top center of the chamber shall have a 
    small hook attached.
        2. Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be 
    equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against 
    organic vapors. The cartridges or masks shall be changed at least 
    weekly.
        3. After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a 
    respirator, the test subject shall wear it to the fit testing room. 
    This room shall be separate from the room used for odor threshold 
    screening and respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as 
    by an exhaust fan or lab hood, to prevent general room 
    contamination.
        4. A copy of the following test exercises and rainbow passage 
    shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber:
    
    Test Exercises
    
        i. Breathe normally.
        ii. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
        iii. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Inhale on 
    each side. Be certain movement is complete. Do not bump the 
    respirator against the shoulders.
        iv. Nod head up-and-down. Inhale when head is in the full up 
    position (looking toward ceiling). Be certain motions are complete 
    and made about every second. Do not bump the respirator on the 
    chest.
        v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The 
    following paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Reading it will 
    result in a wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to 
    satisfy this requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same 
    purpose may also be used.
        vi. Jogging in place.
        vii. Breathe normally.
    
    Rainbow Passage
    
        When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
    prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light 
    into many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round 
    arch, with its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond 
    the horizon. There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at 
    one end. People look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for 
    something beyond reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of 
    gold at the end of the rainbow.
        5. Each test subject shall wear the respirator for at a least 10 
    minutes before starting the fit test.
        6. Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be 
    given a 6 inch by 5 inch piece of paper towel or other porous 
    absorbent single ply material, folded in half and wetted with three-
    quarters of one cc of pure IAA. The test subject shall hang the wet 
    towel on the hook at the top of the chamber.
        7. Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to be 
    reached before starting the fit-test exercises. This would be an 
    appropriate time to talk with the test subject, to explain the fit 
    test, the importance of cooperation, the purpose for the head 
    exercises, or to demonstrate some of the exercises.
        8. Each exercise described in #4 above shall be performed for at 
    least one minute.
        9. If at any time during the test, the subject detects the 
    banana-like odor of IAA, the test has failed. The subject shall 
    quickly exit from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid 
    olfactory fatigue.
        10. If the test is failed, the subject shall return to the 
    selection room and remove the respirator, repeat the odor 
    sensitivity test, select and put on another respirator, return to 
    the test chamber, and again begin the procedure described in the 
    c(4) through c(8) above. The process continues until a respirator 
    that fits well has been found. Should the odor sensitivity test be 
    failed, the subject shall wait about 5 minutes before retesting. 
    Odor sensitivity will usually have returned by this time.
        11. If a person cannot pass the fit test described above wearing 
    a half-mask respirator from the available selection, full facepiece 
    models must be used.
        12. When a respirator is found that passes the test, the subject 
    breaks the faceseal and takes a breath before exiting the chamber. 
    This is to assure that the reason the test subject is not smelling 
    the IAA is the good fit of the respirator facepiece seal and not 
    olfactory fatigue.
        13. When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall 
    remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting 
    the test. To keep the area from becoming contaminated, the used 
    towels shall be kept in a self-sealing bag so there is no 
    significant IAA concentration buildup in the test chamber during 
    subsequent tests.
        14. At least two facepieces shall be selected for the IAA test 
    protocol. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear 
    them for one week to choose the one which is more comfortable to 
    wear.
        15. Persons who have successfully passed this fit test with a 
    half-mask respirator may be assigned the use of the test respirator 
    in atmospheres with up to 10 times the PEL of airborne asbestos. In 
    atmospheres greater than 10 times, and less than 100 times the PEL 
    (up to 100 ppm), the subject must pass the IAA test using a full 
    face negative pressure respirator. (The concentration of the 1AA 
    inside the test chamber must be increased by ten times for QLFT of 
    the full facepiece.)
        16. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
    between the skin the facepiece sealing surface.
        17. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a satisfactory fit, 
    then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate 
    interference and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory fit is 
    still not attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure 
    respirator such as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air 
    respirator, or self-contained breathing apparatus.
        18. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during 
    the tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in 
    respirator diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the 
    test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his 
    duties.
        19. Qualitative fit testing shall be repeated at least every six 
    months.
        20. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
    affected, qualitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when 
    the test subject has a:
        (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
        (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece 
    seal,
        (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions 
    without prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
        (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
        (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece 
    sealing.
        D. Recordkeeping. A summary of all test results shall be 
    maintained in each office for 3 years. The summary shall include:
        (1) Name of test subject.
        (2) Date of testing.
        (3) Name of the test conductor.
        (4) Respirators selected (indicate manufacturer, model, size and 
    approval number).
        (5) Testing agent.
    
    II. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol
    
        A. Respirator selection. Respirators shall be selected as 
    described in section IB (respirator selection) above, except that 
    each respirator shall be equipped with a particulate filter.
         B. Taste Threshold Screening.
        1. An enclosure about head and shoulders shall be used for 
    threshold screening (to determine if the individual can taste 
    saccharin) and for fit testing. The enclosure shall be approximately 
    12 inches in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front 
    clear to allow free movement of the head when a respirator is worn.
        2. The test enclosure shall have a three-quarter inch hole in 
    front of the test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the 
    nebulizer nozzle.
        3. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained 
    to the test subject prior to conducting the screening test.
        4. During the threshold screening test, the test subject shall 
    don the test enclosure and breathe with open mouth with tongue 
    extended.
        5. Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or 
    equivalent, the test conductor shall spray the threshold check 
    solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked 
    to distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer.
        6. The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium 
    saccharin, USP in water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc of the 
    test solution (see C 7 below) in 100 cc of water.
        7. To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed 
    so that it collapses completely, then is released and allowed to 
    fully expand.
        8. Ten squeezes of the nebulizer bulb are repeated rapidly and 
    then the test subject is asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.
        9. If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes of the 
    nebulizer bulb are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again 
    asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.
        10. If the second response is negative ten more squeezes are 
    repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
    saccharin can be tasted.
        11. The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes 
    required to elicit a taste response.
        12. If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (Step 10), 
    the saccharin fit test cannot be performed on the test subject.
        13. If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be 
    asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.
         14. Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc 
    of liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.
         15. The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken 
    dry, and refilled at least every four hours.
        C. Fit test. 1. The test subject shall don and adjust the 
    respirator without the assistance from any person.
         2. The fit test uses the same enclosure described in IIB above.
         3. Each test subject shall wear the respirator for a least 10 
    minutes before starting the fit test.
        4. The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the 
    respirator selected in section IB above. This respirator shall be 
    properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter.
        5. The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or 
    chew gum for 15 minutes before the test.
        6. A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer 
    is used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This 
    nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the 
    screening test solution nebulizer.
        7. The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of 
    sodium saccharin to 100 cc of warm water.
        8. As before, the test subject shall breathe with mouth open and 
    tongue extended.
        9. The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the 
    enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure 
    using the same technique as for the taste threshold screening and 
    the same number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in 
    the screening. (See B8 through B10 above).
         10. After generation of the aerosol read the following 
    instructions to the test subject. The test subject shall perform the 
    exercises for one minute each.
        i. Breathe normally.
        ii. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
        iii. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Be 
    certain movement is complete. Inhale on each side. Do not bump the 
    respirator against the shoulders.
        iv. Nod head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete. 
    Inhale when head is in the full up position (when looking toward the 
    ceiling). Do not to bump the respirator on the chest.
        v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The 
    following paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Reading it will 
    result in a wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to 
    satisfy this requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same 
    purpose may also be used.
        vi. Jogging in place.
        vii. Breathe normally.
    
    Rainbow Passage
    
        When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
    prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light 
    into many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round 
    arch, with its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond 
    the horizon. There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at 
    one end. People look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for 
    something beyond his reach, his friends say he is looking for the 
    pot of gold at the end of the rainbow.
         11. At the beginning of each exercise, the aerosol 
    concentration shall be replenished using one-half the number of 
    squeezes as initially described in C9.
        12. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at 
    any time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.
        13. If the saccharin is detected the fit is deemed 
    unsatisfactory and a different respirator shall be tried.
        14. At least two facepieces shall be selected by the IAA test 
    protocol. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear 
    them for one week to choose the one which is more comfortable to 
    wear.
        15. Successful completion of the test protocol shall allow the 
    use of the half mask tested respirator in contaminated atmospheres 
    up to 10 times the PEL of asbestos. In other words this protocol may 
    be used assign protection factors no higher than ten.
        16. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
    between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.
        17. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a satisfactory fit, 
    then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate 
    interference and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory fit is 
    still not attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure 
    respirator such as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air 
    respirator, or self-contained breathing apparatus.
        18. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during 
    the tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in 
    respirator diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the 
    test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his 
    duties.
        19. Qualitative fit testing shall be repeated at least every six 
    months.
         20. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
    affected, qualitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when 
    the test subject has a:
        (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
        (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece 
    seal,
         (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions 
    without prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
        (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
        (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece 
    sealing.
        D. Recordkeeping. A summary of all test results shall be 
    maintained in each office for 3 years. The summary shall include:
        (1) Name of test subject
        (2) Date of testing.
        (3) Name of test conductor.
        (4) Respirators selected (indicate manufacturer, model, size and 
    approval number).
        (5) Testing agent.
    
    III. Irritant Fume Protocol
    
        A. Respirator selection. Respirators shall be selected as 
    described in section IB above, except that each respirator shall be 
    equipped with a combination of high-efficiency and acid-gas 
    cartridges.
        B. Fit test. 1. The test subject shall be allowed to smell a 
    weak concentration of the irritant smoke to familiarize the subject 
    with the characteristic odor.
        2. The test subject shall properly don the respirator selected 
    as above, and wear it for at least 10 minutes before starting the 
    fit test.
        3. The test conductor shall review this protocol with the test 
    subject before testing.
        4. The test subject shall perform the conventional positive 
    pressure and negative pressure fit checks (see ANSI Z88.2 1980). 
    Failure of either check shall be cause to select an alternate 
    respirator.
        5. Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing 
    stannic oxychloride, such as the MSA part #5645, or equivalent. 
    Attach a short length of tubing to one end of the smoke tube. Attach 
    the other end of the smoke tube to a low pressure air pump set to 
    deliver 200 milliliters per minute.
        6. Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to 
    the eyes and instruct the subject to keep the eyes closed while the 
    test is performed.
        7. The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke 
    from the tube towards the faceseal area of the test subject. The 
    person conducting the test shall begin with the tube at least 12 
    inches from the facepiece and gradually move to within one inch, 
    moving around the whole perimeter of the mask.
        8. The test subject shall be instructed to do the following 
    exercises while the respirator is being challenged by the smoke. 
    Each exercise shall be performed for one minute.
        i. Breathe normally.
        ii. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
        iii. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Be 
    certain movement is complete. Inhale on each side. Do not bump the 
    respirator against the shoulders.
        iv. Nod head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete and 
    made every second. Inhale when head is in the full up position 
    (looking toward ceiling). Do not bump the respirator against the 
    chest.
        v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The 
    following paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Reading it will 
    result in a wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to 
    satisfy this requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same 
    purpose may also be used.
    
    Rainbow Passage
    
        When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
    prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light 
    into many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round 
    arch, with its path high above, and its two end apparently beyond 
    the horizon. There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at 
    one end. People look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for 
    something beyond his reach, his friends say he is looking for the 
    pot of gold at the end of the rainbow.
        vi. Jogging in Place.
        vii. Breathe normally.
        9. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if the 
    irritant smoke is detected. If smoke is detected, the test conductor 
    shall stop the test. In this case, the tested respirator is rejected 
    and another respirator shall be selected.
        10. Each test subject passing the smoke test (i.e. without 
    detecting the smoke) shall be given a sensitivity check of smoke 
    from the same tube to determine if the test subject reacts to the 
    smoke. Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit test.
        11. Steps B4, B9, B10 of this fit test protocol shall be 
    performed in a location with exhaust ventilation sufficient to 
    prevent general contamination of the testing area by the test 
    agents.
        12. At least two facepieces shall be selected by the IAA test 
    protocol. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear 
    them for one week to choose the one which is more comfortable to 
    wear.
        13. Respirators successfully tested by the protocol may be used 
    in contaminated atmospheres up to ten times the PEL of asbestos.
        14. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
    between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.
        15. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a satisfactory fit, 
    then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate 
    interference and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory fit is 
    still not attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure 
    respirator such as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air 
    respirator, or self-contained breathing apparatus.
        16. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during 
    the tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in 
    respirator diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the 
    test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his 
    duties.
        17. Qualitative fit testing shall be repeated at least every six 
    months.
        18. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
    affected, qualitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when 
    the test subject has a:
        (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
        (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece 
    seal,
        (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions 
    without prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
        (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
        (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece 
    sealing.
        D. Recordkeeping. A summary of all test results shall be 
    maintained in each office for 3 years. The summary shall include:
        (1) Name of test subject
        (2) Date of testing.
        (3) Name of test conductor.
        (4) Respirators selected (indicate manufacturer, model, size and 
    approval number).
        (5) Testing agent
    
    Quantitative Fit Test Procedures
    
    1. General
    
        a. The method applies to the negative-pressure non-powered air-
    purifying respirators only.
        b. The employer shall assign one individual who shall assume the 
    full responsibility for implementing the respirator quantitative fit 
    test program.
    
    2. Definition
    
        a. ``Quantitative Fit Test'' means the measurement of the 
    effectiveness of a respirator seal in excluding the ambient 
    atmosphere. The test is performed by dividing the measured 
    concentration of challenge agent in a test chamber by the measured 
    concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator facepiece 
    when the normal air purifying element has been replaced by an 
    essentially perfect purifying element.
        b. ``Challenge Agent'' means the air contaminant introduced into 
    a test chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the 
    respirator may be compared.
        c. ``Test Subject'' means the person wearing the respirator for 
    quantitative fit testing.
        d. ``Normal Standing Position'' means standing erect and 
    straight with arms down along the sides and looking straight ahead.
        e. ``Fit Factor'' means the ratio of challenge agent 
    concentration outside with respect to the inside of a respirator 
    inlet covering (facepiece or enclosure).
    
    3. Apparatus
    
        a. Instrumentation. Corn oil, sodium chloride or other 
    appropriate aerosol generation, dilution, and measurement systems 
    shall be used for quantitative fit test.
        b. Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to 
    permit all test subjects to freely perform all required exercises 
    without distributing the challenge agent concentration or the 
    measurement apparatus. The test chamber shall be equipped and 
    constructed so that the challenge agent is effectively isolated from 
    the ambient air yet uniform in concentration throughout the chamber.
        c. When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or 
    cartridge element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency 
    particular filter supplied by the same manufacturer.
        d. The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip 
    chart record may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of 
    challenge agent concentration with each inspiration and expiration 
    at fit factors of at least 2,000.
        e. The combination of substitute air-purifying elements (if 
    any), challenge agent, and challenge agent concentration in the test 
    chamber shall be such that the test subject is not exposed in excess 
    of PEL to the challenge agent at any time during the testing 
    process.
        f. The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be 
    placed and constructed so that there is no detectable leak around 
    the port, a free air flow is allowed into the sampling line at all 
    times and so there is no interference with the fit or performance of 
    the respirator.
        g. The test chamber and test set-up shall permit the person 
    administering the test to observe one test subject inside the 
    chamber during the test.
        h. The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall 
    maintain the concentration of challenge agent constant within a 10 
    percent variation for the duration of the test.
        i. The time lag (interval between an event and its being 
    recorded on the strip chart) of the instrumentation may not exceed 2 
    seconds.
        j. The tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for the 
    respirator sampling port shall be the same diameter, length and 
    material. It shall be kept as short as possible. The smallest 
    diameter tubing recommended by the manufacturer shall be used.
        k. The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a 
    high-efficiency filter before release to the room.
        l. When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity 
    inside the test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent.
    
    4. Procedural Requirements
    
        a. The fitting of half-mask respirators should be started with 
    those having multiple sizes and a variety of interchangeable 
    cartridges and canisters such as the MSA Comfo II-M, Norton M, 
    Survivair M, A-O M, or Scott-M. Use either of the tests outlined 
    below to assure that the facepiece is properly adjusted.
        (1) Positive pressure test. With the exhaust port(s) blocked, 
    the negative pressure of slight inhalation should remain constant 
    for several seconds.
        (2) Negative pressure test. With the intake port(s) blocked, the 
    negative pressure slight inhalation should remain constant for 
    several seconds.
        b. After a facepiece is adjusted, the test subject shall wear 
    the facepiece for at least 5 minutes before conducting a qualitative 
    test by using either of the methods described below and using the 
    exercise regime described in 5.a., b., c., d. and e.
        (1) Isoamyl acetate test. When using organic vapor cartridges, 
    the test subject who can smell the odor should be unable to detect 
    the odor of isoamyl acetate squirted into the air near the most 
    vulnerable portions of the facepiece seal. In a location which is 
    separated from the test area, the test subject shall be instructed 
    to close her/his eyes during the test period. A combination 
    cartridge or canister with organic vapor and high-efficiency filters 
    shall be used when available for the particular mask being tested. 
    The test subject shall be given an opportunity to smell the odor of 
    isoamyl acetate before the test is conducted.
        (2) Irritant fume test. When using high-efficiency filters, the 
    test subject should be unable to detect the odor of irritant fume 
    (stannic chloride or titanium tetrachloride ventilation smoke tubes) 
    squirted into the air near the most vulnerable portions of the 
    facepiece seal. The test subject shall be instructed to close her/
    his eyes during the test period.
        c. The test subject may enter the quantitative testing chamber 
    only if she or he has obtained a satisfactory fit as stated in 4.b. 
    of this Appendix.
        d. Before the subject enters the test chamber, a reasonably 
    stable challenge agent concentration shall be measured in the test 
    chamber.
        e. Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the 
    challenge agent concentration inside the respirator shall be 
    measured to ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed 5 
    percent for a half-mask and 1 percent for a full facepiece.
        f. A stable challenge agent concentration shall be obtained 
    prior to the actual start of testing.
        1. Respirator restraining straps may not be over-tightened for 
    testing. The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer to give a 
    reasonably comfortable fit typical of normal use.
        5. Exercise Regime. Prior to entering the test chamber, the test 
    subject shall be given complete instructions as to her/his part in 
    the test procedures. The test subject shall perform the following 
    exercises, in the order given, for each independent test.
        a. Normal Breathing (NB). In the normal standing position, 
    without talking, the subject shall breathe normally for at least one 
    minute.
        b. Deep Breathing (DB). In the normal standing position the 
    subject shall do deep breathing for at least one minute pausing so 
    as not to hyperventilate.
        c. Turning head side to side (SS). Standing in place the subject 
    shall slowly turn his/her head from side between the extreme 
    positions to each side. The head shall be held at each extreme 
    position for at least 5 seconds. Perform for at least three complete 
    cycles.
        d. Moving head up and down (UD). Standing in place, the subject 
    shall slowly move his/her head up and down between the extreme 
    position straight up and the extreme position straight down. The 
    head shall be held at each extreme position for at least 5 seconds. 
    Perform for at least three complete cycles.
        e. Reading (R). The subject shall read out slowly and loud so as 
    to be heard clearly by the test conductor or monitor. The test 
    subject shall read the ``rainbow passage'' at the end of this 
    section.
        f. Grimace (G). The test subject shall grimace, smile, frown, 
    and generally contort the face using the facial muscles. Continue 
    for at least 15 seconds.
        g. Bend over and touch toes (B). The test subject shall bend at 
    the waist and touch toes and return to upright position. Repeat for 
    at least 30 seconds.
        h. Jogging in place (J). The test subject shall perform jog in 
    place for at least 30 seconds.
        i. Normal Breathing (NB). Same as exercise a.
    
    Rainbow Passage
    
        When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
    prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light 
    into many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round 
    arch, with its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond 
    the horizon. There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at 
    one end. People look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for 
    something beyond reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of 
    gold at the end of the rainbow.
        6. The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak 
    penetration exceeds 5 percent for half-masks and 1 percent for full 
    facepieces. The test subject may be refitted and retested. If two 
    the three required tests are terminated, the fit shall be deemed 
    inadequate. (See paragraph 4.h.).
    
    7. Calculation of Fit Factors
    
        a. The fit factor determined by the quantitative fit test equals 
    the average concentration inside the respirator.
        b. The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic 
    average of the test chamber concentration at the beginning and of 
    the end of the test.
        c. The average peak concentration of the challenge agent inside 
    the respirator shall be the arithmetic average peak concentrations 
    for each of the nine exercises of the test which are computed as the 
    arithmetic average of the peak concentrations found for each breath 
    during the exercise.
        d. The average peak concentration for an exercise may be 
    determined graphically if there is not a great variation in the peak 
    concentrations during a single exercise.
    
    8. Interpretation of Test Results.
    
        The fit factor measured by the quantitative fit testing shall be 
    the lowest of the three protection factors resulting from three 
    independent tests.
    
    9. Other Requirements
    
        a. The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half-mask 
    or full facepiece mask if the minimum fit factor of 100 or 1,000, 
    respectively, cannot be obtained. If hair growth or apparel 
    interfere with a satisfactory fit, then they shall be altered or 
    removed so as to eliminate interference and allow a satisfactory 
    fit. If a satisfactory fit is still not attained, the test subject 
    must use a positive-pressure respirator such as powered air-
    purifying respirators, supplied air respirator, or self-contained 
    breathing apparatus.
        b. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
    between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.
        c. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
    tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in 
    respirator diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the 
    test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his 
    duties.
        d. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the 
    assigned respirator for one week. If the respirator does not provide 
    a satisfactory fit during actual use, the test subject may request 
    another QNFT which shall be performed immediately.
        e. A respirator fit factor card shall be issued to the test 
    subject with the following information:
        (1) Name
        (2) Date of fit test.
        (3) Protection factors obtained through each manufacturer, model 
    and approval number of respirator tested.
        (4) Name and signature of the person that conducted the test.
        f. Filters used for qualitative or quantitative fit testing 
    shall be replaced weekly, whenever increased breathing resistance is 
    encountered, or when the test agent has altered the integrity of the 
    filter media.
        Organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily or 
    sooner if there is any indication of breakthrough by the test agent.
        10. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
    affected, quantitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately 
    when the test subject has a:
        (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
        (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece 
    seal,
        (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions 
    without prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
        (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
        (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece 
    sealing.
    
    11. Recordkeeping
    
        A summary of all test results shall be maintained in for 3 
    years. The summary shall include:
        (1) Name of test subject
        (2) Date of testing.
        (3) Name of the test conductor.
        (4) Fit factors obtained from every respirator tested (indicate 
    manufacturer, model, size and approval number).
    
    Appendix D to Sec. 1915.1001--Medical Questionnaires. Mandatory
    
        This mandatory appendix contains the medical questionnaires that 
    must be administered to all employees who are exposed to asbestos, 
    tremolite, anthophyllite, actinolite, or a combination of these 
    minerals above the permissible exposure limit (0.1 f/cc), and who 
    will therefore be included in their employer's medical surveillance 
    program. Part 1 of the appendix contains the Initial Medical 
    Questionnaire, which must be obtained for all new hires who will be 
    covered by the medical surveillance requirements. Part 2 includes 
    the abbreviated Periodical Medical Questionnaire, which must be 
    administered to all employees who are provided periodic medical 
    examinations under the medical surveillance provisions of the 
    standard.
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    TR10AU94.009
    
    
    TR10AU94.010
    
    
    TR10AU94.011
    
    
    TR10AU94.012
    
    
    TR10AU94.013
    
    
    TR10AU94.014
    
    
    TR10AU94.015
    
    
    TR10AU94.016
    
    
    TR10AU94.017
    
    
    TR10AU94.018
    
    
    TR10AU94.019
    
    
    TR10AU94.020
    
    
    TR10AU94.021
    
    
    TR10AU94.022
    
    
    TR10AU94.023
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    Appendix E to Sec. 1915.1001--Interpretation and Classification of 
    Chest Roentgenograms. Mandatory
    
        (a) Chest roentgenograms shall be interpreted and classified in 
    accordance with a professionally accepted classification system and 
    recorded on a Roentgenographic Interpretation Form. *Form CSD/NIOSH 
    (M) 2.8.
        (b) Roentgenograms shall be interpreted and classified only by a 
    B-reader, a board eligible/certified radiologist, or an experienced 
    physician with known expertise in pneumoconioses.
        (c) All interpreters, whenever interpreting chest roentgenograms 
    made under this section, shall have immediately available for 
    reference a complete set of the ILO-U/C International Classification 
    of Radiographs for Pneumoconioses, 1980.
    
    Appendix F to Sec. 1915.1001--Work Practices and Engineering 
    Controls for Class I Asbestos Operations Non-Mandatory
    
        This is a non-mandatory appendix to the asbestos standards for 
    construction and for shipyards. It describes criteria and procedures 
    for erecting and using negative pressure enclosures for Class I 
    Asbestos Work, when NPEs are used as an allowable control method to 
    comply with paragraph (g)(5) (i) of this section. Many small and 
    variable details are involved in the erection of a negative pressure 
    enclosure. OSHA and most participants in the rulemaking agreed that 
    only the major, more performance oriented criteria should be made 
    mandatory. These criteria are set out in paragraph (g) of this 
    section. In addition, this appendix includes these mandatory 
    specifications and procedures in its guidelines in order to make 
    this appendix coherent and helpful. The mandatory nature of the 
    criteria which appear in the regulatory text is not changed because 
    they are included in this ``non-mandatory'' appendix. Similarly, the 
    additional criteria and procedures included as guidelines in the 
    appendix, do not become mandatory because mandatory criteria are 
    also included in these comprehensive guidelines.
        In addition, none of the criteria, both mandatory and 
    recommended, are meant to specify or imply the need for use of 
    patented or licensed methods or equipment. Recommended 
    specifications included in this attachment should not discourage the 
    use of creative alternatives which can be shown to reliably achieve 
    the objectives of negative-pressure enclosures.
        Requirements included in this appendix, cover general provisions 
    to be followed in all asbestos jobs, provisions which must be 
    followed for all Class I asbestos jobs, and provisions governing the 
    construction and testing of negative pressure enclosures. The first 
    category includes the requirement for use of wet methods, HEPA 
    vacuums, and immediate bagging of waste; Class I work must conform 
    to the following provisions:
         oversight by competent person
         use of critical barriers over all openings to work area
         isolation of HVAC systems
         use of impermeable dropcloths and coverage of all 
    objects within regulated areas
        In addition, more specific requirements for NPEs include:
         maintenance of -0.02 inches water gauge within 
    enclosure
         manometric measurements
         air movement away from employees performing removal 
    work
         smoke testing or equivalent for detection of leaks and 
    air direction
         deactivation of electrical circuits, if not provided 
    with ground-fault circuit interrupters.
    
    Planning the Project
    
        The standard requires that an exposure assessment be conducted 
    before the asbestos job is begun Sec. 1915.1001(f)(1). Information 
    needed for that assessment, includes data relating to prior similar 
    jobs, as applied to the specific variables of the current job. The 
    information needed to conduct the assessment will be useful in 
    planning the project, and in complying with any reporting 
    requirements under this standard, when significant changes are being 
    made to a control system listed in the standard, [see paragraph (k) 
    of this section], as well as those of USEPA (40 CFR Part 61, subpart 
    M). Thus, although the standard does not explicitly require the 
    preparation of a written asbestos removal plan, the usual 
    constituents of such a plan, i.e., a description of the enclosure, 
    the equipment, and the procedures to be used throughout the project, 
    must be determined before the enclosure can be erected. The 
    following information should be included in the planning of the 
    system:
        A physical description of the work area;
        A description of the approximate amount of material to be 
    removed;
        A schedule for turning off and sealing existing ventilation 
    systems;
        Personnel hygiene procedures;
        A description of personal protective equipment and clothing to 
    worn by employees;
        A description of the local exhaust ventilation systems to be 
    used and how they are to be tested;
        A description of work practices to be observed by employees;
        An air monitoring plan;
        A description of the method to be used to transport waste 
    material; and
        The location of the dump site.
    
    Materials and Equipment Necessary for Asbestos Removal
    
        Although individual asbestos removal projects vary in terms of 
    the equipment required to accomplish the removal of the materials, 
    some equipment and materials are common to most asbestos removal 
    operations.
        Plastic sheeting used to protect horizontal surfaces, seal HVAC 
    openings or to seal vertical openings and ceilings should have a 
    minimum thickness of 6 mils. Tape or other adhesive used to attach 
    plastic sheeting should be of sufficient adhesive strength to 
    support the weight of the material plus all stresses encountered 
    during the entire duration of the project without becoming detached 
    from the surface.
        Other equipment and materials which should be available at the 
    beginning of each project are:
        --HEPA Filtered Vacuum is essential for cleaning the work area 
    after the asbestos has been removed. It should have a long hose 
    capable of reaching out-of-the-way places, such as areas above 
    ceiling tiles, behind pipes, etc.
        --Portable air ventilation systems installed to provide the 
    negative air pressure and air removal from the enclosure must be 
    equipped with a HEPA filter. The number and capacity of units 
    required to ventilate an enclosure depend on the size of the area to 
    be ventilated. The filters for these systems should be designed in 
    such a manner that they can be replaced when the air flow volume is 
    reduced by the build-up of dust in the filtration material. Pressure 
    monitoring devices with alarms and strip chart recorders attached to 
    each system to indicate the pressure differential and the loss due 
    to dust buildup on the filter are recommended.
    --Water sprayers should be used to keep the asbestos material as 
    saturated as possible during removal; the sprayers will provide a 
    fine mist that minimizes the impact of the spray on the material.
    --Water used to saturate the asbestos containing material can be 
    amended by adding at least 15 milliliters (\1/4\ ounce) of wetting 
    agent in 1 liter (1 pint) of water. An example of a wetting agent is 
    a 50/50 mixture of polyoxyethylene ether and polyoxyethylene 
    polyglycol ester.
    --Backup power supplies are recommended, especially for ventilation 
    systems.
    --Shower and bath water should be with mixed hot and cold water 
    faucets. Water that has been used to clean personnel or equipment 
    should either be filtered or be collected and discarded as asbestos 
    waste. Soap and shampoo should be provided to aid in removing dust 
    from the workers' skin and hair.
    --See paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section for appropriate 
    respiratory protection and protective clothing.
    --See paragraph (k) of this section for required signs and labels.
    
    Preparing the Work Area
    
        Disabling HVAC Systems: The power to the heating, ventilation, 
    and air conditioning systems that service the restricted area must 
    be deactivated and locked off. All ducts, grills, access ports, 
    windows and vents must be sealed off with two layers of plastic to 
    prevent entrainment of contaminated air.
        Operating HVAC Systems in the Restricted Area: If components of 
    a HVAC system located in the restricted area are connected to a 
    system that will service another zone during the project, the 
    portion of the duct in the restricted area must be sealed and 
    pressurized. Necessary precautions include caulking the duct joints, 
    covering all cracks and openings with two layers of sheeting, and 
    pressurizing the duct throughout the duration of the project by 
    restricting the return air flow. The power to the fan supplying the 
    positive pressure should be locked ``on'' to prevent pressure loss.
        Sealing Elevators: If an elevator shaft is located in the 
    restricted area, it should be either shut down or isolated by 
    sealing with two layers of plastic sheeting. The sheeting should 
    provide enough slack to accommodate the pressure changes in the 
    shaft without breaking the air-tight seal.
        Removing Mobile Objects: All movable objects should be cleaned 
    and removed from the work area before an enclosure is constructed 
    unless moving the objects creates a hazard. Mobile objects will be 
    assumed to be contaminated and should be either cleaned with amended 
    water and a HEPA vacuum and then removed from the area or wrapped 
    and then disposed of as hazardous waste.
        Cleaning and Sealing Surfaces: After cleaning with water and a 
    HEPA vacuum, surfaces of stationary objects should be covered with 
    two layers of plastic sheeting. The sheeting should be secured with 
    duct tape or an equivalent method to provide a tight seal around the 
    object.
        Bagging Waste: In addition to the requirement for immediate 
    bagging of waste for disposal, it is further recommended that the 
    waste material be double-bagged and sealed in plastic bags designed 
    for asbestos disposal. The bags should be stored in a waste storage 
    area that can be controlled by the workers conducting the removal. 
    Filters removed from air handling units and rubbish removed from the 
    area are to be bagged and handled as hazardous waste.
    
    Constructing the Enclosure
    
        The enclosure should be constructed to provide an air-tight seal 
    around ducts and openings into existing ventilation systems and 
    around penetrations for electrical conduits, telephone wires, water 
    lines, drain pipes, etc. Enclosures should be both airtight and 
    watertight except for those openings designed to provide entry and/
    or air flow control.
        Size: An enclosure should be the minimum volume to encompass all 
    of the working surfaces yet allow unencumbered movement by the 
    worker(s), provide unrestricted air flow past the worker(s), and 
    ensure walking surfaces can be kept free of tripping hazards.
        Shape: The enclosure may be any shape that optimizes the flow of 
    ventilation air past the worker(s).
        Structural Integrity: The walls, ceilings and floors must be 
    supported in such a manner that portions of the enclosure will not 
    fall down during normal use.
        Openings: It is not necessary that the structure be airtight; 
    openings may be designed to direct air flow. Such openings should be 
    located at a distance from active removal operations. They should be 
    designed to draw air into the enclosure under all anticipated 
    circumstances. In the event that negative pressure is lost, they 
    should be fitted with either HEPA filters to trap dust or automatic 
    trap doors that prevent dust from escaping the enclosure. Openings 
    for exits should be controlled by an airlock or a vestibule.
        Barrier Supports: Frames should be constructed to support all 
    unsupported spans of sheeting.
        Sheeting: Walls, barriers, ceilings, and floors should be lined 
    with two layers of plastic sheeting having a thickness of at least 6 
    mil.
        Seams: Seams in the sheeting material should be minimized to 
    reduce the possibilities of accidental rips and tears in the 
    adhesive or connections. All seams in the sheeting should overlap, 
    be staggered and not be located at corners or wall-to- floor joints. 
    Areas Within an Enclosure: Each enclosure consists of a work area, a 
    decontamination area, and waste storage area. The work area where 
    the asbestos removal operations occur should be separated from both 
    the waste storage area and the contamination control area by 
    physical curtains, doors, and/or airflow patterns that force any 
    airborne contamination back into the work area.
        See paragraph (j) of Sec. 1915.1001 for requirements for hygiene 
    facilities.
        During egress from the work area, each worker should step into 
    the equipment room, clean tools and equipment, and remove gross 
    contamination from clothing by wet cleaning and HEPA vacuuming. 
    Before entering the shower area, foot coverings, head coverings, 
    hand coverings, and coveralls are removed and placed in impervious 
    bags for disposal or cleaning. Airline connections from airline 
    respirators with HEPA disconnects and power cables from powered air-
    purifying respirators (PAPRs) will be disconnected just prior to 
    entering the shower room.
    
    Establishing Negative Pressure Within the Enclosure
    
        Negative Pressure: Air is to be drawn into the enclosure under 
    all anticipated conditions and exhausted through a HEPA filter for 
    24 hours a day during the entire duration of the project.
        Air Flow Tests: Air flow patterns will be checked before removal 
    operations begin, at least once per operating shift and any time 
    there is a question regarding the integrity of the enclosure. The 
    primary test for air flow is to trace air currents with smoke tubes 
    or other visual methods. Flow checks are made at each opening and at 
    each doorway to demonstrate that air is being drawn into the 
    enclosure and at each worker's position to show that air is being 
    drawn away from the breathing zone.
        Monitoring Pressure Within the Enclosure: After the initial air 
    flow patterns have been checked, the static pressure must be 
    monitored within the enclosure. Monitoring may be made using 
    manometers, pressure gauges, or combinations of these devices. It is 
    recommended that they be attached to alarms and strip chart 
    recorders at points identified by the design engineer.
        Corrective Actions: If the manometers or pressure gauges 
    demonstrate a reduction in pressure differential below the required 
    level, work should cease and the reason for the change investigated 
    and appropriate changes made. The air flow patterns should be 
    retested before work begins again.
        Pressure Differential: The design parameters for static pressure 
    differentials between the inside and outside of enclosures typically 
    range from 0.02 to 0.10 inches of water gauge, depending on 
    conditions. All zones inside the enclosure must have less pressure 
    than the ambient pressure outside of the enclosure (-0.02 inches 
    water gauge differential). Design specifications for the 
    differential vary according to the size, configuration, and shape of 
    the enclosure as well as ambient and mechanical air pressure 
    conditions around the enclosure.
        Air Flow Patterns: The flow of air past each worker shall be 
    enhanced by positioning the intakes and exhaust ports to remove 
    contaminated air from the worker's breathing zone, by positioning 
    HEPA vacuum cleaners to draw air from the worker's breathing zone, 
    by forcing relatively uncontaminated air past the worker toward an 
    exhaust port, or by using a combination of methods to reduce the 
    worker's exposure.
        Air Handling Unit Exhaust: The exhaust plume from air handling 
    units should be located away from adjacent personnel and intakes for 
    HVAC systems.
        Air Flow Volume: The air flow volume (cubic meters per minute) 
    exhausted (removed) from the workplace must exceed the amount of 
    makeup air supplied to the enclosure. The rate of air exhausted from 
    the enclosure should be designed to maintain a negative pressure in 
    the enclosure and air movement past each worker. The volume of air 
    flow removed from the enclosure should replace the volume of the 
    container at every 5 to 15 minutes. Air flow volume will need to be 
    relatively high for large enclosures, enclosures with awkward 
    shapes, enclosures with multiple openings, and operations employing 
    several workers in the enclosure.
        Air Flow Velocity: At each opening, the air flow velocity must 
    visibly ``drag'' air into the enclosure. The velocity of air flow 
    within the enclosure must be adequate to remove airborne 
    contamination from each worker's breathing zone without disturbing 
    the asbestos-containing material on surfaces.
        Airlocks: Airlocks are mechanisms on doors and curtains that 
    control the air flow patterns in the doorways. If air flow occurs, 
    the patterns through doorways must be such that the air flows toward 
    the inside of the enclosure. Sometimes vestibules, double doors, or 
    double curtains are used to prevent air movement through the 
    doorways. To use a vestibule, a worker enters a chamber by opening 
    the door or curtain and then closing the entry before opening the 
    exit door or curtain.
        Airlocks should be located between the equipment room and shower 
    room, between the shower room and the clean room, and between the 
    waste storage area and the outside of the enclosure. The air flow 
    between adjacent rooms must be checked using smoke tubes or other 
    visual tests to ensure the flow patterns draw air toward the work 
    area without producing eddies.
    
    Monitoring for Airborne Concentrations
    
        In addition to the breathing zone samples taken as outlined in 
    paragraph (f) of Sec. 1915.1001 , samples of air should be taken to 
    demonstrate the integrity of the enclosure, the cleanliness of the 
    clean room and shower area, and the effectiveness of the HEPA 
    filter. If the clean room is shown to be contaminated, the room must 
    be relocated to an uncontaminated area.
        Samples taken near the exhaust of portable ventilation systems 
    must be done with care.
    
    General Work Practices
    
        Preventing dust dispersion is the primary means of controlling 
    the spread of asbestos within the enclosure. Whenever practical, the 
    point of removal should be isolated, enclosed, covered, or shielded 
    from the workers in the area. Waste asbestos containing materials 
    must be bagged during or immediately after removal; the material 
    must remain saturated until the waste container is sealed.
        Waste material with sharp points or corners must be placed in 
    hard air-tight containers rather than bags.
        Whenever possible, large components should be sealed in plastic 
    sheeting and removed intact.
        Bags or containers of waste will be moved to the waste holding 
    area, washed, and wrapped in a bag with the appropriate labels.
    
    Cleaning the Work Area
    
        Surfaces within the work area should be kept free of visible 
    dust and debris to the extent feasible. Whenever visible dust 
    appears on surfaces, the surfaces within the enclosure must be 
    cleaned by wiping with a wet sponge, brush, or cloth and then 
    vacuumed with a HEPA vacuum.
        All surfaces within the enclosure should be cleaned before the 
    exhaust ventilation system is deactivated and the enclosure is 
    disassembled. An approved encapsulate may be sprayed onto areas 
    after the visible dust has been removed.
    
    Appendix G to Sec. 1915.1001 [Reserved]
    
    Appendix H to Sec. 1915.1001--Substance Technical Information for 
    Asbestos. Non-Mandatory
    
    I. Substance Identification
    
        A. Substance: ``Asbestos'' is the name of a class of magnesium-
    silicate minerals that occur in fibrous form. Minerals that are 
    included in this group are chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite, 
    anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, and actinolite asbestos.
        B. Asbestos is and was used in the manufacture of heat-resistant 
    clothing, automotive brake and clutch linings, and a variety of 
    building materials including floor tiles, roofing felts, ceiling 
    tiles, asbestos-cement pipe and sheet, and fire-resistant drywall. 
    Asbestos is also present in pipe and boiler insulation materials and 
    in sprayed-on materials located on beams, in crawlspaces, and 
    between walls.
        C. The potential for an asbestos-containing product to release 
    breathable fibers depends largely on its degree of friability. 
    Friable means that the material can be crumbled with hand pressure 
    and is therefore likely to emit fibers. The fibrous fluffy sprayed-
    on materials used for fireproofing, insulation, or sound proofing 
    are considered to be friable, and they readily release airborne 
    fibers if disturbed. Materials such as vinyl-asbestos floor tile or 
    roofing felt are considered non-friable if intact and generally do 
    not emit airborne fibers unless subjected to sanding, sawing and 
    other aggressive operations. Asbestos--cement pipe or sheet can emit 
    airborne fibers if the materials are cut or sawed, or if they are 
    broken.
        D. Permissible exposure: Exposure to airborne asbestos fibers 
    may not exceed 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air (0.1 f/cc) 
    averaged over the 8-hour workday, and 1 fiber per cubic centimeter 
    of air (1.0 f/cc) averaged over a 30 minute work period.
    
    II. Health Hazard Data
    
        A. Asbestos can cause disabling respiratory disease and various 
    types of cancers if the fibers are inhaled. Inhaling or ingesting 
    fibers from contaminated clothing or skin can also result in these 
    diseases. The symptoms of these diseases generally do not appear for 
    20 or more years after initial exposure.
        B. Exposure to asbestos has been shown to cause lung cancer, 
    mesothelioma, and cancer of the stomach and colon. Mesothelioma is a 
    rare cancer of the thin membrane lining of the chest and abdomen. 
    Symptoms of mesothelioma include shortness of breath, pain in the 
    walls of the chest, and/or abdominal pain.
    
    III. Respirators and Protective Clothing
    
        A. Respirators: You are required to wear a respirator when 
    performing tasks that result in asbestos exposure that exceeds the 
    permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.1 f/cc and when performing 
    certain designated operations. Air-purifying respirators equipped 
    with a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter can be used 
    where airborne asbestos fiber concentrations do not exceed 1.0 f/cc; 
    otherwise, more protective respirators such as air-supplied, 
    positive-pressure, full facepiece respirators must be used. 
    Disposable respirators or dust masks are not permitted to be used 
    for asbestos work. For effective protection, respirators must fit 
    your face and head snugly. Your employer is required to conduct fit 
    test when you are first assigned a respirator and every 6 months 
    thereafter. Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work 
    situations where their use is required.
        B. Protective Clothing: You are required to wear protective 
    clothing in work areas where asbestos fiber concentrations exceed 
    the permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.1 f/cc.
    
    IV. Disposal Procedures and Clean-up
    
        A. Wastes that are generated by processes where asbestos is 
    present include:
        1. Empty asbestos shipping containers.
        2. Process wastes such as cuttings, trimmings, or reject 
    materials.
        3. Housekeeping waste from wet-sweeping or HEPA-vacuuming.
        4. Asbestos fireproofing or insulating material that is removed 
    from buildings.
        5. Asbestos-containing building products removed during building 
    renovation or demolition.
        6. Contaminated disposable protective clothing.
        B. Empty shipping bags can be flattened under exhaust hoods and 
    packed into airtight containers for disposal. Empty shipping drums 
    are difficult to clean and should be sealed.
        C. Vacuum bags or disposable paper filters should not be 
    cleaned, but should be sprayed with a fine water mist and placed 
    into a labeled waste container.
        D. Process waste and housekeeping waste should be wetted with 
    water or a mixture of water and surfactant prior to packaging in 
    disposable containers.
        E. Asbestos-containing material that if removed from buildings 
    must be disposed of in leak-tight 6-mil plastic bags, plastic-lined 
    cardboard containers, or plastic-lined metal containers. These 
    wastes, which are removed while wet, should be sealed in containers 
    before they dry out to minimize the release of asbestos fibers 
    during handling.
    
    V. Access to Information
    
        A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the 
    information contained in this standard and appendices for asbestos. 
    In addition, your employer must instruct you in the proper work 
    practices for handling asbestos-containing materials, and the 
    correct use of protective equipment.
        B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being 
    exposed to asbestos. Your employer must treat exposure to thermal 
    system insulation and sprayed-on and trowled-on surfacing material 
    as asbestos exposure, unless results of laboratory analysis show 
    that the material does not contain asbestos. You or your 
    representative has the right to observe employee measurements and to 
    record the results obtained. Your employer is required to inform you 
    of your exposure, and, if you are exposed above the permissible 
    exposure limit, he or she is required to inform you of the actions 
    that are being taken to reduce your exposure to within the 
    permissible limit.
        C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures 
    and medical examinations. These exposure records must be kept for at 
    least thirty (30) years. Medical records must be kept for the period 
    of your employment plus thirty (30) years.
        D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and 
    medical records to your physician or designated representative upon 
    your written request.
    
    Appendix I to Sec. 1915.1001--Medical Surveillance Guidelines for 
    Asbestos, Non-Mandatory
    
    I. Route of Entry
    
        Inhalation, ingestion.
    
    II. Toxicology
    
        Clinical evidence of the adverse effects associated with 
    exposure to asbestos is present in the form of several well- 
    conducted epidemiological studies of occupationally exposed workers, 
    family contacts of workers, and persons living near asbestos mines. 
    These studies have shown a definite association between exposure to 
    asbestos and an increased incidence of lung cancer, pleural and 
    peritoneal mesothelioma, gastrointestinal cancer, and asbestosis. 
    The latter is a disabling fibrotic lung disease that is caused only 
    by exposure to asbestos. Exposure to asbestos has also been 
    associated with an increased incidence of esophageal, kidney, 
    laryngeal, pharyngeal, and buccal cavity cancers. As with other 
    known chronic occupational diseases, disease associated with 
    asbestos generally appears about 20 years following the first 
    occurrence of exposure: There are no known acute effects associated 
    with exposure to asbestos.
        Epidemiological studies indicate that the risk of lung cancer 
    among exposed workers who smoke cigarettes is greatly increased over 
    the risk of lung cancer among non-exposed smokers or exposed 
    nonsmokers. These studies suggest that cessation of smoking will 
    reduce the risk of lung cancer for a person exposed to asbestos but 
    will not reduce it to the same level of risk as that existing for an 
    exposed worker who has never smoked.
    
    III. Signs and Symptoms of Exposure Related Disease
    
        The signs and symptoms of lung cancer or gastrointestinal cancer 
    induced by exposure to asbestos are not unique, except that a chest 
    X-ray of an exposed patient with lung cancer may show pleural 
    plaques, pleural calcification, or pleural fibrosis. Symptoms 
    characteristic of mesothelioma include shortness of breath, pain in 
    the walls of the chest, or abdominal pain. Mesothelioma has a much 
    longer latency period compared with lung cancer (40 years versus 15-
    20 years), and mesothelioma is therefore more likely to be found 
    among workers who were first exposed to asbestos at an early age. 
    Mesothelioma is always fatal.
        Asbestosis is pulmonary fibrosis caused by the accumulation of 
    asbestos fibers in the lungs. Symptoms include shortness of breath, 
    coughing, fatigue, and vague feelings of sickness. When the fibrosis 
    worsens, shortness of breath occurs even at rest. The diagnosis of 
    asbestosis is based on a history of exposure to asbestos, the 
    presence of characteristics radiologic changes, end-inspiratory 
    crackles (rales), and other clinical features of fibrosing lung 
    disease. Pleural plaques and thickening are observed on X-rays taken 
    during the early sates of the disease. Asbestosis is often a 
    progressive disease even in the absence of continued exposure, 
    although this appears to be a highly individualized characteristic. 
    In severe cases, death may be caused by respiratory or cardiac 
    failure.
    
    IV. Surveillance and Preventive Considerations
    
        As noted above, exposure to asbestos have been linked to an 
    increased risk of lung cancer, mesothelioma, gastrointestinal 
    cancer, and asbestosis among occupationally exposed workers. 
    Adequate screening tests to determine an employee's potential for 
    developing serious chronic diseases, such as a cancer, from exposure 
    to asbestos do not presently exist. However, some tests, 
    particularly chest X-rays and pulmonary function tests, may indicate 
    that an employee has been overexposed to asbestos increasing his or 
    her risk of developing exposure related chronic diseases. It is 
    important for the physician to become familiar with the operating 
    conditions in which occupational exposure to asbestos is likely to 
    occur. This is particularly important in evaluating medical and work 
    histories and in conducting physical examinations. When an active 
    employee has been identified as having been overexposed to asbestos 
    measures taken by the employer to eliminate or mitigate further 
    exposure should also lower the risk of serious long-term 
    consequences.
        The employer is required to institute a medical surveillance 
    program for all employees who are or will be exposed to asbestos at 
    or above the permissible exposure limits (0.1 fiber per cubic 
    centimeter of air) for 30 or more days per year and for all 
    employees who are assigned to wear a negative-pressure respirator. 
    All examinations and procedures must be performed by or under the 
    supervision of licensed physician at a reasonable time and place, 
    and at no cost to the employee.
        Although broad latitude is given to the physician in prescribing 
    specific tests to be included in the medical surveillance program, 
    OSHA requires inclusion of the following elements in the routine 
    examination,
        (i) Medical and work histories with special emphasis directed to 
    symptoms of the respiratory system, cardiovascular system, and 
    digestive tract.
        (ii) Completion of the respiratory disease questionnaire 
    contained in Appendix D to this section.
        (iii) A physical examination including a chest roentgenogram and 
    pulmonary function test that include measurement of the employee's 
    forced vital capacity (FYC) and forced expiratory volume at one 
    second (FEV1).
        (iv) Any laboratory or other test that the examining physician 
    deems by sound medical practice to be necessary.
        The employer is required to make the prescribed tests available 
    at least annually to those employees covered; more often than 
    specified if recommended by the examining physician; and upon 
    termination of employment.
        The employer is required to provide the physician with the 
    following information: A copy of this standard and appendices; a 
    description of the employee's duties as they relate to asbestos 
    exposure; the employee's representative level of exposure to 
    asbestos; a description of any personal protective and respiratory 
    equipment used; and information from previous medical examinations 
    of the affected employee that is not otherwise available to the 
    physician. Making this information available to the physician will 
    aid in the evaluation of the employee's health in relation to 
    assigned duties and fitness to wear personal protective equipment, 
    if required.
        The employer is required to obtain a written opinion from the 
    examining physician containing the results of the medical 
    examination; the physician's opinion as to whether the employee has 
    any detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an 
    increased risk of exposure-related disease; any recommended 
    limitations on the employee or on the use of personal protective 
    equipment; and a statement that the employee has been informed by 
    the physician of the results of the medical examination and of any 
    medical conditions related to asbestos exposure that require further 
    explanation or treatment. This written opinion must not reveal 
    specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to exposure to asbestos, 
    and a copy of the opinion must be provided to the affected employee.
    
    Appendix J to Sec. 1915.1001--Smoking Cessation Program Information 
    for Asbestos--Non-Mandatory
    
        The following organizations provide smoking cessation 
    information.
        1. The National Cancer Institute operates a toll-free Cancer 
    Information Service (CIS) with trained personnel to help you. Call 
    1-800-4-CANCER* to reach the CIS office serving your area, or write: 
    Office of Cancer Communications, National Cancer Institute, National 
    Institutes of Health, Building 31, Room 10A24, Bethesda, Maryland 
    20892.
        2. American Cancer Society, 3340 Peachtree Road, N.E., Atlanta, 
    Georgia 30026, (404) 320-3333.
        The American Cancer Society (ACS) is a voluntary organization 
    composed of 58 divisions and 3,100 local units. Through ``The Great 
    American Smokeout'' in November, the annual Cancer Crusade in April, 
    and numerous educational materials, ACS helps people learn about the 
    health hazards of smoking and become successful ex-smokers.
        3. American Heart Association, 7320 Greenville Avenue, Dallas, 
    Texas 75231, (214) 750-5300.
        The American Heart Association (AHA) is a voluntary organization 
    with 130,000 members (physicians, scientists, and laypersons) in 55 
    state and regional groups. AHA produces a variety of publications 
    and audiovisual materials about the effects of smoking on the heart. 
    AHA also has developed a guidebook for incorporating a weight-
    control component into smoking cessation programs.
        4. American Lung Association, 1740 Broadway, New York, New York 
    10019, (212) 245-8000.
        A voluntary organization of 7,500 members (physicians, nurses, 
    and laypersons), the American Lung Association (ALA) conducted 
    numerous public information programs about the health effects of 
    smoking. ALA has 59 state and 85 local units. The organization 
    actively supports legislation and information campaigns for non-
    smokers' rights and provides help for smokers who want to quit, for 
    example, through ``Freedom From Smoking,'' a self-help smoking 
    cessation program.
        5. Office on Smoking and Health, U.S. Department of Health and 
    Human Services 5600 Fishers Lane, Park Building, Room 110, 
    Rockville, Maryland 20857.
        The Office on Smoking and Health (OSHA) is the Department of 
    Health and Human Services' lead agency in smoking control. OSHA has 
    sponsored distribution of publications on smoking-related topics, 
    such as free flyers on relapse after initial quitting, helping a 
    friend or family member quit smoking, the health hazards of smoking, 
    and the effects of parental smoking on teenagers.
        *In Hawaii, on Oahu call 524-1234 (call collect from neighboring 
    islands),
        Spanish-speaking staff members are available during daytime 
    hours to callers from the following areas: California, Florida, 
    Georgia, Illinois, New Jersey (area code 201), New York, and Texas. 
    Consult your local telephone directory for listings of local 
    chapters.
    
    Appendix K to Sec. 1915.1001--Polarized Light Microscopy of 
    Asbestos--Non-Mandatory)
    
    Method number: ID-191
    Matrix: Bulk
    
    Collection Procedure
    
        Collect approximately 1 to 2 grams of each type of material and 
    place into separate 20 mL scintillation vials.
    
    Analytical Procedure
    
        A portion of each separate phase is analyzed by gross 
    examination, phase-polar examination, and central stop dispersion 
    microscopy.
        Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method 
    are for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by 
    USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from other sources may be substituted.
    
    1. Introduction
    
        This method describes the collection and analysis of asbestos 
    bulk materials by light microscopy techniques including phase- polar 
    illumination and central-stop dispersion microscopy. Some terms 
    unique to asbestos analysis are defined below:
        Amphibole: A family of minerals whose crystals are formed by 
    long, thin units which have two thin ribbons of double chain 
    silicate with a brucite ribbon in between. The shape of each unit is 
    similar to an ``I beam''. Minerals important in asbestos analysis 
    include cummingtonite-grunerite, crocidolite, tremolite- actinolite 
    and anthophyllite.
        Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. 
    Asbestos includes chrysotile, cummingtonite-grunerite asbestos 
    (amosite), anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, crocidolite, 
    actinolite asbestos and any of these minerals which have been 
    chemically treated or altered. The precise chemical formulation of 
    each species varies with the location from which it was mined. 
    Nominal compositions are listed:
    
    Chrysotile
    Mg3(Si2O5)(OH)4
    Crocidolite (Riebeckite asbestos)
    Na2Fe2+3Fe3+2Si8O22(OH)2
    Cummingtonite-Grunerite asbestos (Amosite)
    (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2
    Tremolite-Actinolite asbestos
    Ca2(Mg,Fe)5Si8O22(OH)2
    Anthophyllite asbestos
    (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2
    
        Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos meeting the criteria for a 
    fiber. (See section 3.5.)
        Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a fiber to its diameter 
    usually defined as ``length : width'', e.g. 3:1.
        Brucite: A sheet mineral with the composition Mg(OH)2.
        Central Stop Dispersion Staining (microscope): This is a dark 
    field microscope technique that images particles using only light 
    refracted by the particle, excluding light that travels through the 
    particle unrefracted. This is usually accomplished with a McCrone 
    objective or other arrangement which places a circular stop with 
    apparent aperture equal to the objective aperture in the back focal 
    plane of the microscope.
        Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles formed by the comminution 
    of minerals, especially those characterized by relatively parallel 
    sides and moderate aspect ratio.
        Differential Counting: The term applied to the practice of 
    excluding certain kinds of fibers from a phase contrast asbestos 
    count because they are not asbestos.
        Fiber: A particle longer than or equal to 5 m with a 
    length to width ratio greater than or equal to 3:1. This may include 
    cleavage fragments. (see section 3.5 of this appendix).
        Phase Contrast: Contrast obtained in the microscope by causing 
    light scattered by small particles to destructively interfere with 
    unscattered light, thereby enhancing the visibility of very small 
    particles and particles with very low intrinsic contrast.
        Phase Contrast Microscope: A microscope configured with a phase 
    mask pair to create phase contrast. The technique which uses this is 
    called Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM).
        Phase-Polar Analysis: This is the use of polarized light in a 
    phase contrast microscope. It is used to see the same size fibers 
    that are visible in air filter analysis. Although fibers finer than 
    1 m are visible, analysis of these is inferred from 
    analysis of larger bundles that are usually present.
        Phase-Polar Microscope: The phase-polar microscope is a phase 
    contrast microscope which has an analyzer, a polarizer, a first 
    order red plate and a rotating phase condenser all in place so that 
    the polarized light image is enhanced by phase contrast.
        Sealing Encapsulant: This is a product which can be applied, 
    preferably by spraying, onto an asbestos surface which will seal the 
    surface so that fibers cannot be released.
        Serpentine: A mineral family consisting of minerals with the 
    general composition Mg3(Si2O5(OH)4 having the 
    magnesium in brucite layer over a silicate layer. Minerals important 
    in asbestos analysis included in this family are chrysotile, 
    lizardite, antigorite.
    
    1.1. History
    
        Light microscopy has been used for well over 100 years for the 
    determination of mineral species. This analysis is carried out using 
    specialized polarizing microscopes as well as bright field 
    microscopes. The identification of minerals is an on-going process 
    with many new minerals described each year. The first recorded use 
    of asbestos was in Finland about 2500 B.C. where the material was 
    used in the mud wattle for the wooden huts the people lived in as 
    well as strengthening for pottery. Adverse health aspects of the 
    mineral were noted nearly 2000 years ago when Pliny the Younger 
    wrote about the poor health of slaves in the asbestos mines. 
    Although known to be injurious for centuries, the first modern 
    references to its toxicity were by the British Labor Inspectorate 
    when it banned asbestos dust from the workplace in 1898. Asbestosis 
    cases were described in the literature after the turn of the 
    century. Cancer was first suspected in the mid 1930's and a causal 
    link to mesothelioma was made in 1965. Because of the public concern 
    for worker and public safety with the use of this material, several 
    different types of analysis were applied to the determination of 
    asbestos content. Light microscopy requires a great deal of 
    experience and craft. Attempts were made to apply less subjective 
    methods to the analysis. X-ray diffraction was partially successful 
    in determining the mineral types but was unable to separate out the 
    fibrous portions from the non-fibrous portions. Also, the minimum 
    detection limit for asbestos analysis by X-ray diffraction (XRD) is 
    about 1%. Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA) was no more 
    successful. These provide useful corroborating information when the 
    presence of asbestos has been shown by microscopy; however, neither 
    can determine the difference between fibrous and non-fibrous 
    minerals when both habits are present. The same is true of Infrared 
    Absorption (IR).
        When electron microscopy was applied to asbestos analysis, 
    hundreds of fibers were discovered present too small to be visible 
    in any light microscope. There are two different types of electron 
    microscope used for asbestos analysis: Scanning Electron Microscope 
    (SEM) and Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM). Scanning Electron 
    Microscopy is useful in identifying minerals. The SEM can provide 
    two of the three pieces of information required to identify fibers 
    by electron microscopy: morphology and chemistry. The third is 
    structure as determined by Selected Area Electron Diffraction--SAED 
    which is performed in the TEM. Although the resolution of the SEM is 
    sufficient for very fine fibers to be seen, accuracy of chemical 
    analysis that can be performed on the fibers varies with fiber 
    diameter in fibers of less than 0.2 m diameter. The TEM is 
    a powerful tool to identify fibers too small to be resolved by light 
    microscopy and should be used in conjunction with this method when 
    necessary. The TEM can provide all three pieces of information 
    required for fiber identification. Most fibers thicker than 1 
    m can adequately be defined in the light microscope. The 
    light microscope remains as the best instrument for the 
    determination of mineral type. This is because the minerals under 
    investigation were first described analytically with the light 
    microscope. It is inexpensive and gives positive identification for 
    most samples analyzed. Further, when optical techniques are 
    inadequate, there is ample indication that alternative techniques 
    should be used for complete identification of the sample.
    
    1.2. Principle
    
        Minerals consist of atoms that may be arranged in random order 
    or in a regular arrangement. Amorphous materials have atoms in 
    random order while crystalline materials have long range order. Many 
    materials are transparent to light, at least for small particles or 
    for thin sections. The properties of these materials can be 
    investigated by the effect that the material has on light passing 
    through it. The six asbestos minerals are all crystalline with 
    particular properties that have been identified and cataloged. These 
    six minerals are anisotropic. They have a regular array of atoms, 
    but the arrangement is not the same in all directions. Each major 
    direction of the crystal presents a different regularity. Light 
    photons travelling in each of these main directions will encounter 
    different electrical neighborhoods, affecting the path and time of 
    travel. The techniques outlined in this method use the fact that 
    light traveling through fibers or crystals in different directions 
    will behave differently, but predictably. The behavior of the light 
    as it travels through a crystal can be measured and compared with 
    known or determined values to identify the mineral species. Usually, 
    Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) is performed with strain-free 
    objectives on a bright-field microscope platform. This would limit 
    the resolution of the microscope to about 0.4 m. Because 
    OSHA requires the counting and identification of fibers visible in 
    phase contrast, the phase contrast platform is used to visualize the 
    fibers with the polarizing elements added into the light path. 
    Polarized light methods cannot identify fibers finer than about 
    1m in diameter even though they are visible. The finest 
    fibers are usually identified by inference from the presence of 
    larger, identifiable fiber bundles. When fibers are present, but not 
    identifiable by light microscopy, use either SEM or TEM to determine 
    the fiber identity.
    
    1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages
    
        The advantages of light microcopy are:
        (a) Basic identification of the materials was first performed by 
    light microscopy and gross analysis. This provides a large base of 
    published information against which to check analysis and analytical 
    technique.
        (b) The analysis is specific to fibers. The minerals present can 
    exist in asbestiform, fibrous, prismatic, or massive varieties all 
    at the same time. Therefore, bulk methods of analysis such as X-ray 
    diffraction, IR analysis, DTA, etc. are inappropriate where the 
    material is not known to be fibrous.
        (c) The analysis is quick, requires little preparation time, and 
    can be performed on-site if a suitably equipped microscope is 
    available.
        The disadvantages are:
        (a) Even using phase-polar illumination, not all the fibers 
    present may be seen. This is a problem for very low asbestos 
    concentrations where agglomerations or large bundles of fibers may 
    not be present to allow identification by inference.
        (b) The method requires a great degree of sophistication on the 
    part of the microscopist. An analyst is only as useful as his mental 
    catalog of images. Therefore, a microscopist's accuracy is enhanced 
    by experience. The mineralogical training of the analyst is very 
    important. It is the basis on which subjective decisions are made.
        (c) The method uses only a tiny amount of material for analysis. 
    This may lead to sampling bias and false results (high or low). This 
    is especially true if the sample is severely inhomogeneous.
        (d) Fibers may be bound in a matrix and not distinguishable as 
    fibers so identification cannot be made.
    
    1.4. Method Performance
    
        1.4.1. This method can be used for determination of asbestos 
    content from 0 to 100% asbestos. The detection limit has not been 
    adequately determined, although for selected samples, the limit is 
    very low, depending on the number of particles examined. For mostly 
    homogeneous, finely divided samples, with no difficult fibrous 
    interferences, the detection limit is below 1%. For inhomogeneous 
    samples (most samples), the detection limit remains undefined. NIST 
    has conducted proficiency testing of laboratories on a national 
    scale. Although each round is reported statistically with an 
    average, control limits, etc., the results indicate a difficulty in 
    establishing precision especially in the low concentration range. It 
    is suspected that there is significant bias in the low range 
    especially near 1%. EPA tried to remedy this by requiring a 
    mandatory point counting scheme for samples less than 10%. The point 
    counting procedure is tedious, and may introduce significant biases 
    of its own. It has not been incorporated into this method.
        1.4.2. The precision and accuracy of the quantitation tests 
    performed in this method are unknown. Concentrations are easier to 
    determine in commercial products where asbestos was deliberately 
    added because the amount is usually more than a few percent. An 
    analyst's results can be ``calibrated'' against the known amounts 
    added by the manufacturer. For geological samples, the degree of 
    homogeneity affects the precision.
        1.4.3. The performance of the method is analyst dependent. The 
    analyst must choose carefully and not necessarily randomly the 
    portions for analysis to assure that detection of asbestos occurs 
    when it is present. For this reason, the analyst must have adequate 
    training in sample preparation, and experience in the location and 
    identification of asbestos in samples. This is usually accomplished 
    through substantial on-the-job training as well as formal education 
    in mineralogy and microscopy.
    
    1.5. Interferences
    
        Any material which is long, thin, and small enough to be viewed 
    under the microscope can be considered an interference for asbestos. 
    There are literally hundreds of interferences in workplaces. The 
    techniques described in this method are normally sufficient to 
    eliminate the interferences. An analyst's success in eliminating the 
    interferences depends on proper training.
        Asbestos minerals belong to two mineral families: the 
    serpentines and the amphiboles. In the serpentine family, the only 
    common fibrous mineral is chrysotile. Occasionally, the mineral 
    antigorite occurs in a fibril habit with morphology similar to the 
    amphiboles. The amphibole minerals consist of a score of different 
    minerals of which only five are regulated by federal standard: 
    amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos and 
    actinolite asbestos. These are the only amphibole minerals that have 
    been commercially exploited for their fibrous properties; however, 
    the rest can and do occur occasionally in asbestiform habit.
        In addition to the related mineral interferences, other minerals 
    common in building material may present a problem for some 
    microscopists: gypsum, anhydrite, brucite, quartz fibers, talc 
    fibers or ribbons, wollastonite, perlite, attapulgite, etc. Other 
    fibrous materials commonly present in workplaces are: fiberglass, 
    mineral wool, ceramic wool, refractory ceramic fibers, kevlar, 
    nomex, synthetic fibers, graphite or carbon fibers, cellulose (paper 
    or wood) fibers, metal fibers, etc.
        Matrix embedding material can sometimes be a negative 
    interference. The analyst may not be able to easily extract the 
    fibers from the matrix in order to use the method. Where possible, 
    remove the matrix before the analysis, taking careful note of the 
    loss of weight. Some common matrix materials are: vinyl, rubber, 
    tar, paint, plant fiber, cement, and epoxy. A further negative 
    interference is that the asbestos fibers themselves may be either 
    too small to be seen in Phase contrast Microscopy (PCM) or of a very 
    low fibrous quality, having the appearance of plant fibers. The 
    analyst's ability to deal with these materials increases with 
    experience.
    
    1.6. Uses and Occupational Exposure
    
        Asbestos is ubiquitous in the environment. More than 40% of the 
    land area of the United States is composed of minerals which may 
    contain asbestos. Fortunately, the actual formation of great amounts 
    of asbestos is relatively rare. Nonetheless, there are locations in 
    which environmental exposure can be severe such as in the Serpentine 
    Hills of California.
        There are thousands of uses for asbestos in industry and the 
    home. Asbestos abatement workers are the most current segment of the 
    population to have occupational exposure to great amounts of 
    asbestos. If the material is undisturbed, there is no exposure. 
    Exposure occurs when the asbestos-containing material is abraded or 
    otherwise disturbed during maintenance operations or some other 
    activity. Approximately 95% of the asbestos in place in the United 
    States is chrysotile.
        Amosite and crocidolite make up nearly all the difference. 
    Tremolite and anthophyllite make up a very small percentage. 
    Tremolite is found in extremely small amounts in certain chrysotile 
    deposits. Actinolite exposure is probably greatest from 
    environmental sources, but has been identified in vermiculite 
    containing, sprayed-on insulating materials which may have been 
    certified as asbestos-free.
    
    1.7. Physical and Chemical Properties
    
        The nominal chemical compositions for the asbestos minerals were 
    given in Section 1. Compared to cleavage fragments of the same 
    minerals, asbestiform fibers possess a high tensile strength along 
    the fiber axis. They are chemically inert, non-combustible, and heat 
    resistant. Except for chrysotile, they are insoluble in Hydrochloric 
    acid (HCl). Chrysotile is slightly soluble in HCl. Asbestos has high 
    electrical resistance and good sound absorbing characteristics. It 
    can be woven into cables, fabrics or other textiles, or matted into 
    papers, felts, and mats.
    
    1.8. Toxicology (This Section is for Information Only and Should Not Be 
    Taken as OSHA Policy)
    
        Possible physiologic results of respiratory exposure to asbestos 
    are mesothelioma of the pleura or peritoneum, interstitial fibrosis, 
    asbestosis, pneumoconiosis, or respiratory cancer. The possible 
    consequences of asbestos exposure are detailed in the NIOSH Criteria 
    Document or in the OSHA Asbestos Standards 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 
    CFR 1926.1101.
    
    2. Sampling Procedure
    
    2.1. Equipment for Sampling
    
        (a) Tube or cork borer sampling device
        (b) Knife
        (c) 20 mL scintillation vial or similar vial
        (d) Sealing encapsulant
    
    2.2. Safety Precautions
    
        Asbestos is a known carcinogen. Take care when sampling. While 
    in an asbestos-containing atmosphere, a properly selected and fit-
    tested respirator should be worn. Take samples in a manner to cause 
    the least amount of dust. Follow these general guidelines:
        (a) Do not make unnecessary dust.
        (b) Take only a small amount (1 to 2 g).
        (c) Tightly close the sample container.
        (d) Use encapsulant to seal the spot where the sample was taken, 
    if necessary.
    
    2.3. Sampling procedure
    
        Samples of any suspect material should be taken from an 
    inconspicuous place. Where the material is to remain, seal the 
    sampling wound with an encapsulant to eliminate the potential for 
    exposure from the sample site. Microscopy requires only a few 
    milligrams of material. The amount that will fill a 20 mL 
    scintillation vial is more than adequate. Be sure to collect samples 
    from all layers and phases of material. If possible, make separate 
    samples of each different phase of the material. This will aid in 
    determining the actual hazard. DO NOT USE ENVELOPES, PLASTIC OR 
    PAPER BAGS OF ANY KIND TO COLLECT SAMPLES. The use of plastic bags 
    presents a contamination hazard to laboratory personnel and to other 
    samples. When these containers are opened, a bellows effect blows 
    fibers out of the container onto everything, including the person 
    opening the container.
        If a cork-borer type sampler is available, push the tube through 
    the material all the way, so that all layers of material are 
    sampled. Some samplers are intended to be disposable. These should 
    be capped and sent to the laboratory. If a non-disposable cork borer 
    is used, empty the contents into a scintillation vial and send to 
    the laboratory. Vigorously and completely clean the cork borer 
    between samples.
    
    2.4 Shipment
    
        Samples packed in glass vials must not touch or they might break 
    in shipment.
        (a) Seal the samples with a sample seal (such as the OSHA 21) 
    over the end to guard against tampering and to identify the sample.
        (b) Package the bulk samples in separate packages from the air 
    samples. They may cross-contaminate each other and will invalidate 
    the results of the air samples.
        (c) Include identifying paperwork with the samples, but not in 
    contact with the suspected asbestos.
        (d) To maintain sample accountability, ship the samples by 
    certified mail, overnight express, or hand carry them to the 
    laboratory.
    
    3. Analysis
    
        The analysis of asbestos samples can be divided into two major 
    parts: sample preparation and microscopy. Because of the different 
    asbestos uses that may be encountered by the analyst, each sample 
    may need different preparation steps. The choices are outlined 
    below. There are several different tests that are performed to 
    identify the asbestos species and determine the percentage. They 
    will be explained below.
    
    3.1. Safety
    
        (a) Do not create unnecessary dust. Handle the samples in HEPA-
    filter equipped hoods. If samples are received in bags, envelopes or 
    other inappropriate container, open them only in a hood having a 
    face velocity at or greater than 100 fpm. Transfer a small amount to 
    a scintillation vial and only handle the smaller amount.
        (b) Open samples in a hood, never in the open lab area.
        (c) Index of refraction oils can be toxic. Take care not to get 
    this material on the skin. Wash immediately with soap and water if 
    this happens.
        (d) Samples that have been heated in the muffle furnace or the 
    drying oven may be hot. Handle them with tongs until they are cool 
    enough to handle.
        (e) Some of the solvents used, such as THF (tetrahydrofuran), 
    are toxic and should only be handled in an appropriate fume hood and 
    according to instructions given in the Material Safety Data Sheet 
    (MSDS).
    
    3.2. Equipment
    
        (a) Phase contrast microscope with 10x, 16x and 40x objectives, 
    10x wide-field eyepieces, G-22 Walton-Beckett graticule, Whipple 
    disk, polarizer, analyzer and first order red or gypsum plate, 100 
    Watt illuminator, rotating position condenser with oversize phase 
    rings, central stop dispersion objective, Kohler illumination and a 
    rotating mechanicalstage. (See Figure 1).
        (b) Stereo microscope with reflected light illumination, 
    transmitted light illumination, polarizer, analyzer and first order 
    red or gypsum plate, and rotating stage.
        (c) Negative pressure hood for the stereo microscope
        (d) Muffle furnace capable of 600  deg.C
        (e) Drying oven capable of 50-150  deg.C
        (f) Aluminum specimen pans
        (g) Tongs for handling samples in the furnace
        (h) High dispersion index of refraction oils (Special for 
    dispersion staining.)
    
    n=1.550
    n=1.585
    n=1.590
    n=1.605
    n=1.620
    n=1.670
    n=1.680
    n=1.690
    
        (i) A set of index of refraction oils from about n=1.350 to 
    n=2.000 in n=0.005 increments. (Standard for Becke line analysis.)
        (j) Glass slides with painted or frosted ends 1 x 3 inches 1mm 
    thick, precleaned.
        (k) Cover Slips 22 x 22 mm, #1\1/2\
        (l) Paper clips or dissection needles
        (m) Hand grinder
        (n) Scalpel with both #10 and #11 blades
        (o) 0.1 molar HCl
        (p) Decalcifying solution (Baxter Scientific Products) 
    Ethylenediaminetetraacetic Acid,
    
    Tetrasodium
    0.7 g/l
    Sodium Potassium Tartrate
    8.0 mg/liter
    Hydrochloric Acid
    99.2 g/liter
    Sodium Tartrate
    0.14 g/liter
    
        (q) Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
        (r) Hotplate capable of 60  deg.C
        (s) Balance
        (t) Hacksaw blade
        (u) Ruby mortar and pestle
    
    3.3. Sample Pre-Preparation
    
        Sample preparation begins with pre-preparation which may include 
    chemical reduction of the matrix, heating the sample to dryness or 
    heating in the muffle furnace. The end result is a sample which has 
    been reduced to a powder that is sufficiently fine to fit under the 
    cover slip. Analyze different phases of samples separately, e.g., 
    tile and the tile mastic should be analyzed separately as the mastic 
    may contain asbestos while the tile may not.
    
    (a) Wet Samples
    
        Samples with a high water content will not give the proper 
    dispersion colors and must be dried prior to sample mounting. Remove 
    the lid of the scintillation vial, place the bottle in the drying 
    oven and heat at 100  deg.C to dryness (usually about 2 h). Samples 
    which are not submitted to the lab in glass must be removed and 
    placed in glass vials or aluminum weighing pans before placing them 
    in the drying oven.
    
    (b) Samples With Organic Interference--Muffle Furnace
    
        These may include samples with tar as a matrix, vinyl asbestos 
    tile, or any other organic that can be reduced by heating. Remove 
    the sample from the vial and weigh in a balance to determine the 
    weight of the submitted portion. Place the sample in a muffle 
    furnace at 500  deg.C for 1 to 2 h or until all obvious organic 
    material has been removed. Retrieve, cool and weigh again to 
    determine the weight loss on ignition. This is necessary to 
    determine the asbestos content of the submitted sample, because the 
    analyst will be looking at a reduced sample.
    
        Notes: Heating above 600  deg.C will cause the sample to undergo 
    a structural change which, given sufficient time, will convert the 
    chrysotile to forsterite. Heating even at lower temperatures for 1 
    to 2 h may have a measurable effect on the optical properties of the 
    minerals. If the analyst is unsure of what to expect, a sample of 
    standard asbestos should be heated to the same temperature for the 
    same length of time so that it can be examined for the proper 
    interpretation.
    
    (c) Samples With Organic Interference--THF
    
        Vinyl asbestos tile is the most common material treated with 
    this solvent, although, substances containing tar will sometimes 
    yield to this treatment. Select a portion of the material and then 
    grind it up if possible. Weigh the sample and place it in a test 
    tube. Add sufficient THF to dissolve the organic matrix. This is 
    usually about 4 to 5 mL. Remember, THF is highly flammable. Filter 
    the remaining material through a tared silver membrane, dry and 
    weigh to determine how much is left after the solvent extraction. 
    Further process the sample to remove carbonate or mount directly.
    
    (d) Samples With Carbonate Interference
    
        Carbonate material is often found on fibers and sometimes must 
    be removed in order to perform dispersion microscopy. Weigh out a 
    portion of the material and place it in a test tube. Add a 
    sufficient amount of 0.1 M HCl or decalcifying solution in the tube 
    to react all the carbonate as evidenced by gas formation; i.e., when 
    the gas bubbles stop, add a little more solution. If no more gas 
    forms, the reaction is complete. Filter the material out through a 
    tared silver membrane, dry and weigh to determine the weight lost.
    
    3.4. Sample Preparation
    
        Samples must be prepared so that accurate determination can be 
    made of the asbestos type and amount present. The following steps 
    are carried out in the low-flow hood (a low-flow hood has less than 
    50 fpm flow):
        (1) If the sample has large lumps, is hard, or cannot be made to 
    lie under a cover slip, the grain size must be reduced. Place a 
    small amount between two slides and grind the material between them 
    or grind a small amount in a clean mortar and pestle. The choice of 
    whether to use an alumina, ruby, or diamond mortar depends on the 
    hardness of the material. Impact damage can alter the asbestos 
    mineral if too much mechanical shock occurs. (Freezer mills can 
    completely destroy the observable crystallinity of asbestos and 
    should not be used). For some samples, a portion of material can be 
    shaved off with a scalpel, ground off with a hand grinder or hack 
    saw blade.
        The preparation tools should either be disposable or cleaned 
    thoroughly. Use vigorous scrubbing to loosen the fibers during the 
    washing. Rinse the implements with copious amounts of water and air-
    dry in a dust-free environment.
        (2) If the sample is powder or has been reduced as in 1) above, 
    it is ready to mount. Place a glass slide on a piece of optical 
    tissue and write the identification on the painted or frosted end. 
    Place two drops of index of refraction medium n=1.550 on the slide. 
    (The medium n=1.550 is chosen because it is the matching index for 
    chrysotile. Dip the end of a clean paper-clip or dissecting needle 
    into the droplet of refraction medium on the slide to moisten it. 
    Then dip the probe into the powder sample. Transfer what sticks on 
    the probe to the slide. The material on the end of the probe should 
    have a diameter of about 3 mm for a good mount. If the material is 
    very fine, less sample may be appropriate. For non-powder samples 
    such as fiber mats, forceps should be used to transfer a small 
    amount of material to the slide. Stir the material in the medium on 
    the slide, spreading it out and making the preparation as uniform as 
    possible. Place a cover-slip on the preparation by gently lowering 
    onto the slide and allowing it to fall ``trapdoor'' fashion on the 
    preparation to push out any bubbles. Press gently on the cover slip 
    to even out the distribution of particulate on the slide. If there 
    is insufficient mounting oil on the slide, one or two drops may be 
    placed near the edge of the coverslip on the slide. Capillary action 
    will draw the necessary amount of liquid into the preparation. 
    Remove excess oil with the point of a laboratory wiper.
        Treat at least two different areas of each phase in this 
    fashion. Choose representative areas of the sample. It may be useful 
    to select particular areas or fibers for analysis. This is useful to 
    identify asbestos in severely inhomogeneous samples.
        When it is determined that amphiboles may be present, repeat the 
    above process using the appropriate high- dispersion oils until an 
    identification is made or all six asbestos minerals have been ruled 
    out. Note that percent determination must be done in the index 
    medium 1.550 because amphiboles tend to disappear in their matching 
    mediums.
    
    3.5. Analytical procedure
    
        Note: This method presumes some knowledge of mineralogy and 
    optical petrography.
    
        The analysis consists of three parts: The determination of 
    whether there is asbestos present, what type is present and the 
    determination of how much is present. The general flow of the 
    analysis is:
        (1) Gross examination.
        (2) Examination under polarized light on the stereo microscope.
        (3) Examination by phase-polar illumination on the compound 
    phase microscope.
        (4) Determination of species by dispersion stain. Examination by 
    Becke line analysis may also be used; however, this is usually more 
    cumbersome for asbestos determination.
        (5) Difficult samples may need to be analyzed by SEM or TEM, or 
    the results from those techniques combined with light microscopy for 
    a definitive identification. Identification of a particle as 
    asbestos requires that it be asbestiform. Description of particles 
    should follow the suggestion of Campbell. (Figure 1)
    
    BILLING COCE 4510-26-P
    TR10AU94.024
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
        For the purpose of regulation, the mineral must be one of the 
    six minerals covered and must be in the asbestos growth habit. Large 
    specimen samples of asbestos generally have the gross appearance of 
    wood. Fibers are easily parted from it. Asbestos fibers are very 
    long compared with their widths. The fibers have a very high tensile 
    strength as demonstrated by bending without breaking. Asbestos 
    fibers exist in bundles that are easily parted, show longitudinal 
    fine structure and may be tufted at the ends showing ``bundle of 
    sticks'' morphology. In the microscope some of these properties may 
    not be observable. Amphiboles do not always show striations along 
    their length even when they are asbestos. Neither will they always 
    show tufting. They generally do not show a curved nature except for 
    very long fibers. Asbestos and asbestiform minerals are usually 
    characterized in groups by extremely high aspect ratios (greater 
    than 100:1). While aspect ratio analysis is useful for 
    characterizing populations of fibers, it cannot be used to identify 
    individual fibers of intermediate to short aspect ratio. Observation 
    of many fibers is often necessary to determine whether a sample 
    consists of ``cleavage fragments'' or of asbestos fibers.
        Most cleavage fragments of the asbestos minerals are easily 
    distinguishable from true asbestos fibers. This is because true 
    cleavage fragments usually have larger diameters than 1 m. 
    Internal structure of particles larger than this usually shows them 
    to have no internal fibrillar structure. In addition, cleavage 
    fragments of the monoclinic amphiboles show inclined extinction 
    under crossed polars with no compensator. Asbestos fibers usually 
    show extinction at zero degrees or ambiguous extinction if any at 
    all. Morphologically, the larger cleavage fragments are obvious by 
    their blunt or stepped ends showing prismatic habit. Also, they tend 
    to be acicular rather than filiform.
        Where the particles are less than 1 m in diameter and 
    have an aspect ratio greater than or equal to 3:1, it is recommended 
    that the sample be analyzed by SEM or TEM if there is any question 
    whether the fibers are cleavage fragments or asbestiform particles.
        Care must be taken when analyzing by electron microscopy because 
    the interferences are different from those in light microscopy and 
    may structurally be very similar to asbestos. The classic 
    interference is between anthophyllite and biopyribole or 
    intermediate fiber. Use the same morphological clues for electron 
    microscopy as are used for light microscopy, e.g. fibril splitting, 
    internal longitudinal striation, fraying, curvature, etc.
        (1) Gross examination:
        Examine the sample, preferably in the glass vial. Determine the 
    presence of any obvious fibrous component. Estimate a percentage 
    based on previous experience and current observation. Determine 
    whether any pre-preparation is necessary. Determine the number of 
    phases present. This step may be carried out or augmented by 
    observation at 6 to 40 x  under a stereo microscope.
        (2) After performing any necessary pre-preparation, prepare 
    slides of each phase as described above. Two preparations of the 
    same phase in the same index medium can be made side-by-side on the 
    same glass for convenience. Examine with the polarizing stereo 
    microscope. Estimate the percentage of asbestos based on the amount 
    of birefringent fiber present.
        (3) Examine the slides on the phase-polar microscopes at 
    magnifications of 160 and 400 x . Note the morphology of the fibers. 
    Long, thin, very straight fibers with little curvature are 
    indicative of fibers from the amphibole family. Curved, wavy fibers 
    are usually indicative of chrysotile. Estimate the percentage of 
    asbestos on the phase-polar microscope under conditions of crossed 
    polars and a gypsum plate. Fibers smaller than 1.0 m in 
    thickness must be identified by inference to the presence of larger, 
    identifiable fibers and morphology. If no larger fibers are visible, 
    electron microscopy should be performed. At this point, only a 
    tentative identification can be made. Full identification must be 
    made with dispersion microscopy. Details of the tests are included 
    in the appendices.
        (4) Once fibers have been determined to be present, they must be 
    identified. Adjust the microscope for dispersion mode and observe 
    the fibers. The microscope has a rotating stage, one polarizing 
    element, and a system for generating dark-field dispersion 
    microscopy (see Section 4.6. of this appendix). Align a fiber with 
    its length parallel to the polarizer and note the color of the Becke 
    lines. Rotate the stage to bring the fiber length perpendicular to 
    the polarizer and note the color. Repeat this process for every 
    fiber or fiber bundle examined. The colors must be consistent with 
    the colors generated by standard asbestos reference materials for a 
    positive identification. In n=1.550, amphiboles will generally show 
    a yellow to straw-yellow color indicating that the fiber indices of 
    refraction are higher than the liquid. If long, thin fibers are 
    noted and the colors are yellow, prepare further slides as above in 
    the suggested matching liquids listed below:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Type of asbestos                    Index of refraction   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chrysotile..................................  n=1.550.                  
    Amosite.....................................  n=1.670 r 1.680.          
    Crocidolite.................................  n=1.690.                  
    Anthophyllite...............................  n=1.605 nd 1.620.         
    Tremolite...................................  n=1.605 and 1.620.        
    Actinolite..................................  n=1.620.                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Where more than one liquid is suggested, the first is preferred; 
    however, in some cases this liquid will not give good dispersion 
    color. Take care to avoid interferences in the other liquid; e.g., 
    wollastonite in n=1.620 will give the same colors as tremolite. In 
    n=1.605 wollastonite will appear yellow in all directions. 
    Wollastonite may be determined under crossed polars as it will 
    change from blue to yellow as it is rotated along its fiber axis by 
    tapping on the cover slip. Asbestos minerals will not change in this 
    way.
        Determination of the angle of extinction may, when present, aid 
    in the determination of anthophyllite from tremolite. True asbestos 
    fibers usually have 0 deg. extinction or ambiguous extinction, while 
    cleavage fragments have more definite extinction.
        Continue analysis until both preparations have been examined and 
    all present species of asbestos are identified. If there are no 
    fibers present, or there is less than 0.1% present, end the analysis 
    with the minimum number of slides (2).
        (5) Some fibers have a coating on them which makes dispersion 
    microscopy very difficult or impossible. Becke line analysis or 
    electron microscopy may be performed in those cases. Determine the 
    percentage by light microscopy. TEM analysis tends to overestimate 
    the actual percentage present.
        (6) Percentage determination is an estimate of occluded area, 
    tempered by gross observation. Gross observation information is used 
    to make sure that the high magnification microscopy does not greatly 
    over- or under-estimate the amount of fiber present. This part of 
    the analysis requires a great deal of experience. Satisfactory 
    models for asbestos content analysis have not yet been developed, 
    although some models based on metallurgical grain-size determination 
    have found some utility. Estimation is more easily handled in 
    situations where the grain sizes visible at about 160 x  are about 
    the same and the sample is relatively homogeneous.
        View all of the area under the cover slip to make the percentage 
    determination. View the fields while moving the stage, paying 
    attention to the clumps of material. These are not usually the best 
    areas to perform dispersion microscopy because of the interference 
    from other materials. But, they are the areas most likely to 
    represent the accurate percentage in the sample. Small amounts of 
    asbestos require slower scanning and more frequent analysis of 
    individual fields.
        Report the area occluded by asbestos as the concentration. This 
    estimate does not generally take into consideration the difference 
    in density of the different species present in the sample. For most 
    samples this is adequate. Simulation studies with similar materials 
    must be carried out to apply microvisual estimation for that purpose 
    and is beyond the scope of this procedure.
        (7) Where successive concentrations have been made by chemical 
    or physical means, the amount reported is the percentage of the 
    material in the ``as submitted'' or original state. The percentage 
    determined by microscopy is multiplied by the fractions remaining 
    after pre-preparation steps to give the percentage in the original 
    sample. For example:
    
    Step 1. 60% remains after heating at 550  deg.C for 1 h.
    Step 2. 30% of the residue of step 1 remains after dissolution of 
    carbonate in 0.1 m HCl.
    Step 3. Microvisual estimation determines that 5% of the sample is 
    chrysotile asbestos.
    
        The reported result is:
    
    R=(Microvisual result in percent) x (Fraction remaining after step 
    2) x (Fraction remaining of original sample after step 1)
    R =(5) x (.30) x (.60)=0.9%
    
        (8) Report the percent and type of asbestos present. For samples 
    where asbestos was identified, but is less than 1.0%, report 
    ``Asbestos present, less than 1.0%.'' There must have been at least 
    two observed fibers or fiber bundles in the two preparations to be 
    reported as present. For samples where asbestos was not seen, report 
    as ``None Detected.''
    
    Auxiliary Information
    
        Because of the subjective nature of asbestos analysis, certain 
    concepts and procedures need to be discussed in more depth. This 
    information will help the analyst understand why some of the 
    procedures are carried out the way they are.
    
    4.1. Light
    
        Light is electromagnetic energy. It travels from its source in 
    packets called quanta. It is instructive to consider light as a 
    plane wave. The light has a direction of travel. Perpendicular to 
    this and mutually perpendicular to each other, are two vector 
    components. One is the magnetic vector and the other is the electric 
    vector. We shall only be concerned with the electric vector. In this 
    description, the interaction of the vector and the mineral will 
    describe all the observable phenomena. From a light source such a 
    microscope illuminator, light travels in all different direction 
    from the filament.
        In any given direction away from the filament, the electric 
    vector is perpendicular to the direction of travel of a light ray. 
    While perpendicular, its orientation is random about the travel 
    axis. If the electric vectors from all the light rays were lined up 
    by passing the light through a filter that would only let light rays 
    with electric vectors oriented in one direction pass, the light 
    would then be POLARIZED.
        Polarized light interacts with matter in the direction of the 
    electric vector. This is the polarization direction. Using this 
    property it is possible to use polarized light to probe different 
    materials and identify them by how they interact with light. The 
    speed of light in a vacuum is a constant at about 2.99 x 10\8\ m/s. 
    When light travels in different materials such as air, water, 
    minerals or oil, it does not travel at this speed. It travels 
    slower. This slowing is a function of both the material through 
    which the light is traveling and the wavelength or frequency of the 
    light. In general, the more dense the material, the slower the light 
    travels. Also, generally, the higher the frequency, the slower the 
    light will travel. The ratio of the speed of light in a vacuum to 
    that in a material is called the index of refraction (n). It is 
    usually measured at 589 nm (the sodium D line). If white light 
    (light containing all the visible wavelengths) travels through a 
    material, rays of longer wavelengths will travel faster than those 
    of shorter wavelengths, this separation is called dispersion. 
    Dispersion is used as an identifier of materials as described in 
    Section 4.6.
    
    4.2. Material Properties
    
        Materials are either amorphous or crystalline. The difference 
    between these two descriptions depends on the positions of the atoms 
    in them. The atoms in amorphous materials are randomly arranged with 
    no long range order. An example of an amorphous material is glass. 
    The atoms in crystalline materials, on the other hand, are in 
    regular arrays and have long range order. Most of the atoms can be 
    found in highly predictable locations. Examples of crystalline 
    material are salt, gold, and the asbestos minerals.
        It is beyond the scope of this method to describe the different 
    types of crystalline materials that can be found, or the full 
    description of the classes into which they can fall. However, some 
    general crystallography is provided below to give a foundation to 
    the procedures described.
        With the exception of anthophyllite, all the asbestos minerals 
    belong to the monoclinic crystal type. The unit cell is the basic 
    repeating unit of the crystal and for monoclinic crystals can be 
    described as having three unequal sides, two 90 deg. angles and one 
    angle not equal to 90 deg.. The orthorhombic group, of which 
    anthophyllite is a member has three unequal sides and three 90 deg. 
    angles. The unequal sides are a consequence of the complexity of 
    fitting the different atoms into the unit cell. Although the atoms 
    are in a regular array, that array is not symmetrical in all 
    directions. There is long range order in the three major directions 
    of the crystal. However, the order is different in each of the three 
    directions. This has the effect that the index of refraction is 
    different in each of the three directions. Using polarized light, we 
    can investigate the index of refraction in each of the directions 
    and identify the mineral or material under investigation. The 
    indices , , and  are used to identify the 
    lowest, middle, and highest index of refraction respectively. The x 
    direction, associated with  is called the fast axis. 
    Conversely, the z direction is associated with  and is the 
    slow direction. Crocidolite has  along the fiber length 
    making it ``length-fast''. The remainder of the asbestos minerals 
    have the  axis along the fiber length. They are called 
    ``length-slow''. This orientation to fiber length is used to aid in 
    the identification of asbestos.
    
    4.3. Polarized Light Technique
    
        Polarized light microscopy as described in this section uses the 
    phase-polar microscope described in Section 3.2. A phase contrast 
    microscope is fitted with two polarizing elements, one below and one 
    above the sample. The polarizers have their polarization directions 
    at right angles to each other. Depending on the tests performed, 
    there may be a compensator between these two polarizing elements. A 
    compensator is a piece of mineral with known properties that 
    ``compensates'' for some deficiency in the optical train. Light 
    emerging from a polarizing element has its electric vector pointing 
    in the polarization direction of the element. The light will not be 
    subsequently transmitted through a second element set at a right 
    angle to the first element. Unless the light is altered as it passes 
    from one element to the other, there is no transmission of light.
    
    4.4. Angle of Extinction
    
        Crystals which have different crystal regularity in two or three 
    main directions are said to be anisotropic. They have a different 
    index of refraction in each of the main directions. When such a 
    crystal is inserted between the crossed polars, the field of view is 
    no longer dark but shows the crystal in color. The color depends on 
    the properties of the crystal. The light acts as if it travels 
    through the crystal along the optical axes. If a crystal optical 
    axis were lined up along one of the polarizing directions (either 
    the polarizer or the analyzer) the light would appear to travel only 
    in that direction, and it would blink out or go dark. The difference 
    in degrees between the fiber direction and the angle at which it 
    blinks out is called the angle of extinction. When this angle can be 
    measured, it is useful in identifying the mineral. The procedure for 
    measuring the angle of extinction is to first identify the 
    polarization direction in the microscope. A commercial alignment 
    slide can be used to establish the polarization directions or use 
    anthophyllite or another suitable mineral. This mineral has a zero 
    degree angle of extinction and will go dark to extinction as it 
    aligns with the polarization directions. When a fiber of 
    anthophyllite has gone to extinction, align the eyepiece reticle or 
    graticule with the fiber so that there is a visual cue as to the 
    direction of polarization in the field of view. Tape or otherwise 
    secure the eyepiece in this position so it will not shift.
        After the polarization direction has been identified in the 
    field of view, move the particle of interest to the center of the 
    field of view and align it with the polarization direction. For 
    fibers, align the fiber along this direction. Note the angular 
    reading of the rotating stage. Looking at the particle, rotate the 
    stage until the fiber goes dark or ``blinks out''. Again note the 
    reading of the stage. The difference in the first reading and the 
    second is an angle of extinction.
        The angle measured may vary as the orientation of the fiber 
    changes about its long axis. Tables of mineralogical data usually 
    report the maximum angle of extinction. Asbestos forming minerals, 
    when they exhibit an angle of extinction, usually do show an angle 
    of extinction close to the reported maximum, or as appropriate 
    depending on the substitution chemistry.
    
    4.5. Crossed Polars With Compensator
    
        When the optical axes of a crystal are not lined up along one of 
    the polarizing directions (either the polarizer or the analyzer) 
    part of the light travels along one axis and part travels along the 
    other visible axis. This is characteristic of birefringent 
    materials.
        The color depends on the difference of the two visible indices 
    of refraction and the thickness of the crystal. The maximum 
    difference available is the difference between the  and the 
     axes. This maximum difference is usually tabulated as the 
    birefringence of the crystal.
        For this test, align the fiber at 45 deg. to the polarization 
    directions in order to maximize the contribution to each of the 
    optical axes. The colors seen are called retardation colors. They 
    arise from the recombination of light which has traveled through the 
    two separate directions of the crystal. One of the rays is retarded 
    behind the other since the light in that direction travels slower. 
    On recombination, some of the colors which make up white light are 
    enhanced by constructive interference and some are suppressed by 
    destructive interference. The result is a color dependent on the 
    difference between the indices and the thickness of the crystal. The 
    proper colors, thicknesses, and retardations are shown on a Michel-
    Levy chart. The three items, retardation, thickness and 
    birefringence are related by the following relationship: 
    
    R = t(n--)
    R = retardation, t = crystal thickness in m, and
    , = indices of refraction.
    
        Examination of the equation for asbestos minerals reveals that 
    the visible colors for almost all common asbestos minerals and fiber 
    sizes are shades of gray and black. The eye is relatively poor at 
    discriminating different shades of gray. It is very good at 
    discriminating different colors. In order to compensate for the low 
    retardation, a compensator is added to the light train between the 
    polarization elements. The compensator used for this test is a 
    gypsum plate of known thickness and birefringence. Such a 
    compensator when oriented at 45 deg. to the polarizer direction, 
    provides a retardation of 530 nm of the 530 nm wavelength color. 
    This enhances the red color and gives the background a 
    characteristic red to red-magenta color. If this ``full-wave'' 
    compensator is in place when the asbestos preparation is inserted 
    into the light train, the colors seen on the fibers are quite 
    different. Gypsum, like asbestos has a fast axis and a slow axis. 
    When a fiber is aligned with its fast axis in the same direction as 
    the fast axis of the gypsum plate, the ray vibrating in the slow 
    direction is retarded by both the asbestos and the gypsum. This 
    results in a higher retardation than would be present for either of 
    the two minerals. The color seen is a second order blue. When the 
    fiber is rotated 90 deg. using the rotating stage, the slow 
    direction of the fiber is now aligned with the fast direction of the 
    gypsum and the fast direction of the fiber is aligned with the slow 
    direction of the gypsum. Thus, one ray vibrates faster in the fast 
    direction of the gypsum, and slower in the slow direction of the 
    fiber; the other ray will vibrate slower in the slow direction of 
    the gypsum and faster in the fast direction of the fiber. In this 
    case, the effect is subtractive and the color seen is a first order 
    yellow. As long as the fiber thickness does not add appreciably to 
    the color, the same basic colors will be seen for all asbestos types 
    except crocidolite. In crocidolite the colors will be weaker, may be 
    in the opposite directions, and will be altered by the blue 
    absorption color natural to crocidolite. Hundreds of other materials 
    will give the same colors as asbestos, and therefore, this test is 
    not definitive for asbestos. The test is useful in discriminating 
    against fiberglass or other amorphous fibers such as some synthetic 
    fibers. Certain synthetic fibers will show retardation colors 
    different than asbestos; however, there are some forms of 
    polyethylene and aramid which will show morphology and retardation 
    colors similar to asbestos minerals. This test must be supplemented 
    with a positive identification test when birefringent fibers are 
    present which can not be excluded by morphology. This test is 
    relatively ineffective for use on fibers less than 1 m in 
    diameter. For positive confirmation TEM or SEM should be used if no 
    larger bundles or fibers are visible.
    
    4.6. Dispersion Staining
    
        Dispersion microscopy or dispersion staining is the method of 
    choice for the identification of asbestos in bulk materials. Becke 
    line analysis is used by some laboratories and yields the same 
    results as does dispersion staining for asbestos and can be used in 
    lieu of dispersion staining. Dispersion staining is performed on the 
    same platform as the phase-polar analysis with the analyzer and 
    compensator removed. One polarizing element remains to define the 
    direction of the light so that the different indices of refraction 
    of the fibers may be separately determined. Dispersion microscopy is 
    a dark-field technique when used for asbestos. Particles are imaged 
    with scattered light. Light which is unscattered is blocked from 
    reaching the eye either by the back field image mask in a McCrone 
    objective or a back field image mask in the phase condenser. The 
    most convenient method is to use the rotating phase condenser to 
    move an oversized phase ring into place. The ideal size for this 
    ring is for the central disk to be just larger than the objective 
    entry aperture as viewed in the back focal plane. The larger the 
    disk, the less scattered light reaches the eye. This will have the 
    effect of diminishing the intensity of dispersion color and will 
    shift the actual color seen. The colors seen vary even on 
    microscopes from the same manufacturer. This is due to the different 
    bands of wavelength exclusion by different mask sizes. The mask may 
    either reside in the condenser or in the objective back focal plane. 
    It is imperative that the analyst determine by experimentation with 
    asbestos standards what the appropriate colors should be for each 
    asbestos type. The colors depend also on the temperature of the 
    preparation and the exact chemistry of the asbestos. Therefore, some 
    slight differences from the standards should be allowed. This is not 
    a serious problem for commercial asbestos uses. This technique is 
    used for identification of the indices of refraction for fibers by 
    recognition of color. There is no direct numerical readout of the 
    index of refraction. Correlation of color to actual index of 
    refraction is possible by referral to published conversion tables. 
    This is not necessary for the analysis of asbestos. Recognition of 
    appropriate colors along with the proper morphology are deemed 
    sufficient to identify the commercial asbestos minerals. Other 
    techniques including SEM, TEM, and XRD may be required to provide 
    additional information in order to identify other types of asbestos.
        Make a preparation in the suspected matching high dispersion 
    oil, e.g., n=1.550 for chrysotile. Perform the preliminary tests to 
    determine whether the fibers are birefringent or not. Take note of 
    the morphological character. Wavy fibers are indicative of 
    chrysotile while long, straight, thin, frayed fibers are indicative 
    of amphibole asbestos. This can aid in the selection of the 
    appropriate matching oil. The microscope is set up and the 
    polarization direction is noted as in Section 4.4. Align a fiber 
    with the polarization direction. Note the color. This is the color 
    parallel to the polarizer. Then rotate the fiber rotating the stage 
    90 deg. so that the polarization direction is across the fiber. This 
    is the perpendicular position. Again note the color. Both colors 
    must be consistent with standard asbestos minerals in the correct 
    direction for a positive identification of asbestos. If only one of 
    the colors is correct while the other is not, the identification is 
    not positive. If the colors in both directions are bluish-white, the 
    analyst has chosen a matching index oil which is higher than the 
    correct matching oil, e.g. the analyst has used n = 1.620 where 
    chrysotile is present. The next lower oil (Section 3.5.) should be 
    used to prepare another specimen. If the color in both directions is 
    yellow-white to straw-yellow-white, this indicates that the index of 
    the oil is lower than the index of the fiber, e.g. the preparation 
    is in n = 1.550 while anthophyllite is present. Select the next 
    higher oil (Section 3.5.) and prepare another slide. Continue in 
    this fashion until a positive identification of all asbestos species 
    present has been made or all possible asbestos species have been 
    ruled out by negative results in this test. Certain plant fibers can 
    have similar dispersion colors as asbestos. Take care to note and 
    evaluate the morphology of the fibers or remove the plant fibers in 
    pre-preparation. Coating material on the fibers such as carbonate or 
    vinyl may destroy the dispersion color. Usually, there will be some 
    outcropping of fiber which will show the colors sufficient for 
    identification. When this is not the case, treat the sample as 
    described in Section 3.3. and then perform dispersion staining. Some 
    samples will yield to Becke line analysis if they are coated or 
    electron microscopy can be used for identification.
    
    5. References
    
        5.1. Crane, D.T., Asbestos in Air, OSHA method ID160, Revised 
    November 1992.
        5.2. Ford, W.E., Dana's Textbook of Mineralogy; Fourth Ed.; John 
    Wiley and Son, New York, 1950, p. vii.
        5.3. Selikoff,.I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic 
    Press, New York, 1978, pp. 3, 20.
        5.4. Women Inspectors of Factories. Annual Report for 1898, H.M. 
    Statistical Office, London, p. 170 (1898).
        5.5. Selikoff,.I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic 
    Press, New York, 1978, pp. 26, 30.
        5.6. Campbell, W.J., et al, Selected Silicate Minerals and Their 
    Asbestiform Varieties, United States Department of the Interior, 
    Bureau of Mines, Information Circular 8751, 1977.
        5.7. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 
    29 CFR 1926.58.
        5.8. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants; 
    Asbestos NESHAP Revision, Federal Register, Vol. 55, No. 224, 20 
    November 1990, p. 48410.
        5.9. Ross, M. The Asbestos Minerals: Definitions, Description, 
    Modes of Formation, Physical and Chemical Properties and Health Risk 
    to the Mining Community, Nation Bureau of Standards Special 
    Publication, Washington, D.C., 1977.
        5.10. Lilis, R., Fibrous Zeolites and Endemic Mesothelioma in 
    Cappadocia, Turkey, J. Occ Medicine, 1981, 23, (8) ,548-550.
        5.11. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos--1972, U.S. Department 
    of Health Education and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for 
    Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and 
    Health, HSM-72-10267.
        5.12. Campbell,W.J., et al, Relationship of Mineral Habit to 
    Size Characteristics for Tremolite Fragments and Fibers, United 
    States Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, Information 
    Circular 8367, 1979.
        5.13. Mefford, D., DCM Laboratory, Denver, private 
    communication, July 1987.
        5.14. Deer, W.A., Howie, R.A., Zussman, J., Rock Forming 
    Minerals, Longman, Thetford, UK, 1974.
        5.15. Kerr, P.F., Optical Mineralogy; Third Ed. McGraw-Hill, New 
    York, 1959.
        5.16. Veblen, D.R. (Ed.), Amphiboles and Other Hydrous 
    Pyriboles--Mineralogy, Reviews in Mineralogy, Vol 9A, Michigan, 
    1982, pp 1-102.
        5.17. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in the 
    Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz, ACS Symposium Series, No. 120, 
    Analytical Techniques in Occupational Health Chemistry, 1979.
        5.18. Polarized Light Microscopy, McCrone Research Institute, 
    Chicago, 1976.
        5.19. Asbestos Identification, McCrone Research Institute, G & G 
    printers, Chicago, 1987.
        5.20. McCrone, W.C., Calculation of Refractive Indices from 
    Dispersion Staining Data, The Microscope, No 37, Chicago, 1989.
        5.21. Levadie, B. (Ed.), Asbestos and Other Health Related 
    Silicates, ASTM Technical Publication 834, ASTM, Philadelphia 1982.
        5.22. Steel, E. and Wylie, A., Riordan, P.H. (Ed.), 
    Mineralogical Characteristics of Asbestos, Geology of Asbestos 
    Deposits, pp. 93-101, SME-AIME, 1981.
        5.23. Zussman, J., The Mineralogy of Asbestos, Asbestos: 
    Properties, Applications and Hazards, pp. 45-67 Wiley, 1979.
    
    Appendix L to Sec. 1915.1001--Work Practices and Engineering 
    Controls for Automotive Brake and Clutch Inspection, Disassembly, 
    Repair and Assembly--Mandatory
    
        This mandatory appendix specifies engineering controls and work 
    practices that must be implemented by the employer during automotive 
    brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly 
    operations. Proper use of these engineering controls and work 
    practices will reduce employees' asbestos exposure below the 
    permissible exposure level during clutch and brake inspection, 
    disassembly, repair, and assembly operations. The employer shall 
    institute engineering controls and work practices using either the 
    method set forth in paragraph [A] or paragraph [B] of this appendix, 
    or any other method which the employer can demonstrate to be 
    equivalent in terms of reducing employee exposure to asbestos as 
    defined and which meets the requirements described in paragraph [C] 
    of this appendix, for those facilities in which no more than 5 pairs 
    of brakes or 5 clutches are inspected, disassembled, reassembled 
    and/or repaired per week, the method set forth in paragraph [D] of 
    this appendix may be used:
    
    [A] Negative Pressure Enclosure/HEPA Vacuum System Method
    
        (1) The brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair, and 
    assembly operations shall be enclosed to cover and contain the 
    clutch or brake assembly and to prevent the release of asbestos 
    fibers into the worker's breathing zone.
        (2) The enclosure shall be sealed tightly and thoroughly 
    inspected for leaks before work begins on brake and clutch 
    inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly.
        (3) The enclosure shall be such that the worker can clearly see 
    the operation and shall provide impermeable sleeves through which 
    the worker can handle the brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, 
    repair and assembly. The integrity of the sleeves and ports shall be 
    examined before work begins.
        (4) A HEPA-filtered vacuum shall be employed to maintain the 
    enclosure under negative pressure throughout the operation. 
    Compressed-air may be used to remove asbestos fibers or particles 
    from the enclosure.
        (5) The HEPA vacuum shall be used first to loosen the asbestos 
    containing residue from the brake and clutch parts and then to 
    evacuate the loosened asbestos containing material from the 
    enclosure and capture the material in the vacuum filter.
        (6) The vacuum's filter, when full, shall be first wetted with a 
    fine mist of water, then removed and placed immediately in an 
    impermeable container, labeled according to paragraph (j)(2)(ii) of 
    this section and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this 
    section.
        (7) Any spills or releases of asbestos containing waste material 
    from inside of the enclosure or vacuum hose or vacuum filter shall 
    be immediately cleaned up and disposed of according to paragraph (k) 
    of the section.
    
    [B] Low Pressure/Wet Cleaning Method
    
        (1) A catch basin shall be placed under the brake assembly, 
    positioned to avoid splashes and spills.
        (2) The reservoir shall contain water containing an organic 
    solvent or wetting agent. The flow of liquid shall be controlled 
    such that the brake assembly is gently flooded to prevent the 
    asbestos-containing brake dust from becoming airborne.
        (3) The aqueous solution shall be allowed to flow between the 
    brake drum and brake support before the drum is removed.
        (4) After removing the brake drum, the wheel hub and back of the 
    brake assembly shall be thoroughly wetted to suppress dust.
        (5) The brake support plate, brake shoes and brake components 
    used to attach the brake shoes shall be thoroughly washed before 
    removing the old shoes.
        (6) In systems using filters, the filters, when full, shall be 
    first wetted with a fine mist of water, then removed and placed 
    immediately in an impermeable container, labeled according to 
    paragraph (j)(2)(ii) of this section and disposed of according to 
    paragraph (k) of this section.
        (7) Any spills of asbestos-containing aqueous solution or any 
    asbestos-containing waste material shall be cleaned up immediately 
    and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.
        (8) The use of dry brushing during low pressure/wet cleaning 
    operations is prohibited.
    
    [C] Equivalent Methods
    
        An equivalent method is one which has sufficient written detail 
    so that it can be reproduced and has been demonstrated that the 
    exposures resulting from the equivalent method are equal to or less 
    than the exposures which would result from the use of the method 
    described in paragraph [A] of this appendix. For purposes of making 
    this comparison, the employer shall assume that exposures resulting 
    from the use of the method described in paragraph [A] of this 
    appendix shall not exceed 0.004 f/cc, as measured by the OSHA 
    reference method and as averaged over at least 18 personal samples.
    
    [D] Wet Method
    
        (1) A spray bottle, hose nozzle, or other implement capable of 
    delivering a fine mist of water or amended water or other delivery 
    system capable of delivering water at low pressure, shall be used to 
    first thoroughly wet the brake and clutch parts. Brake and clutch 
    components shall then be wiped clean with a cloth.
        (2) The cloth shall be placed in an impermeable container, 
    labelled according to paragraph (j)(2)(ii) of this section and then 
    disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section, or the cloth 
    shall be laundered in a way to prevent the release of asbestos 
    fibers in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air.
        (3) Any spills of solvent or any asbestos containing waste 
    material shall be cleaned up immediately according to paragraph (k) 
    of this section.
        (4) The use of dry brushing during the wet method operations is 
    prohibited.
    
    Construction
    
    PART 1926--[AMENDED]
    
        1. The authority citation of subpart Z of 29 CFR part 1926 
    continues to read as follows:
    
        Authority: Sections 6 and 8, Occupational Safety and Health Act, 
    29 U.S.C. 655, 657; Secretary of Labor's Orders Nos. 12-71 (36 FR 
    8754), 8-76 (41 FR 25059), 9-83 (48 FR 35736) or 1-90 (55 FR 9033) 
    as applicable; and 29 CFR part 1911.
    
        Section 1926.1102 not issued under 29 U.S.C. 655 or 29 CFR part 
    1911; also issued under 5 U.S.C. 653.
        Section 1926.1103 through 1926.1118 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 
    6653.
        Section 1926.1128 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.
        Section 1926.1145 and 1926.1147 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.
        Section 1926.1148 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.
    
        2. Section 1926.58 Asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, and 
    actinolite is redesignated as Sec. 1926.1101 Asbestos and Sec. 1926.58 
    is reserved.
        3. Section 1926.1101 is amended by revising the section heading and 
    paragraphs (a) through (p) (all the text preceding the appendices) and 
    by adding paragraph (q) to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 1926.1101  Asbestos.
    
        (a) Scope and application. This section regulates asbestos exposure 
    in all work as defined in 29 CFR 1910.12(b), including but not limited 
    to the following:
        (1) Demolition or salvage of structures where asbestos is present;
        (2) Removal or encapsulation of materials containing asbestos;
        (3) Construction, alteration, repair, maintenance, or renovation of 
    structures, substrates, or portions thereof, that contain asbestos;
        (4) Installation of products containing asbestos;
        (5) Asbestos spill/emergency cleanup; and
        (6) Transportation, disposal, storage, containment of and 
    housekeeping activities involving asbestos or products containing 
    asbestos, on the site or location at which construction activities are 
    performed.
        (7) Coverage under this standard shall be based on the nature of 
    the work operation involving asbestos exposure.
        (b) Definitions.
        Aggressive method means removal or disturbance of building material 
    by sanding, abrading, grinding or other method that breaks, crumbles, 
    or disintegrates intact ACM.
        Amended water means water to which surfactant (wetting agent) has 
    been added to increase the ability of the liquid to penetrate ACM.
        Asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite 
    asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these 
    minerals that has been chemically treated and/or altered. For purposes 
    of this standard, ``asbestos'' includes PACM, as defined below.
        Asbestos-containing material (ACM), means any material containing 
    more than one percent asbestos.
        Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
    Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
        Authorized person means any person authorized by the employer and 
    required by work duties to be present in regulated areas.
        Building/facility owner is the legal entity, including a lessee, 
    which exercises control over management and record keeping functions 
    relating to a building and/or facility in which activities covered by 
    this standard take place.
        Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) means one certified in the 
    comprehensive practice of industrial hygiene by the American Board of 
    Industrial Hygiene.
        Class I asbestos work means activities involving the removal of TSI 
    and surfacing ACM and PACM.
        Class II asbestos work means activities involving the removal of 
    ACM which is not thermal system insulation or surfacing material. This 
    includes, but is not limited to, the removal of asbestos-containing 
    wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, roofing and siding shingles, and 
    construction mastics.
        Class III asbestos work means repair and maintenance operations, 
    where ``ACM'', including thermal system insulation and surfacing 
    material, is likely to be disturbed.
        Class IV asbestos work means maintenance and custodial activities 
    during which employees contact ACM and PACM and activities to clean up 
    waste and debris containing ACM and PACM.
        Clean room means an uncontaminated room having facilities for the 
    storage of employees' street clothing and uncontaminated materials and 
    equipment.
        Closely resemble means that the major workplace conditions which 
    have contributed to the levels of historic asbestos exposure, are no 
    more protective than conditions of the current workplace.
        Competent person means, in addition to the definition in 29 CFR 
    1926.32 (f), one who is capable of identifying existing asbestos 
    hazards in the workplace and selecting the appropriate control strategy 
    for asbestos exposure, who has the authority to take prompt corrective 
    measures to eliminate them, as specified in 29 CFR 1926.32(f): in 
    addition, for Class I and Class II work who is specially trained in a 
    training course which meet the criteria of EPA's Model Accreditation 
    Plan (40 CFR 763) for project designer or supervisor, or its equivalent 
    and, for Class II and Class IV work, who is trained in an operations 
    and maintenance (O&M) course developed by EPA [40 CFR 763.92 (a)(2)].
        Critical barrier means one or more layers of plastic sealed over 
    all openings into a work area or any other similarly placed physical 
    barrier sufficient to prevent airborne asbestos in a work area from 
    migrating to an adjacent area.
        Decontamination area means an enclosed area adjacent and connected 
    to the regulated area and consisting of an equipment room, shower area, 
    and clean room, which is used for the decontamination of workers, 
    materials, and equipment that are contaminated with asbestos.
        Demolition means the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting 
    structural member and any related razing, removing, or stripping of 
    asbestos products.
        Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or 
    designee.
        Disturbance means contact which releases fibers from ACM or PACM or 
    debris containing ACM or PACM. This term includes activities that 
    disrupt the matrix of ACM or PACM, render ACM or PACM friable, or 
    generate visible debris. Disturbance includes cutting away small 
    amounts of ACM and PACM, no greater than the amount which can be 
    contained in one standard sized glove bag or waste bag in order to 
    access a building component. In no event shall the amount of ACM or 
    PACM so disturbed exceed that which can be contained in one glove bag 
    or waste bag which shall not exceed 60 inches in length and width.
        Employee exposure means that exposure to airborne asbestos that 
    would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective 
    equipment.
        Equipment room (change room) means a contaminated room located 
    within the decontamination area that is supplied with impermeable bags 
    or containers for the disposal of contaminated protective clothing and 
    equipment.
        Fiber means a particulate form of asbestos, 5 micrometers or 
    longer, with a length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1.
        Glovebag means an impervious plastic bag-like enclosure affixed 
    around an asbestos-containing material, with glove-like appendages 
    through which material and tools may be handled.
        High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter 
    capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent of all mono-
    dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter.
        Homogeneous area means an area of surfacing material or thermal 
    system insulation that is uniform in color and texture.
        Industrial hygienist means a professional qualified by education, 
    training, and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop 
    controls for occupational health hazards.
        Intact means that the ACM has not crumbled, been pulverized, or 
    otherwise deteriorated so that it is no longer likely to be bound with 
    its matrix.
        Modification for purposes of paragraph (g)(6)(ii), means a changed 
    or altered procedure, material or component of a control system, which 
    replaces a procedure, material or component of a required system. 
    Omitting a procedure or component, or reducing or diminishing the 
    stringency or strength of a material or component of the control system 
    is not a ``modification'' for purposes of paragraph (g)(6)(ii) of this 
    section.
        Negative Initial Exposure Assessment means a demonstration by the 
    employer, which complies with the criteria in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of 
    this section, that employee exposure during an operation is expected to 
    be consistently below the PELs.
        PACM means ``presumed asbestos containing material''.
        Presumed Asbestos Containing Material means thermal system 
    insulation and surfacing material found in buildings constructed no 
    later than 1980. The designation of a material as ``PACM'' may be 
    rebutted pursuant to paragraph (k)(4) of this section.
        Project Designer means a person who has successfully completed the 
    training requirements for an abatement project designer established by 
    40 U.S.C. Sec. 763.90(g).
        Regulated area means: an area established by the employer to 
    demarcate areas where Class I, II, and III asbestos work is conducted, 
    and any adjoining area where debris and waste from such asbestos work 
    accumulate; and a work area within which airborne concentrations of 
    asbestos, exceed or there is a reasonable possibility they may exceed 
    the permissible exposure limit. Requirements for regulated areas are 
    set out in paragraph (e)(6) of this section.
        Removal means all operations where ACM and/or PACM is taken out or 
    stripped from structures or substrates, and includes demolition 
    operations.
        Renovation means the modifying of any existing structure, or 
    portion thereof.
        Repair means overhauling, rebuilding, reconstructing, or 
    reconditioning of structures or substrates, including encapsulation or 
    other repair of ACM or PACM attached to structures or substrates.
        Surfacing material means material that is sprayed, troweled-on or 
    otherwise applied to surfaces (such as acoustical plaster on ceilings 
    and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on 
    surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes).
        Surfacing ACM means surfacing material which contains more than 1% 
    asbestos.
        Thermal system insulation (TSI) means ACM applied to pipes, 
    fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts or other structural 
    components to prevent heat loss or gain.
        Thermal system insulation ACM is thermal system insulation which 
    contains more than 1% asbestos.
        (c) Permissible exposure limits (PELS)--(1) Time-weighted average 
    limit (TWA). The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to 
    an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic 
    centimeter of air as an eight (8) hour time-weighted average (TWA), as 
    determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A of this section, or 
    by an equivalent method.
        (2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure that no employee is 
    exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 1.0 fiber 
    per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a sampling period 
    of thirty (30) minutes, as determined by the method prescribed in 
    Appendix A of this section, or by an equivalent method.
        (d) Multi-employer worksites. (1) On multi-employer worksites, an 
    employer performing work requiring the establishment of a regulated 
    area shall inform other employers on the site of the nature of the 
    employer's work with asbestos and/or PACM, of the existence of and 
    requirements pertaining to regulated areas, and the measures taken to 
    ensure that employees of such other employers are not exposed to 
    asbestos.
        (2) Asbestos hazards at a multi-employer work site shall be abated 
    by the contractor who created or controls the source of asbestos 
    contamination. For example, if there is a significant breach of an 
    enclosure containing Class I work, the employer responsible for 
    erecting the enclosure shall repair the breach immediately.
        (3) In addition, all employers of employees exposed to asbestos 
    hazards shall comply with applicable protective provisions to protect 
    their employees. For example, if employees working immediately adjacent 
    to a Class I asbestos job are exposed to asbestos due to the inadequate 
    containment of such job, their employer shall either remove the 
    employees from the area until the enclosure breach is repaired; or 
    perform an initial exposure assessment pursuant to (f)(1) of this 
    section.
        (4) All employers of employees working adjacent to regulated areas 
    established by another employer on a multi-employer work-site, shall 
    take steps on a daily basis to ascertain the integrity of the enclosure 
    and/or the effectiveness of the control method relied on by the primary 
    asbestos contractor to assure that asbestos fibers do not migrate to 
    such adjacent areas.
        (5) All general contractors on a construction project which 
    includes work covered by this standard shall be deemed to exercise 
    general supervisory authority over the work covered by this standard, 
    even though the general contractor is not qualified to serve as the 
    asbestos ``competent person'' as defined by paragraph (b) of this 
    section. As supervisor of the entire project, the general contractor 
    shall ascertain whether the asbestos contractor is in compliance with 
    this standard, and shall require such contractor to come into 
    compliance with this standard when necessary.
        (e) Regulated areas--(1) All Class I, II and III asbestos work 
    shall be conducted within regulated areas. All other operations covered 
    by this standard shall be conducted within a regulated area where 
    airborne concentrations of asbestos exceed, or there is a reasonable 
    possibility they may exceed a PEL. Regulated areas shall comply with 
    the requirements of paragraphs (2), (3),(4) and (5) of this section.
        (2) Demarcation. The regulated area shall be demarcated in any 
    manner that minimizes the number of persons within the area and 
    protects persons outside the area from exposure to airborne 
    concentrations of asbestos. Where critical barriers or negative 
    pressure enclosures are used, they may demarcate the regulated area. 
    Signs shall be provided and displayed pursuant to the requirements of 
    paragraph (k)(6) of this section.
        (3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to 
    authorized persons and to persons authorized by the Act or regulations 
    issued pursuant thereto.
        (4) Respirators. All persons entering a regulated area where 
    employees are required pursuant to paragraph (h)(2) of this section to 
    wear respirators shall be supplied with a respirator selected in 
    accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
        (5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that employees 
    do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in 
    the regulated area.
        (6) Competent Persons. The employer shall ensure that all asbestos 
    work performed within regulated areas is supervised by a competent 
    person, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section. The duties of the 
    competent person are set out in paragraph (o) of this section.
        (f) Exposure assessments and monitoring--(1) General monitoring 
    criteria. (i) Each employer who has a workplace of work operation where 
    exposure monitoring is required under this section shall perform 
    monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of 
    asbestos to which employees may be exposed.
        (ii) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from 
    breathing zone air samples that are representative of the 8-hour TWA 
    and 30-minute short-term exposures of each employee.
        (iii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be 
    determined on the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift 
    exposure for employees in each work area. Representative 30-minute 
    short-term employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one 
    or more samples representing 30 minute exposures associated with 
    operations that are most likely to produce exposures above the 
    excursion limit for employees in each work area.
        (2) Initial Exposure Assessment. (i) Each employer who has a 
    workplace or work operation covered by this standard shall ensure that 
    a ``competent person'' conducts an exposure assessment immediately 
    before or at the initiation of the operation to ascertain expected 
    exposures during that operation or workplace.
        The assessment must be completed in time to comply with 
    requirements which are triggered by exposure data or the lack of a 
    ``negative exposure assessment,'' and to provide information necessary 
    to assure that all control systems planned are appropriate for that 
    operation and will work properly.
        (ii) Basis of Initial Exposure Assessment: The initial exposure 
    assessment shall be based on data derived from the following sources: 
    (A) If feasible, the employer shall monitor employees and base the 
    exposure assessment on the results of exposure monitoring which is 
    conducted pursuant to the criteria in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this 
    section.
        (B) In addition, the assessment shall include consideration of all 
    observations, information or calculations which indicate employee 
    exposure to asbestos, including any previous monitoring conducted in 
    the workplace, or of the operations of the employer which indicate the 
    levels of airborne asbestos likely to be encountered on the job. 
    However, the assessment may conclude that exposures are likely to be 
    consistently below the PELs only as a conclusion of a ``negative 
    exposure assessment'' conducted pursuant to (f)(2)(iii) of this 
    section.
        (C) For Class I asbestos work, until the employer conducts exposure 
    monitoring and documents that employees on that job will not be exposed 
    in excess of the PELs, or otherwise makes a negative exposure 
    assessment pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, the 
    employer shall presume that employees are exposed in excess of the TWA 
    and excursion limit.
        (iii) Negative Exposure Assessment: For any one specific asbestos 
    job which will be performed by employees who have been trained in 
    compliance with the standard, the employer may demonstrate that 
    employee exposures will be below the PELs by data which conform to the 
    following criteria;
        (A) Objective data demonstrating that the product or material 
    containing asbestos minerals or the activity involving such product or 
    material cannot release airborne fibers in concentrations exceeding the 
    TWA and excursion limit under those work conditions having the greatest 
    potential for releasing asbestos; or
        (B) Where the employer has monitored prior asbestos jobs for the 
    PEL and the excursion limit within 12 months of the current or 
    projected job, the monitoring and analysis were performed in compliance 
    with the asbestos standard in effect; and the data were obtained during 
    work operations conducted under workplace conditions ``closely 
    resembling'' the processes, type of material, control methods, work 
    practices, and environmental conditions used and prevailing in the 
    employer's current operations, the operations were conducted by 
    employees whose training and experience are no more extensive than that 
    of employees performing the current job, and these data show that under 
    the conditions prevailing and which will prevail in the current 
    workplace there is a high degree of certainty that employee exposures 
    will not exceed the TWA and excursion limit; or
        (C) The results of initial exposure monitoring of the current job 
    made from breathing zone air samples that are representative of the 8-
    hour TWA and 30-minute short-term exposures of each employee covering 
    operations which are most likely during the performance of the entire 
    asbestos job to result in exposures over the PELs.
        (3) Periodic monitoring. (i) Class I and II operations. The 
    employer shall conduct daily monitoring that is representative of the 
    exposure of each employee who is assigned to work within a regulated 
    area who is performing Class I or II work, unless the employer pursuant 
    to (f)(2)(iii) of this section, has made a negative exposure assessment 
    for the entire operation.
        (ii) All operations under the standard other than Class I and II 
    operations. The employer shall conduct periodic monitoring of all work 
    where exposures are expected to exceed a PEL, at intervals sufficient 
    to document the validity of the exposure prediction.
        (iii) Exception: When all employees required to be monitored daily 
    are equipped with supplied-air respirators operated in the positive-
    pressure mode, the employer may dispense with the daily monitoring 
    required by this paragraph. However, employees performing Class I work 
    using a control method which is not listed in paragraph (g)(4) (i), 
    (ii), or (iii) of this section or using a modification of a listed 
    control method, shall continue to be monitored daily even if they are 
    equipped with supplied-air respirators.
        (4) (i) Termination of monitoring. If the periodic monitoring 
    required by paragraph (f)(3) of this section reveals that employee 
    exposures, as indicated by statistically reliable measurement, are 
    below the permissible exposure limit and excursion limit the employer 
    may discontinue monitoring for those employees whose exposures are 
    represented by such monitoring.
        (ii) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the provisions of 
    paragraph (f) (2) and (3), and (f)(4) of this section, the employer 
    shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraph (f)(3) 
    of this section whenever there has been a change in process, control 
    equipment, personnel or work practices that may result in new or 
    additional exposures above the permissible exposure limit and/or 
    excursion limit or when the employer has any reason to suspect that a 
    change may result in new or additional exposures above the permissible 
    exposure limit and/or excursion limit. Such additional monitoring is 
    required regardless of whether a ``negative exposure assessment'' was 
    previously produced for a specific job.
        (5) Observation of monitoring. (i) The employer shall provide 
    affected employees and their designated representatives an opportunity 
    to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to asbestos conducted in 
    accordance with this section.
        (ii) When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to 
    asbestos requires entry into an area where the use of protective 
    clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be provided with 
    and be required to use such clothing and equipment and shall comply 
    with all other applicable safety and health procedures.
        (g) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering controls and work 
    practices for all operations covered by this section. The employer 
    shall use the following engineering controls and work practices in all 
    operations covered by this section, regardless of the levels of 
    exposure:
        (i) Vacuum cleaners equipped with HEPA filters to collect all 
    debris and dust containing ACM or PACM; and,
        (ii) Wet methods, or wetting agents, to control employee exposures 
    during asbestos handling, mixing, removal, cutting, application, and 
    cleanup, except where employers demonstrate that the use of wet methods 
    is infeasible due to for example, the creation of electrical hazards, 
    equipment malfunction, and, in roofing, slipping hazards; and
        (iii) Prompt clean-up and disposal of wastes and debris 
    contaminated with asbestos in leak-tight containers.
        (2) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this 
    section, the employer shall use the following control methods to 
    achieve compliance with the TWA permissible exposure limit and 
    excursion limit prescribed by paragraph (c) of this section;
        (i) Local exhaust ventilation equipped with HEPA filter dust 
    collection systems;
        (ii) Enclosure or isolation of processes producing asbestos dust;
        (iii) Ventilation of the regulated area to move contaminated air 
    away from the breathing zone of employees and toward a filtration or 
    collection device equipped with a HEPA filter;
        (iv) Use of other work practices and engineering controls that the 
    Assistant Secretary can show to be feasible.
        (v) Wherever the feasible engineering and work practice controls 
    described above are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or 
    below the permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit prescribed 
    in paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall use them to reduce 
    employee exposure to the lowest levels attainable by these controls and 
    shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that 
    complies with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
        (3) Prohibitions. The following work practices and engineering 
    controls shall not be used for work related to asbestos or for work 
    which disturbs ACM or PACM, regardless of measured levels of asbestos 
    exposure or the results of initial exposure assessments:
        (i) High-speed abrasive disc saws that are not equipped with point 
    of cut ventilator or enclosures with HEPA filtered exhaust air.
        (ii) Compressed air used to remove asbestos, or materials 
    containing asbestos, unless the compressed air is used in conjunction 
    with an enclosed ventilation system designed to capture the dust cloud 
    created by the compressed air.
        (iii) Dry sweeping, shoveling or other dry clean-up of dust and 
    debris containing ACM and PACM.
        (iv) Employee rotation as a means of reducing employee exposure to 
    asbestos.
        (4) Class I Requirements. In addition to the provisions of 
    paragraphs (g) (1) and (2) of this section, the following engineering 
    controls and work practices and procedures shall be used.
        (i) All Class I work, including the installation and operation of 
    the control system shall be supervised by a competent person as defined 
    in paragraph (b) of this section;
        (ii) For all Class I jobs involving the removal of more than 25 
    linear or 10 square feet of thermal system insulation or surfacing 
    material; for all other Class I jobs, where the employer cannot produce 
    a negative exposure assessment pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of 
    this section, or where employees are working in areas adjacent to the 
    regulated area, while the Class I work is being performed, the employer 
    shall use one of the following methods to ensure that airborne asbestos 
    does not migrate from the regulated area:
        (A) Critical barriers shall be placed over all openings to the 
    regulated area: or
        (B) The employer shall use another barrier or isolation method 
    which prevents the migration of airborne asbestos from the regulated 
    area, as verified by perimeter area surveillance during each work shift 
    at each boundary of the regulated area, showing no visible asbestos 
    dust; and perimeter area monitoring showing that clearance levels 
    contained in 40 CFR Part 763, Subpt. E, of the EPA Asbestos in Schools 
    Rule are met, or that perimeter area levels, measured by (PCM) are no 
    more than background levels representing the same area before the 
    asbestos work began. The results of such monitoring shall be made known 
    to the employer no later than 24 hours from the end of the work shift 
    represented by such monitoring.
        (iii) For all Class I jobs, HVAC systems shall be isolated in the 
    regulated area by sealing with a double layer of 6 mil plastic or the 
    equivalent;
        (iv) For all Class I jobs, impermeable dropcloths shall be placed 
    on surfaces beneath all removal activity;
        (v) For all Class I jobs, all objects within the regulated area 
    shall be covered with impermeable dropcloths or plastic sheeting which 
    is secured by duct tape or an equivalent.
        (vi) For all Class I jobs where the employer cannot produce a 
    negative exposure assessment, or where exposure monitoring shows that a 
    PEL is exceeded, the employer shall ventilate the regulated area to 
    move contaminated air away from the breathing zone of employees toward 
    a HEPA filtration or collection device.
        (5) Specific control methods for Class I work. In addition, Class I 
    asbestos work shall be performed using one or more of the following 
    control methods pursuant to the limitations stated below:
        (i) Negative Pressure Enclosure (NPE) systems: NPE systems shall be 
    used where the configuration of the work area does not make the 
    erection of the enclosure infeasible, with the following specifications 
    and work practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) The negative pressure enclosure (NPE) may be of any 
    configuration,
        (2) At least 4 air changes per hour shall be maintained in the NPE,
        (3) A minimum of -0.02 column inches of water pressure 
    differential, relative to outside pressure, shall be maintained within 
    the NPE as evidenced by manometric measurements,
        (4) The NPE shall be kept under negative pressure throughout the 
    period of its use, and
        (5) Air movement shall be directed away from employees performing 
    asbestos work within the enclosure, and toward a HEPA filtration or a 
    collection device.
        (B) Work Practices:
        (1) Before beginning work within the enclosure and at the beginning 
    of each shift, the NPE shall be inspected for breaches and smoke-tested 
    for leaks, and any leaks sealed.
        (2) Electrical circuits in the enclosure shall be deactivated, 
    unless equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters.
        (ii) Glove bag systems shall be used to remove PACM and/or ACM from 
    straight runs of piping with the following specifications and work 
    practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) Glovebags shall be made of 6 mil thick plastic and shall be 
    seamless at the bottom.
        (2) [Reserved]
        (B) Work Practices:
        (1) Each glovebag shall be installed so that it completely covers 
    the circumference of pipe or other structure where the work is to be 
    done.
        (2) Glovebags shall be smoke-tested for leaks and any leaks sealed 
    prior to use.
        (3) Glovebags may be used only once and may not be moved.
        (4) Glovebags shall not be used on surfaces whose temperature 
    exceeds 150 deg..
        (5) Prior to disposal, glovebags shall be collapsed by removing air 
    within them using a HEPA vacuum.
        (6) Before beginning the operation, loose and friable material 
    adjacent to the glovebag/box operation shall be wrapped and sealed in 
    two layers of six mil plastic or otherwise rendered intact,
        (7) Where system uses attached waste bag, such bag shall be 
    connected to collection bag using hose or other material which shall 
    withstand pressure of ACM waste and water without losing its integrity:
        (8) Sliding valve or other device shall separate waste bag from 
    hose to ensure no exposure when waste bag is disconnected:
        (9) At least two persons shall perform Class I glovebag removals.
        (iii) Negative Pressure Glove Bag Systems. Negative pressure glove 
    bag systems shall be used to remove ACM or PACM from piping.
        (A) Specifications: In addition to specifications for glove bag 
    systems above, negative pressure glove bag systems shall attach HEPA 
    vacuum systems or other devices to bag to prevent collapse during 
    removal.
        (B) Work Practices: (1) The employer shall comply with the work 
    practices glove bag systems in paragraph (g)(5)(ii)(B)(2) of this 
    section.
        (2) The HEPA vacuum cleaner or other device used to prevent 
    collapse of bag during removal shall run continually during the 
    operation.
        (3) Where a separate waste bag is used along with a collection bag 
    and discarded after one use, the collection bag may be reused if rinsed 
    clean with amended water before reuse.
        (iv) Negative Pressure Glove Box Systems: Negative pressure glove 
    boxes shall be used to remove ACM or PACM from pipe runs with the 
    following specifications and work practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) Glove boxes shall be constructed with rigid sides and made from 
    metal or other material which can withstand the weight of the ACM and 
    PACM and water used during removal:
        (2) A negative pressure generator shall be used to create negative 
    pressure in system:
        (3) An air filtration unit shall be attached to the box:
        (4) The box shall be fitted with gloved apertures:
        (5) An aperture at the base of the box shall serve as a bagging 
    outlet for waste ACM and water:
        (6) A back-up generator shall be present on site:
        (7) Waste bags shall consist of 6 mil thick plastic double-bagged 
    before they are filled or plastic thicker than 6 mil.
        (B) Work practices:
        (1) At least two persons shall perform the removal:
        (2) The box shall be smoke tested prior to each use:
        (3) Loose or damaged ACM adjacent to the box shall be wrapped and 
    sealed in two layers of 6 mil plastic prior to the job, or otherwise 
    made intact prior to the job.
        (4) A HEPA filtration system shall be used to maintain pressure 
    barrier in box.
        (v) Water Spray Process System. A water spray process system may be 
    used for removal of ACM and PACM from cold line piping if, employees 
    carrying out such process have completed a 40-hour separate training 
    course in its use, in addition to training required for employees 
    performing Class I work. The system shall meet the following 
    specifications and shall be performed by employees using the following 
    work practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) Piping shall be surrounded on 3 sides by rigid framing,
        (2) A 360 degree water spray, delivered through nozzles supplied by 
    a high pressure separate water line, shall be formed around the piping.
        (3) The spray shall collide to form a fine aerosol which provides a 
    liquid barrier between workers and the ACM and PACM.
        (B) Work Practices:
        (1) The system shall be run for at least 10 minutes before removal 
    begins.
        (2) All removal shall take place within the water barrier.
        (3) The system shall be operated by at least three persons, one of 
    whom shall not perform removal, but shall check equipment, and ensure 
    proper operation of the system.
        (4) After removal, the ACM and PACM shall be bagged while still 
    inside the water barrier.
        (vi) A small walk-in enclosure which accommodates no more than two 
    persons (mini-enclosure) may be used if the disturbance or removal can 
    be completely contained by the enclosure with the following 
    specifications and work practices.
        (A) Specifications:
        (1) The fabricated or job-made enclosure shall be constructed of 6 
    mil plastic or equivalent:
        (2) The enclosure shall be placed under negative pressure by means 
    of a HEPA filtered vacuum or similar ventilation unit:
        (B) Work practices:
        (1) Before use, the minienclosure shall be inspected for leaks and 
    smoke tested to detect breaches, and breaches sealed.
        (2) Before reuse, the interior shall be completely washed with 
    amended water and HEPA-vacuumed..
        (3) During use air movement shall be directed away from the 
    employee's breathing zone within the minienclosure.
        (6) Alternative control methods for Class I work. Class I work may 
    be performed using a control method which is not referenced in 
    paragraph (g)(5) of this section, or which modifies a control method 
    referenced in paragraph (g)(5)of this section, if the following 
    provisions are complied with:
        (i) The control method shall enclose, contain or isolate the 
    processes or source of airborne asbestos dust, or otherwise capture or 
    redirect such dust before it enters the breathing zone of employees.
        (ii) A certified industrial hygienist or licensed professional 
    engineer who is also qualified as a project designer as defined in 
    paragraph (b) of this section, shall evaluate the work area, the 
    projected work practices and the engineering controls and shall certify 
    in writing that the planned control method is adequate to reduce direct 
    and indirect employee exposure to below the PELs under worst-case 
    conditions of use, and that the planned control method will prevent 
    asbestos contamination outside the regulated area, as measured by 
    clearance sampling which meets the requirements of EPA's Asbestos in 
    Schools rule issued under AHERA, or perimeter monitoring which meets 
    the criteria in paragraph (g)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section.
        (A) Where the TSI or surfacing material to be removed is 25 linear 
    or 10 square feet or less , the evaluation required in paragraph (g)(6) 
    of this section may be performed by a ``competent person'', and may 
    omit consideration of perimeter or clearance monitoring otherwise 
    required.
        (B) The evaluation of employee exposure required in paragraph 
    (g)(6) of this section, shall include and be based on sampling and 
    analytical data representing employee exposure during the use of such 
    method under worst-case conditions and by employees whose training and 
    experience are equivalent to employees who are to perform the current 
    job.
        (iii) Before work which involves the removal of more than 25 linear 
    or 10 square feet of thermal system insulation or surfacing material is 
    begun using an alternative method which has been the subject of a 
    paragraph (g)(6) required evaluation and certification, the employer 
    shall send a copy of such evaluation and certification to the national 
    office of OSHA, Office of Technical Support, Room N3653, 200 
    Constitution Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20210.
        (7) Work Practices and Engineering Controls for Class II work.
        (i) All Class II work, shall be supervised by a competent person as 
    defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
        (ii) For all indoor Class II jobs, where the employer has not 
    produced a negative exposure assessment pursuant to paragraph 
    (f)(4)(iii) of this section, or where during the job changed conditions 
    indicate there may be exposure above the PEL or where the employer does 
    not remove the ACM in a substantially intact state, the employer shall 
    use one of the following methods to ensure that airborne asbestos does 
    not migrate from the regulated area;
        (A) Critical barriers shall be placed over all openings to the 
    regulated area; or,
        (B) The employer shall use another barrier or isolation method 
    which prevents the migration of airborne asbestos from the regulated 
    area, as verified by perimeter area monitoring or clearance monitoring 
    which meets the criteria set out in paragraph (g)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this 
    section.
        (iii) Impermeable dropcloths shall be placed on surfaces beneath 
    all removal activity;
        (iv) All Class II asbestos work shall be performed using the work 
    practices and requirements set out above in paragraph (g)(3) (i) 
    through (v) of this section.
        (8) Additional Controls for Class II work. Class II asbestos work 
    shall also be performed by complying with the work practices and 
    controls designated for each type of asbestos work to be performed, set 
    out in this paragraph. Where more than one control method may be used 
    for a type of asbestos work, the employer may choose one or a 
    combination of designated control methods. Class II work also may be 
    performed using a method allowed for Class I work, except that glove 
    bags and glove boxes are allowed if they fully enclose the Class II 
    material to be removed.
        (i) For removing vinyl and asphalt flooring materials which contain 
    ACM or for which in buildings constructed no later than 1980, the 
    employer has not verified the absence of ACM pursuant to paragraph 
    (g)(8)(i)(I) of this section. The employer shall ensure that employees 
    comply with the following work practices and that employees are trained 
    in these practices pursuant to paragraph (k)(8):
        (A) Flooring or its backing shall not be sanded.
        (B) Vacuums equipped with HEPA filter, disposable dust bag, and 
    metal floor tool (no brush) shall be used to clean floors.
        (C) Resilient sheeting shall be removed by cutting with wetting of 
    the snip point and wetting during delamination. Rip-up of resilient 
    sheet floor material is prohibited.
        (D) All scraping of residual adhesive and/or backing shall be 
    performed using wet methods.
        (E) Dry sweeping is prohibited.
        (F) Mechanical chipping is prohibited unless performed in a 
    negative pressure enclosure which meets the requirements of paragraph 
    (g)(5)(iv) of this section.
        (G) Tiles shall be removed intact, unless the employer demonstrates 
    that intact removal is not possible.
        (H) When tiles are heated and can be removed intact, wetting may be 
    omitted.
        (I) Resilient flooring material including associated mastic and 
    backing shall be assumed to be asbestos-containing unless an industrial 
    hygienist determines that it is asbestos-free using recognized 
    analytical techniques.
        (ii) For removing roofing material which contains ACM the employer 
    shall ensure that the following work practices are followed:
        (A) Roofing material shall be removed in an intact state to the 
    extent feasible.
        (B) Wet methods shall be used where feasible.
        (C) Cutting machines shall be continuously misted during use, 
    unless a competent person determines that misting substantially 
    decreases worker safety.
        (D) All loose dust left by the sawing operation must be HEPA 
    vacuumed immediately.
        (E) Unwrapped or unbagged roofing material shall be immediately 
    lowered to the ground via covered, dust-tight chute, crane or hoist, or 
    placed in an impermeable waste bag or wrapped in plastic sheeting and 
    lowered to ground no later than the end of the work shift.
        (F) Upon being lowered, unwrapped material shall be transferred to 
    a closed receptacle in such manner so as to preclude the dispersion of 
    dust.
        (G) Roof level heating and ventilation air intake sources shall be 
    isolated or the ventilation system shall be shut down.
        (iii) When removing cementitious asbestos-containing siding and 
    shingles or transite panels containing ACM, the employer shall ensure 
    that the following work practices are followed:
        (A) Cutting, abrading or breaking siding, shingles, or transite 
    panels, shall be prohibited unless the employer can demonstrate that 
    methods less likely to result in asbestos fiber release cannot be used.
        (B) Each panel or shingle shall be sprayed with amended water prior 
    to removal.
        (C) Unwrapped or unbagged panels or shingles shall be immediately 
    lowered to the ground via covered dust-tight chute, crane or hoist, or 
    placed in an impervious waste bag or wrapped in plastic sheeting and 
    lowered to the ground no later than the end of the work shift.
        (D) Nails shall be cut with flat, sharp instruments.
        (iv) When removing gaskets containing ACM, the employer shall 
    ensure that the following work practices are followed:
        (A) If a gasket is visibly deteriorated and unlikely to be removed 
    intact, removal shall be undertaken within a glovebag as described in 
    paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this section.
        (B) The gasket shall be thoroughly wetted with amended water prior 
    to its removal.
        (C) The wet gasket shall be immediately placed in a disposal 
    container.
        (D) Any scraping to remove residue must be performed wet.
        (v) When performing any other Class II removal of asbestos 
    containing material for which specific controls have not been listed in 
    paragraph (g)(8)(iv) (A) through (D) of this section, the employer 
    shall ensure that the following work practices are complied with.
        (A) The material shall be thoroughly wetted with amended water 
    prior and during its removal.
        (B) The material shall be removed in an intact state unless the 
    employer demonstrates that intact removal is not possible.
        (C) Cutting, abrading or breaking the material shall be prohibited 
    unless the employer can demonstrate that methods less likely to result 
    in asbestos fiber release are not feasible.
        (D) Asbestos-containing material removed, shall be immediately 
    bagged or wrapped, or kept wetted until transferred to a closed 
    receptacle, no later than the end of the work shift.
        (vi) Alternative Work Practices and Controls. Instead of the work 
    practices and controls listed in paragraph (g)(8) (i) through (v) of 
    this section, the employer may use different or modified engineering 
    and work practice controls if the following provisions are complied 
    with.
        (A) The employer shall demonstrate by data representing employee 
    exposure during the use of such method under conditions which closely 
    resemble the conditions under which the method is to be used, that 
    employee exposure will not exceed the PELs under any anticipated 
    circumstances.
        (B) A competent person shall evaluate the work area, the projected 
    work practices and the engineering controls, and shall certify in 
    writing, that the different or modified controls are adequate to reduce 
    direct and indirect employee exposure to below the PELs under all 
    expected conditions of use and that the method meets the requirements 
    of this standard. The evaluation shall include and be based on data 
    representing employee exposure during the use of such method under 
    conditions which closely resemble the conditions under which the method 
    is to be used for the current job, and by employees whose training and 
    experience are equivalent to employees who are to perform the current 
    job.
        (9) Work Practices and Engineering Controls for Class III asbestos 
    work. Class III asbestos work shall be conducted using engineering and 
    work practice controls which minimize the exposure to employees 
    performing the asbestos work and to bystander employees.
        (i) The work shall be performed using wet methods.
        (ii) To the extent feasible, the work shall be performed using 
    local exhaust ventilation.
        (iii) Where the disturbance involves drilling, cutting, abrading, 
    sanding, chipping, breaking, or sawing of thermal system insulation or 
    surfacing material, the employer shall use impermeable dropcloths, and 
    shall isolate the operation using mini-enclosures or glove bag systems 
    pursuant to paragraph (g)(5) of this section.
        (iv) Where the employer does not produce a ``negative exposure 
    assessment'' for a job, or where monitoring results show the PEL has 
    been exceeded, the employer shall contain the area using impermeable 
    dropcloths and plastic barriers or their equivalent, or shall isolate 
    the operation using a control system listed in and in compliance with 
    paragraph (g)(5) of this section.
        (v) Employees performing Class III jobs, which involve the 
    disturbance of thermal system insulation or surfacing material, or 
    where the employer does not produce a ``negative exposure assessment'' 
    or where monitoring results show a PEL has been exceeded, shall wear 
    respirators which are selected, used and fitted pursuant to provisions 
    of paragraph (h) of this section.
        (10) Class IV asbestos work. Class IV asbestos jobs shall be 
    conducted by employees trained pursuant to the asbestos awareness 
    training program set out in paragraph (k)(8) of this section. In 
    addition, all Class IV jobs shall be conducted in conformity with the 
    requirements set out in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, mandating wet 
    methods, HEPA vacuums, and prompt clean up of debris containing ACM or 
    PACM.
        (i) Employees cleaning up debris and waste in a regulated area 
    where respirators are required shall wear respirators which are 
    selected, used and fitted pursuant to provisions of paragraph (h) of 
    this section.
        (ii) Employers of employees who clean up waste and debris in, and 
    employers in control of, areas where friable thermal system insulation 
    or surfacing material is accessible, shall assume that such waste and 
    debris contain asbestos.
        (h) Respiratory protection--(1) General. The employer shall provide 
    respirators, and ensure that they are used, where required by this 
    section. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:
        (i) During all Class I asbestos jobs.
        (ii) During all Class II work where the ACM is not removed in a 
    substantially intact state,
        (iii) During all Class II and III work which is not performed using 
    wet methods.
        (iv) During all Class II and III asbestos jobs where the employer 
    does not produce a ``negative exposure assessment''.
        (v) During all Class III jobs where TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM is 
    being disturbed.
        (vi) During all Class IV work performed within regulated areas 
    where employees performing other work are required to wear respirators.
        (vii) During all work covered by this section where employees are 
    exposed above the TWA or excursion limit.
        (viii) In emergencies.
        (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are used, the 
    employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the employee, the 
    appropriate respirator as specified in Table 1 in paragraph (h)(2)(iii) 
    of this section, and shall ensure that the employee uses the respirator 
    provided.
        (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those jointly 
    approved as being acceptable for protection by the Mine Safety and 
    Health Administration (MSHA) and the National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR 
    Part 11.
        (iii) The employer shall provide a tight fitting powered, air-
    purifying respirator in lieu of any negative-pressure respirator 
    specified in Table 1 whenever:
        (A) An employee chooses to use this type of respirator; and
        (B) This respirator will provide adequate protection to the 
    employee.
    
              Table 1.--Respiratory Protection for Asbestos Fibers          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Airborne concentration of asbestos                                     
            or conditions of use                 Required respirator        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Not in excess of 1 f/cc (10 X PEL),  Half-mask air purifying respirator 
     or otherwise as required             other than a disposable           
     independent of exposure pursuant     respirator, equipped with high    
     to (h)(2)(iv).                       efficiency filters.               
    Not in excess of 5 f/cc (50 X PEL).  Full facepiece air-purifying       
                                          respirator equipped with high     
                                          efficiency filters.               
    Not in excess of 10 f/cc (100 X      Any powered air-purifying          
     PEL).                                respirator equipped with high     
                                          efficiency filters or any supplied
                                          air respirator operated in        
                                          continuous flow mode.             
    Not in excess of 100 f/cc (1,000 X   Full facepiece supplied air        
     PEL).                                respirator operated in pressure   
                                          demand mode.                      
    Greater than 100 f/cc (1,000 X PEL)  Full facepiece supplied air        
     or unknown concentration.            respirator operated in pressure   
                                          demand mode, equipped with an     
                                          auxiliary positive pressure self- 
                                          contained breathing apparatus.    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Note: a. Respirators assigned for high environmental concentrations may 
      be used at lower concentrations, or when required respirator use is   
      independent of concentration.                                         
    b. A high efficiency filter means a filter that is at least 99.97       
      percent efficient against mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers 
      in diameter or larger.                                                
    
        (iv) In addition to the above selection criterion, the employer 
    shall provide a half-mask air purifying respirator, other than a 
    disposable respirator, equipped with high efficiency filters whenever 
    the employee performs the following activities: Class II and III 
    asbestos jobs where the employer does not produce a negative exposure 
    assessment; and Class III jobs where TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM is 
    being disturbed.
        (v) In addition to the above selection criteria, the employer shall 
    provide a full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in the 
    pressure demand mode equipped with an auxiliary positive pressure self-
    contained breathing apparatus for all employees within the regulated 
    area where Class I work is being performed for which a negative 
    exposure assessment has not been produced.
        (3) Respirator program. (i) Where respiratory protection is used, 
    the employer shall institute a respirator program in accordance with 29 
    CFR 1910.134(b), (d), (e), and (f).
        (ii) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter 
    respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase in 
    breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply 
    of filter elements for this purpose.
        (iii) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave 
    work areas to wash their faces and respirator facepieces whenever 
    necessary to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use.
        (iv) No employee shall be assigned to tasks requiring the use of 
    respirators if, based on his or her most recent examination, an 
    examining physician determines that the employee will be unable to 
    function normally wearing a respirator, or that the safety or health of 
    the employee or of other employees will be impaired by the use of a 
    respirator. Such employee shall be assigned to another job or given the 
    opportunity to transfer to a different position the duties of which he 
    or she is able to perform with the same employer, in the same 
    geographical area, and with the same seniority, status, and rate of pay 
    and other job benefits he or she had just prior to such transfer, if 
    such a different position is available.
        (4) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall ensure that the 
    respirator issued to the employee exhibits the least possible facepiece 
    leakage and that the respirator is fitted properly.
        (ii) Employers shall perform either quantitative or qualitative 
    face fit tests at the time of initial fitting and at least every 6 
    months thereafter for each employee wearing a negative-pressure 
    respirator. The qualitative fit tests may be used only for testing the 
    fit of half-mask respirators where they are permitted to be worn, or of 
    full-facepiece air purifying respirators where they are worn at levels 
    at which half-facepiece air purifying respirators are permitted. 
    Qualitative and quantitative fit tests shall be conducted in accordance 
    with Appendix C. The tests shall be used to select facepieces that 
    provide the required protection as prescribed in Table 1 in paragraph 
    (h)(2)(iii) of this section.
        (i) Protective clothing--(1) General. The employer shall provide 
    and require the use of protective clothing, such as coveralls or 
    similar whole-body clothing, head coverings, gloves, and foot coverings 
    for any employee exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos that 
    exceed the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of 
    this section, or for which a required negative exposure assessment is 
    not produced, and for any employee performing Class I operations which 
    involve the removal of over 25 linear or 10 square feet of TSI or 
    surfacing ACM and PACM.
        (2) Laundering. (i) The employer shall ensure that laundering of 
    contaminated clothing is done so as to prevent the release of airborne 
    asbestos in excess of the TWA or excursion limit prescribed in 
    paragraph (c) of this section.
        (ii) Any employer who gives contaminated clothing to another person 
    for laundering shall inform such person of the requirement in paragraph 
    (i)(2)(i) of this section to effectively prevent the release of 
    airborne asbestos in excess of the TWA and excursion limit prescribed 
    in paragraph (c) of this section.
        (3) Contaminated clothing. Contaminated clothing shall be 
    transported in sealed impermeable bags, or other closed, impermeable 
    containers, and be labeled in accordance with paragraph (k) of this 
    section.
        (4) Inspection of protective clothing. (i) The competent person 
    shall examine worksuits worn by employees at least once per workshift 
    for rips or tears that may occur during performance of work.
        (ii) When rips or tears are detected while an employee is working, 
    rips and tears shall be immediately mended, or the worksuit shall be 
    immediately replaced.
        (j) Hygiene facilities and practices for employees. (1) 
    Requirements for employees performing Class I asbestos jobs involving 
    over 25 linear or 10 square feet of Tsi or surfacing ACM and PACM.
        (i) Decontamination areas: the employer shall establish a 
    decontamination area that is adjacent and connected to the regulated 
    area for the decontamination of such employees. The decontamination 
    area shall consist of an equipment room, shower area, and clean room in 
    series. The employer shall ensure that employees enter and exit the 
    regulated area through the decontamination area.
        (A) Equipment room. The equipment room shall be supplied with 
    impermeable, labeled bags and containers for the containment and 
    disposal of contaminated protective equipment.
        (B) Shower area. Shower facilities shall be provided which comply 
    with 29 CFR 1910.141(d)(3), unless the employer can demonstrate that 
    they are not feasible. The showers shall be adjacent both to the 
    equipment room and the clean room, unless the employer can demonstrate 
    that this location is not feasible.
        Where the employer can demonstrate that it is not feasible to 
    locate the shower between the equipment room and the clean room, or 
    where the work is performed outdoors, the employers shall ensure that 
    employees:
        (1) Remove asbestos contamination from their worksuits in the 
    equipment room using a HEPA vacuum before proceeding to a shower that 
    is not adjacent to the work area; or
        (2) Remove their contaminated worksuits in the equipment room, then 
    don clean worksuits, and proceed to a shower that is not adjacent to 
    the work area.
        (C) Clean change room. The clean room shall be equipped with a 
    locker or appropriate storage container for each employee's use. When 
    the employer can demonstrate that it is not feasible to provide a clean 
    change area adjacent to the work area or where the work is performed 
    outdoors, the employer may permit employees engaged in Class I asbestos 
    jobs to clean their protective clothing with a portable HEPA-equipped 
    vacuum before such employees leave the regulated area. Such employees 
    however must then change into street clothing in clean change areas 
    provided by the employer which otherwise meet the requirements of this 
    section.
        (ii) Decontamination area entry procedures. The employer shall 
    ensure that employees:
        (A) Enter the decontamination area through the clean room;
        (B) Remove and deposit street clothing within a locker provided for 
    their use; and
        (C) Put on protective clothing and respiratory protection before 
    leaving the clean room.
        (D) Before entering the regulated area, the employer shall ensure 
    that employees pass through the equipment room.
        (iii) Decontamination area exit procedures. The employer shall 
    ensure that:
        (A) Before leaving the regulated area, employees shall remove all 
    gross contamination and debris from their protective clothing.
        (B) Employees shall remove their protective clothing in the 
    equipment room and deposit the clothing in labeled impermeable bags or 
    containers.
        (C) Employees shall not remove their respirators in the equipment 
    room.
        (D) Employees shall shower prior to entering the clean room.
        (E) After showering, employees shall enter the clean room before 
    changing into street clothes.
        (iv) Lunch Areas. Whenever food or beverages are consumed at the 
    worksite where employees are performing Class I asbestos work, the 
    employer shall provide lunch areas in which the airborne concentrations 
    of asbestos are below the permissible exposure limit and/or excursion 
    limit.
        (2) Requirements for Class I work involving less than 25 linear or 
    10 square feet of TSI or surfacing ACM and PACM, and for Class II and 
    Class III asbestos work operations where exposures exceed a PEL or 
    where there is no negative exposure assessment produced before the 
    operation.
        (i) The employer shall establish an equipment room or area that is 
    adjacent to the regulated area for the decontamination of employees and 
    their equipment which is contaminated with asbestos which shall consist 
    of an area covered by a impermeable drop cloth on the floor or 
    horizontal working surface.
        (ii) The area must be of sufficient size as to accommodate cleaning 
    of equipment and removing personal protective equipment without 
    spreading contamination beyond the area (as determined by visible 
    accumulations).
        (iii) Workclothing must be cleaned with a HEPA vacuum before it is 
    removed.
        (iv) All equipment and surfaces of containers filled with ACM must 
    be cleaned prior to removing them from the equipment room or area.
        (v) The employer shall ensure that employees enter and exit the 
    regulated area through the equipment room or area.
        (3) Requirements for Class IV work. Employers shall ensure that 
    employees performing Class IV work within a regulated area comply with 
    the hygiene practice required of employees performing work which has a 
    higher classification within that regulated area. Otherwise employers 
    of employees cleaning up debris and material which is TSI or surfacing 
    ACM or identified as PACM shall provide decontamination facilities for 
    such employees which are required by paragraph (j)(2) of this section.
        (4) Smoking in work areas. The employer shall ensure that employees 
    do not smoke in work areas where they are occupationally exposed to 
    asbestos because of activities in that work area.
        (k) Communication of hazards. NOTE: This section applies to the 
    communication of information concerning asbestos hazards in 
    construction activities to facilitate compliance with this standard. 
    Most asbestos-related construction activities involve previously 
    installed building materials. Building owners often are the only and/or 
    best sources of information concerning them. Therefore, they, along 
    with employers of potentially exposed employees, are assigned specific 
    information conveying and retention duties under this section. 
    Installed Asbestos Containing Building Material. Employers and building 
    owners are required to treat TSI and sprayed or troweled on surfacing 
    materials in buildings as asbestos-containing, unless they determine in 
    compliance with paragraph (k)(4) of this section that the material is 
    not asbestos-containing. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material installed 
    no later than 1980 must also be considered as asbestos containing 
    unless the employer, pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section 
    determines that it is not asbestos-containing. If the employer/building 
    owner has actual knowledge, or should have known through the exercise 
    of due diligence, that other materials are asbestos-containing, they 
    too must be treated as such. When communicating information to 
    employees pursuant to this standard, owners and employers shall 
    identify ``PACM'' as ACM. Additional requirements relating to 
    communication of asbestos work on multi-employer worksites are set out 
    in paragraph (d) of this section.
        (1) Duties of building and facility owners. (i) Before work subject 
    to this standard is begun, building and facility owners shall identify 
    the presence, location and quantity of ACM, and/or PACM at the work 
    site. All thermal system insulation and sprayed on or troweled on 
    surfacing m2aterials in buildings or substrates constructed no later 
    than 1980 shall also be identified as asbestos-containing. In addition 
    resilient flooring material installed not later than 1980 shall also be 
    identified as asbestos-containing.
        (ii) Building and/or facility owners shall notify the following 
    persons of the presence, location and quantity of ACM or PACM, at the 
    work sites in their buildings and facilities. Notification either shall 
    be in writing, or shall consist of a personal communication between the 
    owner and the person to whom notification must be given or their 
    authorized representatives:
        (A) Prospective employers applying or bidding for work whose 
    employees reasonably can be expected to work in or adjacent to areas 
    containing such material;
        (B) Employees of the owner who will work in or adjacent to areas 
    containing such material:
        (C) On multi-employer worksites, all employers of employees who 
    will be performing work within or adjacent to areas containing such 
    materials;
        (D) Tenants who will occupy areas containing such material.
        (2) Duties of employers whose employees perform work subject to 
    this standard in or adjacent to areas containing ACM and PACM. 
    Building/facility owners whose employees perform such work shall comply 
    with these provisions to the extent applicable.
        (i) Before work in areas containing ACM and PACM is begun; 
    employers shall identify the presence, location, and quantity of ACM, 
    and/or PACM therein.
        (ii) Before work under this standard is performed employers of 
    employees who will perform such work shall inform the following persons 
    of the location and quantity of ACM and/or PACM present in the area and 
    the precautions to be taken to insure that airborne asbestos is 
    confined to the area.
        (A) Owners of the building/facility;
        (B) Employees who will perform such work and employers of employees 
    who work and/or will be working in adjacent areas.
        (iii) Within 10 days of the completion of such work, the employer 
    whose employees have performed work subject to this standard, shall 
    inform the building/facility owner and employers of employees who will 
    be working in the area of the current location and quantity of PACM 
    and/or ACM remaining in the area and final monitoring results, if any.
        (3) In addition to the above requirements, all employers who 
    discover ACM and/or PACM on a worksite shall convey information 
    concerning the presence, location and quantity of such newly discovered 
    ACM and/or PACM to the owner and to other employers of employees 
    working at the work site, within 24 hours of the discovery.
        (4) Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as 
    PACM. (i) At any time, an employer and/or building owner may 
    demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain 
    asbestos. Building owners and/or employers are not required to 
    communicate information about the presence of building material for 
    which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph 
    (k)(4)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, 
    the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that 
    PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph 
    (n) of this section.
        (ii) An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not 
    contain asbestos by the following: (A) Having an completed inspection 
    conducted pursuant to the requirements of AHERA (40 CFR Part 763, 
    Subpart E) which demonstrates that the material is not ACM;
        (B) Performing tests of the material containing PACM which 
    demonstrate that no asbestos is present in the material. Such tests 
    shall include analysis of 3 bulk samples of each homogeneous area of 
    PACM collected in a randomly distributed manner. The tests, evaluation 
    and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or 
    by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or 
    laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful 
    participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the 
    National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) of the 
    National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) of the Round 
    Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene 
    Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally-recognized round robin 
    testing program.
        (5) At the entrance to mechanical rooms/areas in which employees 
    reasonably can be expected to enter and which contain thermal system 
    insulation and surfacing ACM/PACM, the building owner shall post signs 
    which identify the material which is present, its location, and 
    appropriate work practices which, if followed, will ensure that ACM 
    and/or PACM will not be disturbed.
        (6) Signs. (i) Warning signs that demarcate the regulated area 
    shall be provided and displayed at each location where a regulated area 
    is required to be established by paragraph (e) of this section. Signs 
    shall be posted at such a distance from such a location that an 
    employee may read the signs and take necessary protective steps before 
    entering the area marked by the signs.
        (ii) The warning signs required by (k)(6) of this section shall 
    bear the following information.
    
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                             
                                     DANGER                                 
                                    ASBESTOS                                
                         CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD                     
                            AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY                       
          RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTION CLOTHING ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA     
                                                                            
    
        (7) Labels. (i) Labels shall be affixed to all products containing 
    asbestos and to all containers containing such products, including 
    waste containers. Where feasible, installed asbestos products shall 
    contain a visible label.
        (ii) Labels shall be printed in large, bold letters on a 
    contrasting background.
        (iii) Labels shall be used in accordance with the requirements of 
    29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA's Hazard Communication standard, and shall 
    contain the following information:
    
                                     DANGER                                 
                            CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS                        
                               AVOID CREATING DUST                          
                         CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD                     
                                                                            
    
        (iv) [Reserved]
        (v) Labels shall contain a warning statement against breathing 
    asbestos fibers.
        (vi) The provisions for labels required by paragraphs (k)(2)(i) 
    through (k)(2)(iii) do not apply where:
        (A) Asbestos fibers have been modified by a bonding agent, coating, 
    binder, or other material, provided that the manufacturer can 
    demonstrate that, during any reasonably foreseeable use, handling, 
    storage, disposal, processing, or transportation, no airborne 
    concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of the permissible exposure 
    limit and/or excursion limit will be released, or
        (B) Asbestos is present in a product in concentrations less than 
    1.0 percent by weight.
        (vii) When a building owner/or employer identifies previously 
    installed PACM and/or ACM, labels or signs shall be affixed or posted 
    so that employees will be notified of what materials contain PACM and/
    or ACM. The employer shall attach such labels in areas where they will 
    clearly be noticed by employees who are likely to be exposed, such as 
    at the entrance to mechanical room/areas. Signs required by paragraph 
    (k)(5) of this section may be posted in lieu of labels so long as they 
    contain information required for labelling.
        (8) Employee information and training. (i) The employer shall, at 
    no cost to the employee, institute a training program for all employees 
    who install asbestos containing products and for all employees who 
    perform Class I through IV asbestos operations, and shall ensure their 
    participation in the program.
        (ii) Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of initial 
    assignment and at least annually thereafter.
        (iii) Training for Class I and II operations shall be the 
    equivalent in curriculum, training method and length to the EPA Model 
    Accreditation Plan (MAP) asbestos abatement worker training (40 CFR 
    Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix C.). For employers whose Class II work 
    with asbestos-containing material involves only the removal and/or 
    disturbance of one generic category of building material, such as 
    roofing materials, flooring materials, siding materials or transite 
    panels, instead, such employer is required to train employees who 
    perform such work by providing a training course which includes as a 
    minimum all the elements included in paragraph (k)(8)(vi) of this 
    section and in addition, the specific work practices and engineering 
    controls set forth in paragraph (g) which specifically relate to that 
    category. Such course shall include ``hands-on'' training and shall 
    take at least 8 hours.
        (iv) Training for Class III employees shall be the equivalent in 
    curriculum and training method to the 16-hour Operations and 
    Maintenance course developed by EPA for maintenance and custodial 
    workers who conduct activities that will result in the disturbance of 
    ACM. [See 40 CFR 763.92(a)(2)]. Such course shall include ``hands-on'' 
    training in the use of respiratory protection and work practices and 
    shall take at least 16 hours.
        (v) Training for employees performing Class IV operations shall be 
    the equivalent in curriculum and training method to the awareness 
    training course developed by EPA for maintenance and custodial workers 
    who work in buildings containing asbestos- containing material. [See 40 
    CFR 763.92 (a)(1)]. Such course shall include available information 
    concerning the locations of PACM and ACM, and asbestos-containing 
    flooring material, or flooring material where the absence of asbestos 
    has not been certified; and instruction in recognition of damage, 
    deterioration, and delamination of asbestos containing building 
    materials. Such a course shall take at least 2 hours.
        (vi) The training program shall be conducted in a manner that the 
    employee is able to understand. In addition to the content required by 
    provisions in paragraph (k)(8)(iii) of this section, the employer shall 
    ensure that each such employee is informed of the following:
        (A) Methods of recognizing asbestos, including the requirement in 
    paragraph (k)(1) of this section to presume that certain building 
    materials contain asbestos;
        (B) The health effects associated with asbestos exposure;
        (C) The relationship between smoking and asbestos in producing lung 
    cancer;
        (D) The nature of operations that could result in exposure to 
    asbestos, the importance of necessary protective controls to minimize 
    exposure including, as applicable, engineering controls, work 
    practices, respirators, housekeeping procedures, hygiene facilities, 
    protective clothing, decontamination procedures, emergency procedures, 
    and waste disposal procedures, and any necessary instruction in the use 
    of these controls and procedures; including where Class III and IV work 
    is performed, the contents of ``Managing Asbestos In Place (EPA 20T-
    2003, July 1990) or its equivalent in content.
        (E) The purpose, proper use, fitting instructions, and limitations 
    of respirators as required by 29 CFR 1910.134;
        (F) The appropriate work practices for performing the asbestos job;
        (G) Medical surveillance program requirements; and
        (H) The content of this standard, including appendices.
        (I) The names, addresses and phone numbers of public health 
    organizations which provide information, materials and/or conduct 
    programs concerning smoking cessation. The employer may distribute the 
    list of such organizations contained in Appendix J to this section, to 
    comply with this requirement.
        (J) The requirements for posting signs and affixing labels and the 
    meaning of the required legends for such signs and labels.
        (9) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make 
    readily available to affected employees without cost, written materials 
    relating to the employee training program, including a copy of this 
    regulation.
        (ii) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary and the 
    Director, upon request, all information and training materials relating 
    to the employee information and training program.
        (iii) The employer shall inform all employees concerning the 
    availability of self-help smoking cessation program material. Upon 
    employee request, the employer shall distribute such material, 
    consisting of NIH Publication No, 89-1647, or equivalent self-help 
    material, which is approved or published by a public health 
    organization listed in Appendix J to this section.
        (l) Housekeeping--(1) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming methods are 
    selected, HEPA filtered vacuuming equipment must be used. The equipment 
    shall be used and emptied in a manner that minimizes the reentry of 
    asbestos into the workplace.
        (2) Waste disposal. Asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags, 
    containers, equipment, and contaminated clothing consigned for disposal 
    shall be collected and disposed of in sealed, labeled, impermeable bags 
    or other closed, labeled, impermeable containers.
        (3) Care of asbestos-containing flooring material. (i) All vinyl 
    and asphalt flooring material shall be maintained in accordance with 
    this paragraph unless the building/facility owner demonstrates, 
    pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section that the flooring does not 
    contain asbestos.
        (i) Sanding of flooring material is prohibited.
        (ii) Stripping of finishes shall be conducted using low abrasion 
    pads at speed lower than 300 rpm and wet methods.
        (iii) Burnishing or dry buffing may be performed only on flooring 
    which has sufficient finish so that the pad cannot contact the flooring 
    material.
        (4) Dust and debris in an area containing accessible thermal system 
    insulation or surfacing material or visibly deteriorated ACM:
        (i) shall not be dusted or swept dry, or vacuumed without using a 
    HEPA filter;
        (ii) shall be promptly clean up and disposed in leak tight 
    containers.
        (m) Medical surveillance--(1) General--(i) Employees covered. The 
    employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all 
    employees who for a combined total of 30 or more days per year are 
    engaged in Class I, II and III work or are exposed at or above the 
    permissible exposure limit or excursion limit, and for employees who 
    wear negative pressure respirators pursuant to the requirements of this 
    section.
        (ii) Examination by a physician. (A) The employer shall ensure that 
    all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the 
    supervision of a licensed physician, and are provided at no cost to the 
    employee and at a reasonable time and place.
        (B) Persons other than such licensed physicians who administer the 
    pulmonary function testing required by this section shall complete a 
    training course in spirometry sponsored by an appropriate academic or 
    professional institution.
        (2) Medical examinations and consultations-(i) Frequency. The 
    employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to 
    each employee covered under paragraph (m)(1)(i) of this section on the 
    following schedules:
        (A) Prior to assignment of the employee to an area where negative-
    pressure respirators are worn;
        (B) When the employee is assigned to an area where exposure to 
    asbestos may be at or above the permissible exposure for 30 or more 
    days per year, a medical examination must be given within 10 working 
    days following the thirtieth day of exposure;
        (C) And at least annually thereafter.
        (D) If the examining physician determines that any of the 
    examinations should be provided more frequently than specified, the 
    employer shall provide such examinations to affected employees at the 
    frequencies specified by the physician.
        (E) Exception: No medical examination is required of any employee 
    if adequate records show that the employee has been examined in 
    accordance with this paragraph within the past 1-year period.
        (ii) Content. Medical examinations made available pursuant to 
    paragraphs (m)(2)(i)(A) through (m)(2)(i)(C) of this section shall 
    include:
        (A) A medical and work history with special emphasis directed to 
    the pulmonary, cardiovascular, and gastrointestinal systems.
        (B) On initial examination, the standardized questionnaire 
    contained in Part 1 of Appendix D to this section, and, on annual 
    examination, the abbreviated standardized questionnaire contained in 
    Part 2 of Appendix D to this section.
        (C) A physical examination directed to the pulmonary and 
    gastrointestinal systems, including a chest roentgenogram to be 
    administered at the discretion of the physician, and pulmonary function 
    tests of forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at 
    one second (FEV(1)). Interpretation and classification of chest shall 
    be conducted in accordance with Appendix E to this section.
        (D) Any other examinations or tests deemed necessary by the 
    examining physician.
        (3) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
    provide the following information to the examining physician:
        (i) A copy of this standard and Appendices D, E, G, and I to this 
    section;
        (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
    to the employee's exposure;
        (iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated 
    exposure level;
        (iv) A description of any personal protective and respiratory 
    equipment used or to be used; and
        (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
    employee that is not otherwise available to the examining physician.
        (4) Physician's written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain a 
    written opinion from the examining physician. This written opinion 
    shall contain the results of the medical examination and shall include:
        (A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
    detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an 
    increased risk of material health impairment from exposure to asbestos;
        (B) Any recommended limitations on the employee or on the use of 
    personal protective equipment such as respirators; and
        (C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the 
    physician of the results of the medical examination and of any medical 
    conditions that may result from asbestos exposure.
        (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the 
    physician of the increased risk of lung cancer attributable to the 
    combined effect of smoking and asbestos exposure.
        (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the 
    written opinion given to the employer specific findings or diagnoses 
    unrelated to occupational exposure to asbestos.
        (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written 
    opinion to the affected employee within 30 days from its receipt.
        (n) Recordkeeping--(1) Objective data relied on pursuant to 
    paragraph (f) to this section. (i) Where the employer has relied on 
    objective data that demonstrate that products made from or containing 
    asbestos are not capable of releasing fibers of asbestos in 
    concentrations at or above the permissible exposure limit and/or 
    excursion limit under the expected conditions of processing, use, or 
    handling to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (f), the employer 
    shall establish and maintain an accurate record of objective data 
    reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.
        (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
        (A) The product qualifying for exemption;
        (B) The source of the objective data;
        (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of 
    the material for the release of asbestos;
        (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data 
    support the exemption; and
        (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, 
    or employee exposures covered by the exemption.
        (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
    the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
        (2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall keep an accurate 
    record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to 
    asbestos as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section. NOTE: The 
    employer may utilize the services of competent organizations such as 
    industry trade associations and employee associations to maintain the 
    records required by this section.
        (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
        (A) The date of measurement;
        (B) The operation involving exposure to asbestos that is being 
    monitored;
        (C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their 
    accuracy;
        (D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;
        (E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and
        (F) Name, social security number, and exposure of the employees 
    whose exposures are represented.
        (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty 
    (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
        (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
    maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
    surveillance by paragraph (m) of this section, in accordance with 29 
    CFR 1910.20.
        (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
        (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
        (B) A copy of the employee's medical examination results, including 
    the medical history, questionnaire responses, results of any tests, and 
    physician's recommendations.
        (C) Physician's written opinions;
        (D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to 
    asbestos; and
        (E) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
    by paragraph (m) of this section.
        (iii) The employer shall ensure that this record is maintained for 
    the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 
    29 CFR 1910.20.
        (4) Training records. The employer shall maintain all employee 
    training records for one 1 year beyond the last date of employment by 
    that employer.
        (5) Data to Rebut PACM. Where the building owner and employer have 
    relied on data to demonstrate that PACM is not asbestos-containing, 
    such data shall be maintained far as long as they are relied upon to 
    rebut the presumption.
        (6) Records of Required Notifications. Where the building owner has 
    communicated and received information concerning the identification, 
    location and quantity of ACM and PACM, written records of such 
    notifications and their content shall be maintained by the building 
    owner for the duration of ownership and shall be transferred to 
    successive owners of such buildings/facilities.
        (7) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall 
    make all records required to be maintained by this section available to 
    the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
        (ii) The employer, upon request, shall make any exposure records 
    required by paragraphs (f) and (n) of this section available for 
    examination and copying to affected employees, former employees, 
    designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance 
    with 29 CFR 1910.20(a) through (e) and (g) through (i).
        (iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical 
    records required by paragraphs (m) and (n) of this section available 
    for examination and copying to the subject employee, anyone having the 
    specific written consent of the subject employee, and the Assistant 
    Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
        (8) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the 
    requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20 
    (h).
        (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no 
    successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed 
    period, the employer shall notify the Director at least 90 days prior 
    to disposal and, upon request, transmit them to the Director.
        (o) Competent person--(1) General. On all construction worksites 
    covered by this standard, the employer shall designate a competent 
    person, having the qualifications and authorities for ensuring worker 
    safety and health required by Subpart C, General Safety and Health 
    Provisions for Construction (29 CFR 1926.20 through 1926.32).
        (2) Required Inspections by the Competent Person. Section 
    1926.20(b)(2) which requires health and safety prevention programs to 
    provide for frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, 
    materials, and equipment to be made by competent persons, is 
    incorporated.
        (3) Additional Inspections. In addition, the competent person shall 
    make frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, in order to 
    perform the duties set out below in paragraph (p)(3)(i) and (ii) of 
    this section. For Class I jobs, on-site inspections shall be made at 
    least once during each work shift, and at any time at employee request. 
    For Class II and III jobs, on-site inspections shall be made at 
    intervals sufficient to assess whether conditions have changed, and at 
    any reasonable time at employee request.
        (i) On all worksites where employees are engaged in Class I or II 
    asbestos work, the competent person designated in accordance with 
    paragraph (g)(1) of this section shall perform or supervise the 
    following duties, as applicable:
        (A) Set up the regulated area, enclosure, or other containment;
        (B) Ensure (by on-site inspection) the integrity of the enclosure 
    or containment;
        (C) Set up procedures to control entry to and exit from the 
    enclosure and/or area;
        (D) Supervise all employee exposure monitoring required by this 
    section and ensure that it is conducted as required by paragraph (f) of 
    this section;
        (E) Ensure that employees working within the enclosure and/or using 
    glove bags wear protective clothing and respirators as required by 
    paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section;
        (F) Ensure through on-site supervision, that employees set up and 
    remove engineering controls, use work practices and personal protective 
    equipment in compliance with all requirements;
        (G) Ensure that employees use the hygiene facilities and observe 
    the decontamination procedures specified in paragraph (j) of this 
    section;
        (H) Ensure that though on-site inspection engineering controls are 
    functioning properly and employees are using proper work practices; 
    and,
        (I) Ensure that notification requirement in paragraph (f)(6) of 
    this section are met.
        (4) Training for the competent person. (i) For Class I, and II 
    asbestos work the competent person shall be trained in all aspects of 
    asbestos removal and handling, including: abatement, installation, 
    removal and handling; the contents of this standard; the identification 
    of asbestos; removal procedures, where appropriate; and other practices 
    for reducing the hazard. Such training shall be obtained in a 
    comprehensive course for supervisors, such as a course conducted by an 
    EPA or state-approved training provider, certified by the EPA or a 
    State, or an course equivalent in stringency, content and length.
        (ii) For Class III and IV asbestos work, the competent person shall 
    be trained in aspects of asbestos handling appropriate for the nature 
    of the work, to include procedures for setting up glove bags and mini-
    enclosures, practices for reducing asbestos exposures, use of wet 
    methods, the contents of this standard, and the identification of 
    asbestos. Such training shall include successful completion of a course 
    equivalent in curriculum and training method to the 16-hour Operations 
    and Maintenance course developed by EPA for maintenance and custodial 
    workers [See 40 CFR 763.92(a)(2)], or its equivalent in stringency, 
    content and length. Competent persons for Class III and IV work, may 
    also be trained pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (o)(4)(i) of 
    this section.
        (p) Appendices. (1) Appendices A, C, D, and E to this section are 
    incorporated as part of this section and the contents of these 
    appendices are mandatory.
        (2) Appendices B, F, H, I, J, and K to this section are 
    informational and are not intended to create any additional obligations 
    not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligations.
        (q) Dates. (1) This standard shall become effective October 11, 
    1994.
        (2) The provisions of 29 CFR 1926.58 remain in effect until the 
    start-up dates of the equivalent provisions of this standard.
        (3) Start-up dates: All obligations of this standard commence on 
    the effective date except as follows:
        (i) Methods of compliance. The engineering and work practice 
    controls required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be implemented 
    as soon as possible but no later than April 10, 1995.
        (ii) Respiratory protection. Respiratory protection required by 
    paragraph (h) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible but 
    no later than February 8, 1995.
        (iii) Hygiene facilities and practices for employees. Hygiene 
    facilities and practices required by paragraph (j) of this section 
    shall be provided as soon as possible but no later than February 8, 
    1995.
        (iv) Communication of hazards. Identification, notification, 
    labeling and sign posting, and training required by paragraph (k) of 
    this section shall be provided as soon as possible, but no later than 
    April 10, 1995.
        (v) Housekeeping. Housekeeping practices and controls required by 
    paragraph (l) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible, 
    but no later than January 9, 1995.
        (vi) Medical surveillance required by paragraph (m) of this section 
    shall be provided as soon as possible, but no later than January 9, 
    1995.
        (vii) The designation and training of competent persons required by 
    paragraph (o) of this section shall completed as soon as possible but 
    no later than April 10, 1995.
    
    (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control 
    number 1218-0133)
    
    Appendix A to Sec. 1926.1101  [Amended]
    
        4. Appendix A to Sec. 1926.1101 is amended by the revising the 
    second sentence of the introductory paragraph to read as follows:
    
        * * * The sampling and analytical methods described below 
    represent the elements of the available monitoring methods (such as 
    Appendix B of this regulation, the most current version of the OSHA 
    method ID-160, or the most current version of the NIOSH Method 
    7400). * * *
    
    Appendix A to Sec. 1926.1101  [Amended]
    
        5. Paragraph 2. of the section of Appendix A to Sec. 1926.1101 
    entitled Sampling and Analytical Procedure is amended by adding the 
    following sentence to the end:
    * * * * *
        2.* * * Do not reuse or reload cassettes for asbestos sample 
    collection.
    * * * * *
    
    Appendix A to Sec. 1926.1101  [Amended]
    
        6. Paragraph 11 of the section of Appendix A to Sec. 1926.1101 
    entitled Sampling and Analytical Procedure is revised to read as 
    follows:
    * * * * *
        11. Each set of samples taken will include 10% field blanks or a 
    minimum of 2 field blanks. These blanks must come from the same lot 
    as the filters used for sample collection. The field blank results 
    shall be averaged and subtracted from the analytical results before 
    reporting. A set consists of any sample or group of samples for 
    which an evaluation for this standard must be made. Any samples 
    represented by a field blank having a fiber count in excess of the 
    detection limit of the method being used shall be rejected.
    * * * * *
    
    Appendix A to Sec. 1926.1101  [Amended]
    
        7. Paragraph 2 of the section of Appendix A to Sec. 1926.1101 
    entitled Quality Control Procedures is redesignated as paragraph 2a and 
    by adding paragraph 2b to read as follows:
    * * * * *
        2. * * *
        b. All laboratories should also participate in a national sample 
    testing scheme such as the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program 
    (PAT), or the Asbestos Registry sponsored by the American Industrial 
    Hygiene Association (AIHA).
    * * * * *
        E. Appendix B of Sec. 1926.1101 is revised to read as follows:
    
    Appendix B to Sec. 1926.1101. Sampling and Analysis. Non-mandatory
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Air        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Matrix:                                                                 
      OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits:                                     
        Time Weighted Average.........................  0.1 fiber/cc        
        Excursion Level (30 minutes)..................  1.0 fiber/cc        
    Collection Procedure:                                                   
        A known volume of air is drawn through a 25-mm diameter cassette    
    containing a mixed-cellulose ester filter. The cassette must be equipped
     with an electrically conductive 50-mm extension cowl. The sampling time
       and rate are chosen to give a fiber density of between 100 to 1,300  
                            fibers/mm2 on the filter.                       
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Recommended Sampling Rate.........................  0.5 to 5.0 liters/  
                                                         minute (L/min)     
    Recommended Air Volumes:                                                
        Minimum.......................................  25 L                
        Maximum.......................................  2,400 L             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Analytical Procedure:
        A portion of the sample filter is cleared and prepared for 
    asbestos fiber counting by Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) at 400X.
        Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method 
    are for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by 
    USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from other sources can be substituted.
    
    1. Introduction
    
        This method describes the collection of airborne asbestos fibers 
    using calibrated sampling pumps with mixed-cellulose ester (MCE) 
    filters and analysis by phase contrast microscopy (PCM). Some terms 
    used are unique to this method and are defined below: Asbestos: A 
    term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. Asbestos includes 
    chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite (cummingtonite-grunerite asbestos), 
    tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, and 
    any of these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or 
    altered. The precise chemical formulation of each species will vary 
    with the location from which it was mined. Nominal compositions are 
    listed:
    
    Chrysotile.........................  Mg3(Si2O5(OH)4                      
    Crocidolite........................  Na2Fe32+Fe23+Si8O22(OH)2           
    Amosite............................  (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2                
    Tremolite-actinolite...............  Ca2(Mg,Fe)5Si8O22(OH)2             
    Anthophyllite......................  (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2                
                                                                            
    
        Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos which meets the criteria 
    specified below for a fiber.
        Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a fiber to it's 
    diameter (e.g. 3:1, 5:1 aspect ratios).
        Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles formed by comminution of 
    minerals, especially those characterized by parallel sides and a 
    moderate aspect ratio (usually less than 20:1).
        Detection Limit: The number of fibers necessary to be 95% 
    certain that the result is greater than zero.
        Differential Counting: The term applied to the practice of 
    excluding certain kinds of fibers from the fiber count because they 
    do not appear to be asbestos.
        Fiber: A particle that is 5 m or longer, with a length-
    to-width ratio of 3 to 1 or longer.
        Field: The area within the graticule circle that is superimposed 
    on the microscope image.
        Set: The samples which are taken, submitted to the laboratory, 
    analyzed, and for which, interim or final result reports are 
    generated.
        Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite: The non-asbestos form 
    of these minerals which meet the definition of a fiber. It includes 
    any of these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or 
    altered.
        Walton-Beckett Graticule: An eyepiece graticule specifically 
    designed for asbestos fiber counting. It consists of a circle with a 
    projected diameter of 1002 m (area of about 
    0.00785 mm2) with a crosshair having tic-marks at 3-m 
    intervals in one direction and 5-m in the orthogonal 
    direction. There are marks around the periphery of the circle to 
    demonstrate the proper sizes and shapes of fibers. This design is 
    reproduced in Figure 2. The disk is placed in one of the microscope 
    eyepieces so that the design is superimposed on the field of view.
    
    1.1. History
    
        Early surveys to determine asbestos exposures were conducted 
    using impinger counts of total dust with the counts expressed as 
    million particles per cubic foot. The British Asbestos Research 
    Council recommended filter membrane counting in 1969. In July 1969, 
    the Bureau of Occupational Safety and Health published a filter 
    membrane method for counting asbestos fibers in the United States. 
    This method was refined by NIOSH and published as P & CAM 239. On 
    May 29, 1971, OSHA specified filter membrane sampling with phase 
    contrast counting for evaluation of asbestos exposures at work sites 
    in the United States. The use of this technique was again required 
    by OSHA in 1986. Phase contrast microscopy has continued to be the 
    method of choice for the measurement of occupational exposure to 
    asbestos.
    
    1.2. Principle
    
        Air is drawn through a MCE filter to capture airborne asbestos 
    fibers. A wedge shaped portion of the filter is removed, placed on a 
    glass microscope slide and made transparent. A measured area (field) 
    is viewed by PCM. All the fibers meeting a defined criteria for 
    asbestos are counted and considered a measure of the airborne 
    asbestos concentration.
    
    1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages
    
        There are four main advantages of PCM over other methods:
        (1) The technique is specific for fibers. Phase contrast is a 
    fiber counting technique which excludes non-fibrous particles from 
    the analysis.
        (2) The technique is inexpensive and does not require 
    specialized knowledge to carry out the analysis for total fiber 
    counts.
        (3) The analysis is quick and can be performed on-site for rapid 
    determination of air concentrations of asbestos fibers.
        (4) The technique has continuity with historical epidemiological 
    studies so that estimates of expected disease can be inferred from 
    long-term determinations of asbestos exposures.
        The main disadvantage of PCM is that it does not positively 
    identify asbestos fibers. Other fibers which are not asbestos may be 
    included in the count unless differential counting is performed. 
    This requires a great deal of experience to adequately differentiate 
    asbestos from non-asbestos fibers. Positive identification of 
    asbestos must be performed by polarized light or electron microscopy 
    techniques. A further disadvantage of PCM is that the smallest 
    visible fibers are about 0.2 m in diameter while the finest 
    asbestos fibers may be as small as 0.02 m in diameter. For 
    some exposures, substantially more fibers may be present than are 
    actually counted.
    
    1.4. Workplace Exposure
    
        Asbestos is used by the construction industry in such products 
    as shingles, floor tiles, asbestos cement, roofing felts, insulation 
    and acoustical products. Non-construction uses include brakes, 
    clutch facings, paper, paints, plastics, and fabrics. One of the 
    most significant exposures in the workplace is the removal and 
    encapsulation of asbestos in schools, public buildings, and homes. 
    Many workers have the potential to be exposed to asbestos during 
    these operations.
        About 95% of the asbestos in commercial use in the United States 
    is chrysotile. Crocidolite and amosite make up most of the 
    remainder. Anthophyllite and tremolite or actinolite are likely to 
    be encountered as contaminants in various industrial products.
    
    1.5. Physical Properties
    
        Asbestos fiber possesses a high tensile strength along its axis, 
    is chemically inert, non-combustible, and heat resistant. It has a 
    high electrical resistance and good sound absorbing properties. It 
    can be weaved into cables, fabrics or other textiles, and also 
    matted into asbestos papers, felts, or mats.
    
    2. Range and Detection Limit
    
        2.1. The ideal counting range on the filter is 100 to 1,300 
    fibers/mm\2\. With a Walton-Beckett graticule this range is 
    equivalent to 0.8 to 10 fibers/field. Using NIOSH counting 
    statistics, a count of 0.8 fibers/field would give an approximate 
    coefficient of variation (CV) of 0.13.
        2.2. The detection limit for this method is 4.0 fibers per 100 
    fields or 5.5 fibers/mm\2\. This was determined using an equation to 
    estimate the maximum CV possible at a specific concentration (95% 
    confidence) and a Lower Control Limit of zero. The CV value was then 
    used to determine a corresponding concentration from historical CV 
    vs fiber relationships. As an example:
    
    Lower Control Limit (95% Confidence) = AC--1.645(CV)(AC)
    Where:
    AC=Estimate of the airborne fiber concentration (fibers/cc) Setting 
    the Lower Control Limit=0 and solving for CV:
    0=AC--1.645(CV)(AC)
    CV=0.61
        This value was compared with CV vs. count curves. The count at 
    which CV = 0.61 for Leidel-Busch counting statistics or for an OSHA 
    Salt Lake Technical Center (OSHA-SLTC) CV curve (see Appendix A for 
    further information) was 4.4 fibers or 3.9 fibers per 100 fields, 
    respectively. Although a lower detection limit of 4 fibers per 100 
    fields is supported by the OSHA-SLTC data, both data sets support 
    the 4.5 fibers per 100 fields value.
    
    3. Method Performance--Precision and Accuracy
    
        Precision is dependent upon the total number of fibers counted 
    and the uniformity of the fiber distribution on the filter. A 
    general rule is to count at least 20 and not more than 100 fields. 
    The count is discontinued when 100 fibers are counted, provided that 
    20 fields have already been counted. Counting more than 100 fibers 
    results in only a small gain in precision. As the total count drops 
    below 10 fibers, an accelerated loss of precision is noted.
        At this time, there is no known method to determine the absolute 
    accuracy of the asbestos analysis. Results of samples prepared 
    through the Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program and 
    analyzed by the OSHA-SLTC showed no significant bias when compared 
    to PAT reference values. The PAT samples were analyzed from 1987 to 
    1989 (N=36) and the concentration range was from 120 to 1,300 
    fibers/mm\2\.
    
    4. Interferences
    
        Fibrous substances, if present, may interfere with asbestos 
    analysis.
        Some common fibers are:
    
    
    fiber glass........................  perlite veins                      
    anhydrite plant fibers                                                  
    gypsum.............................  some synthetic fibers              
    membrane structures................  sponge spicules and diatoms        
    microorganisms.....................  wollastonite                       
                                                                            
    
    
        The use of electron microscopy or optical tests such as 
    polarized light, and dispersion staining may be used to 
    differentiate these materials from asbestos when necessary.
    
    5. Sampling
    
    5.1. Equipment
    
        5.1.1. Sample assembly (The assembly is shown in Figure 3). 
    Conductive filter holder consisting of a 25-mm diameter, 3-piece 
    cassette having a 50-mm long electrically conductive extension cowl. 
    Backup pad, 25-mm, cellulose. Membrane filter, mixed-cellulose ester 
    (MCE), 25-mm, plain, white, 0.8- to 1.2-m pore size.
    
        Notes:
    (a) DO NOT RE-USE CASSETTES.
    (b) Fully conductive cassettes are required to reduce fiber loss to 
    the sides of the cassette due to electrostatic attraction.
    (c) Purchase filters which have been selected by the manufacturer 
    for asbestos counting or analyze representative filters for fiber 
    background before use. Discard the filter lot if more than 4 fibers/
    100 fields are found.
    (d) To decrease the possibility of contamination, the sampling 
    system (filter-backup pad-cassette) for asbestos is usually 
    preassembled by the manufacturer.
    
        5.1.2. Gel bands for sealing cassettes.
        5.1.3. Sampling pump.
        Each pump must be a battery operated, self-contained unit small 
    enough to be placed on the monitored employee and not interfere with 
    the work being performed. The pump must be capable of sampling at 
    2.5 liters per minute (L/min) for the required sampling time.
        5.1.4. Flexible tubing, 6-mm bore.
        5.1.5. Pump calibration.
        Stopwatch and bubble tube/burette or electronic meter.
        5.2. Sampling Procedure
        5.2.1. Seal the point where the base and cowl of each cassette 
    meet (see Figure 3) with a gel band or tape.
        5.2.2. Charge the pumps completely before beginning.
        5.2.3. Connect each pump to a calibration cassette with an 
    appropriate length of 6-mm bore plastic tubing. Do not use luer 
    connectors--the type of cassette specified above has built-in 
    adapters.
        5.2.4. Select an appropriate flow rate for the situation being 
    monitored. The sampling flow rate must be between 0.5 and 5.0 L/min 
    for personal sampling and is commonly set between 1 and 2 L/min. 
    Always choose a flow rate that will not produce overloaded filters.
        5.2.5. Calibrate each sampling pump before and after sampling 
    with a calibration cassette in-line (Note: This calibration cassette 
    should be from the same lot of cassettes used for sampling). Use a 
    primary standard (e.g. bubble burette) to calibrate each pump. If 
    possible, calibrate at the sampling site.
    
        Note: If sampling site calibration is not possible, 
    environmental influences may affect the flow rate. The extent is 
    dependent on the type of pump used. Consult with the pump 
    manufacturer to determine dependence on environmental influences. If 
    the pump is affected by temperature and pressure changes, use the 
    formula in Appendix B to calculate the actual flow rate.
    
        5.2.6. Connect each pump to the base of each sampling cassette 
    with flexible tubing. Remove the end cap of each cassette and take 
    each air sample open face. Assure that each sample cassette is held 
    open side down in the employee's breathing zone during sampling. The 
    distance from the nose/mouth of the employee to the cassette should 
    be about 10 cm. Secure the cassette on the collar or lapel of the 
    employee using spring clips or other similar devices.
        5.2.7. A suggested minimum air volume when sampling to determine 
    TWA compliance is 25 L. For Excursion Limit (30 min sampling time) 
    evaluations, a minimum air volume of 48 L is recommended.
        5.2.8. The most significant problem when sampling for asbestos 
    is overloading the filter with non-asbestos dust. Suggested maximum 
    air sample volumes for specific environments are:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Environment                         Air Vol. (L)   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Asbestos removal operations (visible dust)..........  100.              
    Asbestos removal operations (little dust)...........  240.              
    Office environments.................................  400 to 2,400.     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        CAUTION: Do not overload the filter with dust. High levels of 
    non-fibrous dust particles may obscure fibers on the filter and 
    lower the count or make counting impossible. If more than about 25 
    to 30% of the field area is obscured with dust, the result may be 
    biased low. Smaller air volumes may be necessary when there is 
    excessive non-asbestos dust in the air.
        While sampling, observe the filter with a small flashlight. If 
    there is a visible layer of dust on the filter, stop sampling, 
    remove and seal the cassette, and replace with a new sampling 
    assembly. The total dust loading should not exceed 1 mg.
        5.2.9. Blank samples are used to determine if any contamination 
    has occurred during sample handling. Prepare two blanks for the 
    first 1 to 20 samples. For sets containing greater than 20 samples, 
    prepare blanks as 10% of the samples. Handle blank samples in the 
    same manner as air samples with one exception: Do not draw any air 
    through the blank samples. Open the blank cassette in the place 
    where the sample cassettes are mounted on the employee. Hold it open 
    for about 30 seconds. Close and seal the cassette appropriately. 
    Store blanks for shipment with the sample cassettes.
        5.2.10. Immediately after sampling, close and seal each cassette 
    with the base and plastic plugs. Do not touch or puncture the filter 
    membrane as this will invalidate the analysis.
        5.2.11. Attach a seal (OSHA-21 or equivalent) around each 
    cassette in such a way as to secure the end cap plug and base plug. 
    Tape the ends of the seal together since the seal is not long enough 
    to be wrapped end-to-end. Also wrap tape around the cassette at each 
    joint to keep the seal secure.
    
    5.3. Sample Shipment
    
        5.3.1. Send the samples to the laboratory with paperwork 
    requesting asbestos analysis. List any known fibrous interferences 
    present during sampling on the paperwork. Also, note the workplace 
    operation(s) sampled.
        5.3.2. Secure and handle the samples in such that they will not 
    rattle during shipment nor be exposed to static electricity. Do not 
    ship samples in expanded polystyrene peanuts, vermiculite, paper 
    shreds, or excelsior. Tape sample cassettes to sheet bubbles and 
    place in a container that will cushion the samples without rattling.
        5.3.3. To avoid the possibility of sample contamination, always 
    ship bulk samples in separate mailing containers.
    
    6. Analysis
    
    6.1. Safety Precautions
    
        6.1.1. Acetone is extremely flammable and precautions must be 
    taken not to ignite it. Avoid using large containers or quantities 
    of acetone. Transfer the solvent in a ventilated laboratory hood. Do 
    not use acetone near any open flame. For generation of acetone 
    vapor, use a spark free heat source.
        6.1.2. Any asbestos spills should be cleaned up immediately to 
    prevent dispersal of fibers. Prudence should be exercised to avoid 
    contamination of laboratory facilities or exposure of personnel to 
    asbestos. Asbestos spills should be cleaned up with wet methods and/
    or a High Efficiency Particulate-Air (HEPA) filtered vacuum.
        CAUTION: Do not use a vacuum without a HEPA filter--It will 
    disperse fine asbestos fibers in the air.
    
    6.2. Equipment
    
        6.2.1. Phase contrast microscope with binocular or trinocular 
    head.
        6.2.2. Widefield or Huygenian 10X eyepieces (NOTE: The eyepiece 
    containing the graticule must be a focusing eyepiece. Use a 40X 
    phase objective with a numerical aperture of 0.65 to 0.75).
        6.2.3. Kohler illumination (if possible) with green or blue 
    filter.
        6.2.4. Walton-Beckett Graticule, type G-22 with 100 
    2 m projected diameter.
        6.2.5. Mechanical stage. A rotating mechanical stage is 
    convenient for use with polarized light.
        6.2.6. Phase telescope.
        6.2.7. Stage micrometer with 0.01-mm subdivisions.
        6.2.8. Phase-shift test slide, mark II (Available from PTR 
    optics Ltd., and also McCrone).
        6.2.9. Precleaned glass slides, 25 mm X 75 mm. One end can be 
    frosted for convenience in writing sample numbers, etc., or paste-on 
    labels can be used.
        6.2.10. Cover glass #1\1/2\.
        6.2.11. Scalpel (#10, curved blade).
        6.2.12. Fine tipped forceps.
        6.2.13. Aluminum block for clearing filter (see Appendix D and 
    Figure 4).
        6.2.14. Automatic adjustable pipette, 100- to 500-L.
        6.2.15. Micropipette, 5 L.
    
    6.3. Reagents
    
        6.3.1. Acetone (HPLC grade).
        6.3.2. Triacetin (glycerol triacetate).
        6.3.3. Lacquer or nail polish.
    
    6.4. Standard Preparation
    
        A way to prepare standard asbestos samples of known 
    concentration has not been developed. It is possible to prepare 
    replicate samples of nearly equal concentration. This has been 
    performed through the PAT program. These asbestos samples are 
    distributed by the AIHA to participating laboratories.
        Since only about one-fourth of a 25-mm sample membrane is 
    required for an asbestos count, any PAT sample can serve as a 
    ``standard'' for replicate counting.
        6.5. Sample Mounting
        Note: See Safety Precautions in Section 6.1. before proceeding. 
    The objective is to produce samples with a smooth (non-grainy) 
    background in a medium with a refractive index of approximately 
    1.46. The technique below collapses the filter for easier focusing 
    and produces permanent mounts which are useful for quality control 
    and interlaboratory comparison.
    
        An aluminum block or similar device is required for sample 
    preparation.
        6.5.1. Heat the aluminum block to about 70 deg.C. The hot block 
    should not be used on any surface that can be damaged by either the 
    heat or from exposure to acetone.
        6.5.2. Ensure that the glass slides and cover glasses are free 
    of dust and fibers.
        6.5.3. Remove the top plug to prevent a vacuum when the cassette 
    is opened. Clean the outside of the cassette if necessary. Cut the 
    seal and/or tape on the cassette with a razor blade. Very carefully 
    separate the base from the extension cowl, leaving the filter and 
    backup pad in the base.
        6.5.4. With a rocking motion cut a triangular wedge from the 
    filter using the scalpel. This wedge should be one-sixth to one-
    fourth of the filter. Grasp the filter wedge with the forceps on the 
    perimeter of the filter which was clamped between the cassette 
    pieces. DO NOT TOUCH the filter with your finger. Place the filter 
    on the glass slide sample side up. Static electricity will usually 
    keep the filter on the slide until it is cleared.
        6.5.5. Place the tip of the micropipette containing about 200 
    L acetone into the aluminum block. Insert the glass slide 
    into the receiving slot in the aluminum block. Inject the acetone 
    into the block with slow, steady pressure on the plunger while 
    holding the pipette firmly in place. Wait 3 to 5 seconds for the 
    filter to clear, then remove the pipette and slide from the aluminum 
    block.
        6.5.6. Immediately (less than 30 seconds) place 2.5 to 3.5 
    L of triacetin on the filter (NOTE: Waiting longer than 30 
    seconds will result in increased index of refraction and decreased 
    contrast between the fibers and the preparation. This may also lead 
    to separation of the cover slip from the slide).
        6.5.7. Lower a cover slip gently onto the filter at a slight 
    angle to reduce the possibility of forming air bubbles. If more than 
    30 seconds have elapsed between acetone exposure and triacetin 
    application, glue the edges of the cover slip to the slide with 
    lacquer or nail polish.
        6.5.8. If clearing is slow, warm the slide for 15 min on a hot 
    plate having a surface temperature of about 50 deg.C to hasten 
    clearing. The top of the hot block can be used if the slide is not 
    heated too long.
        6.5.9. Counting may proceed immediately after clearing and 
    mounting are completed.
    
    6.6. Sample Analysis
    
        Completely align the microscope according to the manufacturer's 
    instructions. Then, align the microscope using the following general 
    alignment routine at the beginning of every counting session and 
    more often if necessary.
    
    6.6.1. Alignment
    
        (1) Clean all optical surfaces. Even a small amount of dirt can 
    significantly degrade the image.
        (2) Rough focus the objective on a sample.
        (3) Close down the field iris so that it is visible in the field 
    of view. Focus the image of the iris with the condenser focus. 
    Center the image of the iris in the field of view.
        (4) Install the phase telescope and focus on the phase rings. 
    Critically center the rings. Misalignment of the rings results in 
    astigmatism which will degrade the image.
        (5) Place the phase-shift test slide on the microscope stage and 
    focus on the lines. The analyst must see line set 3 and should see 
    at least parts of 4 and 5 but, not see line set 6 or 6. A 
    microscope/microscopist combination which does not pass this test 
    may not be used.
    
    6.6.2. Counting Fibers
    
        (1) Place the prepared sample slide on the mechanical stage of 
    the microscope. Position the center of the wedge under the objective 
    lens and focus upon the sample.
        (2) Start counting from one end of the wedge and progress along 
    a radial line to the other end (count in either direction from 
    perimeter to wedge tip). Select fields randomly, without looking 
    into the eyepieces, by slightly advancing the slide in one direction 
    with the mechanical stage control.
        (3) Continually scan over a range of focal planes (generally the 
    upper 10 to 15 m of the filter surface) with the fine focus 
    control during each field count. Spend at least 5 to 15 seconds per 
    field.
        (4) Most samples will contain asbestos fibers with fiber 
    diameters less than 1 m. Look carefully for faint fiber 
    images. The small diameter fibers will be very hard to see. However, 
    they are an important contribution to the total count.
        (5) Count only fibers equal to or longer than 5 m. 
    Measure the length of curved fibers along the curve.
        (6) Count fibers which have a length to width ratio of 3:1 or 
    greater.
        (7) Count all the fibers in at least 20 fields. Continue 
    counting until either 100 fibers are counted or 100 fields have been 
    viewed; whichever occurs first. Count all the fibers in the final 
    field.
        (8) Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-
    Beckett graticule field shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing 
    the boundary once, having one end within the circle shall receive a 
    count of \1/2\. Do not count any fiber that crosses the graticule 
    boundary more than once. Reject and do not count any other fibers 
    even though they may be visible outside the graticule area. If a 
    fiber touches the circle, it is considered to cross the line.
        (9) Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual 
    fibers can be clearly identified and each individual fiber is 
    clearly not connected to another counted fiber. See Figure 2 for 
    counting conventions.
        (10) Record the number of fibers in each field in a consistent 
    way such that filter non-uniformity can be assessed.
        (11) Regularly check phase ring alignment.
        (12) When an agglomerate (mass of material) covers more than 25% 
    of the field of view, reject the field and select another. Do not 
    include it in the number of fields counted.
        (13) Perform a ``blind recount'' of 1 in every 10 filter wedges 
    (slides). Re-label the slides using a person other than the original 
    counter.
    
    6.7. Fiber Identification
    
        As previously mentioned in Section 1.3., PCM does not provide 
    positive confirmation of asbestos fibers. Alternate differential 
    counting techniques should be used if discrimination is desirable. 
    Differential counting may include primary discrimination based on 
    morphology, polarized light analysis of fibers, or modification of 
    PCM data by Scanning Electron or Transmission Electron Microscopy.
        A great deal of experience is required to routinely and 
    correctly perform differential counting. It is discouraged unless it 
    is legally necessary. Then, only if a fiber is obviously not 
    asbestos should it be excluded from the count. Further discussion of 
    this technique can be found in reference 8.10.
        If there is a question whether a fiber is asbestos or not, 
    follow the rule:
        ``WHEN IN DOUBT, COUNT.''
    
    6.8. Analytical Recommendations--Quality Control System
    
        6.8.1. All individuals performing asbestos analysis must have 
    taken the NIOSH course for sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos 
    or an equivalent course.
        6.8.2. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos counting shall set up 
    a slide trading arrangement with at least two other laboratories in 
    order to compare performance and eliminate inbreeding of error. The 
    slide exchange occurs at least semiannually. The round robin results 
    shall be posted where all analysts can view individual analyst's 
    results.
        6.8.3. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos counting shall 
    participate in the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program, the 
    Asbestos Analyst Registry or equivalent.
        6.8.4. Each analyst shall select and count prepared slides from 
    a ``slide bank''. These are quality assurance counts. The slide bank 
    shall be prepared using uniformly distributed samples taken from the 
    workload. Fiber densities should cover the entire range routinely 
    analyzed by the laboratory. These slides are counted blind by all 
    counters to establish an original standard deviation. This 
    historical distribution is compared with the quality assurance 
    counts. A counter must have 95% of all quality control samples 
    counted within three standard deviations of the historical mean. 
    This count is then integrated into a new historical mean and 
    standard deviation for the slide.
        The analyses done by the counters to establish the slide bank 
    may be used for an interim quality control program if the data are 
    treated in a proper statistical fashion.
    
    7. Calculations
    
        7.1. Calculate the estimated airborne asbestos fiber 
    concentration on the filter sample using the following formula:
    TR10AU94.033
    
    
    where:
    AC=Airborne fiber concentration
    FB=Total number of fibers greater than 5 m counted
    FL=Total number of fields counted on the filter
    BFB=Total number of fibers greater than 5 m counted in the 
    blank
    BFL=Total number of fields counted on the blank
    ECA=Effective collecting area of filter (385 mm\2\ nominal for a 25-
    mm filter.)
    FR=Pump flow rate (L/min)
    MFA=Microscope count field area (mm\2\). This is 0.00785 mm\2\ for a 
    Walton-Beckett Graticule.
    T=Sample collection time (min)
    1,000=Conversion of L to cc
        Note: The collection area of a filter is seldom equal to 385 
    mm\2\. It is appropriate for laboratories to routinely monitor the 
    exact diameter using an inside micrometer. The collection area is 
    calculated according to the formula:
    
    Area=(d/2)\2\
    
    7.2. Short-Cut Calculation
    
        Since a given analyst always has the same interpupillary 
    distance, the number of fields per filter for a particular analyst 
    will remain constant for a given size filter. The field size for 
    that analyst is constant (i.e. the analyst is using an assigned 
    microscope and is not changing the reticle).
        For example, if the exposed area of the filter is always 385 
    mm\2\ and the size of the field is always 0.00785 mm2 the 
    number of fields per filter will always be 49,000. In addition it is 
    necessary to convert liters of air to cc. These three constants can 
    then be combined such that ECA/(1,000 x MFA)=49. The previous 
    equation simplifies to:
    TR10AU94.034
    
    
    
    7.3. Recount Calculations
    
        As mentioned in step 13 of Section 6.6.2., a ``blind recount'' 
    of 10% of the slides is performed. In all cases, differences will be 
    observed between the first and second counts of the same filter 
    wedge. Most of these differences will be due to chance alone, that 
    is, due to the random variability (precision) of the count method. 
    Statistical recount criteria enables one to decide whether observed 
    differences can be explained due to chance alone or are probably due 
    to systematic differences between analysts, microscopes, or other 
    biasing factors.
        The following recount criterion is for a pair of counts that 
    estimate AC in fibers/cc. The criterion is given at the type-I error 
    level. That is, there is 5% maximum risk that we will reject a pair 
    of counts for the reason that one might be biased, when the large 
    observed difference is really due to chance.
        Reject a pair of counts if:
    TR10AU94.035
    
    
    Where:
    AC1=lower estimated airborne fiber concentration
    AC2=higher estimated airborne fiber concentration
    ACavg=average of the two concentration estimates
    CVFB=CV for the average of the two concentration estimates
    
        If a pair of counts are rejected by this criterion then, recount 
    the rest of the filters in the submitted set. Apply the test and 
    reject any other pairs failing the test. Rejection shall include a 
    memo to the industrial hygienist stating that the sample failed a 
    statistical test for homogeneity and the true air concentration may 
    be significantly different than the reported value.
    
    7.4. Reporting Results
    
        Report results to the industrial hygienist as fibers/cc. Use two 
    significant figures. If multiple analyses are performed on a sample, 
    an average of the results is to be reported unless any of the 
    results can be rejected for cause.
    
    8. References
    
        8.1. Dreesen, W.C., et al., U.S. Public Health Service: A Study 
    of Asbestosis in the Asbestos Textile Industry (Public Health 
    Bulletin No. 241), U.S. Treasury Dept., Washington, DC, 1938.
        8.2. Asbestos Research Council: The Measurement of Airborne 
    Asbestos Dust by the Membrane Filter Method (Technical Note), 
    Asbestos Research Council, Rockdale, Lancashire, Great Britain, 
    1969.
        8.3. Bayer, S.G., Zumwalde, R.D., Brown, T.A., Equipment and 
    Procedure for Mounting Millipore Filters and Counting Asbestos 
    Fibers by Phase Contrast Microscopy, Bureau of Occupational Health, 
    U.S. Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare, Cincinnati, OH, 1969.
        8.4. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods, 2nd ed., Vol. 1 (DHEW/
    NIOSH Pub. No. 77-157-A). National Institute for Occupational Safety 
    and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1977. pp. 239-1--239-21.
        8.5. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR 1910.1001. 
    1971.
        8.6. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, 
    Anthophyllite, and Actinolite. Final Rule, Federal Register 51:119 
    (20 June 1986). pp. 22612-22790.
        8.7. Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite, Code of 
    Federal Regulations 1910.1001. 1988. pp. 711-752.
        8.8. Criteria for a Recommended Standard--Occupational Exposure 
    to Asbestos (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. HSM 72-10267), National Institute 
    for Occupational Safety and Health, NIOSH, Cincinnati, OH, 1972. pp. 
    III-1--III-24.
        8.9. Leidel, N.A., Bayer, S.G., Zumwalde, R.D., Busch, K.A., 
    USPHS/NIOSH Membrane Filter Method for Evaluating Airborne Asbestos 
    Fibers (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 79-127). National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1979.
        8.10. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in 
    Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz, Analytical Techniques in 
    Occupational Health Chemistry, edited by D.D. Dollberg and A.W. 
    Verstuyft. Wash. D.C.: American Chemical Society, (ACS Symposium 
    Series 120) 1980. pp. 13-41.
    
    Quality Control
    
        The OSHA asbestos regulations require each laboratory to 
    establish a quality control program. The following is presented as 
    an example of how the OSHA-SLTC constructed its internal CV curve as 
    part of meeting this requirement. Data for the CV curve shown below 
    is from 395 samples collected during OSHA compliance inspections and 
    analyzed from October 1980 through April 1986.
        Each sample was counted by 2 to 5 different counters 
    independently of one another. The standard deviation and the CV 
    statistic was calculated for each sample. This data was then plotted 
    on a graph of CV vs. fibers/mm\2\. A least squares regression was 
    performed using the following equation:
    
    CV=antilog10[A(log10(x))2+B(log10(x))+C]
    
    where:
    x=the number of fibers/mm\2\
    
        Application of least squares gave:
    A=0.182205
    B=0.973343
    C=0.327499
    
        Using these values, the equation becomes:
    
    CV=antilog10[0.182205(log10(x))\2\
      -0.973343(log10(x))+0.327499]
    
    Sampling Pump Flow Rate Corrections
    
        This correction is used if a difference greater than 5% in 
    ambient temperature and/or pressure is noted between calibration and 
    sampling sites and the pump does not compensate for the differences.
    TR10AU94.036
    
    
    Where:
    
    Qact=actual flow rate
    Qcal=calibrated flow rate (if a rotameter was used, the 
    rotameter value)
    Pcal=uncorrected air pressure at calibration
    Pact=uncorrected air pressure at sampling site
    Tact=temperature at sampling site (K)
    Tcal=temperature at calibration (K)
    
    Walton-Beckett Graticule
    
        When ordering the Graticule for asbestos counting, specify the 
    exact disc diameter needed to fit the ocular of the microscope and 
    the diameter (mm) of the circular counting area. Instructions for 
    measuring the dimensions necessary are listed:
        (1) Insert any available graticule into the focusing eyepiece 
    and focus so that the graticule lines are sharp and clear.
        (2) Align the microscope.
        (3) Place a stage micrometer on the microscope object stage and 
    focus the microscope on the graduated lines.
        (4) Measure the magnified grid length, PL (m), using 
    the stage micrometer.
        (5) Remove the graticule from the microscope and measure its 
    actual grid length, AL (mm). This can be accomplished by using a 
    mechanical stage fitted with verniers, or a jeweler's loupe with a 
    direct reading scale.
        (6) Let D=100 m. Calculate the circle diameter, dc 
    (mm), for the Walton-Beckett graticule and specify the diameter when 
    making a purchase:
    TR10AU94.037
    
    
    Example: If PL=108 m, AL=2.93 mm and D=100 m, 
    then,
    TR10AU94.038
    
    
        (7) Each eyepiece-objective-reticle combination on the 
    microscope must be calibrated. Should any of the three be changed 
    (by zoom adjustment, disassembly, replacement, etc.), the 
    combination must be recalibrated. Calibration may change if 
    interpupillary distance is changed.
        Measure the field diameter, D (acceptable range: 
    1002 m) with a stage micrometer upon receipt of 
    the graticule from the manufacturer. Determine the field area 
    (mm2).
    Field Area=(D/2)\2\
    If D=100 m=0.1 mm, then
    Field Area=(0.1 mm/2)\2\=0.00785 mm\2\
    
        The Graticule is available from: Graticules Ltd., Morley Road, 
    Tonbridge TN9 IRN, Kent, England (Telephone 011-44-732-359061). Also 
    available from PTR Optics Ltd., 145 Newton Street, Waltham, MA 02154 
    [telephone (617) 891-6000] or McCrone Accessories and Components, 
    2506 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, IL 60616 [phone (312)-842-7100]. The 
    graticule is custom made for each microscope.
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    TR10AU94.025
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
                       Counts for the Fibers in the Figure                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Structure No.   Count                     Explanation                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 to 6.......       1  Single fibers all contained within the Circle.   
    7............   \1/2\  Fiber crosses circle once.                       
    8............       0  Fiber too short.                                 
    9............       2  Two crossing fibers.                             
    10...........       0  Fiber outside graticule.                         
    11...........       0  Fiber crosses graticule twice.                   
    12...........   \1/2\  Although split, fiber only crosses once.         
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Appendix D to Sec. 1926.1101 [Amended]
    
        9. Appendix D to Sec. 1926.1101 is revised to read as follows:
    
        This mandatory appendix contains the medical questionnaires that 
    must be administered to all employees who are exposed to asbestos 
    above the permissible exposure limit, and who will therefore be 
    included in their employer's medical surveillance program.* * *
    
        10. Appendix F to Sec. 1926.1101 is revised to read as follows:
    
    Appendix F to Sec. 1926.1101. Work Practices and Engineering 
    Controls for Class I Asbestos Operations.--Non-mandatory
    
        This is a non-mandatory appendix to the asbestos standards for 
    construction and for shipyards. It describes criteria and procedures 
    for erecting and using negative pressure enclosures for Class I 
    Asbestos Work, when NPEs are used as an allowable control method to 
    comply with paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section. Many small and 
    variable details are involved in the erection of a negative pressure 
    enclosure. OSHA and most participants in the rulemaking agreed that 
    only the major, more performance oriented criteria should be made 
    mandatory. These criteria are set out in paragraph (g) of this 
    section. In addition, this appendix includes these mandatory 
    specifications and procedures in its guidelines in order to make 
    this appendix coherent and helpful. The mandatory nature of the 
    criteria which appear in the regulatory text is not changed because 
    they are included in this ``non-mandatory'' appendix. Similarly, the 
    additional criteria and procedures included as guidelines in the 
    appendix, do not become mandatory because mandatory criteria are 
    also included in these comprehensive guidelines.
        In addition, none of the criteria, both mandatory and 
    recommended, are meant to specify or imply the need for use of 
    patented or licensed methods or equipment. Recommended 
    specifications included in this attachment should not discourage the 
    use of creative alternatives which can be shown to reliably achieve 
    the objectives of negative-pressure enclosures.
        Requirements included in this appendix, cover general provisions 
    to be followed in all asbestos jobs, provisions which must be 
    followed for all Class I asbestos jobs, and provisions governing the 
    construction and testing of negative pressure enclosures. The first 
    category includes the requirement for use of wet methods, HEPA 
    vacuums, and immediate bagging of waste; Class I work must conform 
    to the following provisions:
         oversight by competent person
         use of critical barriers over all openings to work area
         isolation of HVAC systems
         use of impermeable dropcloths and coverage of all 
    objects within regulated areas
        In addition, more specific requirements for NPEs include:
         maintenance of -0.02 inches water gauge within 
    enclosure
         manometric measurements
         air movement away from employees performing removal 
    work
         smoke testing or equivalent for detection of leaks and 
    air direction
         deactivation of electrical circuits, if not provided 
    with ground-fault circuit interrupters.
    
    Planning the Project
    
        The standard requires that an exposure assessment be conducted 
    before the asbestos job is begun [Sec. 1926.1101 (f)(1)]. 
    Information needed for that assessment, includes data relating to 
    prior similar jobs, as applied to the specific variables of the 
    current job. The information needed to conduct the assessment will 
    be useful in planning the project, and in complying with any 
    reporting requirements under this standard, when significant changes 
    are being made to a control system listed in the standard, [see also 
    those of USEPA (40 CFR 61, subpart M). Thus, although the standard 
    does not explicitly require the preparation of a written asbestos 
    removal plan, the usual constituents of such a plan, i.e., a 
    description of the enclosure, the equipment, and the procedures to 
    be used throughout the project, must be determined before the 
    enclosure can be erected. The following information should be 
    included in the planning of the system:
    
    A physical description of the work area;
    A description of the approximate amount of material to be removed;
    A schedule for turning off and sealing existing ventilation systems;
    Personnel hygiene procedures;
    A description of personal protective equipment and clothing to be 
    worn by employees;
    A description of the local exhaust ventilation systems to be used 
    and how they are to be tested;
    A description of work practices to be observed by employees;
    An air monitoring plan;
    A description of the method to be used to transport waste material; 
    and
    The location of the dump site.
    
    Materials and Equipment Necessary for Asbestos Removal
    
        Although individual asbestos removal projects vary in terms of 
    the equipment required to accomplish the removal of the materials, 
    some equipment and materials are common to most asbestos removal 
    operations.
        Plastic sheeting used to protect horizontal surfaces, seal HVAC 
    openings or to seal vertical openings and ceilings should have a 
    minimum thickness of 6 mils. Tape or other adhesive used to attach 
    plastic sheeting should be of sufficient adhesive strength to 
    support the weight of the material plus all stresses encountered 
    during the entire duration of the project without becoming detached 
    from the surface.
        Other equipment and materials which should be available at the 
    beginning of each project are:
    
    --HEPA Filtered Vacuum is essential for cleaning the work area after 
    the asbestos has been removed. It should have a long hose capable of 
    reaching out-of-the-way places, such as areas above ceiling tiles, 
    behind pipes, etc.
    --Portable air ventilation systems installed to provide the negative 
    air pressure and air removal from the enclosure must be equipped 
    with a HEPA filter. The number and capacity of units required to 
    ventilate an enclosure depend on the size of the area to be 
    ventilated. The filters for these systems should be designed in such 
    a manner that they can be replaced when the air flow volume is 
    reduced by the build-up of dust in the filtration material. Pressure 
    monitoring devices with alarms and strip chart recorders attached to 
    each system to indicate the pressure differential and the loss due 
    to dust buildup on the filter are recommended.
    --Water sprayers should be used to keep the asbestos material as 
    saturated as possible during removal; the sprayers will provide a 
    fine mist that minimizes the impact of the spray on the material.
    --Water used to saturate the asbestos containing material can be 
    amended by adding at least 15 milliliters (\1/4\ ounce) of wetting 
    agent in 1 liter (1 pint) of water. An example of a wetting agent is 
    a 50/50 mixture of polyoxyethylene ether and polyoxyethylene 
    polyglycol ester.
    --Backup power supplies are recommended, especially for ventilation 
    systems.
    --Shower and bath water should be with mixed hot and cold water 
    faucets. Water that has been used to clean personnel or equipment 
    should either be filtered or be collected and discarded as asbestos 
    waste. Soap and shampoo should be provided to aid in removing dust 
    from the workers' skin and hair.
    --See paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section for appropriate 
    respiratory protection and protective clothing.
    --See paragraph (k) of this section for required signs and labels.
    
    Preparing the Work Area
    
        Disabling HVAC Systems: The power to the heating, ventilation, 
    and air conditioning systems that service the restricted area must 
    be deactivated and locked off. All ducts, grills, access ports, 
    windows and vents must be sealed off with two layers of plastic to 
    prevent entrainment of contaminated air.
        Operating HVAC Systems in the Restricted Area: If components of 
    a HVAC system located in the restricted area are connected to a 
    system that will service another zone during the project, the 
    portion of the duct in the restricted area must be sealed and 
    pressurized. Necessary precautions include caulking the duct joints, 
    covering all cracks and openings with two layers of sheeting, and 
    pressurizing the duct throughout the duration of the project by 
    restricting the return air flow. The power to the fan supplying the 
    positive pressure should be locked ``on'' to prevent pressure loss.
        Sealing Elevators: If an elevator shaft is located in the 
    restricted area, it should be either shut down or isolated by 
    sealing with two layers of plastic sheeting. The sheeting should 
    provide enough slack to accommodate the pressure changes in the 
    shaft without breaking the air-tight seal.
        Removing Mobile Objects: All movable objects should be cleaned 
    and removed from the work area before an enclosure is constructed 
    unless moving the objects creates a hazard. Mobile objects will be 
    assumed to be contaminated and should be either cleaned with amended 
    water and a HEPA vacuum and then removed from the area or wrapped 
    and then disposed of as hazardous waste.
        Cleaning and Sealing Surfaces: After cleaning with water and a 
    HEPA vacuum, surfaces of stationary objects should be covered with 
    two layers of plastic sheeting. The sheeting should be secured with 
    duct tape or an equivalent method to provide a tight seal around the 
    object.
        Bagging Waste: In addition to the requirement for immediate 
    bagging of waste for disposal, it is further recommended that the 
    waste material be double-bagged and sealed in plastic bags designed 
    for asbestos disposal. The bags should be stored in a waste storage 
    area that can be controlled by the workers conducting the removal. 
    Filters removed from air handling units and rubbish removed from the 
    area are to be bagged and handled as hazardous waste.
    
    Constructing the Enclosure
    
        The enclosure should be constructed to provide an air-tight seal 
    around ducts and openings into existing ventilation systems and 
    around penetrations for electrical conduits, telephone wires, water 
    lines, drain pipes, etc. Enclosures should be both airtight and 
    watertight except for those openings designed to provide entry and/
    or air flow control.
        Size: An enclosure should be the minimum volume to encompass all 
    of the working surfaces yet allow unencumbered movement by the 
    worker(s), provide unrestricted air flow past the worker(s), and 
    ensure walking surfaces can be kept free of tripping hazards.
        Shape: The enclosure may be any shape that optimizes the flow of 
    ventilation air past the worker(s).
        Structural Integrity: The walls, ceilings and floors must be 
    supported in such a manner that portions of the enclosure will not 
    fall down during normal use.
        Openings: It is not necessary that the structure be airtight; 
    openings may be designed to direct air flow. Such openings should be 
    located at a distance from active removal operations. They should be 
    designed to draw air into the enclosure under all anticipated 
    circumstances. In the event that negative pressure is lost, they 
    should be fitted with either HEPA filters to trap dust or automatic 
    trap doors that prevent dust from escaping the enclosure. Openings 
    for exits should be controlled by an airlock or a vestibule.
        Barrier Supports: Frames should be constructed to support all 
    unsupported spans of sheeting.
        Sheeting: Walls, barriers, ceilings, and floors should be lined 
    with two layers of plastic sheeting having a thickness of at least 6 
    mil.
        Seams: Seams in the sheeting material should be minimized to 
    reduce the possibilities of accidental rips and tears in the 
    adhesive or connections. All seams in the sheeting should overlap, 
    be staggered and not be located at corners or wall-to-floor joints. 
    Areas Within an Enclosure: Each enclosure consists of a work area, a 
    decontamination area, and waste storage area. The work area where 
    the asbestos removal operations occur should be separated from both 
    the waste storage area and the contamination control area by 
    physical curtains, doors, and/or airflow patterns that force any 
    airborne contamination back into the work area.
        See paragraph (j) of this section for requirements for hygiene 
    facilities.
        During egress from the work area, each worker should step into 
    the equipment room, clean tools and equipment, and remove gross 
    contamination from clothing by wet cleaning and HEPA vacuuming. 
    Before entering the shower area, foot coverings, head coverings, 
    hand coverings, and coveralls are removed and placed in impervious 
    bags for disposal or cleaning. Airline connections from airline 
    respirators with HEPA disconnects and power cables from powered air-
    purifying respirators (PAPRs) will be disconnected just prior to 
    entering the shower room.
    
    Establishing Negative Pressure Within the Enclosure
    
        Negative Pressure: Air is to be drawn into the enclosure under 
    all anticipated conditions and exhausted through a HEPA filter for 
    24 hours a day during the entire duration of the project.
        Air Flow Tests: Air flow patterns will be checked before removal 
    operations begin, at least once per operating shift and any time 
    there is a question regarding the integrity of the enclosure. The 
    primary test for air flow is to trace air currents with smoke tubes 
    or other visual methods. Flow checks are made at each opening and at 
    each doorway to demonstrate that air is being drawn into the 
    enclosure and at each worker's position to show that air is being 
    drawn away from the breathing zone.
        Monitoring Pressure Within the Enclosure: After the initial air 
    flow patterns have been checked, the static pressure must be 
    monitored within the enclosure. Monitoring may be made using 
    manometers, pressure gauges, or combinations of these devices. It is 
    recommended that they be attached to alarms and strip chart 
    recorders at points identified by the design engineer.
        Corrective Actions: If the manometers or pressure gauges 
    demonstrate a reduction in pressure differential below the required 
    level, work should cease and the reason for the change investigated 
    and appropriate changes made. The air flow patterns should be 
    retested before work begins again.
        Pressure Differential: The design parameters for static pressure 
    differentials between the inside and outside of enclosures typically 
    range from 0.02 to 0.10 inches of water gauge, depending on 
    conditions. All zones inside the enclosure must have less pressure 
    than the ambient pressure outside of the enclosure (-0.02 inches 
    water gauge differential). Design specifications for the 
    differential vary according to the size, configuration, and shape of 
    the enclosure as well as ambient and mechanical air pressure 
    conditions around the enclosure.
        Air Flow Patterns: The flow of air past each worker shall be 
    enhanced by positioning the intakes and exhaust ports to remove 
    contaminated air from the worker's breathing zone, by positioning 
    HEPA vacuum cleaners to draw air from the worker's breathing zone, 
    by forcing relatively uncontaminated air past the worker toward an 
    exhaust port, or by using a combination of methods to reduce the 
    worker's exposure.
        Air Handling Unit Exhaust: The exhaust plume from air handling 
    units should be located away from adjacent personnel and intakes for 
    HVAC systems.
        Air Flow Volume: The air flow volume (cubic meters per minute) 
    exhausted (removed) from the workplace must exceed the amount of 
    makeup air supplied to the enclosure. The rate of air exhausted from 
    the enclosure should be designed to maintain a negative pressure in 
    the enclosure and air movement past each worker. The volume of air 
    flow removed from the enclosure should replace the volume of the 
    container at every 5 to 15 minutes. Air flow volume will need to be 
    relatively high for large enclosures, enclosures with awkward 
    shapes, enclosures with multiple openings, and operations employing 
    several workers in the enclosure.
        Air Flow Velocity: At each opening, the air flow velocity must 
    visibly ``drag'' air into the enclosure. The velocity of air flow 
    within the enclosure must be adequate to remove airborne 
    contamination from each worker's breathing zone without disturbing 
    the asbestos-containing material on surfaces.
        Airlocks: Airlocks are mechanisms on doors and curtains that 
    control the air flow patterns in the doorways. If air flow occurs, 
    the patterns through doorways must be such that the air flows toward 
    the inside of the enclosure. Sometimes vestibules, double doors, or 
    double curtains are used to prevent air movement through the 
    doorways. To use a vestibule, a worker enters a chamber by opening 
    the door or curtain and then closing the entry before opening the 
    exit door or curtain.
        Airlocks should be located between the equipment room and shower 
    room, between the shower room and the clean room, and between the 
    waste storage area and the outside of the enclosure. The air flow 
    between adjacent rooms must be checked using smoke tubes or other 
    visual tests to ensure the flow patterns draw air toward the work 
    area without producing eddies.
    
    Monitoring for Airborne Concentrations
    
        In addition to the breathing zone samples taken as outlined in 
    paragraph (f) of this section, samples of air should be taken to 
    demonstrate the integrity of the enclosure, the cleanliness of the 
    clean room and shower area, and the effectiveness of the HEPA 
    filter. If the clean room is shown to be contaminated, the room must 
    be relocated to an uncontaminated area.
        Samples taken near the exhaust of portable ventilation systems 
    must be done with care.
    
    General Work Practices
    
        Preventing dust dispersion is the primary means of controlling 
    the spread of asbestos within the enclosure. Whenever practical, the 
    point of removal should be isolated, enclosed, covered, or shielded 
    from the workers in the area. Waste asbestos containing materials 
    must be bagged during or immediately after removal; the material 
    must remain saturated until the waste container is sealed.
        Waste material with sharp points or corners must be placed in 
    hard air-tight containers rather than bags.
        Whenever possible, large components should be sealed in plastic 
    sheeting and removed intact.
        Bags or containers of waste will be moved to the waste holding 
    area, washed, and wrapped in a bag with the appropriate labels.
    
    Cleaning the Work Area
    
        Surfaces within the work area should be kept free of visible 
    dust and debris to the extent feasible. Whenever visible dust 
    appears on surfaces, the surfaces within the enclosure must be 
    cleaned by wiping with a wet sponge, brush, or cloth and then 
    vacuumed with a HEPA vacuum.
        All surfaces within the enclosure should be cleaned before the 
    exhaust ventilation system is deactivated and the enclosure is 
    disassembled. An approved encapsulate may be sprayed onto areas 
    after the visible dust has been removed.
    
        11. Appendix G to Sec. 1926.1101 is removed and reserved.
        12. Appendix H of Sec. 1926.1101 is revised to read as follows:
    
    Appendix H to Sec. 1915.1001--Substance Technical Information for 
    Asbestos. Non-Mandatory
    
    I. Substance Identification
    
        A. Substance: ``Asbestos'' is the name of a class of magnesium-
    silicate minerals that occur in fibrous form. Minerals that are 
    included in this group are chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite, 
    anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, and actinolite asbestos.
        B. Asbestos is and was used in the manufacture of heat-resistant 
    clothing, automotive brake and clutch linings, and a variety of 
    building materials including floor tiles, roofing felts, ceiling 
    tiles, asbestos-cement pipe and sheet, and fire-resistant drywall. 
    Asbestos is also present in pipe and boiler insulation materials and 
    in sprayed-on materials located on beams, in crawlspaces, and 
    between walls.
        C. The potential for an asbestos-containing product to release 
    breathable fibers depends largely on its degree of friability. 
    Friable means that the material can be crumbled with hand pressure 
    and is therefore likely to emit fibers. The fibrous fluffy sprayed-
    on materials used for fireproofing, insulation, or sound proofing 
    are considered to be friable, and they readily release airborne 
    fibers if disturbed. Materials such as vinyl-asbestos floor tile or 
    roofing felt are considered non-friable if intact and generally do 
    not emit airborne fibers unless subjected to sanding, sawing and 
    other aggressive operations. Asbestos-cement pipe or sheet can emit 
    airborne fibers if the materials are cut or sawed, or if they are 
    broken.
        D. Permissible exposure: Exposure to airborne asbestos fibers 
    may not exceed 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air (0.1 f/cc) 
    averaged over the 8-hour workday, and 1 fiber per cubic centimeter 
    of air (1.0 f/cc) averaged over a 30 minute work period.
    
    II. Health Hazard Data
    
        A. Asbestos can cause disabling respiratory disease and various 
    types of cancers if the fibers are inhaled. Inhaling or ingesting 
    fibers from contaminated clothing or skin can also result in these 
    diseases. The symptoms of these diseases generally do not appear for 
    20 or more years after initial exposure.
        B. Exposure to asbestos has been shown to cause lung cancer, 
    mesothelioma, and cancer of the stomach and colon. Mesothelioma is a 
    rare cancer of the thin membrane lining of the chest and abdomen. 
    Symptoms of mesothelioma include shortness of breath, pain in the 
    walls of the chest, and/or abdominal pain.
    
    III. Respirators and Protective Clothing
    
        A. Respirators: You are required to wear a respirator when 
    performing tasks that result in asbestos exposure that exceeds the 
    permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.1 f/cc and when performing 
    certain designated operations. Air-purifying respirators equipped 
    with a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter can be used 
    where airborne asbestos fiber concentrations do not exceed 1.0 f/cc; 
    otherwise, more protective respirators such as air-supplied, 
    positive-pressure, full facepiece respirators must be used. 
    Disposable respirators or dust masks are not permitted to be used 
    for asbestos work. For effective protection, respirators must fit 
    your face and head snugly. Your employer is required to conduct fit 
    test when you are first assigned a respirator and every 6 months 
    thereafter. Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work 
    situations where their use is required.
        B. Protective Clothing: You are required to wear protective 
    clothing in work areas where asbestos fiber concentrations exceed 
    the permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.1 f/cc.
    
    IV. Disposal Procedures and Clean-up
    
        A. Wastes that are generated by processes where asbestos is 
    present include:
        1. Empty asbestos shipping containers.
        2. Process wastes such as cuttings, trimmings, or reject 
    materials.
        3. Housekeeping waste from wet-sweeping or HEPA-vacuuming.
        4. Asbestos fireproofing or insulating material that is removed 
    from buildings.
        5. Asbestos-containing building products removed during building 
    renovation or demolition.
        6. Contaminated disposable protective clothing.
        B. Empty shipping bags can be flattened under exhaust hoods and 
    packed into airtight containers for disposal. Empty shipping drums 
    are difficult to clean and should be sealed.
        C. Vacuum bags or disposable paper filters should not be 
    cleaned, but should be sprayed with a fine water mist and placed 
    into a labeled waste container.
        D. Process waste and housekeeping waste should be wetted with 
    water or a mixture of water and surfactant prior to packaging in 
    disposable containers.
        E. Asbestos-containing material that if removed from buildings 
    must be disposed of in leak-tight 6-mil plastic bags, plastic-lined 
    cardboard containers, or plastic-lined metal containers. These 
    wastes, which are removed while wet, should be sealed in containers 
    before they dry out to minimize the release of asbestos fibers 
    during handling.
    
    V. Access to Information
    
        A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the 
    information contained in this standard and appendices for asbestos. 
    In addition, your employer must instruct you in the proper work 
    practices for handling asbestos-containing materials, and the 
    correct use of protective equipment.
        B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being 
    exposed to asbestos. Your employer must treat exposure to thermal 
    system insulation and sprayed-on and trowled-on surfacing material 
    as asbestos exposure, unless results of laboratory analysis show 
    that the material does not contain asbestos. You or your 
    representative has the right to observe employee measurements and to 
    record the results obtained. Your employer is required to inform you 
    of your exposure, and, if you are exposed above the permissible 
    exposure limit, he or she is required to inform you of the actions 
    that are being taken to reduce your exposure to within the 
    permissible limit.
        C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures 
    and medical examinations. These exposure records must be kept for at 
    least thirty (30) years. Medical records must be kept for the period 
    of your employment plus thirty (30) years.
        D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and 
    medical records to your physician or designated representative upon 
    your written request.
    
    Appendix I of 1926.1101 [Amended]
    
        13. Appendix I of Sec. 1926.1101 is amended by revising the first 
    sentence of the second paragraph of section IV. entitled Surveillance 
    and Preventive Consideration to read as follows:
    * * * * *
        The employer is required to institute a medical surveillance 
    program for all employees who are or will be exposed to asbestos at 
    or above the permissible exposure limit (0.1 fiber per cubic 
    centimeter of air). * * *
    * * * * *
        14. Appendix K to Sec. 1926.1101 is added to read as follows:
    
    Appendix K to Sec. 1926.1101--Polarized Light Microscopy of 
    Asbestos (Non-Mandatory)
    
    Method number:
        ID-191
    Matrix: Bulk
    Collection Procedure:
        Collect approximately 1 to 2 grams of each type of material and 
    place into separate 20 mL scintillation vials.
    Analytical Procedure:
        A portion of each separate phase is analyzed by gross 
    examination, phase-polar examination, and central stop dispersion 
    microscopy.
    
        Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method 
    are for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by 
    USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from other sources may be substituted.
    
    1. Introduction
    
        This method describes the collection and analysis of asbestos 
    bulk materials by light microscopy techniques including phase- polar 
    illumination and central-stop dispersion microscopy. Some terms 
    unique to asbestos analysis are defined below:
        Amphibole: A family of minerals whose crystals are formed by 
    long, thin units which have two thin ribbons of double chain 
    silicate with a brucite ribbon in between. The shape of each unit is 
    similar to an ``I beam''. Minerals important in asbestos analysis 
    include cummingtonite-grunerite, crocidolite, tremolite-actinolite 
    and anthophyllite.
        Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. 
    Asbestos includes chrysotile, cummingtonite-grunerite asbestos 
    (amosite), anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, crocidolite, 
    actinolite asbestos and any of these minerals which have been 
    chemically treated or altered. The precise chemical formulation of 
    each species varies with the location from which it was mined. 
    Nominal compositions are listed:
    
    Chrysotile
    Mg3Si2O5(OH)4
    Crocidolite (Riebeckite asbestos)
    Na2Fe2+3Fe3+2Si8O22(OH)2
    Cummingtonite-Grunerite asbestos (Amosite)
    (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2
    Tremolite-Actinolite asbestos
    Ca2(Mg,Fe)5Si8O22(OH)2
    Anthophyllite asbestos
    (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2
    
        Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos meeting the criteria for a 
    fiber. (See section 3.5. of this Appendix)
        Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a fiber to its diameter 
    usually defined as ``length : width'', e.g. 3:1.
        Brucite: A sheet mineral with the composition Mg(OH)2.
        Central Stop Dispersion Staining (microscope): This is a dark 
    field microscope technique that images particles using only light 
    refracted by the particle, excluding light that travels through the 
    particle unrefracted. This is usually accomplished with a McCrone 
    objective or other arrangement which places a circular stop with 
    apparent aperture equal to the objective aperture in the back focal 
    plane of the microscope.
        Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles formed by the comminution 
    of minerals, especially those characterized by relatively parallel 
    sides and moderate aspect ratio.
        Differential Counting: The term applied to the practice of 
    excluding certain kinds of fibers from a phase contrast asbestos 
    count because they are not asbestos.
        Fiber: A particle longer than or equal to 5 m with a 
    length to width ratio greater than or equal to 3:1. This may include 
    cleavage fragments. (see section 3.5 of this appendix).
        Phase Contrast: Contrast obtained in the microscope by causing 
    light scattered by small particles to destructively interfere with 
    unscattered light, thereby enhancing the visibility of very small 
    particles and particles with very low intrinsic contrast.
        Phase Contrast Microscope: A microscope configured with a phase 
    mask pair to create phase contrast. The technique which uses this is 
    called Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM).
        Phase-Polar Analysis: This is the use of polarized light in a 
    phase contrast microscope. It is used to see the same size fibers 
    that are visible in air filter analysis. Although fibers finer than 
    1 m are visible, analysis of these is inferred from 
    analysis of larger bundles that are usually present.
        Phase-Polar Microscope: The phase-polar microscope is a phase 
    contrast microscope which has an analyzer, a polarizer, a first 
    order red plate and a rotating phase condenser all in place so that 
    the polarized light image is enhanced by phase contrast.
        Sealing Encapsulant: This is a product which can be applied, 
    preferably by spraying, onto an asbestos surface which will seal the 
    surface so that fibers cannot be released.
        Serpentine: A mineral family consisting of minerals with the 
    general composition Mg3(Si2O5(OH)4 having the 
    magnesium in brucite layer over a silicate layer. Minerals important 
    in asbestos analysis included in this family are chrysotile, 
    lizardite, antigorite.
    
    1.1. History
    
        Light microscopy has been used for well over 100 years for the 
    determination of mineral species. This analysis is carried out using 
    specialized polarizing microscopes as well as bright field 
    microscopes. The identification of minerals is an on-going process 
    with many new minerals described each year. The first recorded use 
    of asbestos was in Finland about 2500 B.C. where the material was 
    used in the mud wattle for the wooden huts the people lived in as 
    well as strengthening for pottery. Adverse health aspects of the 
    mineral were noted nearly 2000 years ago when Pliny the Younger 
    wrote about the poor health of slaves in the asbestos mines. 
    Although known to be injurious for centuries, the first modern 
    references to its toxicity were by the British Labor Inspectorate 
    when it banned asbestos dust from the workplace in 1898. Asbestosis 
    cases were described in the literature after the turn of the 
    century. Cancer was first suspected in the mid 1930's and a causal 
    link to mesothelioma was made in 1965. Because of the public concern 
    for worker and public safety with the use of this material, several 
    different types of analysis were applied to the determination of 
    asbestos content. Light microscopy requires a great deal of 
    experience and craft. Attempts were made to apply less subjective 
    methods to the analysis. X-ray diffraction was partially successful 
    in determining the mineral types but was unable to separate out the 
    fibrous portions from the non-fibrous portions. Also, the minimum 
    detection limit for asbestos analysis by X-ray diffraction (XRD) is 
    about 1%. Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA) was no more 
    successful. These provide useful corroborating information when the 
    presence of asbestos has been shown by microscopy; however, neither 
    can determine the difference between fibrous and non-fibrous 
    minerals when both habits are present. The same is true of Infrared 
    Absorption (IR).
        When electron microscopy was applied to asbestos analysis, 
    hundreds of fibers were discovered present too small to be visible 
    in any light microscope. There are two different types of electron 
    microscope used for asbestos analysis: Scanning Electron Microscope 
    (SEM) and Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM). Scanning Electron 
    Microscopy is useful in identifying minerals. The SEM can provide 
    two of the three pieces of information required to identify fibers 
    by electron microscopy: morphology and chemistry. The third is 
    structure as determined by Selected Area Electron Diffraction--SAED 
    which is performed in the TEM. Although the resolution of the SEM is 
    sufficient for very fine fibers to be seen, accuracy of chemical 
    analysis that can be performed on the fibers varies with fiber 
    diameter in fibers of less than 0.2 m diameter. The TEM is 
    a powerful tool to identify fibers too small to be resolved by light 
    microscopy and should be used in conjunction with this method when 
    necessary. The TEM can provide all three pieces of information 
    required for fiber identification. Most fibers thicker than 1 
    m can adequately be defined in the light microscope. The 
    light microscope remains as the best instrument for the 
    determination of mineral type. This is because the minerals under 
    investigation were first described analytically with the light 
    microscope. It is inexpensive and gives positive identification for 
    most samples analyzed. Further, when optical techniques are 
    inadequate, there is ample indication that alternative techniques 
    should be used for complete identification of the sample.
    
    1.2. Principle
    
        Minerals consist of atoms that may be arranged in random order 
    or in a regular arrangement. Amorphous materials have atoms in 
    random order while crystalline materials have long range order. Many 
    materials are transparent to light, at least for small particles or 
    for thin sections. The properties of these materials can be 
    investigated by the effect that the material has on light passing 
    through it. The six asbestos minerals are all crystalline with 
    particular properties that have been identified and cataloged. These 
    six minerals are anisotropic. They have a regular array of atoms, 
    but the arrangement is not the same in all directions. Each major 
    direction of the crystal presents a different regularity. Light 
    photons travelling in each of these main directions will encounter 
    different electrical neighborhoods, affecting the path and time of 
    travel. The techniques outlined in this method use the fact that 
    light traveling through fibers or crystals in different directions 
    will behave differently, but predictably. The behavior of the light 
    as it travels through a crystal can be measured and compared with 
    known or determined values to identify the mineral species. Usually, 
    Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) is performed with strain-free 
    objectives on a bright-field microscope platform. This would limit 
    the resolution of the microscope to about 0.4 m. Because 
    OSHA requires the counting and identification of fibers visible in 
    phase contrast, the phase contrast platform is used to visualize the 
    fibers with the polarizing elements added into the light path. 
    Polarized light methods cannot identify fibers finer than about 
    1m in diameter even though they are visible. The finest 
    fibers are usually identified by inference from the presence of 
    larger, identifiable fiber bundles. When fibers are present, but not 
    identifiable by light microscopy, use either SEM or TEM to determine 
    the fiber identity.
    
    1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages
    
        The advantages of light microcopy are:
        (a) Basic identification of the materials was first performed by 
    light microscopy and gross analysis. This provides a large base of 
    published information against which to check analysis and analytical 
    technique.
        (b) The analysis is specific to fibers. The minerals present can 
    exist in asbestiform, fibrous, prismatic, or massive varieties all 
    at the same time. Therefore, bulk methods of analysis such as X-ray 
    diffraction, IR analysis, DTA, etc. are inappropriate where the 
    material is not known to be fibrous.
        (c) The analysis is quick, requires little preparation time, and 
    can be performed on-site if a suitably equipped microscope is 
    available.
        The disadvantages are:
        (a) Even using phase-polar illumination, not all the fibers 
    present may be seen. This is a problem for very low asbestos 
    concentrations where agglomerations or large bundles of fibers may 
    not be present to allow identification by inference.
        (b) The method requires a great degree of sophistication on the 
    part of the microscopist. An analyst is only as useful as his mental 
    catalog of images. Therefore, a microscopist's accuracy is enhanced 
    by experience. The mineralogical training of the analyst is very 
    important. It is the basis on which subjective decisions are made.
        (c) The method uses only a tiny amount of material for analysis. 
    This may lead to sampling bias and false results (high or low). This 
    is especially true if the sample is severely inhomogeneous.
        (d) Fibers may be bound in a matrix and not distinguishable as 
    fibers so identification cannot be made.
    
    1.4. Method Performance
    
        1.4.1. This method can be used for determination of asbestos 
    content from 0 to 100% asbestos. The detection limit has not been 
    adequately determined, although for selected samples, the limit is 
    very low, depending on the number of particles examined. For mostly 
    homogeneous, finely divided samples, with no difficult fibrous 
    interferences, the detection limit is below 1%. For inhomogeneous 
    samples (most samples), the detection limit remains undefined. NIST 
    has conducted proficiency testing of laboratories on a national 
    scale. Although each round is reported statistically with an 
    average, control limits, etc., the results indicate a difficulty in 
    establishing precision especially in the low concentration range. It 
    is suspected that there is significant bias in the low range 
    especially near 1%. EPA tried to remedy this by requiring a 
    mandatory point counting scheme for samples less than 10%. The point 
    counting procedure is tedious, and may introduce significant biases 
    of its own. It has not been incorporated into this method.
        1.4.2. The precision and accuracy of the quantitation tests 
    performed in this method are unknown. Concentrations are easier to 
    determine in commercial products where asbestos was deliberately 
    added because the amount is usually more than a few percent. An 
    analyst's results can be ``calibrated'' against the known amounts 
    added by the manufacturer. For geological samples, the degree of 
    homogeneity affects the precision.
        1.4.3. The performance of the method is analyst dependent. The 
    analyst must choose carefully and not necessarily randomly the 
    portions for analysis to assure that detection of asbestos occurs 
    when it is present. For this reason, the analyst must have adequate 
    training in sample preparation, and experience in the location and 
    identification of asbestos in samples. This is usually accomplished 
    through substantial on-the-job training as well as formal education 
    in mineralogy and microscopy.
    
    1.5. Interferences
    
        Any material which is long, thin, and small enough to be viewed 
    under the microscope can be considered an interference for asbestos. 
    There are literally hundreds of interferences in workplaces. The 
    techniques described in this method are normally sufficient to 
    eliminate the interferences. An analyst's success in eliminating the 
    interferences depends on proper training.
        Asbestos minerals belong to two mineral families: the 
    serpentines and the amphiboles. In the serpentine family, the only 
    common fibrous mineral is chrysotile. Occasionally, the mineral 
    antigorite occurs in a fibril habit with morphology similar to the 
    amphiboles. The amphibole minerals consist of a score of different 
    minerals of which only five are regulated by federal standard: 
    amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos and 
    actinolite asbestos. These are the only amphibole minerals that have 
    been commercially exploited for their fibrous properties; however, 
    the rest can and do occur occasionally in asbestiform habit.
        In addition to the related mineral interferences, other minerals 
    common in building material may present a problem for some 
    microscopists: gypsum, anhydrite, brucite, quartz fibers, talc 
    fibers or ribbons, wollastonite, perlite, attapulgite, etc. Other 
    fibrous materials commonly present in workplaces are: fiberglass, 
    mineral wool, ceramic wool, refractory ceramic fibers, kevlar, 
    nomex, synthetic fibers, graphite or carbon fibers, cellulose (paper 
    or wood) fibers, metal fibers, etc.
        Matrix embedding material can sometimes be a negative 
    interference. The analyst may not be able to easily extract the 
    fibers from the matrix in order to use the method. Where possible, 
    remove the matrix before the analysis, taking careful note of the 
    loss of weight. Some common matrix materials are: vinyl, rubber, 
    tar, paint, plant fiber, cement, and epoxy. A further negative 
    interference is that the asbestos fibers themselves may be either 
    too small to be seen in Phase contrast Microscopy (PCM) or of a very 
    low fibrous quality, having the appearance of plant fibers. The 
    analyst's ability to deal with these materials increases with 
    experience.
    
    1.6. Uses and Occupational Exposure
    
        Asbestos is ubiquitous in the environment. More than 40% of the 
    land area of the United States is composed of minerals which may 
    contain asbestos. Fortunately, the actual formation of great amounts 
    of asbestos is relatively rare. Nonetheless, there are locations in 
    which environmental exposure can be severe such as in the Serpentine 
    Hills of California.
        There are thousands of uses for asbestos in industry and the 
    home. Asbestos abatement workers are the most current segment of the 
    population to have occupational exposure to great amounts of 
    asbestos. If the material is undisturbed, there is no exposure. 
    Exposure occurs when the asbestos-containing material is abraded or 
    otherwise disturbed during maintenance operations or some other 
    activity. Approximately 95% of the asbestos in place in the United 
    States is chrysotile.
        Amosite and crocidolite make up nearly all the difference. 
    Tremolite and anthophyllite make up a very small percentage. 
    Tremolite is found in extremely small amounts in certain chrysotile 
    deposits. Actinolite exposure is probably greatest from 
    environmental sources, but has been identified in vermiculite 
    containing, sprayed-on insulating materials which may have been 
    certified as asbestos-free.
    
    1.7. Physical and Chemical Properties
    
        The nominal chemical compositions for the asbestos minerals were 
    given in Section 1. Compared to cleavage fragments of the same 
    minerals, asbestiform fibers possess a high tensile strength along 
    the fiber axis. They are chemically inert, non-combustible, and heat 
    resistant. Except for chrysotile, they are insoluble in Hydrochloric 
    acid (HCl). Chrysotile is slightly soluble in HCl. Asbestos has high 
    electrical resistance and good sound absorbing characteristics. It 
    can be woven into cables, fabrics or other textiles, or matted into 
    papers, felts, and mats.
    
    1.8. Toxicology (This Section is for Information Only and Should Not Be 
    Taken as OSHA Policy)
    
        Possible physiologic results of respiratory exposure to asbestos 
    are mesothelioma of the pleura or peritoneum, interstitial fibrosis, 
    asbestosis, pneumoconiosis, or respiratory cancer. The possible 
    consequences of asbestos exposure are detailed in the NIOSH Criteria 
    Document or in the OSHA Asbestos Standards 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 
    CFR 1926.1101.
    
    2. Sampling Procedure
    
    2.1. Equipment for sampling
    
        (a) Tube or cork borer sampling device
        (b) Knife
        (c) 20 mL scintillation vial or similar vial
        (d) Sealing encapsulant
    
    2.2. Safety Precautions
    
        Asbestos is a known carcinogen. Take care when sampling. While 
    in an asbestos-containing atmosphere, a properly selected and fit-
    tested respirator should be worn. Take samples in a manner to cause 
    the least amount of dust. Follow these general guidelines:
        (a) Do not make unnecessary dust.
        (b) Take only a small amount (1 to 2 g).
        (c) Tightly close the sample container.
        (d) Use encapsulant to seal the spot where the sample was taken, 
    if necessary.
    
    2.3. Sampling Procedure
    
        Samples of any suspect material should be taken from an 
    inconspicuous place. Where the material is to remain, seal the 
    sampling wound with an encapsulant to eliminate the potential for 
    exposure from the sample site. Microscopy requires only a few 
    milligrams of material. The amount that will fill a 20 mL 
    scintillation vial is more than adequate. Be sure to collect samples 
    from all layers and phases of material. If possible, make separate 
    samples of each different phase of the material. This will aid in 
    determining the actual hazard. DO NOT USE ENVELOPES, PLASTIC OR 
    PAPER BAGS OF ANY KIND TO COLLECT SAMPLES. The use of plastic bags 
    presents a contamination hazard to laboratory personnel and to other 
    samples. When these containers are opened, a bellows effect blows 
    fibers out of the container onto everything, including the person 
    opening the container.
        If a cork-borer type sampler is available, push the tube through 
    the material all the way, so that all layers of material are 
    sampled. Some samplers are intended to be disposable. These should 
    be capped and sent to the laboratory. If a non-disposable cork borer 
    is used, empty the contents into a scintillation vial and send to 
    the laboratory. Vigorously and completely clean the cork borer 
    between samples.
    
    2.4  Shipment
    
        Samples packed in glass vials must not touch or they might break 
    in shipment.
        (a) Seal the samples with a sample seal (such as the OSHA 21) 
    over the end to guard against tampering and to identify the sample.
        (b) Package the bulk samples in separate packages from the air 
    samples. They may cross-contaminate each other and will invalidate 
    the results of the air samples.
        (c) Include identifying paperwork with the samples, but not in 
    contact with the suspected asbestos.
        (d) To maintain sample accountability, ship the samples by 
    certified mail, overnight express, or hand carry them to the 
    laboratory.
    
    3. Analysis
    
        The analysis of asbestos samples can be divided into two major 
    parts: sample preparation and microscopy. Because of the different 
    asbestos uses that may be encountered by the analyst, each sample 
    may need different preparation steps. The choices are outlined 
    below. There are several different tests that are performed to 
    identify the asbestos species and determine the percentage. They 
    will be explained below.
    
    3.1. Safety
    
        (a) Do not create unnecessary dust. Handle the samples in HEPA-
    filter equipped hoods. If samples are received in bags, envelopes or 
    other inappropriate container, open them only in a hood having a 
    face velocity at or greater than 100 fpm. Transfer a small amount to 
    a scintillation vial and only handle the smaller amount.
        (b) Open samples in a hood, never in the open lab area.
        (c) Index of refraction oils can be toxic. Take care not to get 
    this material on the skin. Wash immediately with soap and water if 
    this happens.
        (d) Samples that have been heated in the muffle furnace or the 
    drying oven may be hot. Handle them with tongs until they are cool 
    enough to handle.
        (e) Some of the solvents used, such as THF (tetrahydrofuran), 
    are toxic and should only be handled in an appropriate fume hood and 
    according to instructions given in the Material Safety Data Sheet 
    (MSDS).
    
    3.2. Equipment
    
        (a) Phase contrast microscope with 10x, 16x and 40x objectives, 
    10x wide-field eyepieces, G-22 Walton-Beckett graticule, Whipple 
    disk, polarizer, analyzer and first order red or gypsum plate, 100 
    Watt illuminator, rotating position condenser with oversize phase 
    rings, central stop dispersion objective, Kohler illumination and a 
    rotating mechanical stage.
        (b) Stereo microscope with reflected light illumination, 
    transmitted light illumination, polarizer, analyzer and first order 
    red or gypsum plate, and rotating stage.
        (c) Negative pressure hood for the stereo microscope
        (d) Muffle furnace capable of 600 deg.C
        (e) Drying oven capable of 50--150 deg.C
        (f) Aluminum specimen pans
        (g) Tongs for handling samples in the furnace
        (h) High dispersion index of refraction oils (Special for 
    dispersion staining.)
    
        n=1.550
        n=1.585
        n=1.590
        n=1.605
        n=1.620
        n=1.670
        n=1.680
        n=1.690
    
        (i) A set of index of refraction oils from about n=1.350 to 
    n=2.000 in n=0.005 increments. (Standard for Becke line analysis.)
        (j) Glass slides with painted or frosted ends 1x3 inches 1mm 
    (thick, precleaned.
        (k) Cover Slips 22x22 mm, #1\1/2\
        (l) Paper clips or dissection needles
        (m) Hand grinder
        (n) Scalpel with both #10 and #11 blades
        (o) 0.1 molar HCl
        (p) Decalcifying solution (Baxter Scientific Products) 
    Ethylenediaminetetraacetic Acid,
    
    Tetrasodium
    0.7 g/l
    Sodium Potassium Tartrate
    8.0 mg/liter
    Hydrochloric Acid
    99.2 g/liter
    Sodium Tartrate
    0.14 g/liter
    
        (q) Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
        (r) Hotplate capable of 60 deg.C
        (s) Balance
        (t) Hacksaw blade
        (u) Ruby mortar and pestle
    
    3.3. Sample Pre-Preparation
    
        Sample preparation begins with pre-preparation which may include 
    chemical reduction of the matrix, heating the sample to dryness or 
    heating in the muffle furnace. The end result is a sample which has 
    been reduced to a powder that is sufficiently fine to fit under the 
    cover slip. Analyze different phases of samples separately, e.g., 
    tile and the tile mastic should be analyzed separately as the mastic 
    may contain asbestos while the tile may not.
        (a) Wet Samples
        Samples with a high water content will not give the proper 
    dispersion colors and must be dried prior to sample mounting. Remove 
    the lid of the scintillation vial, place the bottle in the drying 
    oven and heat at 100 deg.C to dryness (usually about 2 h). Samples 
    which are not submitted to the lab in glass must be removed and 
    placed in glass vials or aluminum weighing pans before placing them 
    in the drying oven.
    
    (b) Samples With Organic Interference--Muffle Furnace
    
        These may include samples with tar as a matrix, vinyl asbestos 
    tile, or any other organic that can be reduced by heating. Remove 
    the sample from the vial and weigh in a balance to determine the 
    weight of the submitted portion. Place the sample in a muffle 
    furnace at 500 deg.C for 1 to 2 h or until all obvious organic 
    material has been removed. Retrieve, cool and weigh again to 
    determine the weight loss on ignition. This is necessary to 
    determine the asbestos content of the submitted sample, because the 
    analyst will be looking at a reduced sample.
    
        Note: Heating above 600 deg.C will cause the sample to undergo a 
    structural change which, given sufficient time, will convert the 
    chrysotile to forsterite. Heating even at lower temperatures for 1 
    to 2 h may have a measurable effect on the optical properties of the 
    minerals. If the analyst is unsure of what to expect, a sample of 
    standard asbestos should be heated to the same temperature for the 
    same length of time so that it can be examined for the proper 
    interpretation.
    
    (c) Samples With Organic Interference--THF
    
        Vinyl asbestos tile is the most common material treated with 
    this solvent, although, substances containing tar will sometimes 
    yield to this treatment. Select a portion of the material and then 
    grind it up if possible. Weigh the sample and place it in a test 
    tube. Add sufficient THF to dissolve the organic matrix. This is 
    usually about 4 to 5 mL. Remember, THF is highly flammable. Filter 
    the remaining material through a tared silver membrane, dry and 
    weigh to determine how much is left after the solvent extraction. 
    Further process the sample to remove carbonate or mount directly.
    
    (d) Samples With Carbonate Interference
    
        Carbonate material is often found on fibers and sometimes must 
    be removed in order to perform dispersion microscopy. Weigh out a 
    portion of the material and place it in a test tube. Add a 
    sufficient amount of 0.1 M HCl or decalcifying solution in the tube 
    to react all the carbonate as evidenced by gas formation; i.e., when 
    the gas bubbles stop, add a little more solution. If no more gas 
    forms, the reaction is complete. Filter the material out through a 
    tared silver membrane, dry and weigh to determine the weight lost.
    
    3.4. Sample Preparation
    
        Samples must be prepared so that accurate determination can be 
    made of the asbestos type and amount present. The following steps 
    are carried out in the low-flow hood (a low-flow hood has less than 
    50 fpm flow):
        (1) If the sample has large lumps, is hard, or cannot be made to 
    lie under a cover slip, the grain size must be reduced. Place a 
    small amount between two slides and grind the material between them 
    or grind a small amount in a clean mortar and pestle. The choice of 
    whether to use an alumina, ruby, or diamond mortar depends on the 
    hardness of the material. Impact damage can alter the asbestos 
    mineral if too much mechanical shock occurs. (Freezer mills can 
    completely destroy the observable crystallinity of asbestos and 
    should not be used). For some samples, a portion of material can be 
    shaved off with a scalpel, ground off with a hand grinder or hack 
    saw blade.
        The preparation tools should either be disposable or cleaned 
    thoroughly. Use vigorous scrubbing to loosen the fibers during the 
    washing. Rinse the implements with copious amounts of water and air-
    dry in a dust-free environment.
        (2) If the sample is powder or has been reduced as in (1) above, 
    it is ready to mount. Place a glass slide on a piece of optical 
    tissue and write the identification on the painted or frosted end. 
    Place two drops of index of refraction medium n=1.550 on the slide. 
    (The medium n=1.550 is chosen because it is the matching index for 
    chrysotile. Dip the end of a clean paper-clip or dissecting needle 
    into the droplet of refraction medium on the slide to moisten it. 
    Then dip the probe into the powder sample. Transfer what sticks on 
    the probe to the slide. The material on the end of the probe should 
    have a diameter of about 3 mm for a good mount. If the material is 
    very fine, less sample may be appropriate. For non-powder samples 
    such as fiber mats, forceps should be used to transfer a small 
    amount of material to the slide. Stir the material in the medium on 
    the slide, spreading it out and making the preparation as uniform as 
    possible. Place a cover-slip on the preparation by gently lowering 
    onto the slide and allowing it to fall ``trapdoor'' fashion on the 
    preparation to push out any bubbles. Press gently on the cover slip 
    to even out the distribution of particulate on the slide. If there 
    is insufficient mounting oil on the slide, one or two drops may be 
    placed near the edge of the coverslip on the slide. Capillary action 
    will draw the necessary amount of liquid into the preparation. 
    Remove excess oil with the point of a laboratory wiper.
        Treat at least two different areas of each phase in this 
    fashion. Choose representative areas of the sample. It may be useful 
    to select particular areas or fibers for analysis. This is useful to 
    identify asbestos in severely inhomogeneous samples.
        When it is determined that amphiboles may be present, repeat the 
    above process using the appropriate high-dispersion oils until an 
    identification is made or all six asbestos minerals have been ruled 
    out. Note that percent determination must be done in the index 
    medium 1.550 because amphiboles tend to disappear in their matching 
    mediums.
    
    3.5. Analytical procedure
    
        Note: This method presumes some knowledge of mineralogy and 
    optical petrography.
    
        The analysis consists of three parts: The determination of 
    whether there is asbestos present, what type is present and the 
    determination of how much is present. The general flow of the 
    analysis is:
        (1) Gross examination.
        (2) Examination under polarized light on the stereo microscope.
        (3) Examination by phase-polar illumination on the compound 
    phase microscope.
        (4) Determination of species by dispersion stain. Examination by 
    Becke line analysis may also be used; however, this is usually more 
    cumbersome for asbestos determination.
        (5) Difficult samples may need to be analyzed by SEM or TEM, or 
    the results from those techniques combined with light microscopy for 
    a definitive identification.
        Identification of a particle as asbestos requires that it be 
    asbestiform. Description of particles should follow the suggestion 
    of Campbell. (Figure 1)
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    TR10AU94.026
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
        For the purpose of regulation, the mineral must be one of the 
    six minerals covered and must be in the asbestos growth habit. Large 
    specimen samples of asbestos generally have the gross appearance of 
    wood. Fibers are easily parted from it. Asbestos fibers are very 
    long compared with their widths. The fibers have a very high tensile 
    strength as demonstrated by bending without breaking. Asbestos 
    fibers exist in bundles that are easily parted, show longitudinal 
    fine structure and may be tufted at the ends showing ``bundle of 
    sticks'' morphology. In the microscope some of these properties may 
    not be observable. Amphiboles do not always show striations along 
    their length even when they are asbestos. Neither will they always 
    show tufting. They generally do not show a curved nature except for 
    very long fibers. Asbestos and asbestiform minerals are usually 
    characterized in groups by extremely high aspect ratios (greater 
    than 100:1). While aspect ratio analysis is useful for 
    characterizing populations of fibers, it cannot be used to identify 
    individual fibers of intermediate to short aspect ratio. Observation 
    of many fibers is often necessary to determine whether a sample 
    consists of ``cleavage fragments'' or of asbestos fibers.
        Most cleavage fragments of the asbestos minerals are easily 
    distinguishable from true asbestos fibers. This is because true 
    cleavage fragments usually have larger diameters than 1 m. 
    Internal structure of particles larger than this usually shows them 
    to have no internal fibrillar structure. In addition, cleavage 
    fragments of the monoclinic amphiboles show inclined extinction 
    under crossed polars with no compensator. Asbestos fibers usually 
    show extinction at zero degrees or ambiguous extinction if any at 
    all. Morphologically, the larger cleavage fragments are obvious by 
    their blunt or stepped ends showing prismatic habit. Also, they tend 
    to be acicular rather than filiform.
        Where the particles are less than 1 m in diameter and 
    have an aspect ratio greater than or equal to 3:1, it is recommended 
    that the sample be analyzed by SEM or TEM if there is any question 
    whether the fibers are cleavage fragments or asbestiform particles.
        Care must be taken when analyzing by electron microscopy because 
    the interferences are different from those in light microscopy and 
    may structurally be very similar to asbestos. The classic 
    interference is between anthophyllite and biopyribole or 
    intermediate fiber. Use the same morphological clues for electron 
    microscopy as are used for light microscopy, e.g. fibril splitting, 
    internal longitudinal striation, fraying, curvature, etc.
        (1) Gross examination:
        Examine the sample, preferably in the glass vial. Determine the 
    presence of any obvious fibrous component. Estimate a percentage 
    based on previous experience and current observation. Determine 
    whether any pre-preparation is necessary. Determine the number of 
    phases present. This step may be carried out or augmented by 
    observation at 6 to 40 x  under a stereo microscope.
        (2) After performing any necessary pre-preparation, prepare 
    slides of each phase as described above. Two preparations of the 
    same phase in the same index medium can be made side-by-side on the 
    same glass for convenience. Examine with the polarizing stereo 
    microscope. Estimate the percentage of asbestos based on the amount 
    of birefringent fiber present.
        (3) Examine the slides on the phase-polar microscopes at 
    magnifications of 160 and 400 x . Note the morphology of the fibers. 
    Long, thin, very straight fibers with little curvature are 
    indicative of fibers from the amphibole family. Curved, wavy fibers 
    are usually indicative of chrysotile. Estimate the percentage of 
    asbestos on the phase-polar microscope under conditions of crossed 
    polars and a gypsum plate. Fibers smaller than 1.0 m in 
    thickness must be identified by inference to the presence of larger, 
    identifiable fibers and morphology. If no larger fibers are visible, 
    electron microscopy should be performed. At this point, only a 
    tentative identification can be made. Full identification must be 
    made with dispersion microscopy. Details of the tests are included 
    in the appendices.
        (4) Once fibers have been determined to be present, they must be 
    identified. Adjust the microscope for dispersion mode and observe 
    the fibers. The microscope has a rotating stage, one polarizing 
    element, and a system for generating dark-field dispersion 
    microscopy (see Section 4.6. of this appendix). Align a fiber with 
    its length parallel to the polarizer and note the color of the Becke 
    lines. Rotate the stage to bring the fiber length perpendicular to 
    the polarizer and note the color. Repeat this process for every 
    fiber or fiber bundle examined. The colors must be consistent with 
    the colors generated by standard asbestos reference materials for a 
    positive identification. In n=1.550, amphiboles will generally show 
    a yellow to straw-yellow color indicating that the fiber indices of 
    refraction are higher than the liquid. If long, thin fibers are 
    noted and the colors are yellow, prepare further slides as above in 
    the suggested matching liquids listed below:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Type of asbestos                   Index of refraction        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chrysotile.........................  n=1.550.                           
    Amosite............................  n=1.670 r 1.680.                   
    Crocidolite........................  n=1.690.                           
    Anthophyllite......................  n=1.605 nd 1.620.                  
    Tremolite..........................  n=1.605 and 1.620.                 
    Actinolite.........................  n=1.620.                           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Where more than one liquid is suggested, the first is preferred; 
    however, in some cases this liquid will not give good dispersion 
    color. Take care to avoid interferences in the other liquid; e.g., 
    wollastonite in n=1.620 will give the same colors as tremolite. In 
    n=1.605 wollastonite will appear yellow in all directions. 
    Wollastonite may be determined under crossed polars as it will 
    change from blue to yellow as it is rotated along its fiber axis by 
    tapping on the cover slip. Asbestos minerals will not change in this 
    way.
        Determination of the angle of extinction may, when present, aid 
    in the determination of anthophyllite from tremolite. True asbestos 
    fibers usually have 0 deg. extinction or ambiguous extinction, while 
    cleavage fragments have more definite extinction.
        Continue analysis until both preparations have been examined and 
    all present species of asbestos are identified. If there are no 
    fibers present, or there is less than 0.1% present, end the analysis 
    with the minimum number of slides (2).
        (5) Some fibers have a coating on them which makes dispersion 
    microscopy very difficult or impossible. Becke line analysis or 
    electron microscopy may be performed in those cases. Determine the 
    percentage by light microscopy. TEM analysis tends to overestimate 
    the actual percentage present.
        (6) Percentage determination is an estimate of occluded area, 
    tempered by gross observation. Gross observation information is used 
    to make sure that the high magnification microscopy does not greatly 
    over- or under- estimate the amount of fiber present. This part of 
    the analysis requires a great deal of experience. Satisfactory 
    models for asbestos content analysis have not yet been developed, 
    although some models based on metallurgical grain-size determination 
    have found some utility. Estimation is more easily handled in 
    situations where the grain sizes visible at about 160 x  are about 
    the same and the sample is relatively homogeneous.
        View all of the area under the cover slip to make the percentage 
    determination. View the fields while moving the stage, paying 
    attention to the clumps of material. These are not usually the best 
    areas to perform dispersion microscopy because of the interference 
    from other materials. But, they are the areas most likely to 
    represent the accurate percentage in the sample. Small amounts of 
    asbestos require slower scanning and more frequent analysis of 
    individual fields.
        Report the area occluded by asbestos as the concentration. This 
    estimate does not generally take into consideration the difference 
    in density of the different species present in the sample. For most 
    samples this is adequate. Simulation studies with similar materials 
    must be carried out to apply microvisual estimation for that purpose 
    and is beyond the scope of this procedure.
        (7) Where successive concentrations have been made by chemical 
    or physical means, the amount reported is the percentage of the 
    material in the ``as submitted'' or original state. The percentage 
    determined by microscopy is multiplied by the fractions remaining 
    after pre-preparation steps to give the percentage in the original 
    sample. For example:
    
    Step 1. 60% remains after heating at 550  deg.C for 1 h.
    Step 2. 30% of the residue of step 1 remains after dissolution of 
    carbonate in 0.1 m HCl.
    Step 3. Microvisual estimation determines that 5% of the sample is 
    chrysotile asbestos.
    
        The reported result is:
    
    R=(Microvisual result in percent)  x  (Fraction remaining after step 
    2)  x  (Fraction remaining of original sample after step 1)
    R=(5) x (.30) x (.60)=0.9%
    
        (8) Report the percent and type of asbestos present. For samples 
    where asbestos was identified, but is less than 1.0%, report 
    ``Asbestos present, less than 1.0%.'' There must have been at least 
    two observed fibers or fiber bundles in the two preparations to be 
    reported as present. For samples where asbestos was not seen, report 
    as ``None Detected.''
    
    Auxiliary Information
    
        Because of the subjective nature of asbestos analysis, certain 
    concepts and procedures need to be discussed in more depth. This 
    information will help the analyst understand why some of the 
    procedures are carried out the way they are.
    
    4.1. Light
    
        Light is electromagnetic energy. It travels from its source in 
    packets called quanta. It is instructive to consider light as a 
    plane wave. The light has a direction of travel. Perpendicular to 
    this and mutually perpendicular to each other, are two vector 
    components. One is the magnetic vector and the other is the electric 
    vector. We shall only be concerned with the electric vector. In this 
    description, the interaction of the vector and the mineral will 
    describe all the observable phenomena. From a light source such a 
    microscope illuminator, light travels in all different direction 
    from the filament.
        In any given direction away from the filament, the electric 
    vector is perpendicular to the direction of travel of a light ray. 
    While perpendicular, its orientation is random about the travel 
    axis. If the electric vectors from all the light rays were lined up 
    by passing the light through a filter that would only let light rays 
    with electric vectors oriented in one direction pass, the light 
    would then be POLARIZED.
        Polarized light interacts with matter in the direction of the 
    electric vector. This is the polarization direction. Using this 
    property it is possible to use polarized light to probe different 
    materials and identify them by how they interact with light.
        The speed of light in a vacuum is a constant at about 
    2.99 x 108 m/s. When light travels in different materials such 
    as air, water, minerals or oil, it does not travel at this speed. It 
    travels slower. This slowing is a function of both the material 
    through which the light is traveling and the wavelength or frequency 
    of the light. In general, the more dense the material, the slower 
    the light travels. Also, generally, the higher the frequency, the 
    slower the light will travel. The ratio of the speed of light in a 
    vacuum to that in a material is called the index of refraction (n). 
    It is usually measured at 589 nm (the sodium D line). If white light 
    (light containing all the visible wavelengths) travels through a 
    material, rays of longer wavelengths will travel faster than those 
    of shorter wavelengths, this separation is called dispersion. 
    Dispersion is used as an identifier of materials as described in 
    Section 4.6.
    
    4.2. Material Properties
    
        Materials are either amorphous or crystalline. The difference 
    between these two descriptions depends on the positions of the atoms 
    in them. The atoms in amorphous materials are randomly arranged with 
    no long range order. An example of an amorphous material is glass. 
    The atoms in crystalline materials, on the other hand, are in 
    regular arrays and have long range order. Most of the atoms can be 
    found in highly predictable locations. Examples of crystalline 
    material are salt, gold, and the asbestos minerals.
        It is beyond the scope of this method to describe the different 
    types of crystalline materials that can be found, or the full 
    description of the classes into which they can fall. However, some 
    general crystallography is provided below to give a foundation to 
    the procedures described.
        With the exception of anthophyllite, all the asbestos minerals 
    belong to the monoclinic crystal type. The unit cell is the basic 
    repeating unit of the crystal and for monoclinic crystals can be 
    described as having three unequal sides, two 90 deg. angles and one 
    angle not equal to 90 deg.. The orthorhombic group, of which 
    anthophyllite is a member has three unequal sides and three 90 deg. 
    angles. The unequal sides are a consequence of the complexity of 
    fitting the different atoms into the unit cell. Although the atoms 
    are in a regular array, that array is not symmetrical in all 
    directions. There is long range order in the three major directions 
    of the crystal. However, the order is different in each of the three 
    directions. This has the effect that the index of refraction is 
    different in each of the three directions. Using polarized light, we 
    can investigate the index of refraction in each of the directions 
    and identify the mineral or material under investigation. The 
    indices , , and  are used to identify the 
    lowest, middle, and highest index of refraction respectively. The x 
    direction, associated with  is called the fast axis. 
    Conversely, the z direction is associated with  and is the 
    slow direction. Crocidolite has  along the fiber length 
    making it ``length-fast''. The remainder of the asbestos minerals 
    have the  axis along the fiber length. They are called 
    ``length-slow''. This orientation to fiber length is used to aid in 
    the identification of asbestos.
    
    4.3. Polarized Light Technique
    
        Polarized light microscopy as described in this section uses the 
    phase-polar microscope described in Section 3.2. A phase contrast 
    microscope is fitted with two polarizing elements, one below and one 
    above the sample. The polarizers have their polarization directions 
    at right angles to each other. Depending on the tests performed, 
    there may be a compensator between these two polarizing elements. A 
    compensator is a piece of mineral with known properties that 
    ``compensates'' for some deficiency in the optical train. Light 
    emerging from a polarizing element has its electric vector pointing 
    in the polarization direction of the element. The light will not be 
    subsequently transmitted through a second element set at a right 
    angle to the first element. Unless the light is altered as it passes 
    from one element to the other, there is no transmission of light.
    
    4.4. Angle of Extinction
    
        Crystals which have different crystal regularity in two or three 
    main directions are said to be anisotropic. They have a different 
    index of refraction in each of the main directions. When such a 
    crystal is inserted between the crossed polars, the field of view is 
    no longer dark but shows the crystal in color. The color depends on 
    the properties of the crystal. The light acts as if it travels 
    through the crystal along the optical axes. If a crystal optical 
    axis were lined up along one of the polarizing directions (either 
    the polarizer or the analyzer) the light would appear to travel only 
    in that direction, and it would blink out or go dark. The difference 
    in degrees between the fiber direction and the angle at which it 
    blinks out is called the angle of extinction. When this angle can be 
    measured, it is useful in identifying the mineral. The procedure for 
    measuring the angle of extinction is to first identify the 
    polarization direction in the microscope. A commercial alignment 
    slide can be used to establish the polarization directions or use 
    anthophyllite or another suitable mineral. This mineral has a zero 
    degree angle of extinction and will go dark to extinction as it 
    aligns with the polarization directions. When a fiber of 
    anthophyllite has gone to extinction, align the eyepiece reticle or 
    graticule with the fiber so that there is a visual cue as to the 
    direction of polarization in the field of view. Tape or otherwise 
    secure the eyepiece in this position so it will not shift.
        After the polarization direction has been identified in the 
    field of view, move the particle of interest to the center of the 
    field of view and align it with the polarization direction. For 
    fibers, align the fiber along this direction. Note the angular 
    reading of the rotating stage. Looking at the particle, rotate the 
    stage until the fiber goes dark or ``blinks out''. Again note the 
    reading of the stage. The difference in the first reading and the 
    second is an angle of extinction.
        The angle measured may vary as the orientation of the fiber 
    changes about its long axis. Tables of mineralogical data usually 
    report the maximum angle of extinction. Asbestos forming minerals, 
    when they exhibit an angle of extinction, usually do show an angle 
    of extinction close to the reported maximum, or as appropriate 
    depending on the substitution chemistry.
    
    4.5. Crossed Polars with Compensator
    
        When the optical axes of a crystal are not lined up along one of 
    the polarizing directions (either the polarizer or the analyzer) 
    part of the light travels along one axis and part travels along the 
    other visible axis. This is characteristic of birefringent 
    materials.
        The color depends on the difference of the two visible indices 
    of refraction and the thickness of the crystal. The maximum 
    difference available is the difference between the  and the 
     axes. This maximum difference is usually tabulated as the 
    birefringence of the crystal.
        For this test, align the fiber at 45 deg. to the polarization 
    directions in order to maximize the contribution to each of the 
    optical axes. The colors seen are called retardation colors. They 
    arise from the recombination of light which has traveled through the 
    two separate directions of the crystal. One of the rays is retarded 
    behind the other since the light in that direction travels slower. 
    On recombination, some of the colors which make up white light are 
    enhanced by constructive interference and some are suppressed by 
    destructive interference. The result is a color dependent on the 
    difference between the indices and the thickness of the crystal. The 
    proper colors, thicknesses, and retardations are shown on a Michel-
    Levy chart. The three items, retardation, thickness and 
    birefringence are related by the following relationship:
    
    R=t(n-n)
    R=retardation, t=crystal thickness in m, and
    n,=indices of refraction.
    
        Examination of the equation for asbestos minerals reveals that 
    the visible colors for almost all common asbestos minerals and fiber 
    sizes are shades of gray and black. The eye is relatively poor at 
    discriminating different shades of gray. It is very good at 
    discriminating different colors. In order to compensate for the low 
    retardation, a compensator is added to the light train between the 
    polarization elements. The compensator used for this test is a 
    gypsum plate of known thickness and birefringence. Such a 
    compensator when oriented at 45 deg. to the polarizer direction, 
    provides a retardation of 530 nm of the 530 nm wavelength color. 
    This enhances the red color and gives the background a 
    characteristic red to red-magenta color. If this ``full-wave'' 
    compensator is in place when the asbestos preparation is inserted 
    into the light train, the colors seen on the fibers are quite 
    different. Gypsum, like asbestos has a fast axis and a slow axis. 
    When a fiber is aligned with its fast axis in the same direction as 
    the fast axis of the gypsum plate, the ray vibrating in the slow 
    direction is retarded by both the asbestos and the gypsum. This 
    results in a higher retardation than would be present for either of 
    the two minerals. The color seen is a second order blue. When the 
    fiber is rotated 90 deg. using the rotating stage, the slow 
    direction of the fiber is now aligned with the fast direction of the 
    gypsum and the fast direction of the fiber is aligned with the slow 
    direction of the gypsum. Thus, one ray vibrates faster in the fast 
    direction of the gypsum, and slower in the slow direction of the 
    fiber; the other ray will vibrate slower in the slow direction of 
    the gypsum and faster in the fast direction of the fiber. In this 
    case, the effect is subtractive and the color seen is a first order 
    yellow. As long as the fiber thickness does not add appreciably to 
    the color, the same basic colors will be seen for all asbestos types 
    except crocidolite. In crocidolite the colors will be weaker, may be 
    in the opposite directions, and will be altered by the blue 
    absorption color natural to crocidolite. Hundreds of other materials 
    will give the same colors as asbestos, and therefore, this test is 
    not definitive for asbestos. The test is useful in discriminating 
    against fiberglass or other amorphous fibers such as some synthetic 
    fibers. Certain synthetic fibers will show retardation colors 
    different than asbestos; however, there are some forms of 
    polyethylene and aramid which will show morphology and retardation 
    colors similar to asbestos minerals. This test must be supplemented 
    with a positive identification test when birefringent fibers are 
    present which can not be excluded by morphology. This test is 
    relatively ineffective for use on fibers less than 1 m in 
    diameter. For positive confirmation TEM or SEM should be used if no 
    larger bundles or fibers are visible.
    
    4.6. Dispersion Staining
    
        Dispersion microscopy or dispersion staining is the method of 
    choice for the identification of asbestos in bulk materials. Becke 
    line analysis is used by some laboratories and yields the same 
    results as does dispersion staining for asbestos and can be used in 
    lieu of dispersion staining. Dispersion staining is performed on the 
    same platform as the phase-polar analysis with the analyzer and 
    compensator removed. One polarizing element remains to define the 
    direction of the light so that the different indices of refraction 
    of the fibers may be separately determined. Dispersion microscopy is 
    a dark-field technique when used for asbestos. Particles are imaged 
    with scattered light. Light which is unscattered is blocked from 
    reaching the eye either by the back field image mask in a McCrone 
    objective or a back field image mask in the phase condenser. The 
    most convenient method is to use the rotating phase condenser to 
    move an oversized phase ring into place. The ideal size for this 
    ring is for the central disk to be just larger than the objective 
    entry aperture as viewed in the back focal plane. The larger the 
    disk, the less scattered light reaches the eye. This will have the 
    effect of diminishing the intensity of dispersion color and will 
    shift the actual color seen. The colors seen vary even on 
    microscopes from the same manufacturer. This is due to the different 
    bands of wavelength exclusion by different mask sizes. The mask may 
    either reside in the condenser or in the objective back focal plane. 
    It is imperative that the analyst determine by experimentation with 
    asbestos standards what the appropriate colors should be for each 
    asbestos type. The colors depend also on the temperature of the 
    preparation and the exact chemistry of the asbestos. Therefore, some 
    slight differences from the standards should be allowed. This is not 
    a serious problem for commercial asbestos uses. This technique is 
    used for identification of the indices of refraction for fibers by 
    recognition of color. There is no direct numerical readout of the 
    index of refraction. Correlation of color to actual index of 
    refraction is possible by referral to published conversion tables. 
    This is not necessary for the analysis of asbestos. Recognition of 
    appropriate colors along with the proper morphology are deemed 
    sufficient to identify the commercial asbestos minerals. Other 
    techniques including SEM, TEM, and XRD may be required to provide 
    additional information in order to identify other types of asbestos.
        Make a preparation in the suspected matching high dispersion 
    oil, e.g., n=1.550 for chrysotile. Perform the preliminary tests to 
    determine whether the fibers are birefringent or not. Take note of 
    the morphological character. Wavy fibers are indicative of 
    chrysotile while long, straight, thin, frayed fibers are indicative 
    of amphibole asbestos. This can aid in the selection of the 
    appropriate matching oil. The microscope is set up and the 
    polarization direction is noted as in Section 4.4. Align a fiber 
    with the polarization direction. Note the color. This is the color 
    parallel to the polarizer. Then rotate the fiber rotating the stage 
    90 deg. so that the polarization direction is across the fiber. This 
    is the perpendicular position. Again note the color. Both colors 
    must be consistent with standard asbestos minerals in the correct 
    direction for a positive identification of asbestos. If only one of 
    the colors is correct while the other is not, the identification is 
    not positive. If the colors in both directions are bluish-white, the 
    analyst has chosen a matching index oil which is higher than the 
    correct matching oil, e.g. the analyst has used n=1.620 where 
    chrysotile is present. The next lower oil (Section 3.5.) should be 
    used to prepare another specimen. If the color in both directions is 
    yellow-white to straw-yellow-white, this indicates that the index of 
    the oil is lower than the index of the fiber, e.g. the preparation 
    is in n=1.550 while anthophyllite is present. Select the next higher 
    oil (Section 3.5.) and prepare another slide. Continue in this 
    fashion until a positive identification of all asbestos species 
    present has been made or all possible asbestos species have been 
    ruled out by negative results in this test. Certain plant fibers can 
    have similar dispersion colors as asbestos. Take care to note and 
    evaluate the morphology of the fibers or remove the plant fibers in 
    pre-preparation. Coating material on the fibers such as carbonate or 
    vinyl may destroy the dispersion color. Usually, there will be some 
    outcropping of fiber which will show the colors sufficient for 
    identification. When this is not the case, treat the sample as 
    described in Section 3.3. and then perform dispersion staining. Some 
    samples will yield to Becke line analysis if they are coated or 
    electron microscopy can be used for identification.
    
    5. References
    
    5.1. Crane, D.T., Asbestos in Air, OSHA method ID160, Revised 
    November 1992.
    5.2. Ford, W.E., Dana's Textbook of Mineralogy; Fourth Ed.; John 
    Wiley and Son, New York, 1950, p. vii.
    5.3. Selikoff, I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic 
    Press, New York, 1978, pp. 3,20.
    5.4. Women Inspectors of Factories. Annual Report for 1898, H.M. 
    Statistical Office, London, p. 170 (1898).
    5.5. Selikoff,.I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic 
    Press, New York, 1978, pp. 26,30.
    5.6. Campbell, W.J., et al, Selected Silicate Minerals and Their 
    Asbestiform Varieties, United States Department of the Interior, 
    Bureau of Mines, Information Circular 8751, 1977.
    5.7. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 
    CFR 1926.58.
    5.8. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants; 
    Asbestos NESHAP Revision, Federal Register, Vol. 55, No. 224, 20 
    November 1990, p. 48410.
    5.9. Ross, M. The Asbestos Minerals: Definitions, Description, Modes 
    of Formation, Physical and Chemical Properties and Health Risk to 
    the Mining Community, Nation Bureau of Standards Special 
    Publication, Washington, D.C., 1977.
    5.10. Lilis, R., Fibrous Zeolites and Endemic Mesothelioma in 
    Cappadocia, Turkey, J. Occ Medicine, 1981, 23,(8),548-550.
    5.11. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos--1972, U.S. Department of 
    Health Education and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for 
    Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and 
    Health, HSM-72-10267.
    5.12. Campbell,W.J., et al, Relationship of Mineral Habit to Size 
    Characteristics for Tremolite Fragments and Fibers, United States 
    Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, Information Circular 
    8367, 1979.
    5.13. Mefford, D., DCM Laboratory, Denver, private communication, 
    July 1987.
    5.14. Deer, W.A., Howie, R.A., Zussman, J., Rock Forming Minerals, 
    Longman, Thetford, UK, 1974.
    5.15. Kerr, P.F., Optical Mineralogy; Third Ed. McGraw-Hill, New 
    York, 1959.
    5.16. Veblen, D.R. (Ed.), Amphiboles and Other Hydrous Pyriboles--
    Mineralogy, Reviews in Mineralogy, Vol 9A, Michigan, 1982, pp 1-102.
    5.17. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in the 
    Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz, ACS Symposium Series, No. 120, 
    Analytical Techniques in Occupational Health Chemistry, 1979.
    5.18. Polarized Light Microscopy, McCrone Research Institute, 
    Chicago, 1976.
    5.19. Asbestos Identification, McCrone Research Institute, G & G 
    printers, Chicago, 1987.
    5.20. McCrone, W.C., Calculation of Refractive Indices from 
    Dispersion Staining Data, The Microscope, No 37, Chicago, 1989.
    5.21. Levadie, B. (Ed.), Asbestos and Other Health Related 
    Silicates, ASTM Technical Publication 834, ASTM, Philadelphia 1982.
    5.22. Steel, E. and Wylie, A., Riordan, P.H. (Ed.), Mineralogical 
    Characteristics of Asbestos, Geology of Asbestos Deposits, pp. 93-
    101, SME-AIME, 1981.
    5.23. Zussman, J., The Mineralogy of Asbestos, Asbestos: Properties, 
    Applications and Hazards, pp. 45-67 Wiley, 1979.
    
    [FR Doc. 94-18863 Filed 8-8-94; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Effective Date:
10/11/1994
Published:
08/10/1994
Entry Type:
Uncategorized Document
Action:
Final rule.
Document Number:
94-18863
Dates:
The effective date of these amendments is October 11, 1994. Various start-up dates are specified in the standards.
Pages:
0-0 (1 pages)
Docket Numbers:
Federal Register: August 10, 1994
CFR: (5)
29 CFR 1910.19
29 CFR 1910.1001
29 CFR 1910.1001
29 CFR 1915.1001
29 CFR 1926.1101